Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 20, 2014.

Registration No. 333-          

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  2834
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  33-0702205
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

11570 6th Street
Rancho Cucamonga, California 91730
(909) 980-9484

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Jason B. Shandell
President
Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
11570 6th Street
Rancho Cucamonga, California 91730
(909) 980-9484

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

David B. Allen
Michael A. Hedge
K&L Gates LLP
1 Park Plaza, Twelfth Floor
Irvine, CA 92618
(949) 253-0900

 

Donna M. Petkanics
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,
Professional Corporation
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304
(650) 493-9300



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.



                  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

                  If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

                  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

                  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

                  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $100,000,000   $12,880

 

(1)
Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares the underwriters have the option to purchase in this offering to cover over-allotments, if any.

(2)
Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                   The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholder may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 20, 2014

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                    Shares

GRAPHIC

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Common Stock

We are offering                             shares of our common stock and the selling stockholder is offering                              shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares to be offered by the selling stockholder. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We expect the initial public offering price to be between $               and $               per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "AMPH."

We are an "emerging growth company" under federal securities laws and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Please read "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


 
  PER SHARE   TOTAL

Public offering price

  $   $

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

  $   $

Proceeds to Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. before expenses

  $   $

Proceeds to the selling stockholder before expenses

  $   $

(1)
See the section entitled "Underwriting" for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about                    , 2014. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional                             shares from us of our common stock. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be $               and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $               .



Jefferies        BMO Capital Markets        Piper Jaffray

Needham & Company

Prospectus dated                             , 2014.


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Summary

    1  

Risk Factors

    11  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    55  

Market and Industry Data

    57  

Use of Proceeds

    58  

Dividend Policy

    59  

Capitalization

    60  

Dilution

    61  

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

    63  

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    66  

Business

    101  

Management

    129  

Executive and Director Compensation

    135  

Principal and Selling Stockholders

    146  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

    148  

Description of Capital Stock

    150  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

    154  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

    156  

Underwriting

    160  

Legal Matters

    169  

Experts

    169  

Where You Can Find More Information

    169  

               Through and including                        , 2014, (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

              Neither we, nor the selling stockholder, nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the selling stockholder are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock.

              For investors outside the U.S.: Neither we, nor the selling stockholder, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the U.S. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution and possession of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus outside of the U.S.

              The Amphastar Pharmaceuticals logo and other trademarks or service marks of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., including, but not limited to Primatene® Mist, Amphadase® and Cortrosyn®, appearing in this prospectus are the property of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. All other brand names or trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

ii


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

               This summary highlights information contained in other parts of this prospectus. Because it is a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the shares of common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including "Risk Factors," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business," and our consolidated financial statements and related notes before deciding to invest in our common stock. References in this prospectus to "Amphastar," "our company," "we," "our," and "us" refer to Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and our subsidiaries, unless the context indicates otherwise.


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Business Overview

              We are a specialty pharmaceutical company that focuses primarily on developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling technically-challenging generic and proprietary injectable and inhalation products. We currently manufacture and sell 15 products in the U.S. and are developing a portfolio of 13 generic and seven proprietary injectable and inhalation product candidates. We have achieved profitability for each of the past three years. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recorded net revenues of $229.7 million and $45.9 million, respectively. We recorded net income of $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and a net loss of $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

              Our largest product by net revenues is enoxaparin sodium injection, the generic equivalent of Sanofi S.A.'s Lovenox. Enoxaparin is a difficult to manufacture injectable form of low molecular weight heparin that is used as an anticoagulant and is indicated for multiple indications, including the prevention and treatment of deep vein thrombosis. We commenced sales of our enoxaparin product in January 2012, and for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recognized net revenues from the sale of our enoxaparin product of $145.9 million and $26.1 million, respectively. Enoxaparin is difficult to produce because the active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, is not easily obtained, manufactured or characterized. We manufacture both the API and finished product for our enoxaparin product in-house. We believe that our enoxaparin product demonstrates our capabilities in characterizing complex molecules (which is a process that involves a determination of physiochemical properties, biological activity, immunochemical properties and purity), developing therapeutically equivalent generic versions of drugs with large, complex molecules and overcoming numerous regulatory hurdles.

              In addition to our currently marketed products, we have a robust pipeline of 20 generic and proprietary product candidates in various stages of development which target a variety of indications. With respect to these product candidates, we have filed three abbreviated new drug applications, or ANDAs, one new drug application, or NDA, and one NDA supplement with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA.

              Our product candidate, Primatene Mist HFA, an over the counter epinephrine inhalation product, is intended to be used for the temporary relief of mild asthma symptoms and has received a Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, date in May 2014. A PDUFA date sets the target date for the FDA to complete its review of an NDA. Our Amphadase product candidate is a bovine sourced hyaluronidase injection. We received approval of our NDA from the FDA for Amphadase in 2004, but discontinued the product in 2009 due to a lack of API supply. We filed an NDA supplement in December 2013 to qualify our own manufactured API. There is no assurance that we will receive approval for these or any product candidates.

              Our multiple technological capabilities enable the development of technically-challenging products. These capabilities include characterizing complex molecules, analyzing peptides and proteins,

 

1


Table of Contents

conducting immunogenicity studies, engineering particles and improving drug delivery through sustained-release technology. These technological capabilities have enabled us to produce bioequivalent versions of complex drugs and brand products and support the development and manufacture of a broad range of dosage formulations, including solutions, emulsions, suspensions and lyophilized products, as well as products administered via metered dose inhalers, or MDIs, and dry powder inhalers, or DPIs.

              Our primary focus is to develop and commercialize products with high technical barriers to market entry. We are specifically focused on products that:

    leverage our research and development capabilities;

    require raw materials or an API for which we believe we have a competitive advantage in sourcing, synthesizing or manufacturing; and/or

    improve upon an existing drug's formulation with respect to drug delivery, safety and/or efficiency.

              In addition, we will opportunistically develop and commercialize product candidates with lower technical barriers to market entry if, for example, our existing supply chain and manufacturing infrastructure allow us to pursue a specific product candidate in a competitive and cost-effective manner.

              To complement our internal growth and expertise, we have made several strategic acquisitions of companies, products and technologies. These acquisitions collectively have strengthened our core injectable and inhalation product technology infrastructure by providing additional manufacturing, marketing and research and development capabilities including the ability to manufacture raw materials, APIs and other components for our products. On April 30, 2014, we completed our acquisition of Merck Sharpe & Dohme's, or Merck's, API manufacturing business in Éragny-sur-Epte, France, which manufactures porcine insulin API and recombinant human insulin API. In order to facilitate the acquisition, we established a subsidiary in France, Amphastar France Pharmaceuticals SAS, or AFP. We will continue the current site activities, which consist of the manufacturing and sale of porcine insulin API and recombinant human insulin API. As part of the transaction, we have entered into various additional agreements, including various supply agreements, as well as the assignment and licensing of patents Merck was operating under at this facility. In addition, certain existing customer agreements have been assigned to AFP.

Our Strengths

              We have built our company by integrating the following capabilities and strengths that we believe enable us to compete effectively in the pharmaceutical industry:

    Robust portfolio of products and product candidates.   Including our enoxaparin product, we have 15 commercial products in the U.S. and 20 product candidates at different stages of development. Our enoxaparin product was introduced into the U.S. market in 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 contributed $145.9 million and $26.1 million, respectively, of our net revenues. We believe we have an opportunity to further increase our enoxaparin market share.

    Advanced technical capabilities and multiple delivery technologies.   We have developed several advanced technical capabilities that we incorporate into our products and product candidates, including characterization of complex molecules, peptide and protein analysis, immunogenicity studies, particle engineering and sustained-release technology. Our injectable delivery technologies enable us to develop and manufacture generic and proprietary injectables in normal solution, lyophilized, suspension, jelly and emulsion forms, as well as in

 

2


Table of Contents

      pre-filled syringes. Our inhalation technologies cover a variety of delivery methods, including DPIs and hydrofluoroalkane, or HFA, formulations of MDIs.

    Vertically integrated infrastructure.   Our infrastructure includes strong research and development expertise, sophisticated pharmaceutical engineering capabilities, comprehensive manufacturing capabilities (including the manufacture and synthesis of API for certain products), a strict quality assurance system, extensive regulatory and clinical experience and established marketing and distribution relationships.

    Experienced management team with extensive scientific capabilities.   Our management team has a successful track record in product development, project management, quality assurance and sales and marketing, as well as established relationships with our key customers, partners and suppliers. Our research and development leadership has deep expertise in areas such as pharmaceutical formulation, process development, in vivo studies, analytical chemistry, physical chemistry, drug delivery and clinical research.

Our Strategy

              Our goal is to be an industry leader in the development, manufacturing and marketing of technically-challenging injectable and inhalation pharmaceutical products. To achieve this goal, we are pursuing the following key strategies:

    Use our sales, marketing and distribution capabilities and relationships to further drive penetration of the market for our enoxaparin product.   We believe that there remains a significant opportunity to increase our enoxaparin revenues by further expanding our share of the generic enoxaparin market. We intend to maintain our current relationships with group purchasing organizations, drug wholesalers and retailers and compete for additional group purchasing organization contracts.

    Diversify our revenues by commercializing our product candidates.   We have 20 product candidates in various stages of development, including 13 generic product candidates and seven proprietary product candidates. We also expect to expand our internal sales and marketing capabilities and, in some cases, enter into strategic alliances with other pharmaceutical companies in order to drive market penetration for our product candidates.

    Focus on high-margin generic product opportunities.   We believe that we have significant opportunities for growth driven by our technical expertise in the development of generic product candidates with high technical barriers to market entry. We believe that if these product candidates are commercialized, they are likely to face less competition than less technically-challenging generic products, which may enable us to earn higher margins for a longer period of time.

    Develop proprietary products.   We currently have seven proprietary product candidates at various stages of development targeting a broad range of indications. We believe that proprietary products tend to face less competition than generic products due to market exclusivity, intellectual property protection and other barriers to entry.

    Leverage our vertically integrated infrastructure to drive operational efficiencies.   We believe our vertically integrated infrastructure provides significant benefits including better operating efficiencies, accelerated product development and internal control over product quality. Our ability to manufacture our own API for certain products allows us to develop products that other companies may not focus on due to the uncertainty of supply for many APIs.

    Target and integrate acquisitions of pharmaceutical companies, products and technologies.   We have a demonstrated ability to identify, acquire and integrate pharmaceutical companies, products and technologies to complement our internal product development capabilities. We

 

3


Table of Contents

      believe that our scientific and managerial expertise and our integration experience have improved the quality of the product lines and companies that we have acquired, which have had a positive effect on our results of operations.

Other Marketed Products

              In addition to enoxaparin, we have 14 other products that we currently market. Other marketed products include Cortrosyn (cosyntropin for injection), a lyophilized powder that is indicated for use as a diagnostic agent in the screening of patients with adrenocortical insufficiency, lidocaine jelly, a local anesthetic product used primarily for urological procedures, and our portfolio of emergency syringe products, which include critical care drugs such as atropine, calcium chloride, dextrose, epinephrine, lidocaine, naloxone and sodium bicarbonate, which are provided in pre-filled syringes and are designed for emergency use in hospital settings. We also manufacture and sell phytonadione injection for newborn use, lidocaine topical solution for use as a local anesthetic, morphine injections, epinephrine in vial form and a lorazepam injection. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recorded net revenues from these other marketed products of $83.8 million and $19.8 million, respectively.

Our Product Candidates

Generic Product Candidates

              We currently have 13 generic candidates at various development stages that leverage our various technical capabilities, including:

    injectable technologies including various delivery methods and sizes of pre-filled syringes, vials in solution, suspension and lyophilized forms;

    inhalation technologies, including MDIs and DPIs; and

    sophisticated analytical technologies, including characterization and immunogenicity studies for complex molecules, particle engineering, sustained-release technology and peptide and protein analysis.

Proprietary Product Candidates

              We currently have seven proprietary drug candidates. These proprietary product candidates, which include two new chemical entity drug candidates, target indications including diabetes, asthma, osteoporosis and Alzheimer's disease. Because of the early stage of development of certain of these proprietary product candidates, we anticipate that it will be several years before we make any FDA regulatory filings or commence clinical trials with respect to these candidates.

Selected Risk Factors Associated with Our Business

              An investment in our common stock involves substantial risks and uncertainties that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. You should fully read and consider the information set forth under the "Risk Factors" section and all other information included in this prospectus before investing in our common stock. Some of the more significant risks relating to an investment in our company include the following:

    our enoxaparin product represents a significant portion of our net revenues and if the sales volume or pricing of this product continues to decline, or if we are unable to satisfy market demand for this product, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations;

 

4


Table of Contents

    we are currently experiencing declining revenue from some of our existing products and anticipate that we may operate at a loss in the near term while continuing to invest in developing new products;

    our success depends on our ability to develop and/or acquire and commercialize additional pharmaceutical products, and most of our current product candidates are at very early stages of development;

    our success depends on the integrity of our supply chain, including multiple single source suppliers, the disruption of which could negatively impact our business;

    we face significant competition in the pharmaceutical industry with respect to both our proprietary and generic drugs, which may result in others developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than we do, which could significantly limit our growth and materially adversely affect our financial results;

    the sale of our products is subject to regulatory approvals, and our business is subject to extensive regulatory requirements, and if we do not obtain these approvals or comply with these requirements, it could delay or prevent us from selling our products or these regulations may require us to cease sales of any of our products that may have previously been granted marketing approval; and

    our ability to obtain approval of our NDA for Primatene Mist HFA could be affected by the recent meeting of the FDA's Nonprescription Drugs Advisory Committee and Pulmonary Allergy Drugs Advisory Committee, which we refer to as the Committee, at which the Committee voted that the data in our NDA for Primatene Mist HFA did not establish the safety of the product and did not have a favorable risk-benefit profile for its intended use. Although the FDA is not required to follow the recommendations of its advisory committees, it usually does. If the FDA accepts the Committee's view, the FDA would not approve the NDA for Primatene Mist HFA based on our current data, which would have a material adverse effect on our future revenues and our results of operations.

Corporate Information

              We incorporated in California under the name Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in 1996 and merged our California corporation into Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a newly formed Delaware corporation, in 2004. Our principal executive offices are located at 11570 6th Street, Rancho Cucamonga, California, 91730, and our telephone number is (909) 980-9484. Our website address is www.amphastar.com. The information that is contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

              We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company can take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to, a requirement to have only two years of audited financial statements and related Management's Discussion and Analysis and reduced disclosure about executive compensation. We may take advantage of these provisions until such time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of:

    the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering;

 

5


Table of Contents

    the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion;

    the date on which we are deemed to be a "large accelerated filer" under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act (we will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700.0 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months; the value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter); or

    the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt.

 

6


Table of Contents


THE OFFERING

Issuer

  Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Common stock offered by us

 

            shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholder

 

            shares

Total common stock offered

 

            shares

Underwriters' over-allotment option

 

            shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

            shares

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for product development, working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for potential acquisitions of technologies, assets, products or businesses that expand or complement our current business; however, we currently do not have any agreements or commitments relating to any potential acquisitions for which we would use any of the net proceeds. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares to be offered by the selling stockholder. See "Use of Proceeds."

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

 

AMPH

Risk factors

 

Investing in shares of our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider before making a decision to invest in our common stock.

              The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on a total of 38,765,940 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014 and excludes:

    11,745,577 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2014, with a weighted-average exercise price of $15.40 per share;

    406,255 shares of common stock issuable upon delivery of deferred stock units, or DSUs, outstanding as of March 31, 2014; and

    2,139,587 shares of common stock reserved for future grant under our stock incentive plans as of March 31, 2014.

              Except as otherwise indicated, all share information contained in this prospectus assumes:

    no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option to purchase additional shares; and

    no exercise of outstanding options or vesting of DSUs subsequent to March 31, 2014.

 

7


Table of Contents


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

              The following tables set forth a summary of our historical financial data as of, and for the period ended on, the dates indicated. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the three month periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. Our management believes that the unaudited consolidated financial statements include all adjustments necessary to state fairly the information included in those statements and that the adjustments made consist only of normal recurring adjustments.

              You should read this data together with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes to those statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Our historical results are not

 

8


Table of Contents

necessarily indicative of our future results and results for the three months ended March 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2014.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Net revenues

  $ 204,323   $ 229,681   $ 52,963   $ 45,870  

Cost of revenues

    114,020     142,725     33,406     33,362  
                   

Gross profit

    90,303     86,956     19,557     12,508  

Operating expenses:

                         

Selling, distribution and marketing

    4,426     5,349     1,394     1,259  

General and administrative

    27,223     30,972     6,907     6,845  

Research and development

    31,163     33,019     8,904     6,209  

Impairment of long-lived assets

    2,094     126         164  
                   

Total operating expenses

    64,906     69,466     17,205     14,477  
                   

Income (loss) from operations

    25,397     17,490     2,352     (1,969 )

Non-operating income (expense):

                         

Interest income

    242     187     49     28  

Interest expense

    (784 )   (958 )   (305 )   (180 )

Other income (expense), net

    1,023     508     95     (350 )
                   

Total non-operating income (expense)

    481     (263 )   (161 )   (502 )
                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    25,878     17,227     2,191     (2,471 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

    7,784     5,365     (191 )   (852 )
                   

Net income (loss)(1)

  $ 18,094   $ 11,862   $ 2,382   $ (1,619 )
                   

Net income (loss) per common share(1):

                         

Basic

  $ 0.47   $ 0.31   $ 0.06   $ (0.04 )

Diluted

  $ 0.46   $ 0.31   $ 0.06   $ (0.04 )

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income per common share:

                         

Basic

    38,580     38,712     38,707     38,769  

Diluted

    38,940     38,883     38,845     38,769  

(1)
See Note 2 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted net income per share and the number of shares used in computing basic and diluted net income per share.

 

9


Table of Contents

              Share-based compensation included in the consolidated statements of operations above is as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost of revenues

  $ 1,794   $ 1,503   $ 303   $ 293  

Operating expenses:

                         

Selling, distribution and marketing

    143     132     24     21  

General and administrative

    4,593     4,701     1,137     1,176  

Research and development

    895     699     118     126  
                   

Total share-based compensation

  $ 7,425   $ 7,035   $ 1,582   $ 1,616  
                   

 

 
  March 31, 2014  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma as Adjusted(1)  
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

             

Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments

  $ 53,460   $    

Working capital

    104,477        

Total assets

    345,109        

Long-term debt and capital leases, including current portion

    41,500        

Retained earnings

    72,190        

Total stockholders' equity

    251,542        

(1)
Reflects, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, the sale of            shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' equity by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial price to the public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

10


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

               Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. Our future operating results may vary substantially from anticipated results due to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that affect us. The following discussion highlights some of these risks and uncertainties and the possible impact of these risks on future results of operations. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the market value of our stock could decline substantially and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

Our enoxaparin product represents a significant portion of our net revenues. If the sales volume or pricing of this product continues to decline, or if we are unable to satisfy market demand for this product, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

              Sales from our enoxaparin product, which is our largest selling product, represented 64% and 57% of our total net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively. We are currently experiencing declining revenue from enoxaparin and some of our other existing products and anticipate that we may operate at a loss in the near term while continuing to invest in developing new products. If the sales volume or pricing of enoxaparin continues to decline, or if we are unable to satisfy market demand for this product, our business, financial position and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, and the market value of our common stock could decline. For example, due to intense pricing competition in the pharmaceutical industry, we have experienced significant declines in the per unit pricing and gross margins attributable to our enoxaparin product since its commercial launch, even during periods where we have increased market share and net revenues. This product could be rendered obsolete or economically impractical by numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

              Any factor adversely affecting the sale of enoxaparin may cause our revenues to decline, and we may not be able to achieve and maintain profitability.

11


Table of Contents

Our success depends on our ability to develop and/or acquire and commercialize additional pharmaceutical products.

              Our financial results depend upon our ability to commercialize additional generic and proprietary pharmaceutical products that address unmet medical needs, are accepted by patients and physicians and are reimbursed by payers. Commercialization requires that we successfully and cost-effectively develop, test and manufacture or otherwise acquire both generic and proprietary products. All of our products must receive regulatory approval and meet (and continue to comply with) regulatory and safety standards. If health or safety concerns arise with respect to a product, we may be forced to withdraw it from the market. For example, as a result of environmental concerns over the use of chlorofluorocarbons, or CFCs, the FDA issued a final rule on January 16, 2009 that required the phase-out of the CFC formulation of our Primatene Mist product by December 31, 2011. As a result, in order to resume selling Primatene Mist we have developed a formulation of the product that will use HFA as the propellant and we are now seeking FDA approval for the modified product. There can be no guarantee that our investment in research and development activities will result in FDA approval or produce a commercially viable new product. See the risk factor entitled "The FDA approval process is time-consuming and complicated, and we may not obtain the FDA approval required for a product within the timeline we desire, or at all. Additionally, we may lose FDA approval and/or our products may become subject to foreign regulations."

              The development and commercialization process, particularly with respect to our proprietary products, is time-consuming, costly and involves a high degree of business risk. Our products currently under development, if and when fully developed and tested, may not perform as we expect. Necessary regulatory approvals may not be obtained in a timely manner, if at all, and we may not be able to produce and market such products successfully and profitably. For example, we filed an ANDA for our enoxaparin product in March 2003, but FDA approval was not granted until September 2011 due to delays caused largely by our inclusion in lengthy litigation with Sanofi, the FDA's requirement that we perform immunogenicity studies and the receipt of an FDA Warning Letter by the supplier of the starting material for our enoxaparin product, who also became the subject of an FDA Import Alert. Following FDA approval, we became involved in litigation with Momenta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Sandoz, Inc., which further delayed the commercial launch of our enoxaparin product until January 2012. Delays in any part of the process, or our inability to obtain regulatory approval of our products, could adversely affect our operating results by restricting or delaying our introduction of new products, which could cause the market value of our products to decline. To the extent that we expend significant resources on research and development efforts and are not able, ultimately, to introduce successful new products as a result of those efforts, our business, financial position and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected, and the market value of our common stock could decline.

              Our ability to introduce new generic products also depends upon our success in challenging patent rights held by third parties or in developing non-infringing products. Due to the emergence and development of competing products over time, our overall profitability depends on, among other things, our ability to introduce new products in a timely manner, to continue to manufacture products cost-effectively and to manage the life cycle of our product portfolio. If we are unable to cost-effectively maintain an adequate flow of successful generic and proprietary products and new indications and/or delivery methods for existing products sufficient to cover our substantial research and development costs and the decline in sales of older products that either become subject to generic competition, or are displaced by competing products or therapies, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

12


Table of Contents

Our success depends on the integrity of our supply chain, including multiple single source suppliers, the disruption of which could negatively impact our business.

              Some of our products are the result of complex manufacturing processes, and some require highly specialized raw materials. Because our business requires outsourcing in some instances, we are subject to inherent uncertainties related to product safety, availability and security. For some of our key raw materials, components and API used in certain of our products, we have only a single, external source of supply, and alternate sources of supply may not be readily available. For example, we purchase heparin USP as the starting material for producing our enoxaparin product exclusively from a single source supplier and, in 2009, this supplier received a Warning Letter from the FDA and was the subject of an FDA Import Alert. The resulting shortage of heparin USP resulted in significant delays to the FDA approval process for our enoxaparin product. There are no guarantees our supplier will not receive Warning Letters in the future or that we will be able to replace this single source supplier with an alternate supplier on a commercially reasonable and timely basis, or at all, to prevent a shortage of heparin USP. Additionally, in 2013 our single source supplier of epinephrine API for our Primatene Mist HFA product candidate received a Warning Letter from the FDA. It is possible that this supplier will be unsuccessful in its efforts to address the issues raised by the FDA in its Warning Letter, which would result in delays in commercializing this product candidate if FDA approval for it is received. Furthermore, we may be unable to replace this single supplier with an alternate supplier on a commercially reasonable and timely basis, or at all.

              If we fail to maintain relationships with our current suppliers, we may not be able to complete development, commercialization or marketing of our products, which would have a material and adverse effect on our business. Third-party suppliers may not perform as agreed or may terminate their agreements with us. For example, because these third parties provide materials to a number of other pharmaceutical companies, they may experience capacity constraints or choose to prioritize one or more of their other customers over us. Any significant problem that our suppliers experience could delay or interrupt our supply of materials until the supplier cures the problem or until we locate, negotiate for, validate and receive FDA approval for an alternative source of supply, if one is available. In the near term, we do not anticipate that the FDA will approve alternative sources to backup our primary suppliers. Therefore, if our primary suppliers become unable or unwilling to manufacture or deliver materials, we could experience protracted delays or interruptions in the supply of materials. This would ultimately delay our manufacture of products for commercial sale, which could materially and adversely affect our development programs, commercial activities, operating results and financial condition.

              Additionally, any failure by us to forecast demand for, or to maintain an adequate supply of, the raw material and finished product could result in an interruption in the supply of certain products and a decline in sales of that product.

We face significant competition in the pharmaceutical industry with respect to both our proprietary and generic drugs, which may result in others developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than we do, which could significantly limit our growth and materially and adversely affect our financial results.

              Our business operates in the pharmaceutical industry, which is an industry characterized by intense competition. Many of our competitors have longer operating histories and greater financial, research and development, marketing and other resources than we do. Consequently, many of our competitors may be able to develop products and/or processes competitive with, or superior to, our own. We are concentrating the majority of our efforts and resources on developing product candidates utilizing our proprietary technologies. The commercial success of products utilizing such technologies will depend, in large part, on the intensity of competition, labeling claims approved by the FDA for our products compared to claims approved for competitive products and the relative timing and sequence

13


Table of Contents

for commercial launch of new products by other companies that compete with our new products. If alternative technologies or other therapeutic approaches are adopted prior to our new product approvals, then the market for our new products may be substantially decreased, thus reducing our ability to generate future profits.

              This intensely competitive environment requires an ongoing, extensive search for technological innovations and the ability to market products effectively, including the ability to communicate the effectiveness, safety and value of our products to healthcare professionals in private practice, group practices and managed care organizations. Our competitors vary depending upon product categories, and within each product category, upon dosage strengths and upon drug-delivery systems. Based on total assets, annual revenues and market capitalization, we are smaller than many of our national and international competitors with respect to both our generic and proprietary pharmaceutical products and product candidates. Many of our competitors have been in business for a longer period of time than us, have a greater number of products on the market and have greater financial and other resources than we do. Furthermore, recent trends in this industry are toward further market consolidation of large drug companies into a smaller number of very large entities, further concentrating financial, technical and market strength and increasing competitive pressure in the industry. If we directly compete with them for the same markets and/or products, their financial strength could prevent us from capturing a profitable share of those markets. Smaller companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. It is possible that developments by our competitors will make our products or technologies noncompetitive or obsolete.

If we fail to obtain exclusive marketing rights for our generic pharmaceutical products or fail to introduce these generic products on a timely basis, our revenues, gross margin and operating results may decline significantly.

              The Hatch-Waxman amendments to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FFDCA, provide for a period of 180 days of generic marketing exclusivity for any applicant that is first-to-file an ANDA containing a certification of invalidity, non-infringement or unenforceability related to a patent listed with respect to the corresponding brand drug, which we refer to as a Paragraph IV certification. The holder of an approved ANDA containing a Paragraph IV certification that is successful in challenging the applicable brand drug patent(s) is often able to price the applicable generic drug to yield relatively high gross margins during this 180-day marketing exclusivity period. ANDAs that contain Paragraph IV certifications challenging patents, however, generally become the subject of patent litigation that can be both lengthy and costly. There is no certainty that we will prevail in any such litigation, that we will be the first-to-file and granted the 180-day marketing exclusivity period or, if we are granted the 180-day marketing exclusivity period, that we will not forfeit such period. Even where we are awarded marketing exclusivity, we may be required to share our exclusivity period with other ANDA applicants who submit Paragraph IV certifications. In addition, brand companies often authorize a generic version of the corresponding brand drug to be sold during any period of marketing exclusivity that is awarded, which reduces gross margins during the marketing exclusivity period. Brand companies may also reduce the price of their brand product to compete directly with generics entering the market, which similarly would have the effect of reducing gross margins. Furthermore, timely commencement of litigation by the patent owner imposes an automatic stay of ANDA approval by the FDA for 30 months, unless the case is decided in the ANDA applicant's favor during that period. Finally, if the court's decision is adverse to the ANDA applicant, the ANDA approval will be delayed until the challenged patent expires, and the applicant will not be granted the 180-day marketing exclusivity.

              Accordingly, our revenues and future profitability are dependent, in large part, upon our ability or the ability of our development partners to file ANDAs with the FDA timely and effectively or to enter into contractual relationships with other parties that have obtained marketing exclusivity. We may

14


Table of Contents

not be able to develop and introduce successful products in the future within the time constraints necessary to be successful. If we or our development partners are unable to continue to timely and effectively file ANDAs with the FDA or to partner with other parties that have obtained marketing exclusivity, our revenues, gross margin and operating results may decline significantly, and our prospects and business may be materially adversely affected.

Our generic products face and our generic product candidates will face additional competitive pressures that are specific to the generic pharmaceutical industry.

              With respect to our generic pharmaceutical business, revenues and gross profit derived from the sales of generic pharmaceutical products tend to follow a pattern based on certain regulatory and competitive factors. As patents and exclusivities protecting a brand name product expire, the first manufacturer to receive regulatory approval for a generic version of the product is generally able to achieve significant market penetration. Therefore, our ability to increase or maintain revenues and profitability in our generics business is largely dependent on our success in challenging patents and developing non-infringing formulations of proprietary products. As competing manufacturers receive regulatory approvals on generic products or as brand manufacturers launch generic versions of their products (for which no separate regulatory approval is required), market share, revenues and gross profit typically decline, often significantly and rapidly. Accordingly, the level of market share, revenue and gross profit attributable to a particular generic product normally is related to the number of competitors in that product's market and the timing of that product's regulatory approval and launch, in relation to competing approvals and launches. For example, with respect to our enoxaparin product, Sandoz also markets the generic version of enoxaparin and Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. and Hospira, Inc. have filed ANDAs with the FDA for approval of their generic versions. The presence of these current and prospective competitive products may have an adverse affect on our market share, revenue and gross profit from our enoxaparin product. Since the commercial launch of our enoxaparin product, we have experienced significant declines in the per unit pricing and gross margins attributable to this product, even as we have increased market share and net revenues. Consequently, we must continue to develop and introduce new generic products in a timely and cost-effective manner to maintain our revenues and gross margins. We may have fewer opportunities to launch significant generic products in the future, as the number and size of proprietary products that are subject to patent challenges is expected to decrease in the next several years compared to historical levels. Additionally, as new competitors enter the market, there may be increased pricing pressure on certain products, which may result in lower gross margins. In addition to our enoxaparin product, we have experienced significant pricing pressure on many of our other products, including Cortrosyn, and we expect this trend to continue in the future.

              Competition in the generic drug industry has also increased due to the proliferation of authorized generic pharmaceutical products. "Authorized generics" are generic pharmaceutical products that are introduced by brand companies, either directly or through partnering arrangements with other generic companies. Authorized generics are equivalent to the brand companies' brand name drugs, but are sold at relatively lower prices than the brand name drugs. An authorized generic product can be marketed during the 180-day exclusivity granted to the first manufacturer or manufacturers to submit an ANDA with a Paragraph IV certification for a generic version of the brand product. The sale of authorized generics adversely impacts the market share of a generic product that has been granted 180-day exclusivity. For example, with respect to our enoxaparin product, Sanofi currently markets an authorized generic enoxaparin product through its subsidiary, Winthrop. This is a significant source of competition for us because brand companies do not face any regulatory barriers to introducing authorized generics of their products. Because authorized generics may be sold during our exclusivity periods, if any, they can materially decrease the profits that we could otherwise receive as an exclusive marketer of a generic alternative. Such actions have the effect of reducing the potential market share

15


Table of Contents

and profitability of our generic products and may inhibit us from developing and introducing generic pharmaceutical products corresponding to certain brand name drugs.

              Such competition can also result from the entry of generic versions of another product in the same therapeutic class as one of our drugs, or in another competing therapeutic class, or from the compulsory licensing of our products by governments, or from a general weakening of intellectual property laws in certain countries around the world.

If the market for a reference brand product, such as Lovenox, significantly declines, sales or potential sales of our generic and biosimilar products and product candidates may suffer and our business would be materially impacted.

              Proprietary products face competition on numerous fronts as technological advances are made or new products are introduced. As new products are approved that compete with the reference proprietary product to our generic products and generic or biosimilar product candidates, such as Lovenox, which is the reference brand product for our enoxaparin product, sales of the reference brand products may be significantly and adversely impacted and may render the reference brand product obsolete. In addition, brand companies may pursue life cycle management strategies that also impact our generic products.

              If the market for a reference brand product is impacted, we in turn may lose significant market share or market potential for our generic or biosimilar products and product candidates, and the value for our generic or biosimilar pipeline could be negatively impacted. As a result, our business, including our financial results and our ability to fund future discovery and development programs, would suffer.

Health care providers may not be receptive to our products, particularly those that incorporate our proprietary drug delivery platforms.

              The commercial success of our products will depend on acceptance by health care providers and others that such products are clinically effective, affordable and safe. Our products utilizing our proprietary drug delivery technologies may not be accepted by health care providers and others. Factors that may materially affect market acceptance of our products include but are not limited to:

              Our products, if successfully developed and commercially launched, will compete with both currently marketed products and new products launched in the future by other companies. Health care providers may not accept or utilize some of our products. Physicians and other prescribers may not be inclined to prescribe our prescription products unless our products demonstrate commercially viable advantages over other products currently marketed for the same indications. Pharmacy chains may not be willing to stock certain of our new products, and pharmacists may not recommend such products to consumers. Further, consumers may not be willing to purchase some of our products. If our products do not achieve market acceptance, we may not be able to generate significant revenues or remain profitable.

16


Table of Contents

If we are unable to maintain our group purchasing organization relationships, our revenues could decline and future profitability could be jeopardized.

              Many of the existing and potential customers for our products have combined to form group purchasing organizations in an effort to lower costs. Group purchasing organizations negotiate pricing arrangements with medical supply manufacturers and distributors, and these negotiated prices are made available to a group purchasing organization's affiliated hospitals and other members. Group purchasing organizations provide end-users access to a broad range of pharmaceutical products from multiple suppliers at competitive prices and, in certain cases, exercise considerable influence over the drug purchasing decisions of such end-users. Hospitals and other end-users contract with the group purchasing organization of their choice for their purchasing needs. We currently derive, and expect to continue to derive, our revenue from end-user customers that are members of group purchasing organizations. Maintaining our strong relationships with these group purchasing organizations will require us to continue to be a reliable supplier, offer a broad product line, remain price competitive, comply with FDA regulations and provide high-quality products. Although our group purchasing organization pricing agreements are typically multi-year in duration, most of them may be terminated by either party with 60 or 90 days notice. The group purchasing organizations with which we have relationships may have relationships with manufacturers that sell competing products, and such group purchasing organizations may earn higher margins from these competing products or combinations of competing products or may prefer products other than ours for other reasons. If we are unable to maintain our group purchasing organization relationships, sales of our products and revenue could decline.

Although we reported net income for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2013, we have incurred losses in the first quarter of 2014.

              We recorded a net loss of $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared with net income of $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This loss resulted principally from a decrease in profit sharing revenues under our profit sharing agreement with Actavis, Inc., or Actavis, under which Actavis markets and distributes our enoxaparin product to the retail market in the U.S. We may continue to incur operating and net losses and negative cash flow from operations. Our business may generate operating losses to the extent Actavis reports decreased profit levels on their determined sales volumes and product pricing for enoxaparin, if we are unable to maintain and expand our relationships with group purchasing organizations or if we do not successfully commercialize our product candidates and generate sufficient revenues to support our level of operating expenses. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with our profit sharing agreement, our commercialization efforts and future product development, we are unable to predict whether we will be able to achieve and maintain profitability.

Consolidation in the health care industry could lead to demands for price concessions or for the exclusion of some suppliers from certain of our markets, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

              Because health care costs have risen significantly, numerous initiatives and reforms by legislatures, regulators and third-party payers to curb these cost increases have resulted in a trend in the health care industry to consolidate product suppliers and purchasers. As the health care industry consolidates, competition among suppliers to provide products to purchasers has become more intense. This in turn has resulted and will likely continue to result in greater pricing pressures and the exclusion of certain suppliers from important market segments as group purchasing organizations and large single accounts continue to use their market power to influence product pricing and purchasing decisions. As the U.S. payer market concentrates further and as more drugs become available in generic form, biopharmaceutical companies may face greater pricing pressure from private third-party payers, who

17


Table of Contents

will continue to drive more of their patients to use lower cost generic alternatives. This drive towards generic alternatives could adversely affect sales of our proprietary products and increase competition among generic manufacturers.

Sales of our products may be adversely affected by the continuing consolidation of our customer base.

              A significant proportion of our sales are made to relatively few U.S. wholesalers and group purchasing organizations. These customers are continuing to undergo significant consolidation. Sales to three of these customers for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 accounted for approximately 54% and 58% of our total net revenues, respectively. Such consolidation has provided and may continue to provide them with additional purchasing leverage, and consequently may increase the pricing pressures that we face. Additionally, the emergence of large buying groups representing independent retail pharmacies, and the prevalence and influence of managed care organizations and similar institutions, enable those groups to extract price discounts on our products.

              Moreover, we are exposed to a concentration of credit risk as a result of this concentration among our customers. If one or more of our major customers experienced financial difficulties, the effect on us would be substantial. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

              Our net sales and quarterly growth comparisons may also be affected by fluctuations in the buying patterns of retail chains, major distributors and other trade buyers, whether resulting from seasonality, pricing, wholesaler buying decisions or other factors. In addition, because a significant portion of our U.S. revenues is derived from relatively few customers, any financial difficulties experienced by a single customer, or any delay in receiving payments from a single customer, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our business partners do not fulfill their obligations with respect to our distribution or collaboration agreements our revenues and our business will suffer.

              Pursuant to certain distribution or collaboration agreements, the success of some of our products or product candidates also depends on the success of the collaboration with our business partners, who are responsible for certain aspects of researching, developing, marketing, distributing or commercializing our products or product candidates. If such an agreement were to be terminated in accordance with its terms, including due to a party's failure to perform its obligations or responsibilities under the agreement, revenues could be delayed or diminished from these products and our revenues and/or profit share for these products could be adversely impacted.

              For example, we have a profit sharing agreement with Actavis to market and distribute our enoxaparin product to the retail market in the U.S. If Actavis fails to commit sufficient resources to market and distribute our products to the retail market, our profit sharing revenue from retail sales of enoxaparin could be severely impacted.

The revenues we earn and report from our profit sharing agreement with Actavis are subject to their marketing, pricing and reporting practices.

              Under the terms of our profit sharing agreement, Actavis markets and distributes our enoxaparin product to the retail market in the U.S., we share in the profits from these activities as reported to us by Actavis. Accordingly, the amounts of profit sharing revenues we recognize each period are subject to Actavis' marketing, pricing and reporting practices. To the extent Actavis reports varying profit levels on their determined sales volumes and product pricing, our profit sharing revenue from retail sales of enoxaparin, financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be materially impacted.

18


Table of Contents

We depend upon our key personnel, the loss of whom could adversely affect our operations. If we fail to attract and retain the talent required for our business, our business could be materially harmed.

              We depend to a significant degree on our key management employees, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Science Officer, Jack Y. Zhang; Chief Operating Officer and Chief Scientist, Mary Z. Luo; President, Jason B. Shandell; Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President, William J. Peters; and Corporate Executive Vice President of Operations and President, International Medication Systems, Ltd., Marilyn J. Purchase. The loss of services from any of these persons may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our product development or business objectives. Our officers all serve "at will" and we or they can terminate their employment with us at any time. We do not carry key man life insurance on any key personnel. Competition among pharmaceutical companies for qualified employees is intense, and the ability to attract and retain qualified individuals is critical to our success. We have experienced attrition among our executive officers in the past, although we do not believe that the departures of executive officers have had a materially adverse effect on our business. However, any future loss of key members of our organization, or any inability to continue to attract high-quality employees, may delay or prevent the achievement of major business objectives. Our productivity may be adversely affected if we do not integrate or train our new employees quickly and effectively.

              Competition for highly-skilled personnel is often intense, especially in Southern California, where we have a substantial presence and need for highly-skilled personnel. We may not be successful in attracting, integrating or retaining qualified personnel to fulfill our current or future needs. Also, to the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that we have improperly solicited, or that they have divulged proprietary or other confidential information, or that their former employers own their inventions or work product.

Because a portion of our future manufacturing is expected to take place in China, a significant disruption in the construction or operation of our manufacturing facility in China or political unrest in China could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

              We intend to invest in expansion of our manufacturing facility in China. Any disruption in construction of the facility or the inability of our manufacturing facility in China to produce adequate quantities of raw materials or APIs to meet our needs, whether as a result of a natural disaster or other causes, could impair our ability to operate our business. Furthermore, since this facility is located in China, we are exposed to the possibility of product supply disruption and increased costs in the event of changes in the policies of the Chinese government, political unrest or unstable economic conditions in China. The nationalization or other expropriation of private enterprises by the Chinese government could result in the total loss of our investment in China. Any of these matters could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. These interruptions or failures could also impede commercialization of our product candidates and impair our competitive position.

We are exposed to risks related to our international operations and failure to manage these risks may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

              We have operations both inside and outside the U.S. For example, we have suppliers in Asia and Europe, and we own manufacturing facilities in Nanjing, China and Éragny-sur-Epte, France. As a result, a significant portion of our operations are conducted by and/or rely on entities outside the markets in which our products are sold, and, accordingly, we import a substantial number of products into such markets. We may, therefore, be denied access to our customers or suppliers or denied the ability to ship products from any of our sites as a result of a closing of the borders of the countries in which we sell our products, or in which our operations are located, due to economic, legislative, political and military conditions in such countries.

19


Table of Contents

              International operations are subject to a number of other inherent risks, and our future results could be adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

              In addition, the expansion of our existing international operations, including our facility expansion in Nanjing, China, and entry into additional international markets, including our recent acquisition of a manufacturing business in Éragny-sur-Epte, France, have required and will continue to require significant management attention and financial resources. These and other factors could harm our ability to gain future revenues and, consequently, materially impact our business, operations results and financial condition.

The Chinese government may exert substantial influence over the manner in which we conduct our business operations in China.

              The Chinese government has exercised, and continues to exercise, substantial control over virtually every sector of the Chinese economy through regulation and state ownership. Our ability to conduct our proposed manufacturing operations in China may be harmed by changes in its laws and regulations, including those relating to taxation, import and export tariffs, environmental regulations, land use rights, property ownership and other matters. We believe that our operations in China are in material compliance with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements. However, the central or local governments of the jurisdictions in which we operate may impose new, stricter regulations or interpretations of existing regulations that would require additional expenditures and efforts on our part to ensure our compliance with such regulations or interpretations. Accordingly, government actions in the future, including any decision not to continue to support recent economic reforms and to return to a more centrally planned economy or regional or local variations in the implementation of economic

20


Table of Contents

policies, could have a significant effect on economic conditions in China or particular regions thereof and could require us to divest ourselves of any interest we then hold in Chinese properties or entities, including our Chinese operating subsidiary, Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd., or ANP.

The Chinese legal system can be uncertain and could limit the legal protections available to us.

              Unlike common law systems, such as the United States, the Chinese legal system is based on written statutes and decided legal cases have little precedential value. Our Chinese operating subsidiary, ANP, is subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment in China in general and laws and regulations applicable to foreign invested enterprises in particular. ANP is also subject to laws and regulations governing the formation and conduct of domestic Chinese companies. Relevant Chinese laws, regulations and legal requirements may change frequently, and their interpretation and enforcement involve uncertainties. For example, we may have to resort to administrative and court proceedings to enforce the legal protections under law or contract. However, since Chinese administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contract terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and our level of legal protection in China compared to other legal systems. Such uncertainties, including the inability to enforce our contracts and intellectual property rights, could materially and adversely affect our business and operations. In addition, confidentiality protections in China may not be as effective as in the U.S. or other countries. Accordingly, future developments in the Chinese legal system, including the promulgation of new laws, changes to existing laws or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, or the preemption of local requirements by national laws, could limit the legal protections available to us.

We could be materially and adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws.

              The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws, which often carry substantial penalties. We are currently expanding our operation abroad, including expanding our facilities in China, a country which has experienced governmental and private sector corruption to some degree, and in certain circumstances, strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with certain local customs and practices. Our internal control policies and procedures may not always protect us from reckless or other inappropriate acts committed by our affiliates, employees or agents. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

Movements in foreign currency exchange rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

              A portion of our revenues, indebtedness and other liabilities and our costs are denominated in foreign currencies, including the Chinese Yuan and the Euro. We report our financial results in U.S. dollars. Our results of operations and, in some cases, cash flows may in the future be adversely affected by certain movements in exchange rates. From time to time, we may implement currency hedges intended to reduce our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. However, our hedging strategies may not be successful, and any of our unhedged foreign exchange exposures will continue to be subject to market fluctuations. These risks could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

21


Table of Contents

We may be exposed to product liability claims and may not be able to obtain or maintain adequate product liability insurance.

              Our business exposes us to potential product liability risks, which are inherent in the testing, manufacturing, marketing and sale of pharmaceutical products. Product liability claims might be made by patients, health care providers or others who sell or consume our products. These claims may be made even with respect to those products that possess regulatory approval for commercial sale.

              Our reputation is the foundation of our relationships with physicians, patients, group purchasing organizations and other customers. If we are unable to effectively manage real or perceived issues that could negatively impact sentiments toward us, our business could suffer. Our customers may have a number of concerns about the safety of our products whether or not such concerns have a basis in generally accepted science or peer-reviewed scientific research. These concerns may be increased by negative publicity, even if the publicity is inaccurate. Any negative publicity, whether accurate or inaccurate, about the efficacy, safety or side effects of our products or product categories, whether involving us, a competitor or a reference drug, could materially reduce market acceptance of our products, cause consumers to seek alternatives to our products, result in product withdrawals and cause our stock price to decline. Negative publicity could also result in an increased number of product liability claims, whether or not these claims have a basis in scientific fact.

              We currently maintain a $10.0 million product liability insurance policy, which covers both Amphastar and International Medication Systems, Ltd., or IMS, products, but our insurance coverage may not reimburse us or may not be sufficient to reimburse us for all expenses or losses we may suffer from any product liability claims. Moreover, insurance coverage is becoming increasingly expensive and, in the future, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses. Large judgments have been awarded in class action lawsuits based on drug products that had unanticipated side effects. A successful product liability claim or series of claims brought against us could cause our stock price to fall and, if judgments exceed our insurance coverage, could decrease our cash and adversely affect our business.

If serious adverse events or deaths are identified relating to any of our products once they are on the market, we may be required to withdraw our products from the market, which would hinder or preclude our ability to generate revenues.

              We are required to report to relevant regulatory authorities adverse events or deaths associated with our product candidates or approved products. Based on such events, regulatory authorities may withdraw their approvals of such products or take enforcement actions. We may be required to reformulate our products, and/or we may have to recall the affected products from the market and may not be able to reintroduce them into the market. Furthermore, our reputation in the marketplace may suffer and we may become the target of lawsuits, including class actions suits. Any of these events could harm or prevent sales of the affected products and could have a material adverse effect upon our business and financial condition.

Any acquisitions of technologies, products and businesses may be difficult to integrate, could adversely affect our relationships with key customers and/or could result in significant charges to earnings.

              We plan to regularly review potential acquisitions of technologies, products and businesses complementary to our business. Acquisitions typically entail many risks and could result in difficulties in integrating operations, personnel, technologies and products. If we are not able to successfully integrate our acquisitions, we may not obtain the advantages and synergies that the acquisitions were intended to create, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, our ability to develop and introduce new products and the market price of our stock. In addition, in connection with acquisitions, we could experience disruption in our business,

22


Table of Contents

technology and information systems, customer or employee base, including diversion of management's attention from our continuing operations. There is also a risk that key employees of companies that we acquire or key employees necessary to successfully commercialize technologies and products that we acquire may seek employment elsewhere, including with our competitors. Furthermore, there may be overlap between our products or customers and the companies that we acquire that may create conflicts in relationships or other commitments detrimental to the integrated businesses. If we are unable to successfully integrate technologies, products, businesses or personnel that we acquire, we could incur significant impairment charges or other adverse financial consequences.

              Identifying, executing and realizing attractive returns on acquisitions is highly competitive and involves a high degree of uncertainty. We expect to encounter competition for potential target businesses from both strategic and financial buyers. Some of these competitors may be well established and have extensive experience in identifying and consummating business combinations. Some of these competitors may possess greater technical, human and other resources than us, and our financial resources may be relatively limited when contrasted with those of our competitors. We may lose acquisition opportunities if we do not match our competitors' pricing, terms and structure criteria for such acquisitions. If we are forced to match these criteria to make acquisitions, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our acquisitions or may bear substantial risk of capital loss. In addition, target companies may not be willing to sell assets at valuations which are attractive to us. Furthermore, the terms of our existing or future indebtedness may hinder or prevent us from making additional acquisitions of technologies, products or businesses. Because of these factors, we may not be able to consummate an acquisition on attractive terms, if at all.

              We intend to conduct an extensive due diligence investigation for any business we consider acquiring. Intensive due diligence is often time consuming and expensive due to the operations, finance and legal professionals who may be involved in the due diligence process. Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business which we acquire, we may not identify all material issues that are present inside a particular target business. If our due diligence fails to discover or identify material issues relating to a target business, industry or the environment in which the target business operates, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure the target business's operations or incur impairment or other charges that could result in losses to us.

Charges to earnings resulting from acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

              Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, business combination accounting standards, we recognize the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any non-controlling interests in acquired companies generally at their acquisition date fair values and, in each case, separately from goodwill. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess amount of consideration transferred, which is also generally measured at fair value, and the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Our estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable but which are inherently uncertain. After we complete an acquisition, the following factors could result in material charges and adversely affect our operating results and may adversely affect our cash flows:

23


Table of Contents

              A significant portion of these adjustments could be accounted for as expenses that will decrease our net income and earnings per share for the periods in which those costs are incurred. Such charges could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of the common stock to decline.

The Affordable Care Act and certain new legislation and regulatory proposals may increase our costs of compliance and negatively impact our profitability over time.

              In March 2010, President Barack Obama signed the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, which we refer to collectively as "the Affordable Care Act." The Affordable Care Act makes extensive changes to the delivery of health care in the U.S. We expect that the rebates, discounts, taxes and other costs resulting from the Affordable Care Act over time will have a negative effect on our expenses and profitability in the future. Furthermore, the Independent Payment Advisory Board created by the Affordable Care Act to reduce the per capita rate of growth in Medicare spending could potentially limit access to certain treatments or mandate price controls for our products. Moreover, expanded government investigative authority and increased disclosure obligations may increase the cost of compliance with new regulations and programs.

              Congress has also proposed a number of legislative initiatives, including possible repeal of the Affordable Care Act. At this time, it remains unclear whether there will be any changes made to the Affordable Care Act, whether to certain provisions or its entirety. In addition, some details regarding the implementation of the Affordable Care Act are yet to be determined, and, at this time, the full effect that the Affordable Care Act would have on our business remains unclear.

              In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. For example, on August 2, 2011, the President signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend proposals in spending reductions to Congress. As a result of the failure of the Joint Select Committee to propose, and of Congress to enact, deficit reduction measures of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, the Budget Control Act provides for automatic cuts to be made to most federal government programs, which, with respect to Medicare, would include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, starting in 2013. Pursuant to the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which was enacted by Congress on January 1, 2013, the imposition of these automatic cuts began April 1, 2013. In addition, the new law, among other things, reduces Medicare inpatient payment amounts to hospitals and increases the statute of limitations for recovering overpayments from three years to five years. The full impact on our business of this new law, assuming it is implemented, is uncertain. Nor is it clear whether other legislative changes will be adopted or how such changes would affect the demand for our products.

24


Table of Contents

              In addition, there have been a number of other legislative and regulatory proposals aimed at changing the pharmaceutical industry. In particular, California has enacted legislation that requires development of an electronic pedigree to track and trace each prescription drug at the saleable unit level through the distribution system. California's electronic pedigree requirement is scheduled to take effect in January 2015. Compliance with California and future federal or state electronic pedigree requirements may increase our operational expenses and impose significant administrative burdens. As a result of these and other new proposals, we may determine to change our current manner of operation, provide additional benefits or change our contract arrangements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

              President Barack Obama also signed into law the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act. The new law and related agreements make several significant changes to the FFDCA and FDA's processes for reviewing marketing applications that could have a significant impact on the pharmaceutical industry, including, among other things, the following:

              The full impact on our business of the new laws is uncertain; however, we anticipate that it will have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

              Additionally, we encounter similar regulatory and legislative issues in most other countries. In the European Union, or EU, and some other international markets, the government provides health care at low cost to consumers and regulates pharmaceutical prices, patient eligibility or reimbursement levels to control costs for the government-sponsored health care system. This international system of price regulations may lead to inconsistent prices.

              If significant additional reforms are made to the U.S. health care system, or to the health care systems of other markets in which we operate, those reforms could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

25


Table of Contents

Global macroeconomic conditions may negatively affect us and may magnify certain risks that affect our business.

              Our business is sensitive to general economic conditions, both inside and outside the U.S. Slower global economic growth, credit market crises, high levels of unemployment, reduced levels of capital expenditures, government deficit reduction, sequestration and other austerity measures and other challenges affecting the global economy adversely affect us and our distributors, customers and suppliers. It is uncertain how long these effects will last, or whether economic and financial trends will worsen or improve. Such uncertain economic times may have a material adverse effect on our revenues, results of operations, financial condition and, if circumstances worsen, our ability to raise capital at reasonable rates. If slower growth in the global economy or in any of the markets we serve continues for a significant period, if there is significant deterioration in the global economy or such markets or if improvements in the global economy don't benefit the markets we serve, our business and financial statements could be adversely affected.

              Additionally, as a result of the current or a future global economic downturn, our third-party payers may delay or be unable to satisfy their reimbursement obligations. Sales of our principal products are dependent, in part, on the availability and extent of reimbursement from third-party payers, including government programs such as Medicare and Medicaid and private payer healthcare and insurance programs. A reduction in the availability or extent of reimbursement from government and/or private payer healthcare programs could have a material adverse effect on the sales of our products, our business and results of operations.

              Current economic conditions may adversely affect the ability of our distributors, customers, suppliers and service providers to obtain the liquidity required to pay for our products, or otherwise to buy necessary inventory or raw materials, and to perform their obligations under agreements with us, which could disrupt our operations, and could negatively impact our business and cash flow. Although we make efforts to monitor these third parties' financial condition and their liquidity, our ability to do so is limited, and some of them may become unable to pay their bills in a timely manner, or may even become insolvent, which could negatively impact our business and results of operations. These risks may be elevated with respect to our interactions with third parties with substantial operations in countries where current economic conditions are the most severe, particularly where such third parties are themselves exposed to sovereign risk from business interactions directly with fiscally-challenged government payers.

              At the same time, significant changes and volatility in the financial markets, in the consumer and business environment, in the competitive landscape and in the global political and security landscape make it increasingly difficult for us to predict our revenues and earnings into the future. As a result, any revenue or earnings guidance or outlook which we have given or might give may be overtaken by events, or may otherwise turn out to be inaccurate. Though we endeavor to give reasonable estimates of future revenues and earnings at the time we give such guidance, based on then-current conditions, there is a significant risk that such guidance or outlook will turn out to be, or to have been, incorrect.

Significant balances of intangible assets, including goodwill, are subject to impairment testing and may result in impairment charges, which may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

              A significant amount of our total assets is related to goodwill and intangible assets. As of March 31, 2014 the value of our goodwill and intangible assets net of accumulated amortization was $39.7 million. Goodwill and other intangible assets are tested for impairment annually when events occur or circumstances change that could potentially reduce the fair value of the reporting unit or intangible asset. Impairment testing compares the fair value of the reporting unit or intangible asset to

26


Table of Contents

its carrying amount. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2012 we had an impairment charge of $2.1 million primarily related to equipment for a production project that was suspended. Any future goodwill or other intangible asset impairment, if any, would be recorded in operating income and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our outstanding loan agreements contain restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

              Our loan agreements are collateralized by substantially all of our presently existing and subsequently acquired personal property assets, and subject us to certain affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on our ability to transfer or dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other companies, make investments, pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness and liens and conduct transactions with affiliates. We are also subject to certain covenants that require us to maintain certain financial ratios and are required under certain conditions to make mandatory prepayments of outstanding principal. As a result of these covenants and ratios, we have certain limitations on the manner in which we can conduct our business, and we may be restricted from engaging in favorable business activities or financing future operations or capital needs until our current debt obligations are paid in full or we obtain the consent of our lenders, which we may not be able to obtain. We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow or revenue to meet the financial covenants or pay the principal and interest on our debt. In addition, upon the occurrence of an event of default, our lenders, among other things, can declare all indebtedness due and payable immediately, which would adversely impact our liquidity and reduce the availability of our cash flows to fund working capital needs, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. An event of default includes our failure to pay any amount due and payable under the loan agreements, the occurrence of a material adverse change in our business as defined in the loan agreements, our breach of any covenant in the loan agreements, subject to a grace period in some cases, or an involuntary insolvency proceeding. Additionally, a lender could exercise its lien on substantially all of our assets and our future working capital, borrowings or equity financing may not be available to repay or refinance any such debt.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain adequate internal controls and be able, on an annual basis, to provide an assertion as to the effectiveness of such controls. Failure to maintain adequate internal controls or to implement new or improved controls could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

              Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective.

              If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC.

              We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting

27


Table of Contents

as of the end of our fiscal year 2014. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting.

              We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future.

              Additionally, to comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff, which may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

There are inherent uncertainties involved in estimates, judgments and assumptions used in the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. Any future changes in estimates, judgments and assumptions used or necessary revisions to prior estimates, judgments or assumptions or changes in accounting standards could lead to a restatement or revision to previously consolidated financial statements, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

              The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as discussed in greater detail in the section titled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our operating results may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our operating results to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in our stock price. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition, provision for wholesaler chargebacks, accruals for product returns, valuation of inventory, impairment of intangibles and long-lived assets, accounting for income taxes and share-based compensation. Furthermore, although we have recorded reserves for litigation related contingencies based on estimates of probable future costs, such litigation related contingencies could result in substantial further costs. Also, any new or revised accounting standards may require adjustments to previously issued financial statements. Any such changes could result in corresponding changes to the amounts of liabilities, revenues, expenses and income. Any such changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

              Changes in financial accounting standards or practices can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements have occurred and may occur in the future. Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may adversely affect our business and financial results.

28


Table of Contents

Changes in income tax laws, tax rulings and other factors may have a significantly adverse impact on our effective tax rate and tax expense, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

              Potential changes to income tax laws in the U.S. include measures which would defer the deduction of interest expense related to deferred income; determine the foreign tax credit on a pooling basis; tax currently excess returns associated with transfers of intangibles offshore; and limit earnings stripping by expatriated entities. In addition, proposals were made to encourage manufacturing in the U.S., including reduced rates of tax and increased deductions related to manufacturing. We cannot determine whether these proposals will be modified or enacted, whether other proposals unknown at this time will be made or the extent to which the corporate tax rate might be reduced and ameliorate the adverse impact of some of these proposals. If enacted, and depending on its precise terms, such legislation could materially increase our overall effective income tax rate and income tax expense. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

              In addition to income taxes in the U.S. we are subject to income taxes in many foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. In the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The final determination of any tax audits or related litigation could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals.

              Additionally, increases in our effective tax rate as a result of a change in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in our overall profitability, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, the results of audits and the examination of previously filed tax returns by various taxing authorities and continuing assessments of our tax exposures could impact our tax liabilities and affect our income tax expense, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

Counterfeit versions of our products could harm our patients and reputation.

              Our industry has been increasingly challenged by the vulnerability of distribution channels to illegal counterfeiting and the presence of counterfeit products in a growing number of markets and over the Internet. Counterfeit products are frequently unsafe or ineffective, and can be potentially life-threatening. To distributors and patients, counterfeit products may be visually indistinguishable from the authentic version. Reports of adverse reactions to counterfeit drugs or increased levels of counterfeiting could materially affect patient confidence in the authentic product, and harm the business of companies such as ours. Additionally, it is possible that adverse events caused by unsafe counterfeit products would mistakenly be attributed to the authentic product. If a product of ours was the subject of counterfeits, we could incur substantial reputational and financial harm in the longer term.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of system failures.

              Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. Any system failure, accident or security breach that causes interruptions in our operations could result in a material disruption of our product development programs. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach results in a loss or damage to our data or

29


Table of Contents

applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we may incur liability and the further development of our product candidates may be delayed.

              In addition, we rely on complex information technology systems, including Internet-based systems, to support our supply chain processes as well as internal and external communications. The size and complexity of our systems make them potentially vulnerable to breakdown or interruption, whether due to computer viruses or other causes that may result in the loss of key information or the impairment of production and other supply chain processes. Such disruptions and breaches of security could adversely affect our business.

We or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by earthquakes or other natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

              The facilities we use for our headquarters, laboratory and research and development activities are located in earthquake-prone areas of California. A significant percentage of the facilities we use for our manufacturing, packaging, warehousing, distribution and administration offices are also located in these areas. Earthquakes or other natural disasters could severely disrupt our operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our facilities, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as our manufacturing facilities, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place currently are limited and are unlikely to prove adequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans.

Risks Relating to Regulatory Matters

The FDA approval process is time-consuming and complicated, and we may not obtain the FDA approval required for a product within the timeline we desire, or at all. Additionally, we may lose FDA approval and/or our products may become subject to foreign regulations.

              The development, testing, manufacturing, marketing and sale of generic and proprietary pharmaceutical products and biological products are subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation in the U.S. and other countries. Satisfaction of all regulatory requirements, which typically takes years for drugs that have to be approved in ANDAs, NDAs, biological license applications, or BLAs, or biosimilar applications is dependent upon the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidate and requires the expenditure of substantial resources for research (including qualification of suppliers and their supplied materials), development, in vitro and in vivo (including nonclinical and clinical trials) studies, manufacturing process development and commercial scale up. All of our products are subject to compliance with the FFDCA and/or the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA, and with the FDA's implementing regulations. Failure to adhere to applicable statutory or regulatory requirements by us or our business partners would have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition. In addition, in the event we are successful in developing product candidates for distribution and sale in other countries, we would become subject to regulation in such countries. Such foreign regulations and product approval requirements are expected to be time consuming and expensive as well.

              We may encounter delays or agency rejections during any stage of the regulatory review and approval process based upon a variety of factors, including without limitation the failure to provide clinical data demonstrating compliance with the FDA's requirements for safety, efficacy and quality. Those requirements may become more stringent prior to submission of our applications for approval or

30


Table of Contents

during the review of our applications due to changes in the law or changes in FDA policy or the adoption of new regulations. After submission of an application, the FDA may refuse to file the application, deny approval of the application or require additional testing or data. The FDA can convene an Advisory Committee to assist the FDA in examining specific issues related to the application. In February 2014, the FDA held a joint meeting of its Nonprescription Drugs Advisory Committee and its Pulmonary Allergy Drugs Advisory Committee, which we refer to as the Committee, to discuss the NDA for Primatene Mist HFA. The Committee voted 14 to 10 that the data in the NDA supported efficacy, but voted 17 to 7 that safety had not been established for the intended use. The Committee also voted 18 to 6 that the product did not have a favorable risk-benefit profile for the intended use, and individual Committee members provided recommendations for resolving their concerns. Although the FDA is not required to follow the recommendations of its advisory committees, it usually does. Were the FDA to accept the Committee's view that our NDA submission for Primatene Mist HFA fails to establish the drug's safety or does not have a favorable risk-benefit profile for the intended use, the FDA would not approve the NDA for Primatene Mist HFA based on our current data. We intend to continue to engage in dialogue with the FDA in support of approval; however, we may not be able to obtain approval without having to conduct extensive new clinical trials and consumer user studies, we may not obtain such approval in a timely manner or we may not obtain approval at all. The FDA may also condition approval on post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of a product.

              Under various user fee enactments, the FDA has committed to timelines for its review of NDAs, ANDAs, BLAs and biosimilar applications. However, the FDA's timelines described in its guidance on these statutes are flexible and subject to changes based on workload and other potential review issues that may delay the FDA's review of an application. Further, the terms of approval of any applications may be more restrictive than our expectations and could affect the marketability of our products.

              The FDA also has the authority to revoke or suspend approvals of previously approved products for cause, to debar companies and individuals from participating in the approval process for ANDAs, to request recalls of allegedly violative products, to seize allegedly violative products, to obtain injunctions that may, among other things, close manufacturing plants that are not operating in conformity with current cGMP and stop shipments of potentially violative products and to prosecute companies and individuals for violations of the FFDCA. In the event that the FDA takes any such action relating to our products or product candidates, such actions would have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition.

Clinical failure can occur at any stage of clinical development. The results of earlier clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results and any product candidate we advance through clinical trials may not have favorable results in later clinical trials or receive regulatory approval.

              Clinical failure can occur at any stage of our clinical development. Clinical trials may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or preclinical studies. In addition, data obtained from trials and studies are susceptible to varying interpretations, and regulators may not interpret our data as favorably as we do, which may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. Success in preclinical studies and early clinical trials does not ensure that subsequent clinical trials will generate the same or similar results or otherwise provide adequate data to demonstrate the efficacy and safety of a product candidate. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical industry, including those with greater resources and experience than us, have suffered significant setbacks in Phase 3 clinical trials, even after seeing promising results in earlier clinical trials.

              In addition, the design of a clinical trial can determine whether its results will support approval of a product and flaws in the design of a clinical trial may not become apparent until the clinical trial is

31


Table of Contents

well-advanced. Further, clinical trials of potential products often reveal that it is not practical or feasible to continue development efforts. If any of our product candidates are found to be unsafe or lack efficacy, we will not be able to obtain regulatory approval for them and our business would be harmed.

              In some instances, there can be significant variability in safety and/or efficacy results between different trials of the same product candidate due to numerous factors, including changes in trial protocols, differences in composition of the patient populations, adherence to the dosing regimen and other trial protocols and the rate of dropout among clinical trial participants. Our clinical trials may not demonstrate consistent or adequate efficacy and safety to obtain regulatory approval to market our product candidates. If we are unable to bring any of our current or future product candidates to market, or to acquire any marketed, previously approved products, our ability to create long-term stockholder value will be limited.

If clinical studies for our product candidates are unsuccessful or significantly delayed, we will be unable to meet our anticipated development and commercialization timelines, which would have an adverse impact our business.

              Some of our new drug candidates must be approved in NDAs based on clinical studies demonstrating safety and/or effectiveness. For these types of studies, we rely on our investigational teams, who mainly are medical experts working in multicenter hospitals, to execute our study protocols with our product candidates. As a result, we have less control over our development program than if we were to perform the studies entirely on our own. Third parties may not perform their responsibilities according to our anticipated schedule. Delays in our development programs could significantly increase our product development costs and delay product commercialization.

              The commencement of clinical trials on our product candidates may be delayed for several reasons, including but not limited to delays in demonstrating sufficient pre-clinical safety required to obtain regulatory clearance to commence a clinical trial, reaching agreements on acceptable terms with prospective contract research organizations, clinical trial sites and licensees, manufacturing and quality assurance release of a sufficient supply of a product candidate for use in our clinical trials, delays in recruiting sufficient subjects for a clinical trial and/or obtaining institutional review board approval to conduct a clinical trial at a prospective clinical site. Once a clinical trial has begun, it may be delayed, suspended or terminated by us or by regulatory authorities for a variety of reasons, including without limitation ongoing discussions with regulatory authorities regarding the scope or design of our clinical trials, a determination by us or regulatory authorities that continuing a trial presents an unreasonable health risk to participants, failure to conduct clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements, lower than anticipated recruitment or retention rate of patients in clinical trials, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial sites by regulatory authorities, the imposition of a clinical hold by the FDA, lack of adequate funding to continue clinical trials and/or negative or unanticipated results of clinical trials.

              Patient enrollment, a significant factor in the time required to complete a clinical study, is affected by many factors, including the size and nature of the study subject population, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, the eligibility criteria for the study, the design of the clinical study, competing clinical studies and clinicians' and patients' perceptions as to the potential advantages of the drug being studied in relation to available alternatives, including without limitation therapies being investigated by other companies. Further, completion of a clinical study and/or the results of a clinical study may be adversely affected by failure to retain subjects who enroll in a study but withdraw due to, among other things, adverse side effects, lack of efficacy, improvement in condition before treatment has been completed or for personal issues or who fail to return for or complete post-treatment follow-up.

32


Table of Contents

              Changes in governmental regulations and guidance relating to clinical studies may occur and we may need to amend study protocols to reflect these changes. Protocol amendments may require us to resubmit protocols to institutional review boards for reexamination or renegotiate terms with contract research organizations and study sites and investigators, all of which may adversely impact the costs or timing of or our ability to successfully complete a trial.

              Clinical trials required by the FDA for approval of our products may not produce the results we need to move forward in product development or to submit or obtain approval of an NDA. Success in pre-clinical testing and early phase clinical trials does not assure that late phase clinical trials will be successful. Even if the results of any future Phase 3 clinical trials are positive, we may have to commit substantial time and additional resources to conduct further pre-clinical and clinical studies before we can submit NDAs or obtain FDA approval for our product candidates.

              Clinical trials are expensive and at times difficult to design and implement, in part because they are subject to rigorous regulatory requirements. Further, if participating subjects or patients in clinical studies suffer drug-related adverse reactions during the course of such trials, or if we or the FDA believes that participating patients are being exposed to unacceptable health risks, we may suspend the clinical trials. Failure can occur at any stage of the trials, and we could encounter problems that would cause us to abandon clinical trials and/or require additional clinical studies relating to a product candidate.

Even if our clinical trials and laboratory testing are completed as planned, their results may fail to provide support for approval of our products or for label claims that will make our products commercially viable.

              Positive results in nonclinical testing and early phase clinical studies do not ensure that late phase clinical studies will be successful or that our product candidates will be approved by the FDA. To obtain FDA approval of our proprietary product candidates, we must demonstrate through nonclinical testing and clinical studies that each product is safe and effective for each proposed indication. Further, clinical study results frequently are susceptible to varying interpretations. Medical professionals, investors and/or regulatory authorities may analyze or weigh study data differently than we do. In addition, determining the value of clinical data typically requires application of assumptions and extrapolations to raw data. Alternative methodologies may lead to differing conclusions, including with respect to the safety or efficacy of our product candidates.

              In addition, if we license to third parties rights to develop our product candidates in other geographic areas or for other indications, we may have limited control over nonclinical testing or clinical studies that may be conducted by such third-party licensees in those territories or for those indications. If data from third-party testing identifies a safety or efficacy concern, such data could adversely affect our or another licensee's development of such product.

              There is significant risk that our products could fail to show anticipated results in nonclinical testing and/or clinical studies and, as a result, we may elect to discontinue the development of a product for a particular indication or altogether. A failure to obtain requisite regulatory approvals or to obtain approvals of the scope requested may delay or preclude us from marketing our products or limit the commercial use of the products, and would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The novel use of HFA for any of our product candidates, or any of our other product candidates requiring novel particle engineering, may not receive regulatory approval, and without regulatory approval we will not be able to market our product candidates.

              We are engaging in particle engineering for certain product candidates, including and especially the use of HFA for our Primatene Mist HFA product candidate. With respect to Primatene Mist HFA, we have chosen to develop a formulation of the product candidate that will use HFAs as a propellant

33


Table of Contents

because of an FDA-mandated phase-out of drugs utilizing CFCs as propellants. Although HFAs have been used in other settings, using HFAs as a propellant in an epinephrine inhalation product is a novel use, and there is no guarantee that we will obtain regulatory approval or, upon commercialization, market acceptance of this product. In addition to Primatene Mist HFA, we are similarly engaging in particle engineering for additional product candidates and, similarly, there is no guarantee that we will obtain regulatory approval or, upon commercialization, market acceptance of these products.

              The development of a product candidate and issues relating to its approval and marketing are subject to extensive regulations by the FDA in the U.S. and regulatory authorities in other countries, with regulations differing from country to country. We are not permitted to market our product candidates in the U.S. until we receive approval of an NDA from the FDA. NDA approvals may require extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to establish the product candidate's safety and effectiveness for each desired indication. NDAs must include significant information regarding the chemistry, manufacturing and controls for the product. Obtaining approval of an NDA is a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process, and we may not be successful in obtaining approval. If we submit an NDA to the FDA, the FDA must decide whether to accept or reject the submission for filing. Any submissions may not be accepted for filing and review by the FDA. Even if a product is approved, the FDA may limit the indications for which the product may be marketed, require extensive warnings on the product labeling or require additional expensive and time-consuming post-approval clinical trials or reporting as conditions of approval. Regulators of other countries and jurisdictions have their own procedures for approval of product candidates with which we must comply prior to marketing in those countries or jurisdictions. Obtaining regulatory approval for marketing of a product candidate in one country does not necessarily ensure that we will be able to obtain regulatory approval in any other country.

              In addition, delays in approvals or rejections of marketing applications in the U.S. or other countries may be based upon many factors, including regulatory requests for additional analyses, reports, data, preclinical studies and clinical trials, regulatory questions regarding different interpretations of data and results, changes in regulatory policy during the period of product development and the emergence of new information regarding our product candidates or other products. Also, regulatory approval for any of our product candidates may be withdrawn.

              We also have plans to develop synthetic APIs. Our ongoing trials and studies may not be successful or regulators may not agree with our conclusions regarding the preclinical studies and clinical trials we have conducted to date or approve the use of such synthetic APIs.

              If we are unable to obtain approval from the FDA or other regulatory agencies for our product candidates or synthetic APIs, we will not be able to market such product candidates and our ability to achieve profitability may be materially impaired.

The commercial success of our NDA product candidates will depend in significant measure on the label claims that the FDA approves for such products.

              The scientific foundation of our NDA products will be based on our various proprietary technologies and the commercial success of these product candidates will depend in significant measure upon our ability to obtain FDA approval of labeling describing such products' expected features or benefits. Failure to achieve FDA approval of product labeling containing adequate information on features or benefits will prevent or substantiality limit our advertising and promotion of such features in order to differentiate our proprietary technologies from those products that already exist in the market. This failure would have a material adverse impact on our business.

              Our ANDA products are also subject to FDA approval of their labeling. Our enoxaparin product will soon have its black box warning label changed to match the innovator product.

34


Table of Contents

Even if we are able to obtain regulatory approval for our generic products, state pharmacy boards or state agencies may conclude that our products are not substitutable at the pharmacy level for the reference listed drug. If our generic products are not substitutable at the pharmacy level for their reference listed drugs, this could materially reduce sales of our products and our business would suffer.

              Although the FDA may determine that a generic product is therapeutically equivalent to a brand product and indicate this therapeutic equivalence by providing it with an "A" rating in the FDA's Orange Book, this designation is not binding on state pharmacy boards or state agencies. As a result, in states that do not deem our product candidates substitutable at the pharmacy level, physicians may be required to specifically prescribe our product or a generic product alternative in order for our product to be dispensed. Should this occur with respect to one of our generic product candidates, it could materially reduce sales in those states, which would substantially harm our business.

Our investments in biosimilar products may not result in products that are approved by the FDA or other foreign regulatory authorities and, even if approved by such authorities, may not result in commercially successful products.

              We plan to build on our existing platforms to produce biosimilar products in the future. In 2010, Congress amended the PHSA to create an abbreviated approval pathway for follow-on biologics. This approval pathway is available for "biosimilar" products, which are products that are highly similar to previously approved biologics notwithstanding minor differences in inactive components. The process for bringing a biosimilar product to market is uncertain and may be drawn out for an extended period of time. FDA has not yet promulgated regulations governing this process and no biosimilar application has yet been approved. Approval of biosimilar applications may be delayed by exclusivity on the BLA for the reference product for up to twelve years. Biosimilar applicants are also subjected to a patent resolution process that will require biosimilar applicants to share the contents of their application and information concerning its manufacturing processes with counsel for the company holding the BLA for the reference drug and to engage in a patent litigation process that could delay or prevent the commercial launch of a product for many years.

              Biosimilar products are not presumed to be substitutable for the reference drug under the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act, or BPCIA. Biosimilar applicants must seek a separate FDA determination that they are "interchangeable" with the reference drug, meaning that they can be expected to produce the same clinical result in any given patient without an increase in risk due to switching from the brand product. The statutory standards for determining biosimilarity and interchangeability are broad and uncertain, and FDA has broad discretion to determine the nature and extent of product characterization, nonclinical testing and clinical testing on a product-by-product basis.

              Products approved based on biosimilarity without an FDA determination of interchangeability may not be substitutable at the retail pharmacy level. Some states have passed laws limiting pharmacy substitution to biosimilar products that FDA has determined to be interchangeable, as well as restrictions on the substitution of interchangeable biosimilar products. These restrictions include, among other things, requirements for informing the patient and the prescribing physician of the substitution or proposed substitution, authority for the prescribing physician and the patient to preclude substitution and recordkeeping requirements. There is no certainty that other states will not impose similar restrictions or that states will not impose further restrictions or preclude substitution of interchangeable biosimilar products entirely.

              Our competitive advantage in this area will depend on our success in demonstrating to the FDA that platform technology provides a level of scientific assurance that facilitates determinations of interchangeability, reduces the need for expensive clinical or other testing and raises the scientific quality requirements for our competitors to demonstrate that their products are highly similar to a brand product. Our ability to succeed will depend in part on our ability to invest in new programs and

35


Table of Contents

develop data in a timeframe that enables the FDA to consider our approach as the FDA begins to implement the new law. BLA holders will develop strategies and precedents for delaying or impeding approvals of biosimilar products and determinations of interchangeability. For example, the lengthy 12-year exclusivity protection provides the BLA holder for the reference drug with an opportunity to develop and replace its original product with a modified product that may avoid a determination of interchangeability and that may qualify for an additional 12-year marketing exclusivity period, reducing the potential opportunity for substitution at the retail pharmacy level for interchangeable biosimilars. As brand and biosimilar companies gain greater understanding of and experience with the new regulatory pathway, we expect to see new and unexpected company strategies, FDA decisions and court decisions that will pose unexpected challenges that will prevent, delay or make more difficult biosimilar approvals. As an example, there is a currently pending Citizen Petition filed with the FDA that argues that approving a biosimilar that relies on a reference product approved under a BLA submitted prior to passage of the BPCIA would constitute a taking under the Fifth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution that requires just compensation. The Citizen Petition requests that the FDA not accept for filing, file, approve, discuss or otherwise take any action with regard to any investigational new drug application or BLA for a product for which the reference product BLA was submitted prior to passage of the BPCIA. Should this petition be granted, there would be far fewer approved biologics that could serve as reference products for biosimilar applications, which could have a significant adverse impact on our business.

              In addition, the BPCIA was passed as part of the Affordable Care Act and there have been ongoing legislative proposals to repeal the Affordable Care Act. If the Affordable Care Act is amended or is repealed with respect to the biosimilar approval pathway, our opportunity to develop biosimilars (including interchangeable biologics) could be materially impaired and our business could be materially and adversely affected.

Some of our products are used with drug delivery or companion diagnostic devices which have their own regulatory, manufacturing, reimbursement and other risks.

              Some of our products or product candidates may be used in combination with a drug delivery device, such as an injector or other delivery system. Our product candidates intended for use with such devices, or expanded indications that we may seek for our products used with such devices, may not be approved or may be substantially delayed in receiving approval if the devices do not gain and/or maintain their own regulatory approvals or clearances. Where approval of the drug product and device is sought under a single application, the increased complexity of the review process may delay approval. In addition, some of these drug delivery devices are provided by single source unaffiliated third-party companies. We are dependent on the sustained cooperation and effort of those third-party companies both to supply the devices and, in some cases, to conduct the studies required for approval or other regulatory clearance of the devices. We are also dependent on those third-party companies continuing to maintain such approvals or clearances once they have been received. Failure of third-party companies to supply the devices, to successfully complete studies on the devices in a timely manner, or to obtain or maintain required approvals or clearances of the devices could result in increased development costs, delays in or failure to obtain regulatory approval and delays in product candidates reaching the market or in gaining approval or clearance for expanded labels for new indications. We filed a Field Alert Report for enoxaparin in June 2013, as required by the FDA for certain quality issues with safety implications, because the product did not meet functionality criteria. The needle-shielding component was breaking during shipping, preventing correct administration of the medication. While the specific issues related to this Field Alert Report were resolved, we may experience similar issues in the future. In addition, loss of regulatory approval or clearance of a device that is used with our product may result in the removal of our product from the market.

36


Table of Contents

              The drug delivery devices used with our products are also subject to many of the same reimbursement risks and challenges to which our products are subject. A reduction in the availability of, or the coverage and/or reimbursement for, drug delivery devices used with our products could have a material adverse effect on our product sales, business and results of operations.

If pharmaceutical companies are successful in limiting the use of generics through their legislative, regulatory and/or other efforts, our sales of generic products may suffer.

              Many pharmaceutical companies producing proprietary drugs have increasingly used state and federal legislative and regulatory means to delay, impede and/or prevent generic competition. These efforts have included but are not limited to the following:

37


Table of Contents

              If pharmaceutical companies or other third parties are successful in limiting the use of generic products through these or other means, our sales of generic products may decline. If we experience a material decline in generic product sales, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows will suffer.

In the event that we are successful in bringing any products to market, our revenues may be adversely affected if we fail to obtain insurance coverage or adequate reimbursement for our products from third-party payers and administrators.

              Our ability to successfully commercialize our products may depend in part on the availability of reimbursement for and insurance coverage of our prescription products from government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other third-party payers and administrators, including Medicaid and Medicare. Third-party payers and administrators, including state Medicaid programs and Medicare, have been recently challenging the prices charged for pharmaceutical products. Government and other third-party payers increasingly are limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement for new drugs. Third-party insurance coverage may not be available to patients for some of our products candidates. The continuing efforts of government and third-party payers to contain or reduce the costs of health care may limit our commercial opportunity. If government and other third-party payers do not provide adequate coverage and reimbursement for certain of our products, health care providers may not prescribe them or patients may ask their health care providers to prescribe competing products with more favorable reimbursement.

              Managed care organizations and other private insurers frequently adopt their own payment or reimbursement reductions. Consolidation among managed care organizations has increased the negotiating power of these entities. Private third-party payers, as well as governments, increasingly employ formularies to control costs by negotiating discounted prices in exchange for formulary inclusion. While these approaches generally favor generic products over brands, generic competition is stronger. Our existing products and our product candidates include proprietary products and generic products. Failure to obtain timely or adequate pricing or formulary placement for our products or obtaining such pricing or placement at unfavorable pricing could adversely impact revenue. In addition to formulary tier co-pay differentials, private health insurance companies and self-insured employers have been raising co-payments required from beneficiaries, particularly for proprietary pharmaceuticals and biotechnology products. Private health insurance companies also are increasingly imposing utilization management tools, such as requiring prior authorization for a proprietary product if a generic product is available or requiring the patient to first fail on one or more generic products before permitting access to a proprietary medicine. We do not currently have any managed care organization agreements and do not intend to have managed care organization agreements in the future.

We must manufacture our product at our facilities in conformity with cGMP regulations; failure to maintain compliance with cGMP regulations may prevent or delay the manufacture or marketing of our products or product candidates and may prevent us from gaining approval of our products.

              All of our products and product candidates for use in clinical studies must be manufactured, packaged, labeled and stored in accordance with cGMP. For our approved products, modifications,

38


Table of Contents

enhancements, or changes in manufacturing processes and sites may require supplemental FDA approval, which may be subject to a lengthy application process or which we may be unable to obtain.

              All facilities of Amphastar and our subsidiaries are periodically subject to inspection by the FDA and other governmental entities, and operations at these facilities could be interrupted or halted if the FDA or another governmental entity deems such inspections as unsatisfactory. In addition, our secondary heparin supplier in China has yet to be inspected by the FDA. Products manufactured in our facilities must be made in a manner consistent with cGMP or similar standards in each territory in which we manufacture. Compliance with such standards requires substantial expenditures of time, money and effort in such areas as production and quality control to ensure full technical compliance. Failure to comply with cGMP or with other state or federal requirements may result in unanticipated compliance expenditures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, suspension of review of applications submitted for approval of our product candidates, termination of ongoing research, disqualification of data derived from studies on our products and/or enforcement actions such as recall or seizure of products, injunctions, civil penalties and criminal prosecutions of the company and company officials. Any suspension of production or distribution would require us to engage contract manufacturing organizations to manufacture our products or to accept a hiatus in marketing our products. Any contract manufacturing organization we engage will require time to learn our methods of production and to scale up to full production of our products. Any delays caused by the transfer of manufacturing to a contract manufacturing organization may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Additionally, any contract manufacturing organization that we engage will be subject to the same cGMP regulations as us, and any failure on their part to comply with FDA or other governmental regulations will result in similar consequences.

Our operations are subject to environmental, health and safety and other laws and regulations, with which compliance is costly and which exposes us to penalties for non-compliance.

              Our business, products and product candidates are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, natural resources and worker health and safety and the use, management, storage and disposal of hazardous substances, waste and other regulated materials. Because we own and operate real property, various environmental laws also may impose liability on us for the costs of cleaning up and responding to hazardous substances that may have been released on our property, including releases unknown to us. These environmental laws and regulations also could require us to pay for environmental remediation and response costs at third-party locations where we dispose of or recycle hazardous substances. The costs of complying with these various environmental requirements, as they now exist or as may be altered in the future, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. For example, as a result of environmental concerns about the use of CFCs, the FDA issued a final rule on January 16, 2009 that required the phase-out of the CFC version of our Primatene Mist product by December 31, 2011. This phase out caused us to halt sales of the CFC version of our Primatene Mist product subsequent to December 31, 2011 and write off our inventory for the product, which had an adverse effect on our financial results.

              We also must comply with data protection and data privacy requirements. Compliance with these laws, rules and regulations regarding privacy, security and protection of employee data could result in higher compliance and technology costs for us, as well as significant fines, penalties and damage to our global reputation and our brand as a result of non-compliance.

Our products may be subject to federal and state laws and certain initiatives relating to cost control, which may decrease our profitability.

              In the U.S., we expect there may be federal and state proposals for cost controls. We expect that increasing emphasis on managed care in the U.S. will continue to put pressure on the pricing of

39


Table of Contents

pharmaceutical products. In addition, we are required to pay rebates to states, which are generally calculated based on the prices for our products that are paid by state Medicaid programs. Cost control initiatives could decrease the price that we charge, and increase the rebate amounts that we must provide, for any of our products in the future. Further, cost control initiatives could impair our ability to commercialize our products and our ability to earn significant revenues from commercialization. In the U.S., all of our pharmaceutical products are subject to increasing pricing pressures. Such pressures have increased as a result of the Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003, or MMA, due to the enhanced purchasing power of the private sector plans that negotiate on behalf of Medicare beneficiaries. To date, we do not believe that federal and state cost control initiatives have had a direct impact on the pricing of our products, but they could have such an impact in the future. Similarly, rebate obligations have been relatively stable, but if such obligations increase, our revenue could be adversely affected. In addition, if the MMA or the Affordable Care Act were amended to impose direct governmental price controls and access restrictions, it would have a significant adverse impact on our business. Furthermore, managed care organizations, as well as Medicaid and other government agencies, continue to seek price discounts. Some states have implemented, and other states are considering, price controls or patient access constraints under the Medicaid program, and some states are considering price-control regimes that would affect rebate levels and apply to broader segments of their populations that are not Medicaid-eligible. Further, there continue to be legislative proposals to amend U.S. laws to allow the importation into the U.S. of prescription drugs, which can be sold at prices that are regulated by the governments of various foreign countries. In addition to well-documented safety concerns, such as the increased risk of counterfeit products entering the supply chain, such importation could impact pharmaceutical prices in the U.S.

Some of our products are marketed without FDA approval and may be subject to enforcement actions by the FDA.

              A number of our prescription products are marketed without FDA approval. These products, like many other unapproved prescription drugs on the market, contain active ingredients that were first marketed prior to the enactment of the FFDCA. The FDA has assessed these products in a program known as the "Prescription Drug Wrap-Up" and has stated that these drugs cannot be lawfully marketed unless they comply with certain "grandfather" exceptions to the definition of "new drug" in the FFDCA. These exceptions have been strictly construed by FDA and by the courts, and the FDA has stated that it is unlikely that any of the unapproved prescription drugs on the market, including certain of our drugs, qualify for the exceptions. At any time, the FDA may require that some or all of our unapproved prescription drugs be approved and may direct that we recall these products and/or cease marketing the products until they are approved. The FDA may also take enforcement actions based on our marketing of these unapproved products, including but not limited to the issuance of an untitled letter or a warning letter, and a judicial action seeking injunction, product seizure and civil or criminal penalties. While the FDA has not undertaken any such enforcement actions against our unapproved drugs, the enforcement posture could change at any time and our ability to market such drugs would terminate with little or no notice. Moreover, our competitors may market FDA approved prescription products that compete against our unapproved prescription products. Such competitors have brought, and in the future may bring, claims against us alleging unfair competition or related claims.

              As a result of our meetings with the FDA in 2009, we decided to discontinue all of our products that were subject to the Prescription Drug Wrap-Up program, with the exception of epinephrine in vial form. These products were all produced at our subsidiary, IMS. During the third quarter of 2010, the FDA requested that IMS reintroduce several of the withdrawn products to cope with a drug shortage, while IMS prepared and filed applications for approval of the products. Between August and October, 2010, IMS reintroduced atropine, calcium chloride, morphine, dextrose, epinephrine, lidocaine and sodium bicarbonate injections, and continues to market these products

40


Table of Contents

without FDA approval. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recorded net revenues of $29.6 million and $6.9 million, respectively, from these products. IMS has received approval for one ANDA, filed three ANDAs and is preparing two additional ANDAs and one NDA with respect to these products for submission under an expedited review process by the FDA. We may not obtain approval for any of these products.

Our reporting and payment obligations under the Medicare and/or Medicaid drug rebate programs and other governmental purchasing and rebate programs are complex and may involve subjective decisions that could change as a result of new business circumstances, new regulatory guidance or advice of legal counsel. Any determination of failure to comply with those obligations could subject us to penalties and sanctions which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and the market value of our common stock could decline.

              The regulations regarding reporting and payment obligations with respect to Medicare and/or Medicaid reimbursement and rebates and other governmental programs are complex. Because our processes for these calculations and the judgments involved in making these calculations involve, and will continue to involve, subjective decisions and complex methodologies, these calculations are subject to the risk of errors. In addition, they are subject to review and challenge by the applicable governmental agencies, and it is possible that such reviews could result in material changes. The Affordable Care Act includes a provision requiring the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, to publish a weighted Average Manufacturer Price, or AMP, for all multi-source drugs. The provision was effective October 1, 2010; however, weighted average AMP's have not yet been published by CMS, except in draft form, and have not been implemented for use in the calculation of Federal Upper Limits. Although the weighted average AMP would not reveal our individual AMP, publishing a weighted average AMP available to customers and the public at large could negatively affect our leverage in commercial price negotiations.

              In addition, as also disclosed herein, a number of state and federal government agencies are conducting investigations of manufacturers' reporting practices with respect to Average Wholesale Prices, or AWP, in which they have suggested that reporting of inflated AWP has led to excessive payments for prescription drugs. Numerous pharmaceutical companies have been named as defendants in various actions relating to pharmaceutical pricing issues and whether allegedly improper actions by pharmaceutical manufacturers led to excessive payments by Medicare and/or Medicaid.

              Any governmental agencies that have commenced, or may commence, an investigation of our business relating to the sales, marketing, pricing, quality or manufacturing of pharmaceutical products could seek to impose, based on a claim of violation of fraud and false claims laws or otherwise, civil and/or criminal sanctions, including fines, penalties and possible exclusion from federal health care programs including Medicare and/or Medicaid. Some of the applicable laws may impose liability even in the absence of specific intent to defraud. Furthermore, should there be ambiguity with regard to how to properly calculate and report payments—and even in the absence of any such ambiguity—a governmental authority may take a position contrary to a position we have taken, and may impose civil and/or criminal sanctions. Any such penalties or sanctions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

Proposed FDA labeling rules could result in additional liability risks for our products.

              The FDA has recently proposed allowing generic drug manufacturers to independently update product labeling to reflect newly discovered safety data, which could result in failure-to-warn suits. This could increase our labeling obligations and potentially increase our liability risk for our products.

41


Table of Contents

We may be subject to enforcement action if we engage in the off-label promotion of our products.

              Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with the FFDCA and other applicable laws and regulations, including restraints and prohibitions on the promotion of off-label, or unapproved, use. Physicians may prescribe our products for off-label use without regard to these prohibitions, as the FFDCA does not restrict or regulate a physician's choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. However, if the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitutes promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including but not limited to the issuance of an untitled letter or warning letter, and a judicial action seeking injunction, product seizure and civil or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or non-U.S. enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our promotional or training materials to constitute promotion of an unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement. In that event, our reputation could be damaged and adoption of the products could be impaired. Although our policy is to refrain from statements that could be considered off-label promotion of our products, the FDA or another regulatory agency could disagree and conclude that we have engaged in off-label promotion. In addition, the off-label use of our products may increase the risk of product liability claims. Product liability claims are expensive to defend and could divert our management's attention, result in substantial damage awards against us and harm our reputation.

The pharmaceutical industry is highly regulated and pharmaceutical companies are subject to various federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the federal False Claims Act.

              Healthcare fraud and abuse regulations are complex, and even minor irregularities can potentially give rise to claims that a statute or prohibition has been violated. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

              The federal false claims laws have been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on the one hand and prescribers, purchasers or formulary managers on the other. Although there are several statutory exemptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting

42


Table of Contents

certain common activities from prosecution, the exemptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and practices that involve remuneration intended to induce prescribing, purchasing or recommending may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exemption or safe harbor. Most states also have statutes or regulations similar to the federal anti-kickback law and federal false claims laws, which apply to items and services covered by Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payer. Administrative, civil and criminal sanctions may be imposed under these federal and state laws.

              Further, the Affordable Care Act, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal anti-kickback and criminal healthcare fraud statutes. A person or entity can now be found guilty under the Affordable Care Act without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the Affordable Care Act provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal anti-kickback statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statutes. Possible sanctions for violation of these anti-kickback laws include monetary fines, civil and criminal penalties, exclusion from Medicare and Medicaid programs and forfeiture of amounts collected in violation of such prohibitions. Any violations of these laws, or any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

              To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the U.S. Department of Justice, or DOJ, has recently increased its scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Dealing with investigations can be time- and resource-consuming and can divert management's attention from the business. Additionally, if a healthcare provider settles an investigation with the DOJ or other law enforcement agencies, we may be forced to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.

              Over the past few years, a number of pharmaceutical and other healthcare companies have been prosecuted under these laws for a variety of promotional and marketing activities, such as: providing free trips, free goods, sham consulting fees and grants and other monetary benefits to prescribers; reporting inflated average wholesale prices that were then used by federal programs to set reimbursement rates; engaging in off-label promotion; and submitting inflated best price information to the Medicaid Rebate Program to reduce liability for Medicaid rebates.

              In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to physicians for marketing. Some states, such as California, Massachusetts and Vermont, mandate implementation of commercial compliance programs, along with the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration to physicians. The shifting commercial compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with different compliance and/or reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare company may run afoul of one or more of the requirements.

              If the activities of any of our business partners are found to be in violation of these laws or any other federal and state fraud and abuse laws, they may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines and the curtailment or restructuring of its activities with regard to the commercialization of our products, which could harm the commercial success of our products and materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. While we have implemented numerous risk mitigation measures to comply with such regulations in this complex operating environment, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to effectively mitigate all operational risks. While we have developed and instituted a corporate compliance program, we cannot guarantee that we, our employees, our consultants or our contractors are or will be in compliance with all

43


Table of Contents

potentially applicable U.S. federal and state regulations and/or laws, all potentially applicable foreign regulations and/or laws and/or all requirements of the corporate integrity agreement. Because of the far-reaching nature of these laws, we may be required to alter or discontinue one or more of our business practices to be in compliance with these laws. If we fail to adequately mitigate our operational risks or if we or our agents fail to comply with any of those regulations, laws and/or requirements, a range of actions could result, including, but not limited to, the termination of clinical trials, the failure to approve a product candidate, restrictions on our products or manufacturing processes, withdrawal of our products from the market, significant fines, exclusion from government healthcare programs or other sanctions or litigation. Such occurrences could have a material and adverse effect on our product sales, business and results of operations.

              The scope and enforcement of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal or state regulatory authorities might challenge our current or future activities under these laws. Any such challenge could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with these laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. Any state or federal regulatory review of us or the third parties with whom we contract, regardless of the outcome, would be costly and time-consuming.

Risks Relating to our Intellectual Property

Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property.

              In addition to obtaining FDA approval for our generic and proprietary drug candidates, our success also depends on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection for new products developed utilizing our technologies, in the U.S. and in other countries, and to enforce these patents. The patent positions of pharmaceutical firms, including us, are generally uncertain and involve complex legal and factual issues. Any of our patent claims in our approved and pending non-provisional and provisional patent applications relating to our technologies may not be issued or, if issued, any of our existing and future patent claims may not be held valid and enforceable against third-party infringement. Moreover, any patent claims relating to our technologies may not be sufficiently broad to protect our products. In addition, issued patent claims may be challenged, potentially invalidated, or potentially circumvented. Our patent claims may not afford us protection against our competitors. We currently have a number of U.S. and foreign patents issued. However, issuance of a patent is not conclusive evidence of its validity or enforceability. We may not receive patents for any of our pending patent applications or any patent applications that we may file in the future and our issued patents may not be upheld if challenged.

              In March 2013, the U.S. transitioned to a first inventor to file system in which, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application is entitled to receive a patent (rather than the first to invent as was the case under prior U.S. law). Accordingly, it is possible that potentially invalidating prior art may become available in between the time that we develop an invention and file a patent application that covers the invention. In addition, we may be subject to a third-party preissuance submission of prior art to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter parties review or interference proceedings challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third party patent rights.

44


Table of Contents

              Past enforcement of intellectual property rights in countries outside the U.S., including China in particular, has been limited or non-existent. Future enforcement of patents and proprietary rights in many other countries will likely be problematic or unpredictable. Moreover, the issuance of a patent in one country does not assure the issuance of a similar patent in another country. Claim interpretation and infringement laws vary by nation, so the extent of any patent protection is uncertain and may vary in different jurisdictions.

              We also rely on, or intend to rely on, our trademarks, trade names and brand names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors and have registered or applied to register our own trademarks. However, our trademark applications may not be approved. Third parties may also oppose our trademark applications or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our product, which could result in loss of brand recognition and could require us to devote significant resources to advertising and marketing these new brands. Further, our competitors may infringe our trademarks or we may not have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

With respect to our proprietary products, if we fail to adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, we could lose sales to generic versions of our proprietary products which could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

              The success of our proprietary products depends in part on our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce patents and trademarks, and to protect trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information. Our ability to commercialize any proprietary product successfully will largely depend upon our ability to obtain and maintain patents of sufficient scope to prevent third parties from developing substantially equivalent products. In the absence of patent and trade secret protection, competitors may adversely affect our proprietary products business by independently developing and marketing substantially equivalent products. It is also possible that we could incur substantial costs if we are required to initiate litigation against others to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights.

              We have filed patent applications covering compositions of, methods of making and/or methods of using, our proprietary products and proprietary product candidates. We may not be issued patents based on patent applications already filed or that we may file in the future, and if patents are issued, they may be insufficient in scope to cover our proprietary products. The issuance of a patent in one country does not ensure the issuance of a similar patent in any other country, or that we will even seek patent protection in all countries worldwide. Furthermore, the patent position of companies in the pharmaceutical industry generally involves complex legal and factual questions and has been and remains the subject of much litigation. Legal standards relating to scope and validity of patent claims are evolving and may differ in various countries. Any patents we have obtained, or will obtain in the future, may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. Moreover, the USPTO or any other governmental agency, as well as third parties, may commence interference, opposition or other related third party proceedings involving our patents or patent applications. Any challenge to, or invalidation or circumvention of, our patents or patent applications would be costly, would require significant time and attention of our management, could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

45


Table of Contents

Our unpatented trade secrets, know-how, confidential and proprietary information and technology may be inadequately protected.

              We rely on unpatented trade secrets, know-how and technology. This intellectual property is difficult to protect, especially in the pharmaceutical industry, where much of the information about a product must be submitted to regulatory authorities during the regulatory approval process. We seek to protect trade secrets, confidential information and proprietary information, in part, by entering into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with employees, consultants and others. These parties may breach or terminate these agreements, and we may not have adequate remedies for such breaches. Furthermore, these agreements may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other confidential or proprietary information or result in the effective assignment to us of intellectual property, and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or other breaches of the agreements. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets and our other confidential and proprietary information, we or our collaboration partners, board members, employees, consultants, contractors, or scientific and other advisors may unintentionally or willfully disclose our proprietary information to competitors.

              There is a risk that our trade secrets and other confidential and proprietary information could have been, or could, in the future, be shared by any of our former employees with, and be used to the benefit of, any company that competes with us.

              If we fail to maintain trade secret protection or fail to protect the confidentiality of our other confidential and proprietary information, our competitive position may be adversely affected. Competitors may also independently discover our trade secrets. Enforcement of claims that a third party has illegally obtained and is using trade secrets is expensive, time consuming and uncertain. If our competitors independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how, we would not be able to assert our trade secret protections against them, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

There can be no assurance of timely patent review and approval to minimize competition and generate sufficient revenues.

              There can be no assurance that the USPTO will have sufficient resources to review and grant our patent applications in a timely manner. Consequently, our patent applications may be delayed for many years (if they issue as patents at all), which would prevent intellectual property protection for our products. If we fail to successfully commercialize our products due to the lack of intellectual property protection, we may be unable to generate sufficient revenues to meet or grow our business according to our expected goals and this may have a materially adverse affect on our profitability, financial condition and operations.

We may become involved in patent litigations or other intellectual property proceedings relating to our future product approvals, which could result in liability for damages or delay or stop our development and commercialization efforts.

              The pharmaceutical industry has been characterized by significant litigation and other proceedings regarding patents, patent applications and other intellectual property rights. The situations in which we may become parties to such litigation or proceedings may include any third parties initiating litigation claiming that our products infringe their patent or other intellectual property rights; in such case, we will need to defend against such proceedings. For example, the field of generic pharmaceuticals is characterized by frequent litigation that occurs in connection with generic pharmaceutical companies filing ANDAs, Paragraph IV certifications and attempting to invalidate the patents of the proprietary reference drug. Any non-generic products that we successfully develop may by subject to such challenge by third parties. As a generic pharmaceutical company, we also expect to

46


Table of Contents

file ANDAs, Paragraph IV certifications and to attempt to invalidate patents of third party reference drugs for which we seek to develop generic versions.

              The costs of resolving any patent litigation or other intellectual property proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Many of our potential competitors will be able to sustain the cost of such litigation and proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other intellectual property proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. Patent litigation and other intellectual property proceedings may also consume significant management time.

              In the event that a competitor infringes upon our patent or other intellectual property rights, enforcing those rights may be costly, difficult and time-consuming. Even if successful, litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights or to defend our patents against challenge could be expensive and time-consuming and could divert our management's attention. We may not have sufficient resources to enforce our intellectual property rights or to defend our patent or other intellectual property rights against a challenge. If we are unsuccessful in enforcing and protecting our intellectual property rights and protecting our products, it could materially harm our business.

              For example, we have been involved in litigation related to our sales of enoxaparin. A preliminary injunction was issued on October 28, 2011 that barred us from selling our generic enoxaparin until the injunction was stayed on January 25, 2012. After appeal, the U.S. Supreme Court denied certiorari and on July 19, 2013, the District Court granted our motion for summary judgment in accordance with the Federal Circuit opinion and denied Momenta and Sandoz's motion for leave to amend infringement contentions. See "Business—Legal and Regulatory Proceedings" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for further details. Despite the ultimately favorable ruling in the litigation, the protracted litigation involved large legal expenses and the diversion of management's time and effort away from the business. Any future adverse determinations in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could result in substantial monetary damage awards and could prevent us from manufacturing and selling our products, which could have a material and adverse effect our financial condition.

              There may also be situations where we use our business judgment and decide to market and sell products, notwithstanding the fact that allegations of patent infringement(s) have not been finally resolved by the courts, which is commonly referred to as an at-risk launch. The risk involved in doing so can be substantial because the remedies available to the owner of a patent for infringement may include, among other things, damages measured by the profits lost by the patent owner and not necessarily by the profits earned by the infringer as well as injunctive relief, which would halt our ability to market and sell such products altogether. In the case of a willful infringement, the definition of which is subjective, such damages may be increased up to three times. Moreover, because of the discount pricing typically involved with generic products, patented proprietary products generally realize a substantially higher profit margin than generic products. An adverse decision in a case such as this or in other similar litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

We may be subject to claims that we, our board members, employees or consultants have used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information belonging to third parties and any such individuals who are currently affiliated with one of our competitors may disclose our proprietary technology or information.

              As is commonplace in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, some of our board members, employees and consultants are or have been employed at, or associated with, other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies that compete with us. While employed at or associated with these companies, these individuals may become exposed to or involved in research and technology

47


Table of Contents

similar to the areas of research and technology in which we are engaged. We may be subject to claims that we, or our employees, board members or consultants have inadvertently, willfully or otherwise used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of those companies. Litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims.

              We have entered into confidentiality agreements with our executives and key consultants. However, we do not have, and are not planning to enter into, any confidentiality agreements with our non-executive directors because they have a fiduciary duty of confidentiality as directors. Our former board members, employees or consultants who are currently employed at, or associated with, one of our competitors may unintentionally or willfully disclose our proprietary technology or information.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

There is no established public market for our stock and a public market may not be obtained or be liquid and therefore you may not be able to sell your shares.

              Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. If an active trading market for our common stock does not develop following this offering, you may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price. The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the subsequent trading market.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly or may fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, each of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate or decline.

              Our operating results may be subject to quarterly and annual fluctuations as a result of a number of factors, including the following:

48


Table of Contents

              Any one of the factors above, or the cumulative effect of some of the factors referred to above, may result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results. This variability and unpredictability could result in our failing to meet our revenue, billings or operating results expectations or those of securities analysts or investors for any period. In addition, a significant percentage of our operating expenses are fixed in nature and based on forecasted revenue trends. Accordingly, in the event of revenue shortfalls, we are generally unable to mitigate the negative impact on operating results in the short term. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations for these or any other reasons, our business could be materially adversely affected and our stock price could fluctuate or decline substantially.

              In addition, if the market for pharmaceutical company stocks or the stock market in general experience a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. Our stock price may also be affected by the expiration of market stand-offs or contractual lock-up agreements or sales of large blocks of our stock.

              In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. If our stock price is volatile, we may become the target of securities litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management's attention and resources from our business, and this could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

If you purchase shares of common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

              If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $            per share, because the assumed initial public offering price of $            , which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. Investors who purchase shares in this offering will contribute approximately      % of the total amount of equity capital raised by us through the date of this offering, but will only own approximately      % of our outstanding shares. In addition, you may also experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances or in the event the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares. Additionally, you will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of stock options to purchase common stock or upon delivery of shares of common stock pursuant to DSUs granted to our employees, directors and consultants under our stock option and equity incentive plans. For additional information, see the "Dilution" section.

49


Table of Contents

Future sales of our common stock may cause our stock price to decline.

              If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intent to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the contractual lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. After this offering, approximately                 shares of common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable, unless such shares are held by "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

              Our directors, officers and holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into capital stock are subject to a 180-day market stand-off or a contractual lock-up agreement that prevents them from selling their shares prior to the expiration of the 180-day period. The underwriters may, in their sole discretion, permit shares subject to the lock-up to be sold prior to its expiration.

              After the market stand-offs and lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire, up to an additional                   shares will be eligible for sale in the public market, of which        are, based on the number of shares outstanding as of May 13, 2014 and after giving effect to the exercise of options and the sale of shares by the selling stockholder in connection with the completion of this offering, held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and various vesting agreements.

              In addition, following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement to register all shares subject to options outstanding or reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline. See the section titled "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for additional information.

Our management will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

              Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and our stockholders will not have the opportunity as part of their investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business and financial condition, which could cause our stock price to decline. Pending their uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short- and medium-term, interest-bearing obligations; investment-grade instruments; certificates of deposit; and/or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders.

Jack Y. Zhang and Mary Z. Luo, each of whom serves as a director and an executive officer, own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

              Prior to this offering and as of May 13, 2014, Jack Y. Zhang and Mary Z. Luo, each of whom serves as one of our directors and executive officers, and their affiliates beneficially own approximately 26.85% of our outstanding common stock. Our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders who own greater than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates, in the aggregate, will own approximately      % of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of May 13, 2014 and after giving effect to the sale of shares by the selling stockholder in connection with this offering. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, will be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders,

50


Table of Contents

including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

              The continued operation and expansion of our business will require substantial funding. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Our existing loan agreements restrict, and any future indebtedness may restrict, our ability to pay dividends. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management's attention and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

              As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management's attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which will increase our costs and expenses.

              In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management's time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.

51


Table of Contents

              We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors and qualified executive officers.

              As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be adversely affected. Even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business and operating results.

We may become involved in securities class action litigation that could divert management's attention from our business and adversely affect our business and could subject us to significant liabilities.

              The stock markets have from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices for the common stock of pharmaceutical companies. These broad market fluctuations as well a broad range of other factors, including the realization of any of the risks described in this "Risk Factors" section, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because pharmaceutical companies generally experience significant stock price volatility. We may become involved in this type of litigation in the future. Litigation is often expensive and could divert management's attention and resources from our primary business, which could adversely affect our business. Any adverse determination in any such litigation or any amounts paid to settle any such actual or threatened litigation could require that we make significant payments.

We are an emerging growth company and the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

              We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Investors may find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

              In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to "opt out" of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

52


Table of Contents

              As an emerging growth company we have also chosen to take advantage of certain provisions of the JOBS Act that allow us to provide you with less information in this prospectus than would otherwise be required if we are not an emerging growth company. As a result, this prospectus includes less information about us than would otherwise be required if we were not an emerging growth company within the meaning of the JOBS Act, which may make it more difficult for you to evaluate an investment in our company.

              We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more, (iii) as of the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year; or (iv) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

              The trading market for our common stock will depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. In addition, if our operating results fail to meet the forecast of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

              Upon completion of this offering, provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, could depress the trading price of our common stock by making it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions include:

              These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of

53


Table of Contents

our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless such transactions are approved by our board of directors. This provision could delay or prevent a change of control, whether or not it is desired by or beneficial to our stockholders, which could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

54


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

              This prospectus contains "forward-looking statements" that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business." In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: "may," "will," "could," "would," "should," "expect," "intend," "plan," "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "project," "potential," "continue," "ongoing" or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance or condition and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievement to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

55


Table of Contents

              You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference elsewhere in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual results may differ materially from what we expect as expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. In light of the significant risks and uncertainties to which our forward-looking statements are subject, you should not place undue reliance on or regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified timeframe, or at all. We discuss many of these risks and uncertainties in greater detail under the section entitled "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. These forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise after the date of this prospectus.

56


Table of Contents


MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

              Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, including reports from IMS Health Incorporated, or IMS Health, on assumptions we have made based on such data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our products. Any information in this prospectus provided by IMS Health is an estimate derived from the use of information under license from the following IMS Health information service: National Sales Perspectives for the period from October 2007 to February 2015. IMS Health expressly reserves all rights, including rights of copying, distribution and republication.

57


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

              We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of          shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $       million (or $     million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholder. We will pay substantially all of the expenses of the selling stockholder other than underwriting discounts, fees and disbursements of counsel for the selling stockholder and any transfer taxes.

              A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial price to the public by these amounts would have a material effect on the uses of proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

              We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for product development, working capital and other general corporate purposes.

              We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for potential acquisitions of technologies, assets, products or businesses that expand or complement our current business. We currently do not have any agreements or commitments relating to any potential acquisitions for which we would use any of the net proceeds.

              As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with any certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering. The amount and timing of expenditures used generally or for any particular use may vary based on a number of factors, including our progress in developing our product candidates, which depends on the timing of regulatory approvals, litigation and clinical trials, and the amount of cash used in or provided by our operations. Pending their uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short- and medium-term, interest-bearing obligations; investment-grade instruments; certificates of deposit; and/or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. We reserve the right to reallocate the proceeds of this offering in response to these and other contingencies. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds of this offering.

58


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

              We currently have 461 record holders of our common stock. In the past two fiscal years, and during the interim period, we have not paid cash dividends on our common stock. We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions under the terms of our existing credit facilities. Any future determinations related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors.

59


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

              The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments and capitalization as of March 31, 2014:

              You should read the following table in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Description of Capital Stock" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  March 31, 2014  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma as
adjusted(1)
 
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands,
except share data)

 

Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments

  $ 53,460   $               
           

Long-term debt and capital leases, including current portion

  $ 41,500   $               

Stockholders' equity:

             

Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 20,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 20,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

           

Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 300,000,000 shares authorized, 38,765,940 shares issued and outstanding, actual, 300,000,000 shares authorized,           shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    4        

Additional paid-in capital

    179,348        

Retained earnings

    72,190        
           

Total stockholders' equity

    251,542        
           

Total capitalization

  $ 293,042   $               
           

(1)
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $       million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

              The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on a total of 38,765,940 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, and excludes:

60


Table of Contents


DILUTION

              If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock upon completion of this offering.

              Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution. Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 was $211.7 million, or $5.46 per share of our common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding.

              After giving effect to our sale in this offering of            shares of our common stock, at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 would have been $             million, or $            per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing stockholders before this offering and an immediate dilution of $            per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering.

              The following table illustrates this dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $           

Net tangible book value per common share as of March 31, 2014

 
$

5.46
       

Increase per share attributable to new investors

             
             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

             
             

Dilution per share to new investors

        $    
             

              A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 by $            per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to investors in this offering by $            per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

              The following table shows on a pro forma as adjusted basis, as of March 31, 2014, after giving effect to this offering on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us for these shares, and the average price per share paid, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 
   
   
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Shares Purchased    
 
 
  Average
Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

                   % $                % $           

New investors

                               
                       

Total

          100.0 % $       100.0 % $    
                       

61


Table of Contents

              The information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease, as applicable, in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

              There will be further dilution to new investors with respect to the shares issued pursuant to stock options or delivered pursuant to DSUs.

              As of March 31, 2014, the aggregate intrinsic value of vested and unvested options was $             million and $             million, respectively, and the aggregate value of our vested and unvested DSUs was $             million and $             million, respectively, based on the estimated fair value for our common stock of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. As of March 31, 2014, we had $14.4 million and $5.2 million of unrecognized share-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock options and DSUs, respectively, that we expect will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years and 3.7 years, respectively.

              Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our existing stockholders would own      % and our new investors would own      % of the total number of shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors participating in this offering will be increased to            shares or      % of the total number of shares of common stock expected to be outstanding after this offering.

              The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on a total of 38,765,940 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, and excludes:

62


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

              The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to replace the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.

              We derived the selected consolidated financial data at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected consolidated financial data at December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011 and for each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 from the unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. Our management believes that the unaudited consolidated financial statements include all adjustments necessary to state fairly the information included in those statements and that the adjustments made consist only of normal recurring adjustments. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results and results

63


Table of Contents

for the three months ended March 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2014.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                           

Net revenues

  $ 148,609   $ 130,740   $ 118,356   $ 204,323   $ 229,681   $ 52,963   $ 45,870  

Cost of revenues

    90,559     80,575     90,252     114,020     142,725     33,406     33,362  
                               

Gross profit

    58,050     50,165     28,104     90,303     86,956     19,557     12,508  

Operating expenses:

                                           

Selling, distribution and marketing

    4,057     3,577     4,100     4,426     5,349     1,394     1,259  

General and administrative

    24,197     22,576     26,433     27,223     30,972     6,907     6,845  

Research and development

    25,938     30,232     31,049     31,163     33,019     8,904     6,209  

Impairment of long-lived assets

    1,232     192     67     2,094     126         164  
                               

Total operating expenses

    55,424     56,577     61,649     64,906     69,466     17,205     14,477  
                               

Income (loss) from operations

    2,626     (6,412 )   (33,545 )   25,397     17,490     2,352     (1,969 )

Non-operating income (expense):

                                           

Interest income

    837     504     401     242     187     49     28  

Interest expense

    (1,352 )   (810 )   (584 )   (784 )   (958 )   (305 )   (180 )

Other income (expense), net

    (84 )   1,032     1,841     1,023     508     95     (350 )
                               

Total non-operating income (expense)

    (599 )   726     1,658     481     (263 )   (161 )   (502 )
                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

    2,027     (5,686 )   (31,887 )   25,878     17,227     2,191     (2,471 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

    17,119     4,970     (39,639 )   7,784     5,365     (191 )   (852 )
                               

Net income (loss)

  $ (15,092 ) $ (10,656 ) $ 7,752   $ 18,094   $ 11,862   $ 2,382   $ (1,619 )
                               

Net income (loss) per common share:

                                           

Basic

  $ (0.39 ) $ (0.27 ) $ 0.20   $ 0.47   $ 0.31   $ 0.06   $ (0.04 )

Diluted

  $ (0.39 ) $ (0.27 ) $ 0.20   $ 0.46   $ 0.31   $ 0.06   $ (0.04 )

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per common share:

                                           

Basic

    38,694     38,869     38,513     38,580     38,712     38,707     38,769  

Diluted

    38,694     38,869     38,919     38,940     38,883     38,845     38,769  

              Share-based compensation included in the consolidated statements of operations above is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost of revenues

  $ 1,309   $ 1,417   $ 1,561   $ 1,794   $ 1,503   $ 303   $ 293  

Operating expenses:

                                           

Selling, distribution and marketing

    100     103     144     143     132     24     21  

General and administrative

    4,639     6,798     5,449     4,593     4,701     1,137     1,176  

Research and development

    667     704     886     895     699     118     126  
                               

Total share-based compensation

  $ 6,715   $ 9,022   $ 8,040   $ 7,425   $ 7,035   $ 1,582   $ 1,616  
                               

64


Table of Contents


 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2014
 
 
  2009   2010   2011   2012   2013  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                                     

Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments

  $ 50,517   $ 56,333   $ 56,233   $ 52,101   $ 54,912   $ 53,460  

Working capital

    82,614     85,470     92,683     105,615     107,569     104,477  

Total assets

    262,061     258,111     282,174     317,477     338,748     345,109  

Long-term debt and capital leases, including current portion

    25,676     20,067     14,167     38,002     32,173     41,500  

Retained earnings

    46,757     36,101     43,853     61,947     73,809     72,190  

Total stockholders' equity

    200,629     195,402     208,518     233,439     251,545     251,542  

65


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

               You should read this discussion and analysis together with our audited consolidated financial statements, the notes to such statements and the other financial information included in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth under the section entitled "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Overview

              We are a specialty pharmaceutical company that focuses primarily on developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling technically-challenging generic and proprietary injectable and inhalation products. We currently manufacture and sell 15 products in the U.S. and are developing a portfolio of 13 generic and seven proprietary injectable and inhalation product candidates. We have achieved profitability for each of the past three years. We recorded net revenues of $118.4 million, $204.3 million and $229.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $53.0 million and $45.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

              Our largest product by net revenues is currently enoxaparin sodium injection, the generic equivalent of Sanofi S.A.'s Lovenox. Enoxaparin is a difficult to manufacture injectable form of low molecular weight heparin that is used as an anticoagulant and is indicated for multiple indications, including the prevention and treatment of deep vein thrombosis. We commenced sales of our enoxaparin product in January 2012, and for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 we recognized net revenues from the sale of our enoxaparin product of $145.9 million and $26.1 million, respectively.

              In addition to our currently marketed products, we have a robust pipeline of 20 generic and proprietary product candidates in various stages of development which target a variety of indications. With respect to these product candidates, we have filed three abbreviated new drug applications, one new drug application, or NDA, and one NDA supplement with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA.

              Our product candidate, Primatene Mist HFA, an over the counter epinephrine inhalation product, is intended to be used for the temporary relief of mild asthma symptoms and has received a Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, date in May 2014. A PDUFA date sets the target date for the FDA to complete its review of an NDA. Our Amphadase product candidate is a bovine sourced hyaluronidase injection. We received approval of our NDA from the FDA for Amphadase in 2004, but discontinued the product in 2009 due to lack of active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, supply. We filed an NDA supplement in December 2013 to qualify our own manufactured API. There is no assurance that we will receive approval for these product candidates.

              For the U.S. retail market for our enoxaparin product, which consists of chain retail pharmacies and independent retail pharmacies, we have an agreement with Actavis, Inc., or Actavis, to distribute our enoxaparin product, which is marketed under Actavis' label. For the non-retail market, which consists of hospitals and clinics, we have agreements with established group purchasing organizations and a wholesaler network to distribute our enoxaparin product, which is marketed under our own label.

              To complement our internal growth and expertise, we have made several strategic acquisitions of companies, products and technologies. These acquisitions collectively have strengthened our core injectable and inhalation product technology infrastructure by providing additional manufacturing, marketing and research and development capabilities including the ability to manufacture raw materials, APIs and other components for our products.

66


Table of Contents

Factors Affecting our Business

              The success of our operations depends on many factors, including our ability to diversify our revenues by commercializing our product candidates, compete successfully in the pharmaceutical industry, manage our supply chain and comply with the various regulatory requirements applicable to our business.

Diversifying our Revenues by Commercializing our Product Candidates

              Our revenues are dependent on our product sales. The majority of our currently marketed products are generic products, including our enoxaparin product, which represented 64% and 57% of our total net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively. Any factor adversely affecting the sale of enoxaparin may adversely affect our revenues and profitability. We have 20 product candidates in various stages of development that will allow us to diversify our sources of revenues in the future if we are successful in developing, receiving necessary regulatory clearances for and commercializing these product candidates. We are currently experiencing declining revenue from some of our existing products and anticipate that we may operate at a loss in the near term while continuing to invest in developing new products.

Competition

              Our business operates in the pharmaceutical industry which is an industry characterized by intense competition. Many of our competitors have longer operating histories and greater financial, research and development, marketing and other resources than we do. Consequently, many of our competitors may be able to develop products and/or processes competitive with, or superior to, our own. We are concentrating the majority of our efforts and resources on developing product candidates utilizing our proprietary technologies. The commercial success of products utilizing such technologies will depend, in large part, on the intensity of competition, labeling claims approved by the FDA for our products compared to claims approved for competitive products, and the relative timing and sequence for the commercial launch of new products by other companies that compete with our new products. If alternative technologies or other therapeutic approaches are adopted prior to our new product approvals, then the market for our new products may be substantially decreased, thus reducing our ability to generate future profits. In addition, due to intense pricing competition in the pharmaceutical industry, we have experienced significant declines in the per unit pricing and gross margins attributable to several of our products, including enoxaparin and Cortrosyn, even as we have increased market share and net revenues. We expect this pricing pressure to continue in future periods.

Supply Chain Management

              Our finished products are manufactured at our own facilities and our API or raw materials are either manufactured at our own facilities or obtained through supply agreements with third parties. Some of our products are the result of complex manufacturing processes, and some require highly specialized raw materials. Because our business requires outsourcing in some instances, we are subject to inherent uncertainties related to product safety, availability and security. For some of our key raw materials, components and API used in certain of our products, we have only a single, external source of supply, and alternate sources of supply may not be readily available. We may be unable to replace these single suppliers with an alternate supplier on a commercially reasonable and timely basis, or at all. Additionally, any failure by us to forecast demand for, or to maintain an adequate supply of, the raw material and finished product could result in an interruption in the supply of certain products and a decline in sales of that product.

67


Table of Contents

Regulatory Compliance

              The sale of our products is subject to regulatory approvals, and our business is subject to extensive regulatory requirements, and if we do not obtain these approvals or comply with these requirements, it could delay or prevent us from selling our products. These regulations may also require us to cease sales of any of our products that may have previously been granted marketing approval.

Financial Overview

Net Revenues

              Our net revenues consist principally of revenues generated from the sale of our pharmaceutical products and profit sharing revenues received under our profit sharing agreement with Actavis. We also generate a small amount of revenues from contract manufacturing. Included in net revenues are adjustments for estimated product returns and wholesaler chargebacks. The following table lists the net revenues attributable to our products for each of the last three fiscal years and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
Product
  2011   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Enoxaparin

  $ (1,325 ) $ 127,703   $ 145,923   $ 33,798   $ 26,072  

Primatene Mist CFC

    53,257                  

Cortrosyn

    14,034     13,788     12,326     3,539     2,439  

Lidocaine Jelly

    14,193     14,740     14,782     3,183     3,530  

Other Products(1)

    38,197     48,092     56,650     12,443     13,829  

(1)
None of our other products individually represented in excess of 10% of our total net revenues during any of the periods presented.

              Most of our revenues during fiscal 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 were derived from our enoxaparin product. Our sales of the chlorofluorocarbon, or CFC, formulation of Primatene Mist ceased on December 31, 2011, due to an FDA determination that the CFC formulation of Primatene Mist could not be marketed or sold in the U.S. We are currently experiencing declining revenue from some of our existing products and anticipate that we may operate at a loss in the near term while continuing to invest in developing new products.

              At the time of FDA approval in September 2011 of our enoxaparin product, we had inventory that was close to expiration. Our customers were reluctant to purchase inventory that was considered short-dated and we therefore arranged for sales of this inventory with special terms. These terms included the ability of the customers to return the inventory at a return price that was greater than the initial selling price. We recorded $7.8 million of revenues of enoxaparin in 2011, which was fully reserved as of December 31, 2011. The sales return reserve that was created for this product resulted in a general increase in the level of sales reserve accrual for December 31, 2011 compared to prior periods. A temporary restraining order and preliminary injunction obtained by a competitor barred us from selling our enoxaparin product for a short time, causing the return of this short-dated inventory by our customers in early 2012. This resulted in negative sales of $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The total sales reserve for this transaction was $9.1 million as of December 31, 2011 and was comprised of a sales reserve of $7.8 million and a reserve for the additional return liability of $1.3 million.

68


Table of Contents

              After January 25, 2012, we commenced sales of enoxaparin under our normal terms of sale. The amount of short-dated inventory sold in 2012 was immaterial to our financial statements. We did not include any unusual terms of sale for this product that were material to sales in 2013 or during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit

              Our cost of revenues consist of labor, raw materials, components, packaging, quality assurance and control and manufacturing overhead costs. The following is a more detailed list of some of the key items that comprise our cost of revenues. These costs are capitalized as part of inventory and expensed as cost of materials and production when products are sold:

    costs of the necessary API and supporting ingredients of the pharmaceuticals products we manufacture and various types of packaging material;

    overhead costs, including utilities, maintenance of production equipment and other support expenses associated with the production of our products;

    salaries and benefits for personnel directly involved in production activities, including share-based compensation; and

    depreciation of property, plant and equipment used for production purposes.

              We also have a policy to expense, on a quarterly basis, manufacturing variances, which represent manufacturing costs associated with under-utilized manufacturing plant capacity relative to normal production capacity.

              Gross profit represents net revenues, less the cost of revenues and will vary from period to period depending on a variety of factors, including product pricing, manufacturing costs and the mix of products sold.

              We expect our cost of revenues and our gross profit to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to grow, although they may fluctuate as a percentage of net revenues.

Selling, Distribution and Marketing Expenses

              Selling, distribution and marketing expenses consist primarily of freight and shipping costs, salaries and other personnel-related expenses, costs for travel, trade shows, conventions, promotional materials, catalogs, advertising and promotions. We believe that our selling, distribution and marketing expenses will continue to increase as our net revenues grow and will increase due to expenses associated with product introductions.

General and Administrative Expenses

              General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits for executive management, legal, accounting, human resources and finance personnel, as well as professional services fees for legal, auditing, accounting and consulting services, facilities and other corporate overhead costs. After this offering, we anticipate increases in general and administrative expenses as we add personnel, become subject to reporting obligations applicable to publicly held companies and continue to develop and prepare for commercialization of our product candidates.

Research and Development

              We have made, and expect to continue to make, substantial investments in research and development to expand our product portfolio and grow our business. Research and development costs consist primarily of costs associated with the research and development of our product candidates, such

69


Table of Contents

as salaries and other personnel-related expenses for employees involved with research and development activities, manufacturing pre-launch inventory, clinical trials, FDA fees, testing, operating and lab supply, depreciation and amortization and other related expenses. We expense research and development costs as incurred.

              The following table sets forth our research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Salaries and personnel-related expenses

  $ 7,921   $ 8,878   $ 9,703   $ 2,106   $ 2,798  

Pre-launch inventory

    3,721     3,167     3,439     1,761     683  

Clinical trials

    9,642     3,667     41     113      

FDA fees

            4,169          

Testing, operating and lab supply

    3,615     8,614     8,824     3,597     1,135  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,721     2,106     3,242     621     717  

Other expenses

    4,429     4,731     3,601     706     876  
                       

Total research and development expenses

  $ 31,049   $ 31,163   $ 33,019   $ 8,904   $ 6,209  
                       

              We expect research and development expenses to increase in future periods in absolute dollars, but to remain relatively constant as a percentage of net revenues. We expect the relative mix of research and development expenses to fluctuate from period to period based on the development phase or phases of specific product candidates. In particular, we expect categories such as manufacturing pre-launch inventory, clinical trial expense, FDA fees and testing, operating and lab supply to be highly variable from period to period depending on the nature of our research and development activities during such periods.

              We are developing a number of new product candidates. The successful development of pharmaceutical products depends on many factors. Product candidates that appear to be promising at their early phases of research and development may fail to be commercialized for various reasons, including the failure to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals. The process of conducting basic research and various stages of tests and trials of a new innovative pharmaceutical product before obtaining regulatory approval and commercializing the product may require several years. There is no assurance that our research and development projects will produce commercially viable products. Even if such products can be successfully commercialized, they may not achieve the level of market acceptance that we expected, and our business and profitability could be materially adversely affected. As a result of these uncertainties, we are unable to determine with any significant degree of certainty the duration and the completion costs of our research and development projects or when and to what extent we will generate revenues from the commercialization and sale of any of our product candidates.

              We may produce inventories prior to or with the expectation of receiving marketing authorization in the near term, based on operational decisions about the most effective use of existing resources. This inventory is referred to as pre-launch inventory. Our policy is to expense pre-launch inventory as research and development costs, as incurred, until the drug candidate receives marketing authorization. As a result of the policy, while marketing authorization may have been received by the end of a reporting period, any inventories produced prior to such authorization are expensed. If marketing authorization is received and previously expensed pre-launch inventory is sold, such sales may contribute up to a 100% margin to our operating results. Pre-launch inventory costs include cost of work in process materials and finished drug products. There were no net sales of pre-launch inventory

70


Table of Contents

for the year ended December 31, 2011. In connection with the approval and launch of enoxaparin in 2012, we recognized higher margins on the sales of $7.7 million of previously-expensed pre-launch inventory.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

              We review long-lived assets and identifiable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Such events and circumstances include decisions by the FDA regarding evidence of effectiveness of proprietary drug candidates or bioequivalence (sameness) of our generic product candidates as compared to the reference drug, communication with the regulatory agencies regarding the safety and efficacy of our products under review, the use of the asset in current research and development projects, any potential alternative uses of the asset in other research and development projects in the short-to-medium term, clinical trial results and research and development portfolio management options. Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, further impairment analysis is performed. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the assets (assets to be held and used) or fair value less cost to sell (assets to be disposed of).

Other Income (Expense), net

              Other income (expense), net, consists primarily of the effect of foreign exchange gains and losses and proceeds that we receive or are required to pay as a result of legal settlements. We expect other income (expense), net to vary each reporting period as a result of currency exchange rate fluctuations and the results of legal proceedings.

Provision for Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

              Our provision for income taxes consists primarily of federal and state income taxes in the U.S. and income taxes in foreign jurisdictions where we conduct business. We estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves determining income tax expense together with calculating the deferred income tax expense related to temporary differences resulting from the differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. These temporary differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the consolidated balance sheets. Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences, along with net operating loss and credits carryforwards, if it is more likely than not that the tax benefits will be realized. As of March 31, 2014, we have no valuation allowance provided against our deferred tax assets.

Critical Accounting Policies

              We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. In some cases, changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ materially from our estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our financial condition and results of operations will be affected. We base our estimates on past experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates

71


Table of Contents

on an ongoing basis. We refer to accounting estimates of this type as critical accounting policies, which we discuss further below. While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements, we believe that the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our audited consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

              Our net revenues consist principally of revenues generated from the sale of our pharmaceutical products and profit sharing revenues received under our profit sharing agreement with Actavis. We also generate a small amount of revenues from contract manufacturing services. Generally, we recognize revenues at the time of product delivery to our customers. In some cases, revenues are recognized at the time of shipment when stipulated by the terms of the sale agreements. We also record profit-sharing revenues which are included in net revenues, from a distribution agreement with Actavis at the time Actavis sells the products to its customers. Revenues derived from contract manufacturing services are recognized when third-party products are shipped to customers, after the customer has accepted test samples of the products to be shipped.

              We do not recognize product revenues unless the following fundamental criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) transfer of title has occurred, (iii) the price to the customer is fixed or determinable and (iv) collection is reasonably assured. Furthermore, we do not recognize revenues until all customer acceptance requirements have been met. We estimate and record reductions to revenues for early-payment discounts, product returns, administrative and management fees, rebates and pricing adjustments, such as wholesaler chargebacks, in the same period that the related revenues are recorded.

              If actual future payments for the discounts, returns, fees, rebates and chargebacks exceed the estimates we made at the time of sale, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows would be negatively impacted. As discussed under "Accrual for Product Returns" below, we are generally obligated to accept from our customers the return of pharmaceuticals that have or will soon reach their expiration dates. We establish reserves for such amounts based on historical experience and other information available at the time of sale, but the actual returns will not occur until several years after the sale. We have significant experience with returns of our products other than enoxaparin, but since we only began selling our enoxaparin product in January 2012, we have limited experience with returns of expired enoxaparin. Although we believe that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable as of the date when made, actual results may differ significantly from these estimates. Our financial position, results of operations and cash flows may be materially and negatively impacted if actual returns exceed our estimated allowances for returns.

              We establish allowances for estimated chargebacks and product returns based on a number of qualitative and quantitative factors, including:

    contract pricing and return terms of our agreements with customers;

    wholesaler inventory levels and turnover;

    historical chargeback and product return rates;

    shelf lives of our products, which is generally two years, as is the case with enoxaparin;

    direct communication with customers;

    anticipated introduction of competitive products or authorized generics;

    anticipated pricing strategy changes by us and/or our competitors; and

    impact of changes in state and federal regulations.

72


Table of Contents

              We generally do not increase list prices or offer promotional or volume discounts to our customers. When we do, the increases and discounts tend to be small and do not significantly alter the customers' overall purchase patterns. Therefore, we recognize the related revenues under our regular accounting policy and include the sales in estimating our various product related allowances. In the event that sales represent purchases of inventory in excess of ordinary levels for a given customer, the potential impact on product returns exposure would be specifically evaluated and, if warranted, we would record an increased reserve for potential returns, which in turn would be reflected as a reduction in revenues at the time of such sale.

              Under the terms of our profit sharing agreement, Actavis markets and distributes our enoxaparin product to the retail market in the U.S., and we share in the profits from these activities as reported to us by Actavis. Accordingly, the amounts of profit sharing revenues we recognize each period are subject to Actavis' marketing, pricing and reporting practices. To the extent Actavis reports varying profit levels on their determined sales volumes and product pricing, our profit sharing revenue from retail sales of enoxaparin, financial position, results of operations and cash flows may be materially impacted.

Provision for Wholesaler Chargebacks

              The provision for chargebacks is a significant estimate used in the recognition of revenues. As part of our sales terms with wholesale customers, we agree to reimburse wholesalers for differences between the wholesale prices, at which we sell our products to wholesalers, and the lower prices at which the products are resold under our various contractual arrangements with third parties such as hospitals and group purchasing organizations. We estimate chargebacks at the time of sale to wholesalers based on wholesaler inventory stocking levels, historic chargeback rates and current contract pricing.

              The provision for chargebacks is reflected in net revenues and a reduction to accounts receivable. The following table is an analysis of our chargeback provision:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Beginning balance

  $ 3,874   $ 11,898   $ 18,104  

Provision related to sales made in the current period

    131,967     213,075     41,642  

Credits issued to third parties

    (123,943 )   (206,869 )   (47,427 )
               

Ending balance

  $ 11,898   $ 18,104   $ 12,319  
               

              Changes in the chargeback provision from period to period are primarily dependent on our sales to wholesalers, the level of inventory held at the wholesalers and the wholesalers' customer mix. The approach that we use to estimate chargebacks has been consistently applied for all periods presented. Variations in estimates have been historically small. We continually monitor the provision for chargebacks and make adjustments when we believe that the actual chargebacks may differ from the estimates. The settlement of chargebacks generally occurs within 30 days after the sale to wholesalers. While we believe the estimates incorporated within our chargeback provision reflect the most reasonable likely outcomes of actual chargeback experience, as a sensitivity measure, a 1% decrease in estimated end-user contract selling prices would reduce net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, by $0.1 million and a 1% increase in wholesale units pending chargeback for the year ended December 31, 2013, would reduce net revenues by approximately $0.2 million.

73


Table of Contents

Accrual for Product Returns

              We offer most customers the right to return qualified excess or expired inventory for partial credit; however, products sold to Actavis are non-returnable. Our product returns primarily consist of the returns of expired products from sales made in prior periods. Returned products cannot be resold. At the time product revenues are recognized, we record an accrual for estimated returns. The accrual is based, in part, upon the historical relationship of product returns to sales and customer contract terms. We also assess other factors that could affect product returns including market conditions, product obsolescence and the introduction of new competition. Although these factors do not normally give our customers the right to return products outside of the regular return policy, we realize that such factors could ultimately lead to increased returns. We analyze these situations on a case-by-case basis and make adjustments to the product return reserve as appropriate.

              When we do not have specific historical experience with actual returns for a product, we consider other available information to record a reasonable product return reserve. If we already sell products that are similar to a newly launched product, we estimate the new product return rate using historical experience of similar products. If there are similar products on the market produced by other companies, we may also consider the additional relevant industry data in calculating our estimate. The criteria used to make the determination of whether a new product is similar to existing products includes whether it: (i) is used for the treatment of a similar type of disease or indication, (ii) has a comparable shelf life, (iii) has similar frequency of dosing, (iv) has similar types of customers, (v) is distributed in a similar manner and (vi) has similar rights of return and other comparable sales incentives. We also consider whether we have the ability to monitor inventory levels in our distribution channels to determine the underlying patient demand for a new product. We analyze the product's sell-through cycle based on wholesaler chargeback claims and customers' re-ordering patterns to determine whether the estimated product return rate is reasonable. Additionally, we consider factors such as size and maturity of the market prior to launch and the introduction of additional competition. If the available information is not sufficient to record a reasonable product return accrual, revenues from the sales of the new product would be deferred until the product is consumed by the end customer or rights of return granted under the return policy have expired. Historically, we have not deferred revenues on any of our products.

              On each balance sheet date, we classify that portion of our accrual for product returns that is attributable to products that are eligible for return within 12 months following the balance sheet date as a current obligation and the remainder as a long-term obligation.

              The provision for product returns is reflected in net revenues. The following table is an analysis of our product return liability:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2012   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Beginning balance

  $ 14,833   $ 2,673   $ 4,592  

Provision for product returns

    1,178     2,711     140  

Credits issued to third parties

    (13,338 )   (792 )   (313 )
               

Ending balance

  $ 2,673   $ 4,592   $ 4,419  
               

              For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, our aggregate product return rate was 1.7%, 1.4% and 1.3% of qualified sales, respectively.

74


Table of Contents

              If the product return provision percentage were to increase by 0.1% of qualified sales, then an additional provision of $0.6 million, $0.9 million and $1.0 million would result for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively and for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Inventory

              Inventories, net of allowances, are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out method. Inventories are reviewed periodically for slow-moving or obsolete status. We adjust our inventory to reflect situations in which the cost of inventory is not expected to be recovered. We would record a reserve to adjust inventory to its net realizable value: (i) if a launch of a new product is delayed and inventory may not be fully utilized and could be subject to impairment, (ii) when a product is close to expiration and not expected to be sold, (iii) when a product has reached its expiration date, or (iv) when a product is not expected to be sellable. In determining the reserves for these products, we consider factors such as the amount of inventory on hand and its remaining shelf life and current and expected market conditions, including management forecasts and levels of competition.

              We have evaluated the current level of inventory considering historical trends and other factors, and based on our evaluation, we have recorded adjustments to reflect inventory at its net realizable value. These adjustments are estimates, which could vary significantly from actual results if future economic conditions, customer demand, competition or other relevant factors differ from expectations. These estimates require us to make assessments about the future demand for our products in order to categorize the status of such inventory items as slow-moving, obsolete or in-excess-of-need. These future estimates are subject to the ongoing accuracy of our forecasts of market conditions, industry trends, competition and other factors. If we overestimate or underestimate the amount of inventory that will not be sold prior to expiration, there may be a material impact on our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

Impairment of Intangibles and Long-Lived Assets

              We review long-lived assets and identifiable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Such events and circumstances include decisions by the FDA regarding evidence of effectiveness of proprietary drug candidates or bioequivalence (sameness) of our generic product candidates as compared to the reference drug, communication with the regulatory agencies regarding the safety and efficacy of our products under review, the use of the asset in current research and development projects, any potential alternative uses of the asset in other research and development projects in the short-to-medium term, clinical trial results and research and development portfolio management options. Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, further impairment analysis is performed. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the assets (assets to be held and used) or fair value less cost to sell (assets to be disposed of).

              Indefinite-lived intangibles, which includes goodwill and the Primatene Mist trademark acquired in June 2008, are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. An impairment loss is recorded if the asset's fair value is less than its carrying value. We also periodically review the Primatene Mist trademark to determine if events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life. If the life is no longer indefinite, the asset is tested for impairment. The carrying value, after recognition of any impairment loss, is amortized over its remaining useful life.

75


Table of Contents

              Since December 31, 2011 we are no longer allowed to distribute the CFC formulation of our Primatene Mist product related to this intangible asset. However, we have developed a hydrofluoroalkane, or HFA, version of this product, which we plan to market under the same trade name. We filed an NDA in 2013 and have received a PDUFA date in May 2014. However, in February 2014, the FDA held a joint meeting of its Nonprescription Drugs Advisory Committee and its Pulmonary Allergy Drugs Advisory Committee, which we refer to as the Committee, to discuss the NDA for Primatene Mist HFA. The Committee voted 14 to 10 that the data in the NDA supported efficacy, but voted 17 to 7 that safety had not been established for the intended use. The Committee also voted 18 to 6 that the product did not have a favorable risk-benefit profile for the intended use, and individual Committee members provided recommendations for resolving their concerns. Although the FDA is not required to follow the recommendations of its advisory committees, it usually does. We continue to believe our data supports a favorable risk-benefit profile for the product candidate and intend to continue to engage in dialogue with the FDA in support of approval; however, there can be no guarantee that we obtain such approval in a timely manner or at all.

              All of our impairments relate primarily to the write-off of certain manufacturing equipment related to abandoned projects. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recorded impairment losses of $0.1 million, $2.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 we did not record any impairment loss. The $2.1 million charge in 2012 was primarily related to equipment for a production project that was suspended. Since we periodically assess our product candidates and make changes to product development plans, we incur impairment charges from time to time. These charges can fluctuate significantly from period to period.

Deferred Income Taxes

              We utilize the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. We have adopted the with-and-without methodology for determining when excess tax benefits from the exercise of share-based awards are realized. Under the with-and-without methodology, current year operating loss deductions and prior year operating loss carryforwards are deemed to be utilized prior to the utilization of current year excess tax benefits from share-based awards.

              A number of years may elapse before an uncertain tax position for which we have established a tax reserve is audited and finally resolved. The number of years for which we can be subject to audit varies depending on the tax jurisdiction. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of the resolution of an audit, we believe that our reserves for uncertain tax benefits reflect the outcome of tax positions that is more likely than not to occur. The resolution of a matter could be recognized as an adjustment to our provision for income taxes and our effective tax rate in the period of resolution, and may also require a use of cash.

Share-Based Compensation

              Options issued under our Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Award Plan, or the 2005 Plan, are generally granted at prices equal to or greater than the fair value of the underlying shares on the date of grant and vest based on continuous service. The options have a contractual term of five to ten years and generally vest over a three- to five-year period. The fair value of each option is amortized into compensation expense on a straight-line basis between the grant date for the option and the vesting date. The awards of restricted common stock such as DSUs are valued at fair value on the date of grant. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of share-based awards. The Black-Scholes option pricing model has various inputs such as the estimated

76


Table of Contents

common share price, the risk-free interest rate, volatility, expected life and dividend yield, all of which are estimates. We also record share-based compensation expense net of expected forfeitures. The change of any of these inputs could significantly impact the determination of the fair value of our options and thus could significantly impact our results of operations. There are no significant awards with performance conditions and no awards with market conditions.

              Valuation models and significant assumptions for share-based compensation are as follows:

    Determining Fair Value.   We use the Black-Scholes formula to estimate the fair value of our share-based payments using a single option award approach. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and sensitive in the determination of compensation expense. Key assumptions and estimation methodologies for inputs to the Black-Scholes calculation are developed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. We amortize share-based compensation expense over the requisite service period, which in most cases is the vesting period of the award.

    A primary factor in the valuation of equity awards is the fair value of the underlying common stock at the time of grant. Since our common stock is not traded in a public stock market exchange, our board of directors considers numerous factors including recent cash sales of our common stock to third-party investors, new business and economic developments affecting us and independent appraisals, when appropriate, to determine the fair value of our common stock. Independent appraisal reports are prepared based on a discounted cash flow analysis using conventional valuation techniques, such as discounted cash flow analyses and the guideline company method using revenues and earnings multiples for comparable publicly traded companies, and a calculation of total option proceeds, from which a discount factor for lack of marketability is applied. This determination of the fair value of the common stock is performed on a contemporaneous basis. Our board of directors determines our common stock fair market value on a quarterly basis and in some cases more frequently when appropriate.

    Expected Volatility.   As a private entity, we have limited data regarding company-specific historical or implied volatility of our share price. Consequently, we estimate our volatility based on the average of the historical volatilities of peer group companies from publicly available data for sequential periods approximately equal to the expected terms of our option grants. Management considers factors such as stage of life cycle, competitors, size, market capitalization and financial leverage in the selection of similar entities.

    Expected Term.   The expected term represents the period of time in which the options granted are expected to be outstanding. We estimate the expected term of options granted based on the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term under the "short-cut" or simplified method permitted by the SEC implementation guidance for "plain vanilla" options. Applying this method, the weighted-average expected term of our options is approximately five years. The use of the short-cut method is permitted by the SEC beyond December 31, 2007, under certain circumstances, as described in the SEC implementation guidance. We will continue to use the short-cut method, as permitted, until we have developed sufficient historical data for employee exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior after our common stock has been publicly traded for a reasonable period of time.

    Forfeitures.   We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual experience differs from those estimates. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, we estimated an average overall forfeiture rate of 9%, 9%, 8%, 8% and 8%, respectively, based on historical forfeitures since 1998. Forfeiture rates are separately

77


Table of Contents

      calculated for our (1) directors and officers, (2) management personnel and (3) other employees. Share-based compensation is recorded net of expected forfeitures. We periodically assess the forfeiture rate and the amount of expense recognized based on estimated historical forfeitures as compared to actual forfeitures. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period they are identified.

    Risk-Free Rate.   The risk-free interest rate is selected based upon the implied yields in effect at the time of the option grant on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term approximately equal to the expected life of the option being valued.

    Dividends.   We do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we use an expected dividend yield rate of zero.

              Tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the share-based compensation cost recognized (excess tax benefits) are recorded in the statements of cash flows as financing activities.

              The weighted-averages for key assumptions used in determining the fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013   2013(2)   2014  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Expected volatility

    34.0 %   32.6 %   28.6 %   0.0 %   27.8 %

Risk-free interest rate

    1.6 %   0.7 %   1.3 %   0.0 %   1.3 %

Weighted-average expected life in years(1)

    5.3     4.8     4.5         4.3  

Dividend yield rate

    0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

Weighted average fair value of options granted

  $ 4.28   $ 3.01   $ 2.79   $   $ 3.20  

(1)
The weighted-average expected life is calculated using the simplified method.

(2)
We did not grant any stock options during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Common Stock Valuation

              We are required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our share-based awards when performing the fair value calculations with the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair values of the common stock underlying our share-based awards were determined by our board of directors, with input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations. We believe that our board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common stock. As described below, the exercise price of our share-based awards was determined by our board of directors based on the most recent third-party valuation report as of the grant date. For valuations after completion of this initial public offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of the underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Market on the date of grant.

              Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock including:

    valuations of our common stock performed by unrelated third-party specialists;

78


Table of Contents

    our launch of new products into the market and forward looking assumptions of our pipeline;

    results of litigation;

    receipt of FDA approvals and PDUFA dates;

    lack of marketability of our common stock;

    our actual operating and financial performance and forward looking assumptions;

    current business conditions and projections;

    hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

    our company history and the introduction of new products;

    our stage of development;

    likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our company given prevailing market conditions;

    the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

    the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

              The dates of our valuation reports, which were prepared on a quarterly basis, were not always contemporaneous with the grant dates of our share-based awards. Therefore, in those cases where the report was not contemporaneous with the grant date of the stock based awards, we considered the amount of time between the valuation report date and the grant date to determine whether to use the latest common stock valuation report for the purposes of determining the fair value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes. If share-based awards were granted a short period of time preceding the date of a valuation report, we assessed the fair value of such share-based awards used for financial reporting purposes after considering the fair value reflected in the subsequent valuation report and other facts and circumstances on the date of grant as discussed below. There were significant judgments and estimates inherent in these valuations, which included assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to completing an initial public offering or other liquidity event and the determinations of the appropriate valuation methods to be applied. If we had made different estimates or assumptions, our share-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per share attributable to common stockholders could have been significantly different from those reported in this prospectus.

              In valuing our common stock, our board of directors determined the equity value of our business using generally accepted valuation methodologies including discounted cash flow analysis and comparable public company analysis.

              Discounted cash flow analysis measures the value of a company by the present value of its future economic benefits. These benefits can include earnings, cost savings, tax deductions and proceeds from disposition. Value indications are developed by discounting expected cash flows to their present value at a rate of return that incorporates the risk-free rate for the use of funds, the expected rate of inflation and risks associated with the particular investment.

              The comparable public company analysis measures the value of a company through the analysis of recent sales of comparable companies focused on the sale of pharmaceuticals as traded in the public markets. This method of valuation involves analyzing transaction and financial data of publicly-traded companies to develop multiples. These multiples, usually of estimated sales, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, and net income, are then applied to the subject company to develop an indication of value. For purposes of our comparable public company analysis, our peer group of U.S.-based publicly traded companies used for valuation estimates, including the

79


Table of Contents

determination of the discount rate, volatility assumptions and market trading multiples is comprised of companies that focus primarily on the sale of pharmaceutical products. More specifically, we focused on companies with similar pharmaceutical product offerings in the injectable and inhalation markets. From time to time, we updated the set of peer group companies as new or more relevant information became available. Within each valuation report, this peer group was used for valuation estimates, including the determination of the discount rate, volatility assumptions and market trading multiples. While we believe that these groups of comparable companies were appropriate, there are differences in size or stage of maturity between many of our selected peer public companies and us. Therefore, had a different set of peer companies been used, a different valuation may have resulted.

              Once calculated, the board determines the midpoint of the results of the discounted cash flow and the market comparable approach and then weights the two methodologies to determine an estimated enterprise value.

              Once an enterprise value was determined, we utilized the option pricing method, or OPM, to allocate the equity value to our common stock. The OPM values each equity class by creating a series of call options on our equity value, with exercise prices based on the strike prices of derivatives. This method is generally preferred when future outcomes are difficult to predict and dissolution or liquidation is not imminent. The inability to readily sell shares of a company increases the owner's exposure to changing market conditions and increases the risk of ownership. Because of the lack of marketability and the resulting increased risk associated with ownership of a privately-held stock, an investor typically demands a higher return or yield in comparison to a similar but publicly-traded stock. An indication of the discount for lack of marketability can be developed using a put option model. A put option model values what the illiquid security holder lacks, the ability to sell his or her shares. Theoretically, a holder of an illiquid security and a put option, and a holder of an identical, but liquid security, are in the same financial position. The put option model has the benefit of being company-specific (through the use of a company-specific volatility rate), verifiable and has relatively few inputs (risk free rate, term and volatility).

80


Table of Contents

              We granted awards with the following exercise prices between January 1, 2013 and the date of this prospectus:

Grant Date
  Options or
DSUs
  Number of
Shares
Subject to
Awards
Granted
  Exercise
Price(1)
  Fair Value
Per Share of
Common
Stock
 

May 30, 2013

  Options     36,000   $ 10.73   $ 10.73  

June 3, 2013

  Options     66,866     10.73     10.73  

July 5, 2013

  Options     196,132     10.93     10.93  

July 5, 2013

  Options     2,025,348     12.02     10.93  

July 5, 2013

  DSUs     47,558     N/A     10.93  

July 30, 2013

  Options     704,500     10.93     10.93  

August 19, 2013

  Options     6,000     10.93     10.93  

August 29, 2013

  DSUs     20,374     N/A     10.93  

September 9, 2013

  Options     15,273     10.93     10.93  

October 7, 2013

  Options     20,765     13.68     13.68  

October 7, 2013

  Options     44,501     13.68     13.68  

October 10, 2013

  Options     6,000     13.68     13.68  

December 20, 2013

  Options     231,540     14.66     14.66  

December 20, 2013

  DSUs     32,743     N/A     14.66  

December 27, 2013

  Options     245,800     14.66     14.66  

January 10, 2014

  Options     4,000     14.66     14.66  

March 19, 2014

  Options     161,050     14.40     14.40  

March 27, 2014

  Options     116,790     14.40     14.40  

March 27, 2014

  Options     739,520     15.84     14.40  

March 27, 2014

  DSUs     307,760     N/A     14.40  

April 14, 2014

  Options     521,949     14.40     14.40  

April 14, 2014

  DSUs     92,386     N/A     14.40  

April 21, 2014

  Options     118,553     14.40     14.40  

April 21, 2014

  DSUs     14,722     N/A     14.40  

(1)
Options issued to two of our executive officers, Dr. Jack Y. Zhang and Dr. Mary Z. Luo, are issued at an exercise price equal to 110% of the exercise price listed in the table.

              The following discussion relates primarily to our determination of the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of calculating share-based compensation costs since January 1, 2013. No single event caused the valuation of our common stock to increase or decrease through May 13, 2014. Instead, a combination of the factors described below in each period led to the changes in the fair value of our common stock. We believe reliance on the valuation report and the underlying methodology in such report was a reasonable method to determine the exercise prices for share-based awards on the grant date.

May and June 2013 Awards

              We granted options to purchase 36,000 shares of our common stock to our key employees in May 2013. In June 2013, we granted options to purchase 66,866 shares of our common stock to a key employee. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $10.73 per share for these options based, in part, on a valuation report with a valuation date of March 8, 2013. The stock price had a nominal change from the previous price.

              We obtained an independent valuation which determined that the fair value of our common stock was $10.73 per share as of March 8, 2013. The enterprise value was derived utilizing a weighted

81


Table of Contents

combination of the discounted cash flow analysis, and the comparable public company analysis weighted at 60% and 40%, respectively. The discounted cash flow analysis applied a discount rate of 12% based on the risks attributable to our size, industry and operations. The comparable company analysis utilized multiples of actual 2012 sales, EBITDA and net income, as well as estimated 2013 sales, EBITDA and net income, and then added back in net debt to calculate an enterprise value. The enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing a Black-Scholes put option model which assumed a term of 0.65 years, volatility of 30.0% and a risk free rate of 0.12%. Additionally, a discount for lack of marketability of 10.0% was selected.

              Our board of directors considered our most recent operating results, as well as the valuation report, when it determined the fair value of our common stock was $10.73 per share for purposes of the May and June 2013 awards.

July, August and September 2013 Awards

              We granted options to purchase 900,632 shares of our common stock to our key employees in July 2013. In August 2013, we granted options to purchase 6,000 shares of our common stock to a key employee and in September 2013, we granted options to purchase 15,273 shares of our common stock to a key employee. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $10.93 per share for these options based, in part, on a valuation report with a valuation date of June 4, 2013. In addition, we granted options to purchase 2,025,348 shares of our common stock to our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, in aggregate, in July 2013. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $12.02 per share, in accordance to the provision of the 2005 Plan, in which, options granted to our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer are granted at 110% of fair market value. The stock price increased from the previous price as a result of higher market multiples of comparable public companies.

              In July 2013, we granted 47,558 DSUs to key employees which, by definition, do not have an exercise price. The DSU award have a four-year vesting requirement from the date of grant, and the award entitles the grantee to receive shares of our common stock on each vesting anniversary date, provided that the grantee continues to be an employee. In August 2013, we granted 20,374 DSUs to key employees. The DSUs entitle the grantee to receive shares of our common stock on August 29, 2014, provided that they remain an employee. These DSUs were issued as replacement awards prior to the expiration of the stock options held by the key employees of equal fair value.

              We obtained an independent valuation which determined that the fair value of our common stock was $10.93 per share as of June 4, 2013. The enterprise value was derived utilizing a weighted combination of the discounted cash flow analysis, and the comparable public company analysis weighted at 60% and 40%, respectively. The discounted cash flow analysis applied a discount rate of 12% based on the risks attributable to our size, industry and operations. The comparable company analysis utilized multiples of actual 2012 sales, EBITDA, and net income, and estimated 2013 sales, EBITDA and net income and then added back in net debt to calculate an enterprise value. The enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing a Black-Scholes put option model which assumed a term of 0.58 years, volatility of 35.0% and a risk free rate of 0.09%. Additionally, a discount for lack of marketability of 11.0% was selected.

              Our board of directors considered our most recent operating results, as well as the valuation report, when it determined the fair value of our common stock was $10.93 per share for purposes of the July, August and September 2013 awards.

October 2013 Awards

              We granted options to purchase 71,266 shares of our common stock to our key employees in October 2013. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $13.68 per share for these options based,

82


Table of Contents

in part, on a valuation report with a valuation date of September 10, 2013. The stock price increased from the previous price as the result of several factors, including the fact that in August and early September 2013, we commenced activities toward our initial public offering, which increased the likelihood of a potential liquidity event for our stockholders and slightly reduced our assumed illiquidity discount. In addition, in the context of discussions with investment bankers and other industry professionals related to our initial public offering process, we refined our operating forecasts that were utilized in the independent valuation report to reflect significantly lower anticipated operating expenses than we had previously assumed. The lower operating expense forecast increased the value implied by the discounted cash flow analysis. Finally, the public markets in August and September 2013 were very favorable, resulting in higher implied peer group multiples for the public company analysis.

              We obtained an independent valuation which determined that the fair value of our common stock was $13.68 per share as of September 10, 2013. The enterprise value was derived utilizing a weighted combination of the discounted cash flow analysis, and the comparable public company analysis weighted at 40% and 60%, respectively. The weighting of the analyses changed from the previous report because we commenced activities towards our initial public offering, which we determined made the comparable public company analysis more relevant than in earlier periods. The discounted cash flow analysis applied a discount rate of 15% based on the risks attributable to our size, industry and operations. The comparable company analysis utilized multiples of the last twelve months sales, EBITDA and net income, estimated 2014 sales and EBITDA. The enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing a Black-Scholes put option model which assumed a term of 0.50 years, volatility of 35.0% and a risk free rate of 0.04%. Additionally, a discount for lack of marketability of 10.0% was selected.

              Our board of directors considered our most recent operating results, as well as the valuation report, when it determined the fair value of our common stock was $13.68 per share for purposes of the October 2013 awards.

December 2013 and January 2014 Awards

              We granted options to purchase 477,340 shares of our common stock to our directors and key employees in December 2013. In January 2014, we granted options to purchase 4,000 shares of our common stock to key employees. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $14.66 per share for these options based, in part, on a valuation report with a valuation date of December 3, 2013. In addition, we also granted a total of 32,743 DSUs to key employees and our board of directors in December 2013, which by definition do not have an exercise price. The 6,822 DSUs issued to a key employee have a three-year vesting requirement from the date of grant, and the award entitles the grantees to receive shares of our common stock on each vesting anniversary date, provided that the grantee continues to be an employee. The 25,921 DSUs issued to the board of directors entitles the grantee to receive shares of our common stock on the earlier of December 20, 2013 or our next stockholder meeting. The stock price increased from the previous price as the result of several factors, including the fact that in October 2013 we held our organizational meeting with investment bankers for our initial public offering, which increased the likelihood of a potential liquidity event for our stockholders and slightly reduced our assumed illiquidity discount. In addition, based on receiving a PDUFA date of May 2014 for Primatene Mist HFA, we refined our sales forecasts to show higher revenue and EBITDA margin forecasts relative to the prior financial projections. The higher sales and margin forecast increased the value implied by the discounted cash flow analysis.

              We obtained an independent valuation which determined that the fair value of our common stock was $14.66 per share as of December 3, 2013. The enterprise value was derived utilizing a weighted combination of the discounted cash flow analysis, and the comparable public company analysis weighted at 40% and 60%, respectively. The discounted cash flow analysis applied a discount rate of 15% based on the risks attributable to our size, industry and operations. The comparable company

83


Table of Contents

analysis utilized multiples of the last twelve months sales, EBITDA and net income, as well as estimated 2014 sales and EBITDA. The enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing a Black-Scholes put option model which assumed a term of 0.41 years, volatility of 35.0% and a risk free rate of 0.08%. Additionally, a discount for lack of marketability of 9.0% was selected. Our board of directors considered our most recent operating results, as well as the valuation report, when it determined the fair value of our common stock was $14.66 per share for purposes of the December 2013 and January 2014 awards.

March and April 2014 Awards

              We granted options to purchase 277,840 shares of our common stock to our key employees in March 2014. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $14.40 per share for these options based, in part, on a valuation report with a valuation date of February 28, 2014. In addition, we granted options to purchase a total of 739,520 shares of our common stock to our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer in March 2014. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $15.84 per share, in accordance to the provision of the 2005 Plan, in which options granted to our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer are granted at 110% of fair market value. We also granted a total of 307,760 DSUs to key employees and our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer in March 2014, which by definition do not have an exercise price. The 307,760 DSUs issued to a key employee have a four-year vesting requirement from the date of grant, and the award entitles the grantee to receive shares of our common stock on each vesting anniversary date, provided that the grantee continues to be an employee. The stock price decreased from the previous price primarily as the result of changes in the market for enoxaparin, as well as the results of the joint meeting of the Committee in February 2014 regarding Primatene Mist HFA.

              In April 2014, we granted options to purchase 521,949 shares of our common stock to our key employees and 118,553 to our Chief Financial Officer. Our board of directors set an exercise price of $14.40 per share for these options. In addition, we granted 92,386 DSUs to our key employees and 14,722 DSUs to our Chief Financial Officer. These DSUs have a four-year vesting requirement from the date of grant, and the award entitles the grantee to receive shares of our common stock on each vesting anniversary date, provided that the grantee continues to be an employee.

              We obtained an independent valuation which determined that the fair value of our common stock was $14.40 per share as of February 28, 2014. The enterprise value was derived utilizing a weighted combination of the discounted cash flow analysis, and the comparable public company analysis weighted at 40% and 60%, respectively. The discounted cash flow analysis applied a discount rate of 15% based on the risks attributable to our size, industry and operations. The comparable company analysis utilized multiples of the last twelve months sales, and EBITDA, as well as estimated 2014 sales and EBITDA. The enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing a Black-Scholes put option model which assumed a term of 0.21 years, volatility of 35.0% and a risk free rate of 0.04%. Additionally, a discount for lack of marketability of 6.0% was selected.

              Our board of directors considered our most recent operating results, as well as the valuation report, when it determined the fair value of our common stock was $14.40 per share for purposes of the March and April 2014 awards.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

              Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

84


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

              In February 2013, the FASB issued an Accounting Standard Update to the accounting guidance for presentation of comprehensive income to improve the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The amendments do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income, but do require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where the net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under GAAP that provide additional detail about these amounts. This new standard is required to be applied retrospectively and is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of this standard did not impact our financial statements as our comprehensive income (loss) is equal to our net income (loss) for all periods presented.

              In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance to address the diversity in practice related to the financial statement presentation of unrecognized tax benefits as either a reduction of a deferred tax asset or a liability when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. This guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 (unaudited)

Net Revenues

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
  Change  
 
  2013   2014   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Net revenues

  $ 52,963   $ 45,870   $ (7,093 )   (13 )%

Cost of revenues

    33,406     33,362     (44 )   0 %
                   

Gross profit

  $ 19,557     12,508   $ (7,049 )   (36 )%
                   

as % of net revenues

    37 %   27 %            

              Net revenues were $53.0 million and $45.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, representing a decrease of $7.1 million, or 13%. The decrease is primarily due to a decrease of $7.7 million in sales of enoxaparin, which is primarily due to a decrease in profit sharing revenues under our profit sharing agreement with Actavis, partially offset by an increase in sales of critical care drugs.

              Non-retail sales of enoxaparin decreased $3.7 million, or 23% during the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013, due to decreased unit sales volume and a decrease in average net sales price. Retail sales of enoxaparin decreased $4.0 million, or 22% during the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013, primarily due to a decrease in profit sharing revenue of $6.5 million compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013, partially offset by an increase in unit sales volume.

85


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

              Cost of revenues were $33.4 million and $33.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

              Gross margins were 37% and 27% for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The decrease in gross margin is primarily due to the decrease in total net revenues of enoxaparin relating to the decrease in profit sharing revenue.

Selling, Distribution and Marketing

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
  Change  
 
  2013   2014   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Selling, distribution and marketing

  $ 1,394   $ 1,259   $ (135 )   (10 )%

as % of net revenues

    3 %   3 %            

              Selling, distribution and marketing expenses were $1.4 million and $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, representing a decrease of $0.1 million, or 10%.

General and Administrative

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
  Change  
 
  2013   2014   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

General and administrative

  $ 6,907   $ 6,845   $ (62 )   (1 )%

as % of net revenues

    13 %   15 %            

              General and administrative expenses were generally consistent with the prior period and were $6.9 million and $6.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, representing a decrease of $0.1 million, or 1%.

Research and Development

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
  Change  
 
  2013   2014   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Research and development

  $ 8,904   $ 6,209   $ (2,695 )   (30 )%

as % of net revenues

    17 %   14 %            

              Research and development expenses were $8.9 million and $6.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, representing a decrease of $2.7 million, or 30%. The decrease is primarily due to a decrease in testing, operating, and pre-launch expense related to the timing of purchases of materials and other research and development supplies.

86


Table of Contents

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
  Change  
 
  2013   2014   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Impairment of long-lived assets

  $   $ 164   $ 164     100 %

              Impairment of long-lived assets expense was $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. There was no impairment of long-lived asset expense during the three months ended March 31, 2013. The write-off for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was related to capitalized costs associated with a project that was suspended.

Other Income (expense), net

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
  Change  
 
  2013   2014   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Other Income (expense), net

  $ 95   $ (350 ) $ (445 )   (468 )%

              Other income, net, was $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Other expense, net was $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The other expense was primarily related to losses as a result of changes in exchange rates.

Provision for Income Tax benefit

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
  Change  
 
  2013   2014   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Income tax benefit

  $ 191   $ 852   $ 661     346 %

Effective tax rate

    (9 )%   34 %            

              Income tax benefit was $0.2 million and $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, representing an increase of $0.7 million. The increase in income tax benefit is primarily related to the increase in pre-tax loss that occurred during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

Net Revenues

 
  Year ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2012   2013   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Net revenues

  $ 204,323   $ 229,681   $ 25,358     12 %

Cost of revenues

    114,020     142,725     28,705     25 %
                   

Gross profit

  $ 90,303   $ 86,956   $ (3,347 )   (4 )%
                   

as % of net revenues

    44 %   38 %            

87


Table of Contents

              Net revenues were $204.3 million and $229.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, representing an increase of $25.4 million, or 12%. The increase is primarily due to increases of $18.2 million in sales of enoxaparin and $7.2 million in sales of our other products.

              Non-retail sales of enoxaparin increased $8.6 million, or 15% during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012, due to increased sales volume, which was partially offset by a decrease in average net sales price.

              Retail sales of enoxaparin increased $9.6 million, or 14% during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012, primarily due to increased sales volume, as well as an increase in our transfer price to Actavis. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in profit sharing revenues with Actavis.

              Sales of our other products increased primarily due to increased sales volume, as a result of a temporary shortage by one of our competitors in the market place for these products, which we do not expect to recur in future periods.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

              Cost of revenues were $114.0 million and $142.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, representing an increase of $28.7 million, or 25%.

              The product cost of enoxaparin increased $31.1 million, or 60% during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the same period in 2012, primarily due to an increase in sales volume. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2012, we benefitted from the effect of having previously expensed $7.7 million of enoxaparin inventory costs in 2011 as pre-launched inventory. The product cost of our other products increased $6.5 million, primarily due to increased sales volume.

              Manufacturing variances decreased by $8.5 million, or 68% during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the same period in 2012, primarily due to higher production volumes.

              Gross margins were 44% and 38% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The decrease in gross margin is primarily due to the effect of having previously expensed $7.7 million of enoxaparin inventory costs in 2011 as pre-launched inventory. The decrease in gross margins also resulted from a decrease in average net sales price of enoxaparin during 2013.

Selling, Distribution and Marketing

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2012   2013   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Selling, distribution and marketing

  $ 4,426   $ 5,349   $ 923     21 %

as % of net revenues

    2 %   2 %            

              Selling, distribution and marketing expenses were $4.4 million and $5.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, representing an increase of $0.9 million, or 21%. The increase is primarily due to the increase in shipping and freight costs related to sales of our enoxaparin product.

88


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2012   2013   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

General and administrative

  $ 27,223   $ 30,972   $ 3,749     14 %

as % of net revenues

    13 %   13 %            

              General and administrative expenses were $27.2 million and $31.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, representing an increase of $3.8 million, or 14%. The increase is primarily due to an increase of $2.4 million in payroll expense which primarily relates to the bonuses paid to executive management and salary increase adjustments for key employees and an accrual of $1.0 million related to the retirement of our former Chief Financial Officer in the year ended December 31, 2013.

Research and Development

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2012   2013   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Research and development

  $ 31,163   $ 33,019   $ 1,856     6 %

as % of net revenues

    15 %   14 %            

              Research and development expenses were $31.2 million and $33.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, representing an increase of $1.8 million, or 6%. The increase is primarily due to $4.2 million in submission fees paid to the FDA during 2013 and an increase of $0.7 million relating to payroll as a result of an increase in headcount in research and development. This increase was partially offset by a decrease of $3.6 million in clinical trial expense.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2012   2013   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Impairment of long-lived assets

  $ 2,094   $ 126   $ (1,968 )   (94 )%

              Impairment of long-lived assets was $2.1 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, representing a decrease of $2.0 million, or 94%. The write-off for the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily related to equipment for a production project that was suspended.

Other Income, net

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2012   2013   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Other Income, net

  $ 1,023   $ 508   $ (515 )   (50 )%

              Other income, net, was $1.0 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, representing a decrease of $0.5 million, or 50%. This decrease was primarily

89


Table of Contents

related to the resale of supplies during the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease was partially offset by higher re-measurement gains.

Provision for Income Tax Expense

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2012   2013   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Income tax expense

  $ 7,784   $ 5,365   $ (2,419 )   (31 )%

Effective tax rate

    30 %   31 %            

              Income tax expense was $7.8 million and $5.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, representing a decrease in income tax expense of $2.4 million, or 31%. The decrease in income tax expense is primarily related to the retroactive application in the year ended December 31, 2013 of the federal research and development tax credit for the 2012 tax year. The legislation renewing the allowance of the federal R&D tax credit for 2012 was not passed into law until January 2013, therefore, the R&D tax credit was not factored into our 2012 income tax expense. Also, the decrease in income tax expense is related to a decrease in taxable income.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

Net Revenues

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2011   2012   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Net revenues

  $ 118,356   $ 204,323   $ 85,967     73 %

Cost of revenues

    90,252     114,020     23,768     26 %
                   

Gross profit

  $ 28,104   $ 90,303   $ 62,199     221 %
                   

as % of net revenues

    24 %   44 %            

              Net revenues were $118.4 million and $204.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, representing an increase of $86.0 million, or 73%. The increase was primarily due to increases of $129.0 million in sales of enoxaparin and $9.6 million in sales of other products. This increase was partially offset by a decrease of $52.7 million in sales of the CFC formulation of our Primatene Mist product, which we have not sold since December 31, 2011.

              Of the $129.0 million increase in sales of enoxaparin, $70.5 million were retail sales and $58.5 were non-retail sales.

              The increases in sales of other products were primarily due to temporary nationwide drug shortages of one of our competitor's products that began in the second quarter of 2012 for certain products and in the fourth quarter of 2011 for certain other products. We do not expect these shortages to recur in future periods.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margins

              Cost of revenues was $90.3 million and $114.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, representing an increase of $23.7 million, or 26%.

              Product costs increased in 2012 as compared to 2011 by $70.5 million primarily due to increased sales volume. This increase was partially offset by a decrease of $20.6 million of the CFC formulation of our Primatene Mist product cost due to the absence of sales in the year ended

90


Table of Contents

December 31, 2012, resulting from the discontinuance of this product as of December 31, 2011. Additionally, manufacturing variances decreased by $20.3 million primarily due to higher production volumes. Also, included in the year ended December 31, 2011 was a $3.0 million charge related to an enoxaparin inventory reserve and a $6.1 million write-off of the CFC formulation of our Primatene Mist product inventory that we did not expect to sell by the end by December 31, 2011.

              Gross margin was 24% and 44% for the years ended December 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The increase in gross margin was primarily related to the sales of our enoxaparin product in the year ended December 31, 2012 and the inventory reserve charge and write-off of the CFC formulation of our Primatene Mist product inventory in 2011.

Selling, Distribution and Marketing

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2011   2012   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Selling, distribution and marketing

  $ 4,100   $ 4,426   $ 326     8 %

as % of net revenues

    3 %   2 %            

              Selling, distribution and marketing expenses were $4.1 million and $4.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, representing an increase of $0.3 million, or 8%. The increase is primarily due to the increase in shipping and freight costs related to our enoxaparin product that was launched in the first quarter of 2012.

General and Administrative

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2011   2012   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

General and administrative

  $ 26,433   $ 27,223   $ 790     3 %

as % of net revenues

    22 %   13 %            

              General and administrative expenses were $26.4 million and $27.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, representing an increase of $0.8 million, or 3%. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $1.5 million in legal expenses, which included costs to defend a patent infringement litigation case in the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was partially offset by a decrease of $0.7 million in payroll expense. In 2011 we paid a discretionary bonus that was related to the FDA approval of our enoxaparin product and no such bonus was paid in 2012.

Research and Development

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2011   2012   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Research and development

  $ 31,049   $ 31,163   $ 114     0 %

as % of net revenues

    26 %   15 %            

              Research and development expenses were $31.0 million and $31.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, representing an increase of $0.2 million. The increase was primarily due to increases of $5.6 million in testing, operating and pre-launch expenses for Primatene Mist HFA related to the purchases of materials and other research and development supplies and

91


Table of Contents

$0.7 million in expense related to a write-off of the leasehold improvements to a previously leased building that was purchased in the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was partially offset by a decrease of $6.0 million in clinical trials expense in 2012 compared to 2011, which decrease primarily related to clinical trials expense for Primatene Mist HFA incurred in the year ended December 31, 2011.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2011   2012   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Impairment of long-lived assets

  $ 67   $ 2,094   $ 2,027     3,025 %

              Impairment of long-lived assets was $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, representing an increase of $2.0 million. The write-off for the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily related to equipment for a production project that was suspended.

Other Income, net

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2011   2012   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Other income, net

  $ 1,841   $ 1,023   $ (818 )   (44 )%

              Other income, net, was $1.8 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, representing a decrease of $0.8 million, or 44%. In the year ended December 31, 2011, we recognized $1.0 million of other income, net, as a result of a litigation settlement with one of our suppliers.

Provision for Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2011   2012   $   %  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $ (39,639 ) $ 7,784   $ 47,423     120 %

Effective tax rate

    (124 )%   30 %            

              Income tax benefit was $39.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and income tax expense was $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, representing an increase in income tax expense of $47.4 million, or 120%. The increase was primarily related to an increase in pre-tax income in 2012 and a tax benefit that we recognized in 2011 as a result of the reversal of a valuation allowance against our historical deferred tax assets, resulting from the 2011 approval of our enoxaparin product.

92


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

              The following tables set forth unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations for each of the nine quarters in the period ended March 31, 2014. We have prepared the statement of operations data for each of these quarters on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, each statement of operations includes all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.

 
  2012   2013   2014  
 
  Q1   Q2   Q3   Q4   Q1   Q2   Q3   Q4   Q1  
 
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                                 

Net revenues

  $ 46,241   $ 49,413   $ 56,619   $ 52,050   $ 52,963   $ 62,524   $ 59,318   $ 54,876   $ 45,870  

Cost of revenues

    22,778     25,981     34,981     30,280     33,405     35,035     39,038     35,247     33,362  
                                       

Gross profit

    23,463     23,432     21,638     21,770     19,558     27,489     20,280     19,629     12,508  

Operating expenses:

                                                       

Selling, distribution and marketing

    987     1,027     1,242     1,170     1,394     1,203     1,462     1,290     1,259  

General and administrative

    7,375     6,705     6,484     6,659     6,907     6,513     9,546     8,006     6,845  

Research and development

    6,710     8,998     7,488     7,967     8,904     7,791     9,041     7,283     6,209  

Impairment of long-lived assets

    2     4     1,802     286             6     120     164  
                                       

Total operating expenses

    15,074     16,734     17,016     16,082     17,205     15,507     20,055     16,699     14,477  
                                       

Income (loss) from operations

    8,389     6,698     4,622     5,688     2,353     11,982     225     2,930     (1,969 )

Non-operating income (expense):

                                                       

Interest income

    116     43     37     46     49     47     49     42     28  

Interest expense, net

    (130 )   (136 )   (226 )   (292 )   (305 )   (237 )   (195 )   (221 )   (180 )

Other income, net

    463     45     282     233     95     127     255     31     (350 )
                                       

Total non-operating income (expense)

    449     (48 )   93     (13 )   (161 )   (63 )   109     (148 )   (502 )
                                       

Income before income taxes

    8,838     6,650     4,715     5,675     2,192     11,919     334     2,782     (2,471 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

    3,299     1,739     1,433     1,313     (191 )   4,109     494     953     (852 )
                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 5,539   $ 4,911   $ 3,282   $ 4,362   $ 2,383   $ 7,810   $ (160 )   1,829   $ (1,619 )
                                       

Net income (loss) per common share:

                                                       

Basic

  $ 0.14   $ 0.13   $ 0.09   $ 0.11   $ 0.06   $ 0.20   $ 0.00   $ 0.05   $ (0.04 )

Diluted

  $ 0.14   $ 0.13   $ 0.08   $ 0.11   $ 0.06   $ 0.20   $ 0.00   $ 0.05   $ (0.04 )

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per common share:

                                                       

Basic

    38,516     38,540     38,598     38,668     38,707     38,708     38,709     38,724     39,797  

Diluted

    39,095     39,105     38,848     38,836     38,845     38,847     38,709     39,141     39,797  

93


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

              Our primary uses of cash are to fund working capital requirements, product development costs, operating expenses, commercialization activities related to our products and product candidates and potential strategic acquisitions of complementary companies, products and technologies. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, our product sales and borrowing activities produced sufficient liquidity for our operations and growth. As of March 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $52.1 million and $29.4 million of outstanding borrowings under our credit facilities. We expect that our current cash balances, cash provided by operating activities and borrowing capacity under our existing lines of credit will be sufficient to fund our operations for the next 12 months. Sales from our enoxaparin product were $145.9 million and $26.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, comprising 64% and 57%, respectively, of our total net revenues. Significant changes in sales of enoxaparin will likely have a significant effect on our overall financial position.

              We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, funding the development of our product candidates, investing in equipment and facilities to accommodate new product development and working capital. See "Use of Proceeds."

Cash Flows

Overview

              The following table summarizes the key elements of our financial position as of December 31, 2012, 2013 and March 31, 2014.

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments

  $ 52,101   $ 54,912   $ 53,460  

Working capital

    105,615     107,569     104,477  

Total assets

    317,477     338,748     345,109  

Long-term debt and capital leases, including current portion

    38,002     32,173     41,500  

              The following table summarizes our cash flows used in operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Statement of Cash Flow Data:

                               

Net cash provided by (used in)

                               

Operating activities

  $ 19,096   $ (1,650 ) $ 31,042   $ 1,527   $ (5,835 )

Investing activities

    (10,535 )   (25,112 )   (18,298 )   (7,123 )   (4,797 )

Financing activities

    (8,576 )   23,237     (9,370 )   9,542     9,180  
                       

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ (15 ) $ (3,525 ) $ 3,374   $ 3,946   $ (1,452 )
                       

94


Table of Contents

Sources and Uses of Cash

      Operating Activities

              Net cash provided by operating activities was $19.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, which included net income of $7.8 million and non-cash items comprised of $11.2 million of depreciation and amortization and $8.0 million of share-based compensation expense, and an increase of $28.1 million in working capital. This was partially offset by changes of $29.7 million in net deferred tax assets primarily due to the release of the entire valuation allowance and $6.3 million in reserve for income taxes primarily due to the reversal of a reserve for an uncertain tax position, as a result of the expiration of the statute of limitations.

              Net cash used in operating activities was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, which included net income of $18.1 million and non-cash items comprised of $11.5 million of depreciation and amortization, $7.4 million of share-based compensation expense, $2.1 million of impairment of long-lived assets and a $8.3 million change in deferred taxes and other tax related items. This is offset by a decrease of $49.1 million from changes in other operating assets and liabilities, primarily as a result of the increase in accounts receivable and inventory.

              Net cash provided by operating activities was $31.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, which included net income of $11.9 million and non-cash items comprised of $13.1 million of depreciation and amortization, $7.0 million of share-based compensation expense, and a $2.1 million change in deferred taxes and other tax related items. This is partially offset by a decrease of $3.1 million from changes in other operating assets and liabilities.

              Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, which included net income of $2.4 million and non cash items comprised of $3.0 million of depreciation and amortization, and $1.6 million of share based compensation expense. This is partially offset by a decrease of $5.5 million from changes in other operating assets and liabilities.

              Net cash used in operating activities was $5.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, which included a net loss of $1.6 million and non cash items comprised of $3.4 million of depreciation and amortization, $0.2 million of impairment of long-lived assets, and $1.6 million of share based compensation expense. This is offset by a decrease of $9.4 million from changes in other operating assets and liabilities, which is primarily due to an increase in enoxaparin inventory.

      Investing Activities

              Net cash used in investing activities of $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily related to purchases of machinery and equipment, including the associated capitalized labor and interest on self-constructed assets.

              Net cash used in investing activities of $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily related to $23.6 million in purchases of property, machinery and equipment, including the associated capitalized labor and interest on self-constructed assets, and $1.5 million in the purchase of intangible assets related to land-use rights.

              Net cash used in investing activities of $18.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily related to $18.3 million in purchases of property, machinery and equipment, including the associated capitalized labor and interest on self-constructed assets. Also, $0.5 million in deposits were made for machinery and equipment. Additionally, $0.5 million in sales of short term investments were related to a decrease in the required amount of restricted cash needed to collateralize a stand-by letter of credit for a workers' compensation insurance policy.

95


Table of Contents

              Net cash used in investing activities of $7.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013 primarily related to $6.4 million in purchases of property, machinery and equipment, including the associated capitalized labor and interest on self constructed assets. Additionally, $0.7 million in deposits were made for machinery and equipment.

              Net cash used in investing activities of $4.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014 primarily related to $4.2 million in purchases of property, machinery and equipment, including the associated capitalized labor and interest on self constructed assets. Also, $0.6 million in deposits were made for machinery and equipment.

      Financing Activities

              Net cash used in financing activities of $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily related to an aggregate of $5.9 million in principal payments on long-term debt and $1.0 million in tax benefit of stock options exercised. In the year ended December 31, 2011, we repurchased $1.8 million of our stock related to employee grants. The purpose of the stock repurchase was to buy back a quantity of shares with a value equal to the minimum tax withholdings required from the stock option exercises and the delivery of deferred stock unit shares.

              Net cash provided by financing activities of $23.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 primarily related to $54.0 million in additional borrowing from our line of credit. This was partially offset by $29.3 million in repayments related to our line of credit, $0.9 million in principal payments on long-term debt and $0.6 million in payments on repurchases of common stock to cover employees' minimum payroll tax withholding requirements.

              Net cash used in financing activities of $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily related to $66.0 million in additional borrowing from our lines of credit. This is offset by $71.0 million in repayments related to our line of credit, $2.2 million in principal payments made on long-term debt, $1.4 million in IPO-related expenditures and $0.6 million relating to tax benefit of options exercised.

              Net cash provided by financing activities was $9.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 primarily related to $20.0 million in additional borrowing from our lines of credit. This is offset by $10.0 million in repayments related to our line of credit, $0.3 million in principal payments made on long term debt, and $0.2 million in IPO related expenditures.

              Net cash provided by financing activities of $9.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 primarily related to $25.0 million in additional borrowing from our lines of credit. This is offset by $15.0 million in repayments related to our line of credit, $0.6 million in principal payments made on long term debt, and $0.2 million in IPO related expenditures.

Indebtedness

Line of Credit Facility—Due March 2016

              In March 2012, we entered into a $10.0 million line of credit facility with East West Bank. Borrowings under the facility are secured by inventory and accounts receivable. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at the prime rate as published by The Wall Street Journal . This facility was to mature in July 2014. In April 2014, we extended the maturity date to March 2016. As of March 31, 2014, we had $10.0 million outstanding under this facility.

Revolving line of Credit—Due May 2016

              In April 2012, we entered into a $20.0 million revolving line of credit facility with Cathay Bank. Borrowings under the facility are secured by inventory, accounts receivables, and intangibles held by us.

96


Table of Contents

The facility bears interest at the prime rate as published by The Wall Street Journal with a minimum interest rate of 4.00%. This revolving line of credit was to mature in May 2014. In April 2014, we modified the facility to extend the maturity date to May 2016. As of March 31, 2014, we had $15.0 million outstanding under this facility.

Line of Credit Facility—Due January 2019

              In July 2013, we entered into a $8.0 million line of credit facility with East West Bank. Borrowings under the facility are secured by equipment. We will pay monthly interest-only payments on the loan until January 2015, after which we begin making 48 monthly principal and interest payments. The facility bears interest at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal plus 0.25% and matures in January 2019. As of March 31, 2014, we did not have any amounts outstanding under this facility.

Financial Covenants under Lines of Credit

              At December 31, 2012, 2013 and March 31, 2014, we were in compliance with our debt covenants, which include a minimum current ratio, minimum debt service coverage, minimum tangible net worth and maximum debt-to-effective-tangible-net-worth ratio, computed on a consolidated basis in some instances and on a separate-company basis in others.

Weighted-Average Interest Rates Under Lines of Credit

              The weighted-average interest rate on lines of credit as of December 31, 2012, 2013 and March 31, 2014 were 4.4%, 4.1% and 3.7%, respectively.

Acquisition Loan with Cathay Bank—Due April 2019

              On April 22, 2014, in conjunction with our acquisition of Merck's API manufacturing business in Éragny-sur-Epte, France, we entered into a secured term loan with Cathay Bank as lender. The principal amount of the loan is $21.9 million and bears a variable interest rate at the prime rate as published by The Wall Street Journal , with a minimum interest rate of 4.00%. Beginning on June 1, 2014 and through the maturity date, April 22, 2019, we must make monthly payments of principal and interest equal to the then outstanding amount of the loan amortized over a 120-month period. On April 22, 2019, all amounts outstanding under the loan become due and payable, which would be approximately $12.0 million based upon an interest rate of 4.00%. The loan is secured by 65% of the issued and outstanding shares of stock in Amphastar France Pharmaceuticals SAS, or AFP, a subsidiary we established in France in order to facilitate the acquisition, and certain assets of ours, including accounts receivable, inventory, certain investment property, goods, deposit accounts and general intangibles but not including our equipment and real property.

              The loan includes customary restrictions on, among other things, our ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends in cash or make other distributions in cash, make certain investments, acquire other companies, create liens, sell assets and make loans. The loan also contains customary financial covenants, computed on a consolidated basis, which include a minimum tangible net worth, a maximum total liabilities to tangible net worth ratio, a minimum current ratio, a minimum profitability and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio.

              The loan also includes customary events of defaults, the occurrence and continuation of any of which provide Cathay Bank the right to exercise remedies against us and the collateral securing the loan. These events of default include, among other things, our failure to pay any amounts due under the loan, our insolvency, the occurrence of any default under certain other indebtedness or material agreements and a final judgment against us that is not discharged in 30-days.

97


Table of Contents

Agreements with Corporate Partners

              In May 2005, we entered into an agreement to grant certain exclusive marketing rights for our enoxaparin product to Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Andrx, which generally extends to the U.S. retail pharmacy market. To obtain such rights, Andrx made a non-refundable, upfront payment of $4.5 million to us upon execution of the agreement. Under the agreement, we are paid a fixed cost per unit sold to Andrx and also receive a percentage between 50% and 55% of the gross profits from Andrx's sales of the product in the U.S. retail pharmacy market. In November 2006, Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Watson, acquired Andrx and all of the rights and obligations associated with the agreement. The $4.5 million upfront payment is classified as deferred revenues on our December 31, 2011 consolidated balance sheet as there had been no sales of our enoxaparin product through December 31, 2011. In January 2013, Watson adopted Actavis as its new global name. The agreement has a term that expires in January 2019 and can be extended by Actavis for an additional three years. The agreement may only be terminated prior to the end of the term by either party in the case of a breach of contract or insolvency of the other party, by us if Actavis fails to purchase a minimum number of units and by Actavis if an infringement claim is made against Actavis.

              We manufacture our enoxaparin product for the retail market according to demand specifications of Actavis. Upon shipment of enoxaparin to Actavis, we recognize product sales at an agreed transfer price and record the related cost of products sold. Based on the terms of our distribution agreement with Actavis, we are entitled to a share of the ultimate profits based on the eventual net revenue from enoxaparin sales by Actavis to the end user less the agreed transfer price originally paid to us by Actavis. Actavis provides us with a quarterly sales report that calculates our share of Actavis' enoxaparin gross profit. We record our share of Actavis' gross profit as a component of net revenue.

Contractual Obligations

              Set forth below are our contractual payment obligations (including interest obligations but excluding intercompany obligations) as of December 31, 2013:

Contractual Obligations(1)
  Total   Less than 1 year   1 - 3 years   3 - 5 years   More than 5 years  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Long-term debt(2)

  $ 31,862   $ 22,325   $ 9,105   $ 432   $  

Operating leases

    4,993     2,750     1,970     273      

Capital leases

    1,438     357     632     449      

Facility construction in Nanjing, China(3)

    15,000         15,000          

Purchase obligations(4)

    15,068     15,068              
                       

  $ 68,361   $ 40,500   $ 26,707   $ 1,154   $  
                       

(1)
The table above excludes (i) our liability for uncertain tax position of $4.2 million because the timing of any related payments cannot be reasonably estimated and (ii) any obligations pertaining to our April 30, 2014 acquisition of an API manufacturing business in Éragny-sur-Epte, France.

(2)
Long-term debt includes accrued and unpaid interest. As of December 31, 2013, the weighted average interest rate on our long-term debt was 4.6%.

(3)
Obligation to develop a facility in Nanjing, China. Please see "—Investment in China" below for further discussion.

(4)
The purchase obligations principally relate to inventory and pharmaceutical manufacturing and laboratory equipment. We anticipate meeting these purchase obligations through a combination

98


Table of Contents

      of cash on hand, future cash flows from operations and debt and lease facilities. We have made deposits related to equipment purchases on these obligations totaling $14.1 million as of December 31, 2013.

      Investment in China

                    We entered into agreements with a Chinese governmental entity to acquire land-use rights to real property in Nanjing, China. Under the terms of these agreements, we are obligated to invest capital in our wholly-owned subsidiary, Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd., or ANP, and to develop these properties as a manufacturing facility. In conjunction with these agreements, ANP modified its business license on July 3, 2012 to increase its authorized capital. As of March 31, 2014, we have invested approximately $37.8 million in ANP of its registered capital commitment of $61.0 million. We are obligated to invest an additional $23.2 million in ANP, which is due by September 2014. This requirement to invest in China will result in cash being transferred from Amphastar to ANP.

                    Per these agreements, in January 2010 we acquired certain land-use rights with a carrying value of $1.2 million. In addition, we purchased additional land-use rights in November 2012 for $1.3 million. We are committed to spend approximately $15.0 million in land development. The agreements require the construction of fixed assets on the property and specified a timetable for the construction of these fixed assets. The current pace of development of the property is behind the schedule described in the purchase agreement and, per the purchase agreement, potential monetary penalties could result if the development is delayed or not completed in accordance with the guidelines stated in the purchase agreements. We are currently engaged in ongoing discussions with the Chinese governmental entity regarding the investment and the development of the properties. We believe that the Chinese governmental entity will accept our development plans for ANP.

      Anticipated Liquidity

                    We expect our cash requirements to increase significantly in the foreseeable future as we move forward with our product candidates, pursue strategic acquisitions of businesses or assets and as we sponsor clinical trials for, seek regulatory approvals of, and develop, manufacture and market our current development-stage product candidates.

                    We expect that cash flows from ongoing operations borrowing capacity under our existing lines of credit will enable us to meet our obligations as they become due in the next 12 months and in the foreseeable future, including scheduled debt and lease payments. We expect additional cash flows to be generated in the longer term from future product introductions, although there can be no assurance as to the regulatory approval for any product candidates we are developing or the timing of any product introductions, which could be lengthy.

      Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

                    We do not have any relationships or financial partnerships with unconsolidated entities, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. In addition, we do not engage in trading activities involving non-exchange traded contracts.

      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

      Interest Rate Risk

                    Our primary exposure to market risk is interest-rate-sensitive investments and credit facilities, which are affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. Due to the nature of our

99


Table of Contents

      short-term investments (i.e., certificates of deposit), we believe that we are not subject to any material interest rate risk with these investments.

                    As of December 31, 2013, we had $32.2 million in long-term debt and capital leases outstanding. Of this amount, $26.3 million had variable interest rates with a weighted average interest rate of 4.0% at December 31, 2013. A 1% (100 basis points) increase in the index underlying these rates would increase our annual interest expense on the variable-rate debt by approximately $0.3 million per year. As of March 31, 2014, we had $41.5 million in long term debt and capital leases outstanding. Of this amount, $35.7 million had variable interest rates with a weighted average interest rate of 3.8% at March 31, 2014. A 1% (100 basis points) increase in the index underlying these rates would increase our annual interest expense on the variable rate debt by approximately $0.4 million per year.

      Foreign Currency Rate Risk

                    Historically, less than 1% of our sales come from outside the U.S. All foreign sales have been negotiated with payment terms in Canadian dollars. Therefore, we have limited exposure to foreign currency price fluctuation. Further, we have no derivative financial instruments.

                    Our Chinese subsidiary, ANP, maintains their books of record in Chinese Yuan, or CNY. These books are remeasured into the functional currency of U.S. dollars, or USD, using the current or historical exchange rates. The resulting currency re-measurement adjustments and other transactional foreign exchange gains and losses are reflected in our statement of operations.

                    Our French subsidiary, AFP, will maintain their books of record in Euros. These books are remeasured into the functional currency of USD using the current or historical exchange rates. The resulting currency re-measurement adjustments and other transactional foreign exchange gains and losses will be reflected in our statement of operations.

                    We have no comprehensive income (loss) adjustments related to foreign currency translation because ANP's functional and reporting currency are both, and AFP's functional and reporting currency will both be, denominated in USD. Additionally, we do not undertake hedging transactions to cover our foreign currency exposure.

                    As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, ANP had receivables denominated in CNY in the amount of U.S. $5.6 million and U.S. $4.3 million, respectively.

100


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

              We are a specialty pharmaceutical company that focuses primarily on developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling technically-challenging generic and proprietary injectable and inhalation products. We currently manufacture and sell 15 products in the U.S. and are developing a portfolio of 13 generic and seven proprietary injectable and inhalation product candidates. We have achieved profitability for each of the past three years. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recorded net revenues of $229.7 million and $45.9 million, respectively. We recorded net income of $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and a net loss of $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

              Our largest product by net revenues is currently enoxaparin sodium injection, the generic equivalent of Sanofi S.A.'s Lovenox. Enoxaparin is a difficult to manufacture injectable form of low molecular weight heparin that is used as an anticoagulant and is indicated for multiple indications including the prevention and treatment of deep vein thrombosis. We commenced sales of our enoxaparin product in January 2012, and for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 we recognized net revenues from the sale of our enoxaparin product of $145.9 million and $26.1 million, respectively. We believe that our enoxaparin product demonstrates our capabilities in characterizing complex molecules (which is a process that involves a determination of physiochemical properties, biological activity, immunochemical properties and purity), developing therapeutically equivalent generic versions of drugs with large, complex molecules and overcoming numerous regulatory hurdles.

              In addition to our currently marketed products, we have a robust pipeline of 20 generic and proprietary product candidates in various stages of development which target a variety of indications. With respect to these product candidates, we have filed three abbreviated new drug applications, one new drug application, or NDA, and one NDA supplement with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA.

              Our product candidate, Primatene Mist HFA, an over the counter epinephrine inhalation product, is intended to be used for the temporary relief of mild asthma symptoms and has received a Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, date in May 2014. A PDUFA date sets the target date for the FDA to complete its review of an NDA. Our Amphadase product candidate is a bovine sourced hyaluronidase injection. We received approval of our NDA from the FDA for Amphadase in 2004, but discontinued the product in 2009 due to lack of active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, supply. We filed an NDA supplement in December 2013 to qualify our own manufactured API. There is no assurance that we will receive approval for these or any of our other product candidates.

              Our multiple technological capabilities enable the development of technically-challenging products. These capabilities include characterizing complex molecules, analyzing peptides and proteins, conducting immunogenicity studies, engineering particles and improving drug delivery through sustained-release technology. These technological capabilities have enabled us to produce bioequivalent versions of complex drugs and support the development and manufacture of a broad range of dosage formulations, including solutions, emulsions, suspensions and lyophilized products, as well as products administered via metered dose inhalers, or MDIs, and dry powder inhalers, or DPIs.

              Our primary strategic focus is to develop and commercialize products with high technical barriers to market entry. We are specifically focused on products that:

101


Table of Contents

              Not all of our products will include all of these characteristics. Moreover, we will opportunistically develop and commercialize product candidates with lower technical barriers to market entry if, for example, our existing supply chain and manufacturing infrastructure allow us to pursue a specific product candidate in a competitive and cost-effective manner.

              To complement our internal growth and expertise, we have made several strategic acquisitions of companies, products and technologies. These acquisitions collectively have strengthened our core injectable and inhalation product technology infrastructure by providing additional manufacturing, marketing and research and development capabilities including the ability to manufacture raw materials, APIs and other components for our products.

              On April 30, 2014, we completed our acquisition of Merck Sharpe & Dohme's, or Merck's, API manufacturing business in Éragny-sur-Epte, France, which manufactures porcine insulin API and recombinant human insulin API. The purchase price of the transaction totals 24.8 million Euros, or U.S. $34.4 million, subject to certain customary post-closing adjustments and currency exchange fluctuations. The terms of the purchase include multiple payments over four years as follows:

 
  Euros   U.S.
Dollars
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

At Closing, April 2014

    €13,252   $ 18,352  

December 2014

    4,866     6,738  

December 2015

    3,130     4,334  

December 2016

    3,093     4,284  

December 2017

    479     664  
           

    €24,820   $ 34,372  
           

              In order to facilitate the acquisition, we established a subsidiary in France, Amphastar France Pharmaceuticals SAS, or AFP. We will continue the current site manufacturing activities, which consist of the manufacturing and sale of porcine insulin API and recombinant human insulin API. As part of the transaction, we have entered into various additional agreements, including various supply agreements, as well as the assignment and licensing of patents Merck was operating under at this facility. In addition, certain existing customer agreements have been assigned to AFP. We financed the closing payment under the Merck acquisition with a secured term loan with Cathay Bank as lender.

Our Markets

              We primarily target products with high technical barriers to market entry, with a particular focus on the injectable and inhalation markets.

102


Table of Contents

Our Strengths

              We have built our company by integrating the following capabilities and strengths that we believe enable us to compete effectively in the pharmaceutical industry:

103


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

              Our goal is to be an industry leader in the development, manufacturing and marketing of technically-challenging injectable and inhalation pharmaceutical products. To achieve this goal, we are pursuing the following key strategies:

104


Table of Contents

Our Technical Capabilities

              We develop, manufacture, market and sell generic and proprietary products targeting injectable and inhalation markets.

              We have advanced capabilities that enable us to focus on developing technically-challenging products.

105


Table of Contents

Our Marketed Products

              We currently manufacture and sell 15 products. The following is a description of products in our existing portfolio.

Enoxaparin

              Enoxaparin is a difficult to manufacture injectable form of low molecular weight heparin that is used as an anticoagulant which is indicated for multiple indications, including the prevention and treatment of deep vein thrombosis. Enoxaparin is difficult to produce in part because the API is not easily obtained or manufactured. We manufacture the API for our enoxaparin product and perform all subsequent manufacturing of the finished product in-house. We believe that it will be difficult for other companies to obtain or manufacture the API and prove "sameness." In January 2012, we commenced sales of our enoxaparin product. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recorded net revenues from enoxaparin of $145.9 million and $26.1 million, respectively.

106


Table of Contents

Other Marketed Products

              We have 14 other products that we currently market. Other marketed products include Cortrosyn (cosyntropin for injection), a lyophilized powder that is indicated for use as a diagnostic agent in the screening of patients with adrenocortical insufficiency, lidocaine jelly, a local anesthetic product used primarily for urological procedures and our portfolio of emergency syringe products, which include critical care drugs, such as atropine, calcium chloride, dextrose, epinephrine, lidocaine, naloxone and sodium bicarbonate, which are provided in pre-filled syringes and are designed for emergency use in hospital settings. We also manufacture and sell phytonadione injection for newborn use, lidocaine topical solution for use as a local anesthetic, morphine, epinephrine in vial form and a lorazepam injection. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, we recorded net revenues from these other marketed products of $83.8 million and $19.8 million, respectively.

Our Product Candidates

              We seek to develop product candidates with high technical barriers to market entry that leverage our technical capabilities and competitive advantages. We are focused on injectable and inhalable product candidates in categories that include both generics and proprietary products. The product candidates in our pipeline are in various stages of development, with a number of these candidates still in early stages of development. We currently have 20 product candidates in our pipeline, including 13 generic product candidates and seven proprietary product candidates.

              The development, regulatory approval for and commercialization of our product candidates are subject to numerous risks. See "Risk Factors" for additional information.

Generic Product Candidates

              We generally employ a strategy of developing generic product candidates that possess a combination of factors that present technical barriers, including difficult formulations, complex characterizations, difficult manufacturing requirements and/or limited availability of raw materials that we believe will make these product candidates less susceptible to competition and pricing pressure. We currently have 13 generic product candidates at various development stages that leverage our various technical capabilities, including:

              The following table summarizes our current portfolio of 13 generic product candidates in development.

GRAPHIC

107


Table of Contents

              Our generic product candidates are at various stages of development, ranging from early formulation work to bioequivalence studies or the filing of an ANDA. Of these product candidates, five are in early stage development prior to bioequivalence studies.

Proprietary Product Candidates

              Our integrated technical skills and expertise provide a strong basis for the development of proprietary drug candidates. These skills include new chemical entity assessment, synthesis technology, formulation development, characterization analysis and immunogenicity studies, among others.

              With respect to our proprietary pipeline strategy, we currently have seven proprietary drug candidates at various development stages that leverage our various technical capabilities. The following table summarizes our late-stage proprietary product candidates.

GRAPHIC

              Primatene Mist HFA, an over the counter epinephrine inhalation product candidate, is intended to be used for the temporary relief of occasional symptoms of mild asthma. We developed Primatene Mist HFA to replace the over the counter CFC formulation of our Primatene Mist product. We acquired the exclusive rights to the trademark, domain name, website and domestic marketing, distribution and selling rights related to Primatene Mist, and the associated CFC inventory, from Wyeth Consumer Healthcare Division in 2008 for $33.1 million. At the time of the transaction the Environmental Protection Agency was reviewing a possible ban on all CFC formulated products. In our first full year of sales of the CFC formulation of Primatene Mist, we generated cash flows from sales of the product in excess of the purchase price. We filed an investigational new drug application, or IND, for Primatene Mist HFA for mild intermittent asthma in October 2009. We filed an NDA for Primatene Mist HFA in 2013 and we have received a PDUFA date in May 2014. However, in February 2014, the FDA held a joint meeting of the Nonprescription Drugs Advisory Committee and its Pulmonary Allergy Drugs Advisory Committee, which we refer to as the Committee, to discuss the NDA for Primatene Mist HFA. The Committee voted 14 to 10 that the data in the NDA supported efficacy, but voted 17 to 7 that safety had not been established for the intended use. The Committee also voted 18 to 6 that the product did not have a favorable risk-benefit profile for the intended use, and individual Committee members provided recommendations for resolving their concerns. Although the FDA is not required to follow the recommendations of its advisory committees, it usually does. Were the FDA to accept the Committee's view that our NDA submission for Primatene Mist HFA fails to establish the drug's safety or does not have a favorable risk-benefit profile for the intended use, the FDA would not be expected to approve the NDA for Primatene Mist HFA based on our current data. We nevertheless continue to believe our data supports a favorable risk-benefit profile for the product candidate and we intend to continue to engage in dialogue with the FDA in support of approval; however, there can be no guarantee that we will be able to obtain approval without having to conduct extensive new clinical trials and consumer user studies, that we will obtain such approval in a timely manner or that we will obtain approval at all.

108


Table of Contents

              Amphadase is a bovine sourced hyaluronidase injection. Other formulations of hyaluronidase injection include Vitrase and Hylenex which are marketed by Bausch & Lomb and Halozyme, respectively. We received our NDA approval for Amphadase in 2004, but we discontinued the product in 2009 due to lack of API supply. We filed an IND in February 2004 for Amphadase as an adjuvant in subcutaneous fluid administration for achieving hydration, to increase absorption and dispersion of other injected drugs, and in subcutaneous urography for improving resorption of radiopaque agents. We reactivated this IND in April 2012 to allow studies of the new API to be supplied by IMS. We filed an NDA supplement in December 2013 to qualify such API.

              In addition to the late-stage product candidates described above, we have five proprietary product candidates, which include two new chemical entity drug candidates, at earlier stages of development. These proprietary product candidates target indications including diabetes, asthma, anticoagulants, osteoporosis and Alzheimer's disease. These product candidates incorporate a wide variety of our technical capabilities, such as particle engineering, sustained-release technology and peptide and protein analysis and utilize our inhalation and injectable delivery technologies. Because of the early stage of development of these proprietary product candidates, we anticipate that it will be several years before we make any FDA regulatory filings or commence clinical trials with respect to these candidates.

Research and Development

              We have approximately 226 employees dedicated to research and development with expertise in areas such as pharmaceutical formulation, process development, toxicity study, analytical, synthetic and physical chemistry, drug delivery, device development, equipment and engineering, clinical research statistical analysis, etc. Our focus on developing products with high barriers to market entry requires a significant investment in research and development, including clinical development. In particular, developing proprietary products that are reformulations of existing proprietary compounds often requires clinical trials to gain regulatory approval. We have a team dedicated to designing and managing clinical trials. We have successfully completed several clinical trials for some of our product candidates and are in the process of planning clinical trials for other product candidates under development.

              We have made, and will continue to make, substantial investments in research and development. Research and development costs for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 were $31.0 million, $31.2 million and $33.0 million, respectively, which represent 26%, 15% and 14% of our net revenues for that period, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2014, research and development costs were $6.2 million, which represent 14% of our net revenues for that period.

Manufacturing and Facilities

              Our manufacturing facilities are located in Rancho Cucamonga and South El Monte, California; Canton, Massachusetts; Éragny-sur-Epte, France; and Nanjing, China. We own or lease a total of 52 buildings at six locations in the U.S., France and China, that comprise 1.26 million square feet of manufacturing, research and development, distribution, packaging, laboratory, office and warehouse space. Our facilities are regularly inspected by the FDA in connection with our product approvals, and we believe that all of our facilities are being operated in material compliance with the FDA's cGMP regulations.

109


Table of Contents

              We are currently expanding our facility in Nanjing, China and we expect that the investment in expanding our facility in China will require a total of up to approximately $15.0 million. We currently have contractual commitments with third parties obligating us to undertake this investment.

              We recently acquired Merck's API manufacturing business in Éragny-sur-Epte, France, which manufactures porcine insulin API and recombinant human insulin API, and expect to continue the current site activities.

              The following table provides a summary of our owned properties:

Location
  Aggregate
Facility Size
(in square feet)
  Primary Use

Rancho Cucamonga, CA

    258,802   Headquarters, research and development, laboratories, manufacturing, packaging, warehousing and administration offices

Éragny-sur-Epte, France

    251,983   Manufacturing, laboratories, warehousing and administration offices

Canton, MA

    251,750   Manufacturing, packaging, warehousing, distribution and administration offices

Chino, CA(1)

    57,968   Research and development and laboratories

South El Monte, CA

    10,000   Manufacturing

(1)
In October 2012, we purchased a building in Chino, California that we had originally leased from MicroScience Institute, a related-party, for $7.4 million.

              The properties leased by us have expiration dates ranging from 2014 to 2025 (including certain renewal options). The following table provides a summary of our leased properties:

Location
  Aggregate
Facility Size
(in square feet)
  Primary Use

Nanjing, China

    43,023   Procurement, manufacturing, laboratories and administration offices

Rancho Cucamonga, CA

    94,545   Warehousing, distribution and administration offices

South El Monte, CA

    295,258   Manufacturing, packaging, warehousing, distribution and administration offices

              We believe that our current manufacturing capacity is adequate for the near term. We have in the past approached capacity at one of our facilities largely as a result of the FDA's request that we reintroduce certain previously discontinued products to help cope with a nation-wide shortage of these products. We believe that these capacity issues have been ameliorated as a result of certain other manufacturers re-entering the market and increasing the production of the products that were subject to the shortage.

Raw Material and Other Suppliers

              We depend on suppliers for raw materials, APIs and other components that are subject to stringent FDA requirements. In some cases, we obtain raw materials, components or API used in certain of our products from single sources. Currently we obtain the starting material, heparin USP, for our enoxaparin product, epinephrine for our Primatene Mist HFA product candidate and API for certain of our other marketed products from single sources. If we experience difficulties acquiring sufficient quantities of required materials or products from our existing suppliers, or if our suppliers are found to be non-compliant with the FDA's quality system regulation, or QSR, cGMPs or other

110


Table of Contents

applicable laws or regulations, we would be required to find alternative suppliers. Obtaining the required regulatory approvals to use alternative suppliers may be a lengthy and uncertain process during which we could lose sales. If our primary suppliers become unable or unwilling to perform, we could experience protracted delays or interruptions in the supply of materials which would ultimately delay our manufacture of products for commercial sale, which could materially and adversely affect our development programs, commercial activities, operating results and financial condition.

              If our suppliers encounter problems during manufacturing, establishing additional or replacement suppliers for these materials may take a substantial period of time, as suppliers must be approved by the FDA. Further, a significant portion of our raw materials may be available only from foreign sources, which are subject to the special risks of doing business abroad. For example, heparin USP is the starting material for the production of the API in our enoxaparin product. We have established a supply chain for heparin that originates in China and have implemented validated technology processes designed to screen and test incoming starting material, which includes methods currently required by the FDA. However, the FDA has required companies importing heparin to test imported heparin using specific screening methods to detect certain contaminants and it has increased its scrutiny of Chinese facilities that produce heparin for the U.S. market. For example, in August 2008, the FDA inspected two facilities in China belonging to suppliers in our heparin supply chain and issued warning letters, one of which needed to be resolved as a precondition to approving the ANDA for our enoxaparin product candidate in September 2011. If our ANP subsidiary is qualified by the FDA, we plan to have this entity provide us with starting materials for the manufacture of API for enoxaparin. We also plan to have our IMS subsidiary eventually manufacture APIs for not only enoxaparin, but also our other products and product candidates. In May 2013 our single source supplier of epinephrine received a warning letter from the FDA relating to the facility where epinephrine is manufactured. If this supplier is not successful in resolving, in a timely manner, the issues raised by the FDA in its warning letter, we may be unable to obtain approval to market Primatene Mist HFA from the FDA on the anticipated timeline and we may have difficulty in obtaining sufficient quantities of epinephrine API to support our expected launch and related commercialization activities for Primatene Mist HFA.

Sales and Marketing

              Our products are primarily marketed and sold to hospitals, long-term care facilities, alternate care sites, clinics and doctors' offices. Most of these facilities are members of one or more group purchasing organizations, which negotiate collective purchasing agreements on behalf of their members. These facilities purchase products through specialty distributors and wholesalers. We have relationships with the major group purchasing organizations in the U.S. We also have relationships with major specialty distributors, wholesalers and retailers who distribute pharmaceutical products nationwide. The

111


Table of Contents

following table provides information regarding the percentage of our net revenues that is derived from each of our major customers and partners:

 
  % of Net Revenues
Year Ended
December 31,
  % of Net
Revenues
Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Actavis, Inc.(1)(2)

        35 %   35 %   34 %   30 %

AmerisourceBergen Corporation

    13 %   14 %   15 %   15 %   15 %

Cardinal Health, Inc. 

    13 %   13 %   13 %   15 %   15 %

McKesson Corporation

    14 %   27 %   26 %   25 %   28 %

Wal-Mart(3)

    13 %                

Walgreens(3)

    8 %                

(1)
Previously Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(2)
In 2012, Actavis Inc., or Actavis, began purchasing enoxaparin under a distribution agreement.

(3)
Sales to these customers ceased due to the discontinuance of our CFC formulation of our Primatene Mist product. We have filed an NDA in 2013 and have received a PDUFA date in May 2014 for the HFA version of Primatene Mist.

              Our marketing department is responsible for establishing and maintaining contracts and relationships with the group purchasing organizations, distributors, retailers, wholesalers and, occasionally, directly to hospitals or long-term care facilities. One or more of our proprietary product candidates may require deployment of a sales force either directly or through a strategic partner.

              Under an agreement with Actavis we are paid a fixed cost per unit of our enoxaparin product sold to Actavis and also share in the gross profits from Actavis' sales of the product in the U.S. retail pharmacy market. We may enter into similar agreements with distributors or strategic partners in the future.

Competition

              The majority of our marketed products are generic products. We face and will face significant competition for our products and product candidates from pharmaceutical companies that focus on the generic injectable and inhalation markets such as Hospira, Inc., Akorn, Inc., Sandoz Inc., Mylan Inc. and Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. Competition in the generic pharmaceutical industry has increased as producers of branded products have entered the business by creating generic drug subsidiaries, purchasing generic drug companies, or licensing their products to generic manufacturers prior to patent expiration and/or as their patents expire. Therefore, our competitors also include the innovator companies of our generic drug products. For example, enoxaparin is currently marketed by Sanofi, under the brand name Lovenox. Sanofi also markets their authorized generic enoxaparin product through their subsidiary, Winthrop. Sandoz also markets a generic version of enoxaparin. Teva and Hospira have filed ANDAs with the FDA for approval of their generic versions of enoxaparin.

              Similarly, we will face significant competition for our proprietary product candidates. Our competitors vary depending upon product categories, and within each product category, upon dosage strengths and drug-delivery systems. Based on total assets, annual revenues and market capitalization, we are smaller than many of our national and international competitors with respect to both our generic and proprietary products and product candidates. Many of our competitors have been in

112


Table of Contents

business for a longer period of time, have a greater number of products on the market and have greater financial and other resources than we do. It is also possible that developments by our competitors will make our generic or proprietary products and product candidates noncompetitive or obsolete.

              For pharmaceutical companies, the most important competitive factors are scope of product line, ability to timely develop new products and relationships with group purchasing organizations, retailers, wholesalers and customers. Sales of generic pharmaceutical products tend to follow a pattern based on regulatory and competitive factors. As patents for brand-name products and related exclusivity periods expire, the first generic pharmaceutical manufacturer to receive regulatory approval for generic versions of products is typically able to achieve significant market penetration and higher margins. As competing generic manufacturers receive regulatory approval on the same products, market size, revenue and gross profit typically decline. The level of market share and price will be affected, which will in turn affect the revenue and gross profit attributable to a particular generic pharmaceutical product. This impact is normally related to the number of competitors in that product's market and the timing of that product's regulatory approval. We must develop and introduce new products in a timely and cost-effective manner and identify products with significant barriers to market entry in order to grow our business.

Government Regulation and Price Constraints

In the United States

      General

              Pharmaceutical companies and their prescription brand and generic pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive pre- and post-market regulation by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FFDCA, the Public Health Service Act of 1944, or PHSA, and regulations implementing those statutes, with regard to the testing, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, labeling, storage, record-keeping, advertising and promotion of such products, and by comparable agencies and laws in foreign countries. For many drugs (drugs falling within the definition of "new drug" in the FFDCA), FDA approval is required before the product can be marketed in the U.S. All applications for FDA approval must contain, among other things, comprehensive and scientifically reliable information relating to pharmaceutical formulation, stability, manufacturing, processing, packaging, labeling and quality control. These applications must also contain data and information related to safety, effectiveness, bioavailability and/or bioequivalence.

              In addition, many of our activities are subject to the jurisdiction of other federal regulatory and enforcement departments and agencies, such as the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, Office of the Inspector General, or OIG, the Federal Trade Commission (which also has the authority to regulate the advertising of consumer healthcare products, including OTC drugs), the Department of Justice, the Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA, the Veterans Administration, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services and the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Individual states, acting through their attorneys general, have become active as well, seeking to regulate the marketing of prescription drugs under state consumer protection and false advertising laws.

      Reimbursement Legislation

              Our sales are largely dependent upon the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payers, including federal, state and private organizations. Thus, our business may be significantly impacted by changes in coverage and reimbursement policies and legislation aimed at reducing health care payments from these payers.

113


Table of Contents

              To participate in the Medicaid program, pharmaceutical manufacturers must enter into a contract under which they remit a rebate, equal to a certain percentage of their revenue arising from Medicaid-reimbursed, qualifying outpatient drug sales to Medicaid recipients in the individual states. Under the drug rebate program, Medicaid covers the pharmaceutical manufacturer's FDA-approved drugs (with some exceptions).

      Recently Enacted Healthcare Reform

              In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, which we refer to collectively as "the Affordable Care Act," was enacted in the U.S. The provisions of the Affordable Care Act are effective on various dates. The principal provisions affecting us and the biopharmaceutical industry include:

    an increase, from 15.1% to 23.1%, of the reported Average Manufacturer Price, or AMP, in the minimum rebate on branded prescription drugs purchased by Medicaid beneficiaries (effective January 1, 2010);

    an increase from 11% to 13% of the AMP, for each of our generic products purchased by Medicaid beneficiaries;

    extension of Medicaid prescription drug rebates to drugs dispensed to enrollees in certain Medicaid Managed Care Organizations (effective March 23, 2010);

    expansion of the types of institutions eligible for the "Section 340B discounts" for outpatient drugs provided to hospitals serving a disproportionate share of low-income individuals and meeting the qualification criteria under Section 340B of the Public Health Service Act of 1944 (effective January 1, 2010);

    discounts on branded prescription drug sales to Medicare Part D participants who are in the Medicare "coverage gap," also known as the "doughnut hole" (effective January 1, 2011); and

    a fee payable to the federal government (which is not deductible for U.S. income tax purposes) based on our prior-calendar-year share relative to other companies of branded prescription drug sales to specified government programs (effective January 1, 2011, with the total fee to be paid each year by the pharmaceutical industry increasing annually through 2018).

      Changes in Marketing Activity Disclosure

              The Affordable Care Act expands the government's investigative and enforcement authority and increases the penalties for fraud and abuse, including amendments to both the False Claims Act and the Anti-Kickback Statute, to make it easier to bring suit under these statutes. The Affordable Care Act also allocates additional resources and tools for the government to police healthcare fraud, with expanded subpoena power for HHS, additional funding to investigate fraud and abuse across the healthcare system and expanded use of recovery audit contractors for enforcement.

              Starting in 2013, we and all other applicable pharmaceutical manufacturers are required to record any transfers of value made to doctors and teaching hospitals and to disclose such data to HHS. We timely filed this required disclosure to HHS, which was due no later than March 31, 2014. In addition to civil penalties for failure to report transfers of value to physicians or teaching hospitals, there will be criminal penalties if a manufacturer intentionally makes false statements in such reports. The payment data will be posted by HHS on a publicly available website.

114


Table of Contents

      Medicare

              Medicare Part B pays for a limited number of products, including certain drugs administered by physicians in their offices and some drugs administered during hospital outpatient encounters. Medicare pays for single source drugs (brands) covered under Medicare Part B at 104% of the average sales price, or ASP, of the product or, for new drugs that are not subject to ASP, the wholesale acquisition cost. Multiple source drugs (generics) covered under Medicare Part B are paid at 104% of the manufacturer's ASP, in both cases calculated by a formula that accounts for the ASP to purchasers of the product from the manufacturer. The Medicare reimbursement reflects a 2% reduction from earlier rates of 106% as a result of the automatic federal spending reductions (sequestration) which were recently extended through 2024 pursuant to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013, Pub. L. No. 113-67 as amended by Pub. L. 113-82 (Feb. 15, 2014).

              Medicare Part D went into effect on January 1, 2006. Elderly and disabled beneficiaries have access to the Medicare drug benefit through private plans approved by the federal government. Beneficiaries with low incomes and modest assets are eligible for assistance with Medicare Part D plan premiums and cost sharing

              The Affordable Care Act made some important changes to the Part D drug benefit, which include, in particular, phasing out the coverage gap by 2020. Prior to the Affordable Care Act, beneficiaries who reached a certain level of spending on prescription medications (the Medicare Part D coverage gap or "doughnut hole") had to pay 100% of the cost of their drugs until personal out-of-pocket spending reached a level qualifying them for catastrophic coverage. The Medicare Part D Coverage Gap Discount Program uses public and private funding to relieve the financial burden facing beneficiaries who fall into this coverage gap. Beginning in 2011, branded pharmaceutical companies paid 50% of the cost of the branded drugs in the gap and the government paid 7% of the cost of the generic drugs in the gap. As a result, rather than paying 100% of the total cost of their drugs when they reached the coverage gap, enrollees paid 50% of the total cost of branded drugs and 93% of the total cost of generic drugs. The contribution from the government for generic drugs grew to 14% in 2012, and will grow steadily over time until reaching 75% in 2020. In addition, starting in 2013, the 50% discount from branded pharmaceutical companies will be supplemented by a contribution from the government, which will also grow steadily over time until reaching 25% in 2020. That means that by 2020, enrollees will pay only 25% of the cost of their branded and generic drugs in the gap.

      Biosimilars

              As part of the Affordable Care Act, Congress also passed the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act, or BPCIA, which created a framework for the approval of biosimilars (also known as follow-on biologics). The BPCIA provided an abbreviated approval pathway for biosimilars based on approved biological reference drugs, as well as exclusivity and patent protections for the reference drug. The FDA is responsible for implementation of the legislation, which will require the FDA to address such key topics as the type, scope and quality of data needed to establish biosimilarity and to establish interchangeability with the reference product; the naming convention for biosimilars; the tracking and tracing of adverse events; and the acceptability of data using a non-U.S. licensed comparator to demonstrate biosimilarity and/or interchangeability with a U.S.-licensed reference product. The FDA has begun to address some of these issues with the February 2012 release of three draft guidance documents. Specifically, the FDA has clarified that biosimilar applicants may use a non-U.S. licensed comparator in certain studies to support a demonstration of biosimilarity to a U.S.-licensed reference product.

FDA Approval and Regulatory Considerations

              Prescription generic and branded pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA under the FFDCA and PHSA and regulations implementing those statutes, with regard to

115


Table of Contents

the testing, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, labeling, storage, record-keeping, advertising and promotion of such products, and regulation by other state, federal and foreign agencies under the laws that they enforce. For many drugs (drugs falling within the definition of "new drug" in the FFDCA), including the drugs in our current drug portfolio, FDA approval is required before marketing in the U.S. Applications for FDA drug approval must generally contain, among other things, information relating to pharmaceutical formulation, stability, manufacturing, processing, packaging, labeling, quality control and either safety and effectiveness or bioequivalence. There are two drug approval processes under the FFDCA—an ANDA approval process for generic drugs and an NDA approval process for new drugs that cannot be approved in ANDAs. For drugs that are "biological products" within the meaning of the PHSA, there are two different approval processes—a biological license application, or BLA, approval process for original biological products and a biosimilar application approval process for biosimilar products that are approved based on their similarity to biologicals that were previously approved in BLAs.

The ANDA Approval Process

              Our generic drug product candidates cannot be lawfully marketed unless we obtain FDA approval. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, commonly known as "the Hatch-Waxman Act," established abbreviated FDA approval procedures for drugs that are shown to be bioequivalent to drugs previously approved by the FDA through its NDA process, which are commonly referred to as the "innovator" or "reference" drugs. Approval to market and distribute these bioequivalent drugs is obtained by filing an ANDA with the FDA. An ANDA is a comprehensive submission that contains, among other things, data and information pertaining to the API, drug product formulation, specifications, stability, analytical methods, manufacturing process validation data, quality control procedures and bioequivalence. Rather than demonstrating safety and effectiveness, an ANDA applicant must demonstrate that its product is bioequivalent to an approved reference drug. In certain situations, an applicant may submit an ANDA for a product with a strength or dosage form that differs from a reference drug based upon FDA approval of an ANDA Suitability Petition. The FDA will approve an ANDA Suitability Petition if it finds that the product does not raise questions of safety and efficacy requiring new clinical data. ANDAs generally cannot be submitted for products that are not bioequivalent to the referenced drug or that are labeled for a use that is not approved for the reference drug. Applicants seeking to market such products can submit an NDA under Section 505(b)(2) of the FFDCA with supportive data from clinical trials.

              Upon approval of an NDA or ANDA, the FDA lists the product in a publication entitled "Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations," which is commonly known as the "Orange Book." In the case of an NDA, the FDA also lists patents identified by the NDA applicant as claiming the drug or an approved method of using the drug. Any applicant who files an ANDA must certify to the FDA with regard to each relevant patent that (1) no patent information has been submitted to the FDA; (2) the patent has expired; (3) the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or (4) the patent is invalid or will not be infringed upon by the manufacture, use or sale of the drug product for which the ANDA is submitted. This last certification is known as a Paragraph IV certification. A notice of the Paragraph IV certification must be provided to each owner of the patent that is the subject of the certification and to the holder of the approved NDA to which the ANDA refers. If the NDA holder submits the patent information to FDA prior to submission of the ANDA and the NDA holder or patent owner(s) sues the ANDA applicant for infringement within 45 days of its receipt of the certification notice, the FDA is prevented from approving that ANDA until the earlier of 30 months from the receipt of the notice of the Paragraph IV certification, the expiration of the patent or such shorter or longer period as may be ordered by a court. This prohibition is generally referred to as the 30-month stay. An ANDA applicant that is sued for infringement may file a counterclaim to challenge the listing of the patent or information submitted to FDA about the patent.

116


Table of Contents

              Generally, if an ANDA applicant (1) files a substantially complete ANDA with a Paragraph IV certification on the first day that any ANDA applicant files an application with such a certification based on the same reference drug and (2) provides appropriate notice to the NDA holder, and all patent owner(s) for a particular generic product, the applicant may be awarded a delay in the approval of other subsequently filed ANDAs with Paragraph IV certifications based on the same reference drug. This statutory delay is commonly referred to as 180-day exclusivity. A substantially complete ANDA is one that contains all the information required by the statute and the FDA's regulations, including the results of any required bioequivalence studies. The FDA may refuse to accept the filing of an ANDA that is not substantially complete or may determine during substantive review of the ANDA that additional information, such as an additional bioequivalence study, is required to support approval. Such a determination may affect an applicant's first to file status and eligibility for 180-day exclusivity. The MMA provides that the 180-day exclusivity delay ends 180 days after the first commercial marketing of the ANDA product. This exclusivity may be forfeited under a number of different circumstances, including: (1) failure to market within certain prescribed periods of time following certain events related to submission of the application, approval of the application, court decisions and settlements and patent withdrawals from the Orange Book; (2) an amendment or withdrawal of the Paragraph IV certification or certifications upon which the exclusivity was based; (3) failure to obtain tentative approval within certain prescribed time periods (30, 36, or 40 months after submission of the ANDA); (4) an agreement with the NDA holder, patent owner or another ANDA applicant that is determined by a court or the FTC to violate provisions of antitrust laws; (5) withdrawal of the ANDA; or (6) expiration of patent or patents upon which exclusivity is based.

              The 180-day exclusivity provisions described above were passed in the Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, and do not apply where the first ANDA with a Paragraph IV certification submitted for the reference drug was filed before December 8, 2003. In this circumstance, the pre-MMA exclusivity provisions apply. Under these provisions, the 180-day exclusivity delay ends 180 days after the first commercial marketing of the ANDA product or a court decision holding the patent invalid, unenforceable or not infringed, whichever comes first. In addition, under the pre-MMA exclusivity provisions, exclusivity is awarded separately to the first applicant or applicants submitting an ANDA with a paragraph IV certification for each patent, resulting in the possibility that different ANDA applicants will hold different exclusivities on different patents, resulting in situations in which an applicant that holds an exclusivity on one patent is subject to another applicant's exclusivity on a different patent. The FDA has addressed these situations through policies involving exclusivity sharing. The pre-MMA exclusivity provisions do not provide for exclusivity forfeiture.

              ANDA approvals can be delayed by exclusivities awarded to the holder of the NDA for the reference drug. The FFDCA provides five-year exclusivity to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity, or NCE, meaning that the FDA has not previously approved any other drug containing the same active moiety. This exclusivity generally prohibits the submission of an ANDA for any drug product containing the same active moiety during the five-year exclusivity period. However, submission of an ANDA with a Paragraph IV certification is permitted after four years, and if a patent infringement lawsuit is brought within 45 days after such certification, FDA approval of the ANDA is delayed until 7.5 years after the NCE approval date. The FFDCA also provides three-year exclusivity for the approval of new and supplemental NDAs for product changes that require new clinical investigations (other than bioavailability studies) that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant. These changes include, among other things, new indications, dosage forms, routes of administration or strengths of an existing drug and new uses.

              ANDA approvals can also be delayed by orphan drug exclusivity, pediatric exclusivity and exclusivity for certain new antibiotic drugs. The FDA may grant orphan drug designation to a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the U.S. or more than 200,000 individuals in the U.S. and for which there is

117


Table of Contents

no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making available in the U.S. a drug for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales in the U.S. for that drug. Seven-year orphan drug exclusivity is available to a product that has orphan drug designation and that receives the first FDA approval for the indication for which the drug has such designation. Orphan drug exclusivity prevents approval of another application for the same drug, for the same orphan indication, for a period of seven years, regardless of whether the application is a full NDA or an ANDA, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan exclusivity. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, provides an additional six months to an existing exclusivity or statutory delay in approval resulting from a patent certification. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection or patent delay, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric study in accordance with an FDA-issued written request for such a study. The FFDCA also provides exclusivity for certain antibiotic drugs for serious or life-threatening infections that FDA designates as "qualified infectious disease products." This exclusivity extends other exclusivities for the same drug by five years, but does not extend patent-related delays in approval.

The NDA Approval Process

              The NDA approval process is generally far more demanding than the ANDA process, depending on whether the applicant is submitting a "full NDA" containing all of the data and information required for approval of a new drug or a "Section 505(b)(2) NDA" which is a more limited submission that is generally utilized for modifications to previously approved products.

      The "Full NDA"

              The approval process for a full NDA generally involves:

    completion of preclinical laboratory and animal testing in compliance with the FDA's good laboratory practice, or GLP, regulations;

    submission to the FDA of an investigational new drug application, or IND, for human clinical testing, which must satisfy the FDA and become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

    performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the efficacy of the proposed drug product for each intended use;

    satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with the FDA's cGMP regulations; and

    submission to and approval by the FDA of an NDA.

              Before human clinical trials can begin on a new drug, the results of preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, must be submitted to the FDA as part of an IND and the FDA must permit the IND to become effective. Each clinical trial under an IND must be reviewed and approved by an independent Institutional Review Board, or IRB. Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap. These phases generally include:

    Phase 1, during which the drug is introduced into healthy human subjects or, on occasion, patients and is tested for safety, stability, dose tolerance and metabolism;

    Phase 2, during which the drug is introduced into a limited patient population to determine the efficacy of the product in specific targeted indications, to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage and to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks; and

    Phase 3, during which the clinical trial is expanded to a larger and more diverse patient group at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites to further evaluate the drug and ultimately to demonstrate effectiveness.

118


Table of Contents

              The IND sponsor, the FDA or the IRB may suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including failure to follow appropriate ethical trial protocols, failure to provide adequate protections for trial participants or a belief that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk.

              The results of preclinical animal studies and human clinical studies, together with other detailed (e.g., information relating to pharmaceutical formulation, stability, manufacturing, processing, packaging, labeling, quality control) are submitted to the FDA in the NDA.

      The Section 505(b)(2) NDA

              For modifications to products previously approved by the FDA, an applicant may file an NDA under Section 505(b)(2) of the FFDCA. This section permits the filing of an NDA where some or all of the data required for approval comes from studies not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. Under this section, an applicant may rely on the approval of another NDA or on studies published in the scientific literature. The applicant may be required to conduct additional studies or provide additional information to fully demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of its modification to the approved product.

              Where a Section 505(b)(2) applicant relies on the FDA's approval of another NDA, the applicant is required to submit the same types of patent certifications as are required for an ANDA. As in the case of an ANDA, a Paragraph IV certification challenging one or more of the patents listed for the reference drug will require notice to the patent owner(s) and NDA holder and will permit a patent infringement suit that may result in a 30-month stay in the approval of the Section 505(b)(2) NDA. The approval of a Section 505(b)(2) NDA may also be delayed by the NCE, three-year, orphan drug, pediatric and new antibiotic exclusivities that are applicable to ANDAs as discussed above.

The Biosimilar Application Approval Process

              The BPCIA, passed by Congress in 2010, amended the PHSA to create an abbreviated approval pathway for follow-on biologics. This approval pathway is available for "biosimilar" products, which are products that are highly similar to biologics that have been approved in BLAs under the PHSA notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components. A biosimilar application must contain information demonstrating (1) biosimilarity to the reference product, (2) sameness of strength, dosage form, route of administration and mechanism(s) of action with the reference product (where known), (3) approval of the reference product for the indication(s) proposed for the biosimilar product and (4) appropriate manufacturing facilities. FDA will approve the application based on a finding of biosimilarity or interchangeability with the reference product. A finding of biosimilarity must be based on (1) a demonstration that the products are "highly similar" notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components, (2) animal studies, including an assessment of toxicity, and (3) a clinical study or studies (including an assessment of immunogenicity and pharmacokinetics or pharmacodynamics) sufficient to show the safety, purity and potency of the proposed product for one or more "appropriate" conditions of use for which licensure is sought and for which the reference product is licensed, unless FDA waives a specific requirement. The definition of "biosimilar" requires that there be no clinically meaningful differences between the biosimilar and reference product with regard to safety, purity and potency.

              An applicant with a pending or approved biosimilar application may seek an FDA determination that its product is interchangeable with the reference drug. In addition to demonstrating biosimilarity to the reference product, the biosimilar applicant must demonstrate that its product can be expected to yield the same clinical result as the reference product in any given patient. If the biosimilar product may be administered more than once to a patient, the applicant must demonstrate that the risk in terms of safety or diminished efficacy of alternating or switching between the biosimilar and reference products is not greater than the risk of continued administration of the reference product.

119


Table of Contents

The PHSA provides that a determination of interchangeability means that the biosimilar product may be substituted for the reference product without the intervention of the health care provider who prescribed the reference product. The first biosimilar determined to be interchangeable with a particular reference product for any condition of use is protected by an exclusivity that delays an FDA determination of interchangeability with regard to any other biosimilar application. The exclusivity delays the subsequent interchangeability determination until the earlier of: (1) one year after the first commercial marketing of the first interchangeable product; (2) 18 months after resolution of a patent infringement suit based on a final court decision regarding all of the patents in the litigation or dismissal of the litigation with or without prejudice; (3) 42 months after approval of the first interchangeable biosimilar biological product, if an expedited patent action was commenced against the applicant under section 351(l)(6) and the litigation is still pending; or (4) 18 months after approval of the first interchangeable product if the reference product sponsor did not sue the biosimilar applicant for infringement under the patent resolution provisions of the PHSA.

              The PHSA provides a number of exclusivity protections for reference products that may delay submission and approval of biosimilar applications. The PHSA delays submission of a biosimilar application until four years after the date on which the reference product was first licensed and delays final approval of a biosimilar application until twelve years after the first licensure of the reference product. The first-licensure requirement precludes an additional period of exclusivity for a supplement to the original application for the reference product. It also precludes exclusivity for an entirely new BLA in certain circumstances. A new BLA submitted by a sponsor or manufacturer of a previously approved biologic would not be protected by exclusivity for (1) a non-structural change that results in a new indication, route of administration, dosing schedule, dosage form, delivery system, delivery device or strength or (2) a structural change that does not result in a change in safety, purity or potency. As in the case of NDAs approved under the FFDCA, BLAs may be entitled to orphan exclusivity and to pediatric exclusivity.

              The BPCIA amended the definition of biological product to include proteins (other than synthetic polypeptides). Applications for biological products, including proteins, must now be approved under the PHSA rather than under the FFDCA. The BPCIA provides a grandfather exception for biologics falling within a product class for which FDA has approved an application under the FFDCA. Applications for approval of these types of proteins may be submitted under the FFDCA until March 23, 2020 unless there is a biological product licensed under the PHSA that could serve as a reference product for a biosimilar application.

              Under the PHSA, patents are not listed in the Orange Book and companies submitting biosimilar applications are not required to submit patent certifications. Patent disputes are resolved outside of the FDA regulatory process. The biosimilar applicant must share the contents of its biosimilar application and information on its manufacturing processes with counsel for the company holding the BLA for the reference drug. The biosimilar applicant and BLA holder must exchange information about relevant patents and seek agreement on patents to be litigated under an expedited litigation procedure.

The BLA Approval Process

              The BLA approval process is similar to the "Full NDA" approval process and generally involves:

    completion of preclinical laboratory and animal testing in compliance with the FDA's GLP regulations;

    submission to the FDA of an IND for human clinical testing, which must satisfy FDA and become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

120


Table of Contents

    performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the efficacy of the proposed drug product for each intended use;

    satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with the FDA's cGMP regulations; and

    submission to and approval by the FDA of a BLA.

FDA Action on an Application for Approval

              If applicable statutory or regulatory requirements are not satisfied, the FDA may deny approval of an NDA, ANDA, BLA, or biosimilar application, or the FDA may require additional data or information. After approval of the application, the FDA may suspend or withdraw the approval based on various criteria, including new information related to safety or effectiveness or failure to comply with post-approval requirements. In addition, the FDA may in some instances require post-marketing studies on approved products and may take actions to limit marketing of the product based on the results of those studies.

              The new drug and biological product approval processes may take years, and the time may vary substantially based upon the type of application and the type, complexity and novelty of the product or disease. Government regulation may delay or prevent marketing of potential products for a considerable period of time and impose costly procedures upon a manufacturer's activities. Success in early stage clinical trials does not assure success in later stage clinical trials. Data obtained from clinical activities are not always conclusive and may be subject to varying interpretations that could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. Even if a product receives regulatory approval, later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product or complete withdrawal of the product from the market.

Manufacturing (cGMP) Requirements

              We and our contract manufacturers and other suppliers are required to comply with applicable FDA manufacturing requirements contained in the FDA's cGMP regulations. These cGMP regulations require among other things, quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation. The manufacturing facilities for our products must meet cGMP requirements to the satisfaction of the FDA before FDA will approve our products and we must continue to meet these requirements after our products are approved. We and our third-party manufacturers and other suppliers are subject to periodic inspections of facilities by the FDA and other authorities to assess our compliance with applicable regulations.

Other Regulatory Requirements

              Maintaining substantial compliance with appropriate federal, state and local statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Drug manufacturers are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies. After approval, the FDA and these state agencies conduct periodic unannounced inspections to ensure continued compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements.

              In addition, after approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further FDA review and approval. The FDA may require post-approval testing and surveillance programs to monitor safety and effectiveness of approved products that have been commercialized. Any drug products manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including:

    record-keeping requirements;

121


Table of Contents

    reporting of adverse experiences with the drug;

    providing the FDA with updated safety and efficacy information;

    reporting on advertisements and promotional labeling;

    drug sampling and distribution requirements; and

    complying with electronic record and signature requirements.

              In addition, the FDA strictly regulates labeling, advertising, promotion and other types of information on products that are placed on the market. There are numerous regulations and policies that govern various means for disseminating information to health-care professionals, as well as consumers, including industry sponsored scientific and educational activities, information provided to the media and information provided over the Internet. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label.

FDA Enforcement Authority

              The FDA has very broad enforcement authority and the failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in administrative or judicial sanctions being imposed on us or on the manufacturers and distributors of our approved products, including warning letters, refusals of government contracts, clinical holds, civil penalties, injunctions (which may in some circumstances involve restitution, disgorgement or profits, recalls and/or total or partial suspension of production or distribution), seizure of products, withdrawal of approvals, refusal to approve pending applications and criminal prosecution of the company and company officials that may result in fines and incarceration. FDA has authority to inspect manufacturing facilities as well as other facilities in which drug products are held, packaged or stored, to determine compliance with cGMP and other requirements under the FDCA. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability. In addition, even after regulatory approval is obtained, later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product or even complete withdrawal of the product from the market.

              We are also subject to various laws and regulations regarding laboratory practices, the experimental use of animals and the use and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances in connection with our research. In each of these areas, as above, the FDA has broad regulatory and enforcement powers, including the ability to levy fines and civil penalties, suspend or delay issuance of approvals, seize or recall products and withdraw approvals, any one or more of which could have a materially adverse effect on us.

Foreign Regulatory Requirements

              Outside the U.S., our ability to market a product is contingent upon receiving marketing authorization from the appropriate regulatory authorities. The requirements governing marketing authorization, pricing and reimbursement vary widely from country to country. At present, foreign marketing authorizations are applied for at a national level, although within the European Union registration procedures are available to companies wishing to market a product in more than one European Union member state. The regulatory authority generally will grant marketing authorization if it is satisfied that we have presented it with adequate evidence of safety, quality and efficacy.

DEA Regulation

              We maintain registrations with the DEA that enable us to receive, manufacture, store and distribute controlled substances in connection with our operations. Controlled substances are those drugs that appear on one of five schedules promulgated and administered by the DEA under the

122


Table of Contents

Controlled Substances Act, or CSA. DEA scheduling is based on potential for abuse. The CSA governs, among other things, the distribution, recordkeeping, handling, security and disposal of controlled substances. We are subject to periodic and ongoing inspections by the DEA and similar state drug enforcement authorities to assess our ongoing compliance with DEA's regulations. Any failure to comply with these regulations could lead to a variety of sanctions, including the revocation or the denial of renewal of our DEA registration, injunctions or civil or criminal penalties.

Prescription Drug Wrap-Up

              When Congress passed the FFDCA in 1938, it required that "new drugs" be approved based on their safety. In 1962, Congress amended the FFDCA to require that sponsors demonstrate that new drugs are effective, as well as safe, in order to receive FDA approval. We refer to these provisions as the "1962 Amendments." The 1962 Amendments also required the FDA to conduct a retrospective evaluation of the efficacy of the drug products that the FDA approved between 1938 and 1962 on the basis of safety alone. The FDA contracted with the National Academy of Science/National Research Council, or the NAS/NRC, to make an initial evaluation of the efficacy of many of these drug products. The FDA's administrative implementation of the NAS/NRC reports was called the Drug Efficacy Study Implementation, or the DESI.

              Drugs that were not subject to applications approved between 1938 and 1962 were not subject to DESI review. For a period of time, the FDA did not challenge the marketing of these drugs without approval. In 1984, however, spurred by serious adverse reactions to one of these products and concerns expressed by Congress, FDA undertook an assessment of the products under an initiative known as the "Prescription Drug Wrap-Up." Most of these drugs contain active ingredients that were first marketed prior to the enactment of the FFDCA. Several of our marketed pharmaceutical products fall within this category.

              The FDA has asserted that all drugs subject to the Prescription Drug Wrap-Up are on the market illegally unless they fall within two "grandfather" exceptions to the new drug definition. The first is a provision in the new drug definition exempting drugs that were on the market prior to the passage of the FFDCA and that contain the same representations concerning the conditions of use as they did prior to passage of the FFDCA. The 1962 Amendments also exempt drugs that were not new drugs prior to the passage of the 1962 Amendments and that have the same composition and labeling as they had prior to the passage of the 1962 Amendments. The FDA and the courts have interpreted these two exceptions very narrowly. Therefore, the FDA could commence enforcement action at any time regarding any or all of our unapproved prescription products.

              The FDA has adopted a risk-based enforcement policy that prioritizes enforcement of new drug requirements for these and other unapproved drugs that pose safety concerns, lack evidence of efficacy, prevent patients from pursuing effective therapies, are marketed fraudulently, violate other provisions of the FFDCA, such as cGMP requirements, or directly compete with approved drugs. The FDA has indicated that approval of an NDA for one drug within a class of drugs marketed without FDA approval may trigger agency enforcement of the new drug requirements. Once the FDA issues an approved NDA for one of the drug products at issue or completes the efficacy review for that drug product, it may require other manufacturers to also obtain approval for that same drug in order to continue marketing it in the U.S. While the FDA generally provides sponsors a one-year grace period, the agency is not statutorily required to do so.

Fraud and Abuse Laws

              Because of the significant federal funding involved in Medicare and Medicaid, Congress and the states have enacted, and actively enforce, a number of laws to eliminate fraud and abuse in federal health care programs. Our business is subject to compliance with these laws.

123


Table of Contents

Anti-Kickback Statutes

              The federal health care programs' Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal health care program such as Medicare or Medicaid. The definition of "remuneration" has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including, for example, gifts, certain discounts, the furnishing of free supplies, equipment or services, credit arrangements, payment of cash and waivers of payments. Several courts have interpreted the statute's intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal health care covered businesses, the statute has been violated. Penalties for violations include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal health care programs. In addition some kickback allegations have been claimed to violate the Federal False Claims Act, discussed in more detail below.

              The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are otherwise lawful in businesses outside of the health care industry. Recognizing that the Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements, Congress authorized the OIG of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services to issue a series of regulations known as "safe harbors." These safe harbors, issued by the OIG beginning in July 1991, set forth provisions that, if all their applicable requirements are met, will assure health care providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy on applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as OIG.

              Many states have adopted laws similar to the Anti-Kickback Statute. Some of these state prohibitions apply to referral of patients for health care items or services reimbursed by any source, not only the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

              Government officials have focused their enforcement efforts on the marketing of health care services and products, among other activities, and recently have brought cases against companies, and certain individual sales, marketing and executive personnel, for allegedly offering unlawful inducements to potential or existing customers in an attempt to procure their business.

Federal False Claims Act

              Another development affecting the health care industry is the increased use of the federal False Claims Act, and in particular, action brought pursuant to the False Claims Act's "whistleblower" or "qui tam" provisions. The False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal health care program. The qui tam provisions of the False Claims Act allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has submitted a false claim to the federal government and to share in any monetary recovery. In recent years, the number of suits brought against health care providers by private individuals has increased dramatically. In addition, various states have enacted false claims law analogous to the False Claims Act, many of these state laws apply where a claim is submitted to any third-party payer and not merely a federal health care program.

              When an entity is determined to have violated the False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate instance of false claim. There are many potential bases for liability under the False Claims Act. Liability arises, primarily, when an entity knowingly submits, or causes another to submit, a false claim for reimbursement to the federal government. The federal

124


Table of Contents

government has used the False Claims Act to assert liability on the basis of inadequate care, kickbacks and other improper referrals, and improper use of Medicare numbers when detailing the provider of services, in addition to the more predictable allegations as to misrepresentations with respect to the services rendered. In addition, the federal government has prosecuted companies under the False Claims Act in connection with off-label promotion of products. Our future activities relating to the reporting of wholesale or estimated retail prices of our products, the reporting of discount and rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third-party reimbursement of our products and the sale and marketing of our products may be subject to scrutiny under these laws. While we are unaware of any current matters, we are unable to predict whether we will be subject to actions under the False Claims Act or a similar state law, or the impact of such actions. However, the costs of defending such claims, as well as any sanctions imposed, could significantly affect our financial performance.

The Sunshine Act

              The Physician Payment Sunshine Act, or the Sunshine Act, which was enacted as part of the Affordable Care Act, requires all pharmaceutical manufacturers that participate in Medicare, Medicaid or the Children's Health Insurance Program to report annually to the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services payments or other transfers of value made by that entity, or by a third party as directed by that entity, to physicians and teaching hospitals or to third parties on behalf of physicians or teaching hospitals. The payments required to be reported include the cost of meals provided to a physician, travel reimbursements and other transfers of value provided as part of contracted services such as speaker programs, advisory boards, consultation services and clinical trial services. The final rule implementing the Sunshine Act requires data collection on payments to begin on August 1, 2013. We have timely filed our first annual report, comprised of data collected from August 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013, which was due March 31, 2014. The statute requires the federal government to make reported information available to the public starting September 2014. Failure to comply with the reporting requirements can result in significant civil monetary penalties ranging from $1,000 to $10,000 for each payment or other transfer of value that is not reported (up to a maximum per annual report of $150,000) and from $10,000 to $100,000 for each knowing failure to report (up to a maximum per annual report of $1.0 million). Additionally, there are criminal penalties if an entity intentionally makes false statements in such reports. We are subject to the Sunshine Act and the information we disclose may lead to greater scrutiny, which may result in modifications to established practices and additional costs. Additionally, similar reporting requirements have also been enacted on the state level domestically, and an increasing number of countries worldwide either have adopted or are considering similar laws requiring transparency of interactions with health care professionals.

HIPAA and Other Fraud and Privacy Regulations

              Among other things, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, created two new federal crimes: health care fraud and false statements relating to health care matters. The HIPAA health care fraud statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payers. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment and/or exclusion from government-sponsored programs. The HIPAA false statements statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact, or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or representation in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines and/or imprisonment.

125


Table of Contents

Environmental Considerations

              We are subject to environmental laws, including those promulgated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency, the Department of Health and Human Services and the Air Quality Management District, that govern activities and operations that may have adverse environmental effects such as discharges to air, soil and water, as well as handling and disposal practices for solid and hazardous wastes. These laws impose strict liability for the costs of cleaning up, and for damages resulting from, sites of past spills, disposals or other releases of hazardous substances and materials and for the investigation and remediation of environmental contamination at properties operated by us and at off-site locations where we have arranged for the disposal of hazardous substances. If it is determined that our operations or facilities are not in compliance with current environmental laws, we could be subject to fines and penalties, the amount of which could be material.

              We have made and will continue to make expenditures to comply with current and future environmental laws. We anticipate that we will incur additional capital and operating costs in the future to comply with existing environmental laws and new requirements arising from new or amended statutes and regulations. We cannot accurately predict the impact and costs that future regulations will impose on our business.

Intellectual Property

              Our success depends on our ability to operate without infringing the patents and proprietary rights of third parties. However, we cannot determine with certainty whether patents or patent applications of other parties will have a materially adverse effect on our ability to make, use, or sell any products. A number of pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies, universities and research institutions may have filed patent applications or may have been granted patents that cover aspects of our, or our licensors' products, product candidates, or other technologies.

              We primarily rely on trade secrets, unpatented proprietary know-how and continuing technological innovation to protect our products and technologies, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. Although in some cases we seek patent protection to preserve our competitive position, our current patent portfolio does not cover the majority of our existing products and product candidates. We own several U.S. and foreign patents covering processes and equipment used in the manufacture of a few of our products. The expiration dates of these patents range from 2020 to 2027.

              In addition, we own a United States patent covering Primatene Mist HFA: United States Patent Number 8,367,734, or the "'734 patent," which issued on February 5, 2013, and expires in January 2026. Additionally, we have several patent applications that are currently pending in the U.S. and other countries, including China, but which have not yet issued as patents. Accordingly, other than the '734 patent covering Primatene Mist HFA, none of our significant products or product candidates are covered by any United States or foreign patents related to formulations or compositions. Indeed, many of our products and product candidates are generic products, and therefore may not be eligible for patent protection. For example, our enoxaparin product is a generic product, and as such, it is not covered by any United States or foreign patents. Other of our products, including Amphadase, are based on compounds for which any applicable patents have expired, or which were not patented by Amphastar in the first instance because they are older compounds. As for the remainder of our product candidates that are not intended to be generic products, these are early stage product candidates currently under development, for which we intend to seek to obtain patent rights or rely on trade secret protection (but in any case, are not currently covered by any United States or foreign patents). In addition, with respect to such product candidates, we may seek patent rights for various potential technology platforms (or rely on trade secret protection), which could apply across multiple

126


Table of Contents

product candidates (but again, such potential technology platforms currently are not covered by any United States or foreign patents).

              We may not be able to obtain patent or other forms of protection for inventions or other intellectual property developed by our officers, employees, or consultants because we might not have been the first to file or to invent the patentable technology or others may have independently developed similar or alternative technology. We also own several trademarks registered with the USPTO and one trademark registered with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office.

              Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary information through the use of confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, unauthorized parties may copy aspects of our products or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Other parties may also independently develop know-how or obtain unauthorized access to our technologies.

              Intellectual property protection is highly uncertain and involves complex legal and factual questions. Our patents and those for which we have or will license rights may be challenged, invalidated, infringed or circumvented, and the rights granted in those patents may not provide proprietary protection or competitive advantages to us. We and our licensors may not be able to develop patentable products. Even if a patent application is filed, some or all of the patent claims may not be allowed, the patent itself may not issue, or in the event of issuance, the issued claims may not be sufficient to protect the technology owned by or licensed to us.

              Third-party patent applications and patents could reduce the coverage of the patents licensed, or that may be licensed to, or owned by us. If patents containing competitive or conflicting claims are issued to third parties, we may be enjoined from the commercialization of products or be required to obtain licenses to these patents or to develop or obtain alternative technology. In addition, other parties may duplicate, design around or independently develop similar or alternative technologies to ours or those of our licensors.

              Litigation may be necessary to enforce patents issued or licensed to us or to determine the scope or validity of another party's proprietary rights. USPTO interference proceedings may be necessary if we and another party both claim to have invented the same subject matter. Even if we ultimately prevail, we could incur substantial costs and our management's attention would be diverted if:

    litigation is required to defend against patent suits brought by third parties;

    we participate in patent suits brought against or initiated by our licensors;

    we initiate suits against third parties who are infringing on our patents; or

    we participate in an interference or other similar USPTO proceeding.

              However, even if we pursue litigation or other action to protect our intellectual property rights, we may not prevail in any of these actions or proceedings.

Employees

              As of March 31, 2014, we had a total of 1,217 full-time employees.

Legal and Regulatory Proceedings

Enoxaparin Patent Litigation

              In September, 2011, Momenta, a Boston-based pharmaceutical company, and Sandoz, the generic division of Novartis, initiated litigation against us for alleged patent infringement of two patents related to testing methods for batch release of enoxaparin, which we refer to as the "`886 patent" and the "`466 patent." The lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts, or the District Court. In October 2011, the District Court issued a preliminary

127


Table of Contents

injunction barring us from selling our generic enoxaparin product and also requiring Momenta and Sandoz to post a $100.1 million bond. The preliminary injunction was stayed by the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, or Federal Circuit, in January 2012 and reversed by the Federal Circuit in August 2012.

              In January 2013 we moved for summary judgment of non-infringement of both patents. Momenta and Sandoz subsequently withdrew their allegations as to the `466 patent and, in July 2013, the District Court granted our motion for summary judgment of non-infringement of the `886 patent and denied Momenta and Sandoz's motion for leave to amend infringement contentions. On January 24, 2014 the District Court judge entered final judgment in our favor on both patents. Momenta and Sandoz also filed a motion to collect attorney's fees and costs relating to a discovery motion which the District Court granted. The parties have briefed the amount of attorney's fees that should be imposed, which we believe should not exceed an amount of approximately $40,000. On January 30, 2014 Momenta and Sandoz filed a notice of appeal to the Federal Circuit appealing the court's final judgment including summary judgment denying Momenta and Sandoz's motion for leave to amend their infringement contentions. We intend to attempt to collect the $100.1 million bond posted by Momenta and Sandoz.

False Claims Act Litigation

              In January 2009, we filed a qui tam complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California alleging that Aventis Pharma S.A., or Aventis, through its acquisition of a patent through false and misleading statements to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, overcharged the federal and state governments for its Lovenox. If we are successful in this litigation, we could be entitled to a portion of any damage award that the government ultimately may recover from Aventis. In October 2011, the Court unsealed our complaint. Since the complaint was unsealed, this case has steadily progressed and remains pending with discovery underway. The District Court has set an evidentiary hearing for July 7, 2014 on the "original source" issue, a key element under the False Claims Act.

Other Litigation

              We are also subject to various other claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of these matters is not expected to have a materially adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows; however, the results of litigation and claims are inherently unpredictable. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

128


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

              Our directors and executive officers and their ages and positions as of May 13, 2014 are as follows:

Name
  Age
  Position(s)
 

Jack Yongfeng Zhang, Ph.D. 

    67   Chief Executive Officer, Chief Science Officer and Director

Mary Ziping Luo, Ph.D. 

    64   Chief Operating Officer, Chief Scientist and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Jason B. Shandell, J.D., M.B.A. 

    40   President and Director

William J. Peters

    46   Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President and Treasurer

Marilyn J. Purchase

    64   Corporate Executive Vice President of Operations and President, International Medication Systems, Ltd.

Diane G. Gerst

    54   President, Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. and Corporate Senior Vice President of Quality Assurance

Richard Koo, CPA(2)

    73   Director

Richard Prins(3)

    57   Director

Howard Lee, Ph.D.(1)(2)

    52   Director

Michael A. Zasloff, M.D., Ph.D.(1)

    68   Director

Floyd F. Petersen, M.P.H.(1)(3)

    70   Director

Stephen B. Shohet, M.D.(2)(3)

    79   Director

(1)
Member of the nomination committee.

(2)
Member of the audit committee.

(3)
Member of the compensation committee.

Executive Officers

               Jack Yongfeng Zhang, Ph.D. co-founded our company in 1996 and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since our inception and as our President from 1996 until June 2013. Dr. Zhang has also served as our Chief Science Officer since 2005. Dr. Zhang co-founded Applied Physics & Chemistry Laboratories, Inc., or APCL, a full service chemical analytical laboratory, in May 1989, where he held the position of President until October 2002. Dr. Zhang is named as the inventor on several U.S. and foreign patents. He received a Ph.D. in chemistry from the State University of New York at Stony Brook and was a Post Doctoral Research Associate at the California Institute of Technology. We believe Dr. Zhang's experience in the pharmaceutical industry and as one of our founders qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

               Mary Z. Luo, Ph.D. co-founded our company in 1996 and has served as our Chief Operating Officer and chairman of our board of directors since our inception and as Secretary from 1997 to April 2004. Dr. Luo has also served as our Chief Scientist since 2005. Dr. Luo co-founded APCL in May 1989 where she held the position of Chief Operating Officer. Dr. Luo is a professor emeritus of chemistry at California State Polytechnic University, Pomona and is named as the inventor on several U.S. and foreign patents. Dr. Luo received a Ph.D. in chemistry from Princeton University and was a Post Doctoral Research Associate at the California Institute of Technology. We believe Dr. Luo's experience in the pharmaceutical industry and as one of our founders qualifies her to serve on our board of directors.

129


Table of Contents

               Jason B. Shandell, J.D., M.B.A. has served as our President since June 2013. Mr. Shandell also served as our interim Chief Financial Officer from August 2013 to April 2014 and as our General Counsel and Secretary from December 2008 and our Senior Vice President of legal matters from 2012 until his promotion to President. Mr. Shandell has served as a member of our board of directors since 2010. Mr. Shandell also served as Corporate Counsel from March 2008 until his promotion to General Counsel and Secretary. From 2006 to 2008, Mr. Shandell was the Director of Technology at Move, Inc., an online real estate company. From 2004 to 2005, Mr. Shandell was Corporate Counsel at Amgen, Inc. From 2000 to 2004, Mr. Shandell was an Associate at the law firm of Shaw Pittman LLP. Mr. Shandell received a B.A. in psychology from the University of California, Santa Barbara in 1996 and a J.D. and an M.B.A. from the University of Southern California in 2000. Mr. Shandell was admitted to practice law in the state of California in December 2000. We believe that Mr. Shandell's experience as an executive in the pharmaceutical industry and legal training qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

               William J. Peters has served as our Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President and Treasurer since April 2014. Mr. Peters previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Hi-Tech Pharmacal Co., Inc., or Hi-Tech, from August 2013 to April 2014 and Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Hi-Tech from May 2004 to August 2013. From September 2003 to May 2004 he was Vice President of Corporate Development at Hi-Tech. From 2001 to 2003 Mr. Peters was the Director, Financial Evaluations for the Medco Health Solution subsidiary of Merck & Co., Inc., or Merck & Co., and Manager of Corporate Financial Analysis and Pharmaceutical Economics at Merck & Co. from 1998 to 2001. During his seven year career at Merck & Co., he also served as Manager of Treasury Planning and Analysis. He began his career in General Electric's Financial Management Program at its Aerospace division, where he later held positions in financial analysis and internal auditing. He earned an M.B.A. from Wharton School of Business, University of Pennsylvania in 1996 and a B.S. in Business Administration from Bucknell University in 1989.

               Marilyn J. Purchase has served as our Corporate Executive Vice President of Operations since June 2007 and as President of International Medication Systems, Ltd. or IMS, since December 2013. Ms. Purchase previously held various management-level positions at IMS, our wholly-owned subsidiary, for more than 30 years and was appointed President in December 2013.

               Diane G. Gerst has served as President of ANP since March 2014 and as our Corporate Senior Vice President of Quality Assurance since August 2012. Ms. Gerst also served as Corporate Vice President of Quality Assurance from August 2003 until her promotion to Senior Vice President. Prior to becoming the Vice President of Quality Assurance, she was our Vice President of Regulatory Affairs from June 2001 to July 2002. Ms. Gerst previously held various management level positions in regulatory and quality including eight years at Braun-McGaw and seven years at IMS. Ms. Gerst received a B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley in 1982.

Non-Employee Directors

               Richard Koo, CPA has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2003 and also served as a member of our board of directors from January 1997 to February 2002. Mr. Koo has been the managing partner of Koo, Chow and Company, Certified Public Accountants since 1979, CEO and President of K.C. Group International Inc. since February 2003 and a Director of EverTrust Bank since January 2009. Prior to Koo, Chow and Company, Mr. Koo worked with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in various public offering audit assignments. Mr. Koo has worked as a finance and taxation expert for the United Nations. Mr. Koo received a B.S. in management from the National Taiwan University and an M.B.A. in accounting from San Jose State University. We believe that Mr. Koo's past experience and expertise in the field of finance and taxation qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

130


Table of Contents

               Richard Prins has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2002. Since 2008, Mr. Prins is a private investor and involved in various charitable organizations. Mr. Prins also volunteers as acting head of U.S. Operations for Advancing Native Missions and on the boards of directors of India Globalization Capital and Hilbert Technology. Mr. Prins was the Director of Investment Banking for Ferris, Baker Watts, Inc., or FBW, from 1996 until June 2008 when FBW was acquired by Royal Bank of Canada and served as a consultant to Royal Bank of Canada Capital Markets through December 2008. Prior to FBW, Mr. Prins was a Managing Director from July 1988 to April 1996 at Crestar Bank (now SunTrust Bank) in charge of mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Prins began his career in 1983 as the Assistant to the Chairman of the leverage buyout company, Tuscarora Corp., where he held various positions until July 1988. Mr. Prins received a B.A. in liberal arts from Colgate University and an M.B.A. from Oral Roberts University. We believe that Mr. Prins' experience in corporate finance and investment banking qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

               Howard Lee, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2007. He previously served as a member of the board of our subsidiary, IMS, from 1998 to 2002 and on our board of directors from 2002 to 2004. Dr. Lee is currently the partner at the CID Group, a prominent investment group in the greater China area, where he has worked since March 2012. From 2009 to 2010 he was the Chief Investment Officer at UniMed Venture Management Inc., a biotech venture capital firm. Prior to joining UniMed in July 2009, he was a Managing Director at Silver Biotech Management, Inc. from July 2006 to June 2009. Dr. Lee served as President and CEO of CDIB Biotech USA Investment Co. Ltd. from 2000 to 2006 and as Vice President of China Development Industrial Bank, an investment bank in Taiwan, from October 1995 to June 2006. He also serves as a director for the Development Center of Biotechnology in Taiwan. Dr. Lee earned his B.Sc. at Fu-Jen University (Taiwan), his M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees in chemistry from the University of Southern California in Los Angeles in 1988 and 1990, respectively, and completed his postdoctoral research at the Loker Hydrocarbon Research Institute of the University of Southern California. We believe Dr. Lee's vast experience in biotech venture capital consulting qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

               Michael A. Zasloff, M.D., Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2005. Dr. Zasloff has been the Professor of Surgery and Pediatrics at the Georgetown University School of Medicine since 2002, and was also the Dean of Research and Translational Science from 2002 until 2004. Between 2004 and 2007, Dr. Zasloff served as Vice President and Senior Analyst (Life Sciences) at Ferris, Baker Watts, Inc. From 1992 to 2001 Dr. Zasloff served as Executive Vice President and Vice Chairman of Magainin Pharmaceuticals Inc., a biopharmaceutical company which he founded. From 1988 until 1992, Dr. Zasloff served as the Charles E.H. Upham Professor in the Department of Pediatrics and Genetics at the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, and Chief, Division of Human Genetics and Molecular Biology at The Children's Hospital of Philadelphia. From 1982 until 1988, Dr. Zasloff was Chief of the Human Genetics Branch at the National Institutes of Child Health and Human Development, National Institutes of Health. Dr. Zasloff received a B.A. from Columbia College in biochemistry and holds an M.D., Ph.D. from the New York University School of Medicine. Dr. Zasloff is named the inventor on over 40 patents. We believe Dr. Zasloff's expertise and experience in the biopharmaceutical industry qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

               Floyd F. Petersen, M.P.H. has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2004. From 1986 to the present, Mr. Petersen has been an Assistant Professor of Biostatistics at Loma Linda University Schools of Public Health, Medicine, and Nursing. From 1990 to 2010, Mr. Petersen served as Director of the Loma Linda University Health Research Consulting Group, which consults on health research study design and data analysis. Mr. Petersen was a member of the Loma Linda, California City Council from 1990 to 2010 and served as the Mayor of Loma Linda from 1996 to 2006. Mr. Petersen is currently the vice-chair and a board member of Vtrans, a non-profit, quasi-

131


Table of Contents

governmental agency. Mr. Petersen earned an M.P.H. from Loma Linda University with concentrations in Biostatistics and Health Administration. We believe that Mr. Petersen's years of experience in scientific academia and consulting qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

               Stephen B. Shohet, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2010. Dr. Shohet has been the Professor of Laboratory Medicine and Professor of Medicine at the University of California, San Francisco since 1976 and became an Emeritus Professor in 2004. In 1976, Dr. Shohet also became Director of the Cancer Research Institute at the University of California, San Francisco. Dr. Shohet received an A.B. from Harvard College in English literature and holds an M.D. from Harvard Medical School. He is Board Certified by the American Board of Internal Medicine. We believe that Dr. Shohet's medical background as well as his years of experience in scientific academia qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Family Relationships

              Dr. Zhang, our Chief Executive Officer, and Dr. Luo, our Chief Operating Officer, are husband and wife.

Board Composition and Independence

              Our board of directors currently consists of nine members. All directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation, disqualification, or removal. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Koo, Mr. Prins, Dr. Lee, Dr. Zasloff, Mr. Petersen and Dr. Shohet are independent within the meaning of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC listing standards.

              Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

    The Class I directors will be Mr. Shandell, Mr. Petersen and Mr. Koo and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014;

    The Class II directors will be Dr. Luo, Dr. Zasloff and Dr. Lee and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015; and

    The Class III directors will be Dr. Zhang, Dr. Shohet and Mr. Prins and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016.

Risk Oversight

              Our board of directors has responsibility for the oversight of our risk management processes and, either as a whole or through our committees, regularly discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on our business and the steps we take to mitigate or manage them. The risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from committees of our board of directors and members of senior management to enable our board of directors to understand our risk identification, risk management and risk mitigation strategies with respect to areas of potential material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, strategic and reputational risk.

              The audit committee reviews information regarding liquidity and operations, and oversees our management of financial risks. Periodically, the audit committee reviews our policies with respect to risk assessment, risk management, loss prevention and regulatory compliance. Oversight by the audit committee includes direct communication with our external auditors, and discussions with management

132


Table of Contents

regarding significant risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures. The compensation committee is responsible for assessing whether any of our compensation policies or programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. The nomination committee manages risks associated with the independence of the board of directors, corporate disclosure practices and potential conflicts of interest. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board or directors is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks. Matters of significant strategic risk are considered by our board of directors as a whole.

Board Committees

              Our board of directors includes an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nomination committee. Our audit, compensation and nomination committees are comprised of independent board members.

              Audit committee.     Our audit committee currently consists of Mr. Koo, who is the chair of the committee, Dr. Shohet and Dr. Lee, each of whom are independent in accordance with the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC and SEC standards. Mr. Koo is an "audit committee financial expert" as the term is defined under SEC regulations. The audit committee operates under a written charter. The functions of the audit committee include:

    overseeing the engagement of our independent registered accounting firm;

    reviewing our audited financial statements and discussing them with the independent registered accounting firm and our management;

    meeting with the independent registered accounting firm and our management to consider the adequacy of our internal controls; and

    reviewing our financial plans, reporting recommendations to our full board of directors for approval and authorizing actions.

              Both our independent registered accounting firm and internal financial personnel regularly meet with our audit committee and have unrestricted access to the audit committee.

              Compensation committee.     Our compensation committee currently consists of Mr. Prins, who is the chair of the committee, Mr. Petersen and Mr. Shohet, each of whom are independent in accordance with the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC standards. Each member of our compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The compensation committee operates under a written charter. The functions of the compensation committee include:

    reviewing and, if deemed appropriate, recommending to our board of directors policies, practices and procedures relating to the compensation of our directors, officers and other managerial employees and the establishment and administration of our employee benefit plans;

    determining or recommending to the board of directors the compensation of our executive officers; and

    advising and consulting with our officers regarding managerial personnel and development.

              Nomination committee.     Our nomination committee consists of Dr. Zasloff, who is the chair of the committee, Mr. Petersen and Dr. Lee, each of whom are independent in accordance with the

133


Table of Contents

NASDAQ Stock Market LLC standards. The nomination committee operates under a written charter. The functions of the nomination committee include:

    establishing standards for service on our board of directors;

    identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors and recommending director candidates for election or re-election to our board; and

    considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the size and composition of the board of directors, committee composition and structure and procedures affecting directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

              None of the members of the compensation committee is or has ever been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers serves, or in the past has served, as a member of the compensation committee or on the board of directors of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

              We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our officers, directors and employees. Our code of business conduct and ethics is available on our website at www.amphastar.com. The contents of our website are not part of this prospectus and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision regarding our stock. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act.

134


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

              The following table sets forth total compensation paid to our named executive officers, who are comprised of (1) our principal executive officer and (2) our next two highest compensated executive officers other than the principal executive officer.

Name and
principal position
  Year   Salary   Bonus   Option
Awards(1)
  Stock
Awards(1)
  All Other
Compensation(2)
  Total  
Jack Y. Zhang     2013   $ 847,800   $ 528,190   $ 2,400,000   $   $ 81,169 (3) $ 3,857,159  

Chief Executive Officer

    2012     798,000     184,152     1,333,000         75,891 (4)   2,391,043  

Mary Z. Luo

 

 

2013

 

 

671,943

 

 

273,780

 

 

1,400,000

 

 


 

 

34,126

(5)

 

2,379,849

 

Chief Operating Officer

    2012     648,001     149,540     958,000         31,833 (6)   1,787,374  

Jason B. Shandell

 

 

2013

 

 

453,443

 

 

245,190

 

 

593,000

 

 

394,000

 

 

23,256

(7)

 

1,708,889

 

President

    2012     377,885     59,664     260,000         *     697,549  

*
Indicates an amount less than $10,000.

(1)
This amount reflects the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The assumptions that we used to calculate these amounts are discussed in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus.

(2)
In accordance with SEC rules, this column discloses perquisites and other personal benefits for each named executive officer that received such perquisites and other personal benefits in an amount equal to or greater than $10,000.

(3)
The amount is comprised of a $65,598 housing allowance, a $13,242 vehicle allowance, a $614 company contribution made under our 401(k) plan and a $1,715 group life insurance benefit in excess of the standard threshold granted to all other employees.

(4)
The amount is comprised of a $58,895 housing allowance, an $11,881 vehicle allowance, a $3,400 company contribution made under our 401(k) plan and a $1,715 group life insurance benefit in excess of the standard threshold granted to all other employees.

(5)
The amount is comprised of a $24,180 housing allowance, a $7,864 vehicle allowance, a $498 company contribution made under our 401(k) plan and a $1,584 group life insurance benefit in excess of the standard threshold granted to all other employees.

(6)
The amount is comprised of a $20,520 housing allowance, a $6,329 vehicle allowance, a $3,400 company contribution made under our 401(k) plan and a $1,584 group life insurance benefit in excess of the standard threshold granted to all other employees.

(7)
The amount is comprised of a $10,499 vehicle allowance, a $5,000 company contribution made under our 401(k) plan, a $216 group life insurance benefit in excess of the standard threshold to all other employees, a $6,110 reimbursement for medical expenses and a $1,431 reimbursement for travel expenses.

Employment Agreements

              We entered into an employment agreement with William J. Peters effective March 11, 2014. We entered into substantially similar employment agreements with each of Jack Y. Zhang, Mary Z. Luo, Jason B. Shandell and Marilyn J. Purchase effective on the date of the closing of this offering that govern the terms of each executive officer's employment. The employment agreements provide for an initial term of three years and will be automatically extended for successive one-year periods, unless

135


Table of Contents

one of the parties provides the other 90 days' prior written notice before the expiration of the initial term or any annual renewal term that the term will not be extended. The employment agreements are terminable (a) by the executive officer at any time, provided the executive gives at least four weeks' prior notice of resignation; (b) by us at any time; or (c) due to the disability or death of the executive.

              Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, if the executive's employment terminates for any reason, the executive officer is entitled to receive (a) any and all base salary and vacation pay earned through the date of termination and (b) any reimbursable expenses properly reported by the executive officer. Unless the executive officer resigns without "good reason" (as defined in the employment agreement) or the employment is terminated for "cause" (as defined in the employment agreements), the executive officer is also entitled to (a) any applicable prorated bonus, based on actual performance for the year of termination, as determined by the board of directors in its discretion when making bonus determinations for other senior executives and payable at such time as annual bonuses are otherwise determined for such other senior executives, and (b) any accrued but unpaid annual bonus for the fiscal year immediately preceding the year of termination.

              If we do not renew an employment agreement at the end of the initial term or any renewal term, the executive's employment is terminated by us without "cause" (as defined in the employment agreements) or if the executive officer resigns with "good reason" (as defined in the employment agreements), such executive, conditioned upon execution of a release in form and substance satisfactory to us, is entitled to:

    an amount equal to three, or two in the case of Mr. Peters, times the sum of (a) the highest base annual salary in effect (i) during the 12 months immediately prior to the date of termination or (ii) during the employment, if the employment has lasted less than 12 months, plus (b) the average annual bonus earned by the executive for the most recent three, or two in the case of Mr. Peters, fiscal years ending prior to the date of termination or the base salary for the remainder of the agreement, whichever is greater, such amount to be paid in cash or immediately-available funds in a lump sum thirty days following the date of termination;

    continued payment of his or her health insurance premiums as may be necessary to allow the executive and his or her spouse and dependents to continue to receive health insurance coverage substantially similar to the coverage they received prior to the date of termination of the executive's employment, for a period of 12 months or the remainder of the agreement, whichever is greater commencing on the date of termination;

    vesting of any restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards granted by us, except to the extent that the provisions of the applicable restricted stock, stock option or other equity award are more favorable; and

    coverage for the executive as a named insured on all directors' and officers' insurance maintained by us for the benefit of directors and officers on at least the same basis as all other covered individuals, and at least the same corporate indemnification we provide to other senior executives, through at least six years following the date of termination.

              In addition, certain of our executive officers may be entitled to additional payments and benefits upon a "change of control" (as defined in the employment agreements). See "—Potential Payments on Termination or Change of Control."

Potential Payments on Termination or Change of Control

              Under the employment agreements of Dr. Zhang, Dr. Luo, Mr. Shandell, Mr. Peters and Ms. Purchase, upon termination of employment resulting from a change in control (as defined in the employment agreements) and occurring as a result of the specific termination events and time periods

136


Table of Contents

set forth in the employment agreements, in addition to any severance payments as described above, the executives are entitled to:

    payment in an amount equal to three, or two in the case of Mr. Peters, times the sum of (a) the highest base salary in effect (i) during the 12 months immediately prior to the date of termination or (ii) during the period of employment, if the employment lasted less than 12 months, plus (b) the average annual bonus earned by the executive for the most recent three, or two in the case of Mr. Peters, fiscal years ending prior to the date of termination, such amount to be paid in cash or immediately-available funds in a lump sum sixty days following the date of termination;

    an additional 12-month extension of health insurance premium payments in addition to those payments to which he or she is otherwise entitled under his or her respective employment agreement; and

    full vesting of all restricted stock, stock options or other equity compensation awards granted by us that were unvested immediately prior to the change in control, except to the extent that the provisions of the applicable restricted stock, stock option or other equity award are more favorable.

              Entitlement to the above benefits upon a change in control is conditioned upon execution of a release in form and substance satisfactory to us.

              In the event of a change of control (as defined in the 2005 Plan) where the acquirer does not assume awards granted under the 2005 Plan, awards issued under the 2005 Plan will be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of the awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. In the event of a change of control where the acquirer assumes awards granted under the 2005 Plan, if the holder of any such award is terminated by the acquirer without cause (as defined in the 2005 Plan) or as a result of a constructive termination (as defined in the 2005 Plan) within one year after the change of control, such award will immediately vest in full and, if applicable, any remaining forfeiture, repurchase and other restrictions applicable to such award shall lapse on the date of termination.

137


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

              The following table sets forth summary information regarding the outstanding equity awards for each of the named executive officers as of December 31, 2013.

 
  Option Awards(1)   Stock Awards  
Name
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number of
Shares or Units
of Stock That
Have Not
Vested
  Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have
Not Vested(7)
 

Jack Y. Zhang

    275,000         $ 22.29     8/2/14              

    275,000                    12.97     9/28/15              

    174,937     87,494 (2)   16.75     10/3/16              

    95,612     286,836 (4)   11.51     7/13/17              

    44,247     132,740 (4)   11.53     9/28/17              

          1,279,167 (2)   12.02     7/5/18              

Mary Z. Luo

   
185,000
       
$

22.29
   
8/2/14
             

    185,000                    12.97     9/28/15              

    121,167     60,601 (2)   16.75     10/3/16              

    66,224     198,671 (4)   11.51     7/13/17              

    34,658     103,974 (4)   11.53     9/28/17              

          746,181 (2)   12.02     7/5/18              

Jason B. Shandell

   
8,000
       
$

33.49
   
5/9/18
   
666

(5)

$

9,769
 

    4,000           33.49     7/7/18     4,095 (5)   60,027  

    5,000           35.32     8/28/18     5,253 (6)   77,009  

    6,000     1,500 (3)   20.26     8/2/19     36,121 (6)   529,534  

    3,600     2,400 (3)   11.79     9/28/20              

    3,760     3,759 (4)   14.81     10/3/21              

    14,249     42,747 (4)   10.46     7/13/22              

    4,158     12,472 (4)   10.48     9/28/22              

          151,988 (4)   10.93     7/5/23              

(1)
Information for this table is depicted on an award-by-award basis unless the exercise price and expiration date are identical.

(2)
Options vest annually over a period of three years from the date of grant.

(3)
Options vest annually over a period of five years from the date of grant.

(4)
Options vest annually over a period of four years from the date of grant.

(5)
DSU awards that vest annually over a period of five years from the date of grant.

(6)
DSU awards that vest annually over a period of four years from the date of grant.

(7)
The market value of DSU awards that have not vested are based on our per share value of $14.66 at December 31, 2013.

Employee Benefit Plans

Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Award Plan

              Introduction.     In September 2005, our board of directors adopted the 2005 Equity Incentive Award Plan, or the 2005 Plan, which was approved by our stockholders in October 2005 and is set to

138


Table of Contents

expire in September 2015. The 2005 Plan, which was to become effective after our initial public offering, was amended and restated and became effective in February 2009. We refer to the Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Award Plan as the 2005 Plan. Consequently, we no longer make grants of awards under plans that were in existence prior to the 2005 Plan. In general, the 2005 Plan is designed to meet the needs of a publicly traded company, including the requirements for granting "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code. The 2005 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, nonqualified stock options, or NQSOs, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, dividend equivalents and stock payments to our employees, members of the board of directors and consultants.

              Share Reserve.     We have initially reserved 3,700,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2005 Plan. This number will be increased by the number of shares of common stock related to options or other awards granted under our other equity incentive plans or arrangements that are repurchased, forfeited, expired or cancelled on or after the effective date of the 2005 Plan.

              The 2005 Plan also contains an "evergreen provision" that allows for an annual increase in the number of shares available for issuance on January 1 of each year during the ten-year term of the 2005 Plan, beginning January 1, 2007. The annual increase in the number of shares shall be either 2% of our outstanding shares on the applicable January 1 or a lesser amount determined by our board of directors.

              In addition, if at any time after the 2005 Plan became effective, our market capitalization exceeds by at least 200% our market capitalization on the date we become a public company for any 10 consecutive trading day period, then on the last day of such 10-day period, the number of shares available for issuance will be increased by 3% of our outstanding shares on that day. If, after this adjustment, for any subsequent 10 consecutive trading day period, our market capitalization exceeds by at least 200% our market capitalization at the last date of adjustment, then the number of shares available for issuance will again be increased by 2.5% of our outstanding shares.

              In no event will the number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards under the 2005 Plan exceed an aggregate of 18,000,000 shares.

              Administration.     The compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the 2005 Plan. Our compensation committee must consist of at least two members of our board of directors, each of whom is a "non-employee director" for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and, with respect to awards that are intended to constitute performance-based compensation under Section 162(m), an "outside director" for purposes of Section 162(m) and an "independent director" under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC. The 2005 Plan's administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject thereto and the terms and conditions thereof and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2005 Plan. The 2005 Plan's administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2005 Plan. Our board of directors may at any time exercise any and all rights and duties of the administrator of the 2005 Plan, except with respect to matters under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or Section 162(m) or any rules or regulations issued thereunder. The board of directors will administer the 2005 Plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors.

              Eligibility.     Options, SARs, restricted stock and other awards under the 2005 Plan may be granted to our officers or employees. Awards may also be granted to our non-employee directors and consultants, but only employees may be granted ISOs. The maximum number of shares that may be subject to awards granted under the 2005 Plan to any individual in any calendar year cannot exceed 2,000,000. This limit will not take effect until after we become a public company and the earliest of: (1) the first material modification of the 2005 Plan; (2) the issuance of all the shares reserved for

139


Table of Contents

issuance under the 2005 Plan; (3) the expiration of the 2005 Plan; (4) the first meeting of stockholders at which members of the board of directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which we registered an equity security under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (5) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code.

              Awards.     The 2005 Plan provides that our compensation committee (or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors) may grant or issue stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalents and stock payments, or any combination thereof. The compensation committee (or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors) will consider each award grant subjectively in light of the individual performance of the recipient and the anticipated contribution of the recipient to our long-term goals. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

    Nonqualified Stock Options provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price which may not be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and usually will become exercisable in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant's continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of performance targets established by our compensation committee (or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors). NQSOs may be granted for any term up to ten years.

    Incentive Stock Options are designed to comply with the provisions of, and be subject to specified restrictions contained in, the Code. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the 2005 Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must expire upon the fifth anniversary of the date of its grant.

    Restricted Stock may be made subject to such restrictions as determined by our compensation committee (or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors). Typically, restricted stock may be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions are not met, and they may not be sold or otherwise transferred to third parties until restrictions are removed or expire. Purchasers of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, will have voting rights and will receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse.

    Deferred Stock Units may be awarded to participants, typically without payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or on performance criteria established by our compensation committee (or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors). Deferred stock units, or DSUs, may not be sold or otherwise transferred or hypothecated until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Stock underlying deferred stock units will not be issued until the deferred stock units have vested, and recipients of deferred stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied. A deferred stock unit is a form of a restricted stock unit, whereby the issuance of the underlying stock is deferred for some stated period after the award has vested.

    Stock Appreciation Rights typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over the exercise price of the related option or other awards, but alternatively may be based upon criteria such as book value. Except as required by the Code, there are no restrictions specified in the 2005 Plan on the exercise of SARs or the amount of gain realizable therefrom. Our compensation committee or board of directors may elect to pay SARs in cash or in common stock or in a combination of both.

140


Table of Contents

    Dividend Equivalents represent the value of the dividends, if any, per share paid by us, calculated with reference to the number of shares covered by the stock options, SARs, or other awards held by the participant.

    Stock Payments may be authorized by our compensation committee (or the board of directors, in the case of awards to non-employee directors) in the form of common stock or an option or other right to purchase common stock as part of a deferred compensation arrangement in lieu of all or any part of compensation, including bonuses, that would otherwise be payable in cash to the key employee or consultant.

    Corporate Transactions.   In the event of a change of control (as defined in the 2005 Plan) where the acquirer does not assume awards granted under the 2005 Plan, awards issued under the 2005 Plan will be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of the awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. In the event of a change of control where the acquirer assumes awards granted under the 2005 Plan, if the holder of any such award is terminated by the acquirer without cause or as a result of a constructive termination within one year after the change of control, such award will immediately vest in full and, if applicable, any remaining forfeiture, repurchase and other restrictions applicable to such award shall lapse on the date of termination.

              Amendment and Termination of the 2005 Plan.     Our board of directors may terminate, amend or modify the 2005 Plan. However, stockholder approval of any amendment to the 2005 Plan will be obtained to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with any applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule, or for any amendment to the 2005 Plan that increases the number of shares available under the 2005 Plan. If not terminated earlier by the compensation committee or the board of directors, the 2005 Plan will terminate on the earlier of the tenth anniversary of the date of its adoption by our board of directors or the date of its approval by our stockholders.

              As of March 31, 2014 options to purchase 9,795,127 shares of common stock were outstanding, 406,255 DSU grants were outstanding and 2,139,587 shares were available for future grants or awards under the 2005 Plan.

Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

              Introduction.     The 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, or the 2002 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors in November 2002 and approved by our stockholders in August 2003. The board of directors approved an amendment and restatement of the 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan in April 2004 increasing the number of options for grant under the Plan, which was approved by our stockholders in July 2004. We refer to the Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan as the 2002 Plan. Consequent to the 2005 Plan becoming effective, awards are no longer being made under the 2002 Plan.

              Share Reserve.     6,400,000 shares of common stock were authorized for issuance under the 2002 Plan. In addition, no participant in the 2002 Plan may have been granted stock options, and/or stock awards for more than 400,000 shares of common stock per calendar year.

              Structure.     The 2002 Plan provided for two types of equity incentives:

    option grants, pursuant to which eligible individuals in our employ or service may have been granted options to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price not less than 85% of the fair market value of those shares on the grant date; and

    stock awards, under which such individuals may have been issued shares of common stock directly or through the purchase of such shares at a price not less than 100% of their fair market value at the time of issuance; however, the purchase price for such shares may have

141


Table of Contents

      been paid through the exchange of vested stock options, cancellation of indebtedness to our company or performance of services.

              Eligibility.     The individuals eligible to participate in the 2002 Plan included our employees, our non-employee Board members and any consultants we hired.

              Administration.     The 2002 Plan is administered by our compensation committee and/or our board of directors (for purposes of this description, the compensation committee and our Board will be referred to generally as the "plan administrator"). The plan administrator determined which eligible individuals were to receive option grants or stock awards under the 2002 Plan, the time or times when such option grants or stock awards were to be made, the number of shares subject to each such grant or award, the vesting schedule to be in effect for the option grant or stock award and the maximum term for which any granted option was to remain outstanding.

              Plan Features.     The 2002 Plan includes the following features:

              The exercise or purchase price for the shares of common stock subject to awards made under the 2002 Plan may be paid in cash. If permitted in an optionee's option agreement, an option's exercise price may also be paid in shares of common stock valued at fair market value on the exercise date through a same-day sale program without any cash outlay by the optionee. In addition, if permitted in an option agreement, the plan administrator may provide financial assistance to an optionee in the exercise of his or her outstanding options or the purchase of his or her unvested shares by allowing such individual to deliver a full-recourse, interest-bearing promissory note in payment of the exercise price and any associated withholding taxes incurred in connection with such exercise or purchase.

              In the event we merge or are acquired, options outstanding under the 2002 Plan shall be treated in one of the following ways:

    the options shall continue (in the event we are the surviving corporation);

    the options will be assumed by the acquirer;

    the options will be substituted by the acquirer;

    the options will become fully vested and exercisable, followed by the cancellation of such options; or

    the options will be cashed out and then cancelled.

              The Board may amend or modify the 2002 Plan at any time, subject to any required stockholder approval, but plan amendments will not affect any previously granted awards. The 2002 Plan would have terminated no later than November 2012. As of February 2009, subsequent to the 2005 Plan becoming effective, awards are no longer being made under the 2002 Plan.

              As of March 31, 2014, options to purchase 1,920,450 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2002 Plan.

Stock Options Granted Prior to 2002

              From 1998 through 2001, our board of directors granted options to purchase shares of our common stock under the Key Employee Stock Incentive Plan, the 2001 Employee Incentive Plan, the 2000 Employee Incentive Plan and the 1999 Employee Incentive Plan. As of March 31, 2014, options to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock were outstanding from grants made prior to 2002. All of these outstanding options were granted to a former employee pursuant to option agreements between 1999 and 2001. Pursuant to a settlement agreement with this former employee, he may exercise 75% of these options within 90 days of our initial public offering.

142


Table of Contents

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

              Introduction.     Our board of directors approved and adopted the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, on March 24, 2014. The ESPP will become effective on the date of the prospectus. The purpose of the ESPP is to retain the services of new employees and secure the services of new and existing employees while providing incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates.

              Share Reserve.     Following this offering, the ESPP authorizes the issuance of 2,000,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.

              Administration.     The ESPP will be administered by our compensation committee. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings of purchase rights to eligible employees. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering may be terminated under certain circumstances.

              Payroll Deductions.     Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 10% of their earnings for the purchase of our common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our compensation committee, common stock will be purchased for accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share equal to the lower of (a) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first date of an offering and (b) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.

              Limitations.     Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the ESPP, as determined by our board of directors: (a) employed for more than two years, (b) customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week, (c) customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year. No employee may purchase shares under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering for each year such a purchase right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code. A participant may not purchase more than 5,000 shares of common stock during a purchase period.

              Plan Amendments, Termination.     Our compensation committee has the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP upon completion of an offering period.

401(k) Plan

              We have a defined contribution 401(k) plan, whereby eligible employees can voluntarily contribute up to a defined percentage of their annual compensation up to the maximum statutory limit. We match contributions at a rate of 50% on the first 4% of employee contributions, or up to 2% of the employee's annual compensation, and we pay the administrative costs of the plan. Employer contributions vest ratably over four years.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

              Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions indemnifying our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law.

143


Table of Contents

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors that may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under Delaware law.

              In addition, as permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that no director will be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages due to breach of certain fiduciary duties as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director due to breach of certain fiduciary duties as a director, except that a director will be personally liable for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    the payment of dividends or the redemption or purchase of stock in violation of Delaware law; or

    any transaction from which the director knowingly derived an improper personal benefit.

              To the extent that our directors, officers and controlling persons are indemnified under the provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Delaware law, or contractual arrangements against liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Director Compensation

              We compensate non-employee members of the board of directors. Directors who are also employees do not receive cash or equity compensation for service on the board of directors in addition to compensation payable for their service as our employees. The non-employee members of our board of directors are reimbursed for travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending board of directors or committee meetings. Our directors received equity grants annually at the fair market value of our common stock at the time of grant under our 2005 Plan.

              The cash and equity components of our compensation policy for non-employee directors are set forth below:

Position
  Annual Cash
Retainer
  Meeting Fee   Teleconference
Fee
  Equity Grant  

Base Fee

  $ 40,000   $ 2,500   $ 500   $ 160,000  

Chairperson Fee

                         

Audit committee

    22,500                    

Compensation committee

    15,000                    

Nomination committee

    11,250                    

Committee Member Fee

                         

Audit committee

    10,000     1,375     500        

Compensation committee

    7,500     1,375     500        

Nomination committee

    5,000     1,375     500        

              Under our director compensation program, our directors may choose to receive DSUs instead of options with the same aggregate fair value.

144


Table of Contents

              The following table sets forth summary information concerning the compensation awarded to, paid to, or earned by the non-employee members of our board of directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

Name
  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
  Stock Awards(1)   Option Awards(1)   Total  

Richard Koo

  $ 89,375   $ 80,000   $ 80,000   $ 249,375  

Richard Prins

    98,000     60,000     100,000     258,000  

Howard Lee

    73,875     80,000     80,000     233,875  

Michael A. Zasloff

    66,500     80,000     80,000     226,500  

Floyd F. Petersen

    80,064     80,000     80,000     240,064  

Stephen B. Shohet

    63,625         160,000     223,625  

(1)
This amount reflects the aggregate grant fair value computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The assumptions that we used to calculate these amounts are discussed in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of the prospectus.

145


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

              The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of May 13, 2014, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

              Applicable percentage ownership is based on 38,795,940 shares of common stock outstanding as of May 13, 2014. The percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering shown in the table is based on        shares of common stock outstanding after the closing of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

              Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he or she possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options and DSUs that are currently exercisable or exercisable or deliverable within 60 days of May 13, 2014.

              Except as otherwise noted, the address of each person or entity in the following table is c/o Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., 11570 Sixth Street, Rancho Cucamonga, California 91730.

 
  Beneficial Ownership
Prior to Offering
  Shares
being
Offered
  Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Number of
Shares
  Percentage   Number of
Shares
  Number of
Shares
  Percentage  

5% Stockholders

                               

Applied Physics & Chemistry Laboratories, Inc.(2)

    7,631,594     19.67 %                  

13760 Magnolia Avenue
Chino, CA 91710

                               

Coller International Partners IV Limited(3)

    3,360,000     8.66 %                  

PO Box 255
Trafalgar Court,
Les Banques, St. Peter Port,
Guernsey
GY1 3QL
Channel Islands

                               

Directors and Named Executive Officers

                               

Jack Y. Zhang(4)(5). 

    10,989,117     26.85 %                  

Mary Z. Luo(4)(5)

    10,989,117     26.85 %                  

Jason B. Shandell(6)

    104,865     *                    

Richard Koo(7)

    214,365     *                    

Floyd F. Petersen(8)

    110,729     *                    

Michael A. Zasloff(9)

    174,143     *                    

Richard Prins(10)

    121,903     *                    

Howard Lee(11)

    176,595     *                    

Stephen B. Shohet(12)

    165,461     *                    

All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)(13)

    12,335,828     29.47 %                  

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock.

(1)
Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that the persons named in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock reflected in this table.

(2)
Dr. Zhang and Dr. Luo are the sole owners of Applied Physics & Chemistry Laboratories, Inc.

146


Table of Contents

(3)
The board of directors of Coller International Partners IV Limited is comprised of Paul McDonald, John Marren, Cyril Mahon and Peter Hutton, each of whom may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares of common stock held by Coller International Partners IV Limited, but each disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of any indirect pecuniary interest therein. Coller German Investors GmbH & Co. KG, Coller International Partners IV-D, L.P. and Coller International Partners IV-E, L.P. are the shareholders of Coller International Partners IV Limited. Coller International General Partner IV, L.P., or General Partner, is the general partner of Coller International Partners IV-D, L.P. and Coller International Partners IV-E, L.P. and the managing limited partner of Coller German Investors GmbH & Co. KG. Coller Investment Management Limited, or Investment Management, is the general partner of General Partner. The board of directors of Investment Management is comprised of Jeremy Coller, Roger Le Tissier, Paul McDonald, Andrew Hitchon, Cyril Mahon, Peter Hutton and John Loveless, each of whom may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares of common stock held by Coller International Partners IV Limited, but each disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of any indirect pecuniary interest therein.

(4)
Dr. Zhang and Dr. Luo are spouses and the number and percentage of beneficial ownership of each represents their aggregate combined ownership of 26.85%, including their combined ownership in Applied Physics & Chemistry Laboratories, Inc., over which Drs. Zhang and Luo have shared voting and investment power.

(5)
Includes (i) 7,631,594 shares held of record by Applied Physics & Chemistry Laboratories, Inc., the sole owners of which are Drs. Zhang and Luo, (ii) 1,291,142 shares of common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2014 and 649,108 shares held directly by Dr. Zhang, (iii) 840,750 shares of common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2014 and 547,823 shares held directly by Dr. Luo and (iv) 28,700 shares held in trust for which Drs. Zhang and Luo serve as custodians.

(6)
Includes 12,102 shares owned by Mr. Shandell, 6,000 shares owned by Jason and Carolina Shandell, and 86,763 shares of common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2014 held by Mr. Shandell.

(7)
Includes 204,365 shares owned by Mr. Koo and 10,000 shares owned by Richard Y. Koo, a sole proprietorship.

(8)
Includes 32,955 shares owned by Mr. Petersen and 77,774 shares of common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2014 held by Mr. Petersen.

(9)
Includes 8,682 shares owned by Dr. Zasloff and 165,461 shares of common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2014 held by Dr. Zasloff.

(10)
Includes 27,958 shares owned by Mr. Prins and 93,945 shares of common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2014 held by Mr. Prins.

(11)
Includes 89,758 shares owned by Dr. Lee and 86,837 shares of common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2014 held by Dr. Lee.

(12)
Consists of shares of common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2014 held by Dr. Shohet.

(13)
Includes 3,065,196 shares of common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of May 13, 2014 for all named directors and executive officers and directors as a group.

147


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

              As set forth in our audit committee charter, our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving all related-party transactions. Since January 1, 2011, we have entered into, and our audit committee has reviewed and approved, transactions described below with our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities and their respective affiliates. As used in this section, the terms "related person" and "transaction" have the meanings set forth in Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. In the course of its review and approval of transactions with related persons, the audit committee considers:

              Any member of the audit committee who is a related person with respect to a transaction under review will not be able to participate in the discussions or vote on the approval or ratification of the transaction, other than to provide all material information regarding the transaction, including information regarding the extent of the member's interest in the transaction, to the audit committee. However, such a director may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the committee that considers the transaction. Any material changes to the terms of, or any renewal of, any of these transactions will also require the same approval. If a related party transaction will be ongoing, the audit committee may establish guidelines or other parameters or conditions relating to our participation in the transaction. The audit committee may from time to time pre-approve types or categories of transactions by related persons but we have no such pre-approved types or categories of transactions at this time.

Agreements with Applied Physics & Chemistry Laboratories, Inc. and MicroScience Institute

              In 2006, MicroScience Institute, or MSI, a related party which is also wholly-owned by Drs. Zhang and Luo, our director and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Operating Officer and chairman of our board of directors, respectively, obtained the leasing rights to our New Drug Research Center, or NDRC, from Applied Physics & Chemistry Laboratories, Inc., or APCL, which is also owned by Drs. Zhang and Luo. Prior to this offering, APCL owned approximately 20% of our outstanding shares of common stock. APCL is owned 100% by Drs. Zhang and Luo. In April 2006, the audit committee approved a three year lease agreement between Amphastar and MSI for a facility previously leased from APCL and for additional office and laboratory space. The total annual rental under the lease is $1.0 million with an option to renew for an additional three years. In May 2009, we exercised our option to extend the lease with MSI for an additional three years under the same terms.

              In September 2012, our audit committee approved a lease agreement with MSI for the NDRC facility. In October 2012, we signed a lease agreement for the NDRC facility with MSI pursuant to our board of director's approval. The effective term of the lease is three years commencing May 1, 2012 and terminating on the earlier of April 30, 2015 or the sale of the facility to us. The amount of lease payments were determined by reference to standard industry formulas for computing rent payments using the appraised fair market value of the facility and current market capitalization rates for the local area. The total annual rental under the lease is $0.6 million.

148


Table of Contents

              Concurrently with the execution of the new lease, in September 2012, the audit committee approved the purchase of the NDRC facility that was leased from MSI for a price of $7.4 million. The sales price was determined by obtaining three independent appraisals and selecting the lowest appraisal of the three. In October 2012, subsequent to the execution of the three-year lease agreement, a purchase agreement was signed by us and Drs. Zhang and Luo to complete the transaction approved by the board of directors.

              Rent expense under the related-party leases discussed above was approximately $1.0 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and is included in research and development expense.

Indemnification Agreements

              We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will require us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. For more information regarding these agreements, see "Executive and Director Compensation—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters."

149


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

              Immediately upon completion of the offering and upon the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we will be authorized to issue up to 320,000,000 shares, $0.0001 par value per share, of which 300,000,000 shares may be common stock and 20,000,000 shares may be preferred stock. The following description of our capital stock is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the provisions of our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and by the provisions of applicable law.

Common Stock

              As of May 13, 2014, there were 38,795,940 shares of our common stock outstanding that were held of record by 461 stockholders. There were no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

              The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law and our amended and restated bylaws, our board of directors may declare and pay dividends upon shares of our capital stock out of legally available funds, subject to any restrictions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. In the event we liquidate, dissolve, or wind up, the holders of our common stock are entitled under the Delaware General Corporation Law to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and liquidation preferences of any outstanding shares of the preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive rights or rights to convert their common stock into any other securities. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. All outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

              Our board of directors has the authority to issue undesignated preferred stock in one or more series and to determine the powers, preferences and rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of undesignated preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of the series, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

              After the closing of this offering, the holders of 799,676 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. The holders of these shares are entitled to certain piggyback registration rights. If we register any securities for public sale other than for our initial public offering, these holders will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement. In an underwritten offering, we have agreed to use our best efforts to cause the shares to be included in the underwriting on the same terms and conditions as the securities being sold through any such underwriters. We have agreed to indemnify the holders of this registration right against liabilities under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state securities laws.

150


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Provision

              Provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make our acquisition by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, and the removal of incumbent officers and directors, more difficult. These provisions are expected to discourage types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control to first negotiate with us. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweighs the disadvantages of discouraging proposals, including proposals that are priced above the then current market value of our common stock, because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

              We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 defines an "interested stockholder" as any entity or person who beneficially owns, or an affiliate or associate of the corporation that at any time within three years prior to the date of determination of interested stockholder status did beneficially own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, and affiliates and associates of such person. Under this provision, we may not engage in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

              Section 203 defines "business combination" to include:

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

              Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that could have the effect of discouraging potential acquisition proposals or tender offers or delaying or preventing a change of control of our company. In particular, our amended

151


Table of Contents

and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as applicable, among other things:

              These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by them and to discourage certain

152


Table of Contents

types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control of our company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, these provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

Choice of Forum

              Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amend and restated certificate or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Several lawsuits have been filed in Delaware challenging the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions and it is possible that a court will determine that such provisions are not enforceable.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

              The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.

The Nasdaq Global Market

              We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "AMPH."

153


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

              Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering or the possibility of sales of this kind occurring could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to fall and impede our ability to raise capital through an offering of equity securities.

              Upon the completion of this offering, we will have a total of                shares of common stock outstanding based upon                shares outstanding as of                    , 2014, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options prior to completion of this offering. The shares offered by this prospectus will be freely tradable unless they are purchased by our "affiliates," as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by affiliates may generally only be sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or in compliance with Rule 144.

              The remaining                shares of our common stock are "restricted," which means they were originally sold in offerings that were not subject to a registration statement filed with the SEC. These restricted shares may generally be resold only through registration under the Securities Act or under an available exemption from registration, such as provided by Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements

              All officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock will enter into the contractual "lock-up" agreements described in "Underwriting." As a result of these contractual restrictions, notwithstanding possible earlier eligibility for sale under the provisions of Rules 144 and 701,                 additional shares will be available for sale beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject in some cases to certain volume limitations.

Rule 144

              In general, under Rule 144, as amended, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us.

              A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

              Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

              Subject to certain limitations on the aggregate offering price of a transaction and other conditions, Rule 701 permits resales of shares issued prior to the date the issuer becomes subject to the

154


Table of Contents

reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts commencing 90 days after the issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period requirements. In addition, the SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of these options, including exercises after the date the issuer becomes so subject. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and subject to the contractual restrictions described above, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than "affiliates" subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by "affiliates" under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period requirement.

S-8 Registration Statement

              We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock subject to outstanding options or reserved for issuance under our various stock option plans. Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, all of these shares will, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, be available for sale in the open market, except to the extent that these shares are subject to vesting restrictions or the contractual restrictions described above.

Registration Rights

              After the closing of this offering, the holders of 799,676 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. If we register any securities for public sale other than for our initial public offering, these holders will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement. In an underwritten offering, we have agreed to use our best efforts to cause the shares to be included in the underwriting on the same terms and conditions as the securities being sold through any such underwriters. We have agreed to indemnify the holders of this registration right against liabilities under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state securities laws.

155


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

              The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to non-U.S. holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

              This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any foreign, state or local jurisdiction or any U.S. federal non-income tax laws other than U.S. federal estate tax laws to the limited extent described below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor's particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

              In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

               YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN, OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

156


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

              For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are a holder other than a partnership or other entity classified as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not a U.S. person. For purposes of this discussion, you are a U.S. person if you are:

Distributions

              We do not plan to make any distributions on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do make future distributions on our common stock (other than certain pro rata distributions of our common stock), however, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

              Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

              Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, that are attributable to a permanent establishment (or, if you are an individual, a fixed base) maintained by you in the U.S.) are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

              If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, you may generally obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if you timely file an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If you hold stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

157


Table of Contents

Dispositions

              You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

              We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, however, there can be no assurance we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock.

              If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may also be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the U.S.). You should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

              Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any, regardless of whether withholding was required. A similar report is sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence. Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

              Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

158


Table of Contents

U.S. Federal Estate Taxes

              Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is a non-U.S. person (as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Legislation Affecting Taxation of our Common Stock Held by or through Foreign Entities

              Legislation enacted in 2010 generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock, paid to a "foreign financial institution" (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The legislation also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. An intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and an applicable non-U.S. country may modify the requirements discussed above. This withholding obligation under this legislation with respect to dividends on our common stock will not begin until July 1, 2014 and with respect to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

               Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and foreign tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

159


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

              Jefferies LLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp. and Piper Jaffray & Co. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling stockholder and the underwriters, we and the selling stockholder have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the selling stockholder, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

                       Underwriter
 
Number
of Shares
 

Jefferies LLC

                      

BMO Capital Markets Corp. 

                      

Piper Jaffray & Co. 

                      

Needham & Company, LLC

                      
       

                      Total

                      
       

              Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

              We and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

              The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer's certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

              The representatives have advised us and the selling stockholder that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

              The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholder. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 
  Per Share   Without Option   With Option  

Public offering price

    $     $     $  

Underwriting discount

    $     $     $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

    $     $     $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholder

    $     $     $  

              Our portion of the expenses of the offering, which will include those incurred by the selling stockholder other than the underwriting discount, fees and disbursements of counsel for the selling stockholder and any transfer taxes, are estimated at $        , which includes an amount not to exceed

160


Table of Contents

$        that we have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses incurred by them in connection with this offering.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

              We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                     additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter's initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

              We and the selling stockholder, our executive officers and directors and substantially all of our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or the restricted period, without first obtaining the written consent of the underwriters. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly

              This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

              The restrictions described in the second preceding paragraph shall not apply to:

161


Table of Contents

Nasdaq Global Market Listing

              We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "AMPH."

162


Table of Contents

              Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us, the selling stockholder and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are

              An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

              The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

              Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

              In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. "Naked" short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

              The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

              Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters' purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing

163


Table of Contents

or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over the counter market or otherwise.

              Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

              In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

              Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

              In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

              In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area, each, a Relevant Member State, no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us, the selling stockholder or the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

              Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a "qualified investor" within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have

164


Table of Contents

not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

              We, the selling stockholder, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

              This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us, the selling stockholder or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we, the selling stockholder nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us, the selling stockholder or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

              For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression "an offer to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

              In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are "qualified investors" (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

              The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

165


Table of Contents

              Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

              This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

              No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

              Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, who we refer to as the Exempt Investors, who are "sophisticated investors" (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), "professional investors" (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

              The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

              This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

              The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other

166


Table of Contents

circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the securities has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

              The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, "Japanese Person" shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

              This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of Non-CIS Securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the Non-CIS Securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

              Where the Non-CIS Securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Non-CIS Securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

167


Table of Contents

168


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

              The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by K&L Gates LLP, Irvine, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California.


EXPERTS

              The consolidated financial statements of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

              We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, we refer you to the copy of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, with each such statement being qualified in all respects by reference to the document to which it refers. Anyone may inspect and copy the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules at the Public Reference Room the SEC maintains at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain further information about the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also inspect the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules and other information without charge at the website maintained by the SEC. The address of this site is http://www.sec.gov.

              We do not presently file periodic reports with the SEC, however, upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will be required to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information at the Public Reference Room maintained by the SEC at the address noted above, and at the SEC's website http://www.sec.gov. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements and make available quarterly reports containing unaudited financial statements. Our website address is www.amphastar.com. The contents of our website are not part of this prospectus and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision regarding our common stock.

169


Table of Contents


Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-7

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders
Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

              We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

              We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

              In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Los Angeles, California
April 3, 2014

F-2


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share data)

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                   

Current assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 50,213   $ 53,587   $ 52,135  

Restricted cash and restricted short-term investments

    1,888     1,325     1,325  

Accounts receivable, net

    36,409     24,585     19,114  

Inventories

    51,378     69,916     79,047  

Income tax refund and deposits

    1,866     2,429     3,341  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    3,635     5,033     6,232  

Deferred tax assets

    20,301     16,096     16,096  
               

Total current assets

    165,690     172,971     177,290  

Property, plant and equipment, net

    107,366     116,619     118,565  

Goodwill and intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $19,961, $19,838, and $20,307 in 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively

    42,354     40,163     39,690  

Other assets

    2,040     2,877     3,446  

Deferred tax asset

    27     6,118     6,118  
               

Total assets

  $ 317,477   $ 338,748   $ 345,109  
               
               

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Accounts payable

  $ 17,663   $ 20,380   $ 17,571  

Accrued liabilities

    7,253     7,628     7,474  

Income taxes payable

    3,032     2,847     2,670  

Accrued payroll and related benefits

    8,253     9,161     9,672  

Current portion of product return accrual

    1,180     2,639     2,895  

Current portion of deferred revenue

    642     643     643  

Current portion of long-term debt and capital leases

    22,052     22,104     31,888  
               

Total current liabilities

    60,075     65,402     72,813  

Long-term product return accrual

    1,493     1,953     1,524  

Long-term deferred revenue

    3,332     2,625     2,464  

Long-term debt and capital leases, net of current portion

    15,950     10,069     9,612  

Reserve for income tax liabilities

    167          

Deferred tax liabilities

    3,021     7,154     7,154  
               

Total liabilities

    84,038     87,203     93,567  
               

Commitments and contingencies:

                   

Stockholders' equity:

                   

Preferred stock; par value $.0001; authorized shares—20,000,000; no shares outstanding

             

Common stock; par value $.0001; authorized shares—300,000,000; issued and outstanding shares—38,681,660 as of December 31, 2012; 38,765,940 as of December 31, 2013; and 38,765,940 as of March 31, 2014

    4     4     4  

Additional paid-in capital

    171,488     177,732     179,348  

Retained earnings

    61,947     73,809     72,190  
               

Total stockholders' equity

    233,439     251,545     251,542  
               

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 317,477   $ 338,748   $ 345,109  
               
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Net revenues

  $ 118,356   $ 204,323   $ 229,681   $ 52,963   $ 45,870  

Cost of revenues

    90,252     114,020     142,725     33,406     33,362  
                       

Gross profit

    28,104     90,303     86,956     19,557     12,508  

Operating expenses:

                               

Selling, distribution and marketing

    4,100     4,426     5,349     1,394     1,259  

General and administrative

    26,433     27,223     30,972     6,907     6,845  

Research and development

    31,049     31,163     33,019     8,904     6,209  

Impairment of long-lived assets

    67     2,094     126         164  
                       

Total operating expenses

    61,649     64,906     69,466     17,205     14,477  
                       

Income (loss) from operations

    (33,545 )   25,397     17,490     2,352     (1,969 )

Non-operating income (expense):

                               

Interest income

    401     242     187     49     28  

Interest expense, net

    (584 )   (784 )   (958 )   (305 )   (180 )

Other income (expense), net

    1,841     1,023     508     95     (350 )
                       

Total non-operating income (expense)

    1,658     481     (263 )   (161 )   (502 )
                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (31,887 )   25,878     17,227     2,191     (2,471 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (39,639 )   7,784     5,365     (191 )   (852 )
                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 7,752   $ 18,094   $ 11,862   $ 2,382   $ (1,619 )
                       
                       

Net income (loss) per common share:

                               

Basic

  $ 0.20   $ 0.47   $ 0.31   $ 0.06   $ (0.04 )

Diluted

  $ 0.20   $ 0.46   $ 0.31   $ 0.06   $ (0.04 )

Weighted-average shares used to compute net income per common share:

                               

Basic

    38,513     38,580     38,712     38,707     38,769  

Diluted

    38,919     38,940     38,883     38,845     38,769  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

(in thousands, except share data)

 
  Common Stock    
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
   
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    38,510,314   $ 4   $ 164,661   $ 43,853   $ 208,518  

Net income

                18,094     18,094  

Reduction of excess tax benefit of share-based awards

            (120 )       (120 )

Exercise of stock options

    41,300         333         333  

Issuance of common stock to employees in connection with the release of vested deferred stock units, net of common stock withheld to settle equity awards

    98,386         (811 )       (811 )

Issuance of common stock to nonemployees in connection with exercise of common stock options

    31,660                  

Nonemployee share-based compensation expense ($412 related to stock option awards and $338 related to DSU awards)

            750         750  

Employee share-based compensation expense ($6,465 related to stock option awards and $210 related to DSU awards)                                             

            6,675         6,675  
                       

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    38,681,660     4     171,488     61,947     233,439  

Net income

                11,862     11,862  

Reduction of excess tax benefit of share-based awards

            (647 )       (647 )

Exercise of stock options

    4,200         55         55  

Issuance of common stock to employees in connection with the release of vested deferred stock units, net of common stock withheld to settle equity awards

    14,023         (199 )       (199 )

Issuance of common stock to nonemployees in connection with the release of vested deferred stock units

    66,057                  

Nonemployee share-based compensation expense ($499 related to stock option awards and $447 related to DSU awards)

            946         946  

Employee share-based compensation expense ($5,926 related to stock option awards and $163 related to DSU awards)                                             

            6,089         6,089  
                       

Balance as of December 31, 2013

    38,765,940     4     177,732     73,809     251,545  

Net loss (unaudited)

                (1,619 )   (1,619 )

Nonemployee share-based compensation expense ($143 related to stock option awards and $93 related to DSU awards) (unaudited)

            236         236  

Employee share-based compensation expense ($1,312 related to stock option awards and $68 related to DSU awards) (unaudited)

            1,380         1,380  
                       

Balance as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

    38,765,940   $ 4   $ 179,348   $ 72,190   $ 251,542  
                       
                       

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Operating activities

                               

Net income (loss)

  $ 7,752   $ 18,094   $ 11,862   $ 2,382   $ (1,619 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                               

Impairment of long-lived assets

    67     2,094     126         165  

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    514     611     91          

Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment

    9,305     9,657     11,171     2,565     2,940  

Amortization of product rights, trademarks and patents

    1,845     1,840     1,907     474     475  

Employee share-based compensation expense

    6,881     6,675     6,089     1,344     1,380  

Non-employee share-based compensation expense

    1,159     750     946     238     236  

Reserve for income tax liabilities

    (6,326 )   (3,308 )   (167 )   31      

Changes in deferred taxes

    (29,680 )   11,583     2,248          

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                               

Accounts receivable, net

    (1,171 )   (16,647 )   11,824     894     5,471  

Inventories, net

    (1,901 )   (25,219 )   (18,538 )   222     (9,131 )

Income tax refund and deposits

    14,490     2,399     (576 )   (3 )   (912 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (1,821 )   180     29     504     (1,052 )

Income taxes payable

    (2,832 )   (2,351 )   (173 )   (493 )   (177 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities           

    20,814     (8,008 )   4,203     (6,631 )   (3,611 )
                       

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    19,096     (1,650 )   31,042     1,527     (5,835 )
                       

Investing activities

                               

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

    (9,929 )   (23,133 )   (17,642 )   (6,292 )   (4,030 )

Capitalized labor, overhead and interest on self-constructed assets

    (747 )   (603 )   (660 )   (157 )   (196 )

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment

        74              

Purchase of trademarks and other intangible assets

    (42 )   (1,509 )       (10 )    

Sales of short-term investments, net

    185     810     513          

Reduction (increase) in restricted cash

    (100 )   (203 )   50          

Deposits and other assets, net

    98     (548 )   (559 )   (664 )   (571 )
                       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (10,535 )   (25,112 )   (18,298 )   (7,123 )   (4,797 )
                       

Financing activities

                               

Net proceeds from exercise of common stock options

    58     333     55          

Payments on repurchase of common stock

    (1,754 )   (811 )   (199 )        

Excess tax benefit (reduction) related to share-based compensation

    (980 )   (120 )   (647 )        

Deferred offering costs

            (1,427 )   (168 )   (147 )

Proceeds from borrowings under lines of credit

        53,961     66,000     20,000     25,000  

Repayments under lines of credit

        (29,252 )   (71,000 )   (10,000 )   (15,000 )

Principal payments on long-term debt

    (5,900 )   (874 )   (2,152 )   (290 )   (673 )
                       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (8,576 )   23,237     (9,370 )   9,542     9,180  
                       

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (15 )   (3,525 )   3,374     3,946     (1,452 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    53,753     53,738     50,213     50,213     53,587  
                       

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 53,738   $ 50,213   $ 53,587   $ 54,159   $ 52,135  
                       
                       

Noncash investing and financing activities

                               

Equipment acquired under capital leases

  $   $   $ 1,323   $ 44   $  

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

                               

Interest paid

  $ 899   $ 1,089   $ 1,100   $ 301   $ 209  

Income taxes paid

  $ 64   $ 2,078   $ 4,158   $ 3   $ 79  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

1. Description of the Business

              Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a California corporation, was incorporated on February 29, 1996 and merged with and into Amphastar Pharmaceuticals,  Inc., a Delaware corporation, in July 2004 (hereinafter referred to as the Company). The Company is a specialty pharmaceutical company that primarily develops, manufactures, markets and sells generic and proprietary injectable and inhalation products, including a portfolio of generic and proprietary products with high technical barriers to market entry. Most of the Company's products are used in hospital or urgent care clinical settings and are primarily contracted and distributed through group purchasing organizations and drug wholesalers. The Company's inhalation products are primarily distributed through drug retailers.

Recent Events

              On September 19, 2011, the Company received U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approval of its abbreviated new drug application for enoxaparin sodium injection in 100 mg/mL and 150 mg/mL strengths. Enoxaparin sodium injection is a low molecular weight heparin that is used as an anticoagulant and is indicated for multiple indications, including the prevention and treatment of deep vein thrombosis. On January 26, 2012, the Company began selling its enoxaparin product. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company, recognized net revenues from the sale of its enoxaparin product of $127.7 million, $145.9 million, $33.8 million, and $26.1 million, respectively.

              As a result of environmental concerns about chlorofluorocarbons, or CFCs, the FDA issued a final ruling on January 16, 2009 that required the CFC formulation of its Primatene Mist to be phased out by December 31, 2011. For the years ended December 31, 2011, CFC formulation of its Primatene Mist product represented 45% of the Company's net revenues. The Company has developed a formulation of the product using hydrofluoroalkane, or HFA, instead of CFCs as the propellant.

              In 2013, the Company filed a new drug application, or NDA for Primatene Mist HFA and has received a Prescription Drug Fee Act, or PDUFA, date set for May 2014. A PDUFA date sets the target date for the FDA, to complete its review of an NDA. In February 2014, the FDA held a joint meeting of its Nonprescription Drugs Advisory Committee and its Pulmonary Allergy Drugs Advisory Committee, which the Company refers to as the Committee, to discuss the NDA for Primatene Mist HFA. The Committee voted 14 to 10 that the data in the NDA supported efficacy, but voted 17 to 7 that safety had not been established for the intended use. The Committee also voted 18 to 6 that the product did not have a favorable risk-benefit profile for the intended use, and individual Committee members provided recommendations for resolving their concerns. Although the FDA is not required to follow the recommendations of its advisory committees, it usually does. The Company continues to believe its data supports a favorable risk-benefit profile for the product candidate and intends to continue to engage in dialogue with the FDA in support of approval; however, there can be no guarantee that the Company will obtain such approval in a timely manner or at all.

F-7


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

              The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries: International Medication Systems, Limited, or IMS; Amphastar Laboratories, Inc.; Armstrong Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Armstrong; and Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd., or ANP.

              All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Interim Results

              The accompanying interim consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included herein and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, to present fairly the Company's consolidated financial position at March 31, 2014 and the results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. All amounts included in the footnotes to the financial statements as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 are unaudited. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ended December 31, 2014 or for any other interim period or for any other future year.

Amounts Reclassified

              Certain amounts in the prior years' financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications relate to the Company's accounting for the provision for chargebacks, which was originally included on the Company's consolidated balance sheets as a liability and is now reflected as a reduction to accounts receivable. In addition, the Company reclassified its related-party rent expense which was originally a separate line on the Company's consolidated statement of operations and is now included as an expense to research and development. These reclassifications have no impact on net income or cash flows.

Use of Estimates

              The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The principal accounting estimates include: determination of allowances for doubtful accounts and discounts, liabilities for product returns and chargebacks, reserves for excess or unsellable inventory, impairment of long-lived and intangible assets and goodwill, self-insured claims, workers' compensation liabilities, litigation reserves, stock price volatilities for share-based compensation expense, fair market values of the Company's common stock, valuation allowances for deferred tax assets, and liabilities for uncertain income tax positions.

F-8


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Foreign Currency

              The functional currency of the Company and its subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar, or USD.

              The Company's Chinese subsidiary, ANP, maintains its books of record in Chinese Yuan. These books are remeasured into the functional currency of USD using the current or historical exchange rates. The resulting currency remeasurement adjustments and other transactional foreign exchange gains and losses are reflected in the Company's statement of operations.

              The Company has no other comprehensive income adjustments related to foreign currency translation because ANP's functional and reporting currency are both denominated in USD. Additionally, the Company does not undertake hedging transactions to cover its foreign currency exposure.

Fair Value Measurements

              The accounting standards of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, define fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability at the measurement date (an exit price). These standards also establish a hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs used in measuring fair value of an asset or liability, as described below:

    Level 1 —Inputs to measure fair value are based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets on identical assets or liabilities;

    Level 2 —Inputs to measure fair value are based on the following: a) quoted prices in active markets on similar assets or liabilities, b) quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets, or c) observable (other than quoted prices) or collaborated observable market data used in a pricing model from which the fair value is derived; and

    Level 3 —Inputs to measure fair value are unobservable and the assets or liabilities have little, if any, market activity; these inputs reflect the Company's own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities based on best information available in the circumstances.

              The Company classifies its cash equivalents and short-term investments as Level 1 assets, as they are valued on a recurring basis using quoted market prices with no valuation adjustments applied. The Company does not hold any Level 2 or Level 3 instruments that are measured for fair value on a

F-9


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

recurring basis. The fair values of the Company's financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis, as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and March 31, 2014, are as follows:

 
  Total   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash equivalents:

                         

Money market accounts

  $ 29,247   $ 29,247   $   $  

Restricted short-term investments:

                         

Certificates of deposit

    1,888     1,888          
                   

Fair value measurement as of December 31, 2012

  $ 31,135   $ 31,135   $   $  
                   
                   

Cash equivalents:

                         

Money market accounts

  $ 41,183   $ 41,183   $   $  

Restricted short-term investments:

                         

Certificates of deposit

    1,325     1,325          
                   

Fair value measurement as of December 31, 2013

  $ 42,508   $ 42,508   $   $  
                   
                   

Cash equivalents:

                         

Money market accounts (unaudited)

  $ 35,283   $ 35,283   $   $  

Restricted short-term investments:

                         

Certificates of deposit (unaudited)

    1,325     1,325          
                   

Fair value measurement as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

  $ 36,608   $ 36,608   $   $  
                   
                   

              The fair value of the Company's cash equivalents includes money market funds and certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less. Short-term investments consist of certificate of deposit accounts that expire within 12 months for which market prices are readily available. The restrictions placed on the certificate of deposit accounts have a negligible effect on the fair value of these financial assets; these funds are restricted to meet the Company's obligation for workers' compensation claims.

              The Company adopted the required fair value measurements and disclosures provisions related to nonfinancial assets and liabilities. These assets and liabilities are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances. These items primarily include long-lived assets, goodwill and intangible assets for which the fair value of assets is determined as part of the related impairment test and asset retirement obligations initially measured at fair value. As of December 31, 2012, 2013, and March 31, 2014, there were no significant adjustments to fair value for non- financial assets or liabilities.

F-10


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Concentrations of Business and Credit Risk

Cash and Cash Equivalents

              In October 2008, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, temporarily raised the amount of deposits insured from $100,000 to $250,000, which was in effect through December 31, 2013. In addition, all funds in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts were fully insured by the FDIC through December 31, 2012. However, effective January 1, 2013, noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are no longer insured separately from a depositor's other accounts at the same FDIC-insured depository institution. Instead, noninterest-bearing transaction accounts will be added to any of a depositor's other accounts in the applicable ownership category, and the aggregate balance insured up to at least the standard maximum deposit insurance amount of $250,000, per depositor, at each separately chartered FDIC-insured depository institution.

              The Company maintained all of its cash and cash equivalent balances at five banks as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and at seven banks as of March 31, 2014.

              As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $4.7 million deposited in two banks located in China. The Company also maintained $29.2 million in Money Market, Money Market Insured Deposit Account Service, or MMIDAS and Insured Cash Sweep, or ICS, accounts as of December 31, 2012. The remaining amounts of the Company's cash equivalents as of December 31, 2012 are in non-interest bearing accounts.

              As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $2.9 million deposited in two banks located in China. The Company also maintained $41.2 million in Money Market, MMIDAS and ICS accounts as of December 31, 2013. The remaining amounts of the Company's cash equivalents as of December 31, 2013 are in non-interest bearing accounts.

              As of March 31, 2014, the Company had $3.6 million deposited in three banks located in China. The Company also maintained $35.3 million in Money Market, MMIDAS and ICS accounts as of March 31, 2014. The remaining amounts of the Company's cash equivalents as of March 31, 2014 are in non-interest bearing accounts.

              The MMIDAS and ICS accounts allow the Company to distribute its funds among a network of depository institutions that are re-allocated such that each deposit account is below the $250,000 FDIC limit, thus providing greater FDIC insurance coverage for the Company's overall cash balances. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts, nor does management believe it is exposed to any significant credit risk on its bank account balances.

Accounts Receivable

              Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable. Sales to the Company's customers are generally made with terms of 2% net 30-days. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers and does not generally

F-11


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

require collateral. There are no sales commitments with wholesalers, and there are various other customers who could purchase the Company's products at comparable terms.

              The following table provides accounts receivable and net revenues information for the Company's major customers:

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  % of Net
Revenue
Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  % of Total
Accounts
Receivable
December 31,
   
   
   
   
 
 
  % of Net Revenue
Year Ended
December 31,
  % of Total
Accounts
Receivable
March 31,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013   2011   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Actavis, Inc.(1)(2)

    38 %   44 %       35 %   35 %   23 %   34 %   30 %

AmerisourceBergen Corporation

    9 %   11 %   13 %   14 %   15 %   13 %   15 %   15 %

Cardinal Health, Inc. 

    4 %   7 %   13 %   13 %   13 %   21 %   15 %   15 %

McKesson Corporation

    14 %   13 %   14 %   27 %   26 %   13 %   25 %   28 %

Wal-Mart(3)

            13 %                    

Walgreens(3)

            8 %                    

(1)
Previously Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

(2)
In 2012, Actavis Inc., or Actavis, began purchasing enoxaparin under a distribution agreement (see Note 9).

(3)
Net revenues to these customers ceased due to the discontinuance of the CFC formulation of its Primatene Mist product.

              The Company's products are primarily sold in U.S. domestic markets. Foreign sales in 2011 and 2012 were approximately 4% and 1% of total net revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, revenues from foreign sales were less than 1% of the Company's total revenue. All foreign sales are negotiated with payment terms in Canadian dollars.

Other Receivables

              The Company has a short-term arrangement with a raw material supplier to provide funding that will enable the supplier to manufacture raw material to be purchased by the Company. As a result of this arrangement, the Company had receivables from this supplier of $10.5 million, $4.4 million, and $1.4 million as of December 31, 2012, 2013, and March 31, 2014, respectively. The amounts due from this supplier are included in accounts receivable on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

F-12


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Raw Material Supplies

              The Company depends on suppliers for raw materials, active pharmaceutical ingredients and other components that are subject to stringent FDA requirements. Some of these materials may only be available from one or a limited number of sources. Establishing additional or replacement suppliers for these materials may take a substantial period of time, as suppliers must be approved by the FDA. Furthermore, a significant portion of raw materials may only be available from foreign sources. If the Company is unable to secure, on a timely basis, sufficient quantities of the materials it depends on to manufacture and market its products, it could have a materially adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

Segment Reporting

              The Company's business is the development, manufacture and marketing of pharmaceutical products. The Company has determined that all of its product groups have similar economic characteristics and may be aggregated into a single operational segment for reporting purposes. Net revenues for significant product groups are as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Injectable products revenues

  $ 64,940   $ 204,323   $ 229,681   $ 52,963   $ 45,870  

Inhalation products revenues

    53,416                  
                       

  $ 118,356   $ 204,323   $ 229,681   $ 52,963   $ 45,870  
                       
                       

              Net revenues and carrying-value of long-lived assets of enterprises by geographic regions are as follows:

 
  Net Revenue Year Ended
December 31,
  Long-Lived Assets
December 31,
  Net Revenue Three
Months Ended
March 31,
   
 
 
  Long-Lived
Assets
March 31,
2014
 
 
  2011   2012   2013   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

U.S. 

  $ 118,356   $ 204,323   $ 229,681   $ 139,149   $ 145,574   $ 52,963   $ 45,870   $ 145,335  

China

                12,638     20,203             22,484  
                                   

  $ 118,356   $ 204,323   $ 229,681   $ 151,787   $ 165,777   $ 52,963   $ 45,870   $ 167,819  
                                   
                                   

Comprehensive Income (loss)

              For each of the periods presented, net income (loss) equaled comprehensive income (loss).

F-13


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Earnings per Share

              Basic income (loss) per share is calculated based upon the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period and contingently issuable shares, such as fully vested deferred stock units, or DSUs, as of the date all necessary conditions for issuance have been met. Diluted income per share gives effect to all potential dilutive common shares outstanding during the period, such as stock options and nonvested DSUs.

              As the Company reported a net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2014, the diluted net loss per share, as reported, is equal to the basic net loss per share since the effect of the assumed exercise of stock options and conversion of nonvested DSUs is anti-dilutive. Total options and nonvested DSUs excluded from the three months ended March 31, 2014 net loss per share were 11,745,577 and 403,591, respectively.

              The following table provides the calculation of basic and diluted net income per common share for each of the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Basic and dilutive numerator:

                               

Net income (loss)

  $ 7,752   $ 18,094   $ 11,862   $ 2,382   $ (1,619 )
                       
                       

Denominator:

                               

Common shares outstanding

    38,494     38,578     38,705     38,685     38,766  

Contingently issuable shares—vested DSUs

    19     2     7     22     3  
                       

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic

    38,513     38,580     38,712     38,707     38,769  

Net effect of dilutive securities:

                               

Stock options

    325     241     104     51      

Contingently issuable shares—nonvested DSUs

    81     119     67     87      
                       

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—diluted

    38,919     38,940     38,883     38,845     39,769  
                       
                       

Net income (loss) per common share—basic

  $ 0.20   $ 0.47   $ 0.31   $ 0.06   $ (0.04 )

Net income (loss) per common share—diluted

  $ 0.20   $ 0.46   $ 0.31   $ 0.06   $ (0.04 )

F-14


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

              Employee stock options for which the exercise price exceeded the average fair market price of the Company's common stock were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per common share as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013   2013(1)   2014(2)  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Number of shares excluded

  1,081   189   2,574          

Exercise price range

  $14.23 - 16.75   $14.23 - 14.81   $12.02 - 14.66   $   $  

(1)
The Company did not have any anti-dilutive stock options for the three months ended March 31, 2013

(2)
In aggregate, 743,520 stock options, with an exercise price range of $14.66 to $15.84 per share, were anti-dilutive due to the Company's net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2014; therefore, excluded from the table above.

Revenue Recognition

              Generally, revenues are recognized at the time of product delivery to the Company's customers. In some cases, revenue is recognized at the time of shipment when stipulated by the terms of the sale agreements. The Company also records profit-sharing revenue stemming from a distribution agreement with Actavis (see Note 9). Profit sharing revenues are recognized at the time Actavis sells the products to its customers. Revenues derived from contract manufacturing services are recognized when third-party products are shipped to customers, after the customer has accepted test samples of the products to be shipped.

              The Company does not recognize product revenues unless the following fundamental criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) transfer of title has occurred, (iii) the price to the customer is fixed or determinable and (iv) collection is reasonably assured. Furthermore, the Company does not recognize revenues until all customer acceptance requirements have been met. The Company estimates and records reductions to revenue for discounts, product returns and pricing adjustments, such as wholesaler chargebacks, in the same period that the related revenue is recorded.

              The Company's accounting policy is to review each agreement involving contract development and manufacturing services to determine if there are multiple revenue-generating activities that constitute more than one unit of accounting. Revenues are recognized for each unit of accounting based on revenue recognition criteria relevant to that unit. The Company does not have any revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables.

              Sales of pharmaceutical products represented 97%, 99%, 99%, 99%, and 99% of the Company's total net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, and the three

F-15


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Remaining revenues are derived from contract manufacturing services.

Provision for Wholesaler Chargebacks

              The provision for chargebacks is a significant estimate used in the recognition of revenues. As part of its sales terms with wholesale customers, the Company agrees to reimburse wholesalers for differences between the gross sale prices, at which the Company sells its products to wholesalers, and the actual prices of such products at the time wholesalers resell them under the Company's various contractual arrangements with third parties such as hospitals and group purchasing organizations. The Company estimates chargebacks at the time of sale to wholesalers based on wholesaler inventory stocking levels, historic chargeback rates and current contract pricing.

              The provision for chargebacks is reflected in net revenues and a reduction to accounts receivables. The following table is an analysis of the chargeback provision:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Beginning balance

  $ 3,874   $ 11,898   $ 18,104  

Provision related to sales made in the current period

    131,967     213,075     41,642  

Credits issued to third parties

    (123,943 )   (206,869 )   (47,427 )
               

Ending balance

  $ 11,898   $ 18,104   $ 12,319  
               
               

              Changes in the chargeback provision from period-to-period are primarily dependent on the Company's sales to its wholesalers, the level of inventory held by the wholesalers and on the wholesalers' customer mix. The approach that the Company uses to estimate chargebacks has been consistently applied for all periods presented. Variations in estimates have been historically small. The Company continually monitors the provision for chargebacks and makes adjustments when it believes that the actual chargebacks may differ from the estimates. The settlement of chargebacks generally occurs within 30 days after the sale to wholesalers.

Accrual for Product Returns

              The Company offers most customers the right to return qualified excess or expired inventory for partial credit; however, products sold to Actavis are non-returnable. The Company's product returns primarily consist of the returns of expired products from sales made in prior periods. Returned products cannot be resold. At the time product revenue is recognized, the Company records an accrual for estimated returns. The accrual is based, in part, upon the historical relationship of product returns to sales and customer contract terms. The Company also assesses other factors that could affect product returns including market conditions, product obsolescence and the introduction of new

F-16


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

competition. Although these factors do not normally give the Company's customers the right to return products outside of the regular return policy, the Company realizes that such factors could ultimately lead to increased returns. The Company analyzes these situations on a case-by-case basis and makes adjustments to the product return reserve as appropriate.

              When the Company does not have specific historical experience with actual returns for a product, it considers other available information to record a reasonable product return reserve. If the Company already sells products that are similar to a newly launched product, it estimates the new product return rate using historical experience of the similar products. If there are similar products on the market produced by other companies, the Company may also consider the additional relevant industry data in calculating its estimate. The criteria used to make the determination of whether a new product is similar to existing products includes whether it: (i) is used for the treatment of a similar type of disease or indication, (ii) has a comparable shelf life, (iii) has similar frequency of dosing, (iv) has similar types of customers, (v) is distributed in a similar manner and (vi) has similar rights of return and other comparable sales incentives. The Company also considers whether it has the ability to monitor inventory levels in its distribution channels to determine the underlying patient demand for a new product. The Company analyzes the product's sell-through cycle based on wholesaler chargeback claims and customers' re-ordering patterns to determine whether the estimated product return rate is reasonable. Additionally, the Company considers factors such as size and maturity of the market prior to launch and the introduction of additional competition. If the available information is not sufficient to record a reasonable product return accrual, revenue from the sales of the new product would be deferred until the product is consumed by the end customer or rights of return granted under the return policy have expired. Historically, the Company has not deferred revenue on any its products.

              The Company classifies a portion of the accrual as a long-term obligation to reflect qualified sales, which do not become eligible for return credit under the policy until one year after the balance sheet date. The approach that the Company uses to estimate product returns has been consistently applied for all periods presented. Procedures for estimating product returns have provided materially accurate estimates of this liability.

              The provision for product returns is reflected in net revenues. The following table is an analysis of product return liability:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Beginning balance

  $ 14,833   $ 2,673   $ 4,592  

Provision for product returns

    1,178     2,711     140  

Credits issued to third parties

    (13,338 )   (792 )   (313 )
               

Ending balance

  $ 2,673   $ 4,592   $ 4,419  
               
               

F-17


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

              For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company's aggregate product return rate was 1.7%, 1.4%, and 1.3% of qualified sales, respectively.

              If the product return provision percentage were to increase by 0.1% of qualified sales, then an additional provision of $0.6 million, $0.9 million, and $1.0 million would result for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively.

Shipping and Handling Costs

              For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company included shipping and handling costs of approximately $1.9 million, $2.1 million, $2.4 million, $0.6 million, and $0.5 million, respectively, in selling, distribution and marketing expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Research and Development Costs

              Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred and consist of costs incurred to further the Company's research and development activities including salaries and related employee benefits, costs associated with clinical trials, nonclinical research and development activities, regulatory activities, research-related overhead expenses and fees paid to external service providers.

              The Company may produce inventories prior to or with the expectation of receiving marketing authorization in the near term, based on operational decisions about the most effective use of existing resources. This inventory is referred to as pre-launch inventory. The Company's policy is to expense pre-launch inventory as research and development costs, as incurred, until the drug candidate receives marketing authorization. As a result of the policy, while marketing authorization may have been received by the end of a reporting period, any inventories produced prior to such authorization are expensed. If marketing authorization is received and previously expensed pre-launch inventory is sold, such sales may contribute up to a 100% margin to the Company's operating results. Pre-launch inventory costs include cost of work in process materials and finished drug products. There were no net sales of pre-launch inventory for the year ended December 31, 2011. In connection with the approval and launch of the Company's enoxaparin product in 2012, the Company recognized higher margins on the sales of $7.7 million of previously expensed pre-launch inventory.

Financial Instruments

              The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and short-term borrowings approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these items. A majority of the Company's long-term obligations consist of variable rate debt and their carrying value approximates fair value. Their carrying value approximates fair value as the stated borrowing rates are comparable to rates currently offered to the Company for instruments with similar maturities. However, the Company has one fixed-rate, long-term mortgage for which the carrying value differs from the fair value and is not remeasured on a recurring basis (see Note 6).

F-18


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

              Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, money market funds, certificates of deposit and highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less.

Restricted Cash and Restricted Short-Term Investments

              Restricted cash and restricted short-term investments as of December 31, 2012, 2013, and March 31, 2014 included $1.9 million, $1.3 million, and $1.3 million, respectively, in certificates of deposit, which is the collateral required for the Company to qualify for workers' compensation self-insurance and is available to meet the Company's workers' compensation obligations on a current basis, as needed. These funds are classified as current assets. The Company's short-term investments are classified as held- to-maturity and consist of certificates of deposit purchased with maturities greater than three months but mature within one year of the date of purchase. The estimated fair value of each investment approximates its amortized cost.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable

              The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. When the Company is aware of circumstances that may impair a customer's ability to pay subsequent to the original sale, the Company will record a specific allowance to reduce the amounts due to the amount the Company reasonably believes will be collected. For all other customers, the Company recognizes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on factors that include the length of time the receivables are past due, industry and geographic concentrations, the current business environment and historical collection experience.

Inventories

              Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, using the first-in, first-out method. Provisions are made for slow-moving, unsellable, or obsolete items. Inventories consist of currently marketed products and products manufactured under contract.

Property, Plant and Equipment

              Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost or, in the case of assets acquired in a business combination, at fair value on the purchase date. Depreciation and amortization expense is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:

Buildings

  31 years

Machinery and equipment

  5 - 12 years

Furniture and fixtures

  7 years

Automobiles

  5 years

Leasehold improvements

  Lesser of remaining lease term or useful life

              Labor and overhead costs, including those incurred in connection with initial validation to meet regulatory requirements and readying assets for their intended use, are capitalized as part of the costs

F-19


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

to acquire and construct long-lived assets and are amortized over the estimated useful life. The Company capitalizes interest on self-constructed assets during the time period required to prepare the asset for its intended use. The Company's capitalized interest, labor and overhead costs incurred during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 were $0.7 million, $0.6 million, $0.7 million, $0.2 million, and $0.2 million, respectively.

              Expenditures for repairs, maintenance and minor renewals and betterments are expensed as incurred. At the time plant and equipment are retired from service, the cost and accumulated depreciation is written-off from their respective accounts.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

              Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over the period the asset is expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the future cash flows of the Company. Product rights are amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from five to 15 years on a straight-line basis since their projected revenues are expected to be consistent each year. Patents and trademarks are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, generally ranging from 10 to 20 years. Land-use rights are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, generally ranging from 37 to 50 years.

              Intangible assets with indefinite lives, including goodwill and purchased trademarks, are not amortized. Instead, these assets are tested for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year or during interim periods when changes in business conditions occur that would warrant a test for impairment.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

              The Company reviews long-lived assets and definite-lived intangibles for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, further impairment analysis is performed. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets (assets to be held and used) or fair value less cost to sell (assets to be disposed of). The Company also reviews the useful lives of its assets periodically to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining useful life. Changes in the useful life are adjusted prospectively by revising the remaining period over which the asset is amortized.

              The Primatene Mist trademark, an indefinite-lived intangible asset purchased in June 2008, is tested for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. An impairment loss is recorded if the asset's fair value is less than its carrying value. The Company also periodically reviews this intangible asset to determine if events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life. Even though the Company is no longer allowed to distribute the CFC formulation of its Primatene Mist product related to this intangible asset after December 31, 2011, the Company developed an HFA formulated version of this product and filed an NDA in 2013. The Company has received a PDUFA date set for May 2014. The HFA version will be marketed under the same trade name upon approval. However, if the life of the Primatene Mist

F-20


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

trademark is determined to no longer be indefinite, the asset would be tested for impairment. The carrying value, after recognition of any impairment loss, would then be amortized over its remaining useful life (see Note 3).

              Goodwill, an indefinite-lived intangible asset related to the acquisition of ANP in February 2009, is also tested for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. This analysis requires the Company to first compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. The Company has determined that it operates as one reporting unit for purposes of this analysis. If the fair value of the reporting unit on the measurement date is less than the carrying amount, a second step is performed to determine the amount of the impairment loss. This involves comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. The estimation of fair value includes a number of significant assumptions and estimates regarding future cash flows including discount rates, volumes, prices, capital expenditures and the impact of current market conditions. The Company's analysis determined that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded the carrying amount and no goodwill impairment was recorded.

              All of the Company's impairments relate primarily to the write-off of certain manufacturing equipment related to abandoned projects. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $0.1 million, $2.1 million, $0.1 million, and $0.2 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company did not record an impairment loss. The $2.1 million impairment write-off in 2012 is primarily related to equipment for a production project that was suspended.

Deferred Income Taxes

              The Company utilizes the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company has adopted the with-and-without methodology for determining when excess tax benefits from the exercise of share-based awards are realized. Under the with-and-without methodology, current year operating loss deductions and prior year operating loss carryforwards are deemed to be utilized prior to the utilization of current year excess tax benefits from share-based awards (see Note 7).

Self-Insured Claims

              The Company is primarily self-insured, up to certain limits, for workers' compensation claims. The Company has purchased stop-loss insurance, which will reimburse the Company for individual claims in excess of $350,000 annually or aggregate claims exceeding $1.6 million annually. Operations are charged with the cost of claims reported and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported. A liability for unpaid claims and the associated claim expenses, including incurred but not reported losses, is actuarially determined and reflected in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Total expense under the program was approximately $0.8 million, $1.2 million, $0.8 million,

F-21


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

$0.2 million, and $0.2 million, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The self-insured claims liability was $1.7 million, $2.0 million, and $2.0 million at December 31, 2012, 2013, and March 31, 2014, respectively. The determination of such claims and expenses and the appropriateness of the related liability is reviewed periodically and updated, as necessary. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period identified.

Share-Based Compensation

              The Company records share-based compensation expense at fair value for all share-based payment awards made to employees, directors and non-employees. The fair value of share-based payment awards is estimated at the grant date using an option-pricing model and the portion that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as compensation cost over the requisite service period. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of share-based awards and recognizes share-based compensation cost over the vesting period using the straight-line single option method.

              Nonvested stock options held by non-employees are revalued using the Company's estimate of fair value at each balance sheet date.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

              In February 2013, the FASB issued an Accounting Standard Update to the accounting guidance for presentation of comprehensive income to improve the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The amendments do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income, but do require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where the net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under GAAP that provide additional detail about these amounts. This new standard is required to be applied retrospectively and is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of this standard did not impact the Company's financial statements as the Company's comprehensive income (loss) is equal to its net income (loss) for all periods presented.

              In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance to address the diversity in practice related to the financial statement presentation of unrecognized tax benefits as either a reduction of a deferred tax asset or a liability when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. This guidance is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

F-22


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

3. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

              Intangible assets include product rights, trademarks, patents, land-use rights and goodwill. The table below shows the weighted-average life, original cost, accumulated amortization and net book value by major intangible asset classification:

 
  Weighted-
Average
Life (Years)
  Original
Cost
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Book
Value
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
 

Definite-lived intangible assets

                         

Product rights

    13   $ 29,134   $ 19,332   $ 9,802  

Patents

    15     613     23     590  

Trademarks

    11     18     11     7  

Land-use rights

    39     2,540     90     2,450  

Other intangible assets

    1     505     505      
                     

Subtotal

    12     32,810     19,961     12,849  

Indefinite-lived intangible assets

                         

Trademark

      *   29,225         29,225  

Goodwill

      *   280         280  
                     

Subtotal

      *   29,505         29,505  
                     

As of December 31, 2012

      * $ 62,315   $ 19,961   $ 42,354  
                     
                     

 

 
  Weighted-
Average
Life (Years)
  Original
Cost
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Book
Value
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
 

Definite-lived intangible assets

                         

Product rights

    12   $ 27,134   $ 19,114   $ 8,020  

Patents

    10     298     50     248  

Trademarks

    11     19     13     6  

Land-use rights

    39     2,540     156     2,384  

Other intangible assets

    1     505     505      
                     

Subtotal

    11     30,496     19,838     10,658  

Indefinite-lived intangible assets

                         

Trademark

      *   29,225         29,225  

Goodwill

      *   280         280  
                     

Subtotal

      *   29,505         29,505  
                     

As of December 31, 2013

      * $ 60,001   $ 19,838   $ 40,163  
                     
                     

F-23


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

3. Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)


 
  Weighted-
Average
Life (Years)
  Original
Cost
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Book
Value
 
 
   
  (in thousands)
 

Definite-lived intangible assets

                         

Product rights (unaudited)

    15   $ 27,134   $ 19,559   $ 7,575  

Patents (unaudited)

    10     293     56     237  

Trademarks (unaudited)

    11     18     13     5  

Land-use rights (unaudited)

    39     2,540     172     2,368  

Other intangible assets (unaudited)

    1     505     505      
                     

Subtotal (unaudited)

    14     30,490     20,305     10,185  

Indefinite-lived intangible assets

                         

Trademark (unaudited)

      *   29,225         29,225  

Goodwill (unaudited)

      *   280         280  
                     

Subtotal (unaudited)

      *   29,505         29,505  
                     

As of March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

      * $ 59,995   $ 20,305   $ 39,690  
                     
                     

*
Intangible assets with indefinite lives have an undeterminable average life.

Product Rights

Cortrosyn

              Included in product rights is $26.7 million of original costs incurred to acquire the intellectual property rights of Cortrosyn from Organon USA, Inc., as well as rights associated with other products the Company sells. There were no significant acquisitions of product rights during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Land-Use Rights

              In January 2010, an acquisition was completed for the transfer of the land-use rights of a property located in Nanjing, China, with a carrying value of $1.2 million. In November 2012, an acquisition was completed for the transfer of land-use rights of a property located in Nanjing, China with a carrying value of $1.3 million.

Purchased Trademarks

Primatene Mist

              In June 2008, the Company entered into an agreement with Wyeth Consumer Healthcare Division, or Wyeth, to acquire the exclusive rights to the trademark, domain name, website and domestic marketing, distribution and selling rights related to Primatene Mist, an over the counter bronchodilator product, and the associated CFC inventory in exchange for consideration of

F-24


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

3. Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

$33.1 million. The terms of the agreement required the Company to pay Wyeth $8.8 million in July 2008 and execute a note for the remaining aggregate principal amount of $24.2 million plus stated interest of 2% per annum due in January 2009. Since the stated interest of 2% was below the fair market rate, the Company recorded an imputed interest discount of $0.5 million based on its incremental borrowing rate of 6.5%. The discount was amortized into interest expense over the life of the note. As the acquired intangibles together comprise the Primatene Mist brand, the purchase consideration was primarily allocated to the trademark as follows:

 
  (in thousands)  

Imputed interest

  $ 539  

Inventory

    3,294  

Trademark

    29,225  
       

  $ 33,058  
       
       

              Under the terms of the purchase agreement, Wyeth legally transferred the trademark rights to the Company upon final payment in January 2009, which was financed by a loan secured by the trademark. Prior to the January 2009 payment, the Company had the exclusive license to market Primatene Mist.

              In determining the useful life of the trademark, the Company considered the following: the expected use of the intangible; the longevity of the brand; the legal, regulatory and contractual provisions that affect their maximum useful life; the Company's ability to renew or extend the assets' legal or contractual life without substantial costs; effects of the regulatory environment; expected changes in distribution channels; maintenance expenditures required to obtain the expected future cash flows from the asset; and considerations for obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors.

              As a result of environmental concerns about CFCs, the FDA issued a final ruling on January 16, 2009 that required the CFC formulation of its Primatene Mist product to be phased out by December 31, 2011. The former formulation of Primatene Mist contained CFCs as a propellant; however, the Company intends to use the trademark for a future version of Primatene Mist that utilizes HFA as a propellant.

              In 2013, the Company filed an NDA for Primatene Mist HFA and has received a PDUFA date set for May 2014. In February 2014, the FDA held a joint meeting of its Nonprescription Drugs Advisory Committee and its Pulmonary Allergy Drugs Advisory Committee, which the Company refers to as the Committee, to discuss the NDA for Primatene Mist HFA. The Committee voted 14 to 10 that the data in the NDA supported efficacy, but voted 17 to 7 that safety had not been established for the intended use. The Committee also voted 18 to 6 that the product did not have a favorable risk-benefit profile for the intended use, and individual Committee members provided recommendations for resolving their concerns. Although the FDA is not required to follow the recommendations of its advisory committees, it usually does. The Company continues to believe its data supports a favorable

F-25


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

3. Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

risk-benefit profile for the product candidate and intends to continue to engage in dialogue with the FDA in support of approval; however, there can be no guarantee that the Company will obtain such approval in a timely manner or at all.

              Based on the Company's filed version of Primatene Mist HFA, which is currently awaiting FDA approval, the long history of the Primatene Mist trademark (marketed since 1963) and the Company's perpetual rights to the trademark, the Company has determined that the trademark has an indefinite useful life. If the HFA version is approved by the FDA, it will be marketed under the same trade name; therefore, an impairment charge would not be required. If the FDA does not initially approve the Company's product, the Company intends to continue to engage the FDA in a continued dialogue to determine how to address the Committee's concerns surrounding the product. The Company believes that if the current formulation of Primatene Mist HFA is not approved on the PDUFA date, it will be able to address the Committee's concerns with further data or studies and at a cost which will not lead to an impairment of the asset.

Goodwill

              In February 2009, the Company acquired Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd., or ANP, formerly named Nanjing Puyan Pharmaceutical Technology Co., Ltd., for the purchase price of $0.7 million. At the date of purchase, the aggregate fair value of ANP's net assets was $0.4 million. As a result, the Company recognized $0.3 million of goodwill, which represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of ANP's net assets at acquisition. The costs incurred related to the purchase transaction, which were immaterial, were expensed as incurred.

Amortization

              Included in cost of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 is product rights amortization expense of $1.8 million each year and $0.4 million for both the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, primarily related to Cortrosyn.

F-26


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

3. Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

              As of December 31, 2013, the expected amortization expense for all amortizable intangible assets in the next five fiscal years ended December 31 and thereafter is as follows:

 
  (in thousands)  

2014

  $ 1,879  

2015

    1,878  

2016

    1,878  

2017

    1,878  

2018

    986  

Thereafter

    2,159  
       

Total amortizable intangible assets

    10,658  

Indefinite-lived intangibles

    29,505  
       

Total intangibles (net of accumulated amortization)

  $ 40,163  
       
       

4. Inventories

              Inventories consist of the following:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Raw materials and supplies

  $ 29,396   $ 34,470   $ 39,644  

Work in process

    8,598     14,698     14,337  

Finished goods

    19,406     26,501     27,121  
               

    57,400     75,669     81,102  

Less reserve for excess and obsolete inventories

    (6,022 )   (5,753 )   (2,055 )
               

  $ 51,378   $ 69,916   $ 79,047  
               
               

F-27


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

5. Property, Plant and Equipment

              Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Building

  $ 54,444   $ 58,898   $ 58,953  

Leasehold improvements

    23,247     23,834     23,841  

Land

    5,804     5,805     5,805  

Machinery and equipment

    85,128     93,617     93,927  

Furniture, fixtures and automobiles

    4,755     9,355     10,407  

Construction in progress

    13,739     15,685     18,878  
               

    187,117     207,194     211,811  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (79,751 )   (90,575 )   (93,246 )
               

  $ 107,366   $ 116,619   $ 118,565  
               
               

              Interest expense capitalized was approximately $0.3 million, $0.3 million, and $0.1 million, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company recorded an immaterial amount of capitalized interest expense.

              In September 2012, the Board of Directors approved the purchase of the New Drug Research Center, or NDRC, facility from the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer for a price of $7.4 million. This facility was previously being leased from MicroScience Institute, or MSI, a related party of the Company. The Company determined the purchase price of the facility by obtaining three independent appraisals of fair market value and selecting the lowest appraisal of the three. In October 2012, subsequent to the execution of a three-year lease agreement, a purchase agreement was signed by the Company and the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer to complete the transaction.

              As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $3.4 million in capitalized manufacturing equipment that is intended to be used specifically for the manufacture of Primatene Mist HFA. The Company will continue to monitor developments with the FDA as it relates to its Primatene Mist HFA indefinite lived intangible asset in determining if there is an impairment for these related fixed assets (see Note 3).

F-28


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

6. Debt

              Debt consists of the following:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Loans with East West Bank

                   

Mortgage payable, secured by real estate with a carrying value of approximately $11,725 at December 31, 2013, bearing interest at The Wall Street Journal prime rate with a minimum interest rate of 5.00% (5.00% at December 31, 2013), with payments of $30 due monthly, subject to adjustments for changes in the interest rate, through January 2016

  $ 4,188   $ 4,041   $ 4,003  

Mortgage payable, secured by real estate with a carrying value of approximately $1,738 at December 31, 2013, bearing interest at LIBOR plus 2.50% (2.74% at December 31, 2013), with payments of $12 due monthly, subject to adjustments for changes in the interest rate, through September 2016

    2,437     2,364     2,345  

Equipment loan, secured by equipment with a carrying value of approximately $2,842 at December 31, 2013, bearing interest at The Wall Street Journal prime rate, with a minimum interest rate of 5.00% (5.00% at December 31, 2013), with payments of $73 due monthly, subject to adjustments for changes in the interest rate, through November 2014

    1,596     783     573  

Line of credit facility secured by inventory and accounts receivables with a carrying value of approximately $47,120 at December 31, 2013, bearing interest at The Wall Street Journal prime rate (3.25% at December 31, 2013). This line of credit matures in March 2016

    5,000         10,000  

Equipment loan secured by equipment with a carrying value of approximately $1,291 at December 31, 2013, bearing interest at The Wall Street Journal prime rate, with a minimum interest rate of 3.50% (3.50% at December 31, 2013), with payments of $109 due monthly, subject to adjustments for changes in the interest rate, through April 2017

    4,961     4,103     3,812  

Line of credit facility secured by equipment with no carrying value at December 31, 2013, bearing interest at The Wall Street Journal prime rate plus 0.25% (3.50% at December 31, 2013). This line of credit matures in January 2019

             

Loans with Cathay Bank

                   

Mortgage payable, secured by real estate with a carrying value of approximately $8,578 at December 31, 2013, bearing a fixed interest rate of 7.38%, with aggregate principal and interest payments due monthly of $39, through March 2014

    4,727     4,624     4,605  

Revolving line of credit, secured by inventory, accounts receivables and intangibles with an aggregate carrying value of approximately $41,819 at December 31, 2013, bearing interest at The Wall Street Journal prime rate with a minimum interest rate of 4.00% (4.00% at December 31, 2013). This line of credit matures in May 2016

    15,000     15,000     15,000  

F-29


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

6. Debt (Continued)

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Equipment Under Capital Leases

                   

Equipment under capital leases (excluding interest payments totaling $10 for 2012, $180 for 2013, and $154 for 2014)

    93     1,258     1,162  
               

Total debt and capital leases

    38,002     32,173     41,500  

Less current portion of long-term debt and capital leases

    22,052     22,104     31,888  
               

Long-term debt, net of current portion and capital leases

  $ 15,950   $ 10,069   $ 9,612  
               
               

Loans with East West Bank

Mortgage Payable—Due January 2016

              In September 2005, the Company entered into a secured term loan in the principal amount of $5.0 million, which matured in October 2010. In December 2010, the Company was granted a 90-day extension of the loan maturity date as the Company sought refinancing for its mortgage loan. The loan was payable in monthly installments with a final balloon payment of $4.5 million plus interest. The loan was secured by one of the buildings at the Company's Rancho Cucamonga, California headquarters complex. The variable interest rate was equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 2.50%. Additionally, the entire amount would have become due if any of the Company's equipment loans with East West Bank were to be repaid in full.

              In December 2010, the Company refinanced the existing mortgage loan, which had a principal balance outstanding of $4.5 million at December 31, 2010. The loan is payable in monthly installments with a final balloon payment of $3.8 million. The loan is secured by one of the buildings at the Company's Rancho Cucamonga, California headquarters complex, as well as one of its buildings at its Chino, California complex. The loan bears a variable interest rate at the prime rate as published by The Wall Street Journal, with a minimum interest rate of 5.00%, and matures in January 2016.

Mortgage Payable—Due September 2016

              In September 2006, the Company entered into a secured term loan in the principal amount of $2.8 million, which matures in September 2016. The loan is payable in monthly installments with a final balloon payment of $2.2 million plus interest. The loan is secured by one of the buildings at the Company's Rancho Cucamonga, California headquarters complex. The variable interest rate is equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 2.50%.

Equipment Loan—Due November 2014

              In May 2009, the Company entered into an $8.0 million revolving credit facility that converted the outstanding principal balance of $3.2 million on November 15, 2010 into an equipment loan.

F-30


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

6. Debt (Continued)

Borrowings under the facility are secured by equipment purchased with debt proceeds. The facility bears interest at the prime rate as published by The Wall Street Journal, with a minimum interest rate of 5.00%, and matures in November 2014.

Line of Credit Facility—Due March 2016

              In March 2012, the Company entered into a $10.0 million line of credit facility. Borrowings under the facility are secured by inventory and accounts receivable. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at the prime rate as published by The Wall Street Journal . This facility was to mature in July 2014. In April 2014, the Company extended the maturity date to March 2016.

Equipment Loan—Due April 2017

              In March 2012, the Company entered into an $8.0 million revolving credit facility that converted the outstanding principal balance of $5.0 million in March 2013 into an equipment loan. Borrowings under the facility are secured by equipment purchased with debt proceeds. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at the prime rate as published by The Wall Street Journal , with a minimum interest rate of 3.50%. This facility matures in April 2017.

Line of Credit Facility—Due January 2019

              In July 2013, the Company entered into an $8.0 million line of credit facility. Borrowings under the facility are secured by equipment. The Company will pay monthly interest-only payments on the loan until January, 2015, after which the Company begins making 48 monthly principal and interest payments. The facility bears interest at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal plus 0.25% and matures in January 2019.

Loans with Cathay Bank

Mortgage Payable—Due April 2021

              In March 2007, the Company entered into a secured term loan in the principal amount of $5.3 million, which matured in March 2014. The loan was payable in monthly installments of $39,000 with a final balloon payment of $4.6 million plus interest. The loan was secured by the building at the Company's Canton, Massachusetts location and bore interest at a fixed rate of 7.38%. As of December 31, 2012, 2013, and March 31, 2014, the loan had a fair value of $4.9 million, $4.6 million, and $4.6 million, respectively, compared to a book value of $4.7 million, $4.6 million, and $4.6 million, respectively. The fair value of the loan was determined by using the interest rate associated with the Company's mortgage loans with similar terms and collateral that have variable interest rates. The fair value of debt obligations was not measured on a recurring basis and the variable interest rate is deemed to be a Level 2 input for measuring fair value. The total balance of $4.6 million was included in current portion of long term debt and capital leases.

F-31


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

6. Debt (Continued)

              In April 2014, the Company refinanced the mortgage loan, which had a principal balance outstanding of $4.6 million. The loan is payable in monthly installments with a final balloon payment of $2.2 million. The loan is secured by the building at the Company's Canton, Massachusetts location and bears interest at a fixed rate of 5.42% and matures in April 2021.

Revolving line of Credit—Due May 2016

              In April 2012, the Company entered into a $20.0 million revolving line of credit facility. Borrowings under the facility are secured by inventory, accounts receivables and intangibles held by the Company. The facility bears interest at the prime rate as published by The Wall Street Journal with a minimum interest rate of 4.00%. This revolving line of credit was to mature in May 2014. In April 2014, the Company modified the facility to extend the maturity date to May 2016.

Covenants

              At December 31, 2012, 2013, and March 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance with its debt covenants, which include a minimum current ratio, minimum debt service coverage, minimum tangible net worth and maximum debt-to-effective-tangible-net-worth ratio, computed on a consolidated basis in some instances and on a separate-company basis in others.

Equipment Under Capital Leases

              The Company entered into leases for certain equipment under capital leasing arrangements, which will expire at various times through 2018. The cost of equipment under capital leases was $0.2 million, $1.5 million, and $1.5 million, at December 31, 2012, 2013, and March 31, 2014, respectively.

              The accumulated amortization of equipment under capital leases was $36,000, $200,000, and $268,000 at December 31, 2012, 2013, and March 31, 2014, respectively. Amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Weighted-Average Interest Rates Under Lines of Credit

              The weighted-average interest rates on lines of credit as of December 31, 2012, 2013, and March 31, 2014 were 4.4%, 4.1%, and 3.7%, respectively.

F-32


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

6. Debt (Continued)

Long-Term Debt Maturities

              As of December 31, 2013, the principal amounts of long-term debt maturities during each of the next five fiscal years ending December 31 are as follows:

 
  Debt   Capital Leases   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2014

  $ 21,820   $ 357        

2015

    5,187     331        

2016

    3,479     301        

2017

    429     298        

2018

        151        
                 

    30,915     1,438        

Less amount representing interest

        180        
               

  $ 30,915   $ 1,258   $ 32,173  
               
               

7. Income Taxes

              The Company's income (loss) before income taxes generated from its United States and foreign operations were:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Income (loss) before income taxes:

                   

United States

  $ (33,080 ) $ 27,715   $ 20,116  

Foreign

    1,193     (1,837 )   (2,889 )
               

Total income (loss) before taxes

  $ (31,887 ) $ 25,878   $ 17,227  
               
               

F-33


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

7. Income Taxes (Continued)

              The Company's provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Current provision (benefit):

                   

Federal

  $ (3,536 ) $ (1,304 ) $ 3,306  

State

    (5,684 )   (2,337 )   541  

Foreign

    481     94     104  
               

Total current provision (benefit)

    (8,739 )   (3,547 )   3,951  
               

Deferred provision (benefit):

                   

Federal

    (20,400 )   11,817     2,254  

State

    (10,507 )   170     227  

Foreign

    7     (656 )   (1,067 )
               

Total deferred provision (benefit)

    (30,900 )   11,331     1,414  
               

Total provision (benefit) for income taxes

  $ (39,639 ) $ 7,784   $ 5,365  
               
               

              A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company's effective tax rate is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2013  

Statutory federal income tax

    35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State tax expense, net of federal tax benefit

    8.2     (4.7 )   2.9  

Federal AMT

        1.6      

Federal AMT credit carryforward

        (1.6 )    

Foreign income tax

    0.6     0.1     0.3  

Valuation allowance

    72.6          

Qualified production activities deduction

            (3.3 )

Research and development credits

    2.4         (9.9 )

Reserve for uncertain tax position

    8.7     (3.0 )    

ISO portion of stock options deductions

    (3.1 )   4.0     6.3  

Other

    (0.1 )   (1.3 )   (0.2 )
               

Effective tax rate

    124.3 %   30.1 %   31.1 %
               
               

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

              Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax

F-34


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

7. Income Taxes (Continued)

purposes. The significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating loss carryforward

  $ 5,617   $ 933  

State income taxes

    1,008     290  

Inventory capitalization and reserve

    4,859     5,800  

Deferred revenue

    1,284     1,151  

Accrued payroll and benefits

    1,182     1,465  

Share-based compensation

    7,894     6,987  

Research and development credits

    7,874     7,751  

Alternative minimum tax

    419     406  

Accrued professional fees

    332     885  

Product return allowance

    1,185     2,092  

Accrued chargebacks

    4,399     7,187  

Bad debt reserve

    30     57  

Accrued for workers' compensation insurance

    638     776  
           

Total deferred tax assets

    36,721     35,780  
           

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Depreciation/amortization

    13,102     13,920  

Intangibles

    2,390     3,828  

Federal impact of state deferred taxes

    3,394     2,397  

Other

    528     575  
           

Total deferred tax liabilities

    19,414     20,720  
           

Net deferred tax asset

  $ 17,307   $ 15,060  
           
           

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Tax Credits

              At December 31, 2013, the Company had a deferred tax asset for net operating loss carryforwards of $0.9 million, which includes California and other states net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $2.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, and also includes adjustments of $1.4 million necessary so that the Company does not recognize excess tax benefits from share-based awards prior to those benefits reducing the amount of taxes payable. The California and other states loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2029 and 2014, respectively, unless utilized beforehand.

              At December 31, 2013, the Company had a carryforward balance of approximately $2.8 million and $7.3 million in federal and California research and development tax credits, respectively. The federal research and development tax credit begins to expire in 2030 unless utilized beforehand. The California research and development tax credit has an indefinite carryforward period.

F-35


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

7. Income Taxes (Continued)

              The utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credits are subject to an annual limitation under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 whereby they could be limited in the event a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period.

Valuation Allowance

              In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become recognizable for tax purposes.

              On January 26, 2012, the Company began selling enoxaparin, its generic version of Lovenox. The Company believes the sales of its enoxaparin will generate future taxable income at a level that would provide for the utilization of its deferred tax assets. As a result, the Company changed its assessment of the realizability of the deferred tax assets, due to the launch of the Company's enoxaparin product, whereby the Company released the entire valuation allowance as of December 31, 2011.

Undistributed Earnings (Losses) from Foreign Operations

              Deferred income taxes have not been provided on the accumulated undistributed losses of the Company's foreign subsidiary of approximately $3.1 million, $5.0 million, and $5.6 million, as of December 31, 2012, 2013, and March 31, 2014, respectively. The Company does not have plans to repatriate its foreign earnings to the U.S. as dividends.

Uncertain Income Tax Positions

              A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at the beginning of the year

  $ 7,742   $ 3,532   $ 4,186  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

    278     766     259  

Deductions based on tax audit settlement

    (2,259 )   (93 )    

Deductions based on statute of limitations

    (2,229 )   (19 )    
               

Balance at the end of the year

  $ 3,532   $ 4,186   $ 4,445  
               
               

F-36


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

7. Income Taxes (Continued)

              Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2013 was $3.7 million that represents the portion that would impact the effective income tax rate if recognized. The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefit as of December 31, 2013 will decline by $1.9 million in the next 12 months as a result of the resolution of the current California Franchise Tax Board, or FTB, audit.

              The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in its income tax provision and recognizes penalties in operating expenses. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company recognized a net reduction to its income tax provision of approximately $0.7 million and $1.2 million, respectively, related to its uncertain tax position. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized accrued interest expense of approximately $0.1 million, related to its uncertain tax position. No penalties were required to be accrued on its uncertain tax positions.

              The Company and/or one or more of its subsidiaries filed income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2006. In August 2008, the IRS commenced an audit of the Company's 2006 tax return that was later expanded to include the 2007, 2008 and 2009 tax years and was completed on April 2, 2012. In August 2011, the California FTB commenced an audit of the Company's 2007, 2008 and 2009 tax returns; this audit is currently ongoing.

8. Stockholders' Equity

Stock Option Plans and Agreements

              The Company has granted non-qualified and incentive stock options to employees, nonemployee members of the Board of Directors and other nonemployees, under several share-based plans and agreements. In February 2009, the Company adopted the Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Award Plan, or the 2005 Plan, which replaced the Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, or the 2002 Plan, and other predecessor plans. The predecessor plans include the Key Employee Stock Incentive Plan, the 2001 Employee Incentive Plan, the 2000 Employee Incentive Plan, the 1999 Employee Incentive Plan and the Key Employee Incentive Plan, which together are referred to as the Predecessor Plans. Options have also been issued under employment, service and other agreements with officers, members of the Board of Directors and consultants, which together are referred to as the Option Agreements.

The 2005 Plan

              In September 2005, the Board of Directors adopted the Company's 2005 Plan, which was approved by the Company's stockholders in October 2005 and is set to expire in September 2015. The 2005 Plan, which was to become effective after the Company's initial public offering, was amended and adopted, and became effective in February 2009. Consequently, the Company will no longer make grants of awards under plans that were in existence prior to the 2005 Plan. In general, the 2005 Plan is designed to meet the needs of a publicly traded company, including the requirements for granting

F-37


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

8. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

"performance based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The 2005 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalents and stock payments to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, members of the Board of Directors and consultants.

              The Company initially reserved 3,700,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2005 Plan. This number will be increased by the number of shares available for issuance under the Company's prior equity incentive plans or arrangements as of the effective date of the 2005 Plan that are not subject to options or other awards, plus the number of shares of common stock related to options or other awards granted under the Company's prior equity incentive plans or arrangements that are repurchased, forfeited, expired, or are cancelled on or after the effective date of the 2005 Plan. The 2005 Plan also contains an "evergreen provision" that allows for an annual increase in the number of shares available for issuance on January 1 of each year during the 10- year term of the 2005 Plan, beginning January 1, 2007. The annual increase in the number of shares shall be either 2% of outstanding shares on the applicable January 1 or a lesser amount determined by the Board of Directors.

              In addition, if at any time after the 2005 Plan became effective, the Company's market capitalization exceeds by at least 200% of the market capitalization of when the 2005 Plan became effective for any 10 consecutive trading-day period, then on the last day of such 10-day period, the number of shares available for issuance will be increased by 3% of the outstanding shares on that day. If, after this adjustment, for any subsequent 10 consecutive trading-day period, the market capitalization exceeds by at least 200% of the market capitalization at the last date of adjustment, then the number of shares available for issuance will again be increased by 2.5% of the outstanding shares on the last day of such 10-day period. In no event will the number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards under the 2005 Plan exceed an aggregate of 18,000,000 shares. As of the effective date, there were 5,929,250 shares available for grant under the 2005 Plan.

              Under the provisions of the 2005 Plan, options granted to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer are granted at 110% of fair market value and vest over a three-year period from the date of grant and expire in five years. Options granted to other key employees vest over a four or five-year period and expire in ten years. Options issued to members of the Board of Directors, Advisory Board and consultants vest within one year after issuance and expire in five to seven years. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company granted 444,199, 962,962, 2,025,348, and 739,520 options, respectively, to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, in aggregate.

The 2002 Plan

              In 2002, the Company and Board of Directors had adopted, and in 2003, the stockholders had approved, the 2002 Plan, whereby directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company were eligible to receive incentive stock options and/or non-statutory stock options or to purchase restricted common stock of the Company as designated by the Compensation Committee of the Board of

F-38


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

8. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

Directors, or in the case of stock option grants to the Chief Executive Officer and/or Chief Operating Officer, as designated by the Board of Directors. In July 2004, the 2002 Plan was amended by the stockholders of the Company to increase the maximum number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2002 Plan from 2,800,000 to 6,400,000. As of February 2009, consequent to the 2005 Plan becoming effective, awards are no longer being made under the 2002 Plan.

              Under the provisions of the 2002 Plan, options that were granted to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer were granted at 110% of fair market value and would vest one or three years from the date of grant and would expire in three to seven years. Options that were granted to other key employees would vest over three- to five-year periods and would expire in ten years. Options that were issued to members of the Board of Directors, Advisory Board and consultants would vest within one year after issuance and would expire in five to seven years.

The Predecessor Plans

              The Predecessor Plans provided for options to generally vest three years from the date of grant and expire in seven years. The maximum number of options for shares of common stock which may have been issued under the Predecessor Plans was 1,471,800.

Share-Based Award Activity and Balances

              Options issued under the 2005 Plan are generally granted at prices equal to or greater than the fair value of the underlying shares on the date of grant and vest based on continuous service. The options have a contractual term of five to ten years and generally vest over a three- to five-year period. The fair value of each option is amortized into compensation expense on a straight-line basis between the grant date for the option and the vesting date. Deferred stock units are valued at the fair value of the underlying common share on the date of grant. There are no significant awards with performance conditions and no awards with market conditions.

              Valuation models and significant assumptions for share-based compensation are as follows:

    Determining Fair Value.   The Company uses the Black-Scholes formula to estimate the fair value of its share-based payments using a single option award approach. The application of this valuation model involves assumptions that are judgmental and sensitive in the determination of compensation expense. Key assumptions and estimation methodologies for inputs to the Black-Scholes calculation are developed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The Company amortizes share-based compensation expense over the requisite service period, which in most cases is the vesting period of the award.

    A primary factor in the valuation of equity awards is the fair value of the underlying common stock at the time of grant. Since the Company's common stock is not traded in a public stock market exchange, the Board of Directors considers numerous factors including recent cash sales of the Company's common stock to third-party investors, new business and economic developments affecting the Company and independent appraisals, when

F-39


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

8. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

      appropriate, to determine the fair value of the Company's common stock. Independent appraisal reports are prepared based on a discounted cash flow analysis using conventional valuation techniques, such as discounted cash flow analyses and the guideline company method using revenue and earnings multiples for comparable publicly traded companies, and a calculation of total option proceeds, from which a discount factor for lack of marketability is applied. This determination of the fair value of the common stock is performed on a contemporaneous basis. The Board of Directors determines the Company's common stock fair market value on a quarterly basis and in some cases more frequently when appropriate.

              During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company granted stock options with exercise prices as follows:

Grants Made During the Quarter Ended
  Number of
Options
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Prices
  Weighted-Average
Fair Value(1)
per Share
  Weighted-Average
Intrinsic Value(2)
per Share
 

March 31, 2011

    500,625   $ 11.41   $ 11.41   $  

June 30, 2011

    144,550     11.16     11.16      

September 30, 2011

    13,134     11.72     11.72      

December 31, 2011

    1,081,027     15.34     14.71      

(1)
The fair value of the common stock was determined contemporaneously with the grants.

(2)
The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying awards and the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock at grant date.

              During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company granted stock options with exercise prices as follows:

Grants Made During the Quarter Ended
  Number of
Options
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Prices
  Weighted-Average
Fair Value(1)
per Share
  Weighted-Average
Intrinsic Value(2)
per Share
 

March 31, 2012

    62,000   $ 14.23   $ 14.23   $  

June 30, 2012

    127,000     14.81     14.81      

September 30, 2012

    1,282,436     11.25     10.47      

December 31, 2012

    784,166     10.57     10.57      

(1)
The fair value of the common stock was determined contemporaneously with the grants.

(2)
The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying awards and the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock at grant date.

F-40


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

8. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

              During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company granted stock options with exercise prices as follows:

Grants Made During the Quarter Ended
  Number of
Options
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Prices
  Weighted-Average
Fair Value(1)
per Share
  Weighted-Average
Intrinsic Value(2)
per Share
 

March 31, 2013

      $   $   $  

June 30, 2013

    102,866     10.73     10.73      

September 30, 2013

    2,947,253     11.68     10.93      

December 31, 2013

    548,606     14.53     14.53      

(1)
The fair value of the common stock was determined contemporaneously with the grants.

(2)
The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying awards and the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock at grant date.

              During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company granted stock options with exercise prices as follows:

Grants Made During the Quarter Ended
  Number of
Options
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Prices
  Weighted-Average
Fair Value(1)
per Share
  Weighted-Average
Intrinsic Value(2)
per Share
 

March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

    1,021,360   $ 15.44   $ 14.40   $  

(1)
The fair value of the common stock was determined contemporaneously with the grants.

(2)
The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying awards and the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock at grant date.
    Expected Volatility.   As a private entity, the Company has limited data regarding company-specific historical or implied volatility of its share price. Consequently, the Company estimates its volatility based on the average of the historical volatilities of peer group companies from publicly available data for sequential periods approximately equal to the expected terms of its option grants. Management considers factors such as stage of life cycle, competitors, size, market capitalization and financial leverage in the selection of similar entities.

    Expected Term.   The expected term represents the period of time in which the options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company estimates the expected term of options granted based on the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term under the "short-cut" or simplified method permitted by the SEC implementation guidance for "plain vanilla" options. Applying this method, the weighted-average expected term of the Company's options is approximately five years. The use of the short-cut method is permitted by the SEC beyond December 31, 2007, under certain circumstances, as described in the SEC implementation guidance. The Company will

F-41


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

8. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

      continue to use the short-cut method, as permitted, until it has developed sufficient historical data for employee exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior after its common stock has been publicly traded for a reasonable period of time.

    Forfeitures.   The Company estimates forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual experience differs from those estimates. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company estimated an average overall forfeiture rate of 9%, 9%, 8%, 8%, and 8%, respectively, based on its historical forfeitures since 1998. Forfeiture rates are separately calculated for its (1) directors and officers, (2) management personnel and (3) other employees. Share-based compensation is recorded net of expected forfeitures. The Company periodically assesses the forfeiture rate and the amount of expense recognized based on estimated historical forfeitures as compared to actual forfeitures. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period they are identified.

    Risk-free rate.   The risk-free interest rate is selected based upon the implied yields in effect at the time of the option grant on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term approximately equal to the expected life of the option being valued.

    Dividends.   The Company does not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, the Company uses an expected dividend yield rate of zero.

              Tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the share-based compensation cost recognized (excess tax benefits) are recorded in the statements of cash flows as financing activities.

              The weighted-averages for key assumptions used in determining the fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013   2013(1)   2014  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Expected volatility

    34.0 %   32.6 %   28.6 %   0.0 %   27.8 %

Risk-free interest rate

    1.6 %   0.7 %   1.3 %   0.0 %   1.3 %

Weighted-average expected life in years

    5.3     4.8     4.5         4.3  

Dividend yield rate

    0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

Weighted average fair value of options granted

  $ 4.28   $ 3.01   $ 2.79   $   $ 3.20  

(1)
The Company did not grant any stock options during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

F-42


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

8. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

Stock Options

              A summary of option activity under all plans for the year ended December 31, 2012 is presented below:

 
  Options   Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value(1)
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2011

    7,247,664   $ 20.13              

Options granted

    2,255,602     11.30              

Options exercised

    (603,800 )   8.06              

Options cancelled

    (62,410 )   14.68              

Options expired

    (558,290 )   29.73              
                         

Outstanding as of December 31, 2012

    8,278,766   $ 18.00     5.06   $ 709  
                         
                         

Exercisable as of December 31, 2012

    4,428,900   $ 22.20     3.51   $ 458  
                         
                         

(1)
The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying awards and the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock for those awards that have an exercise price below the estimated fair value at December 31, 2012.

              A summary of option activity under all plans for the year ended December 31, 2013 is presented below:

 
  Options   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value(1)
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2012

    8,278,766   $ 18.00              

Options granted

    3,598,725     12.09              

Options exercised

    (4,200 )   13.07              

Options cancelled

    (403,370 )   12.88              

Options expired

    (698,166 )   30.84              
                         

Outstanding as of December 31, 2013

    10,771,755   $ 15.39     4.88   $ 20,343  
                         
                         

Exercisable as of December 31, 2013

    5,154,201   $ 18.86     3.37   $ 5,756  
                         
                         

(1)
The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying awards and the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock for those awards that have an exercise price below the estimated fair value at December 31, 2013.

F-43


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

8. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

              A summary of option activity under all plans for the three months ended March 31, 2014 is presented below:

 
  Options   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value(1)
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2013

    10,771,755   $ 15.39              

Options granted (unaudited)

    1,021,360     15.44              

Options exercised (unaudited)

                     

Options cancelled (unaudited)

    (28,000 )   11.78              

Options expired (unaudited)

    (19,538 )   15.97              
                         

Outstanding as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

    11,745,577   $ 15.40     4.77   $ 18,416  
                         
                         

Exercisable as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

    5,244,838   $ 18.73     3.19   $ 5,422  
                         
                         

(1)
The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying awards and the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock for those awards that have an exercise price below the estimated fair value at March 31, 2014.

              For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company recorded stock option expense related to employees under all plans of $6.8 million, $6.5 million, $5.9 million, $1.3 million, and $1.3 million, respectively.

              Information relating to option grants and exercises is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Weighted-average grant date fair value

  $ 4.28   $ 3.01   $ 2.79   $   $ 3.20  

Intrinsic value of options exercised

    63     1,546              

Cash received

    58     333     55          

Total fair value of the options vested during the year

    9,892     6,809     6,067     554     526  

F-44


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

8. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

              A summary of the status of the Company's nonvested options as of December 31, 2012, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2012, are presented below:

 
  Options   Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested as of December 31, 2011

    2,778,764   $ 5.69  

Options granted

    2,255,602     3.01  

Options vested

    (1,122,090 )   6.07  

Options forfeited

    (62,410 )   5.49  
             

Nonvested as of December 31, 2012

    3,849,866   $ 4.01  
             
             

              A summary of the status of the Company's nonvested options as of December 31, 2013, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2013, are presented below:

 
  Options   Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested as of December 31, 2012

    3,849,866   $ 4.01  

Options granted

    3,598,725     2.79  

Options vested

    (1,427,667 )   4.25  

Options forfeited

    (403,370 )   4.13  
             

Nonvested as of December 31, 2013

    5,617,554   $ 3.12  
             
             

              A summary of the status of the Company's nonvested options as of March 31, 2014, and changes during the three months ended March 31, 2014, are presented below:

 
  Options   Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested as of December 31, 2013

    5,617,554   $ 3.12  

Options granted (unaudited)

    1,021,360     3.20  

Options vested (unaudited)

    (110,175 )   4.78  

Options forfeited (unaudited)

    (28,000 )   4.24  
             

Nonvested as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

    6,500,739   $ 3.10  
             
             

              As of December 31, 2013, there was $13.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of forfeitures, related to nonvested stock option based compensation arrangements granted under the 2005 Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years and will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures. As of March 31, 2014, there was $14.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of forfeitures, related to nonvested stock option based

F-45


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

8. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

compensation arrangements granted under the 2005 Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years and will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures.

Deferred Stock Units

              From 2007 through 2014, the Company granted restricted stock awards in the form of deferred stock units, or DSUs to certain officers, consultants and employees, generally in exchange for expiring stock options. The grantee receives one share of common stock at a specified future date for each DSU awarded. The DSUs may not be sold or otherwise transferred until certificates of common stock have been issued, recorded and delivered to the participant. The DSUs do not have any voting or dividend rights prior to the issuance of certificates of the underlying common stock.

              The Company issued DSUs that were treated as an accounting exchange for expiring stock options, whereby the fair value of the expiring stock options equaled the fair value of the DSUs at the date of the exchange. As such, the Company did not record any expense related to these award modifications.

              Additionally, the Company issued DSUs to its Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and key employees for services rendered with a vesting period of up to five years. The share-based expense associated with these grants was based on the Company's common stock fair value at the time of grant and is amortized over the requisite service period, which generally is the vesting period. The Company recorded a total expense of $0.5 million, $0.5 million, $0.6 million, $0.2 million, and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, for these DSU awards.

              As of December 31, 2013, there was $1.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of forfeitures, related to nonvested DSU based compensation arrangements granted under the 2005 Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.3 years and will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures. As of March 31, 2014, there was $5.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of forfeitures, related to nonvested DSU based compensation arrangements granted under the 2005 Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.7 years and will be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures.

F-46


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

8. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

              Information relating to DSU grants and deliveries is as follows:

 
  Total DSUs
Issued
  DSUs Issued in
Exchange for
Expiring
Options
  DSUs Issued as
Compensation
  Total Fair
Market
Value of DSUs
Issued as
Compensation(1)
 
 
   
   
   
  (in thousands)
 

DSUs outstanding at December 31, 2010

    390,838     321,620     69,218        

DSUs granted

    92,714     19,819 (2)   72,895   $ 1,302  

DSUs surrendered for taxes

    (131,897 )   (129,470 )   (2,427 )      

Common stock delivered for DSUs

    (212,317 )   (156,591 )   (55,726 )      
                     

DSUs outstanding at December 31, 2011

    139,338     55,378     83,960        
                     

DSUs granted

    42,340     (3)   42,340   $ 456  

DSUs surrendered for taxes

    (15,448 )   (9,406 )   (6,042 )      

Common stock delivered for DSUs

    (54,499 )   (17,277 )   (37,222 )      
                     

DSUs outstanding at December 31, 2012

    111,731     28,695     83,036        
                     

DSUs granted

    100,675     20,374 (4)   80,301   $ 1,000  

DSUs forfeited

    (20,048 )       (20,048 )      

DSUs surrendered for taxes

    (13,783 )   (10,361 )   (3,422 )      

Common stock delivered for DSUs

    (80,080 )   (10,013 )   (70,067 )      
                     

DSUs outstanding at December 31, 2013

    98,495     28,695     69,800        
                     
                     

DSUs granted (unaudited)

    307,760     (5)   307,760   $ 4,432  
                     

DSUs outstanding at March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

    406,255     28,695     377,560        
                     
                     

(1)
The total FMV is derived from the number of DSUs granted times the current stock price on the date of grant.

(2)
587,220 total expiring options were exchanged for DSUs in 2011.

(3)
No DSUs were exchanged for expiring options in 2012.

(4)
76,000 total expiring options were exchanged for DSUs in 2013.

(5)
No DSUs were exchanged for expiring options during the three months ended March 31, 2014

F-47


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

8. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

Equity Awards to Consultants

              The Company has entered into various consulting agreements with Company stockholders and outside consultants. Consulting expenses are accrued as services are rendered. Consulting services are paid in cash and/or in common stock or stock options. Share-based compensation expense is recorded over the service period based on the estimated fair market value of the equity award at the date services are performed or upon completion of all services under the agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $0.2 million, related to the issuance of stock and stock options for services rendered by consultants. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company did not record any share-based compensation expense for services rendered by consultants.

Shares Reserved for Future Issuance

              In February 2009, the Board of Directors amended and adopted the 2005 Plan and placed it into effect. In its previous form, the 2005 Plan would have become effective only when the Company became subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. The number of shares that are available for grant under the 2005 Plan as of the effective date was 5,929,250. Subsequent to the 2005 Plan becoming effective, no awards will be made under any prior plans.

              The Company has the following shares of common stock reserved for future issuance upon the exercise of stock options and conversion of DSUs as of December 31, 2012:

 
  Number of Shares  
 
  2005 Plan   2002 Plan   Predecessor
Plans
  Total  

Stock options outstanding

    5,665,716     2,583,050     30,000     8,278,766  

Deferred stock units outstanding

    111,731             111,731  

Authorized for future grant

    4,436,250             4,436,250  
                   

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    10,213,697     2,583,050     30,000     12,826,747  
                   
                   

              The Company has the following shares of common stock reserved for future issuance upon the exercise of stock options and conversion of DSUs as of December 31, 2013:

 
  Number of Shares  
 
  2005 Plan   2002 Plan   Predecessor
Plans
  Total  

Stock options outstanding

    8,814,805     1,926,950     30,000     10,771,755  

Deferred stock units outstanding

    98,495             98,495  

Authorized for future grant

    2,645,850             2,645,850  
                   

Balance as of December 31, 2013

    11,559,150     1,926,950     30,000     13,516,100  
                   
                   

F-48


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

8. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

              The Company has the following shares of common stock reserved for future issuance upon the exercise of stock options and conversion of DSUs as of March 31, 2014:

 
  Number of Shares  
 
  2005 Plan   2002 Plan   Predecessor
Plans
  Total  

Stock options outstanding (unaudited)

    9,795,127     1,920,450     30,000     11,745,577  

Deferred stock units outstanding (unaudited)

    406,255             406,255  

Authorized for future grant (unaudited)

    2,139,587             2,139,587  
                   

Balance as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

    12,340,969     1,920,450     30,000     14,291,419  
                   
                   

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Distribution Agreement with Corporate Partner

              In May 2005, the Company entered into an agreement to grant certain exclusive marketing rights for its enoxaparin product to Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Andrx, which generally extends to the U.S. retail pharmacy market. To obtain such rights, Andrx made a non-refundable, upfront payment of $4.5 million to the Company upon execution of the agreement. Under the agreement, the Company is paid a fixed cost per unit sold to Andrx and also receives a percentage between 50% and 55% of the gross profits from Andrx's sales of the product in the U.S. retail pharmacy market. In November 2006, Watson Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Watson, acquired Andrx and all of the rights and obligations associated with the agreement. The $4.5 million upfront payment was classified as deferred revenue on the December 31, 2011 balance sheet, as there had been no amortization through December 31, 2011.

              In January 2012, the Federal Circuit Court issued a stay on the Preliminary Injunction (see Note 10) that had previously barred the Company from selling its generic enoxaparin product. This event, in addition to the Company's product launch, establishes the beginning of the seven-year period in which Watson has the exclusive marketing rights for the Company's enoxaparin product in the U.S. retail pharmacy market and the start of the Company's recognition of the $4.5 million deferred revenue over this period amortized on a straight-line basis. Watson has an option to renew the agreement for an additional term of three years. As of December 31, 2012, 2013, and March 31, 2014, the balance of the deferred revenue was $4.0 million, $3.3 million, and $3.1 million, respectively.

              In January 2013, Watson adopted Actavis, Inc. as its new global name. The agreement has a term that expires in January 2019 and can be extended by Actavis for an additional three years. The agreement may only be terminated prior to the end of the term by either party in the case of a breach of contract or insolvency of the other party, by the Company if Actavis fails to purchase a minimum number of units and by Actavis if an infringement claim is made against Actavis.

              The Company manufactures its enoxaparin product for the retail market according to demand specifications of Actavis. Upon shipment of enoxaparin to Actavis, the Company recognizes product sales at an agreed transfer price and records the related cost of products sold. Based on the terms of

F-49


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

9. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

the Company's distribution agreement with Actavis, the Company is entitled to a share of the ultimate profits based on the eventual net revenue from enoxaparin sales by Actavis to the end user less the agreed transfer price originally paid by Actavis to the Company. Actavis provides the Company with a quarterly sales report that calculates the Company's share of Actavis' enoxaparin gross profit. The Company records its share of Actavis' gross profit as a component of net revenue.

Operating Lease Agreements

              The Company leases real and personal property, in the normal course of business, under various non-cancelable operating leases. The Company, at its option, can renew a substantial portion of its leases, at the market rate, for various renewal periods ranging from one to six years. Rental expense under these leases for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 was approximately $5.2 million, $3.9 million, $3.1 million, $0.8 million, and $0.7 million, respectively.

              Future minimum rental payments under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of 12 months for fiscal years ending December 31 are as follows:

 
  Operating
Leases
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2014

  $ 2,750  

2015

    1,658  

2016

    312  

2017

    139  

2018

    134  
       

  $ 4,993  
       
       

              The Company had leased office and laboratory facilities from MicroScience Institute, or MSI, a related party of the Company. Rental expense under related-party leases was approximately $1.0 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, and 2012, respectively, and is included in research and development expense (see Note 11).

              In September 2012, the Board of Directors approved a lease agreement with MSI for the rental of NDRC. In October 2012, the Company signed a lease agreement for the NDRC facility with MSI pursuant to the Board of Directors' approval. The effective term of the lease is three years commencing May 1, 2012 and terminating on the earlier of April 30, 2015 or the sale of the facility to the Company. The amount of lease payments was determined by reference to standard industry formulas for computing rent payments using the appraised fair market value of the facility and current market capitalization rates for the local area. The total annual rental under the lease is $0.6 million.

              Concurrently, in September 2012, the Board of Directors approved the purchase of the NDRC facility from the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer for a price of $7.4 million. The Company determined the purchase price of the facility by obtaining three

F-50


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

9. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

independent appraisals of fair market value and selecting the lowest appraisal of the three. In October 2012, subsequent to the execution of the three-year lease agreement, a purchase agreement was signed by the Company and the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer to complete the transaction.

Purchase Commitments

              As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, the Company has entered into commitments to purchase equipment and raw materials for an aggregate of $15.1 million and $14.6 million, respectively. The Company anticipates that these commitments will be fulfilled in 2014.

              The Company has entered into agreements with a Chinese governmental entity to acquire land-use rights to real property in Nanjing, China. Under the terms of these agreements, the Company is obligated to invest capital in its wholly-owned subsidiary, ANP, and to develop these properties as a manufacturing facility. In conjunction with these agreements, ANP modified its business license on July 3, 2012 to increase its authorized capital. As of December 31, 2012, 2013, and March 31, 2014, the Company had invested approximately $37.8 million in ANP of its registered capital commitment of $61.0 million. The Company is obligated to invest an additional $23.2 million in ANP, which is due by September 2014. This requirement to invest in China will result in cash being transferred from the U.S. parent company to ANP.

              Per these agreements, in January 2010, the Company acquired certain land-use rights with a carrying value of $1.2 million. In addition, the Company purchased additional land-use rights in November 2012 for $1.3 million. The Company is committed to spend approximately $15.0 million in land development. The agreements require the construction of fixed assets on the property and specified a timetable for the construction of these fixed assets. The current pace of development of the property is behind the schedules described in the purchase agreements and, per the purchase agreement, potential monetary penalties could result if the development is delayed or not completed in accordance with the guidelines stated in the purchase agreements. The Company is currently engaged in ongoing discussions with the Chinese governmental entity regarding the investment and the development of the properties. The Company believes that the Chinese governmental entity will accept its development plans for ANP.

10. Litigation

Enoxaparin Patent Litigation

              In September, 2011, Momenta, a Boston-based pharmaceutical company, and Sandoz, the generic division of Novartis, initiated litigation against the Company for alleged patent infringement of two patents related to testing methods for batch release of enoxaparin, which the Company refers to as the "'886 patent" and the "'466 patent." The lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts, or the District Court. In October 2011, the District Court issued a preliminary injunction barring the Company from selling its generic enoxaparin product and also requiring Momenta and Sandoz to post a $100.1 million bond. The preliminary injunction was stayed by

F-51


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

10. Litigation (Continued)

the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, or Federal Circuit, in January 2012 and reversed by the Federal Circuit in August 2012.

              In January 2013 the Company moved for summary judgment of non-infringement of both patents. Momenta and Sandoz withdrew their allegations as to the '466 patent, and, in July 2013, the District Court granted the Company's motion for summary judgment of non-infringement of the '886 patent and denied Momenta and Sandoz's motion for leave to amend infringement contentions. On January 24, 2014 the District Court judge entered final judgment in Amphastar's favor on both patents. Momenta and Sandoz also filed a motion to collect attorney's fees and costs relating to a discovery motion which the District Court granted. The parties have briefed the amount of attorney's fees that should be imposed, which the Company believes should not exceed an amount of approximately $40,000. On January 30, 2014 Momenta and Sandoz filed a notice of appeal to the Federal Circuit appealing the court's final judgment including summary judgment denying Momenta and Sandoz's motion for leave to amend their infringement contentions. The Company intends to attempt to collect the $100.1 million bond posted by Momenta and Sandoz.

False Claims Act Litigation

              In January 2009, the Company filed a qui tam complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California alleging that Aventis Pharma S.A., or Aventis, through its acquisition of a patent through false and misleading statements to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, overcharged the federal and state governments for its Lovenox. If the Company is successful in this litigation, it could be entitled to a portion of any damage award that the government ultimately may recover from Aventis. In October 2011, the Court unsealed the Company's complaint. Since the complaint was unsealed, this case has steadily progressed and remains pending with discovery underway. The District Court has set an evidentiary hearing for July 7, 2014 on the "original source" issue, a key element under the False Claims Act.

Other Litigation

              The Company is also subject to various other claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of these matters is not expected to have a materially adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows; however, the results of litigation and claims are inherently unpredictable. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on the Company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

F-52


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

11. Related-Party Transactions

Affiliated Companies—Applied Physics & Chemistry Laboratories and MicroScience Institute

Operating Leases

              In 2006, MSI, which is owned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, obtained the leasing rights of the NDRC facility from Applied Physics & Chemistry Laboratories, or APCL, which is also owned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer. In April 2006, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors approved a three-year lease agreement with MSI for facilities previously leased from APCL and for additional office and laboratory space. The total annual rental under the lease is approximately $1.0 million with an option to renew for an additional three years. In May 2009, the Company exercised its option to extend the lease with MSI for an additional three years.

              Rent expense under related-party leases was approximately $1.0 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and is included as research and development expense.

              In September 2012, the Board of Directors approved a lease agreement with MSI for the rental of the NDRC facility. In October 2012, the Company signed a lease agreement for the NDRC facility with MSI pursuant to the Board of Directors' approval. The effective term of the lease was three years commencing May 1, 2012 and terminating on the earlier of April 30, 2015 or the sale of the facility to the Company. The amount of lease payments were determined by reference to standard industry formulas for computing rent payments using the appraised fair market value of the facility and current market capitalization rates for the local area. The total annual rental under the lease was $0.6 million.

              Concurrently, in September 2012, the Board of Directors approved the purchase of the NDRC facility from the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer for a price of $7.4 million. The Company determined the purchase price of the facility by obtaining three independent appraisals of fair market value and selecting the lowest appraisal of the three. In October 2012, subsequent to the execution of the three-year lease agreement, a purchase agreement was signed by the Company and the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer to complete the transaction.

12. Employee Benefits

              The Company has a defined contribution 401(k) plan, or the Plan, whereby eligible employees voluntarily contribute up to a defined percentage of their annual compensation. The Company matches contributions at a rate of 50% on the first 4% of employee contributions, or up to 2% of their annual compensation, and pays the administrative costs of the Plan. Employer contributions vest over four years. Total employer contributions for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, and the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 were approximately $0.5 million, $0.5 million, $0.6 million, $0.1 million, and $0.2 million, respectively.

F-53


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

13. Subsequent Events

Evaluation of Subsequent Events

              The Company has evaluated events and transactions occurring subsequent to March 31, 2014 through the filing of this Registration Statement of Form S-1.

Merck Transaction (unaudited)

              On April 30, 2014, the Company completed its acquisition of Merck Sharpe & Dohme's, or Merck's API manufacturing business in Éragny-sur-Epte, France, which manufactures porcine insulin API and recombinant human insulin API. The purchase price of the transaction totals 24.8 million Euros, or U.S. $34.4 million, subject to certain customary post-closing adjustments and currency exchange fluctuations. The terms of the purchase include multiple payments over four years as follows:

 
  Euros   U.S.
Dollars
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

At Closing, April 2014

  13,252   $ 18,352  

December 2014

    4,866     6,738  

December 2015

    3,130     4,334  

December 2016

    3,093     4,284  

December 2017

    479     664  
           

  24,820   $ 34,372  
           
           

              In order to facilitate the acquisition, the Company established a subsidiary in France, Amphastar France Pharmaceuticals SAS, or AFP. The Company will continue the current site manufacturing activities, which consist of the manufacturing of porcine insulin API and recombinant human insulin API. As part of the transaction, the Company has entered into various additional agreements, including various supply agreements, as well as the assignment and licensing of patents Merck was operating under at this facility. In addition, certain existing customer agreements have been assigned to AFP. The Company has concluded that the transaction will be accounted for as a business combination. Given that the transaction closed on April 30, 2014, the Company is currently in the process of determining the values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the business combination. As a result, the Company is not yet able to provide the amounts to be recognized as of the acquisition date for the major classes of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and other related disclosures and will provide this information once such values have been determined.

Acquisition Loan with Cathay Bank—Due April 2019 (unaudited)

              On April 22, 2014, in conjunction with the Company's acquisition of Merck's API manufacturing business in Éragny-sur-Epte, France, the Company entered into a secured term loan with Cathay Bank as lender. The principal amount of the loan is $21.9 million and bears a variable interest rate at the prime rate as published by The Wall Street Journal , with a minimum interest rate of 4.00%. Beginning on June 1, 2014 and through the maturity date, April 22, 2019, the Company must

F-54


Table of Contents


Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, and Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

(Information as of March 31, 2014 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2013 and 2014 is unaudited)

13. Subsequent Events (Continued)

make monthly payments of principal and interest equal to the then outstanding amount of the loan amortized over a 120-month period. On April 22, 2019, all amounts outstanding under the loan become due and payable, which would be approximately $12.0 million based upon an interest rate of 4.00%. The loan is secured by 65% of the issued and outstanding shares of stock in AFP and certain assets of the Company, including accounts receivable, inventory, certain investment property, goods, deposit accounts and general intangibles but not including the Company's equipment and real property.

              The loan includes customary restrictions on, among other things, the Company's ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends in cash or make other distributions in cash, make certain investments, create liens, sell assets and make loans. The loan also includes customary events of defaults, the occurrence and continuation of any of which provide Cathay Bank the right to exercise remedies against the Company and the collateral securing the loan. These events of default include, among other things, the Company's failure to pay any amounts due under the loan, the Company's insolvency, the occurrence of any default under certain other indebtedness or material agreements and a final judgment against the Company that is not discharged in 30-days.

Revolving line of Credit with Cathay Bank—Due May 2016 (unaudited)

              In April 2012, the Company entered into a $20.0 million revolving line of credit facility. This revolving line of credit was to mature in May 2014. In April 2014, the Company modified the facility to extend the maturity date to May 2016.

Mortgage Payable with Cathay Bank—Due April 2021 ( unaudited)

              In March 2007, the Company entered into a secured term loan in the principal amount of $5.3 million, which matured in March 2014. In April, 2014, the Company refinanced the mortgage loan, which had a principal balance outstanding of $4.6 million. The loan is payable in monthly installments with a final balloon payment of $2.2 million. The loan is secured by the building at the Company's Canton, Massachusetts location and bears interest at a fixed rate of 5.42%. and matures in April 2021.

Revolving line of Credit with East West Bank—Due March 2016 (unaudited)

              In March 2012, the Company entered into a $10.0 million line of credit facility. This facility was to mature in July 2014. In April 2014, the Company extended the maturity date to March 2016.

F-55


Table of Contents

          
            

                    Shares

GRAPHIC

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Common Stock


PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS


Jefferies

BMO Capital Markets

Piper Jaffray

Needham & Company

                        , 2014

   


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

              The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Nasdaq Global Market listing fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee.

 
  Amount  

Securities and Exchange Commission Filing Fee

  $ 12,880  

FINRA Filing Fee

    23,000  

The Nasdaq Global Market Listing Fee

    175,000  

Accounting Fees and Expenses

    *  

Legal Fees and Expenses

    *  

Blue Sky Fees and Expenses

    *  

Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses

    *  

Printing and Engraving Expenses

    *  

Miscellaneous Expenses

    *  
       

  $         *  
       

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

              Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for breaches of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of a law, authorizations of the payments of a dividend or approval of a stock repurchase or redemption in violation of Delaware corporate law or for any transactions from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that no director will be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, subject to the same exceptions as described above. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors which may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under Delaware law. We also expect to maintain standard insurance policies that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments we may make to such officers and directors.

              Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with a threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding to which he or she is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, indemnification is limited to expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually

II-1


Table of Contents

and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with defense or settlement of such action or suit and no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper. In addition, to the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit, or proceeding described above (or claim, issue, or matter therein), such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative action, suit, or proceeding may be advanced by the corporation upon receipt of an undertaking by such person to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification by the corporation under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

              Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she (or his or her testators or intestate) is or was our director or officer or serves or served at any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in a similar capacity or as an employee or agent at our request, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by us, against expenses (including attorneys'), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with the investigation, preparation to defend, or defense of such action, suit, proceeding, or claim. However, we are not required to indemnify or advance expenses in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim, or counterclaim initiated by us or on behalf of us. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify and hold harmless each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was our director or officer, or is or was serving at our request in a similar capacity of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (whether the basis of such action, suit, or proceeding is an action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director of officer) to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes, or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and this indemnification continues after such person has ceased to be an officer or director and inures to the benefit of such person's heirs, executors and administrators. The indemnification rights also include the right generally to be advanced expenses, subject to any undertaking required under Delaware General Corporation Law, and the right generally to recover expenses to enforce an indemnification claim or to defend specified suits with respect to advances of indemnification expenses.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

              Set forth below is information regarding securities sold and issued by us since May 13, 2011 which were not registered under the Securities Act.

      (a)
      Plan Related Issuances

      (1)
      From May 13, 2011 through May 13, 2014, we have granted stock options under the Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Award Plan to directors, officers, employees and consultants to purchase an aggregate of 8,610,350 shares of common stock with exercise prices ranging from $10.46 per share to $16.75 per share, with a weighted average exercise price of $12.86 per share.

      (2)
      From May 13, 2011 through May 13, 2014 we have issued and sold 644,000 shares of common stock upon exercises of options granted under our various stock option plans at purchase prices ranging from $8.00 per share to $31.22 per share, with a weighted average exercise price of $8.65 per share.

      (3)
      From May 13, 2011 through May 13, 2014, we have granted an aggregate of 650,597 DSUs, to be settled in shares of our common stock, to directors, officers, employees and consultant pursuant to our equity compensation plans.

              The issuances described in paragraph (a) above were made pursuant to written compensatory plans or agreements in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or in reliance on Section 4(2) promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

      (a)
      Exhibits

          See Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page to this registration statement.

      (b)
      Financial Statement Schedules

              All other schedules are omitted because they are not required, are not applicable, or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or the related notes to consolidated financial statements thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

              The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

              Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to

II-3


Table of Contents

a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

              The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

      (a)
      For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

      (b)
      For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

              Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Rancho Cucamonga, State of California on this 20th day of May, 2014.

  AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ JACK YONGFENG ZHANG


Jack Yongfeng Zhang
Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

              We, the undersigned directors and officers of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Jack Yongfeng Zhang, Mary Z. Luo and Jason B. Shandell, and each of them, our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and any subsequent registration statements pursuant to Rule 462 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as we might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorney-in-fact or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ JACK YONGFENG ZHANG

Jack Yongfeng Zhang
  Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  May 20, 2014

/s/ MARY Z. LUO

Mary Z. Luo

 

Chairman, Chief Operating Officer
and Director

 

May 20, 2014

/s/ JASON B. SHANDELL

Jason B. Shandell

 

President and Director

 

May 20, 2014

/s/ WILLIAM J. PETERS

William J. Peters

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

May 20, 2014

/s/ FLOYD PETERSEN

Floyd Petersen

 

Director

 

May 20, 2014

Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ RICHARD KOO

Richard Koo
  Director   May 20, 2014

/s/ RICHARD PRINS

Richard Prins

 

Director

 

May 20, 2014

/s/ MICHAEL A. ZASLOFF

Michael A. Zasloff

 

Director

 

May 20, 2014

/s/ HOWARD LEE

Howard Lee

 

Director

 

May 20, 2014

/s/ STEPHEN SHOHET

Stephen Shohet

 

Director

 

May 20, 2014

Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.   Description
  1.1 (1) Underwriting Agreement
        
  3.1   Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect
        
  3.2   Bylaws, as currently in effect
        
  3.3   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering
        
  3.4   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering
        
  4.1 (1) Specimen common stock certificate
        
  5.1 (1) Opinion of K&L Gates LLP
        
  10.1 + Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers
        
  10.2 + 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
        
  10.3 + Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant under the Amended 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
        
  10.4 + Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Award Plan
        
  10.5 + Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Award Plan
        
  10.6 + Form of Deferred Stock Unit Notice of Grant and Deferred Stock Unit Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Award Plan
        
  10.7 Distribution Agreement, dated May 2, 2005, between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc., as amended
        
  10.8   Business Loan Agreement, dated December 31, 2010, between International Medication Systems, Limited and East West Bank, as amended
        
  10.9   Revolving Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 10, 2012, between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Cathay Bank
        
  10.10   Business Loan Agreement, dated July 5, 2013, between International Medication Systems, Limited, Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and East West Bank
        
  10.11   Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 4, 2005, between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Lotus China Fund, L.P.
        
  10.12   Standard offer, Agreement and Escrow Instructions for Purchase of Real Estate, dated October 2, 2012, among Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Jack Y. Zhang and Mary Z. Luo
        
  10.13 ¨ Transfer Contract for the Right to the Use of State-owned Land, dated December 29, 2009, between Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. and Nanjing Xingang Hi-Tech Company Limited
        
  10.14 ¨ Investment Agreement, dated July 5, 2010, between Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. and the Management Committee of the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone
        
  10.15 ¨ Transfer Contract for the Right to the Use of State-owned Land, dated December 31, 2010, between Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. and Nanjing Xingang Hi-Tech Company Limited.
        
  10.16 Long-Term Supply Agreement, dated November 30, 2008 between Qingdao Jiulong Biopharmaceutical Co., Ltd. and International Medication Systems, Limited

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description
        
  10.17 + 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
        
  10.18   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated April 30, 2014, among Diosynth France, Amphastar France Pharmaceuticals SAS and Schering-Plough
        
  10.19   Loan Agreement, dated April 22, 2014, between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Cathay Bank
        
  10.20   Promissory Note, dated April 22, 2014, by Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. payable to Cathay Bank in the original principal sum of $21,900,000
        
  10.21 + Employment Agreement, dated May 19, 2014, between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Jack Zhang
        
  10.22 + Employment Agreement, dated May 19, 2014, between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Mary Luo
        
  10.23 + Employment Agreement, dated May 19, 2014, between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Jason Shandell
        
  10.24 + Employment Agreement, dated May 19, 2014, between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Marilyn Purchase
        
  10.25 + Employment Agreement, dated March 11, 2014, between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and William Peters
        
  21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
        
  23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
        
  23.2 (1) Consent of K&L Gates LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
        
  24.1   Power of Attorney (included in the signature page to this registration statement)

(1)
To be filed by amendment.

Confidential treatment requested as to portions of the exhibit. Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the SEC.

¨
English translation of original Chinese document.

+
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.



Exhibit 3.1

 

Delaware

The First State

 

I, HARRIET SMITH WINDSOR, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF “AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE THE NINETEENTH DAY OF MAY, A.D. 2004, AT 9:50 O’CLOCK P.M.

 

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

 

 

 

[SEAL]

/s/ HARRIET SMITH WINDSOR

 

 

 

 

3805480 8100

 

 

Harriet Smith Windsor, Secretary of State

 

 

 

 

040370001

 

 

AUTHENTICATION: 3122037

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: 05-20-04

 

1



 

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 10:22 PM 05/19/2004

FILED 09:50 PM 05/19/2004

SRV 040370001 — 3805480 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

I.

 

The name of this corporation is Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

II.

 

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

III.

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time (the “ Delaware Corporation Law ”).

 

IV.

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated respectively Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”). The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 120,000,000 consisting of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock.

 

The Board of Directors of the corporation (the “ Board ”) is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

 

Each share of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation, if reacquired by the Corporation (whether by redemption, repurchase, conversion to Common Stock or other means), shall upon such reacquisition resume the status of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock, undesignated as to series and available for designation and issuance by the Corporation in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph.

 

Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation of Preferred Stock relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation of Preferred Stock relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

 

V.

 

A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the Delaware Corporation Law, or (d) for any

 

1



 

transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Corporation Law as so amended.

 

The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and upon request advance expenses to any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, she, his or her testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation (or any predecessor thereof), or serves or served at any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Corporation, as a director, officer, employee or agent at the request of the Corporation (or any predecessor), against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with the investigation, preparation to defend or defense of such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided; however, that the foregoing shall not require the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any bylaw, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise.

 

Neither any amendment, modification nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate, reduce or adversely affect, any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, modification, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

VI.

 

Effective upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation, no action that is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be effected by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting of stockholders.

 

Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer or by the Board acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting is specifically denied. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting. For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors of the Corporation whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

 

VII.

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation, but the stockholders may make additional by-laws and may alter or repeal any by-law whether adopted by them or otherwise.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Corporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock designation, the amendment or repeal of all or any portion of Article III, Section 3.2 (number of directors), Section 3.3 (election, qualification and term of office of directors), Section 3.4 (resignation and vacancies), Section 3.15 (removal of directors), Article VI (indemnity) or Article IX (amendments) of the Bylaws by the stockholders of the Corporation shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of voting stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

2



 

VIII.

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot except and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

IX.

 

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

X.

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors which constitute the whole Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be designated in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

XI.

 

Advance notice of new business at stockholders’ meetings and stockholder proposals and stockholder nominations for the election of directors shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

XII.

 

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the laws of the State of Delaware) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

XIII.

 

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2 /3 % of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of voting stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal Articles V, VI, VII, XI, XIII and XIV of this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

XIV.

 

The name and address of the incorporator of the Corporation is as follows:

 

David W. Nassif

11570 Sixth Street

Rancho Cucamonga, California 91730

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, do make, file and record this Certificate of Incorporation, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly, have hereunto set my hand this 19th day of May, 2004.

 

 

 

 

s/ David W. Nassif

David W. Nassif

 

3



 

Delaware

 

The First State

 

I, HARRIET SMITH WINDSOR, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF MERGER, WHICH MERGES:

 

“AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.”, A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION, WITH AND INTO “AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.” UNDER THE NAME OF “AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.”, A CORPORATION ORGANIZED AND EXISTING UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AS RECEIVED AND FILED IN THIS OFFICE THE TWENTY-THIRD DAY OF JULY, A.D. 2004, AT 4:34 O’CLOCK P.M.

 

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

 

 

 

[SEAL]

/s/ HARRIET SMITH WINDSOR

 

 

 

 

3805480 8100M

 

 

Harriet Smith Windsor, Secretary of State

 

 

 

 

040541805

 

 

AUTHENTICATION: 3256440

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: 07-27-04

 

1



 

 

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

OF

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 08:31 PM 07/23/2004

FILED 04:34 PM 07/23/2004

SRV 040541805 — 3805480 FILE

a California corporation,

INTO

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “DGCL”), in lieu of filing the Merger Agreement required by Section 252 of the DGCL, does hereby certify that:

 

FIRST: The name and state of incorporation of each of the constituent corporations participating in the merger herein certified is as follows:

 

Name of Corporation

 

State of Corporation

 

 

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“California Amphastar”)

 

California

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Delaware Amphastar”)

 

Delaware

 

SECOND: An Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 23, 2004 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and between California Amphastar and Delaware Amphastar, has been approved, adopted, certified, executed and acknowledged by each of the aforementioned constituent corporations in accordance with Section 252 of the DGCL.

 

THIRD: The name of the surviving corporation in the merger herein certified is Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

FOURTH: The Certificate of Incorporation of Delaware Amphastar shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of said surviving corporation until it is further amended pursuant to the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

 

FIFTH: The merger shall be effective upon filing of this Certificate of Merger.

 

SIXTH: The executed Merger Agreement is on file at the office of the surviving corporation, located at 11570 6th Street, Rancho Cucamonga, California 91730.

 

SEVENTH: A copy of the aforementioned Merger Agreement will be furnished by the surviving corporation, on request and without cost, to any stockholder of any constituent corporation.

 

EIGHTH: The authorized capital stock of California Amphastar consists of Sixty Million (60,000,000) shares, of which Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares are “Common Stock,” and Ten Million (10,000,000) are “Preferred Stock.”

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Certificate of Merger to be duly executed by an authorized person (within the meaning of the DGCL) this 23rd day of July, 2004.

 

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,

 

a California corporation

 

 

 

/s/ DAVID W. NASSIF

 

David W. Nassif

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

/s/ DAVID W. NASSIF

 

David W. Nassif

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

2



 

Delaware

The First State

 

I, HARRIET SMITH WINDSOR, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF “AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE SEVENTEENTH DAY OCTOBER, A.D. 2005, AT 3:45 O’CLOCK P.M.

 

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

 

 

 

[SEAL]

/s/ HARRIET SMITH WINDSOR

 

 

 

 

3805480 8100

 

 

Harriet Smith Windsor, Secretary of State

 

 

 

 

050845874

 

 

AUTHENTICATION: 4230440

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: 10-17-2005

 

1



 

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 03:53 PM 10/17/2005

FILED 03:45 PM 10/17/2005

SRV 050845874 — 3805480 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST:   That, by meeting of the Board of Directors of such corporation as of August 28, 2005, resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of such corporation, declaring such amendment to be advisable and directing its officers to submit the amendment to the stockholders of such corporation for consideration thereof. The resolutions setting forth the proposed amendment are as follows:

 

WHEREAS, it is deemed to be advisable and in the best interest of the Corporation and its stockholders that the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the first paragraph of Article IV of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

 

“The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated respectively Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”). The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 320,000,000 consisting of 300,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock.”

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the officers of the Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed, on behalf of the Corporation, to submit the foregoing amendment to the stockholders of the Corporation for consideration thereof; and

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that, following approval of the foregoing amendment by the stockholders of the Corporation, the officers of the Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed, on behalf of the Corporation, to prepare or cause to be prepared and to execute a Certificate of Amendment of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, to file or cause to be filed such Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and to execute such other documents and take such other actions as

 



 

such officer or officers shall deem necessary, appropriate or advisable in order to carry out the intent and purposes of the foregoing resolutions.

 

SECOND:              That, thereafter, by majority vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon pursuant to Section 216 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the necessary number of shares required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

 

THIRD:                 That the amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by David Nassif, its Chief Financial Officer, this 17th day of October, 2005.

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Nassif

 

 

David Nassif,

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 




Exhibit 3.2

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

As Amended and Restated September 15, 2008

 

1



 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

 AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES

 

4

1.1

REGISTERED OFFICE

 

4

1.2

OTHER OFFICES

 

4

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

4

2.1

PLACE OF MEETINGS

 

4

2.2

ANNUAL MEETING

 

4

2.3

SPECIAL MEETING

 

4

2.4

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS; EXCEPTION TO REQUIREMENTS OF NOTICE

 

4

2.5

MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE

 

5

2.6

QUORUM

 

5

2.7

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

 

5

2.8

VOTING

 

5

2.9

WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

5

2.10

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT

 

5

2.11

RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE

 

5

2.12

PROXIES

 

6

2.13

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE; STOCK LEDGER

 

6

2.14

NOMINATIONS AND PROPOSALS BY STOCKHOLDERS AT ANNUAL AND SPECIAL MEETINGS

 

6

2.15

ORGANIZATION

 

11

2.16

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

 

11

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

 

12

3.1

POWERS

 

12

3.2

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

 

12

3.3

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

 

12

3.4

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

 

13

3.5

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

 

14

3.6

FIRST MEETINGS

 

14

3.7

REGULAR MEETINGS

 

14

3.8

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

 

14

3.9

QUORUM

 

14

3.10

WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

14

3.11

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

 

15

3.12

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

 

15

3.13

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

 

15

3.14

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

15

ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES

 

15

4.1

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

 

15

4.2

COMMITTEE MINUTES

 

15

4.3

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

 

15

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

 

16

5.1

OFFICERS

 

16

5.2

ELECTION OF OFFICERS

 

16

5.3

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

 

16

5.4

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

 

16

5.5

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

 

16

5.6

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

 

16

5.7

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

16

 

2



 

5.8

PRESIDENT

 

16

5.9

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

 

17

5.10

SECRETARY

 

17

5.11

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

17

5.12

TREASURER

 

17

5.13

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

 

17

5.14

COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS

 

17

ARTICLE VI INDEMNITY

 

18

6.1

RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION

 

18

6.2

RIGHT OF INDEMNITEE TO BRING SUIT

 

18

6.3

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

 

18

6.4

INSURANCE

 

19

6.5

INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS OF THE CORPORATION

 

19

6.6

INDEMNIFICATION CONTRACTS

 

19

6.7

EFFECT OF AMENDMENT

 

19

ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

19

7.1

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS

 

19

7.2

INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS

 

19

7.3

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

 

20

ARTICLE VIII GENERAL MATTERS

 

20

8.1

CHECKS

 

20

8.2

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

 

20

8.3

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

 

20

8.4

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

 

20

8.5

LOST CERTIFICATES

 

21

8.6

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

 

21

8.7

DIVIDENDS

 

21

8.8

FISCAL YEAR

 

21

8.9

SEAL

 

21

8.10

TRANSFER OF STOCK

 

21

8.11

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

 

21

ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS

 

21

 

3



 

BYLAWS

OF

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

 

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

 

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

 

The Board of Directors of the corporation (the “ Board ”) may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

 

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

 

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, as designated by the Board. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that meetings of stockholders will not be held at any place, but may instead be held by means of remote communications, subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt from time to time.

 

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

 

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board. At the annual meeting, directors whose term of office expires at such meeting shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock (as defined below) then outstanding, special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time only by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Operating Officer, or the Board acting pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Whole Board (as defined below), and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting is expressly denied. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting. The term “ Whole Board ” shall mean the total number of authorized directors of the corporation whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. The term “ Preferred Stock ” shall mean any class or series of stock of the corporation having a preference over the common stock of the corporation as to dividends or upon liquidation.

 

2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS; EXCEPTION TO REQUIREMENTS OF NOTICE

 

All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) calendar days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting (as authorized by the Board in its sole discretion pursuant to Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware), and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Any previously scheduled meeting of stockholders may be postponed, and, unless the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (as so amended and restated, the “ Certificate ”), provides otherwise, any special meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled by resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board members then in office upon public notice given prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws, to any stockholder to whom (a) notice of two (2) consecutive annual meetings, or (b) all, and at least two (2) payments (if sent by first-class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a twelve (12) month period, have been mailed addressed to such person at such person’s address as shown on the records of the corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required. Any actions or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to such person shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such person shall deliver to the corporation a written notice setting forth such person’s then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such person shall be reinstated. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to Section 230(b) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The exception in subsection (a) of the above paragraph to the requirement that notice be given shall not be applicable to any notice returned as undeliverable if the notice was given by electronic transmission.

 

4



 

2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE

 

Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as it appears on the records of the corporation and otherwise is given when delivered. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

2.6 QUORUM

 

The holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate or these Bylaws. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares present or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The stockholders present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these Bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting (as authorized by the Board in its sole discretion pursuant to Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware), are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) calendar days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. The Chairman of the meeting shall have the power to adjourn any meeting of stockholders for any reason and the stockholders shall have the power to adjourn any meeting of stockholders in accordance with Section 2.6 herein.

 

2.8 VOTING

 

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these Bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

 

Except as otherwise provided in the provisions of Section 213 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (relating to the fixing of a date for determination of stockholders of record), or as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate, each stockholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of stock having voting power held by such stockholder.

 

In all matters, other than the election of directors and except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares present or represented by proxy at the meeting at which a quorum is present and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Directors shall be elected in the manner provided in section 3.3.

 

2.9 WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice, or any waiver by electronic transmission, unless so required by the Certificate or these Bylaws.

 

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate or these Bylaws, any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective upon the closing of a firm commitment public offering of common stock of the corporation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders, subject to the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock of the corporation then outstanding.

 

2.11 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE

 

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) calendar days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) calendar days prior to any other action.

 

If the Board does not so fix a record date:

 

(a) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

(b) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

5



 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

2.12 PROXIES

 

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him, her or it by a written proxy, signed by the stockholder and filed with the Secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him, her or it as proxy in the manner(s) provided under Section 212(c) of the General Corporate Law of the State of Delaware or as otherwise provided under Delaware law. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Without affecting any vote previously taken, a stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering a revocation of proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date to the Secretary of the corporation.

 

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE; STOCK LEDGER

 

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) calendar days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Nothing contained in this Section shall require the corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) for a period of at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the meeting during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the corporation.

 

In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to the stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

Section 2.14                              NOTICE OF BUSINESS TO BE BROUGHT BEFORE A MEETING.

 

(a)                                  At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (i) brought before the meeting by the corporation and specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, (ii) brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board, or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder who (A) was a stockholder of record (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such business is proposed, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the corporation) both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.14 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (C) has complied with all of the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.14 as to such business. Except for proposals made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the “ Exchange Act ”), and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, the foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders. Stockholders shall not be permitted to propose business to be brought before a special meeting of the stockholders, and the only matters that may be brought before a special meeting are the matters specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting pursuant to Section 2.3 of these Bylaws. Stockholders seeking to nominate persons for election to the Board must comply with the notice procedures set forth in Section 2.15 of these Bylaws, and this Section 2.14 shall not be applicable to nominations except as expressly provided in Section 2.15 of these Bylaws.

 

(b)                                  Without qualification, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (i) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.14. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the one hundred

 

6



 

twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was made (such notice within such time periods, “ Timely Notice ”). In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.

 

(c)                                   To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.14, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall be required to set forth:

 

(i)                                      As to the stockholder providing the notice and each other Proposing Person (as defined below), (A) the name and address of the stockholder providing the notice, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of each other Proposing Person and (B) the class or series and number of shares of the corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by the stockholder providing the notice or any other Proposing Persons, except that such stockholder and such other Proposing Persons shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of the corporation as to which such stockholder or such other Proposing Persons has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) and (B) are referred to as “Stockholder Information”);

 

(ii)                                   As to the stockholder providing the notice (or, if different, the beneficial owner or beneficial owners on whose behalf such business is proposed) and each other Proposing Person, (A) any derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to give such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person economic risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of the corporation, including due to the fact that the value of such derivative, swap or other transaction is determined by reference to the price, value or volatility of any shares of any class or series of the corporation, or which derivative, swap or other transaction provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any increase in the price or value of shares of any class or series of the corporation (“ Synthetic Equity Interests ”), which such Synthetic Equity Interests shall be disclosed without regard to whether (x) such derivative, swap or other transaction conveys any voting rights in such shares to such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person, (y) the derivative, swap or other transaction is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares or (z) such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person may have entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such derivative, swap or other transaction, (B) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy given in response to a non-exempt proxy solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person has or shares a right to vote any shares of any class or series of the corporation, (C) any agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship, including any repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (of ownership or otherwise) of shares of any class or series of the corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person with respect to the shares of any class or series of the corporation, or which provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the price or value of the shares of any class or series of the corporation (“ Short Interests ”), (D) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of the corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the corporation, (E) any performance related fees (other than an asset based fee) that such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the price or value of shares of any class or series of the corporation, or any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests, if any, (F)(x) if such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person is not a natural person, the identity of the natural person or persons associated with such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person responsible for the formulation of and decision to propose the business to be brought before the meeting (such person or persons, the “ Responsible Person ”), the manner in which such Responsible Person was selected, any fiduciary duties owed by such Responsible Person to the equity holders or other beneficiaries of such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person, the qualifications and background of such Responsible Person and any material interests or relationships of such Responsible

 

7



 

Person that are not shared generally by the other stockholders of the corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, and (y) if such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person is a natural person, the qualifications and background of such natural person and any material interests or relationships of such natural person that are not shared generally by the other stockholders of the corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, (G) any significant equity interests or any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests in any principal competitor of the corporation held by such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Persons (H) any direct or indirect interest of such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person in any contract with the corporation, any affiliate of the corporation (including any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), or any principal competitor of the corporation, (I) any pending or threatened litigation in which such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the corporation, (J) any material transaction occurring during the prior twelve months between such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the corporation, any affiliate of the corporation or any principal competitor of the corporation, on the other hand, (K) a summary of any material discussions regarding the business proposed to be brought before the meeting between such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person, and (L) any other information relating to such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies by such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (L) are referred to as “ Disclosable Interests ”); and

 

(iii)                                As to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (A) a reasonably brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of the stockholder providing the notice (or, if different, the beneficial owner or beneficial owners on whose behalf such notice is given) or any other Proposing Person, and (B) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between or among the stockholder providing the notice (or, if different, the beneficial owner or beneficial owners on whose behalf such notice is given), any other Proposing Person, or any other stockholders of the corporation (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder.

 

For purposes of this Section 2.14, the term “Proposing Person” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made, (iii) any affiliate or associate (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of such stockholder or beneficial owner, and (iv) any other person with whom such stockholder or beneficial owner (or any of their respective affiliates or associates) is Acting in Concert (as defined below). A person shall be deemed to be “Acting in Concert” with another person for purposes of these Bylaws if such person knowingly acts (whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, arrangement or understanding) in concert with, or towards a common goal relating to the management, governance or control of the corporation in parallel with, such other person where (A) each person is conscious of the other person’s conduct or intent and this awareness is an element in their decision-making processes and (B) at least one additional factor suggests that such persons intend to act in concert or in parallel, which such additional factors may include, without limitation, exchanging information (whether publicly or privately), attending meetings, conducting discussions, or making or soliciting invitations to act in concert or in parallel; provided, that a person shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any other person solely as a result of the solicitation or receipt of revocable proxies from such other person in connection with a non-exempt proxy solicitation pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act. A person which is Acting in Concert with another person shall be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any third party who is also acting in concert with such other person.

 

(d)                                  A stockholder providing notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or

 

8



 

postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or (if practicable or, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to) any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.14. The presiding officer of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.14, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

(f)                                    This Section 2.14 is expressly intended to apply to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting and, to the extent consistent with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, any proposal made pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.14 with respect to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such business. This Section 2.14 shall not be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

 

(g) For purposes of these Bylaws, “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Section 2.15                              NOTICE OF NOMINATIONS FOR ELECTION TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

 

(a)                                  Nominations of any person for election to the Board at an annual meeting or at a special meeting (but only if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting) may be made at such meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board, including by any committee or persons appointed by the Board, or (ii) by any stockholder who (A) was a stockholder of record (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such nomination is proposed to be made, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the corporation) both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.15 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (C) complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.15 as to such nomination. The foregoing clause (ii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting or special meeting.

 

(b)                                  Without qualification, for nominations to be made at an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (i) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 2.14 of these Bylaws) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.15. Without qualification, if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting, then for nominations to be made at a special meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (i) provide timely notice thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation, and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.15. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for nominations to be made at a special meeting by a stockholder must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the corporation not earlier than the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or, if later, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.14 of these Bylaws) of the date of such special meeting was first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c)                                   To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.15, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall be required to set forth:

 

(i)                                      As to the stockholder providing the notice and each other Nominating Person (as defined below), the Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 2.14(c)(i) of these Bylaws, except that for purposes of this Section 2.15 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.14(c)(i) of these Bylaws);

 

9


 

(ii)                                   As to the stockholder providing the notice (or, if different, the beneficial owner or beneficial owners on whose behalf such business is proposed) and each other Proposing Person, any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 2.14(c)(ii) of these Bylaws, except that for purposes of this Section 2.15 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.14(c)(ii) of these Bylaws and the disclosure in clause (L) of Section 2.14(c)(ii) of these Bylaws shall be made with respect to the election of directors at the meeting);

 

(iii)                                As to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (A) all information with respect to such proposed nominee that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.15 if such proposed nominee were a Nominating Person, (B) all information relating to such proposed nominee that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act (including such proposed nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (C) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among the stockholder providing the notice (or, if different, the beneficial owner or beneficial owners on whose behalf such notice is given) or any Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, his or her respective affiliates and associates and any other persons with whom such proposed nominee (or any of his or her respective affiliates and associates) is Acting in Concert (as defined in Section 2.14(c) of these Bylaws), on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant, (D) a statement whether such person, if elected, intends to tender, promptly following such person’s election or re-election, an irrevocable resignation that will become effective upon the occurrence of both (1) the failure to receive the required vote for re-election at the next meeting at which such person would face re-election and (2) acceptance of such resignation by the Committee (as defined in Section 3.3(c) of these Bylaws), and (E) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as provided in Section 2.15(f) of these Bylaws; and

 

(iii) The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence or lack of independence of such proposed nominee.

 

For purposes of this Section 2.15, the term “Nominating Person” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made, (iii) any affiliate or associate (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of such stockholder or beneficial owner, and (iv) any other person with whom such stockholder or such beneficial owner (or any of their respective affiliates or associates) is Acting in Concert.

 

(d)                                  A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or (if practicable or, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to) any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.15. The presiding officer at the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.15, and if he or she should so determine,

 

10



 

he or she shall so declare such determination to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

(f)                                    To be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director of the corporation, the proposed nominee must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed by delivery of notice under this Section 2.15) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such proposed nominee and the background of the stockholder (or any beneficial owner, if different) on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such proposed nominee (i) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the corporation or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the corporation, with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (ii) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the corporation and (iii) in such proposed nominee’s individual capacity and on behalf of the stockholder (or the beneficial owner, if different) on whose behalf the nomination is made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the corporation, and will comply with applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the corporation.

 

(g)                                   In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.15 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Nominating Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such nominations.

 

2.16 ORGANIZATION

 

Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by (a) the Chairman of the Board or, in the absence thereof, (b) such person as the Chairman of the Board shall appoint or, in the absence thereof or in the event that the Chairman of the Board shall fail to make such appointment, (c) any officer of the corporation elected by the Board. In the absence of the Secretary of the corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the Chairman of the meeting appoints.

 

The Board shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one (1) or more inspector(s), who may include individual(s) who serve the corporation in other capacities, including without limitation as officers, employees or agents, to act at the meeting of stockholders and make a written report thereof. The Board may designate one (1) or more persons as alternate inspector(s) to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been appointed or is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint one (1) or more inspector(s) to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector(s) or alternate(s) shall have the duties prescribed pursuant to Section 231 of the General Corporate Law of the State of Delaware or other applicable law.

 

The Board shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations, if any, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all acts as, in the judgment of such Chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including without limitation establishing an agenda of business of the meeting, rules or regulations to maintain order, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for commencement thereof and the fixing of the date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting (and shall announce such at the meeting). Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the Chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders will not be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

2.17 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

 

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to

 

11



 

the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (a) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent, and (b) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation, the transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, that the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

Notice given pursuant to the above paragraph shall be deemed given (a) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with a separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting, and (ii) the giving of such separate notice, and (d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

For purposes of these Bylaws, “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process. This Section 2.17 shall not apply to Section 164 (failure to pay for stock; remedies), Section 296 (adjudication of claims; appeal), Section 311 (revocation of voluntary dissolution), Section 312 (renewal, revival, extension and restoration of certificate of incorporation) or Section 324 (attachment of shares of stock) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

 

3.1 POWERS

 

The business, property and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. In addition to the power and authorities that these Bylaws expressly confer upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not required by statute, the Certificate or these Bylaws to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock of the corporation to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be nine (9); however, the authorized number may be changed from time to time exclusively by the Board pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board members then in office. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.

 

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

 

(a) Except as provided in the Certificate, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to replace directors whose terms then expire, and each director elected shall hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. The Board of Directors by resolution shall nominate the directors to be elected.

 

(b) Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate or these Bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed.

 

(c)                                   (i) Each director to be elected by the stockholders of the corporation shall be elected by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast with respect to such director by the shares present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote therefor at a meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present (an “Election Meeting”); provided , however , that if the Board determines that the number of nominees exceeds the number of directors to be elected at such meeting (a “Contested Election”), and the Board has not rescinded such determination by the date that is twenty (20) days prior to the date of the Election Meeting as initially announced, each of the directors to be elected at the Election Meeting shall be elected by the affirmative vote of a plurality of the votes cast by the shares present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting with respect to the election of such director. For purposes of this Section 3.3, a “majority of the votes cast” means that the number of

 

12



 

votes cast “for” a candidate for director exceeds the number of votes cast “against” that director. In an election other than a Contested Election, stockholders will be given the choice to cast votes “for” or “against” the election of directors or to “abstain” from such vote and shall not have the ability to cast any other vote with respect to such election of directors. In a Contested Election, stockholders will be given the choice to cast “for” or “withhold” votes for the election of directors and shall not have the ability to cast any other vote with respect to such election of directors. In the event an Election Meeting involves the election of directors by separate votes by class or classes or series, the determination as to whether an election constitutes a Contested Election shall be made on a class by class or series by series basis, as applicable.

 

(ii) In the event one or more incumbent directors (each, a “Subject Director”) fails to receive the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast at an Election Meeting at which there was no Contested Election, either (i) the Nomination Committee or (ii) if one or more of the members of the Nomination Committee is a Subject Director or the Board determines that any decision to be made with respect to a Subject Director should be made by a committee other than the Nomination Committee, a committee consisting solely of independent directors (as determined in accordance with Nasdaq rules and listing requirements or NYSE rules and listing requirements in the event the corporation’s common stock is then listed on the NYSE) who are not Subject Directors (the committee described in clause (i) or (ii) of this sentence, the “Committee”) will make a determination as to whether to accept or reject any previously tendered Resignations (as defined below), or whether other action should be taken (including whether to request that a Subject Director resign from the Board if no Resignation had been tendered prior to the relevant Election Meeting). The Committee will act with respect to any Subject Directors within ninety (90) days from the date of the certification of the election results and shall notify the Subject Directors of its decision. The Committee may consider all factors it considers relevant, including any stated reasons for “against” votes, whether the underlying cause or causes of the “against” votes are curable, the factors, if any, set forth in any applicable guidelines of the corporation or other policies that are to be considered by the Nomination Committee in evaluating potential candidates for the Board as such criteria relate to each Subject Director, the length of service of each Subject Director and each Subject Director’s contributions to the corporation. Subject Directors shall not participate in the deliberation or decision(s) of the Committee. Following, but not prior to, the closing of a firm commitment public offering of common stock of the corporation, the corporation shall publicly disclose the decision(s) of the Committee in a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of a Current Report on Form 8-K. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the result of accepting all tendered Resignations then pending and requesting resignations from incumbent directors who did not submit a Resignation prior to the relevant Election Meeting, would be that the corporation would have fewer than three directors who were in office before the election of directors, the Committee may determine to extend such 90-day period by an additional ninety (90) days if it determines that such an extension is in the best interests of the corporation and its stockholders. For purposes of this Section 3.3(c), a “Resignation” is an irrevocable resignation submitted by an incumbent director nominated for re-election prior to the relevant Election Meeting that will become effective upon the occurrence of both (i) the failure to receive the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast at an Election Meeting at which there was no Contested Election and (ii) acceptance of such resignation by the Committee.

 

(iii) If a Subject Director’s tendered Resignation is not accepted by the Committee or such Subject Director does not otherwise submit his or her resignation to the Board, such director shall continue to serve until his or her successor is duly elected, or his or her earlier resignation or removal. If a Subject Director’s resignation is accepted by the Committee pursuant to this Section 3.3, or if a nominee for director is not elected and the nominee is not an incumbent director, then the Board, in its sole discretion, may fill any resulting vacancy or decrease the size of the Board pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.4 and 3.2 of these Bylaws.

 

(d) Elections of directors at all meetings of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected shall be by ballot. The ballot shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting or such other information as may be required under the procedure established by the Chairman of the meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic submission was authorized.

 

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

 

Any director may resign at any time upon written notice or by electronic transmission to the corporation.

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the corporation then outstanding and unless the Board otherwise determines, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, or any vacancies on the Board resulting from the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal

 

13



 

from office or other cause, shall be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, whether or not less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires, unless sooner displaced.

 

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

 

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these Bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

3.6 FIRST MEETINGS

 

The first meeting of each newly elected Board shall be held immediately after, and at the same place, if any, as, the annual meeting of stockholders, unless the Board shall fix another time and place and give notice thereof (or obtain waivers of notice thereof) in the manner required herein for special meetings of directors, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, except as provided in this Section 3.6 and provided that a quorum shall be present.

 

3.7 REGULAR MEETINGS

 

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

 

3.8 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

 

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose(s) may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer or by the Chairman of the Board at the request of two (2) directors. The person(s) authorized to call special meetings of the Board may fix the place and time of the meetings.

 

The Secretary shall give notice of any special meeting to each director personally or by telephone or facsimile, or by first-class mail, overnight mail, courier service or telegram, postage or charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) calendar days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered by telegram, overnight mail or courier, it shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company or the notice is delivered to the overnight mail or courier service company at least forty-eight (48) hours before such meeting. If by facsimile transmission, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is transmitted at least twelve (12) hours before such meeting. If by telephone or hand delivery the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

 

3.9 QUORUM

 

At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate or these Bylaws. The directors present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum. If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum.

 

3.10 WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws.

 

14



 

3.11 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

 

If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

3.12 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing(s) or electronic transmission(s) are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or of such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

3.13 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

3.14 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

Subject to applicable laws and the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the corporation then outstanding, unless otherwise restricted by statute, the Certificate or these Bylaws, any director, or all of the directors, may be removed from the Board with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation then entitled to vote at the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

 

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

 

The Board may from time to time, by resolution passed by a majority of the Whole Board, designate one (1) or more committees of the Board, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, with each committee to consist of one (1) or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member(s) thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member(s) constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

 

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

 

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

 

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

 

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these Bylaws, Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 3.7 (regular meetings), Section 3.8 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.9 (quorum), Section 3.10 (waiver of notice), Section 3.11 (adjournment and notice of adjournment), and Section 3.12 (action without a meeting), with such changes in the context of those Bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular and special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.

 

15



 

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

 

5.1 OFFICERS

 

The officers of the corporation shall be a President and a Secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, and Assistant Treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

5.2 ELECTION OF OFFICERS

 

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws, shall be chosen by the Board, which shall consider such subject at its first meeting after every annual meeting of stockholders, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. A failure to elect officers shall not dissolve or otherwise affect the corporation.

 

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

 

The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

 

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

 

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board.

 

5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

 

The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected from among the directors of the corporation, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the Board and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board or as may be prescribed by these Bylaws. If there is no Chief Executive Officer or President, then the Chairman of the Board shall also be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and as such shall also have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these Bylaws. The Chairman of the Board shall serve as chairperson of and preside at all meetings of the stockholders.

 

5.7 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as the Board may give to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, if any, shall, subject to the control of the Board, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and affairs of the corporation and shall report directly to the Board. All other officers, officials, employees and agents shall report directly or indirectly to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. In the absence of a Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the Board.

 

5.8 PRESIDENT

 

In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer. When acting as the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for him or her by the Board, these Bylaws, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the Board.

 

16



 

5.9 CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

 

In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Chief Operating Officer shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and the President. When acting as the Chief Executive Officer and President, the Chief Operating Officer shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer and the President. The Chief Operating Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for him or her by the Board, these Bylaws, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chairman of the Board.

 

5.10 SECRETARY

 

The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the Board may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of the Board, and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

 

The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation. Such share register shall be the “ stock ledger ” for purposes of Section 2.13 of these Bylaws.

 

The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board, or committee of the Board, required to be given by law or by these Bylaws. He or she shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or by these Bylaws.

 

5.11 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

The Chief Financial Officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital and retained earnings.

 

The Chief Financial Officer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the Board, Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Operating Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board, shall render to the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer the President or the Chief Operating Officer, whenever they request, an account of all of his or her transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or these Bylaws. In lieu of any contrary resolution duly adopted by the Board, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the corporation.

 

5.12 TREASURER

 

The Treasurer shall, in the absence of the Chief Financial Officer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Financial Officer and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board, these Bylaws, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

 

5.13 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

 

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as are provided in these Bylaws or as may be designated from time to time by the Board.

 

5.14 COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS

 

The compensation of all officers of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board or by a committee thereof. Except as otherwise required by law or regulation, the Board may delegate to an officer of the corporation the power to fix the compensation of all other officers of the corporation.

 

17


 

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNITY

 

6.1 RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION .

 

Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (hereinafter an “ Indemnitee ”), whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 6.2 of this Article VI with respect to Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board to the fullest extent permitted by law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “ Advancement of Expenses ”); provided, however, that, if the General Corporation Law of Delaware requires, an Advancement of Expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such Indemnitee, including without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Article VI or otherwise (hereinafter an “ Undertaking ”).

 

6.2 RIGHT OF INDEMNITEE TO BRING SUIT .

 

If a claim under Section 6.1 of this Article VI is not paid in full by the corporation within forty-five (45) days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or part in any such suit or in a suit brought by the corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an Advancement of Expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking the corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right hereunder, or by the corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or to such Advancement of Expenses under this Article VI or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

 

6.3 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS .

 

The rights of indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

18



 

6.4 INSURANCE .

 

The corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of Delaware. To the extent that the corporation maintains any policy or policies providing such insurance, each such person to which rights to indemnification have been granted as provided in this Article VI shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage thereunder.

 

6.5 INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS OF THE CORPORATION .

 

The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses, to any employee or agent of the corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the indemnification and Advancement of Expenses of directors or officers of the corporation.

 

6.6 INDEMNIFICATION CONTRACTS .

 

The Board is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or any person serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or the enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board so determines, greater than, those provided for this Article VI.

 

6.7 EFFECT OF AMENDMENT .

 

Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VI by the stockholders or the directors of the corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS

 

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these Bylaws, as may be amended to date, minute books, accounting books and other records. Any such records maintained by the corporation may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device or method, provide that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to the provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. When records are kept in such manner, a clearly legible paper form produced from or by means of the information storage device or method shall be admissible in evidence, and accepted for all other purposes, to the same extent as an original paper from accurately portrays the record.

 

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purse shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right of inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

 

7.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS

 

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director. The Delaware Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its

 

19



 

discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

7.3 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

 

Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any other person authorized by the President, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of the corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation(s) standing in the name of the corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL MATTERS

 

8.1 CHECKS

 

From time to time, the Board shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

 

8.2 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

 

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

8.3 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

 

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer; or the President, Chief Operating Officer or any Vice-President, and by the Chief Financial Officer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she or it were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

8.4 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

 

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one (1) class of stock or more than one (1) series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate, if any, that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

20



 

8.5 LOST CERTIFICATES

 

Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates representing shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require, or may require any transfer agent, if any, for the shares to require, the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his, her or its legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

8.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

8.7 DIVIDENDS

 

The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in the Certificate, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock. The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

8.8 FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the corporation shall end on December 31, unless changed by resolution of the Board.

 

8.9 SEAL

 

This corporation may have a corporate seal, which may be adopted or altered at the pleasure of the Board, and may use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

8.10 TRANSFER OF STOCK

 

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation, if any, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer (as determined by legal counsel to the corporation), it shall be the duty of the corporation, as the corporation may so instruct its transfer agent, if any, to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

 

8.11 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

 

The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

 

These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new Bylaws may be adopted, by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its Certificate, confer the power to alter, amend or repeal these Bylaws, and adopt new Bylaws, upon the Board. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the Board shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to alter, amend or repeal these Bylaws, and adopt new Bylaws. Notwithstanding any provision of the Bylaws, the Certificate or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate or any Preferred Stock designation, the amendment or repeal of all or any portion of Article III, Section 3.2 (number of directors), Section 3.3 (election, qualification and term of office of directors), Section 3.4 (resignation and vacancies), Section 3.14 (removal of directors), Article VI (indemnity), or this Article IX (amendments) by the stockholders of the corporation shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of voting stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

21




Exhibit 3.3

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

I.

 

The name of this corporation is Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

II.

 

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

III.

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time (the “Delaware Corporation Law”).

 

IV.

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated respectively Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”). The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 320,000,000 consisting of 300,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock.

 

The Board of Directors of the corporation (the “Board”) is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

 

Each share of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation, if reacquired by the Corporation (whether by redemption, repurchase, conversion to Common Stock or other means), shall upon such reacquisition resume the status of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock, undesignated as to series and available for designation and issuance by the Corporation in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph.

 

Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation of Preferred Stock relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation of Preferred Stock relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

 

V.

 

A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the

 

1



 

director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the Delaware Corporation Law, or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Corporation Law as so amended.

 

The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and upon request advance expenses to any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, she, his or her testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation (or any predecessor thereof), or serves or served at any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Corporation, as a director, officer, employee or agent at the request of the Corporation (or any predecessor), against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with the investigation, preparation to defend or defense of such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided; however, that the foregoing shall not require the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any bylaw, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise.

 

Neither any amendment, modification nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate, reduce or adversely affect, any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, modification, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

VI.

 

Effective upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation (the “Initial Public Offering”), no action that is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be affected by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting of stockholders.

 

Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer or by the Board acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting is specifically denied. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting. For purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors of the Corporation whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

 

VII.

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation, but the stockholders may make additional by-laws and may alter or repeal any by-law whether adopted by them or otherwise.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Corporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock designation, the amendment or repeal of all or any portion of Article III, Section 3.2 (number of directors), Section 3.3 (classes of directors),

 

2



 

Section 3.4 (election, qualification and term of office of directors), Section 3.5 (resignation and vacancies), Section 3.15 (removal of directors), Article VI (indemnity) or Article IX (amendments) of the Bylaws by the stockholders of the Corporation shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2 /3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of voting stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

VIII.

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot except and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

IX.

 

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

X.

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors which constitute the Whole Board of the Corporation shall be designated in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

XI.

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation; (B) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders; (C) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Corporation Law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation; or (D) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article XI.

 

XII.

 

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time only by the Board. Election of directors need not be by written ballot, except as and to the extent provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, effective upon the closing of an Initial Public Offering, and for so long as permitted by applicable law, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board is authorized to assign members of the Board already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

 

3



 

At any time that applicable law prohibits a classified board as described in this Article XII, all directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting.

 

XIII.

 

Advance notice of new business at stockholders’ meetings and stockholder proposals and stockholder nominations for the election of directors shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

XIV.

 

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the laws of the State of Delaware) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

XV.

 

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this Corporation required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of voting stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal Articles V, VI, VII, XI, XII, XIII and XV of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation this      day of             , 2014.

 

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

            

 

Title:

            

 

5




Exhibit 3.4

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

 

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

 

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

 

The Board of Directors of the corporation (the “ Board ”) may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

 

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

 

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, as designated by the Board. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that meetings of stockholders will not be held at any place, but may instead be held by means of remote communications, subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt from time to time.

 

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

 

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board. At the annual meeting, directors whose term of office expires at such meeting shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock (as defined below) then outstanding, special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time only by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Operating Officer, or the Board acting pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Whole Board (as defined below), and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting is expressly denied. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting. The term “ Whole Board ” shall mean the total number of authorized directors of the corporation whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. The term “ Preferred Stock ” shall mean any class or series of stock of the corporation having a preference over the common stock of the corporation as to dividends or upon liquidation.

 



 

2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS; EXCEPTION TO REQUIREMENTS OF NOTICE

 

All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) calendar days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting (as authorized by the Board in its sole discretion pursuant to Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware), and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Any previously scheduled meeting of stockholders may be postponed, and, unless the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (as so amended and restated, the “ Certificate ”), provides otherwise, any special meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled by resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board members then in office upon public notice given prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws, to any stockholder to whom (a) notice of two (2) consecutive annual meetings, or (b) all, and at least two (2) payments (if sent by first-class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a twelve (12) month period, have been mailed addressed to such person at such person’s address as shown on the records of the corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required. Any actions or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to such person shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such person shall deliver to the corporation a written notice setting forth such person’s then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such person shall be reinstated. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to Section 230(b) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The exception in subsection (a) of the above paragraph to the requirement that notice be given shall not be applicable to any notice returned as undeliverable if the notice was given by electronic transmission.

 

2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE

 

Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as it appears on the records of the corporation and otherwise is given when delivered. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

2.6 QUORUM

 

The holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate or

 

2



 

these Bylaws. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares present or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The stockholders present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these Bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting (as authorized by the Board in its sole discretion pursuant to Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware), are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) calendar days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. The Chairman of the meeting shall have the power to adjourn any meeting of stockholders for any reason and the stockholders shall have the power to adjourn any meeting of stockholders in accordance with Section 2.6 herein.

 

2.8 VOTING

 

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these Bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

 

Except as otherwise provided in the provisions of Section 213 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (relating to the fixing of a date for determination of stockholders of record), or as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate, each stockholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of stock having voting power held by such stockholder.

 

In all matters, other than the election of directors and except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares present or represented by proxy at the meeting at which a quorum is present and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Directors shall be elected in the manner provided in section 3.4.

 

2.9 WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice, or any waiver by electronic transmission, unless so required by the Certificate or these Bylaws.

 

3



 

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate or these Bylaws, any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective upon the closing of a firm commitment public offering of common stock of the corporation (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders, subject to the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock of the corporation then outstanding.

 

2.11 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE

 

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) calendar days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) calendar days prior to any other action.

 

If the Board does not so fix a record date:

 

(a)                                  The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

(b)                                  The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

2.12 PROXIES

 

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him, her or it by a written proxy, signed by the stockholder and filed with the Secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him, her or it as proxy in the manner(s) provided under Section 212(c) of the General Corporate Law of the

 

4



 

State of Delaware or as otherwise provided under Delaware law. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Without affecting any vote previously taken, a stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering a revocation of proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date to the Secretary of the corporation.

 

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE; STOCK LEDGER

 

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) calendar days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Nothing contained in this Section shall require the corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) for a period of at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the meeting during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to the stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

Section 2.14 NOTICE OF BUSINESS TO BE BROUGHT BEFORE A MEETING.

 

(a)                                  At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (i) brought before the meeting by the corporation and specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, (ii) brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board, or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder who (A) was a stockholder of record (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such business is proposed, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the corporation) both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.14 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (C) has complied with all of the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.14 as to such business. Except for proposals made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the “ Exchange Act ”), and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, the foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders. Stockholders shall not be permitted to propose business to be brought before a special meeting of the stockholders, and the only matters that may be brought before a special meeting are the matters specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting pursuant to Section 2.3 of these Bylaws. Stockholders seeking to nominate persons for election to the Board must comply with the notice procedures set forth in Section 2.15 of these Bylaws, and this Section 2.14 shall not be applicable to nominations except as expressly provided in Section 2.15 of these Bylaws.

 

(b)                                  Without qualification, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (i) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.14. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the

 

5



 

preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was made (such notice within such time periods, “ Timely Notice ”). In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.

 

(c)                                   To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.14, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall be required to set forth:

 

(i)                                      As to the stockholder providing the notice and each other Proposing Person (as defined below), (A) the name and address of the stockholder providing the notice, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of each other Proposing Person and (B) the class or series and number of shares of the corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by the stockholder providing the notice or any other Proposing Persons, except that such stockholder and such other Proposing Persons shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of the corporation as to which such stockholder or such other Proposing Persons has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) and (B) are referred to as “ Stockholder Information ”);

 

(ii)                                   As to the stockholder providing the notice (or, if different, the beneficial owner or beneficial owners on whose behalf such business is proposed) and each other Proposing Person, (A) any derivative, swap or other transaction or series of transactions engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to give such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person economic risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of the corporation, including due to the fact that the value of such derivative, swap or other transaction is determined by reference to the price, value or volatility of any shares of any class or series of the corporation, or which derivative, swap or other transaction provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any increase in the price or value of shares of any class or series of the corporation (“ Synthetic Equity Interests ”), which such Synthetic Equity Interests shall be disclosed without regard to whether (x) such derivative, swap or other transaction conveys any voting rights in such shares to such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person, (y) the derivative, swap or other transaction is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares or (z) such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person may have entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such derivative, swap or other transaction, (B) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy given in response to a non-exempt proxy solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person has or shares a right to vote any shares of any class or series of the corporation, (C) any agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship, including any repurchase or similar so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (of ownership or otherwise) of shares of any class or series of the corporation by, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person with respect to the shares of any class or series of the corporation, or which provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the price or value of the shares of any class or series of the corporation

 

6



 

(“ Short Interests ”), (D) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of the corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the corporation, (E) any performance related fees (other than an asset based fee) that such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the price or value of shares of any class or series of the corporation, or any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests, if any, (F)(x) if such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person is not a natural person, the identity of the natural person or persons associated with such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person responsible for the formulation of and decision to propose the business to be brought before the meeting (such person or persons, the “ Responsible Person ”), the manner in which such Responsible Person was selected, any fiduciary duties owed by such Responsible Person to the equity holders or other beneficiaries of such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person, the qualifications and background of such Responsible Person and any material interests or relationships of such Responsible Person that are not shared generally by the other stockholders of the corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, and (y) if such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person is a natural person, the qualifications and background of such natural person and any material interests or relationships of such natural person that are not shared generally by the other stockholders of the corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, (G) any significant equity interests or any Synthetic Equity Interests or Short Interests in any principal competitor of the corporation held by such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Persons (H) any direct or indirect interest of such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person in any contract with the corporation, any affiliate of the corporation (including any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), or any principal competitor of the corporation, (I) any pending or threatened litigation in which such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the corporation, (J) any material transaction occurring during the prior twelve months between such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the corporation, any affiliate of the corporation or any principal competitor of the corporation, on the other hand, (K) a summary of any material discussions regarding the business proposed to be brought before the meeting between such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person, and (L) any other information relating to such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or any other Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies by such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such other Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (L) are referred to as “ Disclosable Interests ”); and

 

(iii)                                As to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (A) a reasonably brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of the stockholder providing the notice (or, if different, the beneficial owner or beneficial owners on whose behalf such notice is given) or any other Proposing Person, and (B) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between or among the stockholder providing the notice (or, if different, the beneficial owner or beneficial owners on whose behalf such notice is given), any other Proposing Person, or any other stockholders of the corporation (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder.

 

7



 

For purposes of this Section 2.14, the term “ Proposing Person ” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made, (iii) any affiliate or associate (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of such stockholder or beneficial owner, and (iv) any other person with whom such stockholder or beneficial owner (or any of their respective affiliates or associates) is Acting in Concert (as defined below).

 

A person shall be deemed to be “ Acting in Concert ” with another person for purposes of these Bylaws if such person knowingly acts (whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, arrangement or understanding) in concert with, or towards a common goal relating to the management, governance or control of the corporation in parallel with, such other person where (A) each person is conscious of the other person’s conduct or intent and this awareness is an element in their decision-making processes and (B) at least one additional factor suggests that such persons intend to act in concert or in parallel, which such additional factors may include, without limitation, exchanging information (whether publicly or privately), attending meetings, conducting discussions, or making or soliciting invitations to act in concert or in parallel; provided, that a person shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any other person solely as a result of the solicitation or receipt of revocable proxies from such other person in connection with a non-exempt proxy solicitation pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act. A person which is Acting in Concert with another person shall be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any third party who is also acting in concert with such other person.

 

(d)                                  A stockholder providing notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or (if practicable or, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to) any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.14. The presiding officer of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.14, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

(f)                                    This Section 2.14 is expressly intended to apply to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting and, to the extent consistent with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, any proposal made pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.14 with respect to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such business. This Section 2.14 shall not be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

 

8



 

(g)                                   For purposes of these Bylaws, “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Section 2.15 NOTICE OF NOMINATIONS FOR ELECTION TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

 

(a)                                  Nominations of any person for election to the Board at an annual meeting or at a special meeting (but only if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting) may be made at such meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board, including by any committee or persons appointed by the Board, or (ii) by any stockholder who (A) was a stockholder of record (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such nomination is proposed to be made, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the corporation) both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.15 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (C) complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.15 as to such nomination. The foregoing clause (ii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting or special meeting.

 

(b)                                  Without qualification, for nominations to be made at an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (i) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 2.14 of these Bylaws) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.15. Without qualification, if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting, then for nominations to be made at a special meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (i) provide timely notice thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation, and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.15. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for nominations to be made at a special meeting by a stockholder must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the corporation not earlier than the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or, if later, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.14 of these Bylaws) of the date of such special meeting was first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c)                                   To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.15, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall be required to set forth:

 

(i)                                      As to the stockholder providing the notice and each other Nominating Person (as defined below), the Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 2.14(c)(i) of these Bylaws, except that for purposes of this Section 2.15 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.14(c)(i) of these Bylaws);

 

(ii)                                   As to the stockholder providing the notice (or, if different, the beneficial owner or beneficial owners on whose behalf such business is proposed) and each other Proposing Person, any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 2.14(c)(ii) of these Bylaws, except that for purposes of this Section 2.15 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.14(c)(ii) of these Bylaws and the disclosure in clause (L) of Section 2.14(c)(ii) of these Bylaws shall be made with respect to the election of directors at the meeting);

 

9



 

(iii)                                As to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (A) all information with respect to such proposed nominee that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.15 if such proposed nominee were a Nominating Person, (B) all information relating to such proposed nominee that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act (including such proposed nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (C) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among the stockholder providing the notice (or, if different, the beneficial owner or beneficial owners on whose behalf such notice is given) or any Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, his or her respective affiliates and associates and any other persons with whom such proposed nominee (or any of his or her respective affiliates and associates) is Acting in Concert (as defined in Section 2.14(c) of these Bylaws), on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such stockholder or beneficial owner, as applicable, or such Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant, (D) a statement whether such person, if elected, intends to tender, promptly following such person’s election or re-election, an irrevocable resignation that will become effective upon the occurrence of both (1) the failure to receive the required vote for re-election at the next meeting at which such person would face re-election and (2) acceptance of such resignation by the Committee (as defined in Section 3.4(c) of these Bylaws), and (E) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as provided in Section 2.15(f) of these Bylaws; and

 

(iv)                               The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence or lack of independence of such proposed nominee.

 

For purposes of this Section 2.15, the term “Nominating Person” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made, (iii) any affiliate or associate (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of such stockholder or beneficial owner, and (iv) any other person with whom such stockholder or such beneficial owner (or any of their respective affiliates or associates) is Acting in Concert.

 

(d)                                  A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or (if practicable or, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to) any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

10


 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.15. The presiding officer at the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.15, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare such determination to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

(f)                                    To be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director of the corporation, the proposed nominee must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed by delivery of notice under this Section 2.15) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such proposed nominee and the background of the stockholder (or any beneficial owner, if different) on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such proposed nominee (i) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) that has not been disclosed to the corporation or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the corporation, with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (ii) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the corporation and (iii) in such proposed nominee’s individual capacity and on behalf of the stockholder (or the beneficial owner, if different) on whose behalf the nomination is made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the corporation, and will comply with applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the corporation.

 

(g)                                   In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.15 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Nominating Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such nominations.

 

2.16 ORGANIZATION

 

Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by (a) the Chairman of the Board or, in the absence thereof, (b) such person as the Chairman of the Board shall appoint or, in the absence thereof or in the event that the Chairman of the Board shall fail to make such appointment, (c) any officer of the corporation elected by the Board. In the absence of the Secretary of the corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the Chairman of the meeting appoints.

 

The Board shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one (1) or more inspector(s), who may include individual(s) who serve the corporation in other capacities, including without limitation as officers, employees or agents, to act at the meeting of stockholders and make a written report thereof. The Board may designate one (1) or more persons as alternate inspector(s) to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been appointed or is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint one (1) or more inspector(s) to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector(s) or alternate(s) shall have the duties prescribed pursuant to Section 231 of the General Corporate Law of the State of Delaware or other applicable law.

 

11



 

The Board shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations, if any, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all acts as, in the judgment of such Chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including without limitation establishing an agenda of business of the meeting, rules or regulations to maintain order, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for commencement thereof and the fixing of the date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting (and shall announce such at the meeting). Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the Chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders will not be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

2.17 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

 

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (a) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent, and (b) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation, the transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, that the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

Notice given pursuant to the above paragraph shall be deemed given (a) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with a separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting, and (ii) the giving of such separate notice, and (d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

For purposes of these Bylaws, “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process. This Section 2.17 shall not apply to Section 164 (failure to pay for stock; remedies), Section 296 (adjudication of claims; appeal), Section 311 (revocation of voluntary dissolution), Section 312 (renewal, revival, extension and restoration of certificate of incorporation) or Section 324 (attachment of shares of stock) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

 

3.1 POWERS

 

The business, property and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. In addition to the power and authorities that these Bylaws expressly confer upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not required by statute, the Certificate or these Bylaws to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

12



 

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock of the corporation to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be nine (9); however, the authorized number may be changed from time to time exclusively by the Board pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board members then in office. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director’s term of office expires.

 

3.3 CLASSES OF DIRECTORS

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board is authorized to assign members of the Board already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

 

3.4 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

 

(a)                                  Except as provided in the Certificate, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to replace directors whose terms then expire, and each director elected shall hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. The Board of Directors by resolution shall nominate the directors to be elected.

 

(b)                                  Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate or these Bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed.

 

(c)                                   (i)                                      Each director to be elected by the stockholders of the corporation shall be elected by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast with respect to such director by the shares present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote therefor at a meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present (an “ Election Meeting ”); provided, however , that if the Board determines that the number of nominees exceeds the number of directors to be elected at such meeting (a “ Contested Election ”), and the Board has not rescinded such determination by the date that is twenty (20) days prior to the date of the Election Meeting as initially announced, each of the directors to be elected at the Election Meeting shall be elected by the affirmative vote of a plurality of the votes cast by the shares present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting with respect to the election of such director. For purposes of this Section 3.4, a “majority of the votes cast” means that the number of votes cast “for” a candidate for director exceeds the number of votes cast “against” that director. In an election other than a Contested Election, stockholders will be given the choice to cast votes “for” or “against” the election of directors or to “abstain” from such vote and shall not have the ability to cast any other vote with respect to such election of directors. In a Contested Election, stockholders will be given the choice to cast “for” or “withhold” votes for the election of directors and shall not have the ability to cast any other vote with respect to such election of directors. In the event an Election Meeting involves the election of directors by separate votes by class or classes or series, the determination as to whether an election constitutes a Contested Election shall be made on a class by class or series by series basis, as applicable.

 

13



 

(ii)                                   In the event one or more incumbent directors (each, a “ Subject Director ”) fails to receive the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast at an Election Meeting at which there was no Contested Election, either (i) the Nomination Committee or (ii) if one or more of the members of the Nomination Committee is a Subject Director or the Board determines that any decision to be made with respect to a Subject Director should be made by a committee other than the Nomination Committee, a committee consisting solely of independent directors (as determined in accordance with Nasdaq rules and listing requirements or NYSE rules and listing requirements in the event the corporation’s common stock is then listed on the NYSE) who are not Subject Directors (the committee described in clause (i) or (ii) of this sentence, the “ Committee ”) will make a determination as to whether to accept or reject any previously tendered Resignations (as defined below), or whether other action should be taken (including whether to request that a Subject Director resign from the Board if no Resignation had been tendered prior to the relevant Election Meeting). The Committee will act with respect to any Subject Directors within ninety (90) days from the date of the certification of the election results and shall notify the Subject Directors of its decision. The Committee may consider all factors it considers relevant, including any stated reasons for “against” votes, whether the underlying cause or causes of the “against” votes are curable, the factors, if any, set forth in any applicable guidelines of the corporation or other policies that are to be considered by the Nomination Committee in evaluating potential candidates for the Board as such criteria relate to each Subject Director, the length of service of each Subject Director and each Subject Director’s contributions to the corporation. Subject Directors shall not participate in the deliberation or decision(s) of the Committee. Following, but not prior to, the closing of a firm commitment public offering of common stock of the corporation, the corporation shall publicly disclose the decision(s) of the Committee in a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of a Current Report on Form 8-K. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the result of accepting all tendered Resignations then pending and requesting resignations from incumbent directors who did not submit a Resignation prior to the relevant Election Meeting, would be that the corporation would have fewer than three directors who were in office before the election of directors, the Committee may determine to extend such 90-day period by an additional ninety (90) days if it determines that such an extension is in the best interests of the corporation and its stockholders. For purposes of this Section 3.4(c), a “Resignation” is an irrevocable resignation submitted by an incumbent director nominated for re-election prior to the relevant Election Meeting that will become effective upon the occurrence of both (i) the failure to receive the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast at an Election Meeting at which there was no Contested Election and (ii) acceptance of such resignation by the Committee.

 

(iii)                                If a Subject Director’s tendered Resignation is not accepted by the Committee or such Subject Director does not otherwise submit his or her resignation to the Board, such director shall continue to serve until his or her successor is duly elected, or his or her earlier resignation or removal. If a Subject Director’s resignation is accepted by the Committee pursuant to this Section 3.4, or if a nominee for director is not elected and the nominee is not an incumbent director, then the Board, in its sole discretion, may fill any resulting vacancy or decrease the size of the Board pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.5 and 3.2 of these Bylaws.

 

(d)                                  Elections of directors at all meetings of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected shall be by ballot. The ballot shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting or such other information as may be required under the procedure established by the Chairman of the meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic submission was authorized.

 

14



 

3.5 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

 

Any director may resign at any time upon written notice or by electronic transmission to the corporation. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the corporation then outstanding and unless the Board otherwise determines, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, or any vacancies on the Board resulting from the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause, shall be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, whether or not less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires, unless sooner displaced.

 

3.6 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

 

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these Bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

3.7 FIRST MEETINGS

 

The first meeting of each newly elected Board shall be held immediately after, and at the same place, if any, as, the annual meeting of stockholders, unless the Board shall fix another time and place and give notice thereof (or obtain waivers of notice thereof) in the manner required herein for special meetings of directors, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, except as provided in this Section 3.7 and provided that a quorum shall be present.

 

3.8 REGULAR MEETINGS

 

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

 

3.9 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

 

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose(s) may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer or by the Chairman of the Board at the request of two (2) directors. The person(s) authorized to call special meetings of the Board may fix the place and time of the meetings.

 

The Secretary shall give notice of any special meeting to each director personally or by telephone or facsimile, or by first-class mail, overnight mail, courier service or telegram, postage or charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) calendar days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered by telegram, overnight mail or courier, it shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company or the notice is delivered to the overnight mail or courier service company at least forty-eight (48) hours before such meeting. If by facsimile transmission, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the

 

15



 

notice is transmitted at least twelve (12) hours before such meeting. If by telephone or hand delivery the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

 

3.10 QUORUM

 

At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate or these Bylaws. The directors present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum. If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum.

 

3.11 WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws.

 

3.12 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

 

If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

3.13 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing(s) or electronic transmission(s) are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or of such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

3.14 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

16



 

3.15 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

Subject to applicable laws and the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the corporation then outstanding, unless otherwise restricted by statute, the Certificate or these Bylaws, any director, or all of the directors, may be removed from the Board with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation then entitled to vote at the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

 

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

 

The Board may from time to time, by resolution passed by a majority of the Whole Board, designate one (1) or more committees of the Board, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, with each committee to consist of one (1) or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member(s) thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member(s) constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

 

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

 

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

 

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

 

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these Bylaws, Section 3.6 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 3.8 (regular meetings), Section 3.9 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.10 (quorum), Section 3.11 (waiver of notice), Section 3.12 (adjournment and notice of adjournment), and Section 3.13 (action without a meeting), with such changes in the context of those Bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular and special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.

 

17



 

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

 

5.1 OFFICERS

 

The officers of the corporation shall be a President and a Secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, and Assistant Treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

5.2 ELECTION OF OFFICERS

 

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws, shall be chosen by the Board, which shall consider such subject at its first meeting after every annual meeting of stockholders, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. A failure to elect officers shall not dissolve or otherwise affect the corporation.

 

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

 

The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

 

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

 

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board.

 

5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

 

The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected from among the directors of the corporation, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the Board and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board or as may be prescribed by these Bylaws. If there is no Chief Executive Officer or President, then the Chairman of the Board shall also be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and as such shall also have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these Bylaws. The Chairman of the Board shall serve as chairperson of and preside at all meetings of the stockholders.

 

18



 

5.7 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as the Board may give to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, if any, shall, subject to the control of the Board, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and affairs of the corporation and shall report directly to the Board. All other officers, officials, employees and agents shall report directly or indirectly to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. In the absence of a Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the Board.

 

5.8 PRESIDENT

 

In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer. When acting as the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for him or her by the Board, these Bylaws, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the Board.

 

5.9 CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

 

In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Chief Operating Officer shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and the President. When acting as the Chief Executive Officer and President, the Chief Operating Officer shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer and the President. The Chief Operating Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for him or her by the Board, these Bylaws, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chairman of the Board.

 

5.10 SECRETARY

 

The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the Board may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of the Board, and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

 

The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation. Such share register shall be the “stock ledger” for purposes of Section 2.13 of these Bylaws.

 

The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board, or committee of the Board, required to be given by law or by these Bylaws. He or she shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or by these Bylaws.

 

5.11 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

The Chief Financial Officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital and retained earnings.

 

19



 

The Chief Financial Officer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the Board, Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Operating Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board, shall render to the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer the President or the Chief Operating Officer, whenever they request, an account of all of his or her transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or these Bylaws. In lieu of any contrary resolution duly adopted by the Board, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the corporation.

 

5.12 TREASURER

 

The Treasurer shall, in the absence of the Chief Financial Officer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Financial Officer and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board, these Bylaws, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

 

5.13 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

 

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as are provided in these Bylaws or as may be designated from time to time by the Board.

 

5.14 COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS

 

The compensation of all officers of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board or by a committee thereof. Except as otherwise required by law or regulation, the Board may delegate to an officer of the corporation the power to fix the compensation of all other officers of the corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNITY

 

6.1 RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION.

 

Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (hereinafter an “ Indemnitee ”), whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in

 

20


 

connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 6.2 of this Article VI with respect to Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board to the fullest extent permitted by law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “ Advancement of Expenses ”); provided, however, that, if the General Corporation Law of Delaware requires, an Advancement of Expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such Indemnitee, including without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Article VI or otherwise (hereinafter an “ Undertaking ”).

 

6.2 RIGHT OF INDEMNITEE TO BRING SUIT.

 

If a claim under Section 6.1 of this Article VI is not paid in full by the corporation within forty-five (45) days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or part in any such suit or in a suit brought by the corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an Advancement of Expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking the corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right hereunder, or by the corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or to such Advancement of Expenses under this Article VI or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

 

6.3 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.

 

The rights of indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

21



 

6.4 INSURANCE.

 

The corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of Delaware. To the extent that the corporation maintains any policy or policies providing such insurance, each such person to which rights to indemnification have been granted as provided in this Article VI shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage thereunder.

 

6.5 INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS OF THE CORPORATION.

 

The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses, to any employee or agent of the corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the indemnification and Advancement of Expenses of directors or officers of the corporation.

 

6.6 INDEMNIFICATION CONTRACTS.

 

The Board is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or any person serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or the enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board so determines, greater than, those provided for this Article VI.

 

6.7 EFFECT OF AMENDMENT.

 

Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VI by the stockholders or the directors of the corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS

 

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these Bylaws, as may be amended to date, minute books, accounting books and other records. Any such records maintained by the corporation may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device or method, provide that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to the provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. When records are kept in such manner, a clearly legible paper form produced from or by means of the information storage device or method shall be admissible in evidence, and accepted for all other purposes, to the same extent as an original paper from accurately portrays the record.

 

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purse shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such

 

22



 

person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right of inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

 

7.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS

 

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director. The Delaware Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

7.3 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

 

Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any other person authorized by the President, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of the corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation(s) standing in the name of the corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL MATTERS

 

8.1 CHECKS

 

From time to time, the Board shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

 

8.2 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

 

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

8.3 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

 

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive

 

23



 

Officer; or the President, Chief Operating Officer or any Vice-President, and by the Chief Financial Officer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she or it were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

8.4 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

 

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one (1) class of stock or more than one (1) series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate, if any, that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

8.5 LOST CERTIFICATES

 

Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates representing shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require, or may require any transfer agent, if any, for the shares to require, the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his, her or its legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

8.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

24



 

8.7 DIVIDENDS

 

The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in the Certificate, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock. The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

8.8 FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the corporation shall end on December 31, unless changed by resolution of the Board.

 

8.9 SEAL

 

This corporation may have a corporate seal, which may be adopted or altered at the pleasure of the Board, and may use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

8.10 TRANSFER OF STOCK

 

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation, if any, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer (as determined by legal counsel to the corporation), it shall be the duty of the corporation, as the corporation may so instruct its transfer agent, if any, to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

 

8.11 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

 

The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

 

These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new Bylaws may be adopted, by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its Certificate, confer the power to alter, amend or repeal these Bylaws, and adopt new Bylaws, upon the Board. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the Board shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to alter, amend or repeal these Bylaws, and adopt new Bylaws. Notwithstanding any provision of the Bylaws, the Certificate or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate or any Preferred Stock designation, the amendment or repeal of all or any portion of Article III, Section 3.2 (number of directors), Section 3.4 (election, qualification and term of office of directors), Section 3.5 (resignation and vacancies), Section 3.15 (removal of directors), Article VI (indemnity), or this Article IX (amendments) by the stockholders of the corporation shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of voting stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

25




Exhibit 10.1

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the            day of                           , 20    , by and between AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                                (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Highly competent and experienced persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors, executive officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance and/or indemnification against risks of claims and actions against them, arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the Company.

 

B.                                     The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its Subsidiaries from certain liabilities.  Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums, and with more exclusions.  At the same time, directors, officers and other persons serving corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “ Charter ”) and the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (the “ Bylaws ” and together with the Charter, the “ Governing Documents ”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company.  Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).  The Governing Documents and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that the Company and members of the board of directors and officers of the Company may enter into contracts to protect such persons against claims and expenses arising from their services on behalf of the Company.

 

C.                                     The uncertainties relating to such insurance and to such indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons.  The Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future.

 

D.                                     The Board has also determined that it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify and hold harmless, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be adequately protected.

 

1



 

E.                                      This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Governing Documents of the Company, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

F.                                       Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Governing Documents and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve, continue to serve and take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve, continue to serve and take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company.  Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified.

 

AGREEMENT

 

In consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

Certain Definitions

 

As used herein, the following words and terms shall have the following respective meanings (whether singular or plural):

 

1.                                       The terms “ Beneficial Owner ” and “ Beneficial Ownership ” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below) as in effect on the date hereof.

 

2.                                       Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                      Acquisition of Stock by Third Party .  The acquisition after the date of this Agreement by any Person of Beneficial Ownership of 50% or more of either (x) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”), or (y) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); provided, however , that for purposes of this subparagraph (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control:  (A) any acquisition directly from the Company, (B) any acquisition by the Company, (C) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or (D) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subparagraph (iii) below;

 

(ii)                                   Change in Board of Directors .  Members of the Incumbent Board cease to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

 

2



 

(iii)                                Corporate Transactions .  Consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or an acquisition of assets of another entity (a “ Business Combination ”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the Persons who were the Beneficial Owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination are the Beneficial Owners of, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common equity and the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries), (B)at least a majority of the members of the board of directors or other similar governing body of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination;

 

(iv)                               Liquidation .  The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (or, if such approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale, or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions); or

 

(v)                                  Other Events .  The occurrence of any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

 

3.                                       Claim ” means an actual or threatened claim or request for relief which was, is or may be made by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in, or by reason of any event or occurrence related to, Indemnitee’s Corporate Status.

 

4.                                       Common Stock ” means the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and such other securities as may be substituted (or resubstituted) for such Common Stock.

 

5.                                       Corporate Status ” means the status of a person who is, becomes or was a director, officer, trustee, partner, member, employee, agent, fiduciary or similar functionary of the Company or is, becomes or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent, fiduciary or similar functionary of another Enterprise.  For purposes of this Agreement, the Company agrees that Indemnitee’s service on behalf of or with respect to any Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed to be at the request of the Company.

 

6.                                       Disinterested Director ” with respect to any request by Indemnitee for indemnification hereunder, means a director of the Company who at the time of the vote is not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

7.                                       Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which the Company (or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries) is a party, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, member, employee, agent, fiduciary or similar functionary.

 

3



 

8.                                       Exchange ” means the principal securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Company’s common stock is listed or quoted.

 

9.                                       Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

10.                                Expenses ” means all attorneys’ fees and disbursements, retainers, accountant’s fees and disbursements, private investigator fees and disbursements, court costs, transcript costs, fees and expenses of experts, witness fees and expenses, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending (including affirmative defenses and counterclaims), preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or participating in or preparing to participate in (including on appeal) a Proceeding, and all interest or finance charges attributable to any thereof.  Should any payments by the Company under this Agreement be determined to be subject to any federal, state or local income or excise tax, “ Expenses ” shall also include (i) such amounts as are necessary to place Indemnitee in the same after-tax position (after giving effect to all applicable taxes) as Indemnitee would have been in had no such tax been determined to apply to such payments, and (ii) such amounts as are incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding (as defined below), including without limitation, the principal, premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond, or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

11.                                Incumbent Board ” means (a) the individuals who, as of the date of this Agreement, constitute the Board and (b) any other individual who becomes a director of the Company after that date and, in the case of the foregoing clause (b), whose election or appointment by the Board, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board, but excluding any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors, or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Incumbent Board.

 

12.                                Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither contemporaneously is, nor in the five years theretofore has been, retained to represent:  (a) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel under this Agreement or similar agreements), (b) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder, or (c) the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 5% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities (other than, in each such case, with respect to matters concerning the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

4



 

13.                                Independent Directors ” means the directors on the Board that are independent directors as defined in the listing rules of the applicable Exchange.

 

14.                                Person ” means any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act).

 

15.                                Potential Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any Person shall have announced publicly an intention to take actions to effect a Change in Control, or commenced any action (such as the commencement of a tender offer for the Company’s Common Stock or the solicitation of proxies for the election of any of the Company’s directors) that, if successful, would reasonably be expected to result in the occurrence of a Change in Control; (ii) the Company enters into an agreement or arrangement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control; (iii) any other event occurs that the Board declares to be a Potential Change of Control; or (iv) any Person who is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors increases his Beneficial Ownership of such securities by 5% or more over the percentage so owned by such Person on the date hereof, unless such acquisition was approved in advance by the Board.

 

16.                                Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise, and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative, arbitrative, legislative or investigative (formal of informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom in which Indemnitee was, is, will or might be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, by reason of any action (or failure to act) taken by him or of any action (or failure to act) on his part while acting as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, employee or agent of any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

 

17.                                Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by that Person.

 

18.                                Voting Securities ” means any securities that vote generally in the election of directors, in the admission of general partners, or in the selection of any other similar governing body.

 

5



 

ARTICLE II

Services by Indemnitee

 

Indemnitee will serve or continue to serve as an officer or director of the Company for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his resignation or is terminated by the Company.  Indemnitee may from time to time also agree to serve, as the Company may request from time to time, in another capacity for the Company (including another officer or director position) or as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent, fiduciary or similar functionary of another Enterprise.  Indemnitee and the Company each acknowledge that they have entered into this Agreement as a means of inducing Indemnitee to serve, or continue to serve, the Company in such capacities.  Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position or positions (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law).  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained in the employment of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliated entities.

 

ARTICLE III

Indemnification

 

Section 3.1                                     General .  Subject to the provisions set forth in Article IV , the Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses to, Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in effect on the date hereof, and to such greater extent as applicable law may hereafter from time to time permit.  The other provisions set forth in this Agreement are provided in addition to and as a means of furtherance and implementation of, and not in limitation of, the obligations expressed in this Article III .  No requirement, condition to or limitation of any right to indemnification or to advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Article III shall in any way limit the rights of Indemnitee under Article VII .

 

Section 3.2                                     Additional Indemnity of the Company .  Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 3.2 if, by reason of anything done or not done by Indemnitee in, or by reason of any event or occurrence related to, Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, was or becomes, or is threatened to be made, a party to, or witness or other participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor).  Pursuant to this Section 3.2 , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against any and all Expenses, judgments, penalties (including excise and similar taxes), fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any Claim, issue or matter therein.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Company under this Section 3.2 shall be subject to the condition that no determination (which, in any case in which Independent Counsel is involved, shall be in a form of a written opinion) shall have been made pursuant to Article IV that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law.  Nothing in this Section 3.2 shall limit the benefits of Section 3.1 , Section 3.3 , or any other Section in this Article III .

 

6



 

Section 3.3                                     Advancement of Expenses .  The Company shall pay all Expenses reasonably incurred by, or in the case of retainers to be incurred by, or on behalf of Indemnitee (or, if applicable, reimburse Indemnitee for any and all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee and previously paid by Indemnitee) in connection with any Claim or Proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise, in advance of any determination respecting entitlement to indemnification pursuant to Article IV hereof (and shall continue to pay such Expenses after such determination, and until it shall ultimately be determined (in a final adjudication by a court from which there is no further right of appeal or in a final adjudication of an arbitration pursuant to Section 5.1 if Indemnitee elects to seek such arbitration) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company against such Expenses) within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of (a) a written request from Indemnitee requesting such payment or payments from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding, and (b) a written affirmation from Indemnitee of Indemnitee’s good faith belief that Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct necessary for Indemnitee to be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law.  Any such payment by the Company is referred to in this Agreement as an “ Expense Advance .”  In connection with any request for an Expense Advance, if requested by the Company, Indemnitee or Indemnitee’s counsel shall also submit an affidavit stating that the Expenses incurred were, or in the case of retainers to be incurred are, reasonably incurred.  Any dispute as to the reasonableness of the incurrence of any Expense shall not delay an Expense Advance by the Company, and the Company agrees that any such dispute shall be resolved only upon the disposition or conclusion of the underlying Claim against Indemnitee.  Indemnitee hereby undertakes and agrees that Indemnitee will reimburse and repay the Company without interest for any Expense Advances to the extent that it shall ultimately be determined (in a final adjudication by a court from which there is no further right of appeal, or in a final adjudication of an arbitration pursuant to Section 5.1 , if Indemnitee elects to seek such arbitration) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company against such Expenses under the provisions of this Agreement, the Charter, the Bylaws of the Company, applicable law or otherwise.  Indemnitee shall not be required to provide collateral or otherwise secure the undertaking and agreement described in the prior sentence.  The Company will be entitled to participate in the Claim or Proceeding at its own expense.

 

Section 3.4                                     Indemnification for Additional Expenses .  It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees and other costs and expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Article I ) associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation, arbitration or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder.  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) business days of that request) advance those Expenses to Indemnitee, that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any claim asserted against, or action brought by, Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or an Expense Advance by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or provision of the Charter or Bylaws of the Company now or hereafter in effect relating to any Claim or Proceeding, (ii) recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, or (iii) enforcement of, or claims for breaches of, any provision of this Agreement, in each of the foregoing situations, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to that indemnification, Expense Advance, insurance recovery, enforcement, or damage claim, as

 

7



 

the case may be, and regardless of whether the nature of the proceeding with respect to such matters is judicial, by arbitration, or otherwise; provided, however, with respect to the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), if Indemnitee is not wholly successful on the underlying claims, then such indemnification and advancement shall be only to the extent Indemnitee is successful on such underlying claims or otherwise as permitted by law, whichever is greater.  To the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not wholly successful on the underlying claims, the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay, if required by law, the amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent the Indemnitee is not successful on such underlying claims.

 

Section 3.5                                     Partial Indemnity .  If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, and amounts paid in settlement of a Claim or Proceeding but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Moreover, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Claims or Proceedings, or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.

 

ARTICLE IV

Procedure for Determination of Entitlement
to Indemnification

 

Section 4.1                                     Notification and Request by Indemnitee .  Indemnitee agrees to notify the Company promptly in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or Claim that may be subject to indemnification or hold harmless rights or Expense Advances hereunder.  The written notification shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding or Claim and the facts underlying the Proceeding or Claim.  The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or otherwise, except to the extent that the Company shall have been materially prejudiced as a direct result of such failure.  The Company shall promptly notify Indemnitee in writing as to the pendency of any Proceeding or Claim that may involve a claim against Indemnitee for which Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or hold harmless rights or Expense Advances hereunder.  To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request for the Company to indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding, in accordance with this Agreement.  Such request(s) may be delivered from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in his sole discretion.  The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.  Following such a written request for indemnification by Indemnitee, the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be determined according to Section 4.2 .

 

8



 

Section 4.2                                     Determination of Request .  Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to whether Indemnitee is permitted under applicable law to be indemnified, shall be made in accordance with the terms of Section 4.5 , in the specific case as follows:

 

(a)                                  If a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel (selected in accordance with Section 4.3 ) in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which opinion shall be delivered to Indemnitee, unless Indemnitee shall request that such determination be made by the Board, or a committee of the Board, in which case by the person or persons or in the manner provided for in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 4.2(b) below; or

 

(b)                                  If a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (i) by the Board by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors even though less than a quorum of the Board, or (ii) by a majority vote of a committee consisting solely of two (2) or more Disinterested Directors designated to act in the matter by a majority vote of all Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, or (iii) if there are no Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, with Independent Counsel being selected by a vote of the Disinterested Directors as set forth in clauses (i) or (ii) of this Section 4.2(b) , or if such vote is not obtainable or such a committee of Disinterested Directors cannot be established, by a majority vote of the Board, or (iv) if Indemnitee and the Company agree, by the stockholders of the Company in a vote that excludes the shares held by directors who are not Disinterested Directors.

 

If it is so determined that Indemnitee is permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall require that any determination be made under this Section 4.2 prior to the disposition or conclusion of a Claim or Proceeding against Indemnitee; provided, however, that Expense Advances shall continue to be made by the Company pursuant to, and to the extent required by, the provisions of Article III.  Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person or persons making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person or persons upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person or persons making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification), and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee therefrom.

 

Section 4.3                                     Independent Counsel .  If a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control shall not have occurred and the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by (a) a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board or (b) if there are no Disinterested Directors, by a majority vote of the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee, within ten (10) business days after receipt by the Company of Indemnitee’s

 

9



 

request for indemnification, specifying the identity and address of the Independent Counsel so selected.  If a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control shall have occurred and the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee, and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company, within ten (10) business days after submission of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, specifying the identity and address of the Independent Counsel so selected (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Disinterested Directors or a committee of the Board, in which event the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee within ten (10) business days after receipt of Indemnitee’s request for the Board or a committee of the Disinterested Directors to make such selection, specifying the identity and address of the Independent Counsel so selected).  In either event, (i) such notice to Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, shall be accompanied by a written affirmation of the Independent Counsel so selected that it satisfies the requirements of the definition of “ Independent Counsel ” in Article I and that it agrees to serve in such capacity and (ii) Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within seven (7) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection.  Any objection to the selection of Independent Counsel pursuant to this Section 4.3 may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of the definition of “ Independent Counsel ” in Article I , and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  If such written objection is timely made, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until a court of competent jurisdiction (the “ Court ”) has determined that such objection is without merit.  In the event of a timely written objection to a choice of Independent Counsel, the party originally selecting the Independent Counsel shall have seven (7) days to make an alternate selection of Independent Counsel and to give written notice of such selection to the other party, after which time such other party shall have five (5) days to make a written objection to such alternate selection.  If, within thirty (30) days after submission of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification pursuant to Section 4.1 , no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court for resolution of any objection that shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom an objection is so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 4.2 .  The Company shall pay any and all fees and expenses reasonably incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 4.2 , and the Company shall pay all fees and expenses reasonably incurred incident to the procedures of this Section 4.3, regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.  Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 5.1 , Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

Section 4.4                                     Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

 

(a)                                  Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement upon submission of a request for indemnification under Section 4.1 , and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in reaching a determination contrary to that presumption.  Such presumption shall be used by

 

10


 

Independent Counsel (or other person or persons determining entitlement to indemnification) as a basis for a determination of entitlement to indemnification unless the Company provides information sufficient to overcome such presumption by clear and convincing evidence or unless the investigation, review and analysis by Independent Counsel (or such other person or persons) convinces Independent Counsel by clear and convincing evidence that the presumption should not apply.  Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(b)                                  If the person or persons empowered or selected pursuant to Article IV to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request by Indemnitee therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made, and Indemnitee, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact by Indemnitee necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a final judicial determination that any or all such indemnification is expressly prohibited under applicable law; provided, however, that such sixty (60) day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person or persons making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith require such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating to such determination; and provided, further, that the sixty (60) day limitation set forth in this Section 4.5(b)  shall not apply, and such period shall be extended as necessary, (A) if within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification under Section 4.1 , Indemnitee and the Company have agreed, and the Board has resolved to submit such determination to the stockholders of the Company, pursuant to Section 4.2(b) , for their consideration at an annual meeting of stockholders to be held within ninety (90) days after such agreement and such determination is made thereat, or a special meeting of stockholders is called within thirty (30) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat, or (B) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 4.2(a) , in which case the applicable period shall be as set forth in Section 5.1(c) .

 

(c)                                   The termination of any Proceeding, Claim, issue or matter, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) by itself adversely affect the rights of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that (i) Indemnitee failed to meet any particular standard of conduct, (ii) Indemnitee had any particular belief, or (iii) a court has determined that

 

11



 

indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.  Indemnitee shall be deemed to have been found liable in respect of any Claim, issue or matter only after Indemnitee shall have been so adjudged by the Court after exhaustion of all appeals therefrom.

 

ARTICLE V

Certain Remedies of Indemnitee

 

Section 5.1                                     Indemnitee Entitled to Adjudication in an Appropriate Court .  If (a) a determination is made pursuant to Article IV that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement; (b) there has been any failure by the Company to make timely payment or advancement of any amounts due hereunder (including, without limitation, any Expense Advances); or (c) the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 4.2 and such determination shall not have been made and delivered in a written opinion within ninety (90) days after the latest of (i) such Independent Counsel’s being appointed, (ii) the overruling by the Court of objections to such counsel’s selection, or (iii) expiration of all periods for the Company or Indemnitee to object to such counsel’s selection, Indemnitee shall be entitled to commence an action seeking an adjudication in the Court of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification or advancements due hereunder, including, without limitation, Expense Advances.  Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee’s option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.  Indemnitee shall commence such action seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such action pursuant to this Section 5.1 , or such right shall expire.  The Company agrees not to oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration and it shall continue to pay Expense Advances pursuant to Section 3.3 until it shall ultimately be determined (in a final adjudication by a court from which there is no further right of appeal or in a final adjudication of an arbitration pursuant to this Section 5.1 if Indemnitee elects to seek such arbitration) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company against such Expenses.  Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Delaware law (without regard to its conflict of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration.  If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 5.1 , Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 3.3 , until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

 

Section 5.2                                     Adverse Determination Not to Affect any Judicial Proceeding .  If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Article IV that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Agreement shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial or arbitration on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of such initial adverse determination.  In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome such presumption and to show by clear and convincing evidence that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

12



 

Section 5.3                                     Company Bound by the Agreement .  The Company, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Article V that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable, and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.4                                     Disposition of Proceeding .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement of Indemnitee to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

ARTICLE VI

Contribution

 

Section 6.1                                     Contribution Payment .  To the extent that the indemnification provided for under any provision of this Agreement is determined (in the manner hereinabove provided) not to be permitted under applicable law, then in the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount of any and all Expenses, judgments, fines, or penalties assessed against or incurred or paid by Indemnitee on account of such Proceeding and to any and all amounts paid in settlement of that Proceeding (including all interest, assessments, and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, or amounts paid in settlement) for which such indemnification is not permitted (“ Contribution Amounts ”), in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault with respect to the subject matter of the Proceeding giving rise to the Contribution Amounts of Indemnitee, on the one hand, and of the Company and any and all other parties (including officers and directors of the Company other than Indemnitee) who may be at fault with respect to such matter (collectively, including the Company, the “ Third Parties ”), on the other hand.

 

Section 6.2                                     Relative Fault .  The relative fault of the Third Parties and Indemnitee shall be determined (i) by reference to the relative fault of Indemnitee as determined by the court or other governmental agency assessing the Contribution Amounts or (ii) to the extent such court or other governmental agency does not apportion relative fault, by the Independent Counsel (or such other party which makes a determination pursuant to Article IV ) after giving effect to, among other things, the relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to prevent or correct the subject matter of the Proceedings and other relevant equitable considerations of each party.  The Company and Indemnitee agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 6.2 were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 6.2 .

 

13



 

ARTICLE VII

Miscellaneous

 

Section 7.1                                     Non-Exclusivity .  The rights of Indemnitee to receive indemnification and advancement of Expenses under this Agreement shall be in addition to, and shall not be deemed exclusive of, any other rights Indemnitee shall have under the DGCL or other applicable law, the Charter and/or Bylaws of the Company, any other agreement, vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of the Charter and/or Bylaws of the Company or any provision thereof shall adversely affect Indemnitee’s rights hereunder, and such rights shall be in addition to any rights Indemnitee may have under the Charter and/or Bylaws and the DGCL or other applicable law.  To the extent that there is a change in the DGCL or other applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) that allows greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Charter and/or Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by virtue of this Agreement the greater benefit so afforded by such change.  Any amendment, alteration or repeal of the DGCL that adversely affects any right of Indemnitee shall be prospective only and shall not limit or eliminate any such right with respect to any Proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place before such amendment or repeal.

 

Section 7.2                                     Insurance and Subrogation .

 

(a)                                  To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, agents, fiduciaries or similar functionaries of the Company or for individuals serving at the request of the Company as directors, officers, partners, members, venturers, proprietors, trustees, employees, agents, fiduciaries or similar functionaries of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or similar functionary under such policy or policies.

 

(b)                                  In the event of any payment by the Company under this Agreement for which reimbursement is available under any insurance policy or policies obtained by the Company, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee under such insurance policy or policies, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights, provided that all Expenses relating to such action shall be borne by the Company.

 

(c)                                   If Indemnitee is a director of the Company, the Company will advise the Board of any proposed material reduction in the coverage for Indemnitee to be provided by the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy and will not effect such a reduction with respect to Indemnitee without the prior approval of at least two-thirds of the Independent Directors of the Company.

 

14



 

Section 7.3                                     Self Insurance of the Company; Other Arrangements .  The parties hereto recognize that the Company may, but except as provided in Sections 7.2(c) , 7.2(d)  and 7.2(e)  is not required to, procure or maintain insurance or other similar arrangements, at its expense, to protect itself and any person, including Indemnitee, who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or similar functionary of the Company or who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent, fiduciary or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other Enterprise against any expense, liability or loss asserted against or incurred by such person, in such a capacity or arising out of such person’s Corporate Status, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense or liability or loss.

 

Except as provided in Sections 7.2(c) , 7.2(d)  and 7.2(e)  in considering the cost and availability of such insurance, the Company (through the exercise of the business judgment of its directors and officers) may, from time to time, purchase insurance which provides for certain (i) deductibles, (ii) limits on payments required to be made by the insurer, or (iii) coverage which may not be as comprehensive as that previously included in insurance purchased by the Company or its predecessors.  The purchase of insurance with deductibles, limits on payments and coverage exclusions, even if in the best interest of the Company, may not be in the best interest of Indemnitee.

 

Section 7.4                                     Certain Settlement Provisions .  The Company shall have no obligation to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding or Claim without the Company’s prior written consent.  The Company shall not settle any Proceeding or Claim in any manner that would impose any fine or other obligation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent.  Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold their consent to any proposed settlement.

 

Section 7.5                                     Duration of Agreement .  This Agreement shall continue for so long as Indemnitee serves as a director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or similar functionary of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent, fiduciary or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other Enterprise, and thereafter shall survive until and terminate upon the expiration of ten (10) years after the latest date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve in any such capacity.

 

Section 7.6                                     Amendment .  This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written instrument executed by or on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

 

Section 7.7                                     Waivers .  The observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) by the party entitled to enforce such term only by a writing signed by the party against which such waiver is to be asserted.  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, no delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party hereto of any right, power or privilege hereunder operate as a waiver of any other right, power or privilege hereunder nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

 

15



 

Section 7.8                                     Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the documents expressly referred to herein (including the Charter and Bylaws of the Company) constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and any other prior oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters covered hereby, including without limitation any prior indemnification agreements, are expressly superseded by this Agreement.

 

Section 7.9                                     Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance, shall be judicially declared to be invalid, unenforceable or void, such decision will not have the effect of invalidating or voiding the remainder of this Agreement or affect the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances, it being the intent and agreement of the parties that this Agreement shall be deemed amended by modifying such provision to the extent necessary to render it valid, legal and enforceable while preserving its intent, or if such modification is not possible, by substituting therefor another provision that is valid, legal and unenforceable and that achieves the same objective. Any such finding of invalidity or unenforceability shall not prevent the enforcement of such provision in any other jurisdiction to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

 

Section 7.10                              Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given upon (a) transmitter’s confirmation of a receipt of a facsimile transmission if during normal business hours of the recipient, otherwise on the next business day, (b) confirmed delivery of a standard overnight courier, or when delivered by hand or (c) the expiration of five business days after the date mailed by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested), postage prepaid, to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

If to the Company, to it at:

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

11570 Sixth St.

Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730

Attn: General Counsel

Telephone: (909) 942-4176

Facsimile:  (909) 980-6422

 

If to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee at:

 

[INDEMNITEE NAME AND ADDRESS]

 

or to such other address, or to such other individuals as any party shall have last designated by notice to the other parties.  All notices and other communications given to any party in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when delivered or sent to the intended recipient thereof in accordance with and as provided in the provisions of this Section 7.10 .

 

16



 

Section 7.11                              Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.  Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee under Section 5.1 , the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (a) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country; (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement; (c) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court; and (d) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum, or is subject (in whole or in part) to a jury trial.

 

Section 7.12                              Certain Construction Rules .

 

(a)                                  The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  As used in this Agreement, unless otherwise provided to the contrary, (1) all references to days shall be deemed references to calendar days, and (2) any reference to a “Section” or “Article” shall be deemed to refer to a section or article of this Agreement.  The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import referring to this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”  Unless otherwise specifically provided for herein, the term “or” shall not be deemed to be exclusive.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of this Agreement, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or similar functionary of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, nominee, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interest of the Company” for purposes of this Agreement and the DGCL.

 

Section 7.13                              Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission) in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument, notwithstanding that both parties are not signatories to the original or same counterpart.

 

17



 

Section 7.14                              Certain Exclusions from Indemnification .  The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  To indemnify Indemnitee if (and to the extent that) a final decision by a court or arbitration body having jurisdiction in the matter shall determine that such indemnification is not lawful;

 

(b)                                  To indemnify Indemnitee for the payment to the Company of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, or Expenses incurred by Indemnitee for Proceedings in connection with such payment under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act;

 

(c)                                   To indemnify Indemnitee for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation, or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act);

 

(d)                                  To indemnify Indemnitee, except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4 and 3.5 hereof, prior to a Change in Control, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) such payment arises in connection with any counterclaim that the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees assert against Indemnitee or any affirmative defense that the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees raise, which, by any doctrine of issue or claim preclusion, could result in liability to Indemnitee, or (iii) the Company provides the indemnification or hold harmless payment, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; or

 

(e)                                   To make any payment to Indemnitee of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder, if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under the Charter and/or Bylaws of the Company, or any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

Section 7.15                              Indemnification for Negligence, Gross Negligence, etc.   Without limiting the generality of any other provision hereunder, it is the express intent of this Agreement that Indemnitee be indemnified and Expenses be advanced regardless of Indemnitee’s acts of negligence, gross negligence, intentional or willful misconduct to the extent that indemnification and advancement of Expenses is allowed pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and under applicable law.

 

18



 

Section 7.16                              Mutual Acknowledgments .  Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, applicable law (including applicable federal law that may preempt or override applicable state law) or public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying the directors, officers, employees, agents, fiduciaries or similar functionaries of the Company under this Agreement or otherwise.  For example, the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission has taken the position that indemnification of directors, officers and controlling Persons of the Company for liabilities arising under federal securities laws is against public policy and, therefore, unenforceable.  Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the Securities and Exchange Commission to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.  In addition, the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that federal law prohibits indemnification for certain violations of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

Section 7.17                              Enforcement .  The Company agrees that its execution of this Agreement shall constitute a stipulation by which it shall be irrevocably bound in any court or arbitration in which a proceeding by Indemnitee for enforcement of Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall have been commenced, continued or appealed, that its obligations set forth in this Agreement are unique and special, and that failure of the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement will cause irreparable and irremediable injury to Indemnitee, for which a remedy at law will be inadequate.  As a result, in addition to any other right or remedy Indemnitee may have at law or in equity with respect to breach of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to injunctive or mandatory relief directing specific performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement.  The Company agrees not to seek, and agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of, a bond in connection with Indemnitee’s seeking or obtaining such relief.

 

Section 7.18                              Successors and Assigns .

 

(a)                                  All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

Section 7.19                              Period of Limitations .  No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee or Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors, or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of one year from the date of accrual of that cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company or its affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted

 

19



 

by the timely filing of a legal action within that one-year period; provided, however, that for any claim based on Indemnitee’s breach of fiduciary duties to the Company or its stockholders, the period set forth in the preceding sentence shall be three years instead of one year; and provided, further, that, if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, the shorter period shall govern.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

20



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Indemnification Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT]

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. AMENDED 2002 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

 

Approved by Stockholders on July 15, 2004

 



 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. AMENDED 2002 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

SECTION 1.

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

4

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.

ADMINISTRATION

4

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Committees of the Board of Directors

4

 

(b) Authority of the Board of Directors

4

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.

ELIGIBILITY

4

 

 

 

 

 

(a) General Rule

4

 

(b) Ten-Percent Stockholders

5

 

 

 

SECTION 4.

STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

5

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Basic Limitation

5

 

(b) Additional Shares

5

 

(c) Section 162(m) Limitation

5

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES

5

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Stock Purchase Agreement

5

 

(b) Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights

5

 

(c) Purchase Price

6

 

(d) Withholding Taxes

6

 

(e) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting

6

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

6

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Stock Option Agreement

6

 

(b) Number of Shares

6

 

(c) Exercise Price

6

 

(d) Exercisability

7

 

(e) Accelerated Exercisability

7

 

(f) Basic Term

7

 

(g) Termination of Service (Except by Death)

7

 

(h) Leaves of Absence

7

 

2



 

 

(i) Death of Optionee

8

 

(j) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting

8

 

(k) Transferability of Options

8

 

(l) Withholding Taxes

8

 

(m) No rights as a Stockholder

8

 

(n) Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options

8

 

 

 

SECTION 7.

PAYMENTS FOR SHARES

9

 

 

 

 

 

(a) General Rule

9

 

(b) Surrender of Stock

9

 

(c) Services Rendered

9

 

(d) Exercise/Sale

9

 

(e) Exercise/Pledge

 9

 

 

 

SECTION 8.

ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES

9

 

 

 

 

 

(a) General

9

 

(b) Mergers and Consolidations

10

 

(c) Reservation of Rights

10

 

 

 

SECTION 9.

SECURITIES LAWS REQUIREMENTS

10

 

 

 

 

 

(a) General

10

 

(b) Financial Reports

10

 

 

 

SECTION 10.

NO RETENTION RIGHTS

11

 

 

 

SECTION 11.

DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

11

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Term of the Plan

11

 

(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan

11

 

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination

11

 

 

 

SECTION 12.

DEFINITIONS

11

 

 

 

SECTION 13.

EXECUTION

14

 

3



 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

Amended 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

 

SECTION 1.                                                                          ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to offer selected persons an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by purchasing Shares of the Company’s Stock. The Plan provides both for the grant of Options to purchase Shares and the direct award or sale of Shares. Options granted under the Plan may include Nonstatutory Options as well as ISOs intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code. Capitalized terms are defined in Section 12.

 

SECTION 2.                                                                        ADMINISTRATION.

 

(a) Committees of the Board of Directors. The Plan may be administered by a Committee of the Board of Directors. The Committee shall consist of at least two non-employee members (Outside Directors) of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors. The Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it. If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.

 

Solely for the purpose of administering awards granted to Outside Directors, all employee members of the Board of Directors will be considered the Committee under the Plan. Among other things, this employee Committee shall be responsible for granting awards to Outside Directors and interpreting provisions of the Plan as they relate to these awards.

 

(b) Authority of the Committee. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Purchasers, all Optionees and all persons deriving their rights from a Purchaser or Optionee.

 

SECTION 3.                                                                     ELIGIBILITY.

 

(a) General Rule. Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Nonstatutory Options or the direct award or sale of Shares. Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

 

4



 

(b) Ten-Percent Stockholders. A person who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for designation as an Optionee or Purchaser unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, (ii) the Purchase Price (if any) is at least 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share and (iii) in the case of an ISO, such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

 

SECTION 4.                                                                          SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN.

 

(a) Basic Limitation. Not more than 6,400,000 Shares may be issued under the Plan (subject to Subsection (b) below and Section8). The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. Shares offered under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued Shares.

 

(b) Additional Shares. In the event that Shares previously issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company pursuant to a forfeiture provision, right of repurchase or right of first refusal such Shares shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan. However, the aggregate number of Shares issued upon the exercise of ISOs (including Shares reacquired by the Company) shall in no event exceed 200% of the number specified in Subsection (a) above, cumulatively over the life of the Plan. In the event that an outstanding Option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled, the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or other right shall not reduce the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(c) Section 162(m) Limitation. Subject to the provisions of Section 8 relating to adjustments upon changes in stock, no person shall be eligible to be granted Stock awards covering more than Four Hundred Thousand (400,000) shares of the Company’s Stock in any calendar year.

 

SECTION 5.                                                                          TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES.

 

(a) Stock Purchase Agreement. Each award or sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company. Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other tem1S and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Committee deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Purchase Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

(b) Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights. Any right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 30 days after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the

 

5



 

Company. Such right shall not be transferable and shall be exercisable only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.

 

(c) Purchase Price. The Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Committee shall determine the Purchase Price at its sole discretion. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

 

(d) Withholding Taxes. As a condition to the purchase of Shares, the Purchaser shall make such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such purchase.

 

(e) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting. Any Shares awarded or sold under the Plan may be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Committee may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Purchase Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. In the case of a Purchaser who is not an officer of the Company, an Outside Director or a Consultant:

 

(i)                                      Any right to repurchase the Purchaser’s Shares at the original Purchase Price (if any) upon termination of the Purchaser’s Service shall lapse at least as rapidly as 20% after year 1 and monthly thereafter over the four-year period commencing on the date of the award or sale of the Shares;

 

(ii)                                   Any such right may be exercised only for cash or for cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Shares; and

 

(iii)                                Any such right may be exercised only within 90 days after the termination of the Purchaser’s Service.

 

SECTION 6.                                                                          TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS .

 

(a) Stock Option Agreement. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. The Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Committee deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

(b) Number of Shares. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 8. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option.

 

(c) Exercise Price. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). The Exercise Price of a Nonstatutory Option shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding two sentences, the Exercise Price under any Option shall be detem1ined by the Committee at its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

 

6



 

(d) Exercisability . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. No Option shall be exercisable unless the Optionee has delivered an executed copy of the Stock Option Agreement to the Company. In the case of an Optionee who is not an officer of the Company, an Outside Director or a Consultant, an Option shall become exercisable at least as rapidly as 20% per year over the five-year period commencing on the date of grant. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Committee shall determine the exercisability provisions of the Stock Option Agreement at its sole discretion.

 

(e) Accelerated Exercisability . Unless the applicable Stock Option Agreement provides otherwise, all of an Optionee’s Options shall become immediately exercisable in full if either:

 

(i)                                      (A) the Company is subject to a Change in Control before the Optionee’s Service terminates, (B) the plan for the Change of Control does not allow such Options to remain outstanding, (C) such Options are not assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent resulting from the Change of Control and (D) the surviving corporation or its parent resulting from the Change of Control does not substitute options with substantially the same terms for such Options; or

 

(ii)                                   the Optionee is terminated within one (1) year of a Change of Control.

 

(f) Basic Term . The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option. The term shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant, and a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Committee at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

 

(g) Termination of Service (Except by Death) . If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

(i)                                      The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (f) above;

 

(ii)                                   The date three months after the tem1ination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such later date as the Committee may determine; or

 

(iii)                                The date 12 months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Committee may determine.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates. In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination).

 

(h) Leaves of Absence . For purposes of Subsection (g) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

 

7


 

(l) Death of Optionee. If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates: (i) The expiration date detem1ined pursuant to Subsection (f) above; or (ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death, or such later date as the Committee may determine. All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death (or became exercisable as a result of the death). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

 

(j) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Minimum Vesting. Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option may be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Committee may detem1ine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. In the case of an Optionee who is not an officer of the Company, an Outside Director or a Consultant:

 

(i)                                     Any Tight to repurchase the Optionee’s Shares at the original Exercise Price upon termination of the Optionee’s Service shall lapse at least as rapidly as 25% per year after year 1 and monthly thereafter over the four-year period commencing on the date of the option grant;

 

(ii)                                   Any such right may be exercised only for cash or for cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Shares; and

 

(iii)                                Any such right may be exercised only within 90 days after the later of (A) the termination of the Optionee’s Service or (B) the date of the option exercise.

 

(k) Transferability of Options. An Option shall be transferable by the Optionee only by (i) a beneficiary designation, (ii) a will or (iii) the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence. If the stock is publicly traded, an NSO shall also be transferable by the Optionee by (i) a gift to a member of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or (ii) a gift to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family have a beneficial interest of more than 50% and which provides that such NSO is to be transferred to the beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death. An ISO may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative.

 

(l) Withholding Taxes. As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise. The Optionee shall also make such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired by exercising an Option.

 

(m) No Rights as a Stockholder. An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionee’s Option until such person becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to the terms of such Option.

 

(n) Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the

 

8



 

cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee’s rights or increase the Optionee’s obligations under such Option.

 

SECTION 7.                                                                          PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

 

(a) General Rule. The entire Purchase Price of Shares or Exercise Price of Options issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section7.

 

(b) Surrender of Stock. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, all or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned for at least six months by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good fom1 for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the Option is exercised. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the Option for financial reporting purposes.

 

(c) Services Rendered At the discretion of the Committee, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the award.

 

(d) Exercise/Sale. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, payment may be made all or in part by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.

 

(e) Exercise/Pledge. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, payment may be made all or in part by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.

 

SECTION 8.                                                                          ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

 

(a) General. In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off, a reclassification or a similar occurrence, the Committee shall make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option.

 

9



 

(b) Mergers and Consolidations . In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, outstanding Options shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation. Such agreement shall provide for:

 

(i)                                    The continuation of such outstanding Options by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation);

 

(ii)                                   The assumption of the Plan and such outstanding Options by the surviving corporation or its parent;

 

(iii)                                The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of options with substantially the same terms for such outstanding Options;

 

(iv)                               The full exercisability of such outstanding Options and full vesting of the Shares subject to such Options, followed by the cancellation of such Options; or

 

(v)                                  The settlement of the full value of such outstanding Options (whether or not then exercisable) in cash or cash equivalents, followed by the cancellation of such Options.

 

(c) Reservation of Rights. Except as provided in this Section 8, an Optionee or Purchaser shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option. The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

SECTION 9.                                                                          SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS.

 

(a) General . Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded.

 

(b) Financial Reports . The Company each year shall furnish to Optionees, Purchasers and stockholders who have received Stock under the Plan its balance sheet and income statement, unless such Optionees, Purchasers or stockholders are key Employees whose duties with the Company assure them access to equivalent information. Such balance sheet and income statement need not be audited.

 

10



 

SECTION 10.                                                                   NO RETENTION RIGHTS.

 

Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Purchaser or Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Purchaser or Optionee) or of the Purchaser or Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

SECTION 11.                                                                   DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

 

(a) Term of the Plan. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made under the Plan. The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after the later of (i) its adoption by the Board of Directors or (ii) the most recent increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section4 that was approved by the Company’s stockholders. The Plan may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

 

(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan. The Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason; provided, however, that any amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders if it (i) increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 8) or (ii) materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs. Stockholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan. If the stockholders fail to approve an increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section4 within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred in reliance on such increase shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made in reliance on such increase.

 

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option granted prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan.

 

SECTION 12.                                                                   DEFINITIONS.

 

(a) “Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

 

(b) “Change in Control” shall mean:

 

(i)                                      The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were less than majority stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger,

 

11



 

consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the continuing or surviving entity and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity; or

 

(ii)                                   The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(c)                                   Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(d)                                  Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(21).

 

(e)                                   Company ” shall mean Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(f)                                    Consultant shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

 

(g)                                      Disability shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

 

(h)                                     Employee sha1l mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

(i)                                      Exercise Price shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Committee in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

 

(j)                                     Fair Market Value ” shall mean, as of any date, the value of the Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)                                      If the Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on the Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Stock) on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable.

 

(ii)                                   In the absence of such markets for the Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Board. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

(k) “Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother- in-law, father- in-law, son- in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

 

(I) “ISO” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

12



 

(m) “Nonstatutory Option” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

 

(n) “Option” shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

 

(o) “Optionee” shall mean a person who holds an Option.

 

(p) “Outside Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

 

(q) “Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

 

(r’) “Plan” shall mean this Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Amended 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

 

(s) “Purchase Price” shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.

 

(t) “Purchaser’ shall mean a person to whom the Committee Ins offered the right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).

 

(u) “Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

 

(v) “Share” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 (if applicable).

 

(w) “Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(x) “Stock Option Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionee’s Option.

 

(y) “Stock Purchase Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who acquires Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the acquisition of such Shares.

 

(z) “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain, A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

13



 

SECTION 13.                                                                   Execution.

 

To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors, the Company has caused its authorized officer to execute the same.

 

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Jack Zhang

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO/President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

July 15, 2004

 

14




Exhibit 10.3

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

Notice of Stock Option Grant

 

You have been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Stock of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”):

 

Name of Optionee:

 

                                          

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares:

 

                                          

 

 

 

Type of Option:

 

o

Incentive Stock Option (ISO)

 

 

o

Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)

 

 

 

Exercise Price Per Share:

 

$                                          

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

                                          

 

Date Exercisable:                                                              This option may be exercised with respect to the first          % of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes          months of continuous Service after the Vesting Commencement Date.  This option may be exercised with respect to an additional         % of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each            of continuous Service thereafter.

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

Expiration Date:                                                                                                       This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement.

 

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document.

 

Optionee:

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 



 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan:

Stock Option Agreement

 

SECTION 1.                          GRANT OF OPTION.

 

(a)                                  Option .  On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).  This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(b)                                  $100,000 Limitation.   Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

 

(c)                                   Stock Plan and Defined Terms.   This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received.  The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.  Capitalized terms are defined in Section 13 of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.                          RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

 

(a)                                  Exercisability.   Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  In addition if the Company is subject to a Change in Control within 12 months before the Optionee’s Service terminates this option shall become exercisable in full if (A) this option does not remain outstanding following the Change in Control, (B) this option is not assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent, (C) the surviving corporation or its parent does not substitute an option with substantially the same terms for this option and (D) the full value of this option (whether or not exercisable) is not settled in cash or cash equivalents.

 

(b)                                  Shareholder Approval.  Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s shareholders.

 

SECTION 3.                          NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

 

An Option shall be transferable by the Optionee only by (i) a beneficiary designation, (ii) a will or (iii) the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence.  If the stock is publicly traded, an NSO shall also be transferable by the Optionee by (i) a gift to a member of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or (ii) a gift to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family have a beneficial interest of more than 50% and which provides that such NSO is to be transferred to the beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death.  An ISO may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative.

 

2



 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

 

SECTION 4.                          EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

 

(a)                                  Notice of Exercise.   The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c).  The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment.  The person exercising this option shall sign the notice.  In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option.  The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.

 

(b)                                  Issuance of Shares.   After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised.  Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust.  The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

 

(c)                                   Withholding Taxes.   In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements.  The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

 

SECTION 5.                          PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

 

(a)                                  Cash.   All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

 

(b)                                  Surrender of Stock.   All or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned for at least six months by the Optionee.  Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when this option is exercised.  The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Purchase Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to this option for financial reporting purposes.

 

(c)                                   Exercise/Sale.  If Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.

 

3



 

(d)                                  Exercise/Pledge.   If Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company.

 

SECTION 6.                          TERM AND EXPIRATION.

 

(a)                                  Basic Term.  This option shall expire no later than the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

 

(b)                                  Termination of Service (Except by Death).   If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

(i)                                      The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

 

(ii)                                   The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

 

(iii)                                The date 12 months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.  When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.  In the event the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

 

(c)                                   Death of the Optionee.   If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(i)                                      The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

 

(ii)                                   The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death.  When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.

 

(d)                                  Leaves of Absence.  For any purpose under this Agreement, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

 

4



 

(e)                                   Notice Concerning ISO Treatment.  Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

 

(i)                                      More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

 

(ii)                                   More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

 

(iii)                                More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

 

SECTION 7.                          RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

 

(a)                                  Right of First Refusal.   In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares.  If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal or state securities laws.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares.  The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

(b)                                  Transfer of Shares.   If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above.  If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than

 

5



 

cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)                                   Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property.   In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

 

(d)                                  Termination of Right of First Refusal.   Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

 

(e)                                   Permitted Transfers.   This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

(f)                                    Termination of Rights as Shareholder.   If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement).  Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Assignment of Right of First Refusal.   The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part.  Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

 

SECTION 8.                          LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

 

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

 

6


 

(a)                                  It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

 

(b)                                  Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

 

(c)                                   Any other applicable provision of federal, state or foreign law has been satisfied.

 

SECTION 9.                          NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

 

SECTION 10.                   RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

 

(a)                                  Securities Law Restrictions.   Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other law.

 

(b)                                  Market Stand-Off.   In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters.  Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters.  In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days.  The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering.  In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.  In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period.  The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b).  This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act, and the

 

7



 

Optionee or a Transferee shall be subject to this Subsection (b) only if the directors and officers of the Company are subject to similar arrangements.

 

(c)                                   Investment Intent at Grant.   The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

(d)                                  Investment Intent at Exercise.   In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available which requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

 

(e)                                   Legends.   All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES).  SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES.  THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

(f)                                    Removal of Legends.   If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

 

(g)                                   Administration.   Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

 

SECTION 11.                   ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

 

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan.  In the

 

8



 

event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

SECTION 12.                   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

(a)                                  Rights as a Shareholder.   Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

 

(b)                                  No Retention Rights.   Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

(c)                                   Notice.   Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing.  It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid.  Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

 

(d)                                  Entire Agreement.   The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

(e)                                   Choice of Law.   This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

(f)                                    Plan Discretionary.   The Optionee understands and acknowledges that (i) the Plan is entirely discretionary, (ii) the Company and the Optionee’s employer have reserved the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, (iii) the grant of an option does not in any way create any contractual or other right to receive additional grants of options (or benefits in lieu of options) at any time or in any amount and (iv) all determinations with respect to any additional grants, including (without limitation) the times when options will be granted, the number of Shares offered, the Exercise Price and the vesting schedule, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

 

Optional Provision:

 

(g)                                   Extraordinary Compensation.   The value of this option shall be an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment contract, if any, and shall not be considered a part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating severance, resignation, redundancy or end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

 

9



 

(h)                                  Termination of Service.   The Optionee understands and acknowledges that participation in the Plan ceases upon termination of his or her Service for any reason, except as may explicitly be provided otherwise in the Plan or this Agreement.

 

SECTION 13.                   DEFINITIONS.

 

(a)                                  “Agreement” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

 

(b)                                  “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

 

(c)                                   “Change in Control” shall mean:

 

(i)                                      The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were less than majority shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the continuing or surviving entity and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity; or

 

(ii)                                   The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(d)                                  “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(e)                                   “Committee” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

 

(f)                                    “Company” shall mean Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a California corporation.

 

(g)                                   “Consultant” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

 

(h)                                  “Date of Grant” shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

 

(i)                                      “Disability” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

 

(j)                                     “Employee” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

(k)                                  “Exercise Price” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

10



 

(l)                                      “Fair Market Value” shall mean, as of any date, the value of the Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)                                      If the Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on the Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Stock) on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable.

 

(ii)                                   In the absence of such markets for the Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Board.  Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

(m)                              “Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

 

(n)                                  “Involuntary Termination” shall mean the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of:

 

(i)                                      The involuntary discharge of the Optionee by the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing him or her) for reasons other than Cause; or

 

(ii)                                   The voluntary resignation of the Optionee following (A) a change in the Optionee’s position with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing him or her) that materially reduces his or her level of authority or responsibility, (B) a reduction in the Optionee’s base salary by more than 10% or (C) receipt of notice that the Optionee’s principal workplace will be relocated more than 30 miles.

 

(o)                                  “ISO” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

(p)                                  Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

 

(q)                                  “NSO” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

 

(r)                                     “Optionee” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(s)                                    “Outside Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

 

11



 

(t)                                     “Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(u)                                  “Plan” shall mean the Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

 

(v)                                  “Purchase Price” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

 

(w)                                “Right of First Refusal” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

 

(x)                                  “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(y)                                  “Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

 

(z)                                   “Share” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

 

(aa)                           “Stock” shall mean the common stock of the Company.

 

(bb)                           “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(cc)                             “Transferee” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

 

(dd)                           “Transfer Notice” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

12


 



Exhibit 10.4

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

 

ARTICLE 1

 

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), by linking the personal interests of the members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants to those of Company stockholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for performance to generate returns to Company stockholders.  The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company’s operation is largely dependent.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.  The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.

 

2.1                                Administrator ” means the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided herein.  With reference to the administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted to Independent Directors, the term “ Administrator ” shall refer to the Board.  With reference to the administration of the Plan with respect to any other Award, the term “ Administrator ” shall refer to the Committee unless the Board has assumed the authority for administration of the Plan generally as provided in Section 13.1.  With reference to the duties of the Committee under the Plan which have been delegated to one or more persons pursuant to Section 13.5, the term “ Administrator ” shall refer to such person(s) unless the Committee or the Board has revoked such delegation.

 

2.2                                Award ” means an Option, a Restricted Stock award, a Stock Appreciation Right award, a Dividend Equivalents award, a Stock Payment award, a Restricted Stock Unit award or a Performance-Based Award granted to a Participant pursuant to the Plan.

 

2.3                                Award Agreement ” means any written or electronic agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

 

2.4                                Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.5                                Cause ,” unless otherwise defined in an employment or services agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, means a Participant’s dishonesty, fraud, gross or willful misconduct against the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, or conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to, a crime punishable by law (except misdemeanor violations).   The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to discharge or dismiss any Participant or other person in the service of the Company or any Parent or

 



 

Subsidiary for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan, to constitute grounds for termination for Cause.

 

2.6                                Change in Control ” means and includes each of the following:

 

(a)                                  the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any “person” or “group” (as those terms are defined in Sections 3(a)(9), 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder) of “beneficial ownership” (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“ voting securities ”) of the Company that represent 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, other than:

 

(i)                                      an acquisition by a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any person controlled by the Company or by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any person controlled by the Company, or

 

(ii)                                   an acquisition of voting securities by the Company or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the stock of the Company, or

 

(iii)                                an acquisition of voting securities pursuant to a transaction described in subsection (c) below that would not be a Change in Control under subsection (c), or

 

(iv)                               an acquisition of voting securities pursuant to the Company’s initial public offering of the Stock;

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following event shall not constitute an “acquisition” by any person or group for purposes of this Section 2.6:  an acquisition of the Company’s securities by the Company which causes the Company’s voting securities beneficially owned by a person or group to represent 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; provided , however , that if a person or group shall become the beneficial owner of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities by reason of share acquisitions by the Company as described above and shall, after such share acquisitions by the Company, become the beneficial owner of any additional voting securities of the Company, then such acquisition shall constitute a Change in Control; or

 

(b)                                  during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new director(s) (other than a director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in subsections (a) or (c) of this Section 2.6) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

 

(c)                                   the consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

 

2



 

(i)                                      which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

 

(ii)                                   after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided , however , that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this paragraph (ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

 

(d)                                  the Company’s stockholders approve a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

For purposes of subsection (a) above, the calculation of voting power shall be made as if the date of the acquisition were a record date for a vote of the Company’s stockholders, and for purposes of subsection (c) above, the calculation of voting power shall be made as if the date of the consummation of the transaction were a record date for a vote of the Company’s stockholders.

 

The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control of the Company has occurred pursuant to the above definition, and the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto.

 

2.7                                Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations issued thereunder.

 

2.8                                Committee ” means the committee of the Board described in Article 13.

 

2.9                                Constructive Termination ”  means a Participant’s voluntary resignation following:

 

(a)                                  A reduction in such Participant’s level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based incentive programs) by more than ten percent (10%); or

 

(b)                                  A relocation of the Participant’s place of employment by more than forty (40) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Company without Participant’s consent; or

 

(c)                                   A diminution in title or significant reduction in responsibilities.

 

2.10                         Consultant ” means any consultant or adviser if:

 

(a)                            The consultant or adviser renders bona fide services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary;

 

3



 

(b)                            The services rendered by the consultant or adviser are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and

 

(c)                             The consultant or adviser is a natural person who has contracted directly with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render such services.

 

2.11                         Covered Employee ” means an Employee who is, or is likely to become, a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

 

2.12                         Disability means a permanent and total disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

2.13                         Dividend Equivalents ” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 8 to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Stock) of dividends paid on Stock.

 

2.14                         Effective Date shall mean the date of the Board approval of the Plan.

 

2.15                         Eligible Individual ” means any person who is a member of the Board, a Consultant or an Employee, as determined by the Administrator.

 

2.16                         Employee ” means any officer or other employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

2.17                         Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

2.18                         “Existing Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

 

2.19                         Expiration Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.3.

 

2.20                         Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Stock determined as follows:

 

(a)                                  If the Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or system for the last market trading day prior to the date of determination for which a closing sales price is reported, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(b)                                  If the Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the closing bid and asked prices for the Stock on the date prior to the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

(c)                                   In the absence of an established market for the Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

2.21                         Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that is intended to be an incentive stock option and meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.

 

2.22                         Independent Director ” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

 

4



 

2.23                         Market Capitalization ” means the closing price of the Company’s common stock on a national securities exchange or quotation system multiplied by the number of outstanding shares of common stock of the Company on such date.

 

2.24                         Non-Employee Director ” means a member of the Board who qualifies as a “Non-Employee Director” as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act, or any successor rule.

 

2.25                         Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means an Option that is not intended to be or otherwise does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2.26                         Option ” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 5 of the Plan to purchase a specified number of shares of Stock at a specified price during specified time periods.  An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

2.27                         Parent ” means any “parent corporation” as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder of the Company or any other entity which beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding voting stock or voting power of the Company.

 

2.28                         Participant ” means any Eligible Individual who, as a member of the Board, a Consultant or an Employee, has been granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.

 

2.29                         Performance-Based Award ” means an Award granted to selected Covered Employees pursuant to Articles 6 and 8, but which is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Article 9.

 

2.30                         Performance Criteria ” means the criterion or criteria that the Administrator selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Participant for a Performance Period.  The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: net earnings (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), sales or revenue, net income (either before or after taxes), operating earnings, cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on net assets, return on stockholders’ equity, return on sales, gross or net profit margin, market capitalization, working capital, earnings per share or price per share of Stock, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group.  The Administrator shall, within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period for such Participant.

 

2.31                         Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the goals established in writing by the Administrator for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria.  Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division or other operational unit, or an individual.  The Administrator, in its discretion, may, within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, adjust or modify the calculation of Performance Goals for such Performance Period in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants (i) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual or extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event, or development, or (ii) in recognition of, or in anticipation of, any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company, or in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, or business conditions.

 

2.32                         Performance Period ” means the one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more

 

5



 

Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance-Based Award.

 

2.33                         Plan ” means this Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

2.34                         Public Trading Date ” means the first date upon which the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.

 

2.35                         Qualified Performance-Based Compensation ” means any compensation that is intended to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

 

2.36                         Restricted Stock ” means Stock awarded to a Participant pursuant to Article 6 that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture or repurchase.

 

2.37                         Restricted Stock Unit ” means a right to receive a share of Stock during specified time periods granted pursuant to Section 8.3.

 

2.38                         Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

2.39                         Section 409A Award ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

 

2.40                         Stock ” means the common stock of the Company and such other securities of the Company that may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article 12.

 

2.41                         Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right granted pursuant to Article 7 to receive a payment equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Stock on the date the SAR is exercised over the Fair Market Value of such number of shares of Stock on the date the SAR was granted as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

2.42                         Stock Payment ” means (a) a payment in the form of shares of Stock, or (b) an option or other right to purchase shares of Stock, as part of any bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement, made in lieu of all or any portion of the compensation, granted pursuant to Section 8.2.

 

2.43                         Subsidiary ” means any “subsidiary corporation” as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder of the Company or any other entity of which a majority of the outstanding voting stock or voting power is beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the Company.

 

2.44                         Successor Entity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

 

2.45                         Termination of Consultancy ” means the time when the engagement of a Participant as a Consultant to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, but not by way of limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where there is a simultaneous commencement of employment with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.  The Administrator, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of Consultancy, including, but not by way of limitation, the question of whether a Termination of Consultancy resulted from a discharge for good cause, and all questions of whether a particular leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Consultancy.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary has an

 

6



 

absolute and unrestricted right to terminate a Consultant’s service at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in writing.

 

2.46                         Termination of Directorship ” shall mean the time when a Participant who is a Non-Employee Director ceases to be a member of the Board for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement.  The Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of Directorship with respect to Non-Employee Directors.

 

2.47                         Termination of Employment ” shall mean the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Participant and the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement; but excluding:  (a) terminations where there is a simultaneous reemployment or continuing employment of a Participant by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, (b) at the discretion of the Administrator, terminations which result in a temporary severance of the employee-employer relationship, and (c) at the discretion of the Administrator, terminations which are followed by the simultaneous establishment of a consulting relationship by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary with the former employee.  The Administrator, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of Employment, including, but not by way of limitation, the question of whether a Termination of Employment resulted from a discharge for good cause, and all questions of whether a particular leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Employment; provided , however , that, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in its discretion, a leave of absence, change in status from an employee to an independent contractor or other change in the employee-employer relationship shall constitute a Termination of Employment if, and to the extent that, such leave of absence, change in status or other change interrupts employment for the purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code and the then applicable regulations and revenue rulings under said Section.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

3.1                                Number of Shares .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Article 12 and Section 3.1(b), the aggregate number of shares of Stock which may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be the sum of: (i) 3,700,000 shares; plus (ii) with respect to awards granted under the Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and any other equity incentive plans or arrangement of the Company on or before the Effective Date (collectively, the “ Existing Plans ”) that expire or are canceled without having been exercised in full or shares of Stock that are forfeited or repurchased pursuant to the terms of awards granted under the Existing Plans, the number of shares of Stock subject to each such award as to which such award was not exercised prior to its expiration or cancellation or which are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company.  As of the Effective Date, for purposes of this Plan, the aggregate number of shares of Stock authorized for issuance under the Existing Plans is 6,031,854 shares and, accordingly, the total number of shares of Stock under clauses (i) and (ii) in the preceding sentence shall not exceed 9,731,854 shares.  In addition, subject to Article 12, commencing on January 1, 2007, and on each January 1 thereafter during the term of the Plan (each, a “ Determination Date ”), the number of shares of Stock which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be increased by that number of shares of Stock equal to the least of (i) 2.0% of the Company’s outstanding shares on such Determination Date; provided that in addition to the foregoing, if at any time after the Effective Date the Company’s Market Capitalization exceeds by at least 200% its Market Capitalization

 

7



 

on the Public Trading Date for any ten consecutive trading day period, then on the last day of such period (the “Market Capitalization Evaluation Date”), the number of shares of Stock which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be increased on such Market Capitalization Evaluation Date by 3.0% of the Company’s outstanding shares on such Date; provided further , thereafter, if for any subsequent ten consecutive trading day period the Company’s Market Capitalization exceeds by at least 200% its Market Capitalization on the last Market Capitalization Evaluation Date, the number of shares of Stock which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall again be increased by 2.5%; or (ii) a lesser amount determined by the Board.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.1(a) to the contrary, the number of shares of Stock that may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall not exceed an aggregate of 18,000,000 shares, subject to Article 12 and Section 3.1(b).

 

(b)                                  To the extent that an Award terminates, expires, or lapses for any reason, any shares of Stock subject to the Award shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan.  Additionally, any shares of Stock tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any Award shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan.  To the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule, shares of Stock issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall not be counted against shares of Stock available for grant pursuant to this Plan.  If any shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited by a Participant or repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 6.3 hereof, such shares shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan.  The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1, no shares of Stock may again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.

 

3.2                                Stock Distributed .  Any Stock distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury stock or Stock purchased on the open market.

 

3.3                                Limitation on Number of Shares Subject to Awards .  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to Article 12, the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to one or more Awards that may be granted to any one Participant during any calendar year shall be 2,000,000; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation shall not apply prior to the Public Trading Date and, following the Public Trading Date, the foregoing limitation shall not apply until the earliest of: (a) the first material modification of the Plan (including any increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan in accordance with Section 3.1); (b) the issuance of all of the shares of Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan; (c) the expiration of the Plan; (d) the first meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security of the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (e) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

4.1                                Eligibility Persons eligible to participate in this Plan include Employees, Consultants and members of the Board, as determined by the Administrator.

 

8


 

4.2                                Participation .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator may, from time to time, select from among all Eligible Individuals those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award.  No individual shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to this Plan.

 

4.3                                Foreign Participants .  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and its Parents or Subsidiaries operate or have Eligible Individuals, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Parents or Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which Eligible Individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Eligible Individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable (any such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to this Plan as appendices); provided, however , that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Sections 3.1 and 3.3 of the Plan; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act, the Code, any securities law or governing statute or any other applicable law.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

STOCK OPTIONS

 

5.1                                General .   The Administrator is authorized to grant Options to Eligible Individuals on the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)                                  Exercise Price .  The exercise price per share of Stock subject to an Option shall be determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that the exercise price per share for any Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock on the date of grant.

 

(b)                                  Time and Conditions of Exercise .  The Administrator shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part; provided that the term of any Option granted under the Plan shall not exceed ten years.  The Administrator shall also determine the performance or other conditions, if any, that must be satisfied before all or part of an Option may be exercised.  The Administrator may extend the term of any outstanding Option in connection with any Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy of the Participant holding such Option, or amend any other term or condition of such Option relating to such a Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to a Public Offering, unless a Participant’s Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy is for Cause, such Participants shall have the right to exercise his or her option, to the extent exercisable as of such Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy, until the earliest of (i) the option’s expiration date, (ii) at least 6 months from the date of Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy if such termination was caused by death or Disability or (iii) at least 30 days from the date of termination if termination was caused by other than death or Disability.

 

9



 

(c)                                   Payment .  The Administrator shall determine the methods, terms and conditions by which the exercise price of an Option may be paid, and the form and manner of payment, including, without limitation, payment in the form of cash, a promissory note bearing interest at no less than such rate as shall then preclude the imputation of interest under the Code, shares of Stock, or other property acceptable to the Administrator and payment through the delivery of a notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to shares of Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, and the methods by which shares of Stock shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Participant who is a member of the Board or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to pay the exercise price of an Option, or continue any extension of credit with respect to the exercise price of an Option with a loan from the Company or a loan arranged by the Company, in any method which would violate Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

 

(d)                                  Evidence of Grant .  All Options shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement between the Company and the Participant.  The Award Agreement shall include such additional provisions as may be specified by the Administrator.

 

5.2                                Incentive Stock Options .  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company or a Subsidiary which constitutes a “subsidiary corporation” of the Company within Section 424(f) of the Code or a Parent which constitutes a “parent corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code, and the terms of any Incentive Stock Options granted pursuant to the Plan must comply with the following additional provisions of this Section 5.2 in addition to the requirements of Section 5.1:

 

(a)                                  Ten Percent Owners .  An Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any individual who, at the date of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of Stock of the Company or any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company or “parent corporation” of the Company (each within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code) only if such Option is granted at an exercise price per share that is not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock on the date of the grant and the Option is exercisable for no more than five years from the date of grant.

 

(b)                                  Transfer Restriction .  An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution.

 

(c)                                   Right to Exercise .  During a Participant’s lifetime, an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised only by the Participant.

 

(d)                                  Failure to Meet Requirements .  Any Option (or portion thereof) purported to be an Incentive Stock Option which, for any reason, fails to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code shall be considered a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

5.3                                Substitution of Stock Appreciation Rights .  The Administrator may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have to right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for such Option at any time prior to or upon exercise of such Option; provided that such Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable with respect to the same number of shares of Stock for which such substituted Option would have been exercisable.

 

10



 

ARTICLE 6

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

 

6.1                                Grant of Restricted Stock .  The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of Restricted Stock to any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator.  All Awards of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

 

6.2                                Issuance and Restrictions .  Restricted Stock shall be subject to such repurchase restrictions, forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Administrator may impose (including, without limitation, limitations on the right to vote Restricted Stock or the right to receive dividends on the Restricted Stock).  These restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, pursuant to such circumstances or installments or otherwise as the Administrator determines at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter.  Alternatively, these restrictions may lapse pursuant to the satisfaction of one or more Performance Goals or other specific performance goals as the Administrator determines to be appropriate at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator.

 

6.3                                Repurchase or Forfeiture .  Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited or subject to repurchase by the Company (or its assignee) under such terms as the Administrator shall determine; provided, however , that the Administrator may (a) provide in any Restricted Stock Award Agreement that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of a Participant’s Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy under certain circumstances, and (b) in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock.

 

6.4                                Certificates for Restricted Stock .  Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator shall determine.  If certificates representing shares of Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, certificates must bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, and the Company may, at its discretion, retain physical possession of the certificate until such time as all applicable restrictions lapse or the Award Agreement may provide that the shares shall be held in escrow by an escrow agent designated by the Company.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

7.1                                Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator.  A Stock Appreciation Right shall be subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Administrator shall impose and shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

 

7.2                                Terms of Stock Appreciation Rights .

 

(a)                                  A Stock Appreciation Right shall have a term set by the Administrator.  A Stock

 

11



 

Appreciation Right shall be exercisable in such installments as the Administrator may determine.  A Stock Appreciation Right shall cover such number of shares of Stock as the Administrator may determine.  The exercise price per share of Stock subject to each Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Administrator.

 

(b)                                  A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right pursuant to the Plan) to exercise all or a specified portion of the Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company an amount determined by multiplying (i) the amount (if any) by which the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the exercise price per share of the Stock Appreciation Right, by (ii) the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Administrator may impose.

 

7.3                                Payment and Limitations on Exercise .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Sections 7.3(b) and (c), payment of the amounts determined under Sections 7.2(b) above shall be in cash, in Stock (based on its Fair Market Value as of the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised) or a combination of both, as determined by the Administrator.

 

(b)                                  To the extent payment for a Stock Appreciation Right is to be made in cash, the Award Agreement shall, to the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, specify the date of payment, which may be different than the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right.  If the date of payment for a Stock Appreciation Right is later than the date of exercise, the Award Agreement may specify that the Participant be entitled to earnings on such amount until paid.

 

(c)                                   To the extent any payment under Section 7.2(b) is effected in Stock, it shall be made subject to satisfaction of all provisions of Article 5 above pertaining to Options.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

OTHER TYPES OF AWARDS

 

8.1                                Dividend Equivalents .

 

(a)                                  Any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator may be granted Dividend Equivalents based on the dividends on the shares of Stock that are subject to any Award, to be credited as of dividend payment dates, during the period between the date the Award is granted and the date the Award is exercised, vests or expires, as determined by the Administrator.  Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional shares of Stock by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the Administrator.

 

(b)                                  Dividend Equivalents granted with respect to Options or SARs that are intended to be Qualified Performance-Based Compensation shall be payable, with respect to pre-exercise periods, regardless of whether such Option or SAR is subsequently exercised.

 

8.2                                Stock Payments .  Any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator may receive Stock Payments in the manner determined from time to time by the Administrator; provided , that unless otherwise determined by the Administrator such Stock Payments shall be made in lieu of base salary,

 

12



 

bonus, or other cash compensation otherwise payable to such Eligible Individual.  The number of shares shall be determined by the Administrator and may be based upon the Performance Goals or other specific performance goals determined appropriate by the Administrator.

 

8.3                                Restricted Stock Units .  The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of Restricted Stock Units to any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator.  At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate.  Alternatively, Restricted Stock Units may become fully vested and nonforfeitable pursuant to the satisfaction of one or more Performance Goals or other specific performance goals as the Administrator determines to be appropriate at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Units or thereafter, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator.  At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the maturity date applicable to each grant of Restricted Stock Units which shall be no earlier than the vesting date or dates of the Award and may be determined at the election of the Eligible Individual to whom the Award is granted.  On the maturity date, the Company shall transfer to the Participant one unrestricted, fully transferable share of Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that is vested and scheduled to be distributed on such date and not previously forfeited.  The Administrator shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the Participant to the Company for such shares of Stock.

 

8.4                                Term .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the term of any Award of Dividend Equivalents, Stock Payments or Restricted Stock Units shall be set by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

8.5                                Exercise or Purchase Price .  The Administrator may establish the exercise or purchase price, if any, of any Award of Stock Payments or Restricted Stock Units; provided, however , that such price shall not be less than the par value of a share of Stock on the date of grant, unless otherwise permitted by applicable state law.

 

8.6                                Form of Payment .  Payments with respect to any Awards granted under Sections 8.1, 8.2 or 8.3 shall be made in cash, in Stock or a combination of both, as determined by the Administrator.

 

8.7                                Award Agreement .  All Awards under this Article 8 shall be subject to such additional terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator and shall be evidenced by a written Award Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS

 

9.1                                Purpose .  The purpose of this Article 9 is to provide the Administrator the ability to qualify Awards other than Options and SARs and that are granted pursuant to Articles 6 and 8 as Qualified Performance-Based Compensation.  If the Administrator, in its discretion, decides to grant a Performance-Based Award to a Covered Employee, the provisions of this Article 9 shall control over any contrary provision contained in Articles 6 or 8; provided, however , that the Administrator may in its discretion grant Awards to Covered Employees that are based on Performance Criteria or Performance Goals but that do not satisfy the requirements of this Article 9.

 

9.2                                Applicability .  This Article 9 shall apply only to those Covered Employees selected by the Administrator to receive Performance-Based Awards.  The designation of a Covered Employee as a Participant for a Performance Period shall not in any manner entitle the Participant to receive an Award for the period.  Moreover, designation of a Covered Employee as a Participant for a particular

 

13



 

Performance Period shall not require designation of such Covered Employee as a Participant in any subsequent Performance Period and designation of one Covered Employee as a Participant shall not require designation of any other Covered Employees as a Participant in such period or in any other period.

 

9.3                                Procedures with Respect to Performance-Based Awards .  To the extent necessary to comply with the Qualified Performance-Based Compensation requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, with respect to any Award granted under Articles 6 and 8 which may be granted to one or more Covered Employees, no later than ninety (90) days following the commencement of any fiscal year in question or any other designated fiscal period or period of service (or such other time as may be required or permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code), the Administrator shall, in writing, (a) designate one or more Covered Employees, (b) select the Performance Criteria applicable to the Performance Period, (c) establish the Performance Goals, and amounts of such Awards, as applicable, which may be earned for such Performance Period, and (d) specify the relationship between Performance Criteria and the Performance Goals and the amounts of such Awards, as applicable, to be earned by each Covered Employee for such Performance Period.  Following the completion of each Performance Period, the Administrator shall certify in writing whether the applicable Performance Goals have been achieved for such Performance Period.  In determining the amount earned by a Covered Employee, the Administrator shall have the right to reduce or eliminate (but not to increase) the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the Administrator may deem relevant to the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the Performance Period.

 

9.4                                Payment of Performance-Based Awards .  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary on the day a Performance-Based Award for such Performance Period is paid to the Participant.  Furthermore, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment pursuant to a Performance-Based Award for a Performance Period only if the Performance Goals for such period are achieved.

 

9.5                                Additional Limitations .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any Award which is granted to a Covered Employee and is intended to constitute Qualified Performance-Based Compensation shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code (including any amendment to Section 162(m) of the Code) or any regulations or rulings issued thereunder that are requirements for qualification as qualified performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, and the Plan shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE CODE

 

10.1                         Awards subject to Code Section 409A .  Any Award that constitutes, or provides for, a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code (a “ Section 409A Award ”) shall satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.  The Award Agreement with respect to a Section 409A Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code and this Article 10.

 

10.2                         Distributions under a Section 409A Award .

 

(a)                                  Subject to subsection (b), any shares of Stock or other property or amounts to be paid or distributed upon the grant, issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of a Section 409A Award shall

 

14



 

be distributed in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2) of the Code, and shall not be distributed earlier than:

 

(i)                                      the Participant’s separation from service, as determined by the Secretary of the Treasury;

 

(ii)                                   the date the Participant becomes disabled;

 

(iii)                                the Participant’s death;

 

(iv)                               a specified time (or pursuant to a fixed schedule) specified under the Award Agreement at the date of the deferral compensation;

 

(v)                                  to the extent provided by the Secretary of the Treasury, a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary; or

 

(vi)                               the occurrence of an unforeseeable emergency with respect to the Participant.

 

(b)                                  In the case of a Participant who is a “specified employee,” the requirement of paragraph (a)(i) shall be met only if the distributions with respect to the Section 409A Award may not be made before the date which is six months after the Participant’s separation from service (or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death).  For purposes of this subsection (b), a Participant shall be a “specified employee” if such Participant is a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) of a corporation any stock of which is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, as determined under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

(c)                                   The requirement of paragraph (a)(vi) shall be met only if, as determined under Treasury Regulations under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(ii) of the Code, the amounts distributed with respect to the unforeseeable emergency do not exceed the amounts necessary to satisfy such unforeseeable emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which such unforeseeable emergency is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship).

 

(d)                                  For purposes of this Section, the terms specified therein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto under Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

10.3                         Prohibition on Acceleration of Benefits .  The time or schedule of any distribution or payment of any shares of Stock or other property or amounts under a Section 409A Award shall not be accelerated, except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A(a)(3) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

10.4                         Elections under Section 409A Awards .

 

(a)                                  Any deferral election provided under or with respect to an Award to any Eligible Individual, or to the Participant holding a Section 409A Award, shall satisfy the requirements of Section 409A(a)(4)(B) of the Code, to the extent applicable, and, except as otherwise permitted under

 

15



 

paragraph (i) or (ii) below, any such deferral election with respect to compensation for services performed during a taxable year shall be made not later than the close of the preceding taxable year, or at such other time as provided in Treasury Regulations.

 

(i)                                      In the case of the first year in which an Eligible Individual or a Participant holding a Section 409A Award, becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, any such deferral election may be made with respect to services to be performed subsequent to the election with thirty days after the date the Eligible Individual, or the Participant holding a Section 409A Award, becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, as provided under Section 409A(a)(4)(B)(ii) of the Code.

 

(ii)                                   In the case of any performance-based compensation based on services performed by an Eligible Individual, or the Participant holding a Section 409A Award, over a period of at least twelve months, any such deferral election may be made no later than six months before the end of the period, as provided under Section 409A(a)(4)(B)(iii) of the Code.

 

(b)                                  In the event that a Section 409A Award permits, under a subsequent election by the Participant holding such Section 409A Award, a delay in a distribution or payment of any shares of Stock or other property or amounts under such Section 409A Award, or a change in the form of distribution or payment, such subsequent election shall satisfy the requirements of Section 409A(a)(4)(C) of the Code, and:

 

(i)                                      such subsequent election may not take effect until at least twelve months after the date on which the election is made,

 

(ii)                                   in the case such subsequent election relates to a distribution or payment not described in Section 10.2(a)(ii), (iii) or (vi), the first payment with respect to such election may be deferred for a period of not less than five years from the date such distribution or payment otherwise would have been made, and

 

(iii)                                in the case such subsequent election relates to a distribution or payment described in Section 10.2(a)(iv), such election may not be made less than twelve months prior to the date of the first scheduled distribution or payment under Section 10.2(a)(iv).

 

10.5                         Compliance in Form and Operation .  A Section 409A Award, and any election under or with respect to such Section 409A Award, shall comply in form and operation with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

 

11.1                         Stand-Alone and Tandem Awards .  Awards granted pursuant to the Plan may, in the discretion of the Administrator, be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with, any other Award granted pursuant to the Plan. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards.

 

11.2                         Award Agreement .  Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include the term of an Award,

 

16



 

the provisions applicable in the event of the Participant’s Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy, and the Company’s authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind an Award.

 

11.3                         Limits on Transfer .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided by the Administrator pursuant to Section 11.3(b), no right or interest of a Participant in any Award may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other party other than the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary.  Except as otherwise provided by the Administrator pursuant to Section 11.3(b), no Award shall be assigned, transferred, or otherwise disposed of by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares have lapsed.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding Section 11.3(a), the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit an Award (other than an Incentive Stock Option) to be transferred to, exercised by and paid to any one or more Permitted Transferees (as defined below), subject to the following terms and conditions:  (i) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted Transferee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (ii) any Award which is transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the original Participant (other than the ability to further transfer the Award); and (iii) the Participant and the Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Administrator, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under applicable federal and state securities laws and (C) evidence the transfer.  For purposes of this Section 11.3(b), “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Participant’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons (or the Participant) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Participant) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests, or any other transferee specifically approved by the Administrator.

 

11.4                         Beneficiaries .  Notwithstanding Section 11.3, a Participant may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Participant’s death.  A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to the Participant, except to the extent the Plan and Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator.  If the Participant is married and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse as his or her beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Participant’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Participant’s spouse.  If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Participant’s will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Participant at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Administrator.

 

17



 

11.5                         Stock Certificates; Book-Entry Procedures .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Board has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed or traded.  All Stock certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state, or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted, or traded.  The Administrator may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock.  In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Administrator, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. The Administrator shall have the right to require any Participant to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or required by applicable law, rule or regulation, the Company shall not deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing shares of Stock issued in connection with any Award and instead such shares of Stock shall be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).

 

11.6                         Paperless Exercise .  In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless exercise of Awards by a Participant may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE

 

12.1                         Adjustments .

 

(a)                                  In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, spin-off, recapitalization, distribution of Company assets to stockholders (other than normal cash dividends), or any other corporate event affecting the Stock or the share price of the Stock, the Administrator shall make such proportionate adjustments to reflect such change with respect to (i) the aggregate number and type of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Sections 3.1 and 3.3); (ii) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (iii) the grant, exercise or purchase price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan.  Any adjustment affecting an Award intended as Qualified Performance-Based Compensation shall be made consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(b)                                  In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 12.1(a) or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or

 

18


 

the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate (including without limitation any Change in Control), or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, and whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles, the Administrator, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event and either automatically or upon the Participant’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions:

 

(i)                                      To provide for either (A) termination of any such Award in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been received upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described in this Section 12.1(b) the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion;

 

(ii)                                   To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; and

 

(iii)                                To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and in the number and kind of outstanding Restricted Stock and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding options, rights and awards and options, rights and awards which may be granted in the future;

 

(iv)                               To provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement; and

 

(v)                                  To provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event.

 

12.2                         Acceleration Upon a Change in Control .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding Section 12.1(b), and except as may otherwise be provided in any applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement entered into between the Company and a Participant, if a Change in Control occurs and a Participant’s Awards are not continued, converted, assumed, or replaced by (i) the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) a Successor Entity, such Awards shall become fully exercisable and/or payable, as applicable, and all forfeiture, repurchase and other restrictions on such Awards shall lapse immediately prior to such Change in Control.  Upon, or in anticipation of, a Change in Control, the Administrator may cause any and all Awards outstanding hereunder to terminate at a specific time in the future, including but not limited to the date of such Change in Control, and shall give each Participant the right to exercise such Awards during a period of time as the Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine.  In the event a Participant’s Awards are continued, converted, assumed, or replaced by (i) the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) a Successor Entity and the Participant’s service is terminated without Cause or as a result of a Constructive Termination, within one year following a Change in Control, the

 

19



 

shares subject to such Award shall thereupon vest in full and, if applicable, the remaining forfeiture, repurchase and other restrictions shall lapse.

 

(b)                                  In the event that the terms of any agreement between the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary and a Participant contains provisions that conflict with and are more restrictive than the provisions of this Section 12.2, this Section 12.2 shall prevail and control and the more restrictive terms of such agreement (and only such terms) shall be of no force or effect.

 

12.3                         No Other Rights .  Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation.  Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to an Award or the grant or exercise price of any Award.

 

ARTICLE 13

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

13.1                         Administrator .  The Administrator of the Plan shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board to which the Board delegates administration of the Plan) (such committee, the “ Committee ”), which Committee shall consist solely of two or more non-employee members of the Board and following the Public Trading Date each of whom is both an “outside director,” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, a Non-Employee Director and an “independent director” under the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market.  Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to all Awards granted to Independent Directors, and for purposes of such Awards the term “ Administrator ” as used in this Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Board, and (b) the Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent permitted by Section 13.5.  Appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment.  In its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Administrator under the Plan except with respect to matters which under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder, are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.  Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board.  Vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board.

 

13.2                         Action by the Administrator .  A majority of the Administrator shall constitute a quorum.  The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and, subject to applicable law, acts approved in writing by a majority of the Administrator in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Administrator.  Each member of the Administrator is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

 

13.3                         Authority of Administrator .  Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Administrator has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:

 

(a)                                  Designate Participants to receive Awards;

 

20



 

(b)                                  Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant;

 

(c)                                   Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of shares of Stock to which an Award will relate;

 

(d)                                  Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any reload provision, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, any provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Administrator in its sole discretion determines; provided, however , that the Administrator shall not have the authority to accelerate the vesting or waive the forfeiture of any Performance-Based Awards;

 

(e)                                   Determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

 

(f)                                    Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;

 

(g)                                   Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

 

(h)                                  Establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

 

(i)                                      Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan or any Award Agreement; and

 

(j)                                     Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan.

 

13.4                         Decisions Binding .  The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.

 

13.5                         Delegation of Authority .  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant or amend Awards to Participants other than (a) senior executives of the Company who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (b) Covered Employees, or (c) officers of the Company (or members of the Board) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder.  Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Committee specifies at the time of such delegation, and the Committee may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee.  At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 13.5 shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Committee.

 

ARTICLE 14

 

EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES

 

14.1                         Effective Date .  The Plan will be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

21



 

14.2                         Approval of Plan by Stockholders .  The Plan will be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan.  Awards may be granted or awarded prior to such stockholder approval, provided , that such Awards shall not be exercisable nor shall such Awards vest prior to the time when the Plan is approved by the stockholders, and provided further , that if such approval has not been obtained at the end of said twelve-month period, all Awards previously granted or awarded under the Plan shall thereupon be canceled and become null and void.  In addition, if the Board determines that Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights which may be granted to Section 162(m) Participants should continue to be eligible to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, the Performance Criteria must be disclosed to and approved by the Company’s stockholders no later than the first stockholder meeting that occurs in the fifth year following the year in which the Company’s stockholders previously approved the Plan, as amended and restated to include the Performance Criteria.

 

14.3                         Expiration Date .  The Plan will expire on, and no Award may be granted pursuant to the Plan after, the earlier of the tenth anniversary of (i) the date this Plan is approved by the Board or (ii) the date this Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders (the “ Expiration Date ”).  Any Awards that are outstanding on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date shall remain in force according to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 15

 

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION

 

15.1                         Amendment, Modification, And Termination .  The Board may terminate, amend or modify the Plan at any time and from time to time; provided, however , that (a) to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation, or stock exchange rule, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required, and (b) stockholder approval is required for any amendment to the Plan that increases the number of shares available under the Plan (other than any adjustment as provided by Article 12).  Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, absent approval of the stockholders of the Company, no Option may be amended to reduce the per share exercise price of the shares subject to such Option below the per share exercise price as of the date the Option is granted and, except as permitted by Article 12, no Option may be granted in exchange for, or in connection with, the cancellation or surrender of an Option having a higher per share exercise price.

 

15.2                         Awards Previously Granted .  No termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted pursuant to the Plan without the prior written consent of the Participant.

 

ARTICLE 16

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

16.1                         No Rights to Awards .  No Participant, Employee, or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award pursuant to the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Administrator is obligated to treat Participants, Employees, and other persons uniformly.

 

16.2                         No Stockholders Rights .  Except as otherwise provided herein, a Participant shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to shares of Stock covered by any Award until the Participant becomes the record owner of such shares of Stock.

 

22



 

16.3                         Withholding .  The Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Participant’s employment tax obligations) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Participant arising as a result of this Plan.  The Administrator may in its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow a Participant to elect to have the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary, as applicable, withhold shares of Stock otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the return of shares of Stock) having a Fair Market Value equal to the sums required to be withheld.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the number of shares of Stock which may be withheld with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of any Award (or which may be repurchased from the Participant of such Award within six months (or such other period as may be determined by the Administrator) after such shares of Stock were acquired by the Participant from the Company) in order to satisfy the Participant’s federal, state, local and foreign income and payroll tax liabilities with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of the Award shall be limited to the number of shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.

 

16.4                         No Right to Employment or Services .  Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate any Participant’s employment or services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

16.5                         Unfunded Status of Awards .  The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan for incentive compensation.  With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall give the Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

16.6                         Indemnification .  To the extent allowable pursuant to applicable law, the Administrator (and each member thereof) shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

16.7                         Relationship to other Benefits .  No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits pursuant to any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

 

16.8                         Expenses .  The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

16.9                         Titles and Headings .  The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles

 

23



 

or headings, shall control.

 

16.10                  Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued and the Administrator shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares shall be eliminated by rounding up or down as appropriate.

 

16.11                  Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any Participant who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

16.12                  Government and Other Regulations .  The obligation of the Company to make payment of awards in Stock or otherwise shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required.  The Company shall be under no obligation to register pursuant to the Securities Act, any of the shares of Stock paid pursuant to the Plan.  If the shares paid pursuant to the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration pursuant to the Securities Act, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

 

16.13                  Governing Law .  The Plan and all Award Agreements shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof.

 

24



 

*  *  *  *  *

 

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. on February 18, 2009.

 

*  *  *  *  *

 

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the stockholders of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. on February 18, 2009.

 

Executed on this 18 day of February, 2009.

 

 

 

/s/ Jason Shandell

 

Corporate Secretary

 

25




Exhibit 10.5

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement

 

Name:

(“Participant”)

Stock Option No.:

 

Tax ID:

 

Reference No.:

 

 

 

Batch No.:

 

 

Dear                                   :

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ), pursuant to its Amendment and restated 2005 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ), hereby grants to the holder listed above (the“ Participant ), an option to purchase the number of share of the Company’s Stock set forth below (the “ Option ).   This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Stock Option Agreement ) and the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Grant Notice and the Stock Option Agreement.

 

Total Number of Granted Shares:

 

 

Type of Option:

 

 

Type of Participant:

 

 

Exercise Price Per Share:

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

 

Grant Date:

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

This option will vest annually in equal installments over years.

 

By his or her signature, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Grant Notice. Participant has reviewed the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and this Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator of the Plan upon any questions arising under the Plan or the Option.

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

TO STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Pursuant to the Stock Option Grant Notice ( Grant Notice )   to which this Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ) is attached, Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ), has granted to Participant an option under the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “ Plan ) to purchase the number of shares of Stock indicated in the Grant Notice.

 

ARTICLE I

 

GENERAL

 

1.1                                Defined Terms .  Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.

 

1.2                                Incorporation of Terms of Plan .  The Option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ARTICLE II

 

GRANT OF OPTION

 

2.1                                Grant of Option .  In consideration of Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Grant Date ”), the Company irrevocably grants to Participant the Option to purchase any part or all of an aggregate of the number of shares of Stock set forth in the Grant Notice, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement.  Unless designated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option in the Grant Notice, the Option shall be an Incentive Stock Option to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

2.2                                Exercise Price .  The exercise price of the shares of Stock subject to the Option shall be as set forth in the Grant Notice, without commission or other charge; provided, however, that if this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, the price per share of the shares subject to the Option shall not be less than the greater of (i) 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date, or (ii) 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date in the case of a Participant then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company or any “parent corporation” of the Company (each within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code).

 

2.3                                Consideration to the Company .  In consideration of the grant of the Option by the Company, Participant agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.  Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer upon Participant any right to (a) continue in the employ of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Parents and Subsidiaries, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Participant, if Participant is an Employee, or (b) continue to provide services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company or its Parents and Subsidiaries, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the services of Participant, if Participant is a consultant, at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the

 

A-1



 

extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary and Participant, or (c) continue to serve as a member of the Board or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Participant in accordance with the Company’s Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE III

 

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

 

3.1                                Commencement of Exercisability .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Sections 3.3 and 5.8, the Option shall become vested and exercisable in such amounts and at such times as are set forth in the Grant Notice.

 

(b)                                  No portion of the Option which has not become vested and exercisable at the date of Participant’s Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy shall thereafter become vested and exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator or as set forth in a written agreement between the Company and Participant.

 

3.2                                Duration of Exercisability .  The installments provided for in the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice are cumulative.  Each such installment which becomes vested and exercisable pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice shall remain vested and exercisable until it becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3.

 

3.3                                Expiration of Option .  The Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:

 

(a)                                  The expiration often years from the Grant Date;

 

(b)                                  If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and Participant owned (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code), at the time the Option was granted, more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company or “parent corporation” of the Company (each within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code), the expiration of five years from the date the Option was granted; or

 

(c)                                   Except as set forth in a written agreement with the Company, the expiration of three months following the date of Participant’s  Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy, unless such termination occurs by reason of Participant’s death, Disability or Participant’s discharge for Cause;

 

(d)                                  The expiration of one year following the date of Participant’s Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy by reason of Participant’s death or Disability; or

 

(e)                                   The date of Participant’s Termination of Employment, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Consultancy by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary by reason of Participant’s discharge for Cause.

 

Participant acknowledges that an Incentive Stock Option exercised more than three months after Participant’s Termination of Employment, other than by reason of death or Disability, will be taxed as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

A-2



 

3.4                                Special Tax Consequences .  Participant acknowledges that, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of all shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options, including the Option, are exercisable for the first time by Participant in any calendar year exceeds $100,000 (or such other limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code), the Option and such other options shall be treated as not qualifying under Section 422 of the Code but rather shall be considered Non-Qualified Stock Options.  Participant further acknowledges that the rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking Options and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted, as determined under Section 422(d) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

4.1                                Person Eligible to Exercise .  Except as provided in Sections 5.2(b) and 5.2(c), during the lifetime of Participant, only Participant may exercise the Option or any portion thereof.  After the death of Participant, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3, be exercised by Participant’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

4.2                                Partial Exercise .  Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3.

 

4.3                                Manner of Exercise .  The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivery to the Secretary of the Company or the Secretary’s office of all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3:

 

(a)                                  An Exercise Notice in writing signed by Participant or any other person then entitled to exercise the Option or portion thereof, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Administrator.  Such notice shall be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B to the Grant Notice (or such other form as is prescribed by the Administrator); and

 

(b)                                  Subject to Section 5.1(c) of the Plan:

 

(i)                                      Full payment (in cash or by check) for the shares with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is exercised; or

 

(ii)                                   Such payment may be made, in whole or in part, through the delivery of shares of Stock which have been owned by Participant for at least six months, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company with a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion thereof; or

 

(iii)                                Through the delivery of a notice that Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to shares of Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price; provided, that payment of such proceeds is made to the Company upon settlement of such sale; or

 

A-3



 

(iv)                               Subject to any applicable laws, any combination of the consideration provided in the foregoing paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii); and

 

(c)                                   A bona fide written representation and agreement, in such form as is prescribed by the Administrator, signed by Participant or the other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof, stating that the shares of Stock are being acquired for Participant’s own account, for investment and without any present intention of distributing or reselling said shares or any of them except as may be permitted under the Securities Act and then applicable rules and regulations thereunder and any other applicable law, and that Participant or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof will indemnify the Company against and hold it free and harmless from any loss, damage, expense or liability resulting to the Company if any sale or distribution of the shares by such person is contrary to the representation and agreement referred to above. The Administrator may, in its absolute discretion, take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to ensure the observance and performance of such representation and agreement and to effect compliance with the Securities Act and any other federal or state securities laws or regulations and any other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator may require an opinion of counsel acceptable to it to the effect that any subsequent transfer of shares acquired on an Option exercise does not violate the Securities Act, and may issue stop-transfer orders covering such shares. Share certificates evidencing Stock issued on exercise of the Option shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the provisions of this subsection (c) and the agreements herein. The written representation and agreement referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (c) shall, however, not be required if the shares to be issued pursuant to such exercise have been registered under the Securities Act, and such registration is then effective in respect of such shares; and

 

(d)                                  The receipt by the Company of full payment for such shares, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which may be in the form of consideration used by Participant to pay for such shares under Section 4.3(b), subject to Section 16.3 of the Plan; and

 

(e)                                   In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than Participant, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.

 

4.4                                Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates . The shares of Stock deliverable upon the exercise of the Option, or any portion thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued shares or issued shares which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any shares of Stock purchased upon the exercise of the Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  The admission of such shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such Stock is then listed; and

 

(b)                                  The completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares under any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or of any other governmental regulatory body, which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; and

 

(c)                                   The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and

 

A-4



 

(d)                                  The receipt by the Company of full payment for such shares, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which may be in the form of consideration used by Participant to pay for such shares under Section 4.3(b), subject to Section 16.3 of the Plan; and

 

(e)                                   The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.

 

4.5                                Rights as Stockholder .  The holder of the Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any shares purchasable upon the exercise of any part of the Option unless and until such shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Article 12 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE V

 

OTHER PROVISIONS

 

5.1                                Administration .  The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, this Agreement or the Option. In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Administrator under the Plan and this Agreement.

 

5.2                                Option Not Transferable .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 5.2(b), the Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and until the shares underlying the Option have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares have lapsed. Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, with the consent of the Administrator and to the extent the Option is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, the Option may be transferred to one or more Permitted Transferees, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 11.3(b) of the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Unless transferred to a Permitted Transferee in accordance with Section 5.2(b), during the lifetime of Participant, only Participant may exercise the Option or any portion thereof. Subject to such conditions and procedures as the Administrator may require, a Permitted Transferee may exercise the Option or any portion thereof during Participant’s lifetime. After the death of Participant, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3, be exercised by Participant’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

A-5



 

5.3                                Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “ Managing Underwriter ”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, Participant shall not sell or otherwise transfer any shares of Stock or other securities of the Company during such period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company (which period shall not be longer than one hundred eighty days) (the “ Market Standoff Period ”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act.

 

5.4                                Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)                                  The share certificate or certificates evidencing the shares of Stock purchased hereunder shall be endorsed with any legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws.

 

(b)                                  Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall not be required: (i) to transfer on its books any shares of Stock that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement, or (ii) to treat as owner of such shares of Stock or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such shares shall have been so transferred.

 

5.5                                Shares to Be Reserved . The Company shall at all times during the term of the Option reserve and keep available such number of shares of Stock as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement.

 

5.6                                Notices . Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the address given beneath the signature of the Company’s authorized officer on the Grant Notice, and any notice to be given to Participant shall be addressed to Participant at the address given beneath Participant’s signature on the Grant Notice. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.6, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice which is required to be given to Participant shall, if Participant is then deceased, be given to the person entitled to exercise his or her Option pursuant to Section 4.1 by written notice under this Section 5.6. Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

 

5.7                                Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

5.8                                Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be submitted for approval by the Company’s stockholders within twelve months after the date the Plan was initially adopted by the Board. The Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone prior to the time when the Plan is approved by the stockholders, and if such approval has not been obtained by the end of said twelve month period, the Option shall thereupon be canceled and become null and void.

 

A-6



 

5.9                                Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

5.10                         Conformity to Securities Laws . Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Option is granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

 

5.11                         Amendments . This Agreement may not be modified, amended or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by Participant or such other person as may be permitted to exercise the Option pursuant to Section 4.1 and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

 

5.12                         Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

5.13                         Notification of Disposition . If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, Participant shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any shares of Stock acquired under this Agreement if such disposition or transfer is made (a) within two years from the Grant Date with respect to such shares or (b) within one year after the transfer of such shares to him. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by Participant in such disposition or other transfer.

 

5.14                         Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Option and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

5.15                         Entire Agreement . The Plan and this Agreement (including all Exhibits hereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

A-7


 



Exhibit 10.6

 

THE DEFERRED STOCK UNITS GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS NOTICE OF GRANT AND THE DEFERRED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT ATTACHED HERETO AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE THEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED) AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

Deferred Stock Unit Notice of Grant

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants you, [employee name] (“Grantee”), the number of Deferred Stock Units set forth below (the “Deferred Stock Units” or “DSUs”).  The Deferred Stock Units are subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Award Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Equity Plan”) and in the Deferred Stock Unit Agreement attached hereto as Appendix B (the “Deferred Stock Unit Agreement”), which are incorporated herein by reference.  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms herein shall have the defined meanings ascribed to them in the Equity Plan and Deferred Stock Unit Agreement.

 

Each Deferred Stock Unit represents the right to receive one share of Common Stock on the Distribution Date.  The principal features of this award are as follows:

 

Date of Grant :

 

 

 

 

 

Number of DSUs :

 

 

 

 

 

Distribution Date :

 

 

 

Your signature below indicates your agreement and understanding that this award is subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in the Equity Plan and Deferred Stock Unit Agreement.  PLEASE BE SURE TO READ ALL OF THE EQUITY PLAN AND DEFERRED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT, WHICH CONTAIN THE SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE DEFERRED STOCK UNITS.  By your signature below, you hereby agree to accept as final, binding and conclusive all decisions or interpretations of the Board of Directors of the Company on any questions arising under this Notice of Grant, the Equity Plan and the Deferred Stock Unit Agreement.

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

GRANTEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

[employee name]

Its:

 

 

Date:

 

Date:

 



 

APPENDIX A

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

 

1



 

THE DEFERRED STOCK UNITS GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTICE OF GRANT TO WHICH IT IS ATTACHED AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE THEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

APPENDIX B

 

DEFERRED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

 

1.                                       Grant .  Pursuant to the Deferred Stock Unit Notice of Grant (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Deferred Stock Unit Agreement is attached (this “Agreement”), Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted to the individual set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Grantee”) an award of that number of Deferred Stock Units set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Deferred Stock Units” or “DSUs”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in paragraph 18 of this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Payment .

 

(a)                                  The shares of Common Stock subject to the DSUs will be paid to the Grantee (or in the event of the Grantee’s death, to his or her estate) in whole shares of Common Stock on the Distribution Date (the “Distribution Date”) set forth in the Grant Notice.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to require payment by Grantee of any sums required by applicable law to be withheld with respect to the grant of DSUs or the issuance of shares of Common Stock.  Such payment shall be made in a form of consideration acceptable to the Company which may, in the sole discretion of the Board, include (i) cash, (ii) a deduction from other compensation payable to Grantee, (iii) the withholding of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory minimum withholding obligation or (iv) the tendering by Grantee of shares of Common Stock held by the Grantee for at least six months on the date of surrender and having a Fair Market Value equal to the withholding obligations.  The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any new certificate representing shares of Common Stock to Grantee or Grantee’s legal representative unless and until Grantee or Grantee’s legal representative shall have paid or otherwise satisfied in full the amount of all federal, state and local taxes applicable to the taxable income of Grantee resulting from the grant of the DSUs or the issuance of shares of Common Stock.

 

1



 

3.                                       Rights as Stockholder .  Neither the Grantee nor any person claiming under or through the Grantee will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any shares of Common Stock deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such shares of Common Stock will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to the Grantee.

 

4.                                       No Effect on Service .  The Grantee’s service with the Company and its Subsidiaries is on an at-will basis only.  Accordingly, the terms of the Grantee’s service with the Company and its Subsidiaries will be determined from time to time by the Company or the Subsidiary employing the Grantee (as the case may be), and the Company or the Subsidiary will have the right, which is hereby expressly reserved, to terminate or change the terms of the service of the Grantee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without good cause.

 

5.                                       Address for Notices .  Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at 11570 6 th  Street, Rancho Cucamonga, California 91730, Attn: Chief Financial Officer, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

 

6.                                       Grant is Not Transferable .  This grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process.  Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

 

7.                                       Binding Agreement .  Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

8.                                       Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock .  If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of shares of Common Stock to the Grantee (or his estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company.  The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority.

 

9.                                       Administrative Authority .  The Board will have the power to interpret this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of this Agreement as are consistent herewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Board in good faith will be final and binding upon Grantee, the Company and all other interested persons.  No member of the Board will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to this Agreement.

 

2



 

10.                                Captions .  Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

11.                                Agreement Severable .  In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

12.                                Transfer Restrictions .

 

(a)                                  Market Standoff Agreement .  Optionee hereby agrees that if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “Managing Underwriter”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such longer period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “Market Standoff Period”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period and these restrictions shall be binding on any transferee of such shares of Common Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 180-day period may be extended for up to such number of additional days as is deemed necessary by the Company or the Managing Underwriter to continue coverage by research analysts in accordance with NASD Rule 2711 or any successor rule.

 

(b)                                  Securities Laws Compliance .  Grantee agrees and acknowledges that he will not transfer in any manner the Common Stock issued pursuant to this Agreement unless (i) the transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or the rules and regulations in effect thereunder or (ii) counsel for the Company shall have reasonably concluded that no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

 

(c)                                   Legend .  Any certificate representing the Common Stock issued pursuant to this Agreement shall bear the following legend, in addition to any other legend required by law or otherwise:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF.  NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

 

3



 

13.                                Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Asset Sale .

 

(a)                                  In the event that the Company determines that other than an Equity Restructuring any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), reclassification, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin off, combination, repurchase, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event, in the Company’s sole discretion, affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment is determined by the Company to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under this Agreement or with respect to DSUs, then the Company shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  In the event of any transaction or event described in paragraph 13(a), the Company, in its sole discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Agreement or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event and either automatically or upon the Grantee’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Company determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under this Agreement or to facilitate such transaction or event:

 

(i)                                      To provide for either the purchase of the DSUs for an amount of cash equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the payment of the DSUs or the replacement of the DSUs with other rights or property selected by the Company in its sole discretion;

 

(ii)                                   To provide that DSUs be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; or

 

(iii)                                To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding DSUs, and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding DSUs.

 

(c)                                   In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in paragraphs 13(a) and 13(b), the number and type of securities subject to the outstanding DSUs will be proportionately adjusted.  The adjustments provided under this paragraph 13(c) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the Grantee and the Company.

 

4



 

(d)                                  If the Company undergoes an Acquisition, then any surviving corporation or entity or acquiring corporation or entity, or affiliate of such corporation or entity, may assume the DSUs or may substitute similar stock awards (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the transaction described in this paragraph 13(d)) for those outstanding under this Agreement.  In the event any surviving corporation or entity or acquiring corporation or entity in an Acquisition, or affiliate of such corporation or entity, does not assume the DSUs or does not substitute similar stock awards for the DSUs, then the shares of Common Stock subject thereto shall be distributed to the Grantee no later than immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

 

(e)                                   The existence of this Agreement shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

14.                                Amendment .  The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by written agreement between the Company and the Grantee, and no course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement will affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may amend, terminate or revoke this Agreement in any respect to the extent determined necessary or desirable by the Company in its discretion to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.  Grantee expressly understands and agrees that no additional consent of Grantee shall be required in connection with such amendment, termination or revocation.

 

15.                                Successors and Assigns .  Subject to the provisions of paragraph 13 above, the Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and the DSUs shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Grantee and Grantee’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

16.                                Tax Consequences .  The Grantee has reviewed with the Grantee’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The Grantee is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents.  The Grantee understands that the Grantee (and not the Company) shall be responsible for the Grantee’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

5



 

17.                                Investment Representations .  In connection with the grant of DSUs and the issuance of shares of Common Stock under this Agreement, the Grantee represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)                                  The Grantee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the DSUs and any shares of Common Stock issuable thereunder.  The Grantee is acquiring the DSUs and any shares of Common Stock issuable thereunder for investment for the Grantee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

(b)                                  The Grantee understands that the DSUs and any shares of Common Stock issuable thereunder have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Grantee’s investment intent as expressed herein.  In this connection, the Grantee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), the statutory basis for such exemption may not be present if the Grantee’s representations meant that the Grantee’s present intention was to hold the DSUs and any shares of Common Stock issuable thereunder for a minimum capital gains period under applicable tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for a market rise, for a sale if the market does not rise, or for a year or any other fixed period in the future.

 

(c)                                   The Grantee further acknowledges and understands that the DSUs and any shares of Common Stock issuable thereunder must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The Grantee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the DSUs or any shares of Common Stock issuable thereunder.  The Grantee understands that the certificate evidencing any shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the DSUs will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the shares of Common Stock unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company.

 

18.                                Definitions .  In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

(a)                                  Acquisition ” means (i) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person in which the stockholders of the Company prior to such consolidation or merger own less than fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power immediately after such consolidation or merger, or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto.  Reference to any particular Code section shall include any successor section.

 

(d)                                  Equity Restructuring ” shall mean a non-reciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects shares of Common tock (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or of other securities) and causes a change in the per share value of the Common Stock underlying the DSUs.

 

6



 

(e)                                   Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)                                      If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including, without limitation, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a share of such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination (or the most recent day on which sales were reported if none were reported on such date), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable;

 

(ii)                                   If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for a share of the Common Stock on the day of determination (or the most recent day on which bid and asked prices were reported if none were reported on such date); or

 

(iii)                                In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Company.

 

(f)                                    Subsidiary ” means any corporation, whether now or hereafter existing (other than the Company), in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing more than fifty percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

19.                                General Provisions .

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California.  This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the DSUs and any shares of Common Stock issuable thereunder and may only be modified or amended in writing signed by both parties.

 

(b)                                  Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or the Grantee pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of this Agreement or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

 

(c)                                   Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.  The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

 

7



 

(d)                                  The Grantee agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Grantee has reviewed this Agreement in its entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement.

 

8




Exhibit 10.7

 

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT, dated as of May 2, 2005, by and between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Seller”) and Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Florida corporation (“Purchaser”).

 

WHEREAS, Seller desires to appoint Purchaser as Seller’s exclusive distributor of the Product to Purchaser Customers in the Territory and Purchaser desires to accept such appointment, all pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

As used throughout this Agreement and any exhibits, schedules and attachments hereto, each of the following terms shall have the respective meaning set forth below:

 

1.1                                “Act” means the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, as amended.

 

1.2                                “Adverse Event” means any adverse event associated with the use of the Product in humans, whether or not considered drug-related, including an adverse event occurring in the course of the use of the Product in professional practice, in studies, in investigations or in tests or an adverse event occurring from Product overdose (whether accidental or intentional), from Product abuse, or from Product withdrawal, as well as any toxicity, sensitivity, failure of expected pharmacological action, or laboratory abnormality that is, or is thought by the reporter thereof to be, serious or associated with relevant clinical signs or symptoms.

 

1.3                                “Adverse Resolution” means any resolution of the Lawsuit, whether by settlement, summary judgment or trial court decision in the U.S. District Court, or as a result of any appeal, subsequent review or reconsideration of such summary judgment or trial court decision, that prevents, enjoins, materially restricts or imposes royalties on sales of or otherwise makes commercially unreasonable the manufacture, use, sale or offer to sell of the Product to Purchaser Customers in the Territory.

 

1.4                                “Affiliate” of a party means any Person directly or indirectly controlled by, controlling or under common control with such party. “Control” means the legal power to direct or cause the direction of the general management or policies of a Person through more than fifty percent (50%) of the ownership of voting securities, by contract or by other means.

 

1.5                                “ANDA” means an Abbreviated New Drug Application filed with the FDA and any amendments or supplements thereto.

 

1.6                                “Anda” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.2.

 

1.7                                “Applicable Laws” means all applicable laws, rules, and regulations that apply to the development, manufacture, supply, marketing, sale or distribution of the Product in the Territory, or the performance of either party’s obligations under this Agreement, including the Act, cGMP and other current regulations promulgated by the FDA or any other governmental agency.

 

1.8                                “At-Risk Launch” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.3.

 

1.9                                “At-Risk Launch Notice” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.3.

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

1.10                         “Authorized Generic Product” means a therapeutically equivalent, bioequivalent and legally substitutable generic version of the brand-name product Lovenox® (including the brand name product sold as a generic) that is sold and distributed in the Territory by any one or more of Aventis Pharma S.A., Aventis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., their respective Affiliates, successors or assigns and/or licensees of any of the foregoing.

 

1.11                         “Bankruptcy Code” shall have the meaning given in Section 8.2.

 

1.12                         “cGMP” means the current Good Manufacturing Practices regulations of the FDA (as in effect from time to time) in 21 C.F.R. pts. 210 and 211.

 

1.13                         “Commercially Reasonable Efforts” means, with respect to each party, efforts and resources normally used by such party to, in the case of Seller, develop, manufacture, package and supply or, in the case of Purchaser, market, sell and distribute, a generic pharmaceutical product owned by it or to which it has rights, which is of similar overall market potential at a similar stage in its product lifecycle, taking into account, inter alia, the competitiveness of the marketplace, the proprietary position of the product, the profitability of the product and other relevant factors. The parties acknowledge that the level of effort and resources may change at different times during the product life cycle of the Product.

 

1.14                         “Compensatory Payments” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.3.

 

1.15                         “Competitive Product” means, other than the Product or an Authorized Generic Product, a therapeutically equivalent, bioequivalent and legally substitutable generic version of the brand-name product Lovenox®, which generic version is in the same dosage and delivery form, has the same active ingredient and the same strength and is for the same indication as the Product, that is sold and distributed in commercial quantities in the Territory by any Person, other than Purchaser or its Affiliates, licensees or assigns.

 

1.16                         “Confidential Information” shall have the meaning given in Article 14.

 

1.17                         “Damages” shall have the meaning given in Section 17.1.

 

1.18                         “Effective Date” means the date of this Agreement.

 

1.19                         “Favorable Resolution” means a resolution of the Lawsuit, whether by settlement, summary judgment, trial court decision in the U.S. District Court, or otherwise, that does not prevent, enjoin, materially restrict or impose royalties on sales of or otherwise make commercially unreasonable the manufacture, use, sale or offer to sell of the Product to Purchaser Customers in the Territory, in each case irrespective of any rights of appeal, subsequent review or reconsideration of the resolution or of the outcome of such appeal, review or reconsideration.

 

1.20                         “FDA” means the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, and any successor or replacement agency thereto.

 

1.21                         “Final Favorable Resolution” means a Favorable Resolution that is not subject to any rights of appeal, subsequent review or reconsideration by the applicable governmental authority having competent jurisdiction over the Lawsuit.

 

1.22                         “First Commercial Sale” means, as the context requires, the first date on which Purchaser sells (i.e., the date of shipment) the Product in commercial quantities to a third party, or the first date on which Seller sells (i.e., the date of shipment) the Product in commercial quantities to a third party pursuant to a Seller Launch.

 

1.23                         “Forecast” shall have the meaning given in Section 5.2.

 

1.24                         “Force Majeure Event” shall have the meaning given in Article 12.

 

1.25                         “GAAP” means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

1.26                         “Gross Profit” means Net Sales of Purchaser from sales of Product during a calendar quarter less the aggregate Transfer Price paid for such Product. In the event for any calendar quarter the above calculation results in a negative number, “Gross Profit” shall be deemed zero for such calendar quarter.

 

1.27                         “Gross Profit Split” shall have the meaning given in Section 4.2.

 

1.28                         “Initial Purchase Order” shall have the meaning given in Section 5.1.

 

2



 

1.29                         “Label”, “Labeled” or “Labeling” means all labels and other written, printed or graphic matter upon (i) any packaging, container or wrapper used with the Product, or (ii) any written material accompanying the Product, including package inserts; or, as the context requires, the act of applying and/or using the same.

 

1.30                         “Labor Costs” shall have the meaning given in Section 4.1

 

1.31                         “Lawsuit” means (i) the lawsuit captioned Aventis Pharma S.A. and Aventis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. v. Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Teva Pharmaceuticals USA, Inc. under Case No. 03-CV-887 RT (SGLx) in the U.S. District Court in the Central District of California Eastern Division and (ii) any related or subsequent U.S. trial court action pertaining to the same subject matter as the lawsuit described in clause (i) above, brought by Aventis Pharma S.A. and Aventis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. against Seller prior to Seller delivering a Launch Notice, seeking to obtain a Adverse Resolution.

 

1.32                         “Launch Notice” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.3.

 

1.33                         “Launch Quantities” shall have the meaning given in Section 5.1.

 

1.34                         “Maximum Compensatory Payments” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.3.

 

1.35                         “Maximum Annual Product Units” shall have the meaning given in Section 5.6.

 

1.36                         “Minimum Annual Product Units” shall have the meaning given in Section 8.4.

 

1.37                         “Net Sales” means, with respect to the Product, the gross revenues derived from the sale of the Product by Purchaser or, with respect to the determination of the Compensatory Payments, by Seller, and their respective Affiliates, licensees and assignees to independent third parties, minus normal and customary (i) early pay incentives (i.e., cash discounts), (ii) trade discounts, quantity discounts, trade rebates, chargebacks, governmental rebates, such as Medicaid, retroactive price adjustments (i.e., shelf stock adjustments) and cash incentive payments, (i.e., slotting allowances), (iii) Product returns, (iv) freight (inbound and outbound), (v) marketing allowances, (vi) bad debt allowance which shall be deemed to be [***] of Net Sales for the first twelve months after First Commercial Sale and [***] of Net Sales for periods thereafter and (vii) other normal and customary deductions utilized to calculate net sales, in each case to the extent applicable to the sale of such Product. Marketing allowances shall (i) in the case of sales by Purchaser, be the actual marketing expenses but not in excess of [***] of the applicable Net Sales and (ii) in the case of sales by Anda, be deemed to be [***] of the applicable Anda Net Sales of Product. The elements of Net Sales as described above shall be determined in accordance with GAAP, applied on a basis consistent with the annual audited financial statements of Purchaser’s parent corporation or Seller, as the context requires.

 

1.38                         “Non-At-Risk Launch” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.3.

 

1.39                         “Overdue Interest Amount” means the prime rate of interest quoted as such in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of each month during which an amount is overdue under this Agreement, plus 5%, calculated on an annual basis, not to exceed the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law.

 

1.40                         “Packaging” means all primary and/or bulk (as applicable) containers, Labels, shipping cases or any other like matter used in packaging or accompanying the Product; or as the context requires, the act of applying and/or using the same.

 

1.41                        “Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

 

1.42                         “Product” means Seller’s generic version of the enoxaparin sodium injectable product, in 30 mg, 40 mg, 60 mg, 80 mg, 100 mg, 120 mg, and/or 150 mg strengths, to the extent approved under ANDA 76-684, that is therapeutically equivalent and bioequivalent to, and legally substitutable for, the brand-name product Lovenox®.

 

1.43                         “Product Liability Claims” means any claim, action or proceeding based on personal injury, death or other similar adverse effect to humans caused by (or alleged to be caused by) use of the Product.

 

1.44                         “Product Warranty” shall have the meaning given in Section 16.1.

 

1.45                         “Purchase Orders” shall have the meaning given in Section 5.3.

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3



 

1.46                         “Purchaser Customers” means, in each case to the extent located in the Territory, (a) chain retail pharmacies and stores, (b) independent retail pharmacies, (c) grocery and food stores, (d) mail order pharmacies, (e) certain other types of customers not included within items (a)-(d) that are pre-approved in writing by Seller pursuant to an amendment to this Agreement, and (f) drug wholesalers (solely to the extent allocated for resale to customers included in items (a)—(e) above). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Seller expressly retains all rights to all current and future customers and markets for the Product, other than the customers expressly included in items (a)-(f) above; and, without limiting the foregoing and by way of clarification, Seller’s retained rights shall expressly include the right to sell Product to drug wholesalers so long as Seller does not supply, sell or distribute Product to drug wholesalers for resale to any customer included in items (a)-(e) above.

 

1.47                         “Purchaser Recall” shall have the meaning given in Section 11.3.2.

 

1.48                         “Purchaser Trademarks” shall have the meaning given in Section 6.3.

 

1.49                         “Raw Material Costs” shall have the meaning given in Section 4.1.

 

1.50                         “Seller Launch” shall have the meaning given in Section 2.3.

 

1.51                         “Specifications” means the specifications for the composition, manufacture, Packaging and/or quality control of the Product as described in the ANDA for the Product, as the same may be supplemented from time to time as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

1.52                         “Territory” means the United States of America and its territories, including the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

 

1.53                         “Third Party Infringement Claim” shall have the meaning given in Section 17.4.

 

1.54                         “Transfer Price” shall have the meaning given in Section 4.1.

 

1.55                         “Unit Price” shall have the meaning given in Section 4.1.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

APPOINTMENT; SUPPLY AND PURCHASE OF PRODUCT

 

2.1                                Appointment; Agreement to Supply; Development.

 

2.1.1                      Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Seller hereby appoints Purchaser as its exclusive distributor of the Product for sale and distribution to Purchaser Customers in the Territory, and Purchaser hereby accepts such appointment. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Seller shall use its Commercially Reasonable Efforts to manufacture and supply to Purchaser its requirements of the Product for sale and distribution to Purchaser Customers in the Territory in accordance with Purchaser’s Purchase Orders as provided herein. Seller shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, manufacture or supply the Product to Purchaser Customers in the Territory. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the parties acknowledge and agree that Seller retains all rights to develop, manufacture, supply, sell, distribute, market, promote and otherwise commercialize, directly or through Seller’s Affiliates or third parties, Product to customers other than Purchaser Customers in the Territory; and without limiting the foregoing and by way of clarification, Seller’s retained rights shall expressly include the right to sell Product to drug wholesalers or any other Persons so long as Seller shall not supply, sell or distribute Product to drug wholesalers or any other Person for resale to any customer included in items (a)-(e) of Section 1.46.

 

2.1.2                      Seller hereby represents that it has filed with the FDA ANDA, File No. 76-684, for the Product. Seller shall, at its expense, use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to prosecute the ANDA and to obtain approval from the FDA of the ANDA. Seller shall promptly upon its receipt of same deliver to Purchaser written notice certifying that Seller has received final FDA approval of the Product’s ANDA. The ANDA and all other regulatory approvals related to the manufacture and supply of the Product shall be in Seller’s name and owned exclusively by Seller. In addition, Seller shall, at its expense, use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to obtain a Favorable Resolution to enable FDA approval of the Product’s ANDA and the launch of the Product in the Territory. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall constitute a guarantee or warranty from Seller that the ANDA for the Product will be approved by the FDA, or, if the Product ANDA is approved, any market exclusivity will be awarded, or any other regulatory approvals will be obtained by Seller or that a Favorable Resolution will be obtained. Nothing herein shall limit Purchaser’s right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to its terms.

 

4



 

2.2                                Agreement to Purchase.

 

2.2.1                      Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Purchaser shall purchase exclusively from Seller all of Purchaser’s requirements for the Product for marketing, sale and distribution to Purchaser Customers in the Territory. Purchaser shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to market, sell and distribute the Product throughout the Territory to Purchaser Customers. Subject to the foregoing, Purchaser does not make any guaranty or warranty as to any minimum level of Gross Profits or Net Sales. Nothing herein shall limit each party’s right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to its terms, including Section 8.4. Unless otherwise consented to in writing by Seller, Purchaser shall not offer the Product as a loss leader, whether alone or in connection with any other product or sell the Product in combination or otherwise bundle the Product with other products in any fashion which decreases the revenue that would otherwise be attributable to the Product had it not been sold as a loss leader or in combination or otherwise bundled. Subject to the foregoing and Purchaser performing its obligations hereunder (including its obligation to use Commercially Reasonably Efforts to sell and distribute the Product), launch timing, pricing, marketing, sale and distribution and related strategy for the Product for sale and distribution to Purchaser Customers in the Territory shall be the sole responsibility of, and shall be solely controlled by, Purchaser.

 

2.2.2                      Purchaser shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, sell and distribute the Product only to Purchaser Customers in the Territory and only in accordance with Applicable Law and the Product’s ANDA. Purchaser shall reasonably cooperate with Seller in investigating and tracing any sales of the Product outside of the Territory or to any Persons in the Territory other than Purchaser Customers originating from sales by Purchaser hereunder. Seller shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, sell and distribute the Product to Purchaser Customers in the Territory (provided that, by way of clarification, Seller may sell Product to drug wholesalers or any other Persons so long as Seller shall not supply, sell or distribute Product to drug wholesalers or any other Persons for resale to any customer included in items (a)-(e) of Section 1.46). Seller shall reasonably cooperate with Purchaser in investigating and tracing any sales of the Product to any Purchaser Customers originating from sales by Seller hereunder.

 

2.2.3                      During the term of this Agreement and, if this Agreement is terminated by Purchaser pursuant to Section 8.4, for a period of 12 months after such termination, neither Purchaser nor its Affiliates shall sell or distribute in the Territory any product that is or purports to be a generic equivalent (i.e. bioquivalent and legally substitutable) of the Lovenox® brand product, other than the Product supplied by Seller hereunder. [***].

 

2.3                                Commercial Launch of the Product.

 

2.3.1                      Notice of Launch. At any time after Seller receives both (i) a Favorable Resolution (which may, but is not required to be, a Final Favorable Resolution) and (ii) FDA approval of the Product’s ANDA and confirmation from the FDA that Seller has been awarded 180 days of “first to file” market exclusivity in accordance with Section 505(j)(5)(B)(iv) of the Act, Seller shall be entitled to deliver to Purchaser a written notice setting forth Seller’s intention to commence the commercial sale of the Product in the Territory. Such written notice shall be referred to herein as an “At-Risk Launch Notice,” unless based on a Final Favorable Resolution, in which case such written notice shall be referred to herein as a “Non-At-Risk Launch Notice.” As used herein, a “Launch Notice” may refer generally to an At-Risk Launch Notice and/or a Non-At-Risk Launch Notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Seller receives FDA approval of the Product’s ANDA, but Seller is not awarded 180 days “first to file” market exclusivity and/or has not received a Favorable Resolution, Seller, at its option, may notify Purchaser of Seller’s desire to commence the commercial sale of the Product in the Territory. In such event, Seller and Purchaser shall negotiate in good faith the terms and conditions of any Product launch to Purchaser Customers in the Territory; provided that, by way of clarification, nothing herein shall prevent (i) Seller from selling and distributing such Product in the Territory so long as Seller does not sell or distribute such Product to Purchaser Customers (provided that, by way of clarification, Seller may sell Product to drug wholesalers or any other Persons so long as Seller shall not supply, sell or distribute Product to drug wholesalers or any other Persons for resale to any customer included in items (a)-(e) of Section 1.46) or (ii) Purchaser from terminating this Agreement pursuant to its terms.

 

2.3.2                      At-Risk Launch. In the event that Purchaser receives an At-Risk Launch Notice, Purchaser shall notify Seller in writing within 10 days of Purchaser’s receipt thereof whether or not Purchaser agrees to launch the commercial sale of the Product to Purchaser Customers in the Territory as contemplated herein based on such At-Risk Launch Notice (an “At-Risk Launch”). In the event that Purchaser notifies Seller that it has determined to engage in an At-Risk Launch, Purchaser shall proceed according to the provisions of Section 2.3.3 below. In the event that Purchaser notifies Seller that it has determined to not engage in an At-Risk Launch, Seller shall have 10 days from receipt of Purchaser’s notice to notify Purchaser in writing whether or not Seller has determined to engage in an At-Risk Launch without Purchaser acting as Seller’s distributor of the Product to the Purchaser Customers in the Territory (a “Seller Launch”). In the event that Seller notifies Purchaser that it has determined to so engage in a Seller Launch, subject to Sections 2.3.4 and 2.3.5 below, this Agreement (including any rights of Purchaser to sell and distribute the Product in the Territory) shall automatically and immediately terminate as of the date of such Seller’s notice to Purchaser. In the event that Seller notifies Purchaser that it has determined to not engage in a Seller Launch, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and Seller may at any time thereafter submit a new Launch Notice, at which time the parties shall, among other things, again proceed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.3.

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

5



 

2.3.3                      Obligation to Launch. In the event that Seller delivers to Purchaser a Non-At-Risk Launch Notice or Purchaser notifies Seller that Purchaser has determined to engage in an At-Risk Launch, Purchaser shall (i) pay the milestone payment set forth in Section 3.1(b) below in accordance with the provisions thereof, and (ii) subject to the terms of this Agreement, Purchaser shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to commence with Purchaser’s First Commercial Sale as soon as commercially practicable thereafter, but in no event later than 5 business days following Purchaser’s receipt of Launch Quantities.

 

2.3.4                      Payment of Compensatory Payments upon a Seller Launch. Subject to Section 2.3.5 below, in the event that Seller engages in a Seller Launch, Seller shall pay to Purchaser payments (the “Compensatory Payments”), up to the aggregate amount of [***] (the “Maximum Compensatory Payments”), equal to:

 

(a)                                  during the first six full calendar months following Seller’s First Commercial Sale pursuant to the Seller Launch, the greater of (i) [***] of Seller’s Net Sales of Product sold in the Territory and (ii) [***];

 

(b)                                  during the second six full calendar months following Seller’s First Commercial Sale pursuant to the Seller Launch, the greater of (i) [***] of Seller’s Net Sales for Product sold in the Territory and (ii) [***]; and

 

(c)                                   [***] of Seller’s Net Sales of Product sold in the Territory during each calendar quarter after the first twelve full calendar months after Seller’s First Commercial Sale pursuant to the Seller Launch.

 

2.3.5                      The Compensatory Payments shall be paid within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter following Seller’s First Commercial Sale pursuant to the Seller Launch. Each Compensatory Payments payment shall include a report setting forth in reasonable detail the amount of and the basis for such payment, including a calculation of Seller’s Net Sales (including itemizing all deductions to gross sales) for such quarterly period. With respect to any payment due as a result of the [***] minimum Compensatory Payments amounts set forth in Sections 2.3.4(a) and (b) above, such payment shall be made within 30 days of the end of the calendar quarter that contains the sixth month of the applicable six month period for which the [***] minimum Compensatory Payments amount accrued. Any payments not made within the specified period of time for payment shall incur an interest charge at the rate of the Overdue Interest Amount on such overdue amounts, excluding any amounts that are subject to a bona fide dispute between the parties.

 

2.3.6                      Subsequent Suspension of a Seller Launch. In the event that, within 30 days of Seller’s First Commercial Sale pursuant to a Seller Launch, Seller either voluntarily or as a result of an order of the FDA or any court having competent jurisdiction ceases to sell in and withdraws the Product from the market in the Territory, Seller’s obligation to pay the Compensatory Payments pursuant to such Seller Launch shall immediately terminate as of the date of such withdrawal and this Agreement shall be automatically and immediately reinstated and be in full force and effect on and after the date of such withdrawal pursuant to its terms. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, in the event that, at any time after such withdrawal of the Product, Seller determines to engage in a new commercial launch of the Product in the Territory, Seller shall provide to Purchaser a Launch Notice pursuant to Section 2.3.1 above and the remaining provisions of this Section 2.3 shall again apply to such new Launch Notice. In the event that Seller after such withdrawal of the Product delivers to Purchaser a Non-At-Risk Launch Notice or Purchaser notifies Seller that it will engage in an At-Risk Launch in accordance with Section 2.3.2 above following receipt of an At-Risk Launch Notice, in addition to the payment of the milestone payment under Section 3.1(b) required in connection therewith, Purchaser shall refund to Seller any amount of the Compensatory Payments previously paid to Seller within 10 days of receipt by Purchaser of such Non-At-Risk Launch Notice or receipt by Seller of Purchaser’s notice of intention to engage in an At-Risk Launch. In the event that Purchaser determines to not engage in such subsequent At-Risk Launch and Seller commences a subsequent Seller Launch, (i) each of the [***] minimum Compensatory Payments amounts under Sections 2.3.4(a) and (b) shall be reduced to an amount equal to [***] multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months of Product sales under all previous Seller Launches pursuant to which Seller paid Compensatory Payments and the denominator of which is six and (ii) the Maximum Compensatory Payments shall be reduced by the amount all Compensatory Payments previously paid to Purchaser.

 

2.4                                Termination of Agreement Relating to Commercial Launch.

 

2.4.1                      In addition to Purchaser’s termination rights set forth elsewhere herein, Purchaser shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement as set forth in this Section 2.4.1:

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

6



 

(a)                                  Purchaser may terminate this Agreement after June 30, 2006, upon 30 days prior written notice to Seller, if Seller shall not have obtained a Favorable Resolution on or prior to June 30, 2006, so long as such termination notice is received by Seller on or before July 15, 2006.

 

(b)                                  Provided that Purchaser shall not have notified Seller that it will engage in an At-Risk Launch prior thereto, Purchaser may terminate this Agreement after June 30, 2006, upon 30 days prior written notice to Seller, if after June 30, 2006 an Adverse Resolution then exists, so long as such termination notice is received by Seller within 15 days after the later of June 30, 2006 or the date Purchaser is notified of such Adverse Resolution. Seller shall provide written notice to Purchaser within 10 days of any Adverse Resolution. For purposes of clarification, Purchaser’s right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 2.4.1(b) shall not apply after Seller’s delivery to Purchaser of a Launch Notice, unless such Launch Notice is an At-Risk Launch Notice, and then only in the event that this Agreement remains in effect pursuant to Seller’s determination to not engage in a Seller Launch under Section 2.3.2 or this Agreement is reinstated following a Product withdrawal pursuant to Section 2.3.6.

 

(c)                                   Purchaser may terminate this Agreement after June 30, 2007, upon 30 days prior written notice to Seller, if Seller shall not have delivered to Purchaser a Launch Notice on or before June 30, 2007, so long as such termination notice is received by Seller on or before July 15, 2007.

 

2.4.2                      Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Purchaser’s sole remedy, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, for any failure by Seller to use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to obtain ANDA approval of the Product or any market exclusivity with respect thereto and/or any additional regulatory approvals necessary for the manufacture and supply of the Product and/or to obtain a Favorable Resolution shall be the termination of this Agreement as provided in this Section 2.4 and the right to any refund of the milestone payment under Section 3.2.

 

2.4.3                      This Agreement may be terminated by Seller upon 5 days written notice to Purchaser, if Purchaser shall have not effected Purchaser’s First Commercial Sale within 5 business days following Purchaser’s receipt of Launch Quantities in accordance with Section 2.3.3.

 

2.5                                Sales to Wholesalers.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Purchaser shall have exclusive rights to sell Product to drug wholesalers or any other Persons for resale and distribution to the customers in the Territory identified in items (a)-(e) of Section 1.46. Seller retains all rights to all other current and future customers and markets for the Product, including the right to sell Product to drug wholesalers or any other Persons so long as Seller does not supply, sell or distribute Product to drug wholesalers or any other Persons for resale to any customer included in items (a)-(e) of Section 1.46. As permitted by Applicable Law, Purchaser and Seller shall cooperate in creating arrangements with their respective drug wholesalers and other customers necessary to implement the foregoing. From time to time upon request, each party shall provide the other with reasonable access to all information in its possession and control (or which is reasonably obtainable) to confirm the ultimate customer of the Products sold by it to drug wholesalers or other Persons. To the extent Seller sells any Products to drug wholesalers or other Persons that are ultimately purchased by any customer included in items (a)-(e) of Section 1.46, Seller shall pay Purchaser its portion of the Gross Profits (i.e., Seller’s Net Sales less the imputed Transfer Price of the Product times Purchaser’s then applicable portion of the Gross Profit Split) attributable to such sales by Seller plus the Overdue Interest Amount on the amount due from the date of the sale to the date of payment. To the extent Purchaser sells any Product to drug wholesalers or other Persons that are ultimately purchased by any customer not included in items (a)-(e) of Section 1.46, then Purchaser shall pay to Seller all of the Gross Profit attributable to such sales by Purchaser plus the Overdue Interest Amount on the amount due from the date of the sale to the date of payment. The above described Gross Profit reimbursement shall be each party’s exclusive remedy for any inadvertent and unintentional breach by the other party of its obligations under this Section 2.5. In addition, without limiting either party’s indemnification obligations under Article 17, if either party intentionally breaches this Section 2.5, the party in breach shall indemnify the other party pursuant to Article 17 for all Damages caused thereby.

 

2.6                                Information.  Seller shall provide Purchaser with copies of all material study results and other written communications that Seller submits to the FDA in connection with its attempt to obtain approval of the Product’s ANDA or otherwise relating to the Product as soon as reasonably practicable after Seller’s receipt or submission thereof. At Purchaser’s request from time to time during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, Seller shall also provide Purchaser reasonable access to any other study results and other written communications that Seller submits to the FDA in connection with its attempt to obtain approval of the Product’s ANDA or otherwise relating to the Product in Seller’s possession. In addition, Seller shall provide Purchaser with copies of all material pleadings, motions, briefs and other written communications relating to the Lawsuit as soon as reasonably practicable after Seller’s receipt or submission thereof. At Purchaser’s request from time to time during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, Seller shall provide Purchaser with reasonable access to any other pleadings, motions, briefs and other written communications relating to the Lawsuit in Seller’s possession. The obligations of Seller provided above shall be subject to Applicable Law (including compliance with any protective order or other court or governmental agency order or requirement), maintaining applicable privileges and the terms of any confidentiality obligations of Seller owned to third parties.

 

7



 

ARTICLE 3

 

MILESTONES AND PAYMENTS

 

3.1                                Milestones and Payments. In consideration of Seller’s grant of the exclusive distribution rights hereunder to Purchaser, Purchaser shall pay Seller the following amounts upon completion of the applicable milestone:

 

Milestone: 

 

Amount of Payment Due:

 

 

 

 

 

(a) The Effective Date of this Agreement

 

$

4,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

(b) Within 10 days of both (x) either (i) Purchaser’s receipt of a Non-At-Risk Launch Notice under Section 2.3.1 above or (ii) Purchaser’s written notice to Seller that Purchaser will engage in an At-Risk Launch under Section 2.3.2 above and (y) delivery to Purchaser of the Launch Quantities.

 

$

5,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL:

 

$

10,000,000

 

 

3.2                                Payment Terms; Refund.

 

3.2.1                      Any payments not made within the specified period of time for payment shall incur an interest charge at the rate of the Overdue Interest Amount on such overdue amounts, excluding any amounts that are subject to a bona fide dispute between the parties. All payments shall be made in U.S. dollars through electronic transfer of funds or other wire transfers.

 

3.2.2                      Except as expressly set forth in this Section 3.2.2, no milestone payment shall be refundable in whole or in part under any circumstance, including a termination of this Agreement pursuant to Seller engaging in a Seller Launch under Section 2.3.2. The $4,500,000 milestone payment paid to Seller under Section 3.1(a) above shall be refunded by Seller to Purchaser in the event this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 2.4.1 above; provided, however, in the event that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 2.4.1 at any time after Seller shall have paid Compensatory Payments to Purchaser, the amount of such Compensatory Payments shall be deducted from such refund of the milestone payment and any amount of such Compensatory Payments in excess of the amount of the milestone payment shall be refunded to Seller within 30 days of such termination. All such refunds shall be made by Seller within 30 days after the applicable termination date; provided that, such amount remaining outstanding shall bear simple interest at the rate of the Overdue Interest Amount commencing on the date such amount is due and payable (i.e., 30 days after the applicable termination date) until paid in full; and provided further that, if Seller does not have at the time the available funds to repay Purchaser such amount, such amount shall be repaid no later than one year from the applicable termination date. If payment is not made within 30 days of termination, upon request of Purchaser, Seller shall (as soon as reasonably practicable) provide Purchaser with reasonable security for repayment of any milestone payments not paid when due, including potentially, assignment of product revenues or a lien on other assets.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

PRICING

 

4.1                                Transfer Price.

 

4.1.1                      The transfer price (“Transfer Price”) payable by Purchaser for Product delivered by Seller shall be a payment equal to the product of (a) the number of units of Product delivered by Seller to Purchaser pursuant to the applicable Purchase Order (including the Initial Purchase Order), multiplied by (b) [***] per unit, regardless of dosage strength (the “Unit Price”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, on and after the [***] of the First Commercial Sale, Seller may increase the Unit Price during each twelve month period (which begins on an anniversary of the First Commercial Sale), effective upon 30 days prior written notice to Purchaser (or upon the later resolution of any disputed price increase, except if such dispute is resolved in Seller’s favor in which case the Unit Price increase shall be effective 30 days from Seller’s original notice thereof to Purchaser), by (i) the actual per unit increase in Seller’s raw materials costs (the “Raw Material Costs”) for the Product (including the costs of plunger rods, needle stick prevention devices, syringes, Packaging and other ingredients and materials used to manufacture and process the Product) over the 12 month period preceding the date of Seller’s notice of such price increase not to exceed (subject to Section 4.1.2) [***] of the amount

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

8



 

of Seller’s Raw Material Costs as at the beginning of the 12-month period immediately prior to such price increase and (ii) the actual per unit increase in Seller’s direct labor costs (“Labor Costs”) for the Product over the prior 12 month period preceding the date of Seller’s notice of such price increase not to exceed (subject to Section 4.1.2) [***] of the amount of the Seller’s Labor Costs as at the beginning of the 12-month period immediately prior to such price increase. Seller shall provide Purchaser with reasonable documentation evidencing the applicable increases in Seller’s Raw Material Costs and Labor Costs with Seller’s notice of the price increase. Purchaser may dispute in good faith any increase to the Unit Price pursuant to this Section 4.1.1 by written notice to Seller within 10 days of Purchaser’s receipt of Seller’s notice thereof. If the dispute is not resolved within 30 days of Purchaser’s dispute notice to Seller, then Purchaser may elect to seek resolution of the dispute pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.5 by providing written notice to Seller of such election. If Purchaser does not provide Seller such written notice within 10 days after the aforementioned 30 day period, then the dispute shall be deemed resolved in Seller’s favor.

 

4.1.2                      At the written request of Seller on and after the [***] of the First Commercial Sale, the parties shall discuss increases in the Unit Price in excess of the respective [***] limitations provided in Section 4.1.1 to the extent such increases are due to increases in Raw Material Costs and/or Labor Costs attributable to changes required by Applicable Law or governmental authority, including FDA, as provided in Section 6.2.1. Any such request for an increase in the Unit Price in excess of the respective [***] limitations provided in Section 4.1.1 shall be reasonably considered in good faith by Purchaser but shall not be implemented without Purchaser’s written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). In the event Seller’s Raw Material Costs and/or Labor Costs increase by [***] or more during any twelve month period as a result of changes required by Applicable Law or governmental authority, including FDA, as provided in Section 6.2.1 (based on reasonable documentation) and Purchaser does not consent to a corresponding increase as requested by Seller in the Unit Price in excess of the respective [***] limitations (as the case may be) provided in Section 4.1.1 within [***] of the date of Seller’s written request for such increase, then Seller shall (by written notice within [***] of the date of Seller’s written request for such increase) have the right to terminate this Agreement upon [***] written notice to Purchaser.

 

4.2                                Gross Profit Split.

 

4.2.1                      Purchaser shall pay to Seller, as additional consideration for Seller’s supply of Product hereunder to Purchaser, the following portion of Gross Profit (the “Gross Profit Split”):

 

(a)                               60% percent of the Gross Profit for so long as there are [***] Competitive Products;

 

(b)                                  55% percent of the Gross Profit for so long as there is (i) [***] Competitive Product being sold and distributed to Purchaser Customers in the Territory or (ii) [***] Competitive Product being sold and distributed to customers in the Territory other than Purchaser Customers and as a result of the sale and distribution of such Competitive Product, Purchaser’s Net Sales for the last completed calendar quarter are more than [***] less than Purchaser’s Net Sales for the calendar quarter immediately preceding the last completed calendar quarter; and

 

(c)                                   50% percent of the Gross Profit for so long as there are (i) [***] or more Competitive Products being sold and distributed to Purchaser Customers in the Territory or (ii) [***] or more Competitive Products being sold and distributed to customers in the Territory other than Purchaser Customers and as a result of the sale and distribution of such Competitive Products, Purchaser’s Net Sales for the last completed calendar quarter are more than [***] less than Purchaser’s Net Sales for the calendar quarter immediately preceding the last completed calendar quarter.

 

4.2.2                      Seller’s Gross Profit Split shall be calculated and paid to Seller quarterly, within 30 days after quarter end. Any adjustment to the Gross Profit Split as required from time to time due to an increase or decrease in the number of Competitive Products or Purchaser’s Net Sales shall be effective upon the day of the calendar month in which the change of number of Competitive Product(s) occurred in the case of Section 4.2.1(b)(i) and (c)(i) above and upon the first day of the immediately succeeding calendar month after the calendar month in which the change in Purchaser’s Net Sales triggered an adjustment to the Gross Profit Split in the case of Section 4.2.1(b)(ii) or (c)(ii) above. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and by way of clarification, any adjustment to the Gross Profit Split resulting from a change in the number of Competitive Products or Net Sales shall change only the Gross Profit Split of Product having the same dosage strength as that of the relevant Competitive Product(s) then being sold and distributed in the Territory. Each party shall provide the other party prompt written notice of any adjustment to the Gross Profit Split which the notifying party believes is warranted as a result of a change in the number of Competitive Products or Purchaser’s Net Sales. With such notice, the notifying party shall provide an explanation to the other party as to the reasons why such adjustment is warranted and shall provide the other party any documentation in notifying party’s possession or control which supports the notifying party’s basis for such adjustment.

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

9



 

4.3                                Shipping Terms. The prices charged by Seller to Purchaser shall be FCA (Incoterms 2000), Seller’s designated manufacturing facility.

 

4.4                                Payment Terms.

 

4.4.1                      The Transfer Price for the Product shall be paid within 30 days of the date of the applicable invoice for such Product.

 

4.4.2                      The Gross Profit Split shall be paid within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter, with a report setting forth in reasonable detail the amount of and the basis for such payment, including a calculation of Purchaser’s Net Sales (including itemizing all deductions to gross sales), Gross Profit and the Gross Profit Split (as applicable on a dosage strength basis) for such quarterly period [***].

 

4.4.3                      Any payments not made within the specified period of time for payment shall incur an interest charge at the rate of the Overdue Interest Amount on such overdue amounts, excluding any amounts that are subject to a bona fide dispute between the parties. In addition, Seller may withhold shipment of Product to Purchaser if Purchaser has failed to make any payment required under this Agreement (except for any amounts that are subject to a bona fide dispute) after the due date for such payment. All payments shall be made in U.S. dollars through electronic transfer of funds or other wire transfers.

 

4.5                                Audit Rights.  Purchaser with respect to Section 2.2.3 and this Article 4 and Seller with respect to Sections 2.3.4 and 4.1 shall keep complete and accurate books and records for purposes of documenting the amount and calculations of, as applicable, Net Sales [***], Gross Profit, Gross Profit Split, the Compensatory Payments and, to the extent it is a basis for an increase in the Transfer Price pursuant to Section 4.1, increases in Raw Material Costs and Labor Costs. Said books of account shall be kept at Purchaser’s or Seller’s principal place of business, as applicable. Upon reasonable notice, each Purchaser or Seller, as applicable, at its expense, shall have the right to have an independent public accounting firm (reasonably acceptable to the other party) obtain access to the other party’s financial records, during reasonable business hours, solely for the purpose of verifying such party’s payments hereunder; provided, however, that this right may not be exercised more than once in any calendar year (unless a prior audit by the audited party in such calendar year reveals a discrepancy of the greater of 5% of the payment(s) audited or $25,000 in any calendar quarter and then the auditing party may exercise its audit right no more than twice during such calendar year). The accountants engaged by the auditing party shall report to the auditing party only information of the audited party related to the accuracy of the audited party’s calculations then being audited. The findings of the accountants engaged by the auditing party shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto, and the payments attributable to any particular period may only be audited once for such period. Any underpayment or overpayment of the amount due hereunder due to a miscalculation of such amount shall be paid within 30 days after the delivery of a written accountants’ report to each party. In the event any such audit reveals a shortfall greater than 5% of the payment(s) audited or $25,000 in any calendar quarter, then the reasonable costs of the accountants engaged by the auditing party to perform such audit shall be reimbursed by the audited party. Any underpayment or overpayment amount paid pursuant to this Section 4.5 shall accrue interest on such amount from the original due date at the Overdue Interest Amount.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

LAUNCH QUANTITIES, FORECASTS, ORDERS

 

5.1                                Initial Purchase Order; Launch Quantities.  Within 5 days following receipt of a Non-At-Risk Launch Notice by Purchaser or delivery to Seller of Purchaser’s notice that it will engage in an At-Risk Launch, Purchaser shall deliver to Seller an initial binding order (the “Initial Purchase Order”) for the quantity of Product required for Purchaser’s commercial launch of the Product consistent with Purchaser’s then current Forecast; provided that, such quantity shall not exceed (without the prior written consent of Seller, which may be withheld in its sole discretion) [***] units of Product if the First Commercial Sale occurs in calendar year 2005 or [***] of the then existing Maximum Annual Product Units if the First Commercial Sale occurs in any calendar year after 2005 (the “Launch Quantities”). Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Seller shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to supply the Product to Purchaser in the Launch Quantities by no later than the delivery dates indicated in the Initial Purchase Order, which delivery dates shall be no sooner than 90 days after the date of the Initial Purchase Order unless Seller consents thereto. Seller shall thereafter use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to supply to Purchaser such additional quantities of the Product as ordered by Purchaser hereunder pursuant to Section 5.3.

 

5.2                                Forecasts.  Beginning at least 6 months prior to the anticipated date of FDA approval of the Product’s ANDA and at least 90 days prior to each calendar quarter thereafter, Purchaser shall provide to Seller a rolling 12-month forecast (each a “Forecast”) of the quantities of the Product to be purchased by Purchaser on a monthly basis. Without limiting the foregoing, in addition to the

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

10


 

above Product quantities, each Forecast delivered by Purchaser prior to its First Commercial Sale shall include the Launch Quantities. Forecasts shall be in good faith and non-binding, provided, however, that (a) on and after Purchaser’s delivery of its Initial Purchase Order to Seller, the first three months of each Forecast shall be binding on Purchaser, and shall constitute Purchaser’s firm order for the quantity of Product set forth in such Forecast; and (b) forecasted quantities of the Product for the fourth, fifth and sixth months forecasted thereunder shall not increase by more than 25% from the quantities forecasted for such months in the preceding Forecast without Seller’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

5.3                                Orders.  Except for the Initial Purchaser Order, Purchaser shall deliver to Seller purchase orders (“Purchase Orders”) for the Product no later than 90 days before the date that the Products for such Purchase Order are required to be delivered to Purchaser and provided such Purchase Orders are for the binding portion (i.e., the first three months) of the then current Forecast in accordance with Section 5.2, Seller shall accept such Purchase Orders. Subject to Section 5.6, Seller shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to satisfy Purchase Orders for amounts in excess of those forecasted for the binding portion of the then current Forecast pursuant to Section 5.2; provided that in no event shall Seller be required to add to its existing manufacturing capacity of its facility(ies) for the Product in order to satisfy Purchaser’s Purchase Orders. Each such Purchase Order shall be firm and shall specify the quantity of the Product ordered, the date on which such Product shall be delivered and the delivery address. Product shall be ordered by Purchaser in no less than full batch increments.

 

5.4                                Shipping Reports.  On or promptly after the date of each shipment of Product, Seller shall submit to Purchaser, via facsimile, a packing slip containing the ship date, trailer number, contents and quantities of each shipment and invoice for the Transfer Price.

 

5.5                               Standard Forms; Conflicts.  In ordering and delivering the Product pursuant hereto, Seller and Purchaser may use their standard forms (including Purchase Orders, invoices, sales acknowledgments, etc.), but nothing in those forms shall be construed to modify, amend or supplement the terms of this Agreement and, in case of any conflict herewith, the terms of this Agreement shall control, and any additional or modified terms contained in any such Purchase Order or other form shall be null and void and shall not be binding upon the receiving party.

 

5.6                                Capacity Allocation.

 

5.6.1                      Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary or anything to the contrary in any Purchase Order or Forecast, Seller shall not be obligated to supply Purchaser (regardless of amounts ordered by Purchaser), more than the then applicable Maximum Annual Product Units during a twelve month period. Without limiting the foregoing, any Purchase Order or Forecast submitted by Purchaser hereunder for more than the then applicable Maximum Annual Product Units shall, to the extent of the excess, be deemed rejected by Seller, unless expressly accepted by Seller in writing. As used herein, the term “Maximum Annual Product Units” shall mean for the period ending twelve full calendar months from the First Commercial Sale and for each twelve month period thereafter, [***] of the total units of branded and generic Lovenox® product (including the brand name product, the Product, any Authorized Generic Product and any Competitive Product) sold for distribution into the Territory for the immediately preceding calendar year as reported by IMS Health (or such other nationally recognized data compilation source as mutually agreed); provided that, if the First Commercial Sale occurs during calendar year 2005, then the Maximum Annual Product Units for the period ending twelve full calendar months from the First Commercial Sale shall be deemed to be [***] units of Product. For each twelve month period beginning after the First Commercial Sale (other than as provided above if the First Commercial Sale occurs in calendar year 2005), the Maximum Annual Product Units shall be established as soon as data from IMS Health (or such other nationally recognized source as mutually agreed) for the immediately preceding calendar year becomes available to the parties and once the Maximum Annual Product Units for the then current twelve month period is established, it shall be effective retroactively to the beginning of and shall be fixed through such twelve month period. Without limiting the foregoing, but by way of example: If the First Commercial Sale occurs on September 1, 2005, then the Maximum Annual Product Units for the twelve month period ending with August 31, 2006 would be [***] units of Product. As a result, Purchaser would have no right to order or purchase, and Seller would have no obligation to supply, more than [***] units of Product during the twelve month period ending August 31, 2006. Assuming that [***] total units of branded and generic Lovenox® product were sold for distribution into the Territory for the 2005 calendar year as reported by IMS Health, then the newly established Maximum Annual Product Units for the twelve month period ending August 31, 2007 would be [***] units of Product (i.e., [***] units). As a result, Purchaser would have no right to order or purchase, and Seller would have no obligation to supply, more than [***] units of Product during the twelve month period ending August 31, 2007. The foregoing process would be repeated once each twelve month period thereafter to establish the Maximum Annual Product Units for the then current twelve month period. At Purchaser’s request from time to time, the parties shall discuss increasing the then existing Maximum Annual

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

11



 

Product Units based on then existing market conditions, Seller’s manufacturing capacity and other relevant factors. Seller shall reasonably consider Purchaser’s request and its reasons for an increase in the then existing Maximum Annual Product Units; provided that, Seller shall have no obligation to agree to (and may reject in Seller’s sole discretion and without liability) any increase requested by Purchaser in the then existing Maximum Annual Product Units.

 

5.6.2                      In the event that Seller’s inability (including any inability as a result of a Force Majeure Event) to satisfy any Purchase Order accepted pursuant to Section 5.3, in whole or in part, is due to a shortage of production capacity or raw materials, then, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including Section 5.6.1 above, Seller shall give priority to Purchaser’s Purchase Orders, and satisfy deliveries of amounts ordered consistent with Section 5.3 prior to fulfilling order for Product of any other Person, for up to (i) [***] units of Product to be delivered to Purchaser pursuant to its Purchase Orders for the period ending six full calendar months after the First Commercial Sale and (ii) [***] units of Product to be delivered to Purchaser pursuant to its Purchase Orders during each six month period thereafter and for any Product to be delivered to Purchaser pursuant to its Purchase Orders during such six month period in excess of the foregoing [***] unit amount, [***] of Seller’s units of its finished inventory of Product produced during the applicable period in excess of [***] units shall be allocated to fulfill any such remaining outstanding Purchase Orders.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

SPECIFICATIONS

 

6.1                                Specifications.  The Specifications for the Product will be as described in the ANDA that is approved by FDA for the Product. The Specifications for the Product shall not be changed except as expressly permitted under this Agreement.

 

6.2                                Change Management.

 

6.2.1                      Required Changes.  With respect to any changes to the Specifications or to any process involved in the manufacture, Packaging, Labeling, storage, transportation, delivery or testing of the Product that are required by Applicable Laws or by mandate of an applicable government authority (including the FDA), the parties shall reasonably cooperate in making such changes promptly, and Seller shall, subject to Section 4.1 and unless otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by the parties, bear the costs of implementing such changes, including the cost of scrapping materials (including raw materials, in-process materials, inventory and packaging material) associated with such changes.

 

6.2.2                      Discretionary Changes. With respect to changes to the Specifications or to any process involved in the manufacture, Packaging, Labeling, storage, transportation, delivery or testing of the Product that are not required by Applicable Laws or by mandate of an applicable government authority (including the FDA), the parties shall cooperate in good faith to reach a mutually agreeable solution with regard to such changes, but Seller shall not be obligated to make any such changes requested by Purchaser except as expressly provided in Section 6.2.3. Seller reserves the right to make such changes unilaterally; provided , however, that Seller will consult with Purchaser prior to making such changes; and provided further that, Seller shall obtain Purchaser’s prior written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) for any changes that would materially affect storage or transportation of the Product after delivery to Purchaser. The cost of making a discretionary change shall be borne solely by the party initiating the change or as otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by the parties. In the event any such changes initiated by Purchaser increase Seller’s costs of manufacturing and supplying the Product to Purchaser, at Seller’s request, the parties shall discuss and agree in good faith to an equitable adjustment of the Unit Price to account for such increase in costs.

 

6.2.3                      Product Labeling.   The Products supplied to Purchaser will include Purchaser’s NDC number and be packaged in labeling and artwork approved by Purchaser to indicate Purchaser as a distributor of the Product. In order for Purchaser to include in the Product Label Purchaser Trademarks or similar changes indicating Purchaser as a distributor of the Product; (a) upon Purchaser’s request, Seller shall provide Purchaser with the Label artwork and text in electronic format, (b) Purchaser may update such artwork and text to include Purchaser Trademarks and such other similar changes as desired by Purchaser to indicate Purchaser as a distributor of the Product, and (c) Purchaser’s costs in connection with the foregoing shall be at its sole expense. Thereafter, Seller shall make all necessary arrangements, at its expense (except as provided in Section 6.2.1 above), to have changed Labels or Labeling printed and shall provide printer’s proofs to Purchaser for Purchaser’s review. Purchaser shall, within two (2) weeks of receipt of said printer’s proofs, provide written notice to Seller of Purchaser’s approval of such proofs in the form submitted by Seller (which approval shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed) or with such corrections thereto (in Purchaser’s reasonable judgment) as included in Purchaser’s notice. Thereafter, Seller shall incorporate in such Labels and Labeling Purchaser’s requested corrections thereto, if any, and shall supply Purchaser with examples of such Product Labels and Labeling for Purchaser’s regulatory filings; provided , however , that, if Seller shall not agree with Purchaser’s requested corrections, Purchaser and Seller shall consult in good faith to reach a resolution mutually agreeable to Purchaser and Seller.

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

12



 

6.3                                Trademarks.  All trademarks, tradenames and packaging graphics used by Purchaser in connection with its sale and distribution of the Product to Purchaser Customers in the Territory (collectively, the “Purchaser Trademarks”) shall be chosen by Purchaser in its sole discretion, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Purchaser shall be responsible for any and all liabilities which may arise from Purchaser’s use of the Purchaser Trademarks (including any allegations of intellectual property infringement related thereto and any liabilities related to prescription errors related to such trademark usage). Unless consented to in writing by Seller, Purchaser shall not use any trademark, tradename, company name, or copyright of Seller in connection with the distribution, marketing or sale of the Product.

 

6.4                                Certificate of Analysis.   Each shipment of the Product to Purchaser shall be accompanied by a certificate of analysis prepared by an authorized representative of Seller certifying that the Product in the shipment has been tested in accordance with the ANDA for such Product, meets the Specifications and was manufactured in material compliance with cGMP (for the avoidance of doubt any non-compliance that would affect Purchaser’s sale or distribution of the Product hereunder shall be considered material). Seller shall deliver such certificate of analysis by facsimile or overnight delivery to Purchaser’s distribution facility as designated by Purchaser.

 

6.5                                Expiry Dating.   Except as otherwise agreed to in writing by Purchaser, all Product shipped to Purchaser, on the date of shipment by Seller, shall have a shelf-life of at least the approved dating of the Product (per the Product’s ANDA) [***].

 

6.6                                Stability Testing. Seller shall maintain a stability testing program for the Product and provide Purchaser with an annual product review thereon. At least one batch per year of Product shall be included in the stability program.

 

6.7                                Annual Report. At Seller’s written request, Purchaser will supply distribution information and other information reasonably requested by Seller, for the purposes of inclusion into Seller’s Annual Report to FDA.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

TERM

 

7.1                                Term. Subject to Article 8 , the term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and remain in effect for a period of 7 years from the date of Purchaser’s First Commercial Sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Purchaser shall have the option to renew this Agreement for an additional term of 3 years from the date of the expiration of the initial term by providing Seller Purchaser’s irrevocable written notice thereof 12 months prior to the end of the initial term.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

TERMINATION

 

8.1                                Breach. This Agreement may be terminated, prior to the expiration of its term, by either party by giving written notice of its intent to terminate and stating the grounds therefor if the other party shall have materially breached or materially failed in the observance or performance of any representation, warranty, guarantee, covenant or obligation under this Agreement. The party receiving the default notice shall have 30 days from the date of receipt thereof to cure the breach or failure, except in the case of a breach of an obligation to pay money, in which case such cure period shall be 10 days; provided , however , that nonpayment in connection with a good faith dispute of the amount in dispute shall not be considered a breach hereof so long as once such dispute is resolved, payment of any amounts owing is made within 5 days of such resolution. If a breach (other than a breach of an obligation to pay money) is not curable within such 30 day period, then the non-performing party shall have an additional 30 days within which to cure such breach so long as the non-performing party is diligently working towards a remedy for such breach. In the event such breach or failure is cured in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.1, the default notice shall become of no effect. In the event such breach or failure is not cured in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.1, then this Agreement shall terminate immediately upon written notice to the defaulting party.

 

8.2                                Insolvency, Etc. This Agreement may be terminated, prior to the expiration of its term, immediately upon written notice by either party: (a) in the event that the other party hereto shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee or liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iii) commence a voluntary case under the United States Bankruptcy Code, as now or hereafter in effect (the “Bankruptcy Code”), (iv) file a petition seeking to take advantage of any law relating to bankruptcy,

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

13



 

insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, or composition or readjustment of debts, (v) fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed against it in any involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code, or (vi) take any corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or (b) if a proceeding or case shall be commenced against the other party hereto in any court of competent jurisdiction, seeking (i) its liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment of its debts, (ii) the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator or the like of the party or of all or any substantial part of its assets, or (iii) similar relief under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization winding-up or composition or readjustment of debts, or an order, judgment or decree approving any of the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed for a period of 60 days; or an order for relief against the other party hereto shall be entered in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code.

 

8.3                                Termination Relating to Commercial Launch; Force Majeure, No Increase in Unit Price.

 

8.3.1                      This Agreement shall terminate in accordance with Section 2.3.2.

 

8.3.2                      Purchaser or Seller, as the case may be, may terminate this Agreement as provided for under Section 2.4.

 

8.3.3                      Purchaser or Seller, as the case may be, may terminate this Agreement as provided for under Article 12.

 

8.3.4                      Seller may terminate this Agreement as provided in Section 4.1.2.

 

8.4                                Termination Due to Changed Circumstances. On and after Purchaser’s First Commercial Sale, Purchaser or Seller may terminate this Agreement upon 90 days prior written notice to the other party if Purchaser purchases less than the Minimum Annual Product Units during any rolling twelve month period beginning after the First Commercial Sale so long as such termination notice is provided to the non-terminating party within 90 days of the end of the twelve month period to which the termination is based. Notwithstanding the foregoing (unless Purchaser has not ordered at least the Minimum Annual Product Units), Seller’s right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.4 is conditioned upon Seller fulfilling all of Purchaser’s Purchase Orders for Product on a timely basis during the twelve month period upon which Seller’s exercise of its termination rights under this Section 8.4 is based. As used herein, the term “Minimum Annual Product Units” shall mean [***] units of Product during any twelve month period beginning after the First Commercial Sale there are no Authorized Generic Product or Competitive Product being sold and distributed in the Territory and [***] units of Product during any twelve month period beginning after the First Commercial Sale in which there are one or more Authorized Generic Products or Competitive Products being sold and distributed in the Territory (which adjustment shall be effective upon the date of market entry of such Authorized Generic Product or Competitive Product); provided that, in the event of any adjustment to Minimum Annual Product Units during any rolling twelve month period, the Minimum Annual Product Units existing immediately prior to and after such adjustment shall be prorated as of the effective date of such adjustment for the purpose of calculating the Minimum Annual Product Units for such twelve month period.

 

8.5                                Termination Due to Third Party Infringement Claim. On and after Purchaser’s First Commercial Sale, Purchaser may terminate this Agreement upon 30 days prior written notice to Seller in the event a Third Party Infringement Claim (other than with respect to the use of Purchaser Trademark) is made against Purchaser or its Affiliates so long as such termination notice is provided to Seller within 15 days of Purchaser receiving written notice of such Third Party Infringement Claim.

 

8.6                                Supply Obligations Upon Termination. Upon expiration of this Agreement or any termination of this Agreement after Purchaser’s First Commercial Sale, Seller shall supply and ship, and Purchaser shall purchase from Seller in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and shall be entitled to distribute to Purchaser Customers in the Territory, any and all amounts of Products ordered by Purchaser pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof prior to the effective date of such expiration or termination.

 

8.7                                Effect of Termination. Expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason shall not release either party hereto from any liability that at such time had already accrued, or that thereafter accrues from a breach or default, prior to the effective date of such expiration or termination, nor affect in any way the survival of any other right, duty or obligation of either party hereto which is expressly stated elsewhere in this Agreement to survive such expiration or termination. In addition, termination or expiration of this Agreement shall in no event release Purchaser from its payment obligations under Article 4, including Purchaser’s obligation to pay Seller the Gross Profit Split with respect to sales of Product whether or not such Product is sold before or after the date of such termination or expiration. Except as expressly provided in Section 3.2.2, no payments to Seller made pursuant to Article 3 shall be refundable in whole or in part, whether upon termination or expiration of this Agreement or otherwise. Except as otherwise provided

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

14



 

herein, either party may pursue any remedy available in law or in equity with respect to any breach of this Agreement. Sections 2.2.3, 2.3.4 (but only in the event of a termination pursuant to Section 2.3.2), 2.3.5 (but only in the event of a termination pursuant to Section 2.3.2), 2.3.6, 3.2.2, 4.5, 6.7, 8.6, 8.7, Article 13, Article 14, Article 16, Article 17 and, as applicable, Article 11 and Article 18 hereof shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement in accordance with the respective terms thereof.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

WAREHOUSING; SHIPMENT

 

9.1                                Delivery. Seller shall not be responsible for warehousing finished goods for Purchaser. Purchaser is responsible for any delivery charges FCA (Incoterms 2000), Seller’s designated manufacturing site. All shipments shall be accompanied by a packing slip that describes the articles, states the Purchase Order number and shows the shipment’s destination. Seller shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to deliver Product in accordance with the delivery schedule set forth in the Initial Purchase Order or the Purchase Orders provided in compliance with Section 5.3 hereof.

 

9.2                                Shipment. The risk of loss with respect to Product shall be in accordance with FCA (Incoterms 2000), Seller’s designated manufacturing site. Purchaser shall notify Seller within 24 hours of discovery of any lost or stolen goods to facilitate Seller’s notification of the FDA.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

DEFECTIVE PRODUCT/INSPECTIONS/TESTING

 

10.1                         Disposition of Defective Product. Purchaser shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts, within 20 days after receipt of any shipment of Product, to notify Seller in writing of the existence and nature of any non-compliance with the Product Warranty observable from a visual inspection. If such notice is not provided within such 20 day period, then all such Product shall be deemed to be accepted by Purchaser; provided, however, that, any such acceptance or deemed acceptance shall not adversely affect any applicable Product Warranty or rights to indemnification. If Purchaser notifies Seller of defective Product, then Seller shall have a reasonable opportunity to inspect such defective Product and provide Purchaser with detailed written instructions to return or dispose of such defective Product at Seller’s expense. Whether or not Seller agrees with Purchaser’s basis of rejection, Seller shall, at Purchaser’s request, use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to promptly replace the rejected Product. Purchaser shall pay the Transfer Price, and, to the extent Purchaser’s Net Sales derive from the sale of such Product, the applicable Gross Profit Split, for any Product shipped by Seller that replaces Product rejected by Purchaser hereunder. In accordance with Section 10.2 below, Purchaser shall not be obligated to pay for any properly rejected Product and any such payment shall be promptly returned to Purchaser if Seller agrees with Purchaser’s notice of non-compliance with respect to such rejected Product or such rejected Product is deemed by the independent third-party laboratory to be not in compliance with the Product Warranty. Purchaser shall not destroy, return or otherwise dispose of the rejected Product until written notification is received from Seller.

 

10.2                         Independent Testing. If Seller disagrees with Purchaser’s notice of non-compliance as to Product testing Specifications of the Product to the Product Warranty, the Product shall be submitted to an independent third-party laboratory, mutually and reasonably acceptable to both parties, for analytical testing to determine the extent of the Product’s compliance or non-compliance to the Product Warranty. All costs associated with such third-party laboratory testing shall be at Purchaser’s expense, and Purchaser shall be required to pay the Transfer Price and, in the event Purchaser’s Net Sales derive from the sale of such Product, the applicable Gross Profit Split, for all rejected Product (irrespective of whether Seller has replaced such Product), unless Seller agrees with Purchaser’s notice of non-compliance or the tested Product is deemed by such third-party laboratory to be not in compliance with the Product Warranty, in which case all such costs associated with such third-party laboratory testing, including reimbursement of freight and disposition costs, shall be promptly reimbursed by Seller to Purchaser and Purchaser shall not be obligated to pay for such rejected Product and any such payment shall be promptly returned to Purchaser.

 

10.3                         Short-Shipment. Purchaser shall notify Seller within 30 days of receipt of any short-shipment claim with respect to the Product and Seller shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to promptly address such claim to Purchaser’s reasonable satisfaction.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

REGULATORY MATTERS

 

11.1                         Adverse Event Reporting; Product Complaints. Purchaser shall have the responsibility in the Territory for complying with all regulatory filings, reporting requirements and other matters which relate solely to Purchaser acting as a distributor of the Product to Purchaser Customers in the Territory and Seller shall cooperate with Purchaser as reasonably necessary to

 

15



 

accomplish the foregoing. All other regulatory reporting matters (including investigating, evaluating and reporting Adverse Events and other Product complaints) shall be Seller’s responsibility. In this regard, Seller shall be responsible for all reporting to regulatory authorities of all Adverse Events associated with the use of Product. Purchaser shall notify Seller of any report of an Adverse Event concerning the Product within five (5) calendar days of receipt of the report and provide Seller with information as required by Applicable Laws or as reasonably requested by Seller. Purchaser shall cooperate with Seller as necessary to report such Adverse Event when so required under Applicable Laws. Purchaser shall also notify Seller within 10 days of any complaints related to the Product of which it becomes aware regarding problems with the Product other than those associated with Adverse Events, and Seller shall meet and confer periodically with Purchaser with respect to Seller’s responses to such complaints and whether any remedial actions by Purchaser are indicated as necessary or appropriate by the pattern of complaints, which actions shall be at the expense of the party to the extent its improper acts or omissions caused such complaints.

 

11.2                         FDA Communications. Purchaser and Seller agree to promptly notify the other party in the event they receive any communication or notice from the FDA with respect to the Product or an inspection of the facility where the Product is manufactured, Packaged or stored, and each party shall promptly provide a copy of such communications to the extent applicable to the Product to the other. The parties shall cooperate in good faith in responding to any such FDA inquiry or in making any report to the FDA with respect to the Product, but in all cases Seller shall have final authority for regulatory decisions concerning the Product and responsibility for all communications with the FDA.

 

11.3                         Recalls.

 

11.3.1               In the event of any recall or seizure of any Product, other than a Purchaser Recall (as defined below) Seller shall, at the written election of Purchaser and at Seller’s sole cost, either:

 

(a)                                  undertake Commercially Reasonable Efforts to replace the amount of Product recalled or seized; or

 

(b)                                  give credit to Purchaser against outstanding receivables due from Purchaser in an amount equal to the amount paid by Purchaser for the Product (including any Gross Profit Split paid to Seller on such Product) so recalled or seized or otherwise owing by Purchaser hereunder;

 

plus reimburse (or, at the written election of Purchaser, credit) Purchaser for the aggregate and reasonable transportation costs, taxes, freight insurance, handling and reasonable and verifiable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Purchaser in respect of such recalled or seized Product.

 

11.3.2               In the event of any recall or seizure of any Product occurring primarily as a result of any breach of this Agreement by, or negligent acts of omissions or intentional misconduct of, Purchaser or its Affiliates (a “Purchaser Recall”), (i) if such Purchaser Recall is classified by FDA as a Class I recall, Seller shall be responsible (as between Purchaser and Seller) for such recalled or seized Product and shall bear all costs of such recall or seizure, (ii) if such Purchaser Recall is classified by FDA as a Class II recall, Seller shall be responsible (as between Purchaser and Seller) for such recalled or seized Product and the parties shall share equally all costs of such recall or seizure and (iii) if such Purchaser Recall is classified by FDA as a Class III recall, Purchaser shall be responsible (as between Purchaser and Seller) for such recalled or seized Product and shall bear all costs of such recall or seizure, including reimbursement of Seller of any reasonable and verifiable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Seller related to the recall or seizure of such Product. Purchaser’s costs with respect to any Purchaser Recall as set forth above shall not be deducted in connection with the calculation of Purchaser’s Net Sales or Gross Profit hereunder.

 

11.3.3               For purposes of this Section 11.3, “recall” shall mean (i) any action by Seller, Purchaser, any Affiliate of either to recover title to or possession of any Product sold or shipped and/or (ii) any decision by Purchaser not to sell or ship Product to third parties which would have been subject to recall or seizure if it had been sold or shipped, in each case taken in the good faith belief that such action was appropriate or required under the circumstances. For purposes of this Section 11.3, “seizure” shall mean any action by any government agency to detain or destroy any Product. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 11.3, Seller shall have final authority with respect to any recall of the Product and neither Purchaser nor its Affiliates shall initiate any recall of the Product without Seller’s prior written approval (such approval not to be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed).

 

11.3.4               Seller and Purchaser shall keep the other fully informed of any notification or other information, whether received directly or indirectly, that might affect the marketability, safety or effectiveness of the Product, or which might result in liability issues or otherwise necessitate action on the part of either party, or which might result in recall or seizure of any Product. Purchaser shall maintain records of all sales of Product and customers reasonably sufficient to adequately administer a recall or seizure for the longer of three years after termination or expiration of this Agreement or the period required by Applicable Law. Seller will be responsible for assuring that such recall is closed-out with the FDA, unless the FDA shall otherwise require.

 

16



 

11.4                         Inspections.

 

11.4.1               Seller shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to maintain and operate the manufacturing facility designated in the ANDA, and to implement such quality control procedures, so as to cause Seller to be able to perform its obligations hereunder. Upon Purchaser’s written request and at its expense, Seller shall permit quality assurance representatives of Purchaser (reasonably acceptable to Seller) to inspect such manufacturing facility, at all times accompanied by a representative of Seller, upon reasonable notice, during normal business hours and on a confidential basis. Such inspection shall be limited to an assessment of such facility’s compliance with cGMP and other quality assurance standards as such relate to the manufacture of the Product. Seller shall also permit Purchaser reasonable periodic visits to discuss and review manufacturing and supply issues with management of Seller.

 

11.4.2               In the event Seller’s manufacturing, Packaging, testing or storage facility producing the Product hereunder is inspected by representatives of any federal, state, or local agency in connection with Seller’s manufacture, Packaging, testing or storage of Product, then Seller shall notify the Purchaser promptly upon learning of such inspection, and shall, within 10 days of such notice, supply Purchaser with copies of any correspondence or portions of correspondence which relate to the Product in Seller’s possession. If Seller is informed that a representative of any federal, state, or local agency will be conducting an audit of Seller’s manufacturing facility and such audit specifically relates to the Product, then Seller will, to the extent reasonably practicable, provide advance notice to Purchaser to permit Purchaser to observe and attend such audit. In the event Seller receives any regulatory letter or comments from any federal, state, or local agency in connection with its manufacture, Packaging, testing or storage of the Product requiring a response or action by Seller, including receipt of a Form 483 (Inspectional Observations) or a “Warning Letter,” Seller shall promptly following Seller’s receipt thereof, provide Purchaser with a copy of such communication which relate to the Product. At Seller’s request, Purchaser will provide Seller with any and all data or information reasonably required to prepare a response to such communication. Seller shall consult Purchaser with respect to any response relating to the Product; provided, however, that, as between Seller and Purchaser, Seller shall make the final determination as to any such response submitted to the regulatory authorities. Seller shall promptly provide Purchaser with a copy of any final response which relate to the Product after its submission to the regulatory authority.

 

11.4.3               Purchaser shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to maintain and operate any facility of Purchaser at which the Product is stored or distributed in compliance with cGMP and other quality assurance standards as such relate to the Product. Upon Seller’s written request and at its expense, Purchaser shall permit quality assurance representatives of Seller (reasonably acceptable to Purchaser) to inspect any facility of Purchaser at which the Product is stored or distributed. Such inspection shall be limited to an assessment of such facility’s compliance with cGMP and other quality assurance standards as such relate to the Product. In the event Purchaser is inspected or receives a regulatory letter or comments from any federal agency in connection with its sale or distribution of the Product, Purchaser shall notify Seller promptly upon learning of such inspection and/or provide Seller copies of such correspondence upon receiving such documentation. Seller shall have the right to, and at Purchaser’s written request shall, participate in that portion of such inspection relating to the Product. Regardless of whether Seller does participate as described above, Seller and Purchaser shall consult with respect to the response relating to the Product. Seller will provide Purchaser at Purchaser’s request with all data or information reasonably required to prepare a response relating to the Product, and Purchaser will promptly provide Seller with a copy of any final response submitted to the regulatory authority.

 

11.4.4               Seller will notify Purchaser within one day of any finished Product lot that results in a positive sterility test out of specification (OOS) condition, whether or not that lot was released or distributed, whether or not the positive sterility result was subsequently investigated and attributed to an assignable cause. In addition, Seller will notify Purchaser within one day of any stability test for the Product that results in an OOS condition relating to the Product Specifications, whether or not the OOS condition was subsequently investigated and attributed to an assignable cause. To the extent it is not reasonably practicable for Seller to provide notice within the one day period required by this Section, Seller will not be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement if it provides the required notice as soon as it is reasonably practicable. Seller will also provide quarterly reports to Purchaser of the number of lots of Product made and the number of lot failures during the preceding quarter and shall reasonably respond to any information requests relating thereto.

 

11.5                         Sales and Marketing Activities. Purchaser shall be responsible for establishing a formal written program in compliance with the California Comprehensive Compliance Program pursuant to California Health and Safety Code Sections 119400 et. seq., on or before July 1, 2005, for all applicable activities of Purchaser and its Affiliates related to the Product which are subject to this code section. Upon request of Seller, Purchaser shall provide Seller with reasonable evidence of its compliance with this Section 11.5.

 

11.6                         Cooperation. Seller shall provide reasonable assistance to Purchaser in its preparation and filing with appropriate regulatory agencies (both federal and state agencies related to reimbursement and health care insurance) of filings required for the marketing, and distribution of the Product to Purchaser Customers in the Territory by Purchaser. Seller and Purchaser shall cooperate in good faith to develop such necessary regulatory strategies which may be required for purposes of this Agreement, and to allow the Product to be listed on applicable formularies and other drug listings as reasonably requested by Purchaser, and making any applicable filings or registrations to allow the Product to be included on such formularies or listings, including Medicare and Medicaid.

 

17



 

ARTICLE 12

 

FORCE MAJEURE

 

12.1                         Force Majeure. If either party is prevented from performing any of its obligations hereunder (except for any monetary payments due hereunder) due directly or indirectly to fire; flood; accident; explosion; equipment or machinery breakdown; sabotage; strike; or any labor disturbance; civil commotions; riots’ invasions; wars (present or future); acts, restraints, requisitions, regulations, or directions or orders of any governmental entity; compliance with any request of any governmental entity; compliance with any request for material represented to be for purposes of (directly or indirectly) producing articles for national defense or national defense facilities; shortage of labor, fuel, power or raw materials; inability to obtain raw materials or supplies; failures of normal sources of supplies; inability to obtain or delays of transportation facilities; any act of God; any act of the other party or other causes (whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing); in each case so long as such cause is beyond the reasonable control of such party (a “Force Majeure Event”), such non-performing party shall not be liable for breach of this Agreement with respect to such non-performance if and to the extent any such non-performance is due to a Force Majeure Event. Such non-performance will be excused for as long as such event shall be continuing; provided that, the non-performing party gives immediate written notice to the other party of the Force Majeure Event. Such non-performing party shall exercise all reasonable efforts to eliminate the Force Majeure Event and to resume performance of its affected obligations as soon as practicable. In the event that, as a result of such Force Majeure Event, a party does not perform all of its obligations hereunder for any period aggregating 120 days within any 360-day period, the other party may terminate this Agreement on 30 days prior written notice to the non-performing party.

 

ARTICLE 13

 

INSURANCE

 

13.1                         Insurance. Each party agrees to procure and maintain in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement and continuing for a period of not less than 36 months following the termination or expiration hereof, at its sole cost and expense, product liability insurance in amounts of not less than $2,000,000 per incident and $5,000,000 annual aggregate (provided that within 60 days after Purchaser’s payment of the amount to Seller under Section 3.1(b), the annual aggregate shall be increased to $10,000,000) which insurance shall be written on a “claims made” basis policy form with a reputable insurance carrier and name the other party as an additional insured. Each party shall, on request, provide to the other party a copy of a certificate of coverage or other written evidence reasonably satisfactory to such requesting party of such insurance coverage. Either party may substitute a program of self-insurance for all or part of the third party insurance required hereunder if reasonably satisfactory to the other party.

 

ARTICLE 14

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

14.1                         Confidentiality. As used herein, “Confidential Information” shall include all confidential or proprietary information given to one party by the other party, or otherwise acquired by such party in its performance of this Agreement, relating to such other party or any of its Affiliates, including information regarding any of the products of such other party or any of its Affiliates, information regarding its advertising, distribution, marketing or strategic plans or information regarding its costs, productivity or technological advances, specifications, data, know-how, formulations, product concepts, sample materials, manufacturing processes and other manufacturing information, business and technical information, pricing and other deal terms, whether in written form or disclosed orally, visually and/or in another tangible form. Neither party shall use, exploit or disclose to third parties any Confidential Information of the other and each party shall insure that its and its Affiliates’ employees, officers, representatives and agents shall not use or disclose to third parties any Confidential Information and upon the termination of this Agreement shall return to the other or destroy all Confidential Information in written form. Confidential Information shall not include information that (i) was lawfully already known to receiving party at the time of its receipt thereof, (ii) is disclosed to receiving party after its receipt thereof by a third party who has a right to make such disclosure without violating any obligation of confidentiality, (iii) is or becomes generally available to the public through no fault of receiving party or (iv) is independently developed by the receiving party as demonstrated by such party pursuant to contemporaneous written records. The obligations of confidentiality set out above shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement for a period of 10 years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a party is required under Applicable Law, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange or listing body upon which the stock of a party or a party’s parent corporation may then be traded, or by governmental agency or court of competent jurisdiction to disclose the Confidential Information of the other party, such party shall promptly notify the other party in writing of all details of the required disclosure and permit the other party a reasonable opportunity to intervene to oppose, limit or condition such disclosure prior to making such disclosure, and such party shall make any such disclosure ultimately required in the most restrictive fashion, in its reasonable judgment, consistent with the applicable requirement requiring such disclosure.

 

18



 

ARTICLE 15

 

PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS; ETC.

 

15.1                         Public Announcements. No public announcement, news release, statement, publication, or presentation relating to the existence of this Agreement, the subject matter hereof, or either party’s performance hereunder will be made without the other party’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the provisions of Article 14 with respect to Confidential Information, either party may make any public disclosure relating to the existence of this Agreement, the subject matter hereof and its terms, or either party’s performance hereunder that is deemed necessary, in the reasonable judgment of a party, to comply with Applicable Laws or with the rules or regulations of any stock exchange or listing body upon which the securities of a party or a party’s parent corporation may then or are intended to be traded or of any governmental agency (e.g., the Securities and Exchange Commission) which regulates such securities (including the filing of a copy of this Agreement with such governmental agency); provided that, the party making such disclosure shall provide the non-disclosing party with a copy of the intended disclosure reasonably, and to the extent practicable, prior to public dissemination.

 

15.2                         No Use of Other Party’s Name. Neither party shall use the name of the other party or any of its Affiliates for advertising, promotional or other purposes without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

ARTICLE 16

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

16.1                         Product Warranty.

 

16.1.1               Seller represents and warrants to Purchaser that all Product supplied in connection with this Agreement shall: (i) be manufactured, packaged, tested, stored and handled in compliance in all material respects with cGMP and all other Applicable Laws (for the avoidance of doubt any non-compliance that would affect Purchaser’s sale or distribution of the Product hereunder shall be considered material); and (ii) meet the Specifications and the Product’s ANDA and not be adulterated or misbranded within the meaning of the Act (each of clauses (i) and (ii) being referred to collectively herein as the “Product Warranty”). The foregoing Product Warranty shall not apply to the extent that the failure of any such Product to meet the requirements of this Section 16.1.1 is caused by the negligent acts or omissions or intentional misconduct of Purchaser, its Affiliates, wholesalers or other customers (including modification or misuse or improper storage or transportation of the Product after shipment to Purchaser, whether by Purchaser, its Affiliates or any other Person).

 

16.1.2               EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN SECTION 16.1.1 ABOVE, SELLER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY AS TO MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY WARRANTY THAT THE PRODUCT IS FREE FROM THE RIGHTFUL CLAIM OF ANY THIRD PARTY, BY WAY OF INFRINGEMENT OR THE LIKE.

 

16.2                         Warranties with Regard to Status.

 

16.2.1               Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to Seller that neither it nor any of its Affiliates is prohibited under any Applicable Laws from selling and distributing the Product (assuming that the ANDA for the Product is approved by FDA) within the Territory and that neither Purchaser nor any of its Affiliates is a person that is listed by a United States federal agency as debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment or otherwise ineligible for federal programs in the Territory.

 

16.2.2               Seller hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser that neither it nor any of its Affiliates is prohibited under any Applicable Laws from manufacturing, selling and distributing the Product (assuming that the ANDA for the Product is approved by FDA) within the Territory and that neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates is a person that is listed by a United States federal agency as debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment or otherwise ineligible for federal programs in the Territory.

 

16.3                         Purchaser Warranties.  Purchaser hereby represents warrants and covenants that:

 

(a)                                  Purchaser Trademarks may be lawfully used as directed by Purchaser;

 

19



 

(b)                                  the Product Label, if Labeled in accordance with specifications provided by Purchaser, will comply with the ANDA for the Product and Applicable Laws; and,

 

(c)                                   neither Purchaser nor its Affiliates has filed with the FDA an ANDA for a generic equivalent to Lovenox®.

 

16.4                         Execution and Performance of Agreement.   Each of Seller and Purchaser represents and warrants to the other that it has full right, power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. Each of Seller and Purchaser further represents and warrants to the other that the performance of its obligations under this Agreement will not result in a violation or breach of, and will not conflict with or constitute a default under any agreement, contract, commitment or obligation to which such party or any of its Affiliates is a party or by which it is otherwise bound or any Applicable Law.

 

16.5                         LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF PARTIES. EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO (A) A CLAIM FOR BREACH UNDER ARTICLE 14 ABOVE, (B) A CLAIM FOR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR FRAUD AND (C) AMOUNTS PAYABLE TO A THIRD PARTY THAT ARE SUBJECT TO INDEMNIFICATION PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 17 BELOW, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR LOSS OF PROFITS OR INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THIS AGREEMENT.

 

ARTICLE 17

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

17.1                         Indemnification by Seller.  Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Purchaser (and its Affiliates) from and against any and all damages, liabilities, claims, costs, charges, judgments and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively “Damages”) that may be sustained, suffered or incurred by Purchaser (or its Affiliates) arising from or relating to any claim, action or proceeding made or brought by a third party against the Purchaser (or its Affiliates) to the extent arising from (a) the actual or alleged breach by Seller of any warranty, representation, covenant or agreement made by Seller in this Agreement; (b) negligent acts or omissions or intentional misconduct of Seller or its Affiliates; (c) any Product recall or seizure (other than a Purchaser Recall to the extent provided under Section 11.3.2); or (d) any Product Liability Claims (other than as provided in Section 17.2(d) below); provided, however, that in each such case above, Seller shall not be liable to Purchaser hereunder to the extent such Damages arise from the negligent acts or omissions or intentional misconduct of Purchaser or its Affiliates, wholesalers or other customers (including modification or misuse or improper storage or transportation of the Product after shipment to Purchaser, whether by Purchaser, its Affiliates or any other Person) or such other actions or inactions for which Purchaser is obligated to indemnify Seller under Section 17.2 below.

 

17.2                         Indemnification by Purchaser.  Purchaser shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Seller (and its Affiliates) from and against any and all Damages, that may be sustained, suffered or incurred by Seller (or its Affiliates) arising from or relating to any claim, action or proceeding made or brought by a third party against the Seller (or its Affiliates) to the extent arising from (a) the actual or alleged breach by Purchaser of any warranty, representation, covenant or agreement made by Purchaser in this Agreement; (b) improper Product marketing, sales or distribution activities of Purchaser or its Affiliates, including any commercial arrangements entered into by Purchaser with its customers or other third parties; (c) negligent acts or omissions or intentional misconduct of Purchaser or its Affiliates (including modification or misuse or improper storage or transportation of the Product by Purchaser, its Affiliates or other Person acting on behalf of Purchaser or its Affiliates, excluding wholesalers and customers); (d) any Product Liability Claims to the extent arising from Purchaser’s breach hereof or the negligent acts or omissions or intentional misconduct of Purchaser and its Affiliates (including modification or misuse or improper storage or transportation of the Product by Purchaser, its Affiliates or other Person acting on behalf of Purchaser or its Affiliates, excluding wholesalers and customers); or (e) any Purchaser Recall (except as otherwise provided in Section 11.3.2); provided, however, that, in each such case above, Purchaser shall not be liable to Seller hereunder to the extent such Damages arise from the negligent acts or omissions or intentional misconduct of Seller or its Affiliates or such other actions or inactions for which Seller is obligated to indemnify Purchaser under Section 17.1 above.

 

17.3                         Claims.  Each indemnified party agrees to give the indemnifying party prompt written notice of any matter upon which such indemnified party intends to base a claim for indemnification under this Article 17; provided, however, that failure to give such prompt notification shall not affect the indemnification provided hereunder except to the extent the indemnifying party shall have been actually materially prejudiced as a result of such failure. The indemnified party shall permit, and shall cause its employees and agents to permit, the indemnifying party to defend or settle any such action, claim or liability and agrees to the complete control of such defense or settlement by the indemnifying party; provided, however, that such settlement does not impose any obligation or burden on the indemnified party without the prior written consent of the indemnified party. No such action, claim or liability shall be settled by the indemnified party without the prior written consent of the indemnifying party (which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed) and the indemnifying party shall not be responsible for any fees or other costs incurred other than as provided in this Article 17. The indemnified party, its employees, agents and affiliates shall cooperate reasonably with the

 

20


 

indemnifying party and its legal representatives in the investigation and defense of any action, claim or liability covered by this indemnification at the sole expense of the indemnifying party. The indemnified party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to be represented by counsel of its own selection and at its own expense. Notwithstanding Sections 17.1 and 17.2 above, and by way of clarification, neither party shall be obligated to indemnify the other party hereunder for modification or misuse or improper storage or transportation of the Product by wholesalers or the customers of either party.

 

17.4                         Third Party Infringement Claims.  In the event any claim or action for infringement of any patent, trademark, or other intellectual property right shall be made or brought by a third party against Seller, Purchaser or any of their respective Affiliates because of, or in anticipation of, the manufacture and supply of Product by Seller to Purchaser hereunder, or the marketing, sale or distribution of such Product to Purchaser Customers in the Territory by Purchaser hereunder (a “Third Party Infringement Claim”), the party first receiving such notice of the Third Party Infringement Claim shall promptly notify the other party. With respect to the Third Party Infringement Claim, Seller and Purchaser each hereby agrees that all Damages arising from or related to the Third Party Infringement Claim (including any legal fees and associated costs incurred in defending the Third Party Infringement Claim and any fees, royalties or other amounts paid in settlement or upon judgment) shall be shared as follows:

 

(a)                                          Except as provided in clause (b) below, Seller shall be 100% responsible for all Damages arising from any Third Party Infringement Claim, including any fees, royalties or other amounts agreed to be paid in settlement or upon judgment of the Lawsuit or otherwise; and

 

(b)                                          Purchaser shall be 100% responsible for all Damages arising from any Third Party Infringement Claim with respect to the use of Purchaser Trademarks.

 

Each party agrees to indemnify the other party to ensure that Damages arising from any Third Party Infringement Claim are allocated in accordance with clauses (a) and (b) above. Unless otherwise agreed to by the parties, Seller shall control the defense any Third Party Infringement Claim described in clause (a) above and Purchaser shall control the defense of any Third Party Infringement Claim described in clause (b) above. The party controlling the defense of any Third Party Infringement Claim shall have the sole right to defend or settle any such Third Party Infringement Claim; provided, however, that such settlement does not impose any obligation or burden on the other party without the prior written consent of the other party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The party controlling the defense of any Third Party Infringement Claim shall keep the other party, at its request, materially informed of the status and progress of the defense of the Third Party Infringement Claim. No Third Party Infringement Claim shall be settled by the party who is not controlling the defense of such Third Party Infringement Claim without the prior written consent of the party controlling such defense. The non-controlling party, its employees, agents and Affiliates shall reasonably cooperate with the party (and its legal representatives) controlling the defense of any Third Party Infringement Claim in the investigation and defense of such Third Party Infringement Claim. Notwithstanding the above, and by way of clarification, neither party shall be obligated to indemnify the other party hereunder for modification or misuse of the Product by the other party or by wholesalers or the customers of either party. The provisions of this Section 17.4 shall be notwithstanding any conflicting provisions set forth in this Agreement, including Sections 17.1, 17.2 and 17.3.

 

17.5                         No Right of Offset.  Purchaser shall have no right to set off or retain any amounts otherwise payable to Seller under Articles 3 or 4 of this Agreement, including any amounts payable to satisfy any indemnification claims Purchaser may have hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 18

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

18.1                         Governing Law.  This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to rules of conflicts or choice of laws.

 

18.2                         Relationship of the Parties.  The relationship of Purchaser and Seller established by this Agreement is that of independent contractors, and nothing contained herein shall be construed to (i) give either party any right or authority to create or assume any obligation of any kind on behalf of the other or (ii) constitute the parties as partners, joint venturers, co-owners or otherwise as participants in a joint or common undertaking.

 

18.3                         Third Party Rights.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any third party beneficiary rights in or on behalf of any other person.

 

18.4                         Entire Agreement.  It is the mutual desire and intent of the parties to provide certainty as to their respective future rights and remedies against each other by defining the extent of their mutual undertakings as provided herein. The parties have in this Agreement incorporated all representations, warranties, covenants, commitments and understandings on which they have relied in

 

21



 

entering into this Agreement, and, except as provided for herein, neither party makes any covenant or other commitment to the other concerning its future action. Accordingly, this Agreement (i) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no promises, representations, conditions, provisions or terms related thereto other than those set forth in this Agreement and (ii) supersedes all previous understandings, agreements and representations between the parties, written or oral. No modification, change or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

18.5                         Interpretation.  Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, (i) words of any gender include each other gender; (ii) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively; (iii) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement; (iv) the terms “Article” and “Section” refer to the specified Article and Section of this Agreement, and (v) the terms “include,” “includes,” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation” unless otherwise indicated. Whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, unless otherwise specified, such number shall refer to calendar days. The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

18.6                         Notices.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing. All notices hereunder of an indemnity claim, a Force Majeure Event, default or breach hereunder, or, if applicable, termination or renewal of the term hereof, or any other notice of any event or development material to this Agreement taken as a whole, shall be delivered personally, or sent by national overnight delivery service or postage pre-paid registered or certified U.S. mail, or facsimile, and shall be deemed given: when delivered, if by personal delivery or overnight delivery service; five business days after deposit in the U.S. mail, if mailed; or upon receipt of electronic confirmation of transmission, if sent by facsimile and followed on the same day by deposit in the U.S. mail. Notice shall be addressed:

 

If to Seller:

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

11570 Sixth Street

Rancho Cucamonga, California 91730

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Telephone: (909) 980-9484

Fax: (909) 980-8296

 

If to Purchaser:

 

Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

8151 Peters Road, Fourth Floor

Plantation, Florida 33324

Attention Lawrence Rosenthal, President

Telephone: (954) 382-7608

Fax: (954) 382-7716

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Andrx Corporation

8151 Peters Road, Fourth Floor

Plantation, Florida 33324

Attention: Scott Lodin, Esq.,

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Telephone: (954) 382-7614

Fax: (954) 382-7744

 

or to such other place as either party may designate by written notice to the other in accordance with the terms of this Section 18.6.

 

18.7                         No Waiver.  The failure of either party to enforce at any time for any period any provision hereof shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provision or of the right of such party thereafter to enforce each such provision, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. Subject to any express provisions to the contrary contained herein, the remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided at law.

 

22



 

18.8                         Assignment.  This Agreement may not be assigned or delegated by either party without the prior written consent of the other, except that either party may assign or delegate its rights and/or obligations hereunder to any of its Affiliates, to a successor to all of its business, or to a successor to that portion of its business which relates to the Product. Subject to the foregoing and the other terms of this Agreement, this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

18.9                         Severability.  In the event that any one or more of the terms or provisions (or any part thereof) contained in this Agreement or in any other instrument referred to herein, shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect pursuant to a final, non-appealable decision, then to the maximum extent permitted by law, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or any other such instrument. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is so held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, to the extent the economic benefits conferred by this Agreement to both parties remain substantially unimpaired, not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

 

18.10                  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

18.11                  Expenses.  Each party shall pay all of its own fees and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other advisory fees) incurred in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the arrangements contemplated hereby.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

23



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized respective representatives as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David W. Nassif

 

Name:

David W. Nassif

 

Title:

CFO and Senior Vice President of Global Licensing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANDRX PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lawrence J. Rosenthal

 

Name:

Lawrence J. Rosenthal

 

Title:

President

 

24



 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (the “First Amendment”) is entered into as of this 15 th  day of August, 2008 (the “Amendment Date”) by and between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware Corporation, (“Amphastar”) and Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. a Florida Corporation, d/b/a Watson Laboratories — Florida (“Watson”).

 

WHEREAS, Amphastar and Watson have previously entered into that certain Distribution Agreement dated May 2, 2005 (the “Agreement”) related to, among other things, Watson’s distribution of Product (as defined in the Agreement); and

 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Agreement as set forth below;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.               Amendment of Section 3.1 and 3.2.2 of the Agreement.

 

(a)          Section 3.1 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

3.1                          Milestones and Payments. In consideration of Seller’s grant of the exclusive distribution rights hereunder to Purchaser, Purchaser shall pay Seller the sum of $4,500,000 upon the Effective Date of this Agreement.”

 

(b)          The fourth line of Section 3.2.2 of the Agreement is hereby amended by replacing “Section 3.1(a)” with “Section 3.1.”

 

2.               Amendment of Sections 4.1.1 and 4.1.2 of the Agreement.

 

(a)          The fourth line of Section 4.1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by replacing [***] with [***] The fifth line of Section 4.1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by replacing “third anniversary” with “first anniversary.”

 

(b)          The first line of Section 4.1.2 is hereby amended by replacing [***] with [***]

 

3.               Amendment of Section 4.2.1(a) of the Agreement.

 

Section 4.2.1(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended by replacing “60%” with [***]

 

4.               Amendment of Section 5.1 of the Agreement.

 

Section 5.1 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following section 5.1:

 

5.1   Initial Purchase Order; Launch Quantities. Within ten (10) days of the Amendment Date, Purchaser shall deliver to Seller an initial binding order (the “Initial Purchase Order”) for [***] units of Product (the “Launch Quantities”) required for Purchaser’s commercial launch of the Product consistent with Purchaser’s then current Forecast. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Seller shall supply the Launch Quantities to Purchaser within [***] days of Seller’s receipt of final FDA approval of the Product ANDA. Seller shall thereafter use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to supply Purchaser such additional quantities of the Product as ordered by Purchaser hereunder pursuant to Section 5.3. All Launch Quantities shall have at least [***] of expiry dating remaining on such Products at the time of delivery to Purchaser. In order to ensure adequate inventory to timely deliver Purchaser’s anticipated needs for Launch Quantities, upon receipt of the Initial Purchase Order Seller shall promptly commence manufacture of [***] units of Product in such dosage strengths as requested by Purchaser (the “New Manufactured Lots”). Seller shall promptly notify Purchaser when it commences manufacture of the New Manufactured Lots and provide Purchaser with the lot numbers for all units of Product in the New Manufactured Lots. If, prior to delivery to Purchaser, a portion of the New Manufactured Lots possess less than [***] of expiry dating remaining on such Products, Purchaser shall reimburse Seller [***] for each unit of Product in the New Manufactured Lots that possess less than [***] of expiry dating.”

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 



 

5.               Amendment of Section 5.6.1 of the Agreement.

 

Section 5.6.1 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new section 5.6.1:

 

5.6.1   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary or anything to the contrary in any Purchase Order or Forecast, Seller shall not be obligated to supply Purchaser (regardless of amounts ordered by Purchaser), more than the Maximum Annual Product Units and, if applicable, the Quarterly Adjustment (as defined below) during a twelve month period measured from the date of First Commercial Sale and on each anniversary of the First Commercial Sale. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Purchase Order or Forecast submitted by Purchaser hereunder for more than the Maximum Annual Product Units and, if applicable, the Quarterly Adjustment shall, to the extent of the excess, be deemed rejected by Seller, unless expressly accepted by Seller in writing.

 

“As used herein, “Maximum Annual Product Units” shall mean:

 

“For the first [***] following First Commercial Sale: [***] Units of Product, to be delivered to Purchaser as follows: [***] following First Commercial Sale; [***] following First Commercial Sale; and [***] following First Commercial Sale.

 

“For each annual period commencing on the [***] and each subsequent annual anniversary of the First Commercial Sale, [***] Units of Product, to be delivered at the rate of [***] Units of Product per [***].

 

“Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.6.1, commencing with the end of the [***] calendar quarter following First Commercial Sale, in the event Amphastar sells more than [***] Units of Product (including sales to Purchaser and any other Person) in any calendar quarter, as measured by [***] or a comparable, independent third party reporting agency, Amphastar shall, at Watson’s request, increase its supply of Product to Watson in the immediately following calendar quarter by up to the same percentage increase (the “Quarterly Adjustment”) by which Amphastar exceeded [***] total Units of Product sold; provided that, Amphastar shall have no obligation to supply Watson in any calendar quarter with any Product in excess of [***] of the total combined units of Product, Lovenox® brand product, Authorized Generic Product and Competitive Product sold to Purchaser Customers (collectively, the “Retail Market Sales”) in the immediately preceding calendar quarter. For purposes of clarification and notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if at any time the total of the Maximum Annual Product Units plus the then applicable Quarterly Adjustment exceeds [***] of the Retail Market Sales in the immediate preceding calendar quarter (the “Supply Limit”), Amphastar shall have no obligation to supply Purchaser with any Product in excess of the Supply Limit.

 

“From time to time, should Seller have additional manufacturing capacity to permit it to supply Products in excess of the Supply Limit, Purchaser may request and Seller shall reasonably consider Purchaser’s request to purchase additional Product quantities in excess of the Supply Limit; provided that, neither party shall have any obligation to agree to any increase of Product quantities in excess of the Supply Limit.”

 

6.                                       Scope of Amendment . Except as expressly and specifically amended hereby, all other provisions, terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

7.                                       Counterparts . This First Amendment may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed and original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures delivered via facsimile or other electronic means shall have the full force of an original signature.

 

8.                                       Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings as defined in the Agreement.

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this First Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Weber

 

 

 

 

Name:

John Weber

 

 

 

 

Title:

C.F.O.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANDRX PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,

 

d/b/a WATSON LABORATORIES - FLORIDA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas R. Russillo

 

 

 

 

Name:

Thomas R. Russillo

 

 

 

 

Title:

EVP & President, Generics Division

 

3



 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (the “Second Amendment”) is entered into as of this 19th day of February, 2013 (the “Amendment Date”) by and between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware Corporation, (“Amphastar”) and Watson Laboratories, Inc. —— Florida, a Florida Corporation (f/k/a Andrx Pharmaceuticals, Inc.) (“Watson”).

 

WHEREAS, Amphastar and Watson have previously entered into that certain Distribution Agreement dated May 2, 2005 and First Amendment dated August 15, 2008 (collectively called the “Agreement”), related to, among other things, Watson’s distribution of Product (as defined in the Agreement); and

 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Agreement as set forth below;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.  Amendment of Sections 4.1.1 of the Agreement and the First Amendment.

 

The fourth line of Section 4.1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by replacing “[***] per unit” with “[***] per unit [***], [***] per unit [***], and [***]”.

 

2.  Amendment of Section 1.26 of the Agreement.

 

For the purpose of clarification of this section, the Second line of Section 1.26 of the Agreement is hereby amended by replacing “aggregate. Transfer Price paid for such Product” with “actual Transfer Price paid for such Product”.

 

3.  Scope of Amendment . Except as expressly and specifically amended hereby, all other provisions and, terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

4.  Counterparts . This Second Amendment may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed and original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures delivered via facsimile or other electronic means shall have the full force of an original signature.

 

5.  Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings as defined in the Agreement.

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Second Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Weber

 

 

 

 

Name:

John Weber

 

 

 

 

Title:

C.F.O.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WATSON LABORATORIES, INC. — FLORIDA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Regan

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jeff Regan

 

 

 

 

Title:

V.P., Global Third Party Mfg.

 

2




Exhibit 10.8

 

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Principal

 

Loan Date

 

Maturity

 

Loan No

 

Call/Coll

 

Account

 

Officer

 

Initials

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

12-31-2010

 

12-31-2011

 

20002400

 

 

 

 

 

8282

 

RL

 

 

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:

International Medication Systems, Limited

Lender:

East West Bank

 

1886 Santa Anita Avenue

 

Loan Servicing Department

 

So. El Monte, CA 91733

 

9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor

 

 

 

El Monte, CA 91731

 

THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT dated December 31, 2010, is made and executed between International Medication Systems, Limited (“Borrower”) and East West Bank (“Lender”) on the following terms and conditions. Borrower has received prior commercial loans from Lender or has applied to Lender for a commercial loan or loans or other financial accommodations, including those which may be described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement. Borrower understands and agrees that: (A) in granting, renewing, or extending any Loan, Lender is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements as set forth in this Agreement; (B) the granting, renewing, or extending of any Loan by Lender at all times shall be subject to Lender’s sole judgment and discretion; and (C) all such Loans shall be and remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

TERM. This Agreement shall be effective as of December 31, 2010, and shall continue in full force and effect until such time as all of Borrower’s Loans in favor of Lender have been paid in full, including principal, interest, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other fees and charges, or until such time as the parties may agree in writing to terminate this Agreement.

 

ADVANCE AUTHORITY. The following person or persons are authorized to request advances and authorize payments under the line of credit until Lender receives from Borrower, at Lender’s address shown above, written notice of revocation of such authority: Jack Y. Zhang, President/CEO of International Medication Systems, Limited ; and John Weber, CFO of International Medication Systems, Limited.

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH ADVANCE. Lender’s obligation to make the initial Advance and each subsequent Advance under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment to Lender’s satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Related Documents.

 

Loan Documents. Borrower shall provide to Lender the following documents for the Loan: (1) the Note; (2) Security Agreements granting to Lender security interests in the Collateral; (3) financing statements and all other documents perfecting Lender’s Security Interests; (4) evidence of insurance as required below; (5) guaranties; (6) together with all such Related Documents as Lender may require for the Loan; all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and Lender’s counsel.

 

Borrower’s Authorization. Borrower shall have provided in form and substance satisfactory to Lender properly certified resolutions, duly authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and the Related Documents. In addition, Borrower shall have provided such other resolutions, authorizations, documents and instruments as Lender or its counsel, may require.

 

Payment of Fees and Expenses. Borrower shall have paid to Lender all fees, charges, and other expenses which are then due and payable as specified in this Agreement or any Related Document.

 

Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in any document or certificate delivered to Lender under this Agreement are true and correct.

 

No Event of Default. There shall not exist at the time of any Advance a condition which would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement or under any Related Document.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants to Lender, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the date of each disbursement of loan proceeds, as of the date of any renewal, extension or modification of any Loan, and at all times any Indebtedness exists:

 

Organization . Borrower is a corporation for profit which is, and at all times shall be, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware. Borrower is duly authorized to transact business in all other states in which Borrower is doing business, having obtained all necessary filings, governmental licenses and approvals for each state in which Borrower is doing business. Specifically, Borrower is, and at all times shall be, duly qualified as a foreign corporation in all states in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or financial condition. Borrower has the full power and authority to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged or presently proposes to engage. Borrower maintains an office at 1886 Santa Anita Avenue So. El Monte, CA 91733. Unless Borrower has designated otherwise in writing, the principal office is the office at which Borrower keeps its books and records including its records concerning the Collateral. Borrower will notify Lender prior to any change in the location of Borrower’s state of organization or any change in Borrower’s name. Borrower shall do all things necessary to preserve and to keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and privileges, and shall comply with all regulations, rules, ordinances, statutes, orders and decrees of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court applicable to Borrower and Borrower’s business activities.

 

Assumed Business Names . Borrower has filed or recorded all documents or filings required by law relating to all assumed business names used by Borrower. Excluding the name of Borrower, the following is a complete list of all assumed business names under which Borrower does business: None.

 

Authorization . Borrower’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and all the Related Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action by Borrower and do not conflict with, result in a violation of, or constitute a default under (1) any provision of (a) Borrower’s articles of incorporation or organization, or bylaws, or (b) any agreement or other instrument binding upon Borrower or (2) any law, governmental regulation, court decree, or order applicable to Borrower or to Borrower’s properties.

 

Financial Information. Each of Borrower’s financial statements supplied to Lender truly and completely disclosed Borrower’s financial condition as of the date of the statement, and there has been no material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statement supplied to Lender. Borrower has no material contingent obligations except as disclosed in such financial statements.

 

Legal Effect . This Agreement constitutes, and any instrument or agreement Borrower is required to give under this Agreement when delivered will constitute legal, valid, and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

 

Properties. Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as previously disclosed in Borrower’s financial statements or in writing to Lender and as accepted by Lender, and except for property tax liens for taxes not presently due and payable, Borrower owns and has good title to all of Borrower’s properties free and clear of all Security Interests, and has not executed any security documents or financing statements

 



 

relating to such properties. All of Borrower’s Collateral are titled in Borrower’s legal name, and Borrower has not used or filed a financing statement under any other name for at least the last five (5) years.

 

Hazardous Substances. Except as disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing, Borrower represents and warrants that: (1) During the period of Borrower’s ownership of the Collateral, there has been no use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance by any person on, under, about or from any of the Collateral. (2) Borrower has no knowledge of, or reason to believe that there has been (a) any breach or violation of any Environmental Laws; (b) any use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from the Collateral by any prior owners or occupants of any of the Collateral; or (c) any actual or threatened litigation or claims of any kind by any person relating to such matters. (3) Neither Borrower nor any tenant, contractor, agent or other authorized user of any of the Collateral shall use, generate, manufacture, store, treat, dispose of or release any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from any of the Collateral; and any such activity shall be conducted in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and ordinances, including without limitation all Environmental Laws. Borrower authorizes Lender and its agents to enter upon the Collateral to make such inspections and tests as Lender may deem appropriate to determine compliance of the Collateral with this section of the Agreement. Any inspections or tests made by Lender shall be at Borrower’s expense and for Lender’s purposes only and shall not be construed to create any responsibility or liability on the part of Lender to Borrower or to any other person. The representations and warranties contained herein are based on Borrower’s due diligence in investigating the Collateral for hazardous waste and Hazardous Substances. Borrower hereby (1) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event Borrower becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any such laws, and (2) agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, penalties, and expenses which Lender may directly or indirectly sustain or suffer resulting from a breach of this section of the Agreement or as a consequence of any use, generation, manufacture, storage, disposal, release or threatened release of a hazardous waste or substance on the Collateral. The provisions of this section of the Agreement, including the obligation to indemnify and defend, shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness and the termination, expiration or satisfaction of this Agreement and shall not be affected by Lender’s acquisition of any interest in any of the Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise.

 

Litigation and Claims. No litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Borrower is pending or threatened, and no other event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Borrower’s financial condition or properties, other than litigation, claims, or other events, if any, that have been disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing.

 

Taxes. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all of Borrower’s tax returns and reports that are or were required to be filed, have been filed, and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges have been paid in full, except those presently being or to be contested by Borrower in good faith in the ordinary course of business and for which adequate reserves have been provided.

 

Lien Priority. Unless otherwise previously disclosed to Lender in writing, Borrower has not entered into or granted any Security Agreements, or permitted the filing or attachment of any Security Interests on or affecting any of the Collateral directly or indirectly securing repayment of Borrower’s Loan and Note, that would be prior or that may in any way be superior to Lender’s Security Interests and rights in and to such Collateral.

 

Binding Effect. This Agreement, the Note, all Security Agreements (if any), and all Related Documents are binding upon the signers thereof, as well as upon their successors, representatives and assigns, and are legally enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that, so long as this Agreement remains in effect, Borrower will:

 

Notices of Claims and Litigation. Promptly inform Lender in writing of (1) all material adverse changes in Borrower’s financial condition, and (2) all existing and all threatened litigation, claims, investigations, administrative proceedings or similar actions affecting Borrower or any Guarantor which could materially affect the financial condition of Borrower or the financial condition of any Guarantor.

 

Financial Records . Maintain its books and records in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and permit Lender to examine and audit Borrower’s books and records at all reasonable times.

 

Financial Statements. Furnish Lender with the following:

 

Additional Requirements. Borrower understands and agrees that while this agreement is in effect, Borrower will maintain a financial condition indicated by the following statements at all times, unless otherwise noted:

 

Interim Statements. As soon as available, but in no event later than forty five (45) days after the end of each quarter , Borrower shall provide Lender with balance sheet, income and expense statements, reconciliation of net worth and statement of cash flows, with notes thereto for the period ended, prepared by Borrower satisfactory to Lender.

 

Agings. Within forty five (45) days, or sooner, after the end of each quarter , Borrower shall provide Lender with a listing and aging by invoice date of all accounts receivable and all accounts payable in detailed format acceptable to Lender.

 

Inventory. Within sixty (60) days, or sooner, after the end of each year , Borrower shall provide Lender with a listing of inventories in detailed format acceptable to Lender.

 

Corporate Guarantor Annual Statements. As soon as available, but in no event later than forty five (45) days after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower shall provide Lender with the Corporate Guarantor’s balance sheet, income and expense statements, reconciliation of net worth and statement of cash flows, with notes thereto for the year ended, audited a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

 

Annual Statements. As soon as available, but in no event later than one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower shall provide Lender with Borrower’s balance sheet, income and expense statements, reconciliation of net worth and statement of cash flows, with notes thereto for the year ended, audited by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

 

All financial reports required to be provided under this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

 

Additional Information. Furnish such additional information and statements, as Lender may request from time to time.

 

Financial Covenants and Ratios. Comply with the following covenants and ratios:

 

Additional Requirements. Borrower understands and agrees that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower will maintain a financial condition indicated by the following ratios at all times, unless otherwise noted:

 

Effective Tangible Net Worth . Maintain an Effective Tangible Net Worth (defined as total assets, less intangible assets, loans to

 

2



 

shareholders/affiliates/officers/employees, minus total liabilities, plus subordinated debt) of not less than $20,000,000.00 .

 

Debt to Effective Tangible Net Worth. Maintain a Debt to Effective Tangible Net Worth (defined as total debt divided by effective tangible net worth defined as total assets, less intangible assets, loans to shareholders/affiliates/officers/employees, less total liabilities plus subordinated debt) not to exceed 1.30 to 1.00 .

 

Debt Coverage Ratio. Maintain a Debt Coverage Ratio (defined as net profit before total interest expense, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA) divided by CPLTD plus interest) of not less than 1.45 to 1.00

 

All financial covenants are based on International Medication Systems, Limited on a stand alone basis.

 

Except as provided above, all computations made to determine compliance with the requirements contained in this paragraph shall be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

 

Insurance. Maintain fire and other risk insurance, public liability insurance, and such other insurance as Lender may require with respect to Borrower’s properties and operations, in form, amounts, coverages and with insurance companies acceptable to Lender. Borrower, upon request of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender, including stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender. Each insurance policy also shall include an endorsement providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of Borrower or any other person. In connection with all policies covering assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest for the Loans, Borrower will provide Lender with such lender’s loss payable or other endorsements as Lender may require.

 

Insurance Reports. Furnish to Lender, upon request of Lender, reports on each existing insurance policy showing such information as Lender may reasonably request, including without limitation the following: (1) the name of the insurer; (2) the risks insured; (3) the amount of the policy; (4) the properties insured; (5) the then current property values on the basis of which insurance has been obtained, and the manner of determining those values; and (6) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, upon request of Lender (however not more often than annually), Borrower will have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the actual cash value or replacement cost of any Collateral. The cost of such appraisal shall be paid by Borrower.

 

Guaranties. Prior to disbursement of any Loan proceeds, furnish executed guaranties of the Loans in favor of Lender, executed by the guarantors named below, on Lender’s forms, and in the amounts and under the conditions set forth in those guaranties.

 

Name of Guarantor

 

Amount

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

Unlimited

 

 

Other Agreements. Comply with all terms and conditions of all other agreements, whether now or hereafter existing, between Borrower and any other party and notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any other such agreements.

 

Taxes, Charges and Liens. Pay and discharge when due all of its indebtedness and obligations, including without limitation all assessments, taxes, governmental charges, levies and liens, of every kind and nature, imposed upon Borrower or its properties, income, or profits, prior to the date on which penalties would attach, and all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any of Borrower’s properties, income, or profits. Provided however, Borrower will not be required to pay and discharge any such assessment, tax, charge, levy, lien or claim so long as (1) the legality of the same shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and (2) Borrower shall have established on Borrower’s books adequate reserves with respect to such contested assessment, tax, charge, levy, lien, or claim in accordance with GAAP.

 

Performance. Perform and comply, in a timely manner, with all terms, conditions, and provisions set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in all other instruments and agreements between Borrower and Lender. Borrower shall notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any agreement.

 

Operations. Maintain executive and management personnel with substantially the same qualifications and experience as the present executive and management personnel; provide written notice to Lender of any change in executive and management personnel; conduct its business affairs in a reasonable and prudent manner.

 

Environmental Studies. Promptly conduct and complete, at Borrower’s expense, all such investigations, studies, samplings and testings as may be requested by Lender or any governmental authority relative to any substance, or any waste or by-product of any substance defined as toxic or a hazardous substance under applicable federal, state, or local law, rule, regulation, order or directive, at or affecting any property or any facility owned, leased or used by Borrower.

 

Compliance with Governmental Requirements. Comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations, now or hereafter in effect, of all governmental authorities applicable to the conduct of Borrower’s properties, businesses and operations, and to the use or occupancy of the Collateral, including without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act. Borrower may contest in good faith any such law, ordinance, or regulation and withhold compliance during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, so long as Borrower has notified Lender in writing prior to doing so and so long as, in Lender’s sole opinion, Lender’s interests in the Collateral are not jeopardized. Lender may require Borrower to post adequate security or a surety bond, reasonably satisfactory to Lender, to protect Lender’s interest.

 

Inspection. Permit employees or agents of Lender at any reasonable time to inspect any and all Collateral for the Loan or Loans and Borrower’s other properties and to examine or audit Borrower’s books, accounts, and records and to make copies and memoranda of Borrower’s books, accounts, and records. If Borrower now or at any time hereafter maintains any records (including without limitation computer generated records and computer software programs for the generation of such records) in the possession of a third party, Borrower, upon request of Lender, shall notify such party to permit Lender free access to such records at all reasonable times and to provide Lender with copies of any records it may request, all at Borrower’s expense.

 

Compliance Certificates. Unless waived in writing by Lender, provide Lender at least annually, with a certificate executed by Borrower’s chief financial officer, or other officer or person acceptable to Lender, certifying that the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement are true and correct as of the date of the certificate and further certifying that, as of the date of the certificate, no Event of Default exists under this Agreement.

 

Environmental Compliance and Reports. Borrower shall comply in all respects with any and all Environmental Laws; not cause or permit to exist, as a result of an intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part or on the part of any third party, on property owned and/or occupied by Borrower, any environmental activity where damage may result to the environment, unless such environmental activity is pursuant to and in compliance with the conditions of a permit issued by the appropriate federal, state or local governmental authorities; shall furnish to Lender promptly and in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof a copy of any notice, summons,

 

3



 

lien, citation, directive, letter or other communication from any governmental agency or instrumentality concerning any intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part in connection with any environmental activity whether or not there is damage to the environment and/or other natural resources.

 

Additional Assurances. Make, execute and deliver to Lender such promissory notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, assignments, financing statements, instruments, documents and other agreements as Lender or its attorneys may reasonably request to evidence and secure the Loans and to perfect all Security Interests.

 

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES. If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Collateral or if Borrower fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Borrower’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Borrower is required to discharge or pay under this Agreement or any Related Documents, Lender on Borrower’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on any Collateral and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving any Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Borrower. All such expenses will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity.

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender:

 

Continuity of Operations. (1) Engage in any business activities substantially different than those in which Borrower is presently engaged, (2) cease operations, liquidate, change its name, dissolve or transfer or sell Collateral out of the ordinary course of business, or i/ JW JZ

 

Agreements. Enter into any agreement containing any provisions which would be violated or breached by the performance of Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement or in connection herewith.

 

CESSATION OF ADVANCES. If Lender has made any commitment to make any Loan to Borrower, whether under this Agreement or under any other agreement, Lender shall have no obligation to make Loan Advances or to disburse Loan proceeds if: (A) Borrower or any Guarantor is in default under the terms of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or any other agreement that Borrower or any Guarantor has with Lender; (B) Borrower or any Guarantor dies, becomes incompetent or becomes insolvent, files a petition in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, or is adjudged a bankrupt; (C) there occurs a material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition, in the financial condition of any Guarantor, or in the value of any Collateral securing any Loan; or (D) any Guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such Guarantor’s guaranty of the Loan or any other loan with Lender; or (E) Lender in good faith deems itself insecure, even though no Event of Default shall have occurred.

 

RIGHT OF SETOFF. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender reserves a right of setoff in all Borrower’s accounts with Lender (whether checking, savings, or some other account). This includes all accounts Borrower holds jointly with someone else and all accounts Borrower may open in the future. However, this does not include any IRA or Keogh accounts, or any trust accounts for which setoff would be prohibited by law. Borrower authorizes Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to charge or setoff all sums owing on the Indebtedness against any and all such accounts, and, at Lender’s option, to administratively freeze all such accounts to allow Lender to protect Lender’s charge and setoff rights provided in this paragraph.

 

DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

 

Payment Default . Borrower fails to make any payment when due under the Loan.

 

Other Defaults . Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

 

Default in Favor of Third Parties. Borrower or any Grantor defaults under any loan, extension of credit, security agreement, purchase or sales agreement, or any other agreement, in favor of any other creditor or person that may materially affect any of the Borrower’s or any Grantor’s property or Borrower’s or any Grantor’s ability to repay the Loans or perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or any of the Related Documents.

 

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Agreement or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

 

Insolvency. The dissolution or termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

 

Defective Collateralization. This Agreement or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any time and for any reason.

 

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings . Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the Loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall

 

4



 

not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

 

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the Indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness.

 

Change in Ownership. Any change in ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the common stock of Borrower. i/ JW JZ

 

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the Loan is impaired.

 

Right to Cure. If any default, other than a default on Indebtedness, is curable and if Borrower or Grantor, as the case may be, has not been given a notice of a similar default within the preceding twelve (12) months, it may be cured if Borrower or Grantor, as the case may be, after Lender sends written notice to Borrower or Grantor, as the case may be, demanding cure of such default: (1) cure the default within fifteen (15) days; or (2) if the cure requires more than fifteen (15) days, immediately initiate steps which Lender deems in Lender’s sole discretion to be sufficient to cure the default and thereafter continue and complete all reasonable and necessary steps sufficient to produce compliance as soon as reasonably practical.

 

EFFECT OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT. If any Event of Default shall occur, except where otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Related Documents, all commitments and obligations of Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents or any other agreement immediately will terminate (including any obligation to make further Loan Advances or disbursements), and, at Lender’s option, all Indebtedness immediately will become due and payable, all without notice of any kind to Borrower, except that in the case of an Event of Default of the type described in the “Insolvency” subsection above, such acceleration shall be automatic and not optional. In addition, Lender shall have all the rights and remedies provided in the Related Documents or available at law, in equity, or otherwise. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Borrower or of any Grantor shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and to exercise its rights and remedies.

 

CROSS ACCELERATION. In addition to the due dates and maturity date set forth in the Note, all principal and accrued interest and other amounts owed under this Note shall become due in full at such earlier time, if any, the obligations of Borrower to Lender under that Promissory Note dated September 13, 2005, in the face amount of $5,000,000.00, loan number 18700; Promissory Note dated September 15, 2006, in the face amount of $2,775,000.00. loan number 28933; Promissory Note dated September 15, 2006, in the face amount of $5,500,000.00, loan number 2003102; and Promissory Note dated May 15, 2009, in the face amount of $8,000,000.00, loan number 3001266 (as such notes may be amended or extended from time to time) are paid in full.

 

LINE USAGE FOR FACILITY A. The usage of the Loan shall be governed by the following sub-limits with a maximum outstanding aggregate Loan balance not to exceed $5,000,000.00 and the aggregate balance of sub-limits from any items from 4 to 7 not to exceed $5,000,000.00 :

 

1. Up to $3,000,000.00 for issuance of Sight Letters of Credit (LC) with expiration date not to exceed 120 days from date of issuance.

 

2. Up to $3,000,000.00 for issuance of Unsecured Sight Letters of Credit (LC) with expiration date not to exceed 120 days from date of issuance and title documents consigned to applicant or to order.

 

3. Up to $3,000,000.00 for issuance of Usance (time) Letters of Credit with expiration date not to exceed 120 days from date of issuance and tenor of drafts drawn not to exceed 120 days.

 

4. Up to $3,000,000.00 for Banker’s Acceptance under usance letter of credit issued and accepted by Lender.

 

5. Up to $3,000,000.00 for advance of up to 120 days for Trust Receipt Financing of sight draft due and payable under letter of credit.

 

6. Up to $3,000,000.00 for advance of up to 120 days for Trust Receipt Financing of Banker’s Acceptance due and payable letter of credit issued and accepted by Lender with the term of the advance reduced by the tenor of the usance draft.

 

7. Up to $5,000,000.00 for Clean Advance of up to Maturity date of the line.

 

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS ON SUB-NOTES

 

Allow to book sub-notes up to 120 days past loan maturity

 

Allow to issue letter of credits up to 120 days past loan maturity.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Agreement:

 

Amendments. This Agreement, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement. No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses. Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Agreement, and Borrower shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Borrower also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

 

Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Consent to Loan Participation. Borrower agrees and consents to Lender’s sale or transfer, whether now or later, of one or more participation interests in the Loan to one or more purchasers, whether related or unrelated to Lender. Lender may provide, without any limitation whatsoever, to any one or more purchasers, or potential purchasers, any information or knowledge Lender may have about Borrower or about any other matter relating to the Loan, and Borrower hereby waives any rights to privacy Borrower may have with respect to such matters. Borrower additionally waives any and all notices of sale of participation interests, as well as all notices of any repurchase of such participation interests. Borrower also agrees that the purchasers of any such participation interests will be considered as the absolute owners of such interests in the Loan and will have all the rights granted under the participation agreement or agreements governing the sale of such participation interests. Borrower further waives all rights of offset or counterclaim that it may have now or later against Lender or against any purchaser of such a participation interest and unconditionally agrees that either Lender or such purchaser may enforce Borrower’s obligation under the Loan irrespective of the failure or insolvency of any holder of any interest in the Loan. Borrower further agrees that the purchaser of any such participation interests may enforce its interests irrespective of any personal claims or

 

5



 

defenses that Borrower may have against Lender.

 

Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Agreement has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

 

Choice of Venue. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County, State of California.

 

No Waiver by Lender. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Borrower, or between Lender and any Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Borrower’s or any Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

 

Notices . Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Agreement. Any party may change its address for notices under this Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Borrower agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Borrower’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Borrower, any notice given by Lender to any Borrower is deemed to be notice given to all Borrowers.

 

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Agreement. Unless otherwise required by law, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements by or on behalf of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any Related Documents shall bind Borrower’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns. Borrower shall not, however, have the right to assign Borrower’s rights under this Agreement or any interest therein, without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties. Borrower understands and agrees that in extending Loan Advances, Lender is relying on all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by Borrower to Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents. Borrower further agrees that regardless of any investigation made by Lender, all such representations, warranties and covenants will survive the extension of Loan Advances and delivery to Lender of the Related Documents, shall be continuing in nature, shall be deemed made and redated by Borrower at the time each Loan Advance is made, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Borrower’s Indebtedness shall be paid in full, or until this Agreement shall be terminated in the manner provided above, whichever is the last to occur.

 

Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

 

Waive Jury. To the extent permitted by applicable law, all parties to this Agreement hereby waive the right to any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by any party against any other party.

 

DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code. Accounting words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of this Agreement:

 

Advance. The word “Advance” means a disbursement of Loan funds made, or to be made, to Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf on a line of credit or multiple advance basis under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Agreement. The word “Agreement” means this Business Loan Agreement, as this Business Loan Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Business Loan Agreement from time to time.

 

Borrower . The word “Borrower” means International Medication Systems, Limited and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

 

Collateral. The word “Collateral” means all property and assets granted as collateral security for a Loan, whether real or personal property, whether granted directly or indirectly, whether granted now or in the future, and whether granted in the form of a security interest, mortgage, collateral mortgage, deed of trust, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien, charge, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

 

Environmental Laws. The words “Environmental Laws” mean any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499 (“SARA”), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq., or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

 

Event of Default . The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Agreement in the default section of this Agreement.

 

6



 

GAAP. The word “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Grantor. The word “Grantor” means each and all of the persons or entities granting a Security Interest in any Collateral for the Loan, including without limitation all Borrowers granting such a Security Interest.

 

Guarantor. The word “Guarantor” means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Loan.

 

Guaranty . The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

 

Hazardous Substances. The words “Hazardous Substances” mean materials that, because of their quantity, concentration or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may cause or pose a present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly used, treated, stored, disposed of, generated, manufactured, transported or otherwise handled. The words “Hazardous Substances” are used in their very broadest sense and include without limitation any and all hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste as defined by or listed under the Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” also includes, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any fraction thereof and asbestos.

 

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means the indebtedness evidenced by the Note or Related Documents, including all principal and interest together with all other indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Borrower is responsible under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents.

 

Lender. The word “Lender” means East West Bank, its successors and assigns.

 

Loan. The word “Loan” means any and all loans and financial accommodations from Lender to Borrower whether now or hereafter existing, and however evidenced, including without limitation those loans and financial accommodations described herein or described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement from time to time.

 

Note. The word “Note” means the Note executed by International Medication Systems, Limited in the principal amount of $10,000,000.00 dated December 31, 2010, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancing of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the note or credit agreement.

 

Permitted Liens. The words “Permitted Liens” mean (1) liens and security interests securing Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Lender; (2) liens for taxes, assessments, or similar charges either not yet due or being contested in good faith; (3) liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, or carriers, or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations which are not yet delinquent; (4) purchase money liens or purchase money security interests upon or in any property acquired or held by Borrower in the ordinary course of business to secure indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Agreement or permitted to be incurred under the paragraph of this Agreement titled “Indebtedness and Liens”; (5) liens and security interests which, as of the date of this Agreement, have been disclosed to and approved by the Lender in writing; and (6) those liens and security interests which in the aggregate constitute an immaterial and insignificant monetary amount with respect to the net value of Borrower’s assets.

 

Related Documents. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Loan.

 

Security Agreement. The words “Security Agreement” mean and include without limitation any agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, understandings or other agreements, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise, evidencing, governing, representing, or creating a Security Interest.

 

Security Interest. The words “Security Interest” mean, without limitation, any and all types of collateral security, present and future, whether in the form of a lien, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, security deed, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

 

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT AND BORROWER AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT IS DATED DECEMBER 31, 2010.

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTERNATIONAL MEDICATION SYSTEMS, LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ JACK ZHANG

 

By:

/s/ JOHN WEBER

 

Jack Y. Zhang, President/CEO of International Medication Systems, Limited

 

 

John Weber , CFO of International Medication Systems, Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EAST WEST BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca Lee

 

 

 

Authorized Signer

 

 

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.54.00.006 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2010. All Rights Reserved. — CA G:\APPS\EWBCFI\CFI\LPL\C40.FC TR-5159 PR-7

 

7


 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY

 

Principal

 

Loan Date

 

Maturity

 

Loan No

 

Call/Coll

 

Account

 

Officer

 

Initials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8282

 

 

 

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:

International Medication Systems, Limited

Lender:

East West Bank

 

1886 Santa Anita Avenue

 

Loan Servicing Department

 

So. El Monte, CA 91733

 

9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor

 

 

 

El Monte, CA 91731

 

 

 

 

Guarantor:

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

 

11570 Sixth Street

 

 

 

Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730

 

 

 

CONTINUING GUARANTEE OF PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE. For good and valuable consideration, Guarantor absolutely and unconditionally guarantees full and punctual payment and satisfaction of the Indebtedness of Borrower to Lender, and the performance and discharge of all Borrower’s obligations under the Note and the Related Documents. This is a guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, so Lender can enforce this Guaranty against Guarantor even when Lender has not exhausted Lender’s remedies against anyone else obligated to pay the Indebtedness or against any collateral securing the Indebtedness, this Guaranty or any other guaranty of the Indebtedness. Guarantor will make any payments to Lender or its order, on demand, in legal tender of the United States of America, in same-day funds, without set-off or deduction or counterclaim, and will otherwise perform Borrower’s obligations under the Note and Related Documents. Under this Guaranty, Guarantor’s liability is unlimited and Guarantor’s obligations are continuing.

 

INDEBTEDNESS. The word “Indebtedness” as used in this Guaranty means all of the principal amount outstanding from time to time and at any one or more times, accrued unpaid interest thereon and all collection costs and legal expenses related thereto permitted by law, attorneys’ fees, arising from any and all debts, liabilities and obligations of every nature or form, now existing or hereafter arising or acquired, that Borrower individually or collectively or interchangeably with others, owes or will owe Lender. “Indebtedness” includes, without limitation, loans, advances, debts, overdraft indebtedness, credit card indebtedness, lease obligations, liabilities and obligations under any interest rate protection agreements or foreign currency exchange agreements or commodity price protection agreements, other obligations, and liabilities of Borrower, and any present or future judgments against Borrower, future advances, loans or transactions that renew, extend, modify, refinance, consolidate or substitute these debts, liabilities and obligations whether: voluntarily or involuntarily incurred; due or to become due by their terms or acceleration; absolute or contingent; liquidated or unliquidated; determined or undetermined; direct or indirect; primary or secondary in nature or arising from a guaranty or surety; secured or unsecured; joint or several or joint and several; evidenced by a negotiable or non-negotiable instrument or writing; originated by Lender or another or others; barred or unenforceable against Borrower for any reason whatsoever; for any transactions that may be voidable for any reason (such as infancy, insanity, ultra vires or otherwise); and originated then reduced or extinguished and then afterwards increased or reinstated.

 

If Lender presently holds one or more guaranties, or hereafter receives additional guaranties from Guarantor, Lender’s rights under all guaranties shall be cumulative. This Guaranty shall not (unless specifically provided below to the contrary) affect or invalidate any such other guaranties. Guarantor’s liability will be Guarantor’s aggregate liability under the terms of this Guaranty and any such other unterminated guaranties.

 

CONTINUING GUARANTY. THIS IS A “CONTINUING GUARANTY” UNDER WHICH GUARANTOR AGREES TO GUARANTEE THE FULL AND PUNCTUAL PAYMENT, PERFORMANCE AND SATISFACTION OF THE INDEBTEDNESS OF BORROWER TO LENDER, NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING OR ACQUIRED, ON AN OPEN AND CONTINUING BASIS. ACCORDINGLY, ANY PAYMENTS MADE ON THE INDEBTEDNESS WILL NOT DISCHARGE OR DIMINISH GUARANTOR’S OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITY UNDER THIS GUARANTY FOR ANY REMAINING AND SUCCEEDING INDEBTEDNESS EVEN WHEN ALL OR PART OF THE OUTSTANDING INDEBTEDNESS MAY BE A ZERO BALANCE FROM TIME TO TIME.

 

DURATION OF GUARANTY. This Guaranty will take effect when received by Lender without the necessity of any acceptance by Lender, or any notice to Guarantor or to Borrower, and will continue in full force until all the Indebtedness incurred or contracted before receipt by Lender of any notice of revocation shall have been fully and finally paid and satisfied and all of Guarantor’s other obligations under this Guaranty shall have been performed in full. If Guarantor elects to revoke this Guaranty, Guarantor may only do so in writing. Guarantor’s written notice of revocation must be mailed to Lender, by certified mail, at Lender’s address listed above or such other place as Lender may designate in writing. Written revocation of this Guaranty will apply only to new Indebtedness created after actual receipt by Lender of Guarantor’s written revocation. For this purpose and without limitation, the term “new Indebtedness” does not include Indebtedness which at the time of notice of revocation is contingent, unliquidated, undetermined or not due and which later becomes absolute, liquidated, determined or due. For this purpose and without limitation, “new Indebtedness” does not include all or part of the Indebtedness that is: incurred by Borrower prior to revocation; incurred under a commitment that became binding before revocation; any renewals, extensions, substitutions, and modifications of the Indebtedness. This Guaranty shall bind Guarantor’s estate as to the Indebtedness created both before and after Guarantor’s death or incapacity, regardless of Lender’s actual notice of Guarantor’s death. Subject to the foregoing, Guarantor’s executor or administrator or other legal representative may terminate this Guaranty in the same manner in which Guarantor might have terminated it and with the same effect. Release of any other guarantor or termination of any other guaranty of the Indebtedness shall not affect the liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty. A revocation Lender receives from any one or more Guarantors shall not affect the liability of any remaining Guarantors under this Guaranty. Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty shall be in addition to any of Guarantor’s obligations, or any of them, under any other guaranties of the Indebtedness or any other person heretofore or hereafter given to Lender unless such other guaranties are modified or revoked in writing; and this Guarantor shall not, unless provided in this Guaranty, affect, invalidate, or supersede any such other guaranty. It is anticipated that fluctuations may occur in the aggregate amount of the Indebtedness covered by this Guaranty, and Guarantor specifically acknowledges and agrees that reductions in the amount of the Indebtedness, even to zero dollars ($0.00), shall not constitute a termination of this Guaranty. This Guaranty is binding upon Guarantor and Guarantor’s heirs, successors and assigns so long as any of the Indebtedness remains unpaid and even though the Indebtedness may from time to time be zero dollars ($0.00).

 

GUARANTOR’S AUTHORIZATION TO LENDER. Guarantor authorizes Lender, either before or after any revocation hereof, without notice or demand and without lessening Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty, from time to time: (A) prior to revocation as set forth above, to make one or more additional secured or unsecured loans to Borrower, to lease equipment or other goods to Borrower, or otherwise to extend additional credit to Borrower; (B) to alter, compromise, renew, extend, accelerate, or otherwise change one or more times the time for payment or other terms of the Indebtedness or any part of the Indebtedness, including increases and decreases of the rate of interest on the Indebtedness; extensions may be repeated and may be for longer than the original loan term; (C) to take and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty or the Indebtedness, and exchange, enforce, waive, subordinate, fail or decide not to perfect, and release any such security, with or without the substitution of new collateral; (D) to release, substitute, agree not to sue, or deal with any one or more of Borrower’s sureties, endorsers, or other guarantors on any terms or in any manner Lender may choose; (E) to determine how, when and what application of payments and credits shall be made on the Indebtedness; (F) to apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, including

 



 

Loan No: 20002400

 

without limitation, any nonjudicial sale permitted by the terms of the controlling security agreement or deed of trust, as Lender in its discretion may determine; (G) to sell, transfer, assign or grant participations in all or any part of the Indebtedness; and (H) to assign or transfer this Guaranty in whole or in part.

 

GUARANTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Guarantor represents and warrants to Lender that (A) no representations or agreements of any kind have been made to Guarantor which would limit or qualify in any way the terms of this Guaranty; (B) this Guaranty is executed at Borrower’s request and not at the request of Lender; (C) Guarantor has full power, right and authority to enter into this Guaranty; (D) the provisions of this Guaranty do not conflict with or result in a default under any agreement or other instrument binding upon Guarantor and do not result in a violation of any law, regulation, court decree or order applicable to Guarantor; (E) Guarantor has not and will not, without the prior written consent of Lender, sell, lease, assign, encumber, hypothecate, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Guarantor’s assets, or any interest therein; (F) upon Lender’s request, Guarantor will provide to Lender financial and credit information in form acceptable to Lender, and all such financial information which currently has been, and all future financial information which will be provided to Lender is and will be true and correct in all material respects and fairly present Guarantor’s financial condition as of the dates the financial information is provided; (G) no material adverse change has occurred in Guarantor’s financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements provided to Lender and no event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Guarantor’s financial condition; (H) no litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Guarantor is pending or threatened; (I) Lender has made no representation to Guarantor as to the creditworthiness of Borrower; and (J) Guarantor has established adequate means of obtaining from Borrower on a continuing basis information regarding Borrower’s financial condition. Guarantor agrees to keep adequately informed from such means of any facts, events, or circumstances which might in any way affect Guarantor’s risks under this Guaranty, and Guarantor further agrees that, absent a request for information, Lender shall have no obligation to disclose to Guarantor any information or documents acquired by Lender in the course of its relationship with Borrower.

 

GUARANTOR’S WAIVERS. Except as prohibited by applicable law, Guarantor waives any right to require Lender to (A) make any presentment, protest, demand, or notice of any kind, including notice of change of any terms of repayment of the Indebtedness, default by Borrower or any other guarantor or surety, any action or non action taken by Borrower, Lender, or any other guarantor or surety of Borrower, or the creation of new or additional Indebtedness; (B) proceed against any person, including Borrower, before proceeding against Guarantor; (C) proceed against any collateral for the Indebtedness, including Borrower’s collateral, before proceeding against Guarantor; (D) apply any payments or proceeds received against the Indebtedness in any order; (E) give notice of the terms, time, and place of any sale of the collateral pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or any other law governing such sale; (F) disclose any information about the Indebtedness, the Borrower, the collateral, or any other guarantor or surety, or about any action or nonaction of Lender; or (G) pursue any remedy or course of action in Lender’s power whatsoever.

 

Guarantor also waives any and all rights or defenses arising by reason of (H) any disability or other defense of Borrower, any other guarantor or surety or any other person; (I) the cessation from any cause whatsoever, other than payment in full, of the Indebtedness; (J) the application of proceeds of the Indebtedness by Borrower for purposes other than the purposes understood and intended by Guarantor and Lender; (K) any act of omission or commission by Lender which directly or indirectly results in or contributes to the discharge of Borrower or any other guarantor or surety, or the Indebtedness, or the loss or release of any collateral by operation of law or otherwise; (L) any statute of limitations in any action under this Guaranty or on the Indebtedness; or (M) any modification or change in terms of the Indebtedness, whatsoever, including without limitation, the renewal, extension, acceleration, or other change in the time payment of the Indebtedness is due and any change in the interest rate, and including any such modification or change in terms after revocation of this Guaranty on the Indebtedness incurred prior to such revocation.

 

Guarantor waives all rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification, and contribution and any other rights and defenses that are or may become available to Guarantor by reason of California Civil Code Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive.

 

Guarantor waives all rights and any defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Lender even though that the election of remedies, such as a non-judicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed Guarantor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against Borrower by operation of Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.

 

Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that Guarantor may have because Borrower’s obligation is secured by real property. This means among other things: (N) Lender may collect from Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by Borrower. (O) If Lender forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by Borrower: (1) the amount of Borrower’s obligation may be reduced only by the price for which the collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price. (2) Lender may collect from Guarantor even if Lender, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right Guarantor may have to collect from Borrower. This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses Guarantor may have because Borrower’s obligation is secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights and defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

 

Guarantor understands and agrees that the foregoing waivers are unconditional and irrevocable waivers of substantive rights and defenses to which Guarantor might otherwise be entitled under state and federal law. The rights and defenses waived include, without limitation, those provided by California laws of suretyship and guaranty, anti-deficiency laws, and the Uniform Commercial Code. Guarantor acknowledges that Guarantor has provided these waivers of rights and defenses with the intention that they be fully relied upon by Lender. Guarantor further understands and agrees that this Guaranty is a separate and independent contract between Guarantor and Lender, given for full and ample consideration, and is enforceable on its own terms. Until all of the Indebtedness is paid in full, Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy Guarantor may have against the Borrower or any other guarantor, surety, or other person, and further, Guarantor waives any right to participate in any collateral for the Indebtedness now or hereafter held by Lender.

 

Guarantor’s Understanding With Respect To Waivers. Guarantor warrants and agrees that each of the waivers set forth above is made with Guarantor’s full knowledge of its significance and consequences and that, under the circumstances, the waivers are reasonable and not contrary to public policy or law. If any such waiver is determined to be contrary to any applicable law or public policy, such waiver shall be effective only to the extent permitted by law or public policy.

 

Subordination of Borrower’s Debts to Guarantor. Guarantor agrees that the Indebtedness, whether now existing or hereafter created, shall be superior to any claim that Guarantor may now have or hereafter acquire against Borrower, whether or not Borrower becomes insolvent. Guarantor hereby expressly subordinates any claim Guarantor may have against Borrower, upon any account whatsoever, to any claim that Lender may now or hereafter have against Borrower. In the event of insolvency and consequent liquidation of the assets of Borrower, through bankruptcy, by an assignment for the benefit of creditors, by voluntary liquidation, or otherwise, the assets of Borrower applicable to the payment of the claims of both Lender and Guarantor shall be paid to Lender and shall be first applied by Lender to the Indebtedness. Guarantor does hereby assign to Lender all claims which it may have or acquire against Borrower or against any assignee or trustee in bankruptcy of Borrower; provided however, that such assignment shall be effective only for the purpose of assuring to Lender full payment in legal tender of the Indebtedness. If Lender so requests, any notes or credit agreements now or hereafter evidencing any debts or obligations of Borrower to Guarantor shall be marked with a legend that the same are subject to this Guaranty and shall be delivered to Lender. Guarantor agrees, and Lender is hereby authorized, in the name of Guarantor, from time to time to file financing statements and continuation statements and to

 

2



 

execute documents and to take such other actions as Lender deems necessary or appropriate to perfect, preserve and enforce its rights under this Guaranty.

 

Miscellaneous Provisions. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Guaranty:

 

AMENDMENTS. This Guaranty, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Guaranty. No alteration of or amendment to this Guaranty shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

ATTORNEYS’ FEES; EXPENSES. Guarantor agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Guaranty. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Guaranty, and Guarantor shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Guarantor also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

 

CAPTION HEADINGS. Caption headings in this Guaranty are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Guaranty.

 

GOVERNING LAW. This Guaranty will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions.

 

CHOICE OF VENUE. If there is a lawsuit, Guarantor agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County, State of California.

 

INTEGRATION. Guarantor further agrees that Guarantor has read and fully understands the terms of this Guaranty; Guarantor has had the opportunity to be advised by Guarantor’s attorney with respect to this Guaranty; the Guaranty fully reflects Guarantor’s intentions and parol evidence is not required to interpret the terms of this Guaranty. Guarantor hereby indemnifies and holds Lender harmless from all losses, claims, damages, and costs (including Lender’s attorneys’ fees) suffered or incurred by Lender as a result of any breach by Guarantor of the warranties, representations and agreements of this paragraph.

 

INTERPRETATION. In all cases where there is more than one Borrower or Guarantor, then all words used in this Guaranty in the singular shall be deemed to have been used in the plural where the context and construction so require; and where there is more than one Borrower named in this Guaranty or when this Guaranty is executed by more than one Guarantor, the words “Borrower” and “Guarantor” respectively shall mean all and any one or more of them. The words “Guarantor,” “Borrower,” and “Lender” include the heirs, successors, assigns, and transferees of each of them. If a court finds that any provision of this Guaranty is not valid or should not be enforced, that fact by itself will not mean that the rest of this Guaranty will not be valid or enforced. Therefore, a court will enforce the rest of the provisions of this Guaranty even if a provision of this Guaranty may be found to be invalid or unenforceable. If any one or more of Borrower or Guarantor are corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, or similar entities, it is not necessary for Lender to inquire into the powers of Borrower or Guarantor or of the officers, directors, partners, managers, or other agents acting or purporting to act on their behalf, and any indebtedness made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed under this Guaranty.

 

NOTICES. Any notice required to be given under this Guaranty shall be given in writing, and, except for revocation notices by Guarantor, shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Guaranty. All revocation notices by Guarantor shall be in writing and shall be effective upon delivery to Lender as provided in the section of this Guaranty entitled “DURATION OF GUARANTY.” Any party may change its address for notices under this Guaranty by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Guarantor agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Guarantor’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Guarantor, any notice given by Lender to any Guarantor is deemed to be notice given to all Guarantors.

 

NO WAIVER BY LENDER. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Guaranty unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Guaranty shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Guaranty. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Guarantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Guarantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Guaranty, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

 

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Subject to any limitations stated in this Guaranty on transfer of Guarantor’s interest, this Guaranty shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns.

 

WAIVE JURY. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender and Guarantor hereby waive the right to any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by either Lender or Guarantor against the other.

 

CERTIFICATION OF ACCURACY. Guarantor certifies under penalty of perjury that all financial documents provided to Lender, which may include income statements, balance sheets, payable and receivable listings, inventory listings, rents rolls, and tax returns, are the most recent such documents prepared by Guarantor, that they give a complete and accurate statement of the financial condition of Guarantor, as of the dates of such statements, and that no material change has occurred since such time, except as disclosed to Lender in writing. Guarantor agrees to notify Lender immediately of the extent and character of any material adverse change in the Guarantor’s financial condition. The financial documents shall constitute continuing representations of Guarantor and shall be construed by Lender to be continuing statements of the financial condition of Guarantor and to be new and original statement of all assets and liabilities of Guarantor with respect to each advance under the Indebtedness and every other transaction in which Guarantor or Borrower becomes obligated to Lender until Guarantor advises Lender to the contrary. The financial documents are being given to induce Lender to extend credit and Lender is relying upon such documents. Lender may verify with third parties any information contained in financial documents delivered to Lender, obtain information from others, and ask and answer questions and requests seeking credit experience about the undersigned.

 

Definitions. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Guaranty. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Guaranty shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code:

 

BORROWER. The word “Borrower” means International Medication Systems, Limited and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

 

3



 

GUARANTOR. The word “Guarantor” means everyone signing this Guaranty, including without limitation Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and in each case, any signer’s successors and assigns.

 

GUARANTY. The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender.

 

INDEBTEDNESS. The word “Indebtedness” means Borrower’s indebtedness to Lender as more particularly described in this Guaranty.

 

LENDER. The word “Lender” means East West Bank, its successors and assigns.

 

NOTE. The word “Note” means and includes without limitation all of Borrower’s promissory notes and/or credit agreements evidencing Borrower’s loan obligations in favor of Lender, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of and substitutions for promissory notes or credit agreements.

 

RELATED DOCUMENTS . The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Indebtedness.

 

EACH UNDERSIGNED GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS GUARANTY AND AGREES TO ITS TERMS. IN ADDITION, EACH GUARANTOR UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS GUARANTY IS EFFECTIVE UPON GUARANTOR’S EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS GUARANTY TO LENDER AND THAT THE GUARANTY WILL CONTINUE UNTIL TERMINATED IN THE MANNER SET FORTH IN THE SECTION TITLED “DURATION OF GUARANTY”. NO FORMAL ACCEPTANCE BY LENDER IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THIS GUARANTY EFFECTIVE. THIS GUARANTY IS DATED DECEMBER 31, 2010.

 

GUARANTOR:

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ JACK ZHANG

 

By:

/s/ JOHN WEBER

 

Jack Zhang, President/CEO of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

John Weber, CFO of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.54.00.006 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2010. All Rights Reserved. - CA G:\APPS\EWBCFI\CFI\LPL\E20.FC TR-5159 PR-7

 

4


 

CORPORATE RESOLUTION TO BORROW I GRANT COLLATERAL I SUBORDINATE

DEBT

 

Principal

 

Loan Date

 

Maturity

 

Loan No

 

Call/Coll

 

Account

 

Officer

 

Initials

$

10,000,000.00

 

12-31-2010

 

12-31-2011

 

20002400

 

 

 

 

 

8282

 

i/R.L.

 

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Corporation:

International Medication Systems, Limited

Lender:

East West Bank

 

1886 Santa Anita Avenue

 

Loan Servicing Department

 

So. El Monte, CA 91733

 

9300 Flair Drive, 6 th  Floor

 

 

 

El Monte, CA 91731

 

WE, THE UNDERSIGNED, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:

 

THE CORPORATION’S EXISTENCE. The complete and correct name of the Corporation is International Medication Systems, Limited (“Corporation”). The Corporation is a corporation for profit which is, and at all times shall be, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware. The Corporation is duly authorized to transact business in all other states in which the Corporation is doing business, having obtained all necessary filings, governmental licenses and approvals for each state in which the Corporation is doing business. Specifically, the Corporation is, and at all times shall be, duly qualified as a foreign corporation in all states in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or financial condition. The Corporation has the full power and authority to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged or presently proposes to engage. The Corporation maintains an office at 1886 Santa Anita Avenue, So. El Monte, CA 91733. Unless the Corporation has designated otherwise in writing, the principal office is the office at which the Corporation keeps its books and records. The Corporation will notify Lender prior to any change in the location of the Corporation’s state of organization or any change in the Corporation’s name. The Corporation shall do all things necessary to preserve and to keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and privileges, and shall comply with all regulations, rules, ordinances, statutes, orders and decrees of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court applicable to the Corporation and the Corporation’s business activities.

 

RESOLUTIONS ADOPTED . At a meeting of the Directors of the Parent Corporation, or if the Corporation is a close corporation having no Board of Directors then at a meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders, duly called and held on August 4, 2006 JW , at which a quorum was present and voting, or by other duly authorized action in lieu of a meeting, the resolution set forth in this Resolution were adopted.

 

OFFICERS . The following named persons are officers of International Medication Systems, Limited:

 

NAMES

 

TITLES

 

AUTHORIZED

 

ACTUAL SIGNATURES

 

 

Jack Y. Zhang

 

President/CEO

 

Y

 

X

/ s/ JACK ZHANG

 

(Seal)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Weber

CFO

 

Y

 

X

/s/ JOHN WEBER

 

(Seal)

 

ACTIONS AUTHORIZED. Any one (1) of the authorized persons listed above may enter into any agreements of any nature with Lender, and those agreements will bind the Corporation. Specifically, but without limitation, any one (1) of such authorized persons are authorized, empowered, and directed to do the following for and on behalf of the Corporation:

 

Borrow Money. To borrow, as a cosigner or otherwise, from time to time from Lender, on such terms as may be agreed upon between the Corporation and Lender, such sum or sums of money as in their judgment should be borrowed, without limitation.

 

Execute Notes. To execute and deliver to Lender the promissory note or notes, or other evidence of the Corporation’s credit accommodations, on Lender’s forms, at such rates of interest and on such terms as may be agreed upon, evidencing the sums of money so borrowed or any of the Corporation’s indebtedness to Lender, and also to execute and deliver to Lender one or more renewals, extensions, modifications, refinancings, consolidations, or substitutions for one or more of the notes, any portion of the notes, or any other evidence of credit accommodations.

 

Grant Security. To mortgage, pledge, transfer, endorse, hypothecate, or otherwise encumber and deliver to Lender any property now or hereafter belonging to the Corporation or in which the Corporation now or hereafter may have an interest, including without limitation all of the Corporation’s real property and all of the Corporation’s personal property (tangible or intangible), as security for the payment of any loans or credit accommodations so obtained, any promissory notes so executed (including any amendments to or modifications, renewals, and extensions of such promissory notes), or any other or further indebtedness of the Corporation to Lender at any time owing, however the same may be evidenced. Such property may be mortgaged, pledged, transferred, endorsed, hypothecated or encumbered at the time such loans are obtained or such indebtedness is incurred, or at any other time or times, and may be either in addition to or in lieu of any property theretofore mortgaged, pledged, transferred, endorsed, hypothecated or encumbered.

 

Execute Security Documents. To execute and deliver to Lender the forms of mortgage, deed of trust, pledge agreement, hypothecation agreement, and other security agreements and financing statements which Lender may require and which shall evidence the terms and conditions under and pursuant to which such liens and encumbrances, or any of them, are given; and also to execute and deliver to Lender any other written instruments, any chattel paper, or any other collateral, of any kind or nature, which Lender may deem necessary or proper in connection with or pertaining to the giving of the liens and encumbrances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any one of the above authorized persons may execute, deliver, or record financing statements.

 

Subordination . To subordinate, in all respects, any and all present and future indebtedness, obligations, liabilities, claims, rights, and demands of any kind which may be owed, now or hereafter, from any person or entity to the Corporation to all present and future indebtedness, obligations, liabilities, claims, rights, and demands of any kind which may be owed, now or hereafter, from such person or entity to Lender (“Subordinated Indebtedness”), together with subordination by the Corporation of any and all security interests of any kind, whether now existing or hereafter acquired, securing payment or performance of the Subordinated Indebtedness; all on such subordination terms as may be agreed upon between the Corporation’s Officers and Lender and in such amounts as in their judgment should be subordinated.

 

Negotiate Items. To draw, endorse, and discount with Lender all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other evidences of indebtedness payable to or belonging to the Corporation or in which the Corporation may have an interest, and either to receive cash for the same or to cause such proceeds to be credited to the Corporation’s account with Lender, or to cause such other disposition of the proceeds derived therefrom as they may deem advisable.

 

Further Acts . In the case of lines of credit, to designate additional or alternate individuals as being authorized to request advances under such lines, and in all cases, to do and perform such other acts and things, to pay any and all fees and costs, and to execute and deliver

 



 

such other documents and agreements, including agreements waiving the right to a trial by jury , as the officers may in their discretion deem reasonably necessary or proper in order to carry into effect the provisions of this Resolution. The following person or persons are authorized to request advances and authorize payments under the line of credit until Lender receives from the Corporation, at Lender’s address shown above, written notice of revocation of such authority: Jack Y. Zhang, President/CEO of International Medication Systems, Limited; and John Weber, CFO of International Medication Systems, Limited.

 

ASSUMED BUSINESS NAMES . The Corporation has filed or recorded all documents or filings required by law relating to all assumed business names used by the Corporation. Excluding the name of the Corporation, the following is a complete list of all assumed business names under which the Corporation does business: None.

 

NOTICES TO LENDER . The Corporation will promptly notify Lender in writing at Lender’s address shown above (or such other addresses as Lender may designate from time to time) prior to any (A) change in the Corporation’s name; (B) change in the Corporation’s assumed business name(s); (C) change in the management of the Corporation; (D) change in the authorized signer(s); (E) change in the Corporation’s principal office address; (F) change in the Corporation’s state of organization; (G) conversion of the Corporation to a new or different type of business entity; or (H) change in any other aspect of the Corporation that directly or indirectly relates to any agreements between the Corporation and Lender. No change in the Corporation’s name or state of organization will take effect until after Lender has received notice.

 

CERTIFICATION CONCERNING OFFICERS AND RESOLUTIONS. The officers named above are duly elected, appointed, or employed by or for the Corporation, as the case may be, and occupy the positions set opposite their respective names. This Resolution now stands of record on the books of the Corporation, is in full force and effect, and has not been modified or revoked in any manner whatsoever.

 

NO CORPORATE SEAL . The Corporation has no corporate seal, and therefore, no seal is affixed to this Resolution.

 

CONTINUING VALIDITY . Any and all acts authorized pursuant to this Resolution and performed prior to the passage of this Resolution are hereby ratified and approved. This Resolution shall be continuing, shall remain in full force and effect and Lender may rely on it until written notice of its revocation shall have been delivered to and received by Lender at Lender’s address shown above (or such addresses as Lender may designate from time to time). Any such notice shall not affect any of the Corporation’s agreements or commitments in effect at the time notice is given.

 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hand and attest that the signatures set opposite the names listed above are their genuine signatures.

 

We have read all the provisions of this Resolution, and we each personally and on behalf of the Corporation certify that all statements and representations made in this Resolution are true and correct. This Corporate Resolution to Borrow / Grant Collateral / Subordinate Debt is dated December 31, 2010.

 

THIS RESOLUTION IS GIVEN UNDER SEAL AND IT IS INTENDED THAT THIS RESOLUTION IS AND SHALL CONSTITUTE AND HAVE THE EFFECT OF A SEALED INSTRUMENT ACCORDING TO LAW.

 

 

CERTIFIED TO AND ATTESTED BY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

X:

/s/ JACK Y. ZHANG

(Seal)

 

 

Jack Y. Zhang, President/CEO of International Mediation Systems, Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X :

/s/ JOHN WEBER

(Seal)

 

 

John Weber, CFO of International Medication Systems, Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X :

/s/ STEPHEN CAMPBELL

(Seal)

 

 

Stephen Campbell, Secretary

 

 

NOTE: If the officers signing this Resolution are designated by the foregoing document as one of the officers authorized to act on the Corporation’s behalf, it is advisable to have this Resolution signed by at least one non-authorized officer of the Corporation.

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.54.00.006 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2010. All Rights Reserved. - DE/CA G:\APPS\EWBCFI\CFI\LPL\C10.FC TR-5159 PR-7

 

2


 

CORPORATE RESOLUTION TO GRANT COLLATERAL I GUARANTEE /

SUBORDINATE DEBT

 

Principal

 

Loan Date

 

Maturity

 

Loan No

 

Call/Coll

 

Account

 

Officer

 

Initials

$

10,000,000.00

 

12-31-2010

 

12-31-2011

 

20002400

 

 

 

 

 

8282

 

i/R.L.

 

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:

International Medication Systems, Limited.

Lender:

East West Bank

 

1886 Santa Anita Avenue

 

Loan Servicing Department

 

So. El Monte, CA 91733

 

9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor

 

 

 

El Monte, CA 91731

 

 

 

 

Corporation:

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

 

11570 Sixth Street

 

 

 

Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730

 

 

 

WE, THE UNDERSIGNED, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:

 

THE CORPORATION’S EXISTENCE . The complete and correct name of the Corporation is Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Corporation”). The Corporation is a corporation for profit which is, and at all times shall be, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware. The Corporation is duly authorized to transact business in the State of California and all other states in which the Corporation is doing business, having obtained all necessary filings, governmental licenses and approvals for each state in which the Corporation is doing business. Specifically, the Corporation is, and at all times shall be, duly qualified as a foreign corporation in all states in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or financial condition. The Corporation has the full power and authority to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged or presently proposes to engage. The Corporation maintains an office at 11570 Sixth Street, Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730. Unless the Corporation has designated otherwise in writing, the principal office is the office at which the Corporation keeps its books and records. The Corporation will notify Lender prior to any change in the location of the Corporation’s state of organization or any change in the Corporation’s name. The Corporation shall do all things necessary to preserve and to keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and privileges, and shall comply with all regulations, rules, ordinances, statutes, orders and decrees of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court applicable to the Corporation and the Corporation’s business activities.

 

RESOLUTIONS ADOPTED. At a meeting of the Directors of the parent Corporation, or if the Corporation is a close corporation having no Board of Directors then at a meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders, duly called and held on August 4, 2006 JW , at which a quorum was present and voting, or by other duly authorized action in lieu of a meeting, the resolutions set forth in this Resolution were adopted.

 

OFFICERS. The following named persons are officers of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.:

 

NAMES

 

TITLES

 

AUTHORIZED

 

ACTUAL SIGNATURES

 

 

Jack Y. Zhang

 

President/CEO

 

Y

 

X

/ s/ JACK ZHANG

 

(Seal)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Weber

CFO

 

Y

 

X

/s/ JOHN WEBER

 

(Seal)

 

ACTIONS AUTHORIZED . All of the authorized persons listed above may enter into any agreements of any nature with Lender, and those agreements will bind the Corporation. Specifically, but without limitation, all of such authorized persons are authorized persons are authorized, empowered, and directed to do the following for and on behalf of the Corporation:

 

Guaranty. To guarantee or act as surety for loans or other financial accommodations to Borrower from Lender on such guarantee or surety terms as may be agreed upon between the officers of the Corporation and Lender and in such sum or sums of money as in their judgment should be guaranteed or assured, (the “Guaranty”).

 

Grant Security. To mortgage, pledge, transfer, endorse, hypothecate, or otherwise encumber and deliver to Lender any property now or hereafter belonging to the Corporation or in which the Corporation now or hereafter may have an interest, including without limitation all of the Corporation’s real property and all of the Corporation’s personal property (tangible or intangible), as security for the Guaranty, and as a security for the payment of any loans, any promissory notes, or any other or further indebtedness of International Medication Systems, Limited to Lender at any time owing, however the same may be evidenced. Such property may be mortgaged, pledged, transferred, endorsed, hypothecated or encumbered at the time such loans are obtained or such indebtedness is incurred, or at any other time or times, and may be either in addition to or in lieu of any property theretofore mortgaged, pledged, transferred, endorsed, hypothecated or encumbered. The provisions of this Resolution authorizing or relating to the pledge, mortgage, transfer, endorsement, hypothecation, granting of a security interest in, or in any way encumbering, the assets of the Corporation shall include, without limitation, doing so in order to lend collateral security for the indebtedness, now or hereafter existing, and of any nature whatsoever, of International Medication Systems, Limited to Lender. The Corporation has considered the value to itself of lending collateral in support of such indebtedness, and the Corporation represents to Lender that the Corporation is benefited by doing so.

 

Execute Security Documents. To execute and deliver to Lender the forms of mortgage, deed of trust, pledge agreement, hypothecation agreement, and other security agreements and financing statements which Lender may require and which shall evidence the terms and conditions under and pursuant to which such liens and encumbrances, or any of them, are given; and also to execute and deliver to Lender any other written instruments, any chattel paper, or any other collateral, of any kind or nature, which Lender may deem necessary or proper in connection with or pertaining to the giving of the liens and encumbrances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any one of the above authorized persons may execute, deliver, or record financing statements.

 

Subordination . To subordinate, in all respects, any and all present and future indebtedness, obligations, liabilities, claims, rights, and demands of any kind which may be owed, now or hereafter, from any person or entity to the Corporation to all present and future indebtedness, obligations, liabilities, claims, rights, and demands of any kind which may be owed, now or hereafter, from such person or entity to Lender (“Subordinated Indebtedness”), together with subordination by the Corporation of any and all security interests of any kind, whether now existing or hereafter acquired, securing payment or performance of the Subordinated Indebtedness; all on such subordination terms as may be agreed upon between the Corporation’s Officers and Lender and in such amounts as in their judgment should be subordinated.

 

Further Acts . To do and perform such other acts and things and to execute and deliver such other documents and agreements, including agreements waiving the right to a trial by jury , as the officers may in their discretion deem reasonably necessary or proper in order to carry

 



 

into effect the provisions of this Resolution

 

ASSUMED BUSINESS NAMES . The Corporation has filed or recorded all documents or filings required by law relating to all assumed business names used by the Corporation. Excluding the name of the Corporation, the following is a complete list of all assumed business names under which the Corporation does business: None.

 

NOTICES TO LENDER . The Corporation will promptly notify Lender in writing at Lender’s address shown above (or such other addresses as Lender may designate from time to time) prior to any (A) change in the Corporation’s name; (B) change in the Corporation’s assumed business name(s); (C) change in the management of the Corporation; (D) change in the authorized signer(s); (E) change in the Corporation’s principal office address; (F) change in the Corporation’s state of organization; (G) conversion of the Corporation to a new or different type of business entity; or (H) change in any other aspect of the Corporation that directly or indirectly relates to any agreements between the Corporation and Lender. No change in the Corporation’s name or state of organization will take effect until after Lender has received notice.

 

CERTIFICATION CONCERNING OFFICERS AND RESOLUTIONS. The officers named above are duly elected, appointed, or employed by or for the Corporation, as the case may be, and occupy the positions set opposite their respective names. This Resolution now stands of record on the books of the Corporation, is in full force and effect, and has not been modified or revoked in any manner whatsoever.

 

NO CORPORATE SEAL. The Corporation has no corporate seal, and therefore, no seal is affixed to this Resolution.

 

CONTINUING VALIDITY . Any and all acts authorized pursuant to this Resolution and performed prior to the passage of this Resolution are hereby ratified and approved. This Resolution shall be continuing, shall remain in full force and effect and Lender may rely on it until written notice of its revocation shall have been delivered to and received by Lender at Lender’s address shown above (or such addresses as Lender may designate from time to time). Any such notice shall not affect any of the Corporation’s agreements or commitments in effect at the time notice is given.

 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hand and attest that the signatures set opposite the names listed above are their genuine signatures.

 

We each have read all the provisions of this Resolution, and we each personally and on behalf of the Corporation certify that all statements and representations made in this Resolution are true and correct. This Corporate Resolution to Grant Collateral / Guarantee / Subordinate Debt is dated December 31, 2010.

 

THIS RESOLUTION IS GIVEN UNDER SEAL AND IT IS INTENDED THAT THIS RESOLUTION IS AND SHALL CONSTITUTE AND HAVE THE EFFECT OF A SEALED INSTRUMENT ACCORDING TO LAW.

 

 

CERTIFIED TO AND ATTESTED BY:

 

 

 

 

 

X:

/s/ JACK ZHANG

(Seal)

 

 

Jack Y. Zhang, President/CEO of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X :

/s/ JOHN WEBER

(Seal)

 

 

John Weber, CFO of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X :

/s/ STEPHEN CAMPBELL

(Seal)

 

 

Stephen Campbell, Secretary

 

 

NOTE: If the officers signing this Resolution are designated by the foregoing document as one of the officers authorized to act on the Corporation’s behalf, it is advisable to have this Resolution signed by at least one non-authorized officer of the Corporation.

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.54.00.006 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2010. All Rights Reserved. - DE/CA G:\APPS\EWBCFI\CFI\LPL\C10.FC TR-5159 PR-7

 

2


 

MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Principal

 

Loan Date

 

Maturity

 

Loan No

 

Call/Coll

 

Account

 

Officer

 

Initials

$

10,000,000.00

 

12-31-2010

 

12-31-2011

 

20002400

 

 

 

 

 

8282

 

i/R.L.

 

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:

International Medication Systems, Limited
1886 Santa Anita Avenue
So. El Monte, CA 91733

Lender:

East West Bank
Loan Servicing Department
9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor
El Monte, CA 91731

 

This MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT is attached to and by this reference is made a part of the Business Loan Agreement dated December 31, 2010, and executed in connection with a loan or other financial accommodations between Lender and Borrower.

 

The section entitled “ Financial Statements ” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Interim Statements for Borrower. As soon as available, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter , Borrower shall provide Lender with balance sheet, income and expense statements, reconciliation of net worth and statement of cash flows, with notes thereto for the period ended, prepared by Borrower satisfactory to Lender.

 

Interim Statements for Corporate Guarantor . As soon as available, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter , Corporate Guarantor shall provide Lender with balance sheet, income and expense statements, reconciliation of net worth and statement of cash flows, with notes thereto for the period ended, prepared by Corporate Guarantor satisfactory to Lender

 

Agings. Within forty-five (45) days, or sooner, after the end of each quarter , Borrower shall provide Lender with a listing and aging by invoice date of all accounts receivable and all accounts payable in detailed format acceptable to Lender.

 

Inventory. Within sixty (60) days, or sooner, after the end of each year , Borrower shall provide Lender with a listing of inventory in detailed format acceptable to Lender.

 

Annual Statements for Borrower. As soon as available, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower shall provide Lender with Borrower’s balance sheet, income and expense statements, reconciliation of net worth and statement of cash flows, with notes thereto for the year ended, prepared by Borrower satisfactory to Lender.

 

Annual Statements for Corporate Guarantor. As soon as available, but in no event later than one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each fiscal year, Corporate Guarantor shall provide Lender with Corporate Guarantor’s consolidated balance sheet, income and expense statements, reconciliation of net worth and statement of cash flows, with notes thereto for the year ended, audited a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

 

THIS MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT IS EXECUTED ON DECEMBER 31, 2010.

 

BORROWER:

 

INTERNATIONAL MEDICATION SYSTEMS, LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jack Zhang

 

 

Jack Y. Zhang, President/CEO of International Medication Systems, Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Weber

 

 

John Weber, CFO of International Medication Systems, Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

EAST WEST BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Rebecca Lee

 

 

Authorized Officer.

 

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.54.00.006 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2011. All Rights Reserved. - CA G:\APPS\EWBCFI\CFI\LPL\G60.FC TR-5159 PR-7

 



 

 

December 27, 2011

 

Mr. John Weber, CFO

International Medication Systems, Inc.

1886 Santa Anita Avenue

So. El Monte, CA 91733

 

Dear Mr. Weber:

 

Reference is made to your credit facility with East West Bank (Loan # 2000240 in the maximum principal amount of $10,000,000.00). Under the terms of the loan documents, your loan is about to mature.

 

In order to provide you smooth uninterrupted service under your credit facility while your request for a one year renewal of your loan is being reviewed, we are pleased to inform you that you have been approved for a short term extension of the maturity date of your line. The new maturity date is March 31, 2012. If your loan is an amortizing loan, monthly principal payment will continue in the same amount during this extension. There is no fee of this extension.

 

This extension should allow ample time for you to assemble and for us to review the financial information needed to consider your request for a one year renewal.

 

We appreciate your business and look forward to working with you on your request to renew this loan.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/Rebecca Lee

 

 

 

Rebecca Lee

 

Senior Vice President &

 

Regional Manager

 

 

Orange County Commercial Bank Center

 

19540 Jamboree Rd., Suite 150, Irvine, CA 92612,  Tel. 949.955.2728  Fax 949.955.2732   ·  Nasdaq: EWBC

 


 

CHANGE IN TERMS AGREEMENT

 

Borrower:

International Medication Systems, Limited
11570 6th Street
Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730

Lender:

East West Bank
Loan Servicing Department
9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor
El Monte, CA 91731

 

Principal Amount: $18,000,000.00

 

Date of Agreement: March 5, 2012

 

DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS. The Promissory Note dated December 31, 2010 for Loan Number: 20002400 in the original Principal Amount of $10,000,000.00, along with any and all subsequent Change In Terms Agreement.

 

DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL. Borrower acknowledges this Note is secured by the following collateral described in the security instrument listed herein:

 

(A) All Trademarks including but not limited to United States Serial #77514759 with a filing dale of 7/3/2008.

 

United States Patent Number 5024616 dated 06/18/1991, Application Number 07271749 - Disposable Sheath For Hypodermic Cannula Used With a Syringe.

 

United States Patent Number 5060812 dated 10/29/1991, Application Number 07578746 - Medication Container Stopper Which Can Be Punctured by Nozzle of Hypodermic Syringe described in a Commercial Pledge Agreement dated December 31, 2010.

 

(B) Purchase Money in all Equipment, Inventory, Deposit Accounts, Chattel Paper, Accounts, and General Intangibles described in a Commercial Security Agreement dated December 31, 2010.

 

DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS. The section entitled “ PAYMENT is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

The Maximum Credit Limit is hereby increased to $18,000,000.00 and consists of the following credit facilities:

 

Facility “A” loan amount $10,000,000.00 with Maturity date of 4/15/13

 

PAYMENT. Borrower will pay this loan in one payment of all outstanding principal plus all accrued unpaid interest on April 15, 2013. In addition, Borrower will pay regular monthly payments of all accrued unpaid interest due as of each payment date, beginning March 31, 2012, with all subsequent interest payments to be due on the same day of each month after that. Unless otherwise agreed to or required by applicable law, payments will be applied first to any accrued unpaid interest; then to principal; then to any late charges; and then to any unpaid collection costs. Borrower will pay Lender at Lender’s address shown above or at such other place as Lender may designate in writing. All payments received will be applied pro rata to Facility “A” and Facility “B”.

 

VARIABLE INTEREST RATE. The interest rate on this loan is subject to change from time to time based on changes in an independent index which is the daily Wall Street Journal Prime Rate, as quoted in the “Money Rates” column of The Wall Street Journal (Western Edition) rounded to two decimal places all as determined by Lender (the “Index”). The Index is not necessarily the Lowest rate charged by Lender on its loans. If the Index becomes unavailable during the term of this loan. Lender may designate a substitute index after notifying Borrower. Lender will tell Borrower the current Index rate upon Borrower’s request. The interest rate charge will not occur more often than each day Borrower understands that Lender may make loans based on other rates as well. The Index currently is 3.250% per annum . Interest on the unpaid principal balance of this Note will be calculated as described in the “INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD” paragraph using a rate equal to the Index, resulting in an initial rate of 3.250%. NOTICE: Under no circumstances will the interest rate on this Note be more than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law.

 

INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD. Interest on this loan is computed on a 365/360 basis; that is, by applying the ratio of the interest rate over a year of 360 days, multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by the actual number of days the principal balance is outstanding. All interest payable under this loan is computed using this method.

 

Facility “B” loan amount $8,000,000.00 with Maturity date of 4/15/17

 

DRAW PERIOD. The loan will have a 12-Month draw down period with interest payments due monthly ending on March 15, 2013. The first interest payment date is on April 15, 2012 at the prevailing rate of the Note.

 

CONVERSION TO TERM LOAN. After the draw period, the section entitled “Line of Credit for Facility B” is hereby deleted and the outstanding principal balance shall be converted to a 49-Month fully amortized term loan effective March 15, 2013, with the principal and interest payments due monthly. The first principal and interest payment is due on April 15, 2013. The final principal and interest payment is due on April 15, 2017 at the prevailing rate of the Note. Payments include principal and interest. Unless otherwise agreed to or required by applicable law, payments will be applied first to any accrued unpaid interest; then to principal; then to any late charges; and then to any unpaid collection costs. Borrower will pay Lender at Lender’s address shown above or at such other place as Lender may designate in writing. All payments received will be applied pro rata to Facility “A” and Facility “B”.

 

VARIABLE INTEREST RATE. The interest rate on this loan is subject to change from time to time based on changes in an independent index which is the daily Wall Street Journal Prime Rate, as quoted in the “Money Rates” column of The Wall Street Journal (Western Edition), rounded to two decimal places, all as determined by Lender (the “Index”). The Index is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by Lender on its loans. If the Index becomes unavailable during the term of this loan, Lender may designate a substitute index after notifying Borrower. Lender will tell Borrower the current Index rate upon Borrower’s request. The interest rate change will not occur more often than each day. Borrower understands that Lender may make loans based on other rates as well. The Index currently is 3.250% per annum. Interest on the unpaid principal balance of this loan will be calculated as described in the “INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD” paragraph using a rate of 0.250 percentage points over the Index , adjusted if necessary for any minimum and maximum rate limitations described below, resulting in an initial rate of 3.500%. NOTICE: Under no circumstances will the interest rate on this Note be more than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law.

 

INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD. Interest on this loan is computed on a 365/360 basis; that is, by applying the ratio of the interest rate over a year of 360 days, multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by the actual number of days the principal balance is outstanding. All interest payable under this loan is computed using this method.

 

LINE OF CREDIT FOR FACILITY “B”. This Agreement evidences a straight line of credit. Once the total amount of principal has been advanced, Borrower is not entitled to further loan advances. Advances under this Agreement may be requested only in writing by Borrower or as provided in this paragraph. All communications, instructions, or directions by telephone or otherwise to Lender are to be directed to Lender’s office shown above. The following person or persons are authorized to request advances and authorize payments under the line of credit until Lender receives from Borrower, at Lender’s address shown above, written notice of revocation of such authority: Jack Y. Zhang, President of International Medication Systems, Limited or John Weber, CFO of International Medication Systems, Limited . Borrower agrees to be liable for all sums either: (A) advanced in accordance with the instructions of an authorized person or (B) credited to any of Borrower’s accounts with

 



 

Loan No: 20002400

 

Lender. The unpaid principal balance owing on this Agreement at any time may be evidenced by endorsements on this Agreement or by Lender’s internal records, including daily computer print-outs.

 

CONTINUING VALIDITY. Except as expressly changed by this Agreement, the terms of the original obligation or obligations, including all agreements evidenced or securing the obligation(s), remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Consent by Lender to this Agreement does not waive Lender’s right to strict performance of the obligation(s) as changed, nor obligate Lender to make any future change in terms. Nothing in this Agreement will constitute a satisfaction of the obligation(s). It is the intention of Lender to retain as liable parties all makers and endorsers of the original obligation(s), including accommodation parties, unless a party is expressly released by Lender in writing. Any maker or endorser, including accommodation makers, will not be released by virtue of this Agreement. If any person who signed the original obligation does not sign this Agreement below, then all persons signing below acknowledge that this Agreement is given conditionally, based on the representation to Lender that the non-signing party consents to the changes and provisions of this Agreement or otherwise will not be released by it. This waiver applies not only to any initial extension, modification or release, but also to all such subsequent actions.

 

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE AGREEMENT.

 

BORROWER:

 

 

INTERNATIONAL MEDICATION SYSTEMS, LIMITED

 

 

By:

/s/ Jack Zhang

 

By:

s/ John Weber

 

Jack Y. Zhang, President/CEO of International Medication Systems, Limited

 

 

John Weber, CFO of International Medication Systems, Limited

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.57.10.001 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. - CA F:\PROD\LOANDOC\CFI\LPL\D20C.FC TR-5159 PR-7

 

2



 

MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Borrower:

International Medication Systems, Limited
11570 6th Street
Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730

Lender:

East West Bank
Loan Servicing Department
9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor
El Monte, CA 91731

 

This MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT is attached to and by this reference is made a part of the Business Loan Agreement (Loan #20002400) dated December 31, 2010, and executed in connection with a loan or other financial accommodations between Lender and Borrower.

 

The section entitled “ Financial Statements ” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Interim Statements for Borrower. As soon as available, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter , Borrower shall provide Lender with balance sheet, income and expense statements, reconciliation of net worth and statement of cash flows, with notes thereto for the period ended, prepared by Borrower satisfactory to Lender.

 

Agings. Within forty-five (45) days, or sooner, after the end of each quarter , Borrower shall provide Lender with a listing and aging by invoice date of all accounts receivable and all accounts payable in detailed format acceptable to Lender.

 

Inventory. Within sixty (60) days, or sooner, after the end of each year , Borrower shall provide Lender with a listing of inventory in detailed format acceptable to Lender.

 

Guarantor Annual Statements. Annually, Borrower shall provide Lender with the financial statement of each Guarantor certified by such Guarantor to be true and correct no later than May 15th.

 

Annual Statements. As soon as available, but in no event later than one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower shall provide Lender with balance sheet, income and expense statements, reconciliation of net worth and statement of cash flows, with notes thereto for the year ended, prepared by Borrower.

 

The section entitled “ Line Usage for Facility A ” is hereby removed.

 

THIS MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT IS EXECUTED ON MARCH 5, 2012.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

INTERNATIONAL MEDICATION SYSTEMS, LIMITED

 

By:

/s/ Jack Zhang

 

 

Jack Y. Zhang, President/CEO of International Medication Systems, Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Weber

 

 

John Weber, CFO of International Medication Systems, Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

EAST WEST BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Rebecca Lee

 

 

Authorized Officer.

 

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.57.10.001 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. -CA F:\PROD\LOANDOC\CFI\LPL\G60.FC TR-5159 PR-7

 



 

GUARANTOR CONSENT

 

Borrower:

International Medication Systems, Limited
11570 6th Street
Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730

Lender:

East West Bank
Loan Servicing Department
9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor
El Monte, CA 91731

 

The undersigned (“Guarantor”) has executed a Commercial Guaranty dated December 31, 2010, in favor of Lender (“Guaranty”). Guarantor hereby acknowledges its consent to the terms and provisions of the foregoing Change in Terms Agreement/Note and/or Modification Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby. Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations to Lender under the Guaranty. Guaranty hereby reaffirms that its obligations under the Guaranty to Bank are separate and distinct from Borrower’s obligations to Bank.

 

Acknowledged and agreed as of March 5, 2012:

 

GUARANTOR:

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jack Zhang

 

 

Jack Y. Zhang, President/CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Weber

 

 

John Weber, CFO

 

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.57.10.001 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. - CA F:\PROD\LOANDOC\CFI\LPL\G60.FC TR-5159 PR-7

 




Exhibit 10.9

 

REVOLVING LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

by and between

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

 

and

 

CATHAY BANK,
a California banking corporation

 

Dated as of April 10, 2012

 



 

THIS REVOLVING LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into as of the above date between CATHAY BANK , a California banking corporation (“Lender”), with offices at 9650 Flair Drive, El Monte, California 91731, and AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), whose chief executive office is located at 11570 6th Street, Rancho Cucamonga, California 91730 (“Borrower’s Address”).

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS.

 

1.1                                Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below.  Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Code, as defined below.

 

Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9102(a)(2) of the Code.

 

Account Debtor ” means a Person obligated on an Account, chattel paper or General Intangibles.

 

Advance ” means each advance, loan and financial accommodation from Lender to Borrower, whether now existing or hereafter arising and however evidenced, including those advances, loans and financial accommodations described herein or described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement from time to time.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, a relative, partner, shareholder, director, officer, or employee of such Person, or any Parent or subsidiary of such Person, or any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

 

Agreement ” means this Revolving Loan and Security Agreement as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.  Each reference herein to “this Agreement,” “this Loan Agreement” “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereof” or other like words shall include this Agreement, and any annex, exhibit or schedule attached hereto or referred to herein.

 

Anti-Money Laundering Laws ” shall mean the USA Patriot Act of 2001, the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended through the date hereof, Executive Order 1 3324—Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism, as amended through the date hereof, and other federal laws and regulations and executive orders administered by OFAC which prohibit, among other things, the engagement in transactions with, and the provision of services to, certain foreign countries, territories, entities and individuals (such individuals include specially designated nationals, specially designated narcotics traffickers and other parties subject to OFAC sanction and embargo programs), and such additional laws and programs administered by OFAC which prohibit dealing with individuals or entities in certain countries regardless of whether such individuals or entities appear on any of the OFAC lists.

 

Assignment of Deposit Account Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.8 of this Agreement.

 

Audit ” means (i) to inspect, audit and copy Borrower’s books and records, and (ii) to inspect and audit the Collateral.

 

Borrower’s Address ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.

 

Borrower’s Primary Operating Account ” means Borrower’s demand deposit account with Lender, Account No. 11041633, into which substantially all of Borrower’s receipts from its operations are deposited and from which substantially all of Borrower’s disbursements for its operations are made.

 

Borrowing Base ” shall mean the sum of:  (a) eighty percent (80%) of the balance due on Eligible Accounts Receivable plus (b) thirty-five percent (35%) of the value of Eligible Inventory.  In determining the value of Eligible Inventory to be included in the Borrowing Base, Lender will use the lowest of (i) the Borrower’s cost, (ii) the Borrower’s estimated market value, or (iii) Lender’s independent determination of the resale value of such inventory in such quantities and on such terms as Lender deems appropriate; and, in no event, shall subsection (b) in the immediately preceding sentence exceed $7,000,000.00 for purposes of determining the Borrowing Base.  After calculating the Borrowing Base as provided above, Lender may deduct such reserves as Lender may establish from time to time in its reasonable credit judgment, including, without limitation, reserves for rent at leased locations subject to statutory or contractual landlord’s liens, inventory shrinkage, dilution, customs charges, warehousemen’s or bailees’ charges, and the amount of estimated maximum exposure, as determined by Lender from time to time, under

 



 

any interest rate contracts which Borrower enters into with Lender (including interest rate swaps, caps, floors, options thereon, combinations thereof, or similar contracts).

 

Borrowing Base Certificate ” means a Borrowing Base Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

Borrowing Base Subline ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 hereof.

 

Borrowing Base Supporting Documentation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3(a) of this Agreement.

 

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which California banks are authorized or required to close.

 

Change of Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as a “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) (other than the current holders of the ownership interests in any Borrower) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, as a result of any single transaction, of fifty percent (50%) or more, of the total voting power of all classes of stock or other ownership interests then outstanding of any Borrower normally entitled to vote in the election of directors or analogous governing body.

 

Closing Date ” means the date that all conditions precedent under Section 6.1 of this Agreement are satisfied.

 

Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted and in effect in the State of California, from time to time.

 

Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2 of this Agreement.

 

Collateral Costs ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5 of this Agreement.

 

Credit Limit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Current Assets ” shall mean, at any date, the current assets of Borrower determined as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

 

Current Liabilities ” shall mean, at any date, the current liabilities of Borrower determined as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

 

Current Ratio ” shall mean the ratio of Current Assets over Current Liabilities.

 

Default ” means any event which, with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Deposit Account ” means any deposit account (as defined in the Code) now or hereafter maintained by or for the benefit of Borrower, and all amounts therein, whether or not restricted or designated for a particular purpose.

 

Dollars or $ ” means United States dollars.

 

Eligible Accounts Receivable ” means Accounts arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business from the sale of goods or rendition of services, which Lender, in its sole judgment exercised in good faith, shall deem eligible for borrowing, based on such considerations as Lender may from time to time deem appropriate.  Eligible Accounts Receivable shall not include the following:

 

(a)                                  Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is an employee, Affiliate, or agent of Borrower;

 

(b)                                  Accounts with respect to which goods are placed on (i) consignment, (ii) guaranteed sale, (iii) sale or return, (iv) sale on approval, (v) bill and hold, or (vi) other terms by reason of which the payment by the Account Debtor may be conditional;

 

2



 

(c)                                   Accounts that are not payable in U.S. Dollars or with respect to which the Account Debtor:  (i) does not maintain its chief executive office in the United States, or (ii) is not organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof, or (iii) is the government of any foreign country or sovereign state, or of any state, province, municipality, or other political subdivision thereof, or of any department, agency, public corporation, or other instrumentality thereof, unless the Account is supported by an irrevocable letter of credit satisfactory to Lender (as to form, substance, and issuer or domestic confirming bank) that has been delivered to Lender and is directly drawable by Lender;

 

(d)                                  Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is the United States or any department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States;

 

(e)                                   Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is a creditor of Borrower, has or has asserted a right of setoff, has disputed its liability, or has made any claim or counterclaim with respect to the Accounts;

 

(f)                                    Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is subject to any reorganization, bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

 

(g)                                   Accounts the collection of which Lender, in its sole discretion, believes to be doubtful by reason of the Account Debtor’s financial condition or which Lender, in its sole discretion, deems the creditworthiness or financial condition of the Account Debtor to be unsatisfactory;

 

(h)                                  Accounts with respect to which the goods giving rise to such Account have not been shipped and billed to the Account Debtor, the services giving rise to such Account have not been performed and accepted by the Account Debtor, or the Account otherwise does not represent a final sale;

 

(i)                                      Accounts designated by Borrower with the term, “unapplied credits” (i.e. payments received but not yet applied to a specific Account);

 

(j)                                     Accounts which arise from the sale of goods which remain in the Borrower’s possession or under the Borrower’s control;

 

(k)                                  Accounts which are evidenced by a promissory note or chattel paper;

 

(l)                                      Accounts that represent progress payments or other advance billings that are due prior to the completion of performance by Borrower of the subject contract for goods or services;

 

(m)                              Accounts which have not been paid in full within ninety (90) days from the invoice date, or within sixty (60) days from the due date thereof.  The entire balance of any Account of any single Account Debtor will be ineligible whenever the portion of the Account which has not been paid within ninety (90) days from the invoice date is in excess of 50% of the total amount outstanding on such Account;

 

(n)                                  Accounts that do not arise from the sale of goods or performance of services by such Borrower in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(o)                                  Accounts that (i) are not owned by such Borrower or (ii) are subject to any lien of any other person, other than Lender;

 

(p)                                  That portion of the Accounts of any single Account Debtor which exceeds 15% of all of Borrower’s Accounts;

 

(q)                                  Accounts that the amount thereof is not yet represented by an invoice or bill issued in the name of the applicable account debtor;

 

(r)                                     Accounts where the Account Debtor is Cardinal Health, Inc., an Ohio corporation, or any affiliate or subsidiary thereof, and such Account(s), in the aggregate, exceed(s) thirty-five percent (35%) of the aggregate Eligible Accounts Receivable;

 

3



 

(s)                                    Accounts where the Account Debtor AmerisourceBergen Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any affiliate or subsidiary thereof, and such Account(s), in the aggregate, exceed(s) thirty-five percent (35%) of the aggregate Eligible Accounts Receivable; and

 

(t)                                     Accounts where the Account Debtor is McKesson Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any affiliate or subsidiary thereof, and such Account(s), in the aggregate, exceed(s) thirty-five percent (35%) of the aggregate Eligible Accounts Receivable.

 

Eligible Inventory ” means Inventory that Lender, in its sole judgment, deems eligible for borrowing, based on such considerations as Lender may from time to time deem appropriate.  Without limiting the fact that the determination of which Inventory is eligible for borrowing is a matter of Lender’s discretion, Eligible Inventory shall (i) be owned by Borrower; (ii) consist of raw materials or finished goods in good, new and salable condition which are not perishable, not obsolete (or more than 365 days old, excluding packaging material and spare parts), not damaged, not defective or unmerchantable, not consigned goods, and are not slow moving or comprised of returned items, and are not comprised of Chlorofluorocarbon (“CFC”), work in process, packaging materials, display items, samples, prototypes, demonstrations, supplies or any finished goods that are proprietary or identified by trademark, including but not limited to Albuterol CFC; (iii) meet all applicable governmental standards; (iv) have been manufactured in compliance with the Fair Labor Standards Act; (v) conform in all respects to the warranties and representations set forth in this Agreement; (vi) be at all times subject to Lender’s duly perfected, first priority security interest; (vii) be situated at one of the locations designated by Borrower and approved by Lender, and where Lender has obtained from the owner of such location a waiver and consent agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Lender; and (viii) not include any product requiring approval by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for which either approval has not been given or for which approval has been revoked.

 

Equipment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9102(a)(33) of the Code and includes, without limitation, all of Borrower’s furniture, fixtures, trade fixtures, tenant improvements owned by Borrower, all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions or improvements to any of the foregoing, wherever located.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute, and any and all regulations thereunder.

 

Event of Default ” means any of the events set forth in Section 10.1 of this Agreement.

 

Fees and Costs ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.12 of this Agreement.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States, applied on a consistent basis, applied both to classification of items and amounts.

 

General Intangibles ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9102(a)(42) of the Code and shall include, without limitation, payment intangibles, all choses in action, causes of action, corporate or other business records, inventions, designs, drawings, blueprints, patents, patent applications, trademarks and the goodwill of the business symbolized thereby, names, trade names, trade secrets, goodwill, copyrights, registrations, licenses, franchises, customer lists, security and other deposits, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending for any cause or claim (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), and all judgments now or hereafter arising therefrom, all claims of Borrower against Lender, rights to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights as a licensor or licensee of any kind, royalties, telephone numbers, proprietary information, purchase orders, and all insurance policies and claims (including without limitation, life insurance, key man insurance, credit insurance, liability insurance, property insurance and other insurance), tax refunds and claims, software, discs, tapes and tape files, claims under guaranties, security interests or other security held by or granted to Borrower, all rights to indemnification and all other intangible property of every kind and nature (other than Receivables).

 

Goods ” has the meaning set forth in section 9102(a)(44) of the Code.

 

Indemnified Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(c) of this Agreement.

 

Inventory ” means all of Borrower’s now owned and hereafter acquired goods, including software embedded in such goods, merchandise or other personal property, wherever located, to be furnished under any contract of service or held for sale or lease (including without limitation all raw materials, work in process, finished goods and goods in transit, and, including without limitation, all farm products), and all materials and supplies of every kind,

 

4



 

nature and description which are or might be used or consumed in Borrower’s business or used in connection with the manufacture, packing, shipping, advertising, selling or finishing of such goods, merchandise or other personal property, and all warehouse receipts, documents of title and other documents representing any of the foregoing.

 

Investment Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9102(a)(49) of the Code.

 

Lender ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.

 

Line of Credit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Loan Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 of this Agreement.

 

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the agreements and any other agreement, instrument or document executed in connection herewith or therewith.

 

Lock Box ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7 of this Agreement.

 

Lockbox Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7 of this Agreement.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (i) the business, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of Borrower or any subsidiary of Borrower or any guarantor of any of the Obligations, (ii) the ability of Borrower or any guarantor of any of the Obligations to perform its obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, repayment of the Obligations as they come due), or (iii) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other agreement or document entered into by any party in connection herewith, or the rights or remedies of Lender hereunder or thereunder.

 

Maturity Dates ” means, collectively, the Maturity Date for Borrowing Base Subline and the Maturity Date for Non-Borrowing Base Subline.

 

Maturity Date for Borrowing Base Subline ” means March 30, 2013, which is the maturity date for the Borrowing Base Subline.

 

Maturity Date for Non-Borrowing Base Subline ” means September 30, 2012, which is the maturity date for the Non-Borrowing Base Subline.

 

Non-Borrowing Base Subline ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 hereof.

 

Obligations ” means all present and future Advances, loans, overdrafts, debts, liabilities, obligations, including, without limitation, all obligations of Borrower under any guaranties, covenants, duties and indebtedness at any time owing by Borrower to Lender, whether evidenced by this Agreement or any note or other instrument or document or Loan Documents, whether arising from an extension of credit, opening of a letter of credit, banker’s acceptance, trust receipt, loan, overdraft, guaranty, indemnification or otherwise, whether direct or indirect (including, without limitation, those acquired by assignment and any participation by Lender in Borrower’s debts owing to others), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, including, without limitation, all interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorneys’ fees (including attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in bankruptcy), expert witness fees and expenses, fees and expenses of consultants, audit fees, letter of credit fees, closing fees, facility fees, termination fees, and any other sums chargeable to Borrower under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or under any other present or future instrument or agreement between Borrower and Lender.

 

OFAC ” shall mean the United States Department of the Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control.

 

OFAC Prohibited Person ” shall mean a country, territory, individual or person (i) listed on, included within or associated with any of the countries, territories, individuals or entities referred to on The Office of Foreign Assets Control’s List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or any other prohibited person lists maintained by governmental authorities, or otherwise included within or associated with any of the countries, territories, individuals or entities referred to in or prohibited by OFAC or any other Anti-Money Laundering Laws, or (ii) which is obligated or has any interest to pay, donate, transfer or otherwise assign any property, money, goods, services, or other benefits from the property directly or indirectly, to any countries, territories, individuals or entities on or associated with anyone on such list or in such laws.

 

5



 

Official Body ” means my government or political subdivision or any agency, authority, bureau, commission, court or tribunal whether foreign or domestic.

 

Overadvance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

 

Parent ” means any Person holding a majority of the equity interest in a corporation or limited liability company.

 

Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, government, or any agency or political division thereof, or any other entity.

 

Potential Default ” means any event, act or condition which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Prime Rate ” means an interest rate which is subject to change from time to time based on changes in an independent index, which is The Wall Street Journal Prime Rate (the “Index”).  The Index is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by Lender on its loans.  If the Index becomes unavailable during the term of this Agreement, Lender may designate a substitute index after notifying Borrower.  The interest rate change will not occur more often than each day.  Borrower understands that Lender may make loans based on other rates as well.  NOTICE:  Under no circumstances will the effective rate of interest on any Advance be more than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law.

 

Receivables ” means all of Borrower’s now owned and hereafter acquired Accounts, letter of credit rights, license fees, contract rights, chattel paper (including tangible chattel paper, electronic chattel paper, and intangible chattel paper), instruments (including promissory notes), drafts, securities, documents, securities accounts, security entitlements, commodity contracts, commodity accounts, Investment Property, supporting obligations and all other forms of obligations at any time owing to Borrower, all guaranties and other security therefor, all merchandise returned to or repossessed by Borrower, and all rights of stoppage in transit and all other rights or remedies of an unpaid vendor, lienor or secured party.

 

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) at fair valuations, all of the properties and assets of such Person are greater than the sum of the debts, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the properties and assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its properties and assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts mature, and (e) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s properties and assets would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practices in the industry in which such Person is engaged.  In computing the amount of contingent liabilities at any time, it is intended that such liabilities will be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that reasonably can be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

Subordinated Liabilities ” means liabilities subordinated to the Borrower’s obligations to Lender in a manner acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion.

 

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing (other than securities or interest having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.

 

Supporting Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9102(77) of the Code.

 

Tangible Net Worth ” shall mean the value of total assets (including leaseholds and leasehold improvements and reserves against assets but excluding goodwill, patents, trademarks, trade names, organization expense, unamortized debt discount and expense, capitalized or deferred research and development costs, deferred marketing expenses, and other like intangibles, and monies due from affiliates, officers, directors, employees, shareholders,

 

6



 

members or managers) less total liabilities, including, but not limited to, accrued and deferred income taxes, but excluding the non-current portion of Subordinated Liabilities.

 

Total Liabilities ” means the sum of Current Liabilities plus long term liabilities.

 

1.2                                Accounting Terms and Determinations .  Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meanings given to such terms in accordance with GAAP.  In addition, unless otherwise specified herein all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.  All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meanings provided by the Code, to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

1.3                                Construction .  Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular and references to the singular include the plural; references to any gender include any other gender; the part includes the whole; the term “including” is not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or”.  The words, “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  Article, section, subsection, clause, exhibit and schedule references are to this Agreement, unless otherwise specified.  Any reference in this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents to this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents includes any and all permitted alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, or supplements thereto or thereof, as applicable.

 

1.4                                Exhibits and Schedules .  All of the exhibits and schedules attached hereto shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.

 

1.5                                No Presumption Against Any Party .  Neither this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, any other documents, agreement, or instrument entered into in connection herewith, nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein or therein shall be construed or resolved using any presumption against any party hereto, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise.  On the contrary, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and all other documents, instruments, and agreements entered into in connection herewith have been reviewed by each of the parties and by their respective counsel and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meanings of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto.

 

1.6                                Independence of Provisions .  All agreements and covenants hereunder, under the Loan Documents and the other documents, instruments, and agreements entered into in connection herewith shall be given independent effect such that if a particular action or condition is prohibited by the terms of any such agreement or covenant, the fact that such action or condition would be permitted within the limitations of another agreement or covenant shall not be construed as allowing such action to be taken or condition to exist.

 

2.                                       CREDIT FACILITY.

 

2.1                                Revolving Line of Credit.  This is a revolving line of credit (“Line of Credit”) providing for Advances, up to the Credit Limit, and subject to the terms and conditions contained herein.  Until the respective Maturity Dates, Borrower may repay principal amounts and reborrow them.  Provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lender will make Advances from time to time from the Closing Date to the respective Maturity Dates in amounts and in percentages to be determined by Lender in its good faith discretion, in a total aggregate amount (the “Credit Limit”) at any time outstanding not to exceed the principal sum of Twenty Million and No/100 Dollars ($20,000,000.00).  Within the foregoing limits, Borrower may borrow, partially or wholly prepay and reborrow under this Agreement as set forth herein, subject to the terms and conditions for the Borrowing Base Subline and the Non-Borrowing Base Subline, as set forth in Section 2.4 hereinbelow.  In no event shall the aggregate amount of all Advances plus the aggregate amount outstanding under the Borrowing Base Subline plus the aggregate amount outstanding under the Non-Borrowing Base Subline exceed the Credit Limit.

 

7



 

2.2                                Use of Proceeds.

 

(a)                                  All Advances made to or for the benefit of Borrower may be used by Borrower for such lawful purposes as Borrower may require.  Lender shall have no obligation to monitor or verify the use or application of any Advance disbursed by Lender.

 

(b)                                  Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, use all or any part of any Advance for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Board of Governors”) or to extend credit to any Person for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such margin stock or for any purpose which violates or is inconsistent with Regulation X of the Board of Governors, unless such use has been expressly approved in writing by Lender, in its discretion.

 

2.3                                Loan Account/Deposit Account.   Lender shall maintain on its books a record of account (“Loan Account”) in which Lender shall make entries for each Advance and such other debits and credits as shall be appropriate in connection with the credit facility set forth in this Agreement.  Each Advance made by Lender shall be deposited in Borrower’s Primary Operating Account, as applicable.

 

2.4                                Borrowing Base Subline and Non-Borrowing Base Subline.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Lender agrees to extend the Line of Credit to Borrower.  The Line of Credit includes two (2) separate subline facilities, as follows:

 

(a)                                  An asset-based subline facility (“Borrowing Base Subline”) for Borrower’s working capital under which the maximum aggregate principal amount that may be outstanding at any given time under the Borrowing Base Subline shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base, and (ii) the Credit Limit.  The Borrowing Base shall be calculated by Lender upon receipt from Borrower of the Borrowing Base Certificate and all supporting documentation required under this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.3 below.  Upon written request by Borrower, Lender will provide a Borrowing Base calculation to Borrower setting forth its determination of the Borrowing Base, which calculation will be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error.  The Borrowing Base as determined by Lender will become effective upon calculation by Lender and will remain in effect until a new Borrowing Base is calculated by Lender in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  A subline facility (“Non-Borrowing Base Subline”) for Borrower’s working capital under which the maximum aggregate principal amount that may be outstanding at any given time under the Non-Borrowing Base Subline shall not exceed Ten Million and No/100 Dollars ($10,000,000.00); provided , however , commencing on June 30, 2012, until the Maturity Date for the Non-Borrowing Base Subline, the maximum aggregate principal amount that may be outstanding at any given time under the Non-Borrowing Base Subline shall not exceed Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00).  The Non-Borrowing Base Subline shall not be subject to the Borrowing Base requirements.

 

3.                                       INTEREST.

 

3.1                                Interest Rate.

 

(a)                                  Each Advance shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate, but in no event less than five percent (5.00%) per annum, calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

(b)                                  Each Advance shall be made upon the irrevocable written request of Borrower received by Lender no later than 11:00 a.m. (California time) on the Business Day such Advance is to be made.  Each such notice shall specify the date such Advance is to be made, which day shall be a Business Day, and the amount of such Advance, and shall comply with such other requirements as Lender determines are reasonable or desirable in connection therewith.  Any written request for an Advance received by Lender after 11:00 a.m. (California time) shall not be considered by Lender until the next Business Day.

 

3.2                                Interest Payments .  Commencing on April 30, 2012, and continuing on the last day of each and every calendar month thereafter until the respective Maturity Dates, Borrower shall pay to Lender all accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Advances under this Agreement.  Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to automatically debit Borrower’s Primary Operating Account for any and all payments of principal, interest, and fees (including, but not limited to, loan fees, penalty fees, amendment fees, document fees, legal fees,

 

8



 

third-party fees, dishonored item fee, and late fees) as they become due and payable under the Advances pursuant to this Agreement.

 

3.3                                Default Interest .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Advance or other Obligation owing to Lender and on the unpaid amount of all interest, fees and other amounts payable hereunder that is not paid when due, payable on demand by Lender, at a rate per annum (the “Default Rate”) equal at all times to five percent (5.0%) per annum above the rate per annum required to be paid on Advances pursuant to Section 3.1(a).

 

4.                                       PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS.

 

4.1                                Overadvance .  If, at any time and for any reason, the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Advances and Obligations exceeds the lesser of (i) the Credit Limit, or (ii) the maximum principal amount permitted to be outstanding with respect to each of the Borrowing Base Subline and Non-Borrowing Base Subline (an “Overadvance”), Borrower shall immediately pay Lender, in cash, the amount of such Overadvance.  Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to automatically debit Borrower’s Primary Operating Account for payment of such Overadvance.  Lender may apply such payments to the outstanding Advances or Obligations in such order and manner as Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, may determine.

 

4.2                                Maturity Dates .  On the respective Maturity Dates, Borrower shall pay and perform in full all outstanding Advances and all other Obligations, whether for principal, interest, costs, fees or otherwise.

 

4.3                                Manner of Payment .  Payment of the Advances and all other Obligations shall be automatically withdrawn from Borrower’s Primary Operating Account with Lender, or such other account with Lender as designated in writing by Borrower.

 

4.4                                Late Fee .  If any payment due hereunder is not received or made within fifteen (15) days of the due date or there are insufficient funds in Borrower’s Primary Operating Account on the date Lender enters any debit authorized by this Agreement, without limiting Lender’s other remedies in such an event, Lender shall apply a late fee in an amount equal to five percent (5.00%) of the unpaid portion of the scheduled payment or $35.00, whichever is less.

 

4.5                                Dishonored Item Fee .  Borrower will pay a fee to Lender in the amount of $35.00 if Borrower makes a payment on any Advance and the check or preauthorized charge with which Borrower pays is later dishonored.

 

4.6                                Loan Fees .  Borrower agrees to pay to Lender a loan fee in the amount of $20,000.00, which is due on the Closing Date.  The loan fee shall be deemed fully earned when paid, and therefore, is nonrefundable.

 

4.7                                Lock Box .  Prior to or concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Borrower and Lender shall enter into Lender’s form of Lockbox Service Agreement (the “Lockbox Agreement”), establishing the lock box (the “Lock Box”), and Borrower shall cause all payments from Account Debtors under the Accounts to be paid into said Lock Box.  In addition, prior to or concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Borrower shall notify all Account Debtors to make all such payments under their respective Accounts to the Lock Box.  Borrower acknowledges that Lender shall have exclusive access to the Lock Box (and Borrower shall not have any access) for the purpose of, among other things, collecting all checks and other items payable to Borrower under each Account, negotiating and depositing said checks and items into Borrower’s Primary Operating Account, and applying the proceeds of said checks and items for the purpose of satisfying any and all of Borrower’s Obligations under this Agreement in the Event of Default.  Borrower agrees to execute and deliver such documents, authorizations and powers of attorney reasonably requested by Lender in connection with such Lock Box.

 

4.8                                Assignment of Deposit Account Agreement .  Prior to or concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Borrower shall open Borrower’s Primary Operating Account with Lender and execute that certain Security Agreement (Assignment of Deposit Account), in favor of Lender (the “Assignment of Deposit Account Agreement”), which shall assign Borrower’s Primary Operating Account to Lender as security for the Obligations.  Borrower shall deposit or cause to be deposited into Borrower’s Primary Operating Account, all sums collected from any Account Debtors under their respective Accounts.  Any and all funds in Borrower’s Primary Operating Account shall be used to pay any and all sums due and unpaid to Lender under the terms of the Line of Credit in accordance with Section 3.2, above, and thereafter for Borrower’s business operations.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, (a) Borrower shall have no further right to access, utilize or withdraw all or any portion of the funds in Borrower’s Primary Operating Account, and (b) Lender may continue to withdraw from Borrower’s Primary

 

9



 

Operating Account to pay any amounts due and unpaid, in Lender’s sole and absolute opinion and judgment, without further authorization on the part of Borrower.  Notwithstanding the existence of Borrower’s Primary Operating Account, Borrower shall be responsible to pay any sums due under the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents from sources other than Borrower’s Primary Operating Account regardless of whether Borrower’s Primary Operating Account has been disbursed in its entirety or an Event of Default has occurred.

 

5.                                       SECURITY INTEREST.

 

5.1                                Grant of Interest .  To secure the payment and performance of all of the Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as and when due, Borrower hereby grants to Lender a first priority security interest in all Collateral.

 

5.2                                Collateral .  The Collateral shall constitute, all of Borrower’s interest in all of the following assets whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and wherever located:

 

(a)                                  All assets of Borrower, including, but not limited to, Accounts, Receivables, Inventory, Investment Property, Goods, Deposit Accounts, and General Intangibles, including, without limitation, all of Borrower’s cash, money, warehouse receipts, bills of lading, purchase orders, letters of credit, letter of credit rights, any client lists, any and all recipes and trade secrets, receipts of any kind or nature, documents, contracts and contract rights, invoices, licenses, insurance, and other tangible or intangible property of Borrower resulting from the sale or disposition of all of the foregoing, and the proceeds thereof; provided , however , that (i) Equipment shall not be included within the meaning of Collateral, as used herein; (ii) as to Investment Property, only Borrower’s stock, securities, or other interests in entities that are not subsidiaries of or otherwise owned or controlled by Borrower shall be included within the meaning of Collateral, as used herein (for purposes hereof, “owned or controlled” shall mean that Borrower owns fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interests in such entity, and has the ability, directly or indirectly, to direct and control the policies and management of such entity); and (iii) no security interest in real property is created hereby.

 

(b)                                  All Supporting Obligations related to any of the foregoing;

 

(c)                                   All proceeds and products of any of the foregoing (including proceeds of any insurance policies, proceeds of proceeds, and claims against third parties); and

 

(d)                                  All books and records related to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, general ledgers, instruction manuals and warranties, computer records, storage tapes, dvds, and cds, and all accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions, and parts with respect thereto (all of the foregoing, together with all other property in which Lender may now or in the future be granted a lien or security interest, is referred to herein, collectively, as the “Collateral”).  Collateral shall not include any asset which on the Borrower’s books and records Borrower is holding in trust for third persons.

 

5.3                                Perfection.

 

(a)                                  To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender may file one or more financing statements disclosing Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.  Borrower agrees that a carbon, photographic, photostatic or other reproduction of this Agreement or of a financing statement is sufficient as a financing statement.  Borrower approves, authorizes and ratifies any filings or recordings made by or on behalf of Lender in connection with the perfection and continuation of Lender’s security interest with respect to the Collateral.

 

(b)                                  Lender may file UCC-1 financing statements against specific items of Equipment, in Lender’s sole discretion, and Borrower agrees to furnish to Lender sufficient identifying information, such as make, model and serial numbers, as Lender may request.  Lender may also file a fixture filing in the real property records of the applicable county in California, to perfect its security interest in such items of Equipment as are or become fixtures.

 

(c)                                   Upon demand, Borrower will deliver to Lender such other items of Collateral or will execute such documents as are appropriate to grant Lender possession or control of such Collateral as necessary to further perfect Lender’s security interest therein.

 

10


 

6.                                       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

 

6.1                                Conditions to Initial Advance .  The obligation of Lender to make the initial Advance is subject to the satisfaction, in the sole discretion of Lender, at or prior to the first Advance hereunder, of each, every and all of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  Accuracy of Representations and Warranties; No Default .  The representations and warranties contained in Sections 7 and 8 below shall have been true and correct when made and shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date; and on the Closing Date, no Event of Default and no Potential Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(b)                                  Documents and Agreements .  Borrower shall deliver to Lender the following documents, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its sole and absolute discretion:

 

(i)                                      An executed original of this Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   An executed original of the Lockbox Agreement.

 

(iii)                                An executed original of the Assignment of Deposit Account Agreement.

 

(iv)                               Evidence satisfactory to Lender that all equipment loans with have been paid in full and any liens thereon have been released.

 

(v)                                  Such resolutions or other authorizations as Lender shall require of Borrower and any Person holding an interest in Borrower authorizing the Line of Credit, grant of a security interest in the Collateral, or such other matters as Lender shall require.

 

(vi)                               Such additional assignments, agreements, certificates, reports, approvals, instruments, documents, financing statements, consents, and opinions as Lender may request, including, but not limited to, a pre-filing UCC authorization letter.

 

(c)                                   Priority of Lender’s Liens .  Lender shall have received the results of “of record” searches satisfactory to Lender in its sole and absolute discretion, reflecting its Uniform Commercial Code filing against Borrower indicating that Lender has a perfected, first priority lien in and upon all of the Collateral.

 

(d)                                  Insurance .  Lender shall have received copies of the insurance binders or certificates evidencing Borrower’s compliance with Section 9.2 of this Agreement, including lender’s loss payee endorsements.

 

(e)                                   Organizational Documents .  Lender shall have received copies of Borrower’s articles of incorporation or articles of organization, as applicable, and all amendments thereto, and a certificate of good standing (each certified by the California Secretary of State, and dated a recent date prior to the Closing Date), and Lender shall have received Certificates of Foreign Qualification for Borrower from the Secretary of State of each state wherein the failure to be so qualified could have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)                                    Certified Resolutions/Authorizations .  Lender shall have received (i) copies of Borrower’s by-laws or operating agreement, as applicable, and all amendments thereto,  and (ii) copies of the resolutions of the board of directors of Borrower or authorization of the managers of Borrower, as applicable, authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the other documents contemplated hereby, and authorizing the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, and authorizing specific officers or managers of Borrower to execute the same on behalf of Borrower certified by the Secretary or other acceptable officer, or the manager, as applicable, of Borrower as of the Closing Date.

 

(g)                                   Due Diligence .  Lender shall have completed its due diligence with respect to Borrower.

 

(h)                                  Landlord Waivers .  If required by Lender, Lender shall have received duly executed landlord waivers and access agreements, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion, and, when deemed appropriate by Lender, in form for recording in the appropriate recording office, with respect to all leased locations where Borrower maintains any Collateral.

 

(i)                                      Third Party Custody .  In the event that any Collateral is in the possession of a third party, Borrower shall join with Lender in notifying such third party of Lender’s security interest and obtaining an acknowledgement from such third party that it is holding such Collateral for the benefit of Lender.

 

11



 

(j)                                     Permits and Approvals .  Verification and approval of all permits, approvals and authorizations required to pledge the Collateral to Lender.

 

(k)                                  Fees .  Borrower shall have paid all Fees and Costs payable by Borrower hereunder.

 

(l)                                      Loan Fee .  Borrower shall have paid the loan fee of $20,000.00 to Lender.

 

(m)                              Intentionally Omitted .

 

(n)                                  Borrower’s Financial Statements .  Review and approval of Borrower’s latest year to date month-end internally prepared consolidated financial statements and tax returns (with all forms K-1 attached), together with the similar dated aged accounts receivable and inventory reports, and any other financial statements and reports as required by Lender.

 

(o)                                  Legal Opinion .  At Lender’s request, a favorable opinion of independent counsel to Borrower acceptable to Lender and its counsel opining to, among other things, Borrower being a validly organized and existing business entity in good standing with full power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted, Borrower’s execution and authority to execute the Loan Documents, the validity and binding effect of the Loan Documents, that the assignments, if any, are valid and enforceable in accordance with their terms against the parties thereto, the nonusurious character of the Advances, the absence of any agreement, covenant, judgment, order, restriction, or contract that would prohibit the making of the Advances or which would require consent be given to Borrower, which consent has not been obtained.

 

(p)                                  Other Documents and Agreements .  Lender shall have received such other agreements, instruments and documents as Lender may require in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion, and in form for filing in the appropriate filing office, including, but not limited to, those documents listed in Section 6.1(c).

 

6.2                                Conditions to all Advances .  The obligation of Lender to make any Advance to Borrower (including the initial Advance) is further subject to and contingent upon the fulfillment of each of the following conditions to the satisfaction of Lender:

 

(a)                                  The fact that, immediately before and after the making of any Advance, no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and

 

(b)                                  The fact that the representations and warranties of Borrower contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such borrowing.

 

7.                                      REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF BORROWER .  In order to induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and to make the Advances, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender as follows, and Borrower covenants that the following representations will continue to be true, and that Borrower will at all times comply with all of the following covenants:

 

7.1                                State of Organization, Existence and Authority.

 

(a)                                  Borrower is and will continue to be, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  Borrower has all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as presently planned to be conducted.  Borrower is and will continue to be qualified and licensed to do business in California and all jurisdictions in which any failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  Borrower is not in violation of any term of any of its organizational documents, agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its properties (now or hereafter acquired) may be bound (except for violations which in the aggregate do not have a Material Adverse Effect).

 

(c)                                   The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement, and all other documents contemplated hereby, and the creation of the lien granted under this Agreement:  (i) have been duly and validly authorized, (ii) create legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their terms (except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles and by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally), (iii) do not violate

 

12



 

Borrower’s articles or certificate of incorporation, or Borrower’s by-laws, or any law which is binding upon Borrower or its property, (iv) do not constitute a breach of, or grounds for acceleration of, any material indebtedness or obligation under any material agreement or instrument which is binding upon Borrower or its property and (v) do not require any consent, approval, license exemption or other action by any Official Body or any other person or entity except such as have already been given or shall be obtained on or before the Closing Date.

 

7.2                                Name; Trade Names and Styles .  The name of Borrower set forth in the heading to this Agreement is its correct name.  All prior names of Borrower and all of Borrower’s present and prior trade names are listed on Exhibit B attached hereto, and incorporated herein by this reference.  Borrower shall give Lender thirty (30) days’ prior written notice before changing its name or doing business under any other trade name.  Borrower has complied, and will in the future comply, with all laws relating to the conduct of business under a fictitious business name.

 

7.3                                Place of Business; Location of Collateral .  Borrower’s Address set forth in the introduction to this Agreement is the address and location of Borrower’s chief executive office.  In addition, Borrower has places of business and tangible Collateral located only at the locations set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto, and incorporated herein by this reference.  Borrower will give Lender at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice before opening any additional place of business, changing its chief executive office, or moving any of the Collateral to a location other than Borrower’s Address or one of the locations set forth on Exhibit C hereto.

 

7.4                                Title to Collateral .  Borrower is now, and will at all times in the future, be the sole owner of all the Collateral, except for items of Equipment which are leased by Borrower.  Borrower has rights in and the power to transfer the Collateral.  The Collateral is now, and will remain, free and clear of any and all liens, charges, security interests, encumbrances and adverse claims.  Lender has now, and will continue to have, a first-priority perfected and enforceable security interest in all of the Collateral, and Borrower will at all times defend Lender and the Collateral against all claims of others.  Borrower is not and will not become a lessee under any real property lease which does, or will, prohibit, restrain, impair Borrower’s right to remove any Collateral from the leased premises.  Borrower will keep in full force and effect, and will comply with all the terms of, any lease of real property where any of the Collateral now or in the future may be located.  If any Collateral is or becomes the subject of any registration certificate, certificate of deposit or negotiable document of title, including any warehouse receipt or bill of lading, Borrower shall immediately deliver such document to Lender, together with any necessary endorsements.

 

7.5                                Maintenance and Preservation of Collateral .  Borrower will maintain and preserve the Collateral in good working condition, and Borrower will not use the Collateral for any unlawful purpose.  Borrower will immediately advise Lender in writing of any material loss or damage to the Collateral or any event which affects the value of the Collateral, the ability of Borrower or Lender to dispose of the Collateral, or the rights and remedies of Lender in relation thereto, including, but not limited to, the levy of any legal process against any Collateral and the adoption of any marketing order, arrangement or procedure affecting the Collateral, whether governmental or otherwise.  Borrower shall pay all costs necessary to preserve, defend, enforce and collect the Collateral, including, but not limited to, taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, repairs, rent, storage costs and expenses of sales, and any costs to perfect Lender’s security interest (collectively, the “Collateral Costs”).  Without waiving Borrower’s default for failure to make any such payment, Lender at its option may pay any such Collateral Costs, and discharge encumbrances on the Collateral, and such Collateral Costs payments shall be a part of the Obligations and bear interest at the rate set out in this Agreement.  Borrower agrees to reimburse Lender on demand for any Collateral Costs so incurred.  Until Lender exercises its rights to make collection, Borrower will diligently collect all Collateral.

 

7.6                                Books and Records .  Borrower has maintained and will maintain at Borrower’s Address complete and accurate books and records, comprising an accounting system in accordance with GAAP.

 

7.7                                Financial Condition, Statements and Reports .  All financial statements now or in the future delivered to Lender have been, and will be, prepared in conformity with GAAP (except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to normal year-end adjustments) and now and in the future will fairly reflect the financial condition of Borrower, at the times and for the periods therein stated.  Between the last date covered by any such statement provided to Lender and the date hereof, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.  Borrower is now and will continue to be Solvent.

 

7.8                                Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions .  Borrower has timely filed, and will timely file, all tax returns and reports required by foreign, federal, state and local law; and Borrower has timely paid, and will timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions now or in the future owed by Borrower.  Borrower may, however, defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests Borrower’s obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently

 

13



 

instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Lender in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to keep the contested taxes from becoming a lien upon any of the Collateral.  As of the date hereof, Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower.  To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower has paid, and shall continue to pay all amounts necessary to fund all present and future pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms; and Borrower has not and will not withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

7.9                                Compliance with Law .  Borrower has complied, and will comply, in all material respects, with all provisions of all material foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to Borrower, including, but not limited to, the Fair Labor Standards Act, and those relating to Borrower’s ownership of real or personal property, the conduct and licensing of Borrower’s business, and environmental matters.

 

7.10                         Litigation .  There is no claim, suit, litigation, proceeding or investigation (collectively “Material Litigation”), pending, or to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, threatened by or against or affecting Borrower in any court or before any governmental agency (or any basis therefor known to Borrower) which if adversely determined against Borrower would result, either separately or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.  Borrower will promptly inform Lender in writing of any Material Litigation not already disclosed by Borrower to Lender in writing as of the date of this Agreement.

 

7.11                         Use of Proceeds .  The proceeds of all Advances shall be used solely for lawful business purposes.  Borrower is not using the proceeds of any Advance to purchase any “margin stock” (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).

 

7.12                         No Default .  No event has occurred and is continuing and no condition exists which constitutes an Event of Default or Potential Default.

 

7.13                         No Advice .  Borrower is not relying on Lender or Lender’s agents, consultants or attorneys as to the legal sufficiency, legal effect or tax consequences of this Agreement or the acquisition of assets relating hereto.

 

7.14                         Continuing Warranties .  Borrower’s representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct at the time of execution of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date and shall survive the Closing Date and shall remain true and correct as of the date given.

 

7.15                         Intellectual Property .  Borrower will, at its expense, diligently prosecute all patent, trademark or service mark or copyright applications pending on or after the date hereof, will maintain in effect all issued patents and will renew all trademark and service mark registrations, including payment of any and all maintenance and renewal fees relating thereto, except for such patents, service marks and trademarks that are being sold, donated or abandoned by Borrower pursuant to the terms of its intellectual property management program.  Borrower also will promptly make application on any patentable but unpatented inventions, registerable but unregistered trademarks and service marks, and copyrightable but uncopyrighted works.  Borrower will at its expense protect and defend all rights in the Collateral against any material claims and demands of all persons other than Lender and will, at its expense, enforce all rights in the Collateral against any and all infringers of the Collateral where such infringement would materially impair the value or use of the Collateral to Borrower or Lender.  Borrower will not license or transfer any of the Collateral, except for such licenses as are customary in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, or except with Lender’s prior written consent.  Exhibit D, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, is a complete list of all patents, trademark and service mark registrations, copyright registrations, mask work registrations, and all applications therefor, in which Borrower has any right, title, or interest, throughout the world.  To the extent required by Lender in its discretion, Borrower will promptly notify Lender of any acquisition (by adoption and use, purchase, license or otherwise) of any patent, trademark or service mark registration, copyright registration, mask work registration, and applications therefor, and unregistered trademarks and service marks and copyrights, throughout the world, which are granted or filed or acquired after the date hereof or which are not listed on Exhibit D.  Borrower authorizes Lender, without notice to Borrower, to modify this Agreement by amending Exhibit D to include any such Collateral.

 

8.                                       RECEIVABLES / ACCOUNTS.

 

8.1                                Representations Relating to Documents and Legal Compliance .  Borrower represents and warrants to Lender as follows:

 

14



 

(a)                                  All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Accounts are and shall be true and correct in all material respects and all such invoices, instruments and other documents and all of Borrower’s books and records are and shall be genuine and in all respects what they purport to be.

 

(b)                                  All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Account shall fully comply with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations.

 

(c)                                   All documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Accounts are and shall be legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

8.2                                Collection of Accounts .  Borrower shall direct all Account Debtors to make all payments under the Accounts to the Lock Box, and Lender shall have exclusive access to said Lock Box, as more fully described in Section 4.7, above.  Lender or its designee shall have the right, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to notify the Account Debtors to make payments directly to Lender and to enforce Borrower’s rights against the Account Debtor.

 

8.3                                Verification .  Lender may, from time to time, verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, by means of mail, telephone or otherwise, either in the name of Borrower or Lender or such other name as Lender may choose.

 

9.                                       ADDITIONAL DUTIES OF THE BORROWER.

 

9.1                                Financial and Other Covenants .  Borrower shall at all times comply with the following covenants:

 

(a)                                  Borrower’s Primary Operating Account .  Borrower shall, so long as any Advance remains unpaid and no commitment to make any Advance remains outstanding, maintain Borrower’s Primary Operating Account with Lender.

 

(b)                                  Minimum Current Ratio .  On a consolidated basis with its subsidiaries, Borrower shall maintain at al times a minimum Current Ratio of not less than 1.20 to 1.00.

 

(c)                                   Minimum Tangible Net Worth .  On a consolidated basis with its subsidiaries, Borrower shall maintain at all times, on a consolidated basis with its subsidiaries, a minimum Tangible Net Worth of not less than One Hundred Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($125,000,000.00).

 

(d)                                  Debt to Tangible Net Worth Ratio .  On a consolidated basis with its subsidiaries, Borrower shall maintain at all times a ratio of Total Liabilities to Tangible Net Worth of not more than 1.25 to 1.00.

 

(e)                                   Profitability .  Borrower shall maintain at all times minimum profitability of not less than One Dollar ($1.00).

 

(f)                                    Unless otherwise defined herein, all financial terms used in this Section 9.1 shall be interpreted in accordance with GAAP.

 

9.2                                Insurance .  Borrower shall, at all times, insure all of the tangible personal property Collateral and carry product liability insurance and such other business insurance, with insurers reasonably acceptable to Lender, in such form and amounts as Lender may reasonably require (including, without limitation, credit insurance), and Borrower shall provide evidence of such insurance to Lender, so that Lender is satisfied that such insurance is, at all times, in full force and effect.  All liability insurance policies of Borrower with respect to the Collateral shall name Lender as an additional insured, and all property, casualty and related insurance policies of Borrower with respect to the Collateral shall name Lender as a loss payee thereon and Borrower shall cause the issuance of a lender’s loss payee endorsement in form reasonably acceptable to Lender.  Upon receipt of the proceeds of any such insurance, Lender, at its sole option, either (i) shall apply such proceeds to the prepayment of the Obligations in such order or manner as Lender may elect, or (ii) shall disburse such proceeds to Borrower for application to the cost of repairs, replacements, or restorations.  All repairs, replacements or restorations shall be effected with reasonable promptness and shall be of a value at least equal to the value of the items or property destroyed prior to such damage or destruction.  Lender may require reasonable assurance that the insurance proceeds so released will be so used.  All product liability insurance policies of Borrower shall provide insurance coverage in the amount of $2,000,000.00 per

 

15



 

occurrence and $5,000,000.00 in the aggregate.  If Borrower fails to provide or pay for any insurance, Lender may, but is not obligated to, obtain the same at Borrower’s expense.

 

9.3                                Reports .  Borrower, at its expense, shall provide Lender with the written reports set forth below, (all in form, substance and detail satisfactory to Lender)  in written “hard copy” form by the dates specified:

 

(a)                                  Commencing on April 20, 2012, and continuing on the 20th day of each calendar month thereafter, Borrower shall deliver to Lender a monthly Borrowing Base Certificate, prepared and signed by the Chief Financial Officer or another corporate officer of Borrower, summarizing Borrower’s Eligible Accounts Receivables and Eligible Inventory as of the last day of the prior calendar month, accompanied by the following (collectively, “Borrowing Base Supporting Documentation”):  (i) a detailed aging of Borrower’s accounts receivable, (ii) Borrower’s inventory reports, (iii) Borrower’s accounts payable report, and any and all supporting documentation requested by Lender in its sole and absolute discretion, duly certified by Borrower’s authorized signatory, including, without limitation, copies of invoices or the record of invoices from the Borrower’s sales journal for such accounts receivables and a listing of the names and addresses of the debtors obligated thereunder, copies of delivery receipts, purchase orders, shipping instructions, bills of lading and other documentation pertaining to such accounts receivables, and copies of the cash receipts journal pertaining to the Borrowing Base Certificate.

 

(b)                                  No later than ninety (90) days following the end of each calendar quarter, commencing with the calendar quarter ending March 31, 2012, Borrower shall deliver to Lender quarterly financial statements prepared by Borrower and a financial result review report prepared by an independent certified public accountant acceptable to Lender.

 

(c)                                   As soon as available, and in no event later than one hundred and fifty (150) days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, Borrower shall deliver to Lender annual financial statements prepared and audited by an independent certified public accountant acceptable to Lender.

 

(d)                                  Commencing with the 2011 tax year, as soon as available, and in no event later than fifteen (15) days after filing, Borrower shall deliver to Lender true and correct copies of its Federal income tax returns (including all schedules and attachments thereto) of Borrower (and copies of any filing extensions).

 

(e)                                   Promptly upon Lender’s request, such other books, records, statements, lists of property and accounts, budgets, forecasts or reports as to Borrower as Lender may reasonably request.

 

9.4                                Field Audits .

 

(a)                                  On or before June 30, 2012, Borrower shall permit Lender, on ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice, to conduct a field audit of Borrower verifying Borrower’s methodology and valuation of accounts receivable and inventory, performed by an agent designated by Lender, all to the satisfaction of Lender in its sole opinion judgment.

 

(b)                                  In addition, Borrower shall, during normal business hours, from time to time upon ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice as frequently as Lender reasonably determines to be appropriate:  (a) provide Lender and any of its officers, employees and agents access to its properties, facilities, advisors, officers and employees of Borrower and to the Collateral of Borrower, and (b) permit Lender and any of its officers, employees and agents to inspect, audit and make extracts from Borrower’s books and records.  Borrower shall, during normal business hours, from time to time upon ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice permit Lender, and its officers, employees and agents, to inspect, review, evaluate and make test verifications and counts for the Accounts, Inventory and other Collateral of Borrower.  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall provide such access to Lender at all times and without advance notice.  Furthermore, so long as any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall provide Lender with access to each of its suppliers and customers.  Borrower shall reasonably promptly make available to Lender and its counsel originals or copies of all books and records that Lender may reasonably request.  Borrower shall delivery any document or instrument necessary for Lender as it may from time to time reasonably request, to obtain records from any service bureau or other Person that maintains records for Borrower, and shall maintain duplicate records or supporting documentation on media, including computer tapes and discs owned by Borrower.  Lender will give Borrower at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice of regularly scheduled field audits.  Borrower shall reimburse Lender for any cost incurred for such field audits up to an aggregate maximum amount of $1,800.00 within any twelve (12) month period.

 

16



 

9.5                                Information.

 

(a)                                  Borrower shall also furnish, or cause to be furnished, to Lender such additional information as Lender may from time to time reasonably request concerning Borrower’s business and/or financial condition or any item of Collateral.

 

(b)                                  Promptly upon Borrower becoming aware of any Event of Default or Potential Default, Borrower shall give Lender notice thereof, together with a written statement setting forth the nature thereof and the steps which Borrower has taken or is taking to cure the same.

 

(c)                                   Promptly upon Borrower becoming aware thereof, Borrower shall give Lender written notice of:  (i) any Material Adverse Effect and (ii) the commencement or existence of any proceeding by or before any Official Body against or affecting Borrower which is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and, if adversely decided, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.6                                Access to Books and Records and Collateral.

 

(a)                                  Absent the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, at reasonable times and on ten (10) Business Days’  prior notice, Lender, by and through its officers, employees or agents, shall have the right to (i) inspect, verify, and copy all of Borrower’s books and records relating to Borrower’s business, and (ii) perform Audits and appraisals of the Collateral as frequently as Lender reasonably determines to be appropriate at Lender’s sole expense, provided that Borrower reimburse Lender for such expense up to an aggregate maximum amount of $1,800.00 within any twelve (12) month period.  Lender shall take reasonable steps to keep confidential all confidential information obtained in any Auditor appraisal, provided however that Lender shall have the right to disclose any such information to its auditors, regulatory agencies, and attorneys, and pursuant to any subpoena or other legal process.

 

(b)                                  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, Lender shall have the right to (i) inspect, verify, copy and all or Borrower’s books and records relating to Borrowers business, and (ii) perform Audits and appraisals of the Collateral upon demand and at all reasonable times as frequently as is commercially reasonable.

 

(c)                                   Borrower agrees to reimburse Lender immediately upon demand for all fees and out-of-pocket expenses for such Audits and appraisals upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing.

 

(d)                                  Borrower will not enter into any agreement with any accounting firm, service bureau or third party to store Borrower’s books or records at any location other than Borrower’s Address without first notifying Lender of the same and obtaining the written agreement from such accounting firm, service bureau or other third party to give Lender the same rights with respect to access to books and records and related rights as Lender has under this Agreement.

 

9.7                                Negative Covenants .  Borrower shall not, without Lender’s prior written consent, do any of the following:

 

(a)                                  merge or consolidate with another entity, except in a transaction in which (i) the current owner(s) of Borrower hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the ownership interest in the surviving entity immediately after such merger or consolidation, and (ii) Borrower is the surviving entity; provided, however, if Borrower intends to effect a merger where Borrower will not be the surviving entity, Lender shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to such merger if (i) no Event of Default (or event the occurrence of which with the giving of notice or passage of time would constitute an Event of Default) has occurred hereunder, (ii) Borrower and the surviving entity provide not less than thirty (30) calendar days prior written notice of such merger to Lender, (iii) the surviving entity satisfies Lender’s then existing underwriting criteria for loans of this type, as determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, (iv) Borrower and the surviving entity execute and deliver to Lender any and all assumption, modification and/or other agreements as Lender may require, in its sole discretion, and (v) Lender’s security interests in the Collateral remain in full force and effect, of first priority, and duly perfected under any and all applicable laws following such merger, as determined by Lender, in its sole discretion.

 

(b)                                  [Intentionally Omitted];

 

17



 

(c)                                   sell, lease, license, agree to sell, lease or license, or otherwise dispose of any Collateral, except in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, or grant any security interest (other than a Permitted Lien) in the Collateral;

 

(d)                                  attach any Collateral to any real property or fixture in a manner which might cause such Collateral to become a part thereof unless Borrower first obtains the written consent of any owner, holder of any lien on the real property or fixture, or other person having an interest in such property to the removal by Lender of the Collateral from such real property or fixture.  Such written consent shall be in form and substance acceptable to Lender and shall provide that Lender has no liability to such owner, holder of any lien, or any other person;

 

(e)                                   withdraw funds from any deposit account which is part of the Collateral.  Notwithstanding Lender’s security interest in the proceeds of the deposit accounts, Lender will continue to pay to Borrower interest accruing thereunder until the occurrence of an Event of Default under this Agreement;

 

(f)                                    make any loans of any money or other assets directly or indirectly to, or guaranty any obligation of, any Person, except (i) advances to customers or suppliers in Borrower’s ordinary course of business, (ii) travel advances, employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, (iii) advances, which are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, of operating cash flow between Borrower and its subsidiaries or affiliates;

 

(g)                                   [Intentionally Omitted];

 

(h)                                  [Intentionally Omitted];

 

(i)                                      pay or declare any dividends or distributions on the ownership interests in Borrower which would have a Material Adverse Effect (except for ordinary dividends or distributions payable solely in stock form of ownership interests in Borrower);

 

(j)                                     make any change in Borrower’s capital structure which would have a Material Adverse Effect, except for any merger permitted by Section 9.7(a), above, or otherwise approved by Lender in writing;

 

(k)                                  dissolve or elect to dissolve;

 

(l)                                      change the state of its organization or the location of its principal place of business; or

 

(m)                              change its legal name.

 

Transactions permitted by the foregoing provisions of this Section are only permitted if no Default or Event of Default is continuing or would occur as a result of such transaction.

 

9.8                                Litigation Cooperation .  Should any third-party suit or proceeding be instituted by or against Lender with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower, Borrower shall, without expense to Lender, make available Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Lender may deem them reasonably necessary in order to prosecute or defend any such suit or proceeding.

 

9.9                                Further Assurances .  Borrower agrees, at its expense, on request by Lender, to execute all documents and take all actions, as Lender, may deem reasonably necessary or useful in order to perfect and maintain Lender’s perfected security interest in the Collateral, and in order to fully consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

9.10                         Primary Operating Account .  Until such time as all of Borrower’s Advances have been paid in full and this Agreement has been terminated, Borrower agrees to maintain Borrower’s Primary Operating Account at Lender.  Borrower authorizes Lender to automatically deduct all payments required to be made by this Agreement from Borrower’s Primary Operating Account.

 

9.11                         Terrorism and Anti-Money Laundering .  Borrower warrants and agrees as follows:

 

(a)                                  As of the date hereof and throughout the term of the Line of Credit:  (i) Borrower; (ii) any Person controlling or controlled by Borrower; (iii) if Borrower is a privately held entity, any Person having a beneficial

 

18



 

interest in Borrower; or (iv) any Person for whom Borrower is acting as agent or nominee in connection with this transaction, is not an OFAC Prohibited Person.

 

(b)                                  To comply with applicable U.S. Anti-Money Laundering Laws and regulations, all payments by Borrower to Lender or from Lender to Borrower will only be made in Borrower’s name and to and from a bank account of a bank based or incorporated in or formed under the laws of the United States or a bank that is not a “foreign shell bank” within the meaning of the U.S. Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. § 5311 et seq.), as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, as such regulations may be amended from time to time.

 

(c)                                   To provide Lender at any time and from time to time during the term of the Line of Credit with such information as Lender determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with the Anti-Money Laundering Laws and regulations of any applicable jurisdiction, or to respond to requests for information concerning the identity of Borrower, any Person controlling or controlled by Borrower or any Person having a beneficial interest in Borrower, from any governmental authority, self-regulatory organization or financial institution in connection with its anti-money laundering compliance procedures, or to update such information.

 

(d)                                  The representations and warranties set forth in this Section 9.11 shall be deemed repeated and reaffirmed by Borrower as of each date that Borrower makes a payment to Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or receives any payment from Lender.  Borrower agrees promptly to notify Lender in writing should Borrower become aware of any change in the information set forth in these representations.

 

10.                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

 

10.1                         Events of Default .  The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  Borrower shall fail to pay any amounts owed under this Agreement or any interest thereon or any other monetary Obligation; or

 

(b)                                  Borrower shall fail to provide to Lender any notices or financial reports specified in this Agreement, which failure is not cured within five (5) calendar days after the date due; or

 

(c)                                   Borrower shall fail to perform any other non-monetary Obligation, which failure is not cured within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date due, provided however, that if (i) the default cannot be cured within such 15-day period, and (ii) Borrower is diligently pursuing a cure and provides Lender with written evidence satisfactory to Lender of Borrower’s efforts toward a cure, such 15-day period shall be extended for an additional 15-day period; or

 

(d)                                  Any warranty, representation, statement, report or certificate made or delivered to Lender by Borrower or any of Borrower’s officers, employees or agents, now or in the future, shall be untrue or misleading and results in a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(e)                                   Borrower shall fail to give Lender access to its books and records or Collateral as provided in Section 9.5 and 9.6 above, or shall breach any negative covenant set forth in Section 9.7 above; or

 

(f)                                    Borrower shall fail to comply with the financial covenants (if any) set forth in Section 9.1 or shall fail to perform any other non-monetary Obligation which by its nature cannot be cured; or

 

(g)                                   Any levy, assessment, attachment, seizure, lien or encumbrance (other than a Permitted Lien) is made on all or any part of the Collateral which is not cured within ten (10) days after the occurrence of the same; or

 

(h)                                  Any default or event of default occurs under any obligation secured by a Permitted Lien, which is not cured within any applicable cure period or waived in writing by the holder of the Permitted Lien; or

 

(i)                                      Borrower breaches any material contract, lease or other obligation, which has or may reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

19



 

(j)                                     Dissolution, termination of existence, termination of business, insolvency or business failure of Borrower; or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or custodian, for all or any part of the other property of Borrower; or the assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the commencement of any proceeding by Borrower under any reorganization, bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction, now or in the future in effect; or

 

(k)                                  Commencement of any proceeding against Borrower under any reorganization, bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction, now or in the future in effect, which is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the date commenced; or

 

(l)                                      Borrower shall conceal, remove or transfer any part of its property, with intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors, or make or suffer any transfer of any of its property which would constitute a fraudulent transfer under the California Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act; or

 

(m)                              Revocation or termination of, or limitation or denial of liability upon, any pledge of any material asset of any kind pledged by any third party to secure any or all of the Obligations, or any attempt to do any of the foregoing, or commencement of proceedings by or against any such third party under any bankruptcy or insolvency law; or

 

(n)                                  Borrower makes any payment on account of any indebtedness or obligation which has been subordinated to the Obligations, other than as permitted in the applicable subordination agreement, or if any Person who has subordinated such indebtedness or obligations terminates or in any way limits his subordination agreement; or

 

(o)                                  Borrower shall suffer or experience any Change of Control without Lender’s prior written consent, which consent shall be in the discretion of Lender in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment; or

 

(p)                                  Lender shall not have a valid first priority security interest in any item of Collateral; or

 

(q)                                  There is any Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(r)                                     Borrower or any of its Affiliates fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any of the Loan Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower or Affiliate of Borrower; or

 

(s)                                    Borrower of any of its Affiliates commits a breach or default in the payment or performance of any other obligation of Borrower or such Affiliate under any instrument, agreement, guaranty or document evidencing, supporting or securing any other loan or credit extended by any other creditor to Borrower or its Affiliates.

 

10.2                         Remedies .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Lender, at its option, and without notice or demand of any kind (all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower), may do any one or more of the following:

 

(a)                                  Cease making any Advances under this Agreement or otherwise extending credit to Borrower under this Agreement or any other document or agreement;

 

(b)                                  Accelerate and declare all or any part of the Obligations to be immediately due, payable and performable, notwithstanding any deferred or installment payments allowed by any instrument evidencing or relating to any Obligation;

 

(c)                                   Exercise all rights and remedies available to a secured party under the Code;

 

(d)                                  Take possession of, or obtain the appointment of a receiver to take control of, any or all of the Collateral wherever it may be found.  For that purpose Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to enter onto any of Borrower’s premises without interference to take possession of any of the Collateral, and remain on the premises, without charge for so long as Lender deems it reasonably necessary in order to complete the enforcement of its rights under this Agreement.

 

20


 

(e)                                   Require Borrower to assemble any or all of the Collateral and make it available to Lender at places designated by Lender which are reasonably convenient to Lender and Borrower;

 

(f)                                    Complete the processing or repair of any Collateral prior to a disposition thereof; and, for such purpose and for the purpose of removal, Lender shall have the right to use Borrower’s premises, vehicles and other equipment and all other property without charge.  Lender is hereby granted a license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling or otherwise disposing of any Collateral as provided in the Code;

 

(g)                                   Sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral as provided in the Code, in its condition at the time Lender obtains possession of it or after further manufacturing, processing or repair, at one or more public and/or private dispositions, in lots or in bulk, for cash, exchange or other property, or on credit, and to adjourn any such sale from time to time without notice other than oral announcement at the time scheduled for sale.  Lender shall have the right to conduct such disposition on Borrower’s premises without charge, for such time or times as Lender deems reasonable, or on Lender’s premises, or elsewhere and the Collateral need not be located at the place of disposition.  Lender may directly or through any affiliated company purchase or lease any Collateral at any such public disposition, and if permissible under applicable law, at any private disposition.  Any sale, lease, license or other disposition of Collateral shall not relieve Borrower of any liability Borrower may have if any Collateral is defective as to title or physical condition or otherwise at the time of sale;

 

(h)                                  Demand payment of, and collect any Receivables and General Intangibles comprising Collateral and, in connection therewith, Borrower irrevocably authorizes Lender to endorse or sign Borrower’s name on all collections, receipts, instruments and other documents, and, in Lender’s sole discretion, to grant extensions of time to pay, compromise claims and settle Receivables and the like for less than face value; and

 

(i)                                      Demand and receive possession of any of Borrower’s federal and state income tax returns and the books and records utilized in the preparation thereof or referring thereto.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender shall not dispose of any trademarks, trade names, copyrights, registrations, licenses, franchises or customer lists except in connection with foreclosure upon substantially all of Borrower’s assets as provided in the Code.

 

All expenses, costs, liabilities and obligations incurred by Lender (including attorneys’ Fees and Costs with respect to the foregoing) shall be due from Borrower to Lender on demand.  Lender may charge the same to Borrower’s Loan Account, and the same shall thereafter bear interest at the same rate as is applicable in this Agreement.

 

10.3                         Standards for Determining Commercial Reasonableness.

 

(a)                                  Borrower and Lender agree that any disposition, as defined in the code (“disposition”) of any Collateral which complies with the following standards will conclusively be deemed to be commercially reasonable:

 

(i)                                      Notice of the disposition is given to Borrower at least ten (10) days prior to the sale, and, in the case of a public sale, notice of the sale is published at least ten (10) days before the sale in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where the sale is to be conducted;

 

(ii)                                   Notice of the disposition describes the Collateral in general, non-specific terms;

 

(iii)                                The disposition is conducted at a place designated by Lender, with or without the Collateral being present;

 

(iv)                               The disposition commences at any time between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., Los Angeles, CA time; and

 

(v)                                  With respect to any disposition of any of the Collateral, Lender may (but is not obligated to) direct any prospective purchaser to ascertain directly from Borrower any and all information concerning the same.

 

21



 

(b)                                  Lender shall be free to employ other methods of noticing and disposing of the Collateral, in its discretion.

 

(c)                                   Lender shall have no obligation to attempt to satisfy the Obligations by collecting them from any third Person which may be liable for them or any portion thereof, and Lender may release, modify or waive any collateral provided by any other third Person as security for the Obligation or any portion thereof, all without affecting Lender’s rights against Borrower.  Borrower waives any right it may have to require Lender to pursue any third Person for any of the Obligations.

 

(d)                                  Lender may comply with any applicable state or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral, and Lender’s compliance therewith will not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

 

(e)                                   Lender may dispose of the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral.  Lender may specifically disclaim any warranties of title or the like.  This procedure will not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

 

(f)                                    If Lender disposes of any of the Collateral upon credit, Borrower will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser, received by Lender and applied to the indebtedness of the purchaser.  In the event that the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Lender may resell the Collateral and Borrower will be credited with the proceeds of such disposition.

 

10.4                         Power of Attorney.

 

(a)                                  Borrower grants to Lender an irrevocable power of attorney coupled with an interest, authorizing and permitting Lender (acting through any of its employees, attorneys or agents) at any time, at its option, but without obligation, with or without notice to Borrower, and at Borrower’s expense, to do any or all of the following, in Borrower’s name or otherwise, but Lender agrees to exercise the following powers in a commercially reasonable manner:

 

(i)                                      Execute on behalf of Borrower any documents that Lender may, in its sole discretion, deem advisable in order to perfect and maintain Lender’s security interest in the Collateral, or in order to exercise a right of Borrower or Lender, or in order to fully consummate all the transactions contemplated under this Agreement, and all other present and future agreements;

 

(ii)                                   Execute on behalf of Borrower any document exercising, transferring or assigning any option to purchase, sell or otherwise dispose of or to lease (as lessor or lessee) any real or personal property which is part of Lender’s Collateral or in which Lender has an interest;

 

(iii)                                Execute on behalf of Borrower, any invoices relating to any Receivable, any draft against any Account Debtor and any notice to any Account Debtor, any proof of claim in bankruptcy, any Notice of Lien, claim of mechanic’s, materialman’s or other lien, or assignment or satisfaction of mechanic’s, materialman’s or other lien;

 

(iv)                               Take control in any manner of any cash or non-cash items of payment or proceeds of Collateral; endorse the name of Borrower upon any instruments, or documents, evidence of payment or Collateral that may come into Lender’s possession;

 

(v)                                  Endorse all checks and other forms of remittances received by Lender;

 

(vi)                               Pay, contest or settle any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest and adverse claim in or to any of the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same;

 

(vii)                            Grant extensions of time to pay, compromise claims and settle Receivables and General Intangibles for less than face value and execute all releases and other documents in connection therewith;

 

(viii)                         Pay any sums required on account of Borrower’s taxes or to secure the release of any liens therefor, or both;

 

22



 

(ix)                               Settle and adjust, and give releases of, any insurance claim that relates to any of the Collateral and obtain payment therefor;

 

(x)                                  Instruct any third party having custody or control of any books or records belonging to, or relating to, Borrower to give Lender the same rights of access and other rights with respect thereto as Lender has under this Agreement; and

 

(xi)                               Take any action or pay any sum required of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and any other present or future agreements.

 

(b)                                  Any and all sums paid and any and all costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations and attorneys’ fees incurred by Lender (including attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred pursuant to bankruptcy) with respect to the foregoing shall be added to and become part of the Obligations, and shall be payable on demand.  Lender may charge the foregoing to Borrower’s Loan Account and the foregoing shall thereafter bear interest at the same rate specified in this Agreement.  In no event shall Lender’s rights under the foregoing power of attorney or any of Lender’s other rights under this Agreement be deemed to indicate that Lender is in control of the business, management or properties of Borrower.

 

(c)                                   Borrower shall pay, indemnify, defend, and hold Lender and each of its officers, directors, employees, counsel, agents, and attorneys-in-fact (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless (to the fullest extent permitted by law) from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, investigations, proceedings, and damages, and all attorneys fees and disbursements and other costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith (as and when they are incurred and irrespective of whether suit is brought), at any time asserted against, imposed upon, or incurred by any of them in connection with, or as a result of, or related to:  (i) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance, and administration of this Agreement and any other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated herein, or (ii) any investigation, litigation, or proceeding related to this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or (iii) the use of the proceeds of the Loan provided hereunder (irrespective of whether any Indemnified Person is a party thereto), or (iv) any act, omission, event or circumstance in any manner related thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”).

 

(d)                                  Borrower shall have no obligation to any Indemnified Person hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liability that a court of competent jurisdiction finally determines to have resulted from the negligence or misconduct of such Indemnified Person.  This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of the Obligations.

 

10.5                         Application of Proceeds .  All proceeds realized as the result of any sale of the Collateral shall be applied by Lender, first, to the costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations and attorneys’ fees incurred by Lender in the exercise of its rights under this Agreement, second, to the interest due upon any of the Obligations, and, third, to the principal of the Obligations, in such order as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion.  Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Lender for any deficiency.

 

10.6                         Remedies Cumulative .  In addition to the rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement, Lender shall have all the other rights and remedies accorded a secured party in equity and under all other applicable laws, and under any other instrument or agreement now or in the future entered into between Lender and Borrower, and all of such rights and remedies are cumulative and none is exclusive.  Exercise or partial exercise by Lender of one or more of its rights or remedies shall not be deemed an election, nor bar Lender from subsequent exercise or partial exercise of any other rights or remedies.  The failure or delay of Lender to exercise any rights or remedies shall not operate as a waiver thereof, but all rights and remedies shall continue in full force and effect until all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and performed.

 

11.                                GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

11.1                         Application of Payments .  Subject to Section 10.5 of this Agreement, all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied, and in Lender’s sole discretion reversed and re-applied, to the Obligations, in such order and manner as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion.

 

11.2                         Charges to Accounts .  Lender may, in its discretion, require that Borrower pay monetary Obligations in cash to Lender, or charge them to Borrower’s Loan Account, in which event they will bear interest from the date due to the date paid at the same rate applicable to the Advances.

 

23



 

11.3                         Monthly Accountings .  Lender may provide Borrower monthly with a copy of the Loan Account that reflects all advances, charges, expenses and payments made pursuant to this Agreement.  Such Loan Account shall be deemed correct, accurate and binding on Borrower and an account stated (except for reverses and reapplications of payments made and corrections of errors discovered by Lender), unless Borrower notifies Lender in writing to the contrary within sixty (60) days after each Loan Account is rendered, describing the nature of any alleged errors or omissions.

 

11.4                         Notices .  Any notice, demand or request required hereunder shall be given in writing (at the addresses set forth below) by any of the following means:  (a) personal service; (b) electronic communication, whether by telex, telegram or telecopying; (c) overnight courier; or (d) registered or certified, first class U.S. mail, return receipt requested.

 

To Borrower:

 

To Lender:

 

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

CATHAY BANK

11570 6th Street

 

9650 Flair Drive

Rancho Cucamonga, California 91730

 

El Monte, California 91731

Attn: John Weber, CFO, Treasurer, SVP of Finance

 

Attn: Ken Chan

Facsimile No.: (909) 980-6139

 

Facsimile No.: (626) 279-3709

 

or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other party hereto pursuant to this section.  Any notice, demand or request sent pursuant to subsection (c), above, shall be deemed received on the business day immediately following deposit with the overnight courier, and, if sent pursuant to subsection (d), above, shall be deemed received forty-eight (48) hours following deposit into the U.S. mail.

 

11.5                         Severability .  Should any provision of this Agreement be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable, such defect shall not affect the remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect.

 

11.6                         Integration .  This Agreement and the Loan Documents and such other written agreements, documents and instruments as may be executed in connection herewith are the final, entire and complete agreement between Borrower and Lender and supersede all prior and contemporaneous negotiations and oral representations and agreements, all of which are merged and integrated in this Agreement.  There are no oral understandings, representations or agreements between the parties which are not set forth in this Agreement or in other written agreements signed by the parties in connection herewith .  Lender and Borrower agree that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents reflect the intentions of the parties thereto and that parol evidence is not required to interpret them.

 

11.7                         Amendment and Waivers .  The terms and provisions of this Agreement may not be waived or amended, except in a writing executed by Borrower and a duly authorized officer of Lender and clearly specifying the extent of the amendment or the waiver.  Any waiver of an Event of Default or Potential Default shall not be deemed as continuing and shall not extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default or Potential Default.  The failure of Lender at any time or times to require Borrower to strictly comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Lender shall not waive or diminish any right of Lender later to demand and receive strict compliance therewith.

 

11.8                         Borrower Waivers .  Unless otherwise expressly required by this Agreement, Borrower hereby waives:  (i) demand, protest, notice of protest and notice of dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any commercial paper, instrument, account, General Intangible, document or guaranty at any time held by Lender on which Borrower is or may in any way be liable, (ii) notice of default and (iii) notice of any action taken by Lender, unless expressly required by this Agreement.

 

11.9                         No Liability for Ordinary Negligence .  Neither Lender, nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or any other Person affiliated with or representing Lender shall be liable for any claims, demands, losses or damages, of any kind whatsoever, made, claimed, incurred or suffered by Borrower or any other party through the ordinary negligence of Lender, or any of its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys or any other Person affiliated with or representing Lender, but nothing herein shall relieve Lender from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

11.10                  Actions .  Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred, Lender shall have the right, but not the obligation, to commence, appear in, or defend any action or proceeding which affects or which Lender determines

 

24



 

may affect (a) the Collateral; (b) Borrower’s or Lender’s respective rights or obligations under this Agreement; (c) the Advances; or (d) the disbursement of any proceeds of any Advance.  Whether or not an Event of Default or Potential Default has occurred, Lender shall at all times have the right to take any or all actions which Lender determines to be necessary or appropriate to protect Lender’s interest in connection with the Advances.

 

11.11                  Time of Essence .  Time is of the essence in the performance by Borrower and Lender of each and every one of their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

11.12                  Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Charges.

 

(a)                                  On demand, Borrower shall reimburse Lender for all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees costs and disbursements (and fees and disbursements of Lender’s in-house counsel) (collectively the “Fees and Costs”) expended or incurred by Lender in any way in connection with:  (i) the enforcement of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents and the rights and remedies thereunder, including, without limitation, Fees and Costs incurred in connection with any workout, attempted workout, and/or in connection with the rendering of legal advice as to Lender’s rights, remedies and obligations under this Agreement in connection with such enforcement or workout; (ii) collecting any sum which is or becomes due to Lender; (iii) any proceeding, or any appeal; or (iv) the exercise of the power of attorney granted to Lender in this Agreement.  Fees and Costs shall include, without limitation, all out-of-pocket fees and costs incurred by Lender in connection with the appraisal, inspection, due diligence, assessment, evaluation and insuring of the Collateral, and all fees and costs incurred by Lender in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and the Loan Documents, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.  If litigation or other legal action is filed or commenced in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents the prevailing party shall be entitled to its Fees and Costs.  Fees and Costs shall include, without limitation, attorneys fees and costs incurred in connection with the following:  (1) contempt proceedings; (2) discovery; (3) any motion, adversary proceeding, contested matter, submission or confirmation or opposition to plan of reorganization or any other activity of any kind in connection with a bankruptcy case or relating to any petition or the filing thereof under Title 11 of the United States Code; (4) garnishment, levy, and debtor and third party examinations; and (5) post judgment motions and proceedings of any kind taken to clarify, collect or enforce any judgment or award.

 

(b)                                  All Fees and Costs to which Lender may be entitled pursuant to this Agreement may be charged by Lender to Borrower’s Loan Account and shall thereafter bear interest at the rate specified in this Agreement.

 

11.13                  Benefit of Agreement and Assignment.

 

(a)                                  the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors, assigns, heirs, beneficiaries and representatives of Borrower and Lender; provided, however, that Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Lender, and any prohibited assignment shall be void.

 

(b)                                  No consent by Lender to any assignment shall release Borrower from its liability for the Obligations.  Lender may assign its rights and delegate its duties hereunder without the consent of Borrower.

 

(c)                                   Lender reserves the right to syndicate all or a portion of the transaction created herein or sell, assign, transfer, negotiate, or grant participations in all or any part of, or any interest in Lender’s rights and benefits hereunder.  In connection with any such syndication, assignment or participation, Lender may disclose all documents and information which Lender now or hereafter may have relating to Borrower or Borrower’s business.  To the extent that Lender assigns its rights and obligations hereunder to a third Person, Lender thereafter shall be released from such assigned obligations to Borrower.

 

11.14                  Captions .  Headings have been set forth herein for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation or meanings of any provisions of this Agreement.  Unless the contrary is compelled by the context, everything contained in each article and section applies equally to this entire Agreement.

 

11.15                  Independent Counsel .  Borrower and Lender each acknowledge that:  (i) they have had the opportunity to be represented by independent counsel in connection with this Agreement; (ii) they have executed this Agreement with the advice of such counsel, as applicable; (iii) this Agreement is the result of negotiations between the parties hereto and the advice and assistance of their representative counsel, as applicable; and (iv) the fact that this Agreement was prepared by Lender’s counsel as a matter of convenience shall have no import or significance.

 

25



 

11.16                  Publicity .  Upon request by Lender and consent from Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, Lender may and hereby is authorized, at its expense and in its sole discretion, to issue appropriate press releases and to cause a tombstone to be published announcing the consummation of this transaction and the aggregate amount thereof.

 

11.17                  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue.

 

(a)                                  This Agreement and all acts and transactions hereunder and all rights and obligations of Lender and Borrower shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

 

(b)                                  As a material part of the consideration to Lender to enter into this Agreement, Borrower (a) agrees that all actions and proceedings relating directly or indirectly to this Agreement shall, at Lender’s option, be litigated in courts located within California, and that the exclusive venue therefor shall be Los Angeles County; (b) consents to the jurisdiction and venue of any such court and consents to service of process in any such action or proceeding by personal delivery or any other method permitted by law; and (c) waives any and all rights Borrower may have to object to the jurisdiction of any such court, or to transfer or change the venue of any such action or proceeding.

 

11.18                  Relationship of Parties .  Lender shall not be deemed to be, nor does Lender or Borrower intend that Lender shall ever become, a partner, joint venturer, fiduciary, manager, controlling person or participant of any kind in the business or affairs of Borrower, whether as a result of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  In exercising its rights and remedies under this Agreement, Lender shall at all times be acting only as a lender to Borrower within the normal and usual scope of activities of a Lender.

 

11.19                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document.

 

11.20                  WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY; JUDICIAL REFERENCE IN THE EVENT OF JURY TRIAL WAIVER UNENFORCEABILITY .  EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (1) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, OR (2) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING TO THE CONTRARY, IN THE EVENT THAT THE JURY TRIAL WAIVER CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL BE HELD OR DEEMED TO BE UNENFORCEABLE, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY EXPRESSLY AGREES TO SUBMIT TO JUDICIAL REFERENCE ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING HEREUNDER FOR WHICH A JURY TRIAL WOULD OTHERWISE BE APPLICABLE OR AVAILABLE.  PURSUANT TO SUCH JUDICIAL REFERENCE, THE PARTIES AGREE TO THE APPOINTMENT OF A SINGLE REFEREE AND SHALL USE THEIR BEST EFFORTS TO AGREE ON THE SELECTION OF A REFEREE.  IF THE PARTIES ARE UNABLE TO AGREE ON A SINGLE REFEREE, A REFEREE SHALL BE APPOINTED BY THE COURT TO HEAR ANY DISPUTES HEREUNDER IN LIEU OF ANY SUCH JURY TRIAL.  EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE APPOINTED REFEREE SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO DECIDE ALL ISSUES IN THE APPLICABLE ACTION OR PROCEEDING, WHETHER OF FACT OR LAW, AND SHALL REPORT A STATEMENT OF DECISION THEREON; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY MATTERS WHICH WOULD NOT OTHERWISE BE THE SUBJECT OF A JURY TRIAL WILL BE UNAFFECTED BY THIS WAIVER AND THE AGREEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN.  THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS CONTAINED HEREIN HAVE BEEN FAIRLY NEGOTIATED ON AN ARM’S-LENGTH BASIS, WITH BOTH SIDES AGREEING TO THE SAME KNOWINGLY AND BEING AFFORDED THE OPPORTUNITY TO HAVE THEIR RESPECTIVE LEGAL COUNSEL CONSENT TO THE MATTERS CONTAINED HEREIN.  ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY AND THE AGREEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF JUDICIAL REFERENCE IN THE EVENT OF THE INVALIDITY OF SUCH JURY TRIAL WAIVER.

 

26



 

Borrower and Lender have initialed this Section 11.20 to further indicate their awareness and acceptance of each and every provision hereof.

 

JW

 

SY

Borrower’s Initials

 

Lender’s Initials

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth in the heading to this Agreement.

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ JOHN WEBER

 

Name:

John Weber

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

CATHAY BANK,

 

a California banking corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/SUSAN YANG

 

Name:

Susan Yang

 

Title:

SVP & Team Manger

 

 

27



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

[See Attached]

 


CATHAY BANK BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ACTIVITY 1. Beginning of the Month General Ledger Balance as of: 2. ADD: Gross Sales for the Month 3. ADD: Debit memos, Returned Checks and Other Debit Adjustments 4. LESS: Collections for the Month 5. LESS: Credit Memos for the Month 6. LESS: Discount 7. LESS: Other Credit Adjustments 8. End of the Month General Ledger Balance as of: 9. Total Accounts Receivable as of: Ineligibles Consist of a. Amounts over 90 days b. Cross Aging over 50% c. Excess 15% Concentration d. Credit Balance over 90 days e. Foreign Accounts g. Contra Accounts h. Samples i. Inter-company /Employee Accts j. COD Accounts k. Customer Deposits l. Bill and Hold m. Finance Charge n. Consignment o. Variance of A/R to G/L 10. LESS: Total Ineligible Accounts 11. Total Eligible Accounts Receivable INVENTORY ACTIVITY 12. a. Total inventory as of: (use balance sheet) b. LESS: Ineligible inventory c. Total Eligible Inventory FUNDS AVAILABLE 13. a. Accounts Receivable Availability at 80 % of Line 11 b. Inventory Availability (Limited to the lesser of $ or % of Line 12c) c. Total Funds Available (Limited to the lesser of $ or Line 13a+13b) LOAN ACTIVITY 14. a. L/C Outstanding b. Acceptance Outstanding c. Loan Outstanding d. Total Loan Outstanding (Line 14a+14b+14c) 15. Collateral Position (Line 13c minus Line 14d) The above listed collateral is subject to a security interest in favor of Cathay Bank pursuant to the terms of a Security Agreement executed between the Bank and the undersigned. Borrower warrants that the current eligible accounts receivable and inventory are free and clear of lines and adverse claims except for the security interest of Cathay Bank. Submitted by: By: Name and Title Date:

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

TRADE NAMES

 

1.  Cortrosyn

 

2.  Primatene Mist

 

3.  Amphadase

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

LOCATIONS OF COLLATERAL

 

1.  11570 6th St., Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730

 

2.  11480 6th St., Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730

 

3.  11525 6th St., Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS

 

1.  Cortrosyn

 

2.  Primatene Mist

 


 

CORPORATE APPROVAL TO BORROW

AND TO GRANT A SECURITY INTEREST

 

Borrower:

Lender:

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

CATHAY BANK

11570 6th Street

9650 Flair Drive

Rancho Cucamonga, California 91730

El Monte, California 91731

 

WHEREAS, a board meeting was held on March 23, 2012 by AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Corporation”), and the Board of Directors unanimously approved the Corporation securing financing up to $30 million with CATHAY BANK, a California banking corporation (“Lender”);

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors conferred the authority to management to perform any and all acts reasonably required to proceed with such financing with Lender (the “Loan”);

 

Now Therefore, management is proceeding with such financing as follows:

 

(a)                                  To borrow money from Lender in such amounts and upon such terms as may be agreed upon between Lender and Corporation, to direct the disposition of the proceeds, and to execute and deliver or endorse documents, instruments and such related evidences of indebtedness, loan agreements, security agreements, financing statements, deeds of trust, riders, and of any renewals, extensions, or modifications of any such financial accommodation, whether in whole or in part thereof, whether now or hereafter existing, as may be required by Lender;

 

(b)                                  To sell to, or discount, modify or rediscount with, Lender any and all negotiable instruments, contracts or instruments or evidences of debt at any time held by this Corporation and to endorse, transfer and deliver the same together with guaranties of payment thereof or agreements to repurchase the same in favor of Lender, Lender hereby being authorized and directed to pay the proceeds of said sale, discount, modification or rediscount as directed by the endorsement thereon without inquiring into the circumstances of their issue or endorsement or the disposition of the proceeds;

 

(c)                                   To grant, pledge, transfer, endorse, mortgage, assign, or hypothecate to Lender or deed in trust for Lender’s benefit, any and all of the real or personal property of this Corporation (including, but not limited to, chattel mortgages, bills, instruments, documents, chattel paper, notes, money, deposit accounts, accounts, receivables, inventory, equipment, goods and general intangibles) as security for any monies borrowed from Lender or any liability incurred by this Corporation to Lender, whether matured or not matured, absolute or contingent, and wherever payable;

 

1



 

(d)                                  To withdraw, receive and receipt for and to withdraw upon trust receipts on the responsibility and at the risk of this Corporation, and to sign orders for the withdrawal, substitution or exchange of any property pledged, assigned, transferred or otherwise held for this Corporation’s account; such withdrawals, substitutions or exchanges may also be made by the bearer of any order, receipt or request so signed;

 

(e)                                   To make, execute and deliver such documents, instruments, deeds of trust, riders, financing agreements, waivers, guaranties and agreements containing such provisions, covenants, recitals and agreements as may be required by Lender (which documents may contain restrictions on dividends or payments of indebtedness to officers);

 

(f)                                    To perform or cause to be performed all further acts and to execute and deliver all further instruments which Lender may deem necessary to carry out the purposes of this document; and

 

(g)                                   To direct Lender orally or by written instructions to disburse the proceeds of any loan in the name of the Corporation for any person, partnership, corporation or other legal entity, including, without limitation, said officer.

 

At any time the Lender may apply any money or property in its hands belonging to the Corporation to the payment of any indebtedness of the Corporation to Lender, whether due or not due.

 

The Secretary of this Corporation is hereby authorized to execute, acknowledge and deliver a certified copy of this document to Lender and any other person or agency which may require copies of this document and that the certification of the Secretary will be binding on this Corporation.

 

The Lender is authorized to act upon this document until written notice of the revocation hereof by a document duly adopted by the Board of Directors of this Corporation is delivered to Lender, such revocation in no way to affect the obligations of this Corporation to Lender incurred pursuant to the terms of this document prior to receipt by Lender of such notice of revocation.

 

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

 

I, Jason Shandell, Secretary of the Corporation, duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, do hereby certify that the Loan was duly and regularly passed and adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors of said Corporation which was duly and regularly called and held on the 23 rd  day of March, 2012, at which meeting a quorum of the Board of Directors of said Corporation was at all times present and acting.

 

I further certify that said resolution taken by the board on March 23, 2012 to secure the Loan is still in force and effect and has not been amended or revoked and that

 

2



 

the specimen signature appearing below is the signature of the officer authorized to sign for this Corporation by virtue of said resolution.

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ JOHN WEBER

 

Name: John Weber

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand as such Secretary of said Corporation this 27 th  day of April, 2012.

 

 

/s/ JASON SHANDELL

 

Jason Shandell, Secretary

 

 

3


 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

(ASSIGNMENT OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNT)

 

For value received, AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Assignor”), hereby assigns, pledges, and transfers to CATHAY BANK, a California banking corporation (“Lender”), and to its successors and assigns, all of Assignor’s right, title, and interest in and to that certain demand deposit account with Lender in the name of “Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.” and maintained at Lender, Account No. 11041633 (the “Deposit Account”), together with all monies or proceeds due or to become due under said Deposit Account, and all sums due or to become due thereon or therefrom by way of interest, repayments or otherwise and all proceeds thereof (collectively, the “Collateral”). This Security Agreement (Assignment of Deposit Account) (“Agreement”) is the “Assignment of Deposit Account Agreement” described in that certain Revolving Loan and Security Agreement dated April 10, 2012 , by and between Assignor and Lender (together with any and all amendments, modifications or supplements thereto, the “Loan Agreement”), and the Deposit Account is the “Borrower’s Primary Operating Account” described in the Loan Agreement.

 

1.                                       Obligations Defined .  This assignment, pledge and transfer is given to Lender by Assignor as collateral security for all of the following obligations (individually and collectively, the “Obligations”): all indebtedness, liabilities and obligations now or hereafter owing to Lender by Assignor of any kind and description pursuant to or evidenced by the Loan Agreement or any other instruments or documents executed in connection therewith, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, and howsoever evidenced, no matter how arising; all amounts advanced or incurred by Lender on account of Assignor under the terms of this Agreement or for the maintenance or preservation of the Collateral; any and all amendments, modifications, renewals or extensions of Obligations including those evidenced by new or additional agreements or instruments changing the rate of interest or adding or releasing any third party on the Obligations; and all costs of collection, including fees and expenses in connection with the protection or realization of the Collateral or the enforcement of this Agreement, the Loan Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement), the instruments, other notes, or other agreements evidencing the Obligations, whether or not suit is filed.

 

2.                                       Representations, Warranties and Covenants .  Assignor represents, warrants, and covenants that: Assignor is the owner of the above-described Collateral, and that such Collateral is free and clear of all liens and encumbrances of any nature whatsoever except for the lien in favor of Lender securing the obligations of Assignor to Lender; Assignor has not made any prior assignment or transfer of said Deposit Account or other Collateral, and shall not make any further assignment or transfer thereof during the term of this Agreement; Assignor has not withdrawn, canceled, been repaid, or redeemed all or any part thereof; there is no pending application for the withdrawal, cancellation, repayment, or redemption thereof; and this Agreement is valid, binding, and enforceable.

 

3.                                       Extent of Security Interest .  This Agreement is a continuing security agreement, securing all Obligations, including those arising after any repayment and reborrowing and those arising under successive and future transactions which shall increase, renew or modify the Obligations; it is without limitation as to its effective period and the Obligations hereunder may be terminated only upon payment in full of all Obligations or the termination or expiration of

 



 

Lender’s obligation to extend credit to Assignor.  Each credit granted to Assignor, including all present and future Obligations or the termination or expiration of Lender’s obligation to extend credit to Assignor, is and shall be granted by Lender in reliance on this Agreement.  This Agreement shall not constitute a commitment of any nature by Lender to renew or hereafter extend credit.

 

4.                                       Restrictions on Deposit Account .  Assignor’s rights to withdraw, access or otherwise utilize all or any portion of the funds now or hereafter deposited in the Deposit Account shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Loan Agreement.

 

5.                                       Power of Attorney .  Assignor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Lender the true and lawful attorney of Assignor, with full power of substitution: to demand, collect, and receive payment of any and all monies or proceeds due or to become due under said Deposit Account and the other Collateral; to execute any and all instruments required for the withdrawal or repayment of same, or any part thereof; to insert in any instrument for the withdrawal of funds signed by Assignor the date and amount due under said Deposit Account and other Collateral, and to complete such instruments in any respect and in all respects to deal with said Deposit Account and other Collateral as the holder thereof; and, in its discretion, file any claim or take any other action or proceeding, either in its own name or in the name of Assignor, or otherwise, which Lender may deem necessary or appropriate to protect and preserve the right, title, assignment, pledge, transfer, and interest of Lender hereunder.  This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect unless and until the Obligations are indefeasibly satisfied in full.

 

6.                                       Financing Statements and Other Documents .  Assignor hereby agrees to permit Lender to file one or more financing or continuation statements, and any amendments thereto, all without Assignor’s signature, where permitted by law, to perfect the security interest granted herein.  Assignor agrees to sign such financing statements and other documents if requested by Lender.  Any filing fees associated with the security interest granted herein charged by a public officer shall be for Assignor’s account and, if paid by Lender, shall be payable by Assignor to Lender upon demand.

 

7.                                       Delivery of Documents .  Assignor hereby agrees to deliver and does hereby pledge to Lender all written evidence of the Deposit Account and other Collateral, including, without limitation, all bank passbooks, certificates of deposit, and savings certificates with respect thereto.  Lender is authorized at any time or times to notify each issuer or obligor with respect to the Deposit Account and other Collateral of the assignment, pledge, and transfer thereof to Lender, and to direct such issuer or obligor to mark its records accordingly.  Assignor agrees to execute and deliver to Lender such further agreements, documents, assignments, and notices, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, as Lender may request in its discretion in order to effectuate the purposes hereof.

 

8.                                       Authorization .  Either before or after termination of this Agreement, Assignor authorizes Lender, at its sole discretion, with notice, and without affecting Assignor’s continuing liability hereunder, from time to time, to: (i) apply any sums received from Assignor, or from the sale or foreclosure of Collateral, to any, all, or any portion of the Obligations in any order, regardless of whether the Obligations are due and payable; (ii) exercise any right or remedy it may have with respect to any Obligations, or any other collateral securing any of the Obligations,

 

2



 

this Agreement, or any guaranty of the Obligations, including bidding and purchasing at any sale of any such collateral, and compromising, collecting or otherwise liquidating any such collateral or any of the Obligations, and/or (iii) make such payments and perform such acts as Lender may deem necessary to preserve and insure the Collateral or its value or Lender’s security interest, including, without limitation, any action which Assignor shall have agreed to take pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

9.                                       Default and Remedies .  The following acts or omissions shall each constitute a default under this Agreement: (a) Assignor breaches any term or condition of this Agreement; (b) any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement is false or misleading; (c) Assignor defaults on, or fails to perform any of, the Obligations; or (d) an Event of Default (as defined in the Loan Agreement) occurs under the Loan Agreement.

 

In addition to any other authorizations and rights of Lender with respect to the Deposit Account or any other Collateral, and without limiting anything else stated herein to the contrary, upon the occurrence of a default hereunder and so long as such default remains uncured, Lender may, at its option, prohibit any withdrawals or reductions from the Deposit Account and other Collateral (to the extent any such withdrawals or reductions are at any time permitted hereunder or under the Loan Agreement or other Loan Documents) and exercise any and/or all of its rights and remedies under the California Commercial Code, and as otherwise granted hereunder, or at law, or in equity, including, without limitation, the withdrawal of any and all amounts in the Deposit Account, the sale or other disposition of the Collateral and/or the giving of notice to third parties in possession of the Collateral to turn over the Collateral to Lender.  Lender shall have all rights, powers, privileges, and remedies of a secured party under the California Commercial Code, or other applicable law, with respect to the Collateral.  All of the rights and remedies of the Lender are cumulative and not alternative.

 

10.                                Governing Law and Jurisdiction .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.  This Agreement may not be amended, modified, or terminated except in writing executed by Lender and Assignor.  Assignor agrees that all actions or proceedings arising in connection with this Agreement shall be tried and litigated only in the state and federal courts located in the County of Los Angeles, State of California or, at the option of Lender, any court in which Lender shall initiate legal or equitable proceedings and which has subject matter jurisdiction over the matter in controversy.  Assignor consents to the jurisdiction of any competent state or federal court within that state.

 

11.                                Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)                                  If any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms as if the unenforceable provision was not included herein.

 

(b)                                  If more than one person executes this Agreement, the Obligations of Assignor hereunder are joint and several.  All words used herein in the singular shall be deemed to have been used in the plural when the context and construction so require.

 

(c)                                   [Intentionally deleted].

 

3



 

(d)                                  Assignor agrees to pay attorneys’ fees and all other costs and expenses which may be incurred by Lender in connection with this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Paragraph headings are for convenience only and are not part of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    This Agreement and the Collateral are assignable in whole or in part by Lender with any one and/or several of the Obligations and, when so assigned, Assignor shall be bound to the assignees on the same terms as set herein without affecting Assignor’s liability hereunder with respect to any of the Collateral not so assigned.

 

(g)                                   All notices, requests and demands hereunder shall be made to Lender and to Assignor as provided in the Loan Agreement.

 

(h)                                  No modification or change to this Agreement in any of the terms and conditions shall be effective unless in writing and signed by authorized representatives of both Assignor and Lender.

 

(i)                                      The rights and remedies of and authority granted to Lender under this Agreement shall be in addition to that granted by any statute or rule of law.  No delay or omission on the part of Lender or its assignee in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right, or any other right under this Agreement.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor has executed this Agreement as of the 30th day of March, 2012.

 

 

ASSIGNOR:

 

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ JOHN WEBER

 

Name:

John Weber

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

5




Exhibit 10.10

 

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Borrower:

International Medication Systems, Limited

Lender:

East West Bank

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

Loan Servicing Department

 

11570 6th Street

 

9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor

 

Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730

 

El Monte, CA 91731

 

THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT dated July 5, 2013, is made and executed between International Medication Systems, Limited; and Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Borrower”) and East West Bank (“Lender”) on the following terms and conditions. Borrower has received prior commercial loans from Lender or has applied to Lender for a commercial loan or loans or other financial accommodations, including those which may be described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement.  Borrower understands and agrees that: (A) in granting, renewing, or extending any Loan, Lender is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements as set forth in this Agreement; (B) the granting, renewing, or extending of any Loan by Lender at all times shall be subject to Lender’s sole judgment and discretion; and (C) all such Loans shall be and remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

TERM.  This Agreement shall be effective as of July 5, 2013, and shall continue in full force and effect until such time as all of Borrower’s Loans in favor of Lender have been paid in full, including principal, interest, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other fees and charges, or until such time as the parties may agree in writing to terminate this Agreement.

 

ADVANCE AUTHORITY.  The following person or persons are authorized to request advances and authorize payments under the line of credit until Lender receives from Borrower, at Lender’s address shown above, written notice of revocation of such authority: Jack Y. Zhang, CEO of International Medication Systems, Limited; Russell Skibsted, CFO of International Medication Systems, Limited; Jack Y. Zhang, CEO of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; and Russell Skibsted, CFO of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH ADVANCE.  Lender’s obligation to make the initial Advance and each subsequent Advance under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment to Lender’s satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Related Documents.

 

Loan Documents.  Borrower shall provide to Lender the following documents for the Loan: (1) the Note; (2) Security Agreements granting to Lender security interests in the Collateral; (3) financing statements and all other documents perfecting Lender’s Security Interests; (4) evidence of insurance as required below; (5) together with all such Related Documents as Lender may require for the Loan; all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and Lender’s counsel.

 

Borrower’s Authorization.  Borrower shall have provided in form and substance satisfactory to Lender properly certified resolutions, duly authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and the Related Documents. In addition, Borrower shall have provided such other resolutions, authorizations, documents and instruments as Lender or its counsel, may require.

 

Payment of Fees and Expenses.  Borrower shall have paid to Lender all fees, charges, and other expenses which are then due and payable as specified in this Agreement or any Related Document.

 

Representations and Warranties.  The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in any document or certificate delivered to Lender under this Agreement are true and correct.

 

No Event of Default.  There shall not exist at the time of any Advance a condition which would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement or under any Related Document.

 

MULTIPLE BORROWERS.  This Agreement has been executed by multiple obligors who are referred to in this Agreement individually, collectively and interchangeably as “Borrower.” Unless specifically stated to the contrary, the word “Borrower” as used in this Agreement, including without limitation all representations, warranties and covenants, shall include all Borrowers.  Borrower understands and agrees that, with or without notice to any one Borrower, Lender may (A) make one or more additional secured or unsecured loans or otherwise extend additional credit with respect to any other Borrower; (B) with respect to any other Borrower alter, compromise, renew, extend, accelerate, or otherwise change one or more times the time for payment or other terms of any indebtedness, including increases and decreases of the rate of interest on the indebtedness; (C) exchange, enforce, waive, subordinate, fail or decide not to perfect, and release any security, with or without the substitution of new collateral; (D) release, substitute, agree not to sue, or deal with any one or more of Borrower’s or any other Borrower’s sureties, endorsers, or other guarantors on any terms or in any manner Lender may choose; (E) determine how, when and what application of payments and credits shall be made on any indebtedness; (F) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale of any Collateral, including without limitation, any non-judicial sale permitted by the terms of the controlling security agreement or deed of trust, as Lender in its discretion may determine; (G) sell, transfer, assign or grant participations in all or any part of the Loan; (H) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against Borrower or others, or otherwise act or refrain from acting; (I) settle or compromise any indebtedness; and (J) subordinate the payment of all or any part of any of Borrower’s indebtedness to Lender to the payment of any liabilities which may be due Lender or others.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Borrower represents and warrants to Lender, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the date of each disbursement of loan proceeds, as of the date of any renewal, extension or modification of any Loan, and at all times any Indebtedness exists:

 

Organization.  International Medication Systems, Limited is a corporation for profit which is, and at all times shall be, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware.  International Medication Systems, Limited is duly authorized to transact business in all other states in which International Medication Systems, Limited is doing business, having obtained all necessary filings, governmental licenses and approvals for each state in which International Medication Systems, Limited is doing business.  Specifically, International Medication Systems, Limited is, and at all times shall be, duly qualified as a foreign corporation in all states in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or financial condition.  International Medication Systems, Limited has the full power and authority to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged or presently proposes to engage.  International Medication Systems, Limited maintains an office at 11570 6th Street, Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730. Unless International Medication Systems, Limited has designated otherwise in writing, the principal office is the office at which International Medication Systems, Limited keeps its books and records including its records concerning the Collateral.  International Medication Systems, Limited will notify Lender prior to any change in the location of International Medication Systems, Limited’s state of organization or any change in International Medication Systems, Limited’s name.  International Medication Systems, Limited shall do all things necessary to preserve and to keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and privileges, and shall comply with all regulations, rules, ordinances, statutes, orders and decrees of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court applicable to International Medication Systems, Limited and International Medication Systems, Limited’s business activities.

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. is a corporation for profit which is, and at all times shall be, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware. Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. is duly authorized to transact business in all other states in which Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. is doing business, having obtained all necessary filings, governmental licenses and approvals for each state in which Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. is doing business. Specifically, Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. is, and at all times shall be, duly qualified as a foreign corporation in all states in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse

 



 

effect on its business or financial condition.  Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. has the full power and authority to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged or presently proposes to engage.  Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. maintains an office at 11570 6th Street, Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730.  Unless Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. has designated otherwise in writing, the principal office is the office at which Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. keeps its books and records including its records concerning the Collateral.  Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. will notify Lender prior to any change in the location of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.’s state of organization or any change in Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.’s name.  Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. shall do all things necessary to preserve and to keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and privileges, and shall comply with all regulations, rules, ordinances, statutes, orders and decrees of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court applicable to Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.’s business activities.

 

Assumed Business Names.  Borrower has filed or recorded all documents or filings required by law relating to all assumed business names used by Borrower.  Excluding the name of Borrower, the following is a complete list of all assumed business names under which Borrower does business:   None.

 

Authorization.  Borrower’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and all the Related Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action by Borrower and do not conflict with, result in a violation of, or constitute a default under (1) any provision of (a) Borrower’s articles of incorporation or organization, or bylaws, or (b) any agreement or other instrument binding upon Borrower or (2) any law, governmental regulation, court decree, or order applicable to Borrower or to Borrower’s properties.

 

Financial Information.  Each of Borrower’s financial statements supplied to Lender truly and completely disclosed Borrower’s financial condition as of the date of the statement, and there has been no material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statement supplied to Lender.  Borrower has no material contingent obligations except as disclosed in such financial statements.

 

Legal Effect.  This Agreement constitutes, and any instrument or agreement Borrower is required to give under this Agreement when delivered will constitute legal, valid, and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

 

Properties.   Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as previously disclosed in Borrower’s financial statements or in writing to Lender and as accepted by Lender, and except for property tax liens for taxes not presently due and payable, Borrower owns and has good title to all of Borrower’s properties free and clear of all Security Interests, and has not executed any security documents or financing statements relating to such properties.  All of Borrower’s properties are titled in Borrower’s legal name, and Borrower has not used or filed a financing statement under any other name for at least the last five (5) years.

 

Hazardous Substances.  Except as disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing, Borrower represents and warrants that: (1) During the period of Borrower’s ownership of the Collateral, there has been no use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance by any person on, under, about or from any of the Collateral.  (2) Borrower has no knowledge of, or reason to believe that there has been (a) any breach or violation of any Environmental Laws; (b) any use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from the Collateral by any prior owners or occupants of any of the Collateral; or (c) any actual or threatened litigation or claims of any kind by any person relating to such matters.  (3) Neither Borrower nor any tenant, contractor, agent or other authorized user of any of the Collateral shall use, generate, manufacture, store, treat, dispose of or release any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from any of the Collateral; and any such activity shall be conducted in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and ordinances, including without limitation all Environmental Laws.  Borrower authorizes Lender and its agents to enter upon the Collateral to make such inspections and tests as Lender may deem appropriate to determine compliance of the Collateral with this section of the Agreement.  Any inspections or tests made by Lender shall be at Borrower’s expense and for Lender’s purposes only and shall not be construed to create any responsibility or liability on the part of Lender to Borrower or to any other person.  The representations and warranties contained herein are based on Borrower’s due diligence in investigating the Collateral for hazardous waste and Hazardous Substances.  Borrower hereby (1) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event Borrower becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any such laws, and (2) agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, penalties, and expenses which Lender may directly or indirectly sustain or suffer resulting from a breach of this section of the Agreement or as a consequence of any use, generation, manufacture, storage, disposal, release or threatened release of a hazardous waste or substance on the Collateral.  The provisions of this section of the Agreement, including the obligation to indemnify and defend, shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness and the termination, expiration or satisfaction of this Agreement and shall not be affected by Lender’s acquisition of any interest in any of the Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise.

 

Litigation and Claims.  No litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Borrower is pending or threatened, and no other event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Borrower’s financial condition or properties, other than litigation, claims, or other events, if any, that have been disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing.

 

Taxes.  To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all of Borrower’s tax returns and reports that are or were required to be filed, have been filed, and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges have been paid in full, except those presently being or to be contested by Borrower in good faith in the ordinary course of business and for which adequate reserves have been provided.

 

Lien Priority.  Unless otherwise previously disclosed to Lender in writing, Borrower has not entered into or granted any Security Agreements, or permitted the filing or attachment of any Security Interests on or affecting any of the Collateral directly or indirectly securing repayment of Borrower’s Loan and Note, that would be prior or that may in any way be superior to Lender’s Security Interests and rights in and to such Collateral.

 

Binding Effect.  This Agreement, the Note, all Security Agreements (if any), and all Related Documents are binding upon the signers thereof, as well as upon their successors, representatives and assigns, and are legally enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.  Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that, so long as this Agreement remains in effect, Borrower will:

 

Notices of Claims and Litigation.  Promptly inform Lender in writing of (1) all material adverse changes in Borrower’s financial condition, and (2) all existing and all threatened litigation, claims, investigations, administrative proceedings or similar actions affecting Borrower or any Guarantor which could materially affect the financial condition of Borrower or the financial condition of any Guarantor.

 

Financial Records.  Maintain its books and records in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and permit Lender to examine and audit Borrower’s books and records at all reasonable times.

 

Financial Statements.  Furnish Lender with the following:

 

2



 

Additional Requirements.  Borrower understands and agrees that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower will maintain a financial condition indicated by the following statements at all times, unless otherwise noted:

 

Interim Statements.   As soon as available, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter, Borrower shall provide Lender with balance sheet, income and expense statements, reconciliation of net worth and statement of cash flows.

 

Agings.  Within forty-five (45) days, or sooner, after the end of each quarter, Borrower shall provide Lender with a listing and aging by invoice date of all accounts receivable and all accounts payable in detailed format acceptable to Lender.

 

Inventory.  Within sixty (60) days, or sooner, after the end of each year , Borrower shall provide Lender with a listing of inventory in detailed format acceptable to Lender.

 

Annual Statements.  As soon as available, but in no event later than one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower shall provide Lender with balance sheet, income and expense statements, reconciliation of net worth and statement of cash flows, with notes thereto for the year ended, audited by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

 

All financial reports required to be provided under this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

 

Additional Information.  Furnish such additional information and statements, as Lender may request from time to time. 

 

Financial Covenants and Ratios.  Comply with the following covenants and ratios:

 

Additional Requirements.  Borrower understands and agrees that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower will maintain a financial condition indicated by the following ratios at all times, unless otherwise noted:

 

Tangible Net Worth.  Maintain an effective Tangible Net Worth (defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less due from officers/stockholders/affiliates minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization plus debt subordinated to East West Bank) of not less than $20,000,000.00, based on consolidated statements of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

Debt to Tangible Net Worth.  Maintain a Debt to effective Tangible Net Worth (defined as total liabilities minus debt subordinated to East West Bank divided by effective Tangible Net Worth defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less loan(s) to officers/stockholders/affiliates minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization plus debt subordinated to East West Bank) not to exceed 1.3 to 1, based on consolidated statements of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

Debt Coverage Ratio.  Maintain a Debt Coverage Ratio (defined earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) plus pre-launched inventory and stock option expense minus dividends to be divided by current portion of long term debt plus interest) of not less than 1.45 to 1, based on consolidated statements of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and its subsidiaries.  Debt Coverage Ratio violation will be waived automatically if borrower’s consolidated cash balances exceed $15 million.

 

Except as provided above, all computations made to determine compliance with the requirements contained in this paragraph shall be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

 

Insurance.  Maintain fire and other risk insurance, public liability insurance, and such other insurance as Lender may require with respect to Borrower’s properties and operations, in form, amounts, coverages and with insurance companies acceptable to Lender.  Borrower, upon request of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender, including stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender.  Each insurance policy also shall include an endorsement providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of Borrower or any other person.  In connection with all policies covering assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest for the Loans, Borrower will provide Lender with such lender’s loss payable or other endorsements as Lender may require.

 

Insurance Reports.  Furnish to Lender, upon request of Lender, reports on each existing insurance policy showing such information as Lender may reasonably request, including without limitation the following: (1) the name of the insurer; (2) the risks insured; (3) the amount of the policy; (4) the properties insured; (5) the then current property values on the basis of which insurance has been obtained, and the manner of determining those values; and (6) the expiration date of the policy.  In addition, upon request of Lender (however not more often than annually), Borrower will have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the actual cash value or replacement cost of any Collateral.  The cost of such appraisal shall be paid by Borrower.

 

Other Agreements.  Comply with all terms and conditions of all other agreements, whether now or hereafter existing, between Borrower and any other party and notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any other such agreements.

 

Taxes, Charges and Liens.  Pay and discharge when due all of its indebtedness and obligations, including without limitation all assessment taxes, governmental charges, levies and liens, of every kind and nature, imposed upon Borrower or its properties, income, or profits, prior to the date on which penalties would attach, and all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any of Borrower’s properties, income, or profits.  Provided however, Borrower will not be required to pay and discharge any such assessment, tax, charge, levy, lien or claim so long as (1) the legality of the same shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and (2) Borrower shall have established on Borrower’s books adequate reserves with respect to such contested assessment, tax, charge, levy, lien, or claim in accordance with GAAP.

 

Performance.  Perform and comply, in a timely manner, with all terms, conditions, and provisions set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in all other instruments and agreements between Borrower and Lender.  Borrower shall notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any agreement.

 

Operations.  Maintain executive and management personnel with substantially the same qualifications and experience as the present executive and management personnel; provide written notice to Lender of any change in executive and management personnel; conduct its business affairs in a reasonable and prudent manner.

 

Environmental Studies.  Promptly conduct and complete, at Borrower’s expense, all such investigations, studies, samplings and testings as may be requested by Lender or any governmental authority relative to any substance, or any waste or by-product of any substance defined as toxic or a hazardous substance under applicable federal, state, or local law, rule, regulation, order or directive, at or affecting any property or any facility owned, leased or used by Borrower.

 

3



 

Compliance with Governmental Requirements.  Comply with all taws, ordinances, and regulations, now or hereafter in effect, of all governmental authorities applicable to the conduct of Borrower’s properties, businesses and operations, and to the use or occupancy of the Collateral, including without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act.  Borrower may contest in good faith any such law, ordinance, or regulation and withhold compliance during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, so long as Borrower has notified Lender in writing prior to doing so and so long as, in Lender’s sole opinion, Lender’s interests in the Collateral are not jeopardized.  Lender may require Borrower to post adequate security or a surety bond, reasonably satisfactory to Lender, to protect Lender’s interest.

 

Inspection.  Permit employees or agents of Lender at any reasonable time to inspect any and all Collateral for the Loan or Loans and Borrower’s other properties and to examine or audit Borrower’s books, accounts, and records and to make copies and memoranda of Borrower’s books, accounts, and records.  If Borrower now or at any time hereafter maintains any records (including without limitation computer generated records and computer software programs for the generation of such records) in the possession of a third party, Borrower, upon request of Lender, shall notify such party to permit Lender free access to such records at all reasonable times and to provide Lender with copies of any records it may request, all at Borrower’s expense.

 

Compliance Certificates.  Unless waived in writing by Lender, provide Lender at least annually, with a certificate executed by Borrower’s chief financial officer, or other officer or person acceptable to Lender, certifying that the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement are true and correct as of the date of the certificate and further certifying that, as of the date of the certificate, no Event of Default exists under this Agreement.

 

Environmental Compliance and Reports.  Borrower shall comply in all respects with any and all Environmental Laws; not cause or permit to exist, as a result of an intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part or on the part of any third party, on property owned and/or occupied by Borrower, any environmental activity where damage may result to the environment, unless such environmental activity is pursuant to and in compliance with the conditions of a permit issued by the appropriate federal, state or local governmental authorities; shall furnish to Lender promptly and in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof a copy of any notice, summons, lien, citation, directive, letter or other communication from any governmental agency or instrumentality concerning any intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part in connection with any environmental activity whether or not there is damage to the environment and/or other natural resources.

 

Additional Assurances.  Make, execute and deliver to Lender such promissory notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, assignments, financing statements, instruments, documents and other agreements as Lender or its attorneys may reasonably request to evidence and secure the Loans and to perfect all Security Interests.

 

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES.  If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Collateral or if Borrower fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Borrower’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Borrower is required to discharge or pay under this Agreement or any Related Documents, Lender on Borrower’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on any Collateral and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving any Collateral.  All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Borrower.  All such expenses will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity.

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS.  Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender:

 

Continuity of Operations.  (1) Engage in any business activities substantially different than those in which Borrower is presently engaged, (2) cease operations, liquidate, merge, transfer, acquire or consolidate with any other entity, change its name, dissolve or transfer or sell Collateral out of the ordinary course of business, or (3) pay any dividends on Borrower’s stock (other than dividends payable in its stock), provided, however that notwithstanding the foregoing, but only so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the payment of dividends, if Borrower is a “Subchapter S Corporation” (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), Borrower may pay cash dividends on its stock to its shareholders from time to time in amounts necessary to enable the shareholders to pay income taxes and make estimated income tax payments to satisfy their liabilities under federal and state law which arise solely from their status as Shareholders of a Subchapter S Corporation because of their ownership of shares of Borrower’s stock, or purchase or retire any of Borrower’s outstanding shares or alter or amend Borrower’s capital structure. 

 

Agreements.  Enter into any agreement containing any provisions which would be violated or breached by the performance of Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement or in connection herewith.

 

CESSATION OF ADVANCES.  If Lender has made any commitment to make any Loan to Borrower, whether under this Agreement or under any other agreement, Lender shall have no obligation to make Loan Advances or to disburse Loan proceeds if: (A) Borrower or any Guarantor is in default under the terms of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or any other agreement that Borrower or any Guarantor has with Lender; (B) Borrower or any Guarantor dies, becomes incompetent or becomes insolvent, files a petition in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, or is adjudged a bankrupt; (C) there occurs a material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition, in the financial condition of any Guarantor, or in the value of any Collateral securing any Loan; or (D) any Guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such Guarantor’s guaranty of the Loan or any other loan with Lender; or (E) Lender in good faith deems itself insecure, even though no Event of Default shall have occurred.

 

RIGHT OF SETOFF.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender reserves a right of setoff in all Borrower’s accounts with Lender (whether checking, savings, or some other account).  This includes all accounts Borrower holds jointly with someone else and all accounts Borrower may open in the future.  However, this does not include any IRA or Keogh accounts, or any trust accounts for which setoff would be prohibited by law.  Borrower authorizes Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to charge or setoff all sums owing on the Indebtedness against any and all such accounts, and, at Lender’s option, to administratively freeze all such accounts to allow Lender to protect Lender’s charge and setoff rights provided in this paragraph.

 

DEFAULT.  Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

 

Payment Default.  Borrower fails to make any payment when due under the Loan.

 

4



 

Other Defaults.  Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

 

Default in Favor of Third Parties.  Borrower or any Grantor defaults under any loan, extension of credit, security agreement, purchase or sales agreement, or any other agreement, in favor of any other creditor or person that may materially affect any of Borrower’s or any Grantor’s property or Borrower’s or any Grantor’s ability to repay the Loans or perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or any of the Related Documents.

 

False Statements.   Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Agreement or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

 

Insolvency.  The dissolution or termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business, the insolvency of Borrower.  the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

 

Defective Collateralization.  This Agreement or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any time and for any reason.

 

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings.  Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the Loan.  This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender.  However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

 

Events Affecting Guarantor.  Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the Indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness.

 

Change in Ownership.  Any change in ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the common stock of Borrower.

 

Adverse Change.  A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the Loan is impaired.

 

Right to Cure.  If any default, other than a default on Indebtedness, is curable and if Borrower or Grantor, as the case may be, has not been given a notice of a similar default within the preceding twelve (12) months, it may be cured if Borrower or Grantor, as the case may be, after Lender sends written notice to Borrower or Grantor, as the case may be, demanding cure of such default: (1) cure the default within fifteen (15) days; or (2) if the cure requires more than fifteen (15) days, immediately initiate steps which Lender deems in Lender’s sole discretion to be sufficient to cure the default and thereafter continue and complete all reasonable and necessary steps sufficient to produce compliance as soon as reasonably practical.

 

EFFECT OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT.  If any Event of Default shall occur, except where otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Related Documents, all commitments and obligations of Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents or any other agreement immediately will terminate (including any obligation to make further Loan Advances or disbursements), and, at Lender’s option, all Indebtedness immediately will become due and payable, all without notice of any kind to Borrower, except that in the case of an Event of Default of the type described in the “Insolvency” subsection above, such acceleration shall be automatic and not optional.  In addition, Lender shall have all the rights and remedies provided in the Related Documents or available at law, in equity, or otherwise.  Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently.  Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Borrower or of any Grantor shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and to exercise its rights and remedies.

 

CROSS ACCELERATION.  In addition to the due dates and maturity date set forth in the Note, all principal and accrued interest and other amounts owed under this Note shall become due in full at such earlier time, if any, the obligations of Borrower to Lender under that Promissory Note dated September 13, 2005, in the face amount of $5,000,000.00, loan number 18700; Promissory Note dated September 15, 2006, in the face amount of $2,775,000.00, loan number 28933; Promissory Note dated May 15, 2009, in the face amount of $8,000,000.00, loan number 3001266; and Promissory Note dated December 31, 2010, in the face amount of $10,000,000.00, loan number 20002400 (as such notes may be amended or extended from time to time) are paid in full.

 

FACSIMILE OR OTHER IMAGE.  A facsimile, scanned or other copy of this Business Loan Agreement, as executed, shall be deemed the equivalent of the originally executed copy for all purposes.

 

CHOICE OF VENUE.  If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles, State of California.

 

ADVANCES.  Advances on each draw will be based on specific UCC-1 filing on equipment purchased or to be purchased at 100% invoice (excluding taxes and installation costs) under both Borrowers.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.  The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Agreement:

 

Amendments.  This Agreement, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement.  No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses.  Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement.  Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Agreement, and Borrower shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement.  Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services.  Borrower also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

 

Caption Headings.  Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

 

5



 

Consent to Loan Participation.  Borrower agrees and consents to Lender’s sale or transfer, whether now or later, of one or more participation interests in the Loan to one or more purchasers, whether related or unrelated to Lender.  Lender may provide, without any limitation whatsoever, to any one or more purchasers, or potential purchasers, any information or knowledge Lender may have about Borrower or about any other matter relating to the Loan, and Borrower hereby waives any rights to privacy Borrower may have with respect to such matters.  Borrower additionally waives any and all notices of sale of participation interests, as well as all notices of any repurchase of such participation interests.  Borrower also agrees that the purchasers of any such participation interests will be considered as the absolute owners of such interests in the Loan and will have all the rights granted under the participation agreement or agreements governing the sale of such participation interests.  Borrower further waives all rights of offset or counterclaim that it may have now or later against Lender or against any purchaser of such a participation interest and unconditionally agrees that either Lender or such purchaser may enforce Borrower’s obligation under the Loan irrespective of the failure or insolvency of any holder of any interest in the Loan.  Borrower further agrees that the purchaser of any such participation interests may enforce its interests irrespective of any personal claims or defenses that Borrower may have against Lender.

 

Governing Law.  This Agreement will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions.  This Agreement has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

 

Joint and Several Liability.   All obligations of Borrower under this Agreement shall be joint and several, and all references to Borrower shall mean each and every Borrower.  This means that each Borrower signing below is responsible for all obligations in this Agreement.  Where any one or more of the parties is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or similar entity, it is not necessary for Lender to inquire into the powers of any of the officers, directors, partners, members, or other agents acting or purporting to act on the entity’s behalf, and any obligations made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed under this Agreement

 

No Waiver by Lender.   Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender.  No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right.  A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement.  No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Borrower, or between Lender and any Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Borrower’s or any Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions.  Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

 

Notices.   Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Agreement.  Any party may change its address for notices under this Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address.  For notice purposes, Borrower agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Borrower’s current address.  Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Borrower, any notice given by Lender to any Borrower is deemed to be notice given to all Borrowers.

 

Severability.   If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any person or circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other person or circumstance.  If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable.  If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Agreement Unless otherwise required by law, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

Successors and Assigns.   All covenants and agreements by or on behalf of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any Related Documents shall bind Borrower’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns.  Borrower shall not, however, have the right to assign Borrower’s rights under this Agreement or any interest therein, without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties.   Borrower understands and agrees that in extending Loan Advances, Lender is relying on all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by Borrower to Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents.  Borrower further agrees that regardless of any investigation made by Lender, all such representations, warranties and covenants will survive the extension of Loan Advances and delivery to Lender of the Related Documents, shall be continuing in nature, shall be deemed made and redated by Borrower at the time each Loan Advance is made, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Borrower’s Indebtedness shall be paid in full, or until this Agreement shall be terminated in the manner provided above, whichever is the last to occur.

 

Time is of the Essence.   Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

 

Waive Jury.   To the extent permitted by applicable law, all parties to this Agreement hereby waive the right to any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by any party against any other party.

 

DEFINITIONS.   The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement.  Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America.  Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require.  Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code.  Accounting words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of this Agreement:

 

Advance.   The word “Advance” means a disbursement of Loan funds made, or to be made, to Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf on a line of credit or multiple advance basis under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Agreement. The word “Agreement” means this Business Loan Agreement, as this Business Loan Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Business Loan Agreement from time to time.

 

Borrower.   The word “Borrower” means International Medication Systems, Limited; and Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

 

6



 

Collateral.   The word “Collateral” means all property and assets granted as collateral security for a Loan, whether real or personal property, whether granted directly or indirectly, whether granted now or in the future, and whether granted in the form of a security interest, mortgage, collateral mortgage, deed of trust, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien, charge, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

 

Environmental Laws.   The words “Environmental Laws” mean any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C.  Section 9601, et seq.  (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499 (“SARA”), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C.  Section 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C.  Section 6901, et seq., or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

 

Event of Default.   The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Agreement in the default section of this Agreement.

 

GAAP.  The word “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Grantor.   The word “Grantor” means each and all of the persons or entities granting a Security Interest in any Collateral for the Loan, including without limitation all Borrowers granting such a Security Interest.

 

Guarantor.   The word “Guarantor” means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Loan.

 

Guaranty.   The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

 

Hazardous Substances.   The words “Hazardous Substances” mean materials that, because of their quantity, concentration or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may cause or pose a present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly used, treated, stored, disposed of, generated, manufactured, transported or otherwise handled.  The words “Hazardous Substances” are used in their very broadest sense and include without limitation any and all hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste as defined by or listed under the Environmental Laws.  The term “Hazardous Substances” also includes, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any fraction thereof and asbestos.

 

Indebtedness.   The word “Indebtedness” means the indebtedness evidenced by the Note or Related Documents, including all principal and interest together with all other indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Borrower is responsible under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents.

 

Lender.   The word “Lender’’ means East West Bank, its successors and assigns.

 

Loan.   The word “Loan” means any and all loans and financial accommodations from Lender to Borrower whether now or hereafter existing, and however evidenced, including without limitation those loans and financial accommodations described herein or described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement from time to time.

 

Note.   The word “Note” means the Note dated July 5, 2013 and executed by International Medication Systems, Limited; and Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in the principal amount of $8,000,000.00, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the note or credit agreement.

 

Permitted Liens.   The words “Permitted Liens” mean (1) liens and security interests securing Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Lender; (2) liens for taxes, assessments, or similar charges either not yet due or being contested in good faith; (3) liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, or carriers, or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations which are not yet delinquent; (4) purchase money liens or purchase money security interests upon or in any property acquired or held by Borrower in the ordinary course of business to secure indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Agreement or permitted to be incurred under the paragraph of this Agreement titled “Indebtedness and Liens”; (5) liens and security interests which, as of the date of this Agreement, have been disclosed to and approved by the Lender in writing; and (6) those liens and security interests which in the aggregate constitute an immaterial and insignificant monetary amount with respect to the net value of Borrower’s assets.

 

Related Documents.   The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Loan.

 

Security Agreement.   The words “Security Agreement” mean and include without limitation any agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, understandings or other agreements, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise, evidencing, governing, representing, or creating a Security Interest.

 

Security Interest.   The words “Security Interest” mean, without limitation, any and all types of collateral security, present and future, whether in the form of a lien, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, security deed, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

 

7



 

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT AND BORROWER AGREES TO ITS TERMS.  THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT IS DATED JULY 5, 2013.

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

 

 

INTERNATIONAL MEDICATION SYSTEMS, LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jack Y. Zhang

 

By:

/s/ Russell Skibsted

 

Jack Y. Zhang, CEO of International Medication
Systems, Limited

 

Russell Skibsted, CFO of International Medication
Systems, Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jack Y. Zhang

 

By:

/s/ Russell Skibsted

 

Jack Y. Zhang, CEO of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals,
Inc.

 

Russell Skibsted, CFO of Amphastar
Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 13.1.0.004 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2013. All Rights Reserved.  - CA  F:\PROD\LOANDOC\CFI\LPL\C40.FC TR-16887 PR-7

 

8




Exhibit 10.11

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of February 4, 2005

 

between

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

and

 

LOTUS CHINA FUND, L.P.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

 

2.

Registration Rights

2

 

2.1.

Company Registration

2

 

2.2.

Obligations of the Company

3

 

2.3.

Furnish Information

4

 

2.4.

Expenses of Company Registration

4

 

2.5.

Underwriting Requirements

4

 

2.6.

Delay of Registration

5

 

2.7.

Assignment of Registration Rights

5

 

2.8.

“Market Stand-Off” Agreement

5

 

2.9.

Indemnification

6

 

2.10.

Termination of Registration Rights

8

 

 

 

 

3.

Miscellaneous

8

 

3.1.

Transfers, Successors and Assigns

8

 

3.2.

Governing Law

9

 

3.3.

Counterparts

9

 

3.4.

Titles and Subtitles

9

 

3.5.

Notices

9

 

3.6.

Amendments and Waivers

9

 

3.7.

Severability

10

 

3.8.

Aggregation of Stock

10

 

3.9.

Entire Agreement

10

 

3.10.

Submission to Jurisdiction

10

 

3.11.

Delays or Omissions

10

 

i



 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement” ) is made as of the 4th day of February, 2005, by and between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), and Lotus China Fund, L.P. a Cayman Islands limited partnership (the “Investor” ).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Subscription Agreement between the Company and the Investor dated as of even date herewith (the “Subscription Agreement” ), the Company has agreed to sell and issue to the Investor, and the Investor has agreed to purchase from the Company 675,676 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Shares” ); and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Company to enter into the Subscription Agreement and to induce the Investor to invest funds in the Company pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, the Investor and the Company hereby agree that this Agreement shall govern the rights of the Investor to cause the Company to register shares of Common Stock issued to the Investor and certain other matters as set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

 

1.1.         The term “Affiliate” shall mean with respect to any individual, corporation, partnership, association, trust, or any other entity (in each case, a “Person” ), any Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, including, without limitation any general partner, officer or director of such Person and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing which is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or shares the same management company with such Person.

 

1.2.         The term “Common Stock” shall mean shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.3.         The term “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.4.         The term “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

1.5.         The term “GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles.

 

1.6.         The term “Holder” shall mean the Investor and any transferee of Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.7 hereof.

 

1


 

1.7.                             The term “IPO” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

 

1.8.                             The term “register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

 

1.9.                             The term “Registrable Securities” means (i) the Shares and, if any, the Additional Shares (as defined in the Subscription Agreement), (ii) securities issued or issuable upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar event with respect to the Shares; and (iii) any other security issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, in exchange for or in replacement of the securities referred to in the preceding clauses.

 

1.10.                      The term “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1.11.                      The term “SEC Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

1.12.                      The term “SEC Rule 144(k)” means Rule 144(k) promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

1.13.                      The term “SEC Rule 145” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

1.14.                      The term “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.15.                      The term “Violation” means losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

2. Registration Rights . The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

2.1.                             Company Registration . If at any time after the IPO, the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holder) any of its stock or other securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction, a registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities or a

 

2



 

registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5 , the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.5 , cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.1 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.4 hereof.

 

2.2.                          Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible,

 

(a)                                            prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable commercial efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective, subject to the exceptions below, for a period of up to ninety (90) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed; provided , however , that such 90-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company it could be detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for the registration statement to be in effect at such time;

 

(b)                                            prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

(c)                                             furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;

 

(d)                                            use its reasonable commercial efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

3



 

(e)                                        in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement;

 

(f)                                         cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement hereunder to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(g)                                        provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

 

(i)                                           use its reasonable commercial efforts to furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 , on the date on which such Registrable Securities are sold to the underwriter, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a “comfort” letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any.

 

2.3.                             Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

2.4.                             Expenses of Company Registration . The Company shall bear and pay all expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing or qualification of Registrable Securities with respect to the registrations pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof for each Holder (which right may be assigned as provided in Section 2.7 hereof), including (without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers and accounting fees relating or apportionable thereto and the fees and disbursements, not to exceed $25,000, of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by them (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company), but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions relating to Registrable Securities.

 

2.5.                             Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to this Section 2 , the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities,

 

4



 

including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities to be sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.5, if the managing underwriter determines that there be a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, no securities to be registered for sale by Holders shall be included unless all shares to be registered for sale by the Company to be included in such underwriting are so included and any remaining securities to be included in such registration shall be allocated pro rata among the Holders and any other holders of “piggy-back” registration rights (and no other stockholders), based on the number of shares requested to be included in such registration by all such holders. The Company shall so advise each Holder and the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be so limited. For purposes of apportionment as set forth in this Section 2.5 , for any selling stockholder which is a Holder of Registrable Securities and which is an investment fund, partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder”, and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

2.6.                             Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2 .

 

2.7.                             Assignment of Registration Rights . The registration rights of any Holder (and of any permitted transferee of any Holder or such Holder’s permitted transferees) under this Agreement with respect to any Registrable Securities may be transferred to any transferee who acquires at least 100,000 Registrable Securities (such number to be adjusted appropriately for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) (otherwise than in a registered public offering or in any sale under Rule 144 under the Securities Act) and executes an instrument agreeing to be bound by this Agreement. The Holder shall give written notice to the Company promptly after any such transfer stating the name and address of the transferee and identifying the securities with respect to which the rights under this Agreement are being assigned.

 

2.8.                             “Market Stand-Off’ Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, plus under certain circumstances, an additional 18-day period if the Company issues an earnings release or material news or event relating to the Company occurs during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to

 

5



 

sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, hedge, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Holder or are thereafter acquired), (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) publicly announce the intention to take any of the actions described in (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.8. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.8 shall apply to the Company’s IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall only be applicable to the Holders if all executive officers, directors and greater than 5% stockholders of the Company enter into similar agreements. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s IPO are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.8 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the Company’s IPO that are consistent with this Section 2.8 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.

 

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

 

2.9.                             Indemnification .   In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2 :

 

(a)                    To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers, directors and stockholders of each Holder, and each person, if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Violation and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, or other aforementioned person, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.9(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder or other aforementioned person.

 

(b)                    To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to

 

6



 

which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 2.9(b) , in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, further, that, in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 2.9(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

 

(c)                     Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.9 , deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.9 , but only to the extent that said indemnifying party is prejudiced with respect thereto, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.9 .

 

(d)                    In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any Holder exercising rights under this Agreement, or any controlling person of any such Holder, makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.9 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.9 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any such selling Holder or any such controlling person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.9 , then, and in each such case, the Company and such Holder will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying

 

7



 

party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided however, that, in any such case, (I) no such Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (II) no person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; provided further, that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.9(d) , when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such holder pursuant to Section 2.9(b) , exceed the proceeds from the offering (net of any underwriting discounts or commissions) received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder.

 

(e)                     Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

(f)                      Unless otherwise superceded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.9 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 2 , and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

2.10.                      Termination of Registration Rights .

 

(a)                                            No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 2 after three (3) years following the consummation of the IPO.

 

(b)                                            The rights set forth in this Section 2 shall terminate as to any Holder, when the Registrable Securities held by such Holder (together with any Affiliate of such Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under SEC Rule 144) could be sold without restriction under SEC Rule 144(k) within a ninety (90) day period.

 

3. Miscellaneous .

 

3.1.                             Transfers, Successors and Assigns . The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective permitted successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

8


 

3.2.                             Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

 

3.3.                             Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

3.4.                             Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

3.5.                             Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their address as set forth on the signature page hereto, or to such email address, facsimile number or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 3.5 . If notice is given to the Company, a copy shall also be sent to:

 

Latham & Watkins

633 West Fifth Street, Suite 4000

Los Angeles, California 90071

Facsimile: (213) 891-8763

Attention: Cynthia A. Rotell

 

3.6.                             Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities then outstanding, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company. The Company shall give prompt written notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination or waiver. Any amendment, termination or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 3.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, even if they do not execute such consent. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.

 

9



 

3.7.                             Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

 

3.8.                             Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

 

3.9.                             Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto, if any) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties are expressly canceled.

 

3.10.                      Submission to Jurisdiction . With respect to any claim or unresolved controversy arising out of this Agreement, each of the parties to this Agreement consents to the personal jurisdiction of the U.S. District Court for the District of California or any court of the State of California having subject matter jurisdiction.

 

3.11.                      Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ David W. Nassif

 

Name:

 

David W. Nassif

 

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

Address:

 

11570 Sixth Street

 

 

Rancho Cucamonga, California 91730

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

 

 

 

 

LOTUS CHINA FUND, LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Lotus Capital GP Ltd.

 

Its:

 

General Partner

 

Name:

 

Brad Huang

 

Title:

 

Director

 

Address:

 

/s/ Brad Huang

 

11




Exhibit 10.12

 

STANDARD OFFER, AGREEMENT AND ESCROW

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PURCHASE OF REAL ESTATE

(Non-Residential)

AIR Commercial Real Estate Association

 

 

 

 

October 2, 2012

 

 

 

(Date for Reference Purposes)

 

1.               Buyer.

 

1.1             Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware Corporation, (“ Buyer ”) hereby offers to purchase the real property, hereinafter described, from the owner thereof (“ Seller ”) (collectively, the “ Parties ” or individually, a “ Party ”), through an escrow (“ Escrow ”) to close 30 or 10 days after the waiver or expiration of the Buyer’s Contingencies (“ Expected Closing Date ”) to be held by First American Title Company (“ Escrow Holder ”) whose address is 520 N. Central Avenue, Glendale, CA 91203 Senior escrow officer: Darlene Sanders, Phone No. (818)550-2555, Facsimile No. (866)744-0225 upon the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement (“ Agreement ”). Buyer shall have the right to assign Buyer’s rights hereunder, but any such assignment shall not relieve Buyer of Buyer’s obligations herein unless Seller expressly releases Buyer.

 

1.2          The term “ Date of Agreement ” as used herein shall be the date when by execution and delivery (as defined in paragraph 20.2) of this document or a subsequent counteroffer thereto, Buyer and Seller have reached agreement in writing whereby Seller agrees to sell, and Buyer agrees to purchase, the Property upon terms accepted by both Parties.

 

2.               Property.

 

2.1             The real property (“ Property ”) that is the subject of this offer consists of (insert a brief physical description) An approximately 30,320 SF two-story R&D/Lab building situated on 18,476 SF of land. is located in the City of Chino, County of, San Bernardino, State of California, is commonly known by the street address of 13760 Magnolia Avenue, Chino CA 91710 and is legally described as: To be provided by First American Title Company (APN: 1021-111-17-0-000).

 

2.2             If the legal description of the Property is not complete or is inaccurate, this Agreement shall not be invalid and the legal description shall be completed or corrected to meet the requirements of                                                                                            (“ Title Company ”), which shall issue the title policy hereinafter described.

 

2.3             The Property includes, at no additional cost to Buyer, the permanent improvements thereon, including those items which pursuant to applicable law are a part of the property, as well as the following items, if any, owned by Seller and at present located on the Property: electrical distribution systems (power panel, bus ducting, conduits, disconnects, lighting fixtures); telephone distribution systems (lines, jacks and connections only); space heaters; heating, ventilating, air conditioning equipment (“ HVAC ”); air lines; fire sprinkler systems; security and fire detection systems; carpets; window coverings; wall coverings; and

                                                                                                                                                           (collectively, the “ Improvements ”).

 

2.4             The fire sprinkler monitor: o is owned by Seller and included in the Purchase Price, ¨ is leased by Seller, and Buyer will need to negotiate a new lease with the fire monitoring company, x ownership will be determined during Escrow, or ¨ there is no fire sprinkler monitor.

 

2.5             Except as provided in Paragraph 2.3, the Purchase Price does not include Seller’s personal property, furniture and furnishings, and
                                                                                                                                                   all of which shall be removed by Seller prior to Closing.

 

3.               Purchase Price.

 

3.1             The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) to be paid by Buyer to Seller for the Property shall be $7,420,000.00, payable as follows:

 

 

 

(a)          Cash down payment, including the Deposit as defined in paragraph 4.3 (or if an all cash transaction, the Purchase Price):

 

$

0.00

 

 

i/JZ

 

i/JW

i/ML

 

i/JS

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

© 2003 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM OFA-7-6/07E

 

1



 

( Strike if not applicable)

 

(b)          Amount of “New Loan” as defined in paragraph 5.1, if any:

 

$

0.00

 

 

 

(c)           Buyer shall take title to the Property subject to and/or assume the following existing deed(s) of trust (“ Existing Deed(s) of Trust ”) securing the existing promissory note(s) (“ Existing Note(s) ”):

 

 

 

 

 

(i)              An Existing Note (“ First Note ”) with an unpaid principal balance as of the Closing of approximately:

 

$

N/A

 

(Strike if not applicable)

 

Said First Note is payable at $                                                  per month, including interest at the rate of                     % per annum until paid (and/or the entire unpaid balance is due on                                         ).

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)           An Existing Note (“ Second Note ”) with an unpaid principal balance as of the Closing of approximately:

 

$

N/A

 

 

 

Said Second Note is payable at $                                                 per month, including interest at the rate of                           % per annum until paid (and/or the entire unpaid balance is due on                                          ).

 

 

 

(Strike if not applicable)

 

(d)          Buyer shall give Seller a deed of trust (“ Purchase Money Deed of Trust ”) on the property, to secure the promissory note of Buyer to Seller described in paragraph 6 (“ Purchase Money Note ”) in the amount of:

 

$

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Purchase Price:

 

$

7,420,000.00

 

 

3.2             If Buyer is taking title to the Property subject to, or assuming, an Existing Deed of Trust and such deed of trust permits the beneficiary to demand payment of fees including, but not limited to, points, processing fees, and appraisal fees as a condition to the transfer of the Property, Buyer agrees to pay such fees up to a maximum of 1.5% of the unpaid principal balance of the applicable Existing Note.

 

4.               Deposits.

 

4.1             x Buyer has delivered to Broker a check in the sum of $0.00, payable to Escrow Holder, to be delivered by Broker to Escrow Holder within 2 or         business days after both Parties have executed this Agreement and the executed Agreement has been delivered to Escrow Holder, or o within 2 or         business days after both Parties have executed this Agreement and the executed Agreement has been delivered to Escrow Holder Buyer shall deliver to Escrow Holder a check in the sum of $                                      . If said check is not received by Escrow Holder within said time period then Seller may elect to unilaterally terminate this transaction by giving written notice of such election to Escrow Holder whereupon neither Party shall have any further liability to the other under this Agreement. Should Buyer and Seller not enter into an agreement for purchase and sale, Buyer’s check or funds shall, upon request by Buyer, be promptly returned to Buyer.

 

4.2             Additional deposits:

 

(a) Within 5 business days after the Date of Agreement, Buyer shall deposit with Escrow Holder the additional sum of $0.00, to be applied to the Purchase Price at the Closing.

(b) Within 5 business days after the contingencies discussed in paragraph 9.1 (a) through (k) are approved or waived, Buyer shall deposit with Escrow Holder the additional sum of $0.00 to be applied to the Purchase Price at the Closing.

 

4.3             Escrow Holder shall deposit the funds deposited with it by Buyer pursuant to paragraphs 4.1 and 4.2 (collectively the “ Deposit ”), in a State or Federally chartered bank in an interest bearing account whose term is appropriate and consistent with the timing requirements of this transaction. The interest therefrom shall accrue to the benefit of Buyer, who hereby acknowledges that there may be penalties or interest forfeitures if the applicable instrument is redeemed prior to its specified maturity. Buyer’s Federal Tax Identification Number is To be provided. NOTE: Such interest bearing account cannot be opened until Buyer’s Federal Tax Identification Number is provided.

 

7.               Real Estate Brokers.

 

7.1             The following real estate broker(s) (“ Brokers ”) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction and are consented to by the Parties (check the applicable boxes):

 

¨  N/A represents Seller exclusively (“ Seller’s Broker ”);

 

¨ N/A represents Buyer exclusively (“ Buyer’s Broker ”); or

 

x  REMAX Realty 100 - Peter Loh represents both Seller and Buyer (“ Dual Agency ”).

 

The Parties acknowledge that Brokers are the procuring cause of this Agreement. See paragraph 24 regarding the nature of a real estate agency relationship. Buyer shall use the services of Buyer’s Broker exclusively in connection with any and all negotiations and offers with respect to the Property for a period of 1 year from the date inserted for reference purposes at the top of page 1.

 

7.2             Buyer and Seller each represent and warrant to the other that he/she/it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and/or the consummation of the purchase and sale contemplated herein, other than the Brokers named in paragraph 7.1, and no broker or other person, firm or entity, other than said Brokers is/are entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection with this transaction as the result of any dealings or acts of such Party. Buyer and Seller do each hereby agree to indemnify, defend, protect and hold the other harmless from and against any costs, expenses or liability for compensation, commission or charges which may be claimed by any broker, finder or other similar party, other than said named Brokers by reason of any dealings or act of the indemnifying Party.

 

8.               Escrow and Closing.

 

8.1             Upon acceptance hereof by Seller, this Agreement, including any counteroffers incorporated herein by the Parties, shall constitute not only the agreement of purchase and sale between Buyer and Seller, but also instructions to Escrow Holder for the consummation of the Agreement through the Escrow. Escrow Holder shall not prepare any further escrow instructions restating or amending the Agreement unless specifically so instructed by

 

i/JZ

 

i/JW

i/ML

 

i/JS

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

© 2003 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM OFA-7-6/07E

 

2



 

the Parties or a Broker herein. Subject to the reasonable approval of the Parties, Escrow Holder may, however, include its standard general escrow provisions.

 

8.2             As soon as practical after the receipt of this Agreement and any relevant counteroffers, Escrow Holder shall ascertain the Date of Agreement as defined in paragraphs 1.2 and 20.2 and advise the Parties and Brokers, in writing, of the date ascertained.

 

8.3             Escrow Holder is hereby authorized and instructed to conduct the Escrow in accordance with this Agreement, applicable law and custom and practice of the community in which Escrow Holder is located, including any reporting requirements of the Internal Revenue Code. In the event of a conflict between the law of the state where the Property is located and the law of the state where the Escrow Holder is located, the law of the state where the Property is located shall prevail.

 

8.4             Subject to satisfaction of the contingencies herein described, Escrow Holder shall close this escrow (the “ Closing ”) by recording a general warranty deed (a grant deed in California) and the other documents required to be recorded, and by disbursing the funds and documents in accordance with this Agreement.

 

8.5             Buyer and Seller shall each pay one-half of the Escrow Holder’s charges and Seller shall pay the usual recording fees and any required documentary transfer taxes. Seller shall pay the premium for a standard coverage owner’s or joint protection policy of title insurance. (See also paragraph 11)

 

8.6             Escrow Holder shall verify that all of Buyer’s contingencies have been satisfied or waived prior to Closing. The matters contained in paragraphs 9.1 subparagraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), (g), (i), (n), and (o), 9.4, 9.5, 12, 13, 14, 16, 18, 20, 21, 22, and 24 are, however, matters of agreement between the Parties only and are not instructions to Escrow Holder.

 

8.7             If this transaction is terminated for non-satisfaction and non-waiver of a Buyer’s Contingency, as defined in paragraph 9.2, then neither of the Parties shall thereafter have any liability to the other under this Agreement, except to the extent of a breach of any affirmative covenant or warranty in this Agreement. In the event of such termination, Buyer shall be promptly refunded all funds deposited by Buyer with Escrow Holder, less only Title Company and Escrow Holder cancellation fees and costs, all of which shall be Buyer’s obligation. If this transaction is terminated as a result of Seller’s breach of this Agreement then Seller shall pay the Title Company and Escrow Holder cancellation fees and costs.

 

8.8             The Closing shall occur on the Expected Closing Date, or as soon thereafter as the Escrow is in condition for Closing; provided, however, that if the Closing does not occur by the Expected Closing Date and said Date is not extended by mutual instructions of the Parties, a Party not then in default under this Agreement may notify the other Party, Escrow Holder, and Brokers, in writing that, unless the Closing occurs within 5 business days following said notice, the Escrow shall be deemed terminated without further notice or instructions.

 

8.9             Except as otherwise provided herein, the termination of Escrow shall not relieve or release either Party from any obligation to pay Escrow Holder’s fees and costs or constitute a waiver, release or discharge of any breach or default that has occurred in the performance of the obligations, agreements, covenants or warranties contained therein.

 

8.10      If this sale of the Property is not consummated for any reason other than Seller’s breach or default, then at Seller’s request, and as a

 

i/JZ

 

i/JW

i/ML

 

i/JS

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

© 2003 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM OFA-7-6/07E

 

3



 

condition to any obligation to return Buyer’s deposit (see paragraph 21), Buyer shall within 5 days after written request deliver to Seller, at no charge, copies of all surveys, engineering studies, soil reports, maps, master plans, feasibility studies and other similar items prepared by or for Buyer that pertain to the Property. Provided, however, that Buyer shall not be required to deliver any such report if the written contract which Buyer entered into with the consultant who prepared such report specifically forbids the dissemination of the report to others.

 

9.               Contingencies to Closing.

 

9.1             The Closing of this transaction is contingent upon the satisfaction or waiver of the following contingencies. IF BUYER FAILS TO NOTIFY ESCROW HOLDER, IN WRITING, OF THE DISAPPROVAL OF ANY OF SAID CONTINGENCIES WITHIN THE TIME SPECIFIED THEREIN, IT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVELY PRESUMED THAT BUYER HAS APPROVED SUCH ITEM, MATTER OR DOCUMENT . Buyer’s conditional approval shall constitute disapproval, unless provision is made by the Seller within the time specified therefore by the Buyer in such conditional approval or by this Agreement, whichever is later, for the satisfaction of the condition imposed by the Buyer. Escrow Holder shall promptly provide all Parties with copies of any written disapproval or conditional approval which it receives. With regard to subparagraphs (a) through (m) the pre-printed time periods shall control unless a different number of days is inserted in the spaces provided.

 

(a)  Disclosure . Seller shall make to Buyer, through Escrow, all of the applicable disclosures required by law (See AIR Commercial Real Estate Association ( “AIR” ) standard form entitled “Seller’s Mandatory Disclosure Statement”) and provide Buyer with a completed Property Information Sheet (“ Property Information Sheet ”) concerning the Property, duly executed by or on behalf of Seller in the current form or equivalent to that published by the AIR within 10 or days following the Date of Agreement. Buyer has 10 days from the receipt of said disclosures to approve or disapprove the matters disclosed.

 

(b)                                  [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

(c)  Hazardous Substance Conditions Repor t. Buyer has 30 or 20 days from the receipt of the Property Information Sheet or the Date of Agreement, whichever is later, to satisfy itself with regard to the environmental aspects of the Property. Seller recommends that Buyer obtain a Hazardous Substance Conditions Report concerning the Property and relevant adjoining properties. Any such report shall be paid for by Buyer. A “ Hazardous Substance ” for purposes of this Agreement is defined as any substance whose nature and/or quantity of existence, use, manufacture, disposal or effect, render it subject to Federal, state or local regulation, investigation, remediation or removal as potentially injurious to public health or welfare. A “ Hazardous Substance Condition ” for purposes of this Agreement is defined as the existence on, under or relevantly adjacent to the Property of a Hazardous Substance that would require remediation and/or removal under applicable Federal, state or local law.

 

(d)  Soil Inspection . Buyer has 30 or 20 days from the receipt of the Property Information Sheet or the Date of Agreement, whichever is later, to satisfy itself with regard to the condition of the soils on the Property. Seller recommends that Buyer obtain a soil test report. Any such report shall be paid for by Buyer. Seller shall provide Buyer copies of any soils report that Seller may have within 10 days of the Date of Agreement.

 

(e) Governmental Approvals . Buyer has 30 or 20 days from the Date of Agreement to satisfy itself with regard to approvals and permits from governmental agencies or departments which have or may have jurisdiction over the Property and which Buyer deems necessary or desirable in connection with its intended use of the Property, including, but not limited to, permits and approvals required with respect to zoning, planning, building and safety, fire, police, handicapped and Americans with Disabilities Act requirements, transportation and environmental matters.

 

(f) Conditions of Title . Escrow Holder shall cause a current commitment for title insurance (“ Title Commitment ”) concerning the Property issued by the Title Company, as well as legible copies of all documents referred to in the Title Commitment (“ Underlying Documents ”), and a scaled and dimensioned plot showing the location of any easements to be delivered to Buyer within 10 or 20 days following the Date of Agreement. Buyer has 10 days from the receipt of the Title Commitment, the Underlying Documents and the plot plan to satisfy itself with regard to the condition of title. The disapproval by Buyer of any monetary encumbrance, which by the terms of this Agreement is not to remain against the Property after the Closing, shall not be considered a failure of this contingency, as Seller shall have the obligation, at Seller’s expense, to satisfy and remove such disapproved monetary encumbrance at or before the Closing.

 

(g)                                   [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

(h)   Existing Leases and Tenancy Statements . Seller shall within 10 or 20 days of the Date of Agreement provide both Buyer and Escrow Holder with legible copies of all leases, subleases or rental arrangements (collectively, “ Existing Leases ”) affecting the Property, and with a tenancy statement (“ Estoppel Certificate ”) in the latest form or equivalent to that published by the AIR, executed by Seller and/or each tenant and subtenant of the Property. Seller shall use its best efforts to have each tenant complete and execute an Estoppel Certificate. If any tenant fails or refuses to provide an Estoppel Certificate then Seller shall complete and execute an Estoppel Certificate for that tenancy. Buyer has 10 days from the receipt of said Existing Leases and Estoppel Certificates to satisfy itself with regard to the Existing Leases and any other tenancy issues.

 

(i)   Owner’s Association . Seller shall within 10 or 20 days of the Date of Agreement provide Buyer with a statement and transfer package from any owner’s association servicing the Property. Such transfer package shall at a minimum include: copies of the association’s bylaws, articles of incorporation, current budget and financial statement. Buyer has 10 days from the receipt of such documents to satisfy itself with regard to the association.

 

(j)  Other Agreements . Seller shall within 10 or 20 days of the Date of Agreement provide Buyer with legible copies of all other agreements (“ Other Agreements ”) known to Seller that will affect the Property after Closing. Buyer has 10 days from the receipt of said Other Agreements to satisfy itself with regard to such Agreements.

 

(k)   Financing . If paragraph 5 hereof dealing with a financing contingency has not been stricken, the satisfaction or waiver of such New Loan

contingency.

 

(l)                                      [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

(m)                              [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

i/JZ

 

i/JW

i/ML

 

i/JS

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

© 2003 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM OFA-7-6/07E

 

4


 

(n)  Destruction, Damage or Loss . There shall not have occurred prior to the Closing, a destruction of, or damage or loss to, the Property or any portion thereof, from any cause whatsoever, which would cost more than $10,000.00 to repair or cure. If the cost of repair or cure is $10,000.00 or less, Seller shall repair or cure the loss prior to the Closing. Buyer shall have the option, within 10 days after receipt of written notice of a loss costing more than $10,000.00 to repair or cure, to either terminate this Agreement or to purchase the Property notwithstanding such loss, but without deduction or offset against the Purchase Price. If the cost to repair or cure is more than $10,000.00, and Buyer does not elect to terminate this Agreement, Buyer shall be entitled to any insurance proceeds applicable to such loss. Unless otherwise notified in writing, Escrow Holder shall assume no such destruction, damage or loss has occurred prior to Closing.

 

(o)   Material Change . Buyer shall have 10 days following receipt of written notice of a Material Change within which to satisfy itself with regard to such change. “ Material Change ” shall mean a substantial adverse change in the use, occupancy, tenants, title, or condition of the Property that occurs after the date of this offer and prior to the Closing. Unless otherwise notified in writing, Escrow Holder shall assume that no Material Change has occurred prior to the Closing.

 

(p)   Seller Performance . The delivery of all documents and the due performance by Seller of each and every undertaking and agreement to be performed by Seller under this Agreement.

 

(q)   Brokerage Fee . Payment at the Closing of such brokerage fee as is specified in this Agreement or later written instructions to Escrow Holder executed by Seller and Brokers (“ Brokerage Fee ”). It is agreed by the Parties and Escrow Holder that Brokers are a third party beneficiary of this Agreement insofar as the Brokerage Fee is concerned, and that no change shall be made with respect to the payment of the Brokerage Fee specified in this Agreement, without the written consent of Brokers.

 

9.2        All of the contingencies specified in subparagraphs (a) through (m) of paragraph 9.1 are for the benefit of, and may be waived by, Buyer, and may be elsewhere herein referred to as “ Buyer’s Contingencies .”

 

9.3        If any of Buyer’s Contingencies or any other matter subject to Buyer’s approval is disapproved as provided for herein in a timely manner (“ Disapproved Item ”), Seller shall have the right within 10 days following the receipt of notice of Buyer’s disapproval to elect to cure such Disapproved Item prior to the Expected Closing Date (“ Seller’s Election ”). Seller’s failure to give to Buyer within such period, written notice of Seller’s commitment to cure such Disapproved Item on or before the Expected Closing Date shall be conclusively presumed to be Seller’s Election not to cure such Disapproved Item. If Seller elects, either by written notice or failure to give written notice, not to cure a Disapproved Item, Buyer shall have the right, within 10 days after Seller’s Election to either accept title to the Property subject to such Disapproved Item, or to terminate this Agreement. Buyer’s failure to notify Seller in writing of Buyer’s election to accept title to the Property subject to the Disapproved Item without deduction or offset shall constitute Buyer’s election to terminate this Agreement. Unless expressly provided otherwise herein, Seller’s right to cure shall not apply to the remediation of Hazardous Substance Conditions or to the Financing Contingency. Unless the Parties mutually instruct otherwise, if the time periods for the satisfaction of contingencies or for Seller’s and Buyer’s elections would expire on a date after the Expected Closing Date, the Expected Closing Date shall be deemed extended for 3 business days following the expiration of: (a) the applicable contingency period(s), (b) the period within which the Seller may elect to cure the Disapproved Item, or (c) if Seller elects not to cure, the period within which Buyer may elect to proceed with this transaction, whichever is later.

 

9.4                                                        [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

9.5        The Parties acknowledge that extensive local, state and Federal legislation establish broad liability upon owners and/or users of real property for the investigation and remediation of Hazardous Substances. The determination of the existence of a Hazardous Substance Condition and the evaluation of the impact of such a condition are highly technical and beyond the expertise of Brokers. The Parties acknowledge that they have been advised by Brokers to consult their own technical and legal experts with respect to the possible presence of Hazardous Substances on the Property or adjoining properties, and Buyer and Seller are not relying upon any investigation by or statement of Brokers with respect thereto. The Parties hereby assume all responsibility for the impact of such Hazardous Substances upon their respective interests herein.

 

10.        Documents Required at or Before Closing:

 

10.1 Five days prior to the Closing date Escrow Holder shall obtain an updated Title Commitment concerning the Property from the Title Company and provide copies thereof to each of the Parties.

 

10.2 Seller shall deliver to Escrow Holder in time for delivery to Buyer at the Closing:

 

(a) Grant or general warranty deed, duly executed and in recordable form, conveying fee title to the Property to Buyer.

 

(b)                                  [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

(c) If applicable, the Existing Leases and Other Agreements together with duly executed assignments thereof by Seller and Buyer. The assignment of Existing Leases shall be on the most recent Assignment and Assumption of Lessor’s Interest in Lease form published by the AIR or its equivalent.

 

(d)  If applicable, Estoppel Certificates executed by Seller and/or the tenant(s) of the Property.

 

(e) An affidavit executed by Seller to the effect that Seller is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 1445 or successor statutes. If Seller does not provide such affidavit in form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer at least 3 business days prior to the Closing, Escrow Holder shall at the Closing deduct from Seller’s proceeds and remit to the Internal Revenue Service such sum as is required by applicable Federal law with respect to purchases from foreign sellers.

 

(f) If the Property is located in California, an affidavit executed by Seller to the effect that Seller is not a “nonresident” within the meaning of California Revenue and Tax Code Section 18662 or successor statutes. If Seller does not provide such affidavit in form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer at least 3 business days prior to the Closing, Escrow Holder shall at the Closing deduct from Seller’s proceeds and remit to the Franchise Tax Board such sum as is required by such statute.

 

(g)                                   [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

(h) If the Seller is a corporation, a duly executed corporate resolution authorizing the execution of this Agreement and the sale of the Property.

 

10.3 Buyer shall deliver to Seller through Escrow:

 

(a) The cash portion of the Purchase Price and such additional sums as are required of Buyer under this Agreement shall be deposited by Buyer with Escrow Holder, by federal funds wire transfer, or any other method acceptable to Escrow Holder in immediately collectable funds, no later than 2:00 P.M. on the business day prior to the Expected Closing Date.

 

i/JZ

 

i/JW

i/ML

 

i/JS

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

© 2003 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM OFA-7-6/07E

 

5



 

(b)                                  [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

(c) The Assignment and Assumption of Lessor’s Interest in Lease form specified in paragraph 10.2(c) above, duly executed by Buyer.

 

(d)  Assumptions duly executed by Buyer of the obligations of Seller that accrue after Closing under any Other Agreements.

 

(e)                                   [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

(f) If the Buyer is a corporation, a duly executed corporate resolution authorizing the execution of this Agreement and the purchase of the Property.

 

10.4 At Closing, Escrow Holder shall cause to be issued to Buyer a standard coverage (or ALTA extended, if elected pursuant to 9.1(g)) owner’s form policy of title insurance effective as of the Closing, issued by the Title Company in the full amount of the Purchase Price, insuring title to the Property vested in Buyer, subject only to the exceptions approved by Buyer. In the event there is a Purchase Money Deed of Trust in this transaction, the policy of title insurance shall be a joint protection policy insuring both Buyer and Seller.

 

IMPORTANT: IN A PURCHASE OR EXCHANGE OF REAL PROPERTY, IT MAY BE ADVISABLE TO OBTAIN TITLE INSURANCE IN CONNECTION WITH THE CLOSE OF ESCROW SINCE THERE MAY BE PRIOR RECORDED LIENS AND ENCUMBRANCES WHICH AFFECT YOUR INTEREST IN THE PROPERTY BEING ACQUIRED. A NEW POLICY OF TITLE INSURANCE SHOULD BE OBTAINED IN ORDER TO ENSURE YOUR INTEREST IN THE PROPERTY THAT YOU ARE ACQUIRING.

 

11.        Prorations and Adjustments.

 

11.1 Taxes . Applicable real property taxes and special assessment bonds shall be prorated through Escrow as of the date of the Closing, based upon the latest tax bill available. The Parties agree to prorate as of the Closing any taxes assessed against the Property by supplemental bill levied by reason of events occurring prior to the Closing. Payment of the prorated amount shall be made promptly in cash upon receipt of a copy of any supplemental bill.

 

11.2 Insurance . WARNING : Any insurance which Seller may have maintained will terminate on the Closing. Buyer is advised to obtain appropriate insurance to cover the Property.

 

11.3 Rentals, Interest and Expenses . Scheduled rentals, interest on Existing Notes, utilities, and operating expenses shall be prorated as of the date of Closing. The Parties agree to promptly adjust between themselves outside of Escrow any rents received after the Closing.

 

11.4 Security Deposit . Security Deposits held by Seller shall be given to Buyer as a credit to the cash required of Buyer at the Closing.

 

11.5 Post Closing Matters . Any item to be prorated that is not determined or determinable at the Closing shall be promptly adjusted by the Parties by appropriate cash payment outside of the Escrow when the amount due is determined.

 

11.6                                                 [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

11.7                                                 [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

11.8 Owner’s Association Fees. Escrow Holder shall: (i) bring Seller’s account with the association current and pay any delinquencies or transfer fees from Seller’s proceeds, and (ii) pay any up front fees required by the association from Buyer’s funds.

 

12. Representations and Warranties of Seller and Disclaimers.

 

12.1 Seller’s warranties and representations shall survive the Closing and delivery of the deed for a period of 3 years, and are true, material and relied upon by Buyer and Brokers in all respects. Seller hereby makes the following warranties and representations to Buyer and Brokers:

 

(a) Authority of Seller . Seller is the owner of the Property and/or has the full right, power and authority to sell, convey and transfer the Property to Buyer as provided herein, and to perform Seller’s obligations hereunder.

 

(b) Maintenance During Escrow and Equipment Condition At Closing . Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 9.1(m) hereof, Seller shall maintain the Property until the Closing in its present condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

 

(c) Hazardous Substances/Storage Tanks . Seller has no knowledge, except as otherwise disclosed to Buyer in writing, of the existence or prior existence on the Property of any Hazardous Substance, nor of the existence or prior existence of any above or below ground storage tank.

 

(d) Compliance . Seller has no knowledge of any aspect or condition of the Property which violates applicable laws, rules, regulations, codes or covenants, conditions or restrictions, or of improvements or alterations made to the Property without a permit where one was required, or of any unfulfilled order or directive of any applicable governmental agency or casualty insurance company requiring any investigation, remediation, repair, maintenance or improvement be performed on the Property.

 

(e) Changes in Agreements . Prior to the Closing, Seller will not violate or modify any Existing Lease or Other Agreement, or create any new leases or other agreements affecting the Property, without Buyer’s written approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(f) Possessory Rights . Seller has no knowledge that anyone will, at the Closing, have any right to possession of the Property, except as disclosed by this Agreement or otherwise in writing to Buyer.

 

(g) Mechanics’ Liens . There are no unsatisfied mechanics’ or materialmens’ lien rights concerning the Property.

 

(h) A ctions, Suits or Proceedings . Seller has no knowledge of any actions, suits or proceedings pending or threatened before any commission, board, bureau, agency, arbitrator, court or tribunal that would affect the Property or the right to occupy or utilize same.

 

(i) Notice of Changes . Seller will promptly notify Buyer and Brokers in writing of any Material Change (see paragraph 9.1(n)) affecting the Property that becomes known to Seller prior to the Closing.

 

(j) No Tenant Bankruptcy Proceedings . Seller has no notice or knowledge that any tenant of the Property is the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

 

(k) No Seller Bankruptcy Proceedings . Seller is not the subject of a bankruptcy, insolvency or probate proceeding.

 

(l) Personal Property . Seller has no knowledge that anyone will, at the Closing, have any right to possession of any personal property included in the Purchase Price nor knowledge of any liens or encumbrances affecting such personal property, except as disclosed by this Agreement or otherwise in writing to Buyer.

 

12.2 Buyer hereby acknowledges that, except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, Buyer is purchasing the Property in its existing condition and will, by the time called for herein, make or have waived all inspections of the Property Buyer believes are necessary to protect its own interest in, and its contemplated use of, the Property. The Parties acknowledge that, except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, no representations, inducements, promises, agreements, assurances, oral or written, concerning the Property, or any aspect of the occupational safety and health laws, Hazardous Substance laws, or any other act, ordinance or law, have been made by either Party or Brokers, or relied upon by either Party hereto.

 

12.3 In the event that Buyer learns that a Seller representation or warranty might be untrue prior to the Closing, and Buyer elects to purchase the

 

i/JZ

 

i/JW

i/ML

 

i/JS

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

© 2003 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM OFA-7-6/07E

 

6



 

Property anyway then, and in that event, Buyer waives any right that it may have to bring an action or proceeding against Seller or Brokers regarding said representation or warranty.

 

12.4 Any environmental reports, soils reports, surveys, and other similar documents which were prepared by third party consultants and provided to Buyer by Seller or Seller’s representatives, have been delivered as an accommodation to Buyer and without any representation or warranty as to the sufficiency, accuracy, completeness, and/or validity of said documents, all of which Buyer relies on at its own risk. Seller believes said documents to be accurate, but Buyer is advised to retain appropriate consultants to review said documents and investigate the Property.

 

13.        Possession.

 

Buyer is currently in possession of the Property as Lessee under the Lease.

 

14.        Buyer’s Entry.

 

At any time during the Escrow period, Buyer, and its agents and representatives, shall have the right at reasonable times and subject to rights of tenants, to enter upon the Property for the purpose of making inspections and tests specified in this Agreement. No destructive testing shall be conducted, however, without Seller’s prior approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Following any such entry or work, unless otherwise directed in writing by Seller, Buyer shall return the Property to the condition it was in prior to such entry or work, including the recompaction or removal of any disrupted soil or material as Seller may reasonably direct. All such inspections and tests and any other work conducted or materials furnished with respect to the Property by or for Buyer shall be paid for by Buyer as and when due and Buyer shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Seller and the Property of and from any and all claims, liabilities, losses, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), damages, including those for injury to person or property, arising out of or relating to any such work or materials or the acts or omissions of Buyer, its agents or employees in connection therewith.

 

15.        Further Documents and Assurances.

 

The Parties shall each, diligently and in good faith, undertake all actions and procedures reasonably required to place the Escrow in condition for Closing as and when required by this Agreement. The Parties agree to provide all further information, and to execute and deliver all further documents, reasonably required by Escrow Holder or the Title Company.

 

16.        Attorneys’ Fees.

 

If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding (including arbitration) involving the Property whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term “ Prevailing Party ” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred.

 

17.        Prior Agreements/Amendments.

 

17.1 This Agreement supersedes any and all prior agreements between Seller and Buyer regarding the Property.

 

17.2 Amendments to this Agreement are effective only if made in writing and executed by Buyer and Seller.

 

18.        Broker’s Rights.

 

18.1 If this sale is not consummated due to the default of either the Buyer or Seller, the defaulting Party shall be liable to and shall pay to Brokers the Brokerage Fee that Brokers would have received had the sale been consummated. If Buyer is the defaulting party, payment of said Brokerage Fee is in addition to any obligation with respect to liquidated or other damages.

 

18.2 Upon the Closing, Brokers are authorized to publicize the facts of this transaction.

 

19.        Notices.

 

19.1 Whenever any Party, Escrow Holder or Brokers herein shall desire to give or serve any notice, demand, request, approval, disapproval or other communication, each such communication shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, by messenger or by mail, postage prepaid, to the address set forth in this Agreement or by facsimile transmission.

 

19.2 Service of any such communication shall be deemed made on the date of actual receipt if personally delivered. Any such communication sent by regular mail shall be deemed given 48 hours after the same is mailed. Communications sent by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantee next day delivery shall be deemed delivered 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Communications transmitted by facsimile transmission shall be deemed delivered upon telephonic confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If such communication is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

 

19.3 Any Party or Broker hereto may from time to time, by notice in writing, designate a different address to which, or a different person or additional persons to whom, all communications are thereafter to be made.

 

20.        Duration of Offer.

 

20.1 If this offer is not accepted by Seller on or before 5:00 P.M. according to the time standard applicable to the city of Chino on the date of 10/12/2012, it shall be deemed automatically revoked.

 

20.2 The acceptance of this offer, or of any subsequent counteroffer hereto, that creates an agreement between the Parties as described in paragraph 1.2, shall be deemed made upon delivery to the other Party or either Broker herein of a duly executed writing unconditionally accepting the last outstanding offer or counteroffer.

 

21. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. ( This Liquidated Damages paragraph is applicable only if initialed by both Parties ) .

 

THE PARTIES AGREE THAT IT WOULD BE IMPRACTICABLE OR EXTREMELY DIFFICULT TO FIX, PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, THE ACTUAL DAMAGES WHICH WOULD BE SUFFERED BY SELLER IF BUYER FAILS TO PERFORM ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. THEREFORE, IF, AFTER THE SATISFACTION OR WAIVER OF ALL CONTINGENCIES PROVIDED FOR THE BUYER’S BENEFIT, BUYER BREACHES THIS AGREEMENT, SELLER SHALL BE ENTITLED TO LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IN THE AMOUNT OF Zero . UPON PAYMENT OF SAID SUM TO SELLER, BUYER SHALL BE RELEASED FROM ANY FURTHER LIABILITY TO SELLER, AND ANY ESCROW CANCELLATION FEES AND TITLE COMPANY CHARGES SHALL BE PAID BY SELLER.

 

i/JZ

 

i/JW

i/ML

 

i/JS

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

© 2003 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM OFA-7-6/07E

 

7



 


Buyer Initials Seller Initials

 

22.        ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES. (This Arbitration of Disputes paragraph is applicable only if initialed by both Parties.)

 

22.1 ANY CONTROVERSY AS TO WHETHER SELLER IS ENTITLED TO THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES AND/OR BUYER IS ENTITLED TO THE RETURN OF DEPOSIT MONEY, SHALL BE DETERMINED BY BINDING ARBITRATION BY, AND UNDER THE COMMERCIAL RULES OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION (“ COMMERCIAL RULES ”). ARBITRATION HEARINGS SHALL BE HELD IN THE COUNTY WHERE THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED. ANY SUCH CONTROVERSY SHALL BE ARBITRATED BY 3 ARBITRATORS WHO SHALL BE IMPARTIAL REAL ESTATE BROKERS WITH AT LEAST 5 YEARS OF FULL TIME EXPERIENCE IN BOTH THE AREA WHERE THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED AND THE TYPE OF REAL ESTATE THAT IS THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT. THEY SHALL BE APPOINTED UNDER THE COMMERCIAL RULES. THE ARBITRATORS SHALL HEAR AND DETERMINE SAID CONTROVERSY IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW, THE INTENTION OF THE PARTIES AS EXPRESSED IN THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY AMENDMENTS THERETO, AND UPON THE EVIDENCE PRODUCED AT AN ARBITRATION HEARING. PRE-ARBITRATION DISCOVERY SHALL BE PERMITTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE COMMERCIAL RULES OR STATE LAW APPLICABLE TO ARBITRATION PROCEEDINGS. THE AWARD SHALL BE EXECUTED BY AT LEAST 2 OF THE 3 ARBITRATORS, BE RENDERED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE CONCLUSION OF THE HEARING, AND MAY INCLUDE ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS TO THE PREVAILING PARTY PER PARAGRAPH 16 HEREOF. JUDGMENT MAY BE ENTERED ON THE AWARD IN ANY COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF A PARTY DULY NOTIFIED OF THE ARBITRATION HEARING TO APPEAR THEREAT.

 

22.2 BUYER’S RESORT TO OR PARTICIPATION IN SUCH ARBITRATION PROCEEDINGS SHALL NOT BAR SUIT IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY THE BUYER FOR DAMAGES AND/OR SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE UNLESS AND UNTIL THE ARBITRATION RESULTS IN AN AWARD TO THE SELLER OF LIQUIDATED DAMAGES, IN WHICH EVENT SUCH AWARD SHALL ACT AS A BAR AGAINST ANY ACTION BY BUYER FOR DAMAGES AND/OR SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.

 

22.3 NOTICE: BY INITIALING IN THE SPACE BELOW YOU ARE AGREEING TO HAVE ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS INCLUDED IN THE “ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES” PROVISION DECIDED BY NEUTRAL ARBITRATION AS PROVIDED BY CALIFORNIA LAW AND YOU ARE GIVING UP ANY RIGHTS YOU MIGHT POSSESS TO HAVE THE DISPUTE LITIGATED IN A COURT OR JURY TRIAL. BY INITIALING IN THE SPACE BELOW YOU ARE GIVING UP YOUR JUDICIAL RIGHTS TO DISCOVERY AND APPEAL, UNLESS SUCH RIGHTS ARE SPECIFICALLY INCLUDED IN THE “ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES” PROVISION. IF YOU REFUSE TO SUBMIT TO ARBITRATION AFTER AGREEING TO THIS PROVISION, YOU MAY BE COMPELLED TO ARBITRATE UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE. YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION IS VOLUNTARY.

 

WE HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE FOREGOING AND AGREE TO SUBMIT DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS INCLUDED IN THE “ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES” PROVISION TO NEUTRAL ARBITRATION.

 


Buyer Initials Seller Initials

 

23.        Miscellaneous.

 

23.1 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding on the Parties without regard to whether or not paragraphs 21 and 22 are initialed by both of the Parties. Paragraphs 21 and 22 are each incorporated into this Agreement only if initialed by both Parties at the time that the Agreement is executed.

 

23.2 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and paragraph 22.3 is amended to refer to, the laws of the state in which the Property is located.

 

23.3 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

 

23.4 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by Buyer and Seller in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Escrow Holder, after verifying that the counterparts are identical except for the signatures, is authorized and instructed to combine the signed signature pages on one of the counterparts, which shall then constitute the Agreement.

 

23.5 Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

23.6 Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Agreement and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

 

23.7 1031 Exchange . Both Seller and Buyer agree to cooperate with each other in the event that either or both wish to participate in a 1031 exchange. Any party initiating an exchange shall bear all costs of such exchange.

 

23.8 Days. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Agreement shall mean and refer to calendar days.

 

24.        Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship.

 

24.1 The Parties and Brokers agree that their relationship(s) shall be governed by the principles set forth in the applicable sections of the California Civil Code, as summarized in paragraph 24.2.

 

24.2 When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Buyer or Seller should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Buyer and Seller acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

 

(a) Seller’s Agent. A Seller’s agent under a listing agreement with the Seller acts as the agent for the Seller only. A Seller’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: (1) To the Seller : A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Seller. (2)

 

i/JZ

 

i/JW

i/ML

 

i/JS

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

© 2003 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM OFA-7-6/07E

 

8



 

To the Buyer and the Seller : a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

 

(b) Buyer’s Agent. A selling agent can, with a Buyer’s consent, agree to act as agent for the Buyer only. In these situations, the agent is not the Seller’s agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Seller. An agent acting only for a Buyer has the following affirmative obligations. (1) To the Buyer: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Buyer. (2) To the Buyer and the Seller : a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

 

(c) Agent Representing Both Seller and Buyer. A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Seller and the Buyer in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Seller and the Buyer. (1) In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Seller and the Buyer: a. A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Seller or the Buyer. b. Other duties to the Seller and the Buyer as stated above in their respective sections (a) or (b) of this paragraph 24.2. (2) In representing both Seller and Buyer, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Seller will accept a price less than the listing price or that the Buyer will pay a price greater than the price offered. (3) The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Seller or Buyer from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Buyer and Seller should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

 

(d) Further Disclosures. Throughout this transaction Buyer and Seller may receive more than one disclosure, depending upon the number of agents assisting in the transaction. Buyer and Seller should each read its contents each time it is presented, considering the relationship between them and the real estate agent in this transaction and that disclosure. Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this transaction may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Date of Agreement and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Agreement shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

 

24.3 Confidential Information: Buyer and Seller agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

 

25.        Construction of Agreement. In construing this Agreement, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Agreement. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Agreement shall mean and refer to calendar days. This Agreement shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

 

26           Additional Provisions:

 

Additional provisions of this offer, if any, are as follows or are attached hereto by an addendum consisting of paragraphs                              through                                                                        . (If there are no additional provisions write “NONE”.)

 

NONE

 

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

 

1.               SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

2.               RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PROPERTY, THE INTEGRITY AND CONDITION OF ANY STRUCTURES AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE

 

i/JZ

 

i/JW

i/ML

 

i/JS

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

© 2003 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM OFA-7-6/07E

 

9


 

PROPERTY FOR BUYER’S INTENDED USE.

 

WARNING: IF THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED.

 

NOTE:

1. THIS FORM IS NOT FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH THE SALE OF RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY.

2. IF EITHER PARTY IS A CORPORATION, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THIS AGREEMENT BE SIGNED BY TWO CORPORATE OFFICERS.

 

 

The undersigned Buyer offers and agrees to buy the Property on the terms and conditions stated and acknowledges receipt of a copy hereof.

 

 

BROKER:

 

BUYER:

 

 

 

REMAX Realty 100

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

 

 

Attn:

Peter Loh

 

By:

s/ JOHN WEBER

Title:

 

 

Date:

October 12, 2012

Address:

1411 S. Diamond Bar Blvd.,

 

Name Printed:

John Weber

Diamond Bar, CA 91765

 

Title:

CFO

Telephone:

(909) 263-3054

 

Telephone:

(909) 942-4211

Facsimile:

(909) 860-9314

 

Facsimile:

(909) 980-8296

Email:

peterloh2000@aol.com

 

 

 

Federal ID No.

 

 

 

 

Broker/Agent DRE License #:

01031835

 

By:

s/ JASON SHANDELL

 

 

Date:

October 12, 2012

 

 

Name Printed:

Jason Shandell

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

Telephone:

(909) 980-9484

 

 

Facsimile:

(909) 980-8296

 

 

Email:

Jasons@amphastar.com

 

 

Federal ID No.

33-0702205

 

27.        Acceptance.

 

27.1 Seller accepts the foregoing offer to purchase the Property and hereby agrees to sell the Property to Buyer on the terms and conditions therein specified.

 

27.2 Seller acknowledges that Brokers have been retained to locate a Buyer and are the procuring cause of the purchase and sale of the Property set forth in this Agreement. In consideration of real estate brokerage service rendered by Brokers, Seller agrees to pay Brokers a real estate Brokerage Fee in a sum equal to Two% of the Purchase Price to be divided between the Seller’s Brokers and Buyer’s Broker. This Agreement shall serve as an irrevocable instruction to Escrow Holder to pay such Brokerage Fee to Brokers out of the proceeds accruing to the account of Seller at the Closing.

 

27.3 Seller acknowledges receipt of a copy hereof and authorizes Brokers to deliver a signed copy to Buyer.

 

NOTE: A PROPERTY INFORMATION SHEET IS REQUIRED TO BE DELIVERED TO BUYER BY SELLER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

 

 

BROKER:

 

SELLER

 

i/JZ

 

i/JW

i/ML

 

i/JS

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

© 2003 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM OFA-7-6/07E

 

10



 

 

 

Jack Yongfeng Zhang & Mary Ziping Luo

 

 

 

Attn:

 

 

By:

s/ Jack Yongfeng Zhang

Title:

 

 

Date:

October 12, 2012

Address:

 

 

Name Printed:

Jack Yongfeng Zhang

Telephone:(  )

 

 

Title:

Owner

Facsimile: (  )

 

 

Telephone:

(626)459-5531

Email:

 

 

Facsimile:

(909)980-5728

Federal ID No.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

s/Mary Ziping Luo

 

 

Date:

October 12, 2012

 

 

Name Printed:

Mary Ziping Luo

 

 

Title:

Owner

 

 

 

Telephone:

(626)459-5531

 

 

Facsimile:

(626)459-5550

 

 

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 800 W 6th Street, Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90017. Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

© Copyright 2003 By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

All rights reserved.

No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

i/JZ

 

i/JW

i/ML

 

i/JS

INITIALS

 

INITIALS

© 2003 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

FORM OFA-7-6/07E

 

11




Exhibit 10.13

 

Transfer Contract for the Right to the Use of State-owned Land

NKTZHZ [2009] No. (012)

 

Transferor: Nanjing Xingang Hi-Tech Company Limited

Assignee: Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.

 



 

Both parties of the contract hereunder:

 

Transferor: Nanjing Xingang Hi-Tech Company Limited (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”)

Assignee: Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Party B”)

 

Pursuant to the Interim Regulations of the People’s Republic of China Concerning the Assignment and Transfer of the Right to the Use of State-owned Land in the Urban Areas and other relevant laws and regulations, the two parties are hereby entering into this contract regarding the transfer and assignment of the right to the use of state-owned land by following the principles of being equal, voluntary, fair and mutually beneficial with thorough consultation.

 

Article I: Contract Subject

 

1.01 The land which Party A is transferring to Party B is located in the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone, Title No. B-8-1, with a total area of 48,690 square meters (the final area shall be determined on the basis of the actual measurements of the land authority). Its location and four boundaries are shown in the figure attached.

 

Article II: Term of the Transfer

 

2.01 The term of transfer for the right to the use of state-owned land is 50 years starting on the date of transfer, which shall follow what is specified in the “State-owned Land Use Right Certificate” issued by the state-owned land administrative agency.

 

Article III: Use of the Land

 

3.01 The land referred to hereunder shall be used for industrial purposes.

 

3.02 During the transfer term, Party B is required to abide by the land use regulations as stipulated hereunder. Party B is required to obtain approval from the city’s state-owned land administrative agency and the city’s planning agency in the event of any changes in the land usage or planning requirements.

 

Article IV: Development and Utilization of the Land

 

4.01 Any development of and construction in the land to be transferred by Party B shall meet the planning requirements as set forth by the City of Nanjing and the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone.

 

4.2 The area of the land used by Party B for its business offices and supporting facilities may not exceed 7% of the total area of the land to be transferred.

 

1



 

4.3 Party B agrees to commence construction before June 30, 2010. Should it fail to commence construction as scheduled, it shall obtain approval from the Administrative Committee of the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone, and submit an application to the Administrative Committee 30 days in advance. If any delay to the construction is incurred due to any fault on the Assignee’s side, the term of delay may not exceed one year.

 

4.4 Party B agrees to complete the entire construction project by December 31, 2011 and meet the requirements for inspection and acceptance. Should it fail to complete the construction in a timely manner, it shall obtain approval from the Administrative Committee of the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone, and submit an application to the Administrative Committee 30 days in advance. The extension may not exceed one year. If the start of construction is extended by the Administrative Committee of the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone, the completion deadline of the construction shall be extended accordingly.

 

4.5 Party B agrees that it will invest a total of no less than RMB 2 million per Mu [0.1647 acre] in the land.

 

Article V: Infrastructure

 

5.01 Party A is responsible for providing infrastructure to the edge of the transferred land which includes “Seven Connections and One Leveling,” namely providing water supply, drainage, sewage, power supply, heat supply, communications and roads as well as leveling the site. Party A agrees to level the site of the land within two months after the date on which this contract is signed. The elevation of land shall be determined in relation to the center line of Henda Road.

 

5.02 When carrying out development and construction within the scope of the land to be transferred, Party B shall follow the relevant regulations when connecting to the main lines, transformer substations and other facilities outside of the land to the transferred for water, gas, sewage and other utilities.

 

The Assignee agrees to allow various pipelines and conduits laid by the government as needed to enter, exit, cross over and pass through the land to be transferred.

 

Article VI: Transfer Price and Taxes

 

6.01 The transfer price for the right to the use of the land hereunder is RMB 192 (in traditional Chinese: RMB one hundred ninety-two) per square meter. The total of the transfer price is RMB 9,348,480 (in traditional Chinese: RMB nine million three hundred forty-eight thousand four hundred eighty) (the final amount shall be based on the actual size specified on the Land Certificate, and overpayments shall be reimbursed and underpayments shall be compensated). Both Party A and Party B shall assume responsibility for its own tax payable.

 

Article VII: Payment Term, Payment Method and Land Certificate Application

 

7.01 Party B shall make a one-time payment to Party A for the land in the amount of RMB 9,348,480 (in traditional Chinese: RMB nine million three hundred forty-eight thousand four hundred eighty), which is calculated by multiplying the area of the land by RMB 128,000 per mu [0.1647 acre] (based on actual measurements), within 30 days upon the signing of this contract, of which 20% shall serve as the security deposit.

 

2



 

Party A shall furnish an invoice to Party B for the stated amount.

 

7.02 Party B’s payments shall all be wired to the bank designated by Party A: Industrial and Commercial Bank of China, Xingang Branch, Account: 4301018609001010050.

 

7.03 Party A shall assist Party B in transferring the Land Use Right Certificate to Party B’s name within six months of Party B’s payment of the Land Payment.

 

Article VIII: Transfer, Lease and Collateral of the Land

 

8.01 Lawful business operations carried out by Party B on the land herein are protected by law. Upon receiving the “State-owned Land Use Right Certificate,” Party B is entitled to transfer and lease the land or use it as collateral in accordance with the law. However, should Party B transfer or lease the land herein, or use it as collateral, either partially or in its entirety, the new assignee is required to follow the overall planning requirements, environmental protection rules and industrial policies of the Development Zone in the course of all business which takes place on the land herein, and the new assignee shall obtain approval from relevant governmental agencies. In addition:

 

(1) If Party B transfers or leases a portion of the land herein for an industrial project of its cooperative business or affiliated entity, it shall at the same time transfer to the new assignee the discounted price of the land use right as stipulated hereunder. If the land herein is transferred with a profit, then section (2) below shall be enforced.

 

(2) In the event that Party B needs to transfer the land herein due to operational causes, either partially or in its entirety, it shall make up to the Administrative Committee of the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone as well as relevant higher-level governmental agencies the balance between the discounted price it is granted for the land use right and the base price of the same land as of the signing of this contract.

 

(3) If Party B needs to transfer or auction the land herein as a result of shutdown, liquidation, dissolution or as required by the court in accordance with the law, it shall first use the payment for the land to make up to the Administrative Committee of the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone and related higher-level governmental agencies the balance between the discounted rate it is granted for the land use right and the base price of the same land as of the signing of this contract.

 

8.02 Party B shall observe the following requirements if it wishes to transfer the right to the use of the land herein for the remaining term:

 

1. Party B must have possessed the State-owned Land Use Right Certificate for more than five years.

 

2. Party B shall obtain approval documents for the project transfer as well as the written comments from the Administration Commission of the Development Zone.

 

3. Party B must have completed more than 25% of the total development investment (excluding the land transfer price).

 

Article IX: Liabilities for Breach of Contract

 

9.01 Should Party A fail to perform the contract herein, it shall refund Party B twice the amount of the

 

3



 

security deposit; should Party B fail to perform the contract herein, it shall forfeit its right to the security deposit refund.

 

9.02 Should any party breach this contract, the violating party shall pay a penalty in the amount of 3% of the total transfer price to the other party and assume damages for the actual loss incurred.

 

9.03 Party B shall pay a late fee for any outstanding payments in the amount of 0.3% of the total payable for each day the payment is overdue. If the overdue period exceeds three months, Party A is entitled to cancel this contract, and Party B shall be liable for any losses incurred to Party A as a result.

 

9.04 Should Party B fail to start its construction by the date as specified hereunder, it shall pay a penalty to Party A in the amount of 1% of the total land transfer price for each day the construction is delayed. Party B shall be subject to the procedures of the state-owned land agency according to the law in the event that the land is deemed as unused. This shall not apply in those instances whereby the failure to commence construction in a timely manner is the result of Force majeure or actions on the part of the government or any governmental agency.

 

9.05 Should Party B fail to complete its construction by the completion date as stipulated hereunder, it shall pay to a penalty to Party A in the amount of 1% of the total land transfer price for each day the construction is delayed. Should it fail to complete the construction within one year after the completion date as stipulated hereunder, the State Land Department may recover the use right for the undeveloped land for free. This shall not apply in those instances in which the failure to complete the construction in a timely manner is the result of Force majeure or any actions on the part of the government or any governmental agency.

 

9.06 Should the investment of Party B in the land herein fail to reach 90% of the total investment as stipulated hereunder, Party B shall pay a penalty to Party A in the amount of 1% of the total land transfer price for every 1% short.

 

9.07 If the proportion of land used for its business offices and supporting facilities exceeds the criteria stipulated hereunder, Party B shall pay a penalty to Party A in the amount of 1% of the land transfer price for every 1% of excess. Should the overuse exceed 5%, Party B shall demolish [the construction] on its own.

 

Article X: Governing Law

 

10.01 The establishment, efficacy, interpretation and performance of this contract, as well as the resolution of any disputes, are protected and governed by the law of People’s Republic of China.

 

Article XI: Resolution of Disputes

 

11.01 The two parties hereto shall conscientiously perform all the terms hereunder. Any dispute arising in connection with the execution of this contract shall be resolved through consultation between the two parties. Should such consultation fail, either party may file a charge before the People’s Court [that has jurisdiction over] the land to be transferred herein.

 

Article XII: Effectiveness

 

12.01This contract shall take effect once it is signed and sealed by the legal representatives (authorized representatives) of the two parties hereto.

 

4



 

Article XIII: Miscellaneous

 

13.01 The original Chinese copy of this contract and the appendices hereto shall be made in sextuplicate, two of which shall be held by each party while the remaining two copies shall be filed with the registration agency.

 

13.02 Once Party A transfers the right to the use of the land herein, all the rights and responsibilities as stipulated under the original contract and all of its appendices and registration documents are transferred as well.

 

13.03 Once Party B fulfills Article 7 hereunder, the two parties hereto shall apply for the registration of land use right transfer from the Nanjing Municipal Bureau of Land and Resources. At that time, both parties shall sign another contract for the transfer of land use right (in the format as provided by the Bureau of Land and Resources), the contents of which shall be based on this contract. Any portions stipulated hereunder which are not stipulated in the new contract shall continue to take effect.

 

13.04 The two parties hereto may set up appendices after mutual consultation for any matters not covered hereunder , and t he appendices shall carry the same legal force as the contract herein . Both parties agree to settle disputes arising from matters not covered hereunder in accordance with state, provincial and municipal laws and regulations.

 

 

Party A

 

Party B

 

 

 

Nanjing Xingang Hi-Tech

 

Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.

Company Limited

 

[Seal] Nanjing Xingang Hi-Tech

[Seal] Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals

Company Limited

 

Co., Ltd. Nanjing

 

 

 

Legal Representative:

 

Legal Representative:

[Signature] [Illegible]

 

 

[Signature] Zhang Yongfeng

 

 

 

Authorized Representative:

 

Authorized Representative:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date Signed: December 29, 2009

 

 

Location: Nanjing China

 

5



 

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

Agreement Concerning Investment of Amphastar

 

Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. in Innovative

 

Electronic Medical Equipment Project

 

Date: July 5, 2010

 

Location: Nanjing

 



 

Investment Agreement

 

Both parties of the agreement hereunder:

 

Party A: Management Committee of the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone

Address: 100 Xingang Avenue, Nanjing

 

Party B: Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.

Address: 5/F, No.01 Old Industrial Plant, Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone

 

The Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone (hereinafter referred to as “Development Zone”) is a state-level economic and technological developmental zone officially recognized by the State Council. The Management Committee of the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone (hereinafter referred to as the “Management Committee”) is an agency assigned by the Nanjing Municipal Government and granted full administrative power over the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone.

 

Headquartered in Los Angeles, U.S.A., Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. is a specialty pharmaceutical company that is engaged in the manufacture of injectable and inhalation products as well as other drugs. Formerly the U.S. Applied Physics & Chemistry Laboratory, Amphastar Pharmaceuticals is now recognized by the pharmaceutical industry as a global leader in the research and production of biochemical medicines.

 

In May 2009, Amphastar Pharmaceuticals Inc. signed an “Investment Letter of Intent” with the Development Zone for a new pharmaceutical project including an investment of USD 33 million in the Phase I Heparin Project. Construction is soon to begin as the project has been registered with the State Administration of Industry & Commerce and the transfer of land use rights is now complete. Pursuant to stipulations of the “Letter of Intent Concerning the Investment Projects of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals Inc.,” Party B will be implementing Phase II of the Development Zone, namely the construction of the Electronic Medical Equipment Project. The Development Zone Committee [has committed] to create a favorable environment for investment and operation for this project. Through friendly consultation, the two parties hereto have reached the following agreement with respect to the Phase II project:

 

1



 

Article I: Project Synopsis

 

1.1 Products and Production

 

The investment project involves innovative electronic medical equipment, specifically a kind of hi-tech drug dispensing platform. By using this platform, it will be possible to secure a convenient and automatic means of dispensing a variety of drugs. The design production output for Phase I of the project is 100 million units of ancillary equipment.

 

This product has been patented in more than 100 countries.

 

1.2 Investment Scope and Construction Progress

 

As the principal investor in the project herein, Party B shall register an additional USD 30 million in capital in Phase I of the project.

 

The project is expected to commence in 2011.

 

1.3 Anticipated Investment Returns

 

According to Party B’s feasibility report projections, the project will yield annual sales of RMB 6.8 billion and annual tax revenues as high as RMB 137.5 million once the project is in full production.

 

Article II: Project Approval and Registration

 

2.1 Once the agreement herein is signed and takes effect, Party B shall provide the various documentation required for the approval of the Electronic Medical Equipment Project in accordance with the provisions of relevant laws and regulations, and shall submit a report to the Management Committee. The Management Committee shall accept and take charge of the approval for this project in accordance with the law, and shall endeavor to complete the relevant approval procedures before the end of December of 2010.

 

Article III: Environmental Protection

 

3.1 The environmental assessment procedures and the construction of environmental protection facilities shall be carried out in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of the state.

 

Article IV: Construction Area

 

4.1 According to the actual demands with respect to the investment project, pursuant to the “Investment Intensity of Industrial Projects, etc.” of the state and Jiangsu Province as well as other relevant land management provisions, the Management Committee has agreed to provide approximate 75 Mu [1 Mu = 0.1647 acre] of land to be used for industrial construction in the Development Zone area coded B-9-3 for this project. See the figure attached for details.

 

2



 

4.2 After the project is approved, Party B shall enter into an official “Transfer Contract for the Right to the Use of State-owned Land” with the Development Zone in accordance with laws and regulations. Party B shall complete the investment and construction for this parcel of land in accordance with relevant provisions and requirements.

 

4.3 In consideration of the fact that the project herein is a key hi-tech biomedical project supported by the state with international hi-tech intellectual property rights and which complies with the state’s trajectory for industrial development, and because the tax revenue after the project’s completion will be high, the Management Committee [has decided to] support the use of land for the project by extending to Party B a discounted land price of RMB 128,000 / Mu [1 Mu = 0.1647 acre].

 

Article V: Infrastructure and Construction

 

5.1 The land to be provided by the Development Zone is a construction site that meets [the standards] of the “Seven Connections and One Leveling” (namely providing water supply, power supply, drainage, sewage, steam, natural gas and communications as well as clearing and leveling the site).

 

5.2 Project design and construction shall be carried out and implemented in accordance with relevant laws and regulations as well as the Development Zone’s administrative requirements for planning and construction.

 

5.3 The Management Committee is responsible for matters relating to examination and approval throughout the course of the construction project.

 

Article VI: Preferential Policies

 

For the purpose of encouraging the construction and operation of the project, there will be [a series of] preferential policies implemented in Phase I of the project. For details, see Article 6 of “Letter of Intent Concerning the Investment Projects of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals Inc.”

 

Article VII: Confidentiality Agreement

 

7.1 The two parties hereto shall engage one another in mutual trust and fairness as they fulfill the terms hereof.

 

7.2 For a period of two years from the date on which this investment agreement is signed, the two parties shall abide by the confidentiality agreement and shall not disclose any information to any third party for any reason whatsoever.

 

7.3 Each of the parties hereto shall ensure that its respective employees, managers, management executives, contractors, subcontractors and other relevant personnel follow this article.

 

3



 

Article VIII: Miscellaneous

 

8.1 For the purpose of ensuring the safe passage of personnel between the land parcel B-8-1 in the Phase I project and the land parcel B-9-3 in the Phase II project, upon completion of the construction of the project, Party A shall discuss with Party B the necessary initiatives and measures to be taken along Hengda Road for setting up relevant traffic signs and implementing partial traffic control.

 

8.2 The agreement herein shall take effect once it is signed and sealed by the representatives of the two parties hereto, after which it shall be made in quadruplicate with each party holding two copies.

 

8.3 The two parties may set up further agreements regarding any matters not covered hereunder.

 

Party A: Management Committee of Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone

[Seal] Management Committee of Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone

 

Representative:

[Signature] [illegible]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party B: Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

 

[Seal] Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

Representative:

[Signature] Zhang Yongfeng

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:                 ,          of the year 2010

 

4



 

 

5




Exhibit 10.15

 

Transfer Contract for the Right to the Use of State-owned Land

NKTZHZ [2010] No. (016)

 

Transferor: Nanjing Xingang Hi-Tech Company Limited

 

Assignee: Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.

 



 

Both parties of the contract hereunder:

 

Transferor: Nanjing Xingang Hi-Tech Company Limited (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”)

Assignee: Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Party B”)

 

Pursuant to the Interim Regulations of the People’s Republic of China Concerning the Assignment and Transfer of the Right to the Use of State-owned Land in the Urban Areas and other relevant laws and regulations, the two parties are hereby entering into this contract regarding the transfer and assignment of the right to the use of state-owned land by following the principles of being equal, voluntary, fair and mutually beneficial with thorough consultation.

 

Article I: Contract Subject

 

1.01 The land which Party A is transferring to Party B is located in the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone, Title No. B-9-3, with a total area of 49,897 square meters (the final area shall be determined on the basis of the actual measurements of the land authority). Its location and four boundaries are shown in the figure attached.

 

Article II: Term of the Transfer

 

2.01 The term of transfer for the right to the use of state-owned land is 50 years starting from the date of transfer, which shall follow what is specified in the “State-owned Land Use Right Certificate” issued by the state-owned land administrative agency.

 

Article III: Use of the Land

 

3.01 The land referred to hereunder shall be used for industrial purposes.

 

3.02 During the transfer term, Party B is required to abide by the land use regulations as stipulated hereunder. Party B is required to obtain approval from the city’s state-owned land administrative agency and the city’s planning agency in the event of any changes in the land usage or planning requirements.

 

Article IV: Development and Utilization of the Land

 

4.01 Any development of and construction in the land to be transferred by Party B shall meet the planning requirements as set forth by the City of Nanjing and the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone.

 

4.2 The area of the land used by Party B for its business offices and supporting facilities may not exceed 7% of the total area of the land to be transferred.

 

4.3 Party B agrees to commence construction before July 1, 2011. Should it fail to commence construction as scheduled, it shall obtain approval from the Administrative Committee of the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone, and submit an application to the Administrative Committee 30 days in advance.

 

1



 

If any delay to the construction is incurred due to any fault on the Assignee’s side, the term of delay may not exceed one year. If Party B follows the rules and submits the application for extension, the start date for construction shall be extended accordingly.

 

4.4 Party B agrees to complete the entire construction project by December 1, 2012 and meet the requirements for inspection and acceptance. Should it fail to complete the construction in a timely manner, it shall obtain approval from the Administrative Committee of the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone, and submit an application to the Administrative Committee 30 days in advance. The extension may not exceed one year. If the start of construction is extended by the Administrative Committee of the Development Zone, the completion deadline of the construction shall be extended accordingly.

 

4.5 Party B agrees that it will invest a total of no less than RMB 100 million in fixed assets (including expenses spent on acquiring the land, constructing and installing buildings and structures, providing infrastructure, purchasing and installing equipment, etc.) within the land to be transferred, and it shall invest no less than RMB 2.6 million per Mu [0.1647 acre].

 

Article V: Infrastructure

 

5.01 Party A is responsible for providing infrastructure to the edge of the transferred land which includes “Seven Connections and One Leveling,” namely providing water supply, drainage, sewage, power supply, heat supply, communications and roads as well as leveling the site.

 

5.02 When carrying out development and construction within the scope of the land to be transferred, Party B shall follow the relevant regulations when connecting to the main lines, transformer substations and other facilities outside of the land to the transferred for water, gas, sewage and other utilities.

 

5.03 The Assignee agrees to allow various pipelines and conduits laid by the government as needed to enter, exit, cross over and pass through the land to be transferred. Such construction shall follow the principle of not impairing the regular operations of Party B.

 

Article VI: Transfer Price

 

6.01 The transfer price for the right to the use of the land hereunder is: RMB 336 (in traditional Chinese: RMB three hundred thirty-six) per square meter. The total of the transfer price is RMB 16,765,392 (in traditional Chinese: RMB sixteen million seventy hundred sixty-five thousand three hundred ninety-two) (the final amount shall be calculated on the basis of the area as specified in the Land Certificate).

 

Article VII: Payment Term and Method

 

7.01 Party B shall make a one-time payment to Party A for the land in the amount of RMB 16,765,392 (in traditional Chinese: RMB sixteen million seven hundred sixty-five thousand three hundred ninety-two ) within 30 days upon the signing of this contract, of which RMB 3,350,000 (in traditional Chinese: RMB three million three hundred fifty thousand ) shall serve as the security deposit.

 

7.02 Party B’s payments shall all be wired to the bank designated by Party A: Industrial and Commercial Bank of China, Xingang Branch, Account: 4301018609001010050.

 

2



 

Article VIII: Transfer, Lease and Collateral of the Land

 

8.01 Lawful operations carried out by Party B on the land herein are protected by law. Upon receiving the “State-owned Land Use Right Certificate,” Party B is entitled to transfer and lease the land or use it as collateral in accordance with the law. However, should Party B transfer or lease the land herein, either partially or in its entirety, the new assignee is required to follow the overall planning requirements, environmental protection rules and industrial policies of the Development Zone in the course of all business which takes place on the land herein, and the new assignee shall obtain approval from relevant governmental agencies. In addition:

 

(1) If Party B transfers or leases a portion of the land herein for an industrial project of its cooperative business or affiliated entity, it shall at the same time transfer to the new assignee the discounted price of the land use right as stipulated hereunder. If the land herein is transferred with a profit, then section (2) below shall be enforced.

 

(2) In the event that Party B needs to transfer the land herein due to operational causes, either partially or in its entirety, it shall make up to the Administrative Committee of the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone or one of its governmental agencies at a higher level the balance between the discounted price it is granted for the land use right and the base price of the same land (RMB 224,000 per Mu [0.1647 acre]) as of the signing of this contract.

 

(3) If Party B needs to transfer or auction the land herein as a result of shutdown, liquidation, dissolution or as required by the court in accordance with the law, it shall first use the payment for the land to make up to the Administrative Committee of the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone or one of its governmental agencies at a higher level the balance between the discounted rate it is granted for the land use right and the base price of the same land (RMB 224,000 per Mu [0.1647 acre]) as of the signing of this contract.

 

8.02 Party B shall observe the following requirements if it transfers the right to the use of the land herein for the remaining term:

 

1. Party B must have possessed the State-owned Land Use Right Certificate for more than five years.

 

2. Party B shall obtain approval documents for the project transfer as well as the written comments from the Administration Commission of the Development Zone.

 

3. Party B must have completed more than 25% of the total development investment (excluding the land transfer price).

 

Article IX: Liabilities for Breach of Contract

 

9.01 Should Party A fail to perform the contract herein, it shall refund Party B twice the amount of the security deposit; should Party B fail to perform the contract herein, it shall forfeit its right to the security deposit refund.

 

9.02 Should any party breach this contract, the violating party shall pay a penalty in the amount of 3% of the total transfer price to the other party and assume damages for the actual loss incurred.

 

9.03 Party B shall pay a late fee for any outstanding payments in the amount of 0.3% of the total payable for each day the payment is overdue. If the overdue period exceeds three months, Party A is entitled to cancel this contract, and Party B shall be liable for any losses incurred to Party A as a result.

 

9.04 Should Party B fail to start its construction by the date as specified hereunder, and the land is deemed

 

3



 

as unused, Party B shall be subject to the procedures of the state-owned land agency according to the law. This shall not apply in those instances whereby the failure to commence construction in a timely manner is the result of Force majeure or actions on the part of the government or any governmental agency.

 

9.05 Should Party B fail to complete its construction by the completion date as stipulated hereunder, it shall pay to a penalty to Party A in the amount of 1% of the total land transfer price for each day the construction is delayed. Should it fail to complete the construction within 1 year after the completion date as stipulated hereunder, the state-owned land agency may recover the use right for the undeveloped land for free. This shall not apply in those instances in which the failure to complete the construction in a timely manner is the result of Force majeure or any actions on the part of the government or any governmental agency.

 

9.06 Should the investment of Party B in the land herein fail to reach 90% of the total investment as stipulated hereunder, Party B shall pay a penalty to Party A in the amount of 1% of the total land transfer price for every 1% short.

 

9.07 If the proportion of land used for its business offices and supporting facilities exceeds the criteria stipulated hereunder, Party B shall pay a penalty to Party A in the amount of 1% of the total land transfer price for every 1% of excess. Should the overuse exceed 5%, Party B shall demolish [the construction] on its own.

 

Article X: Governing Law

 

10.01 The establishment, efficacy, interpretation and performance of this contract, as well as the resolution of any disputes, are protected and governed by the law of People’s Republic of China.

 

Article XI: Resolution of Disputes

 

11.01 The two parties hereto shall conscientiously perform all the terms hereunder. Any dispute arising in connection with the execution of this contract shall be resolved through consultation between the two parties. Should such consultation fail, either party may file a charge before the People’s Court [that has jurisdiction over] the land to be transferred herein.

 

Article XII: Effectiveness

 

12.01 This contract shall take effect once it is signed and sealed by the legal representatives (authorized representatives) of the two parties hereto.

 

Article XIII: Miscellaneous

 

13.01 The original Chinese copy of this contract and the appendices hereto shall be made in sextuplicate, two of which shall be held by each party while the remaining two copies shall be filed with the registration agency.

 

13.02 Once Party A transfers the right to the use of the land herein, all the rights and responsibilities as stipulated under the original contract and all of its appendices and registration documents are transferred as well.

 

13.03 Once Party B fulfills Article 7.01 hereunder, the two parties hereto shall apply for the registration of land use right transfer from the Nanjing Municipal Bureau of State-owned Land and Resources. At that time, both parties shall sign another contract for the transfer of land use right (in the format as provided by the Bureau of State-owned Land and Resources), the contents of which shall be based on this contract. Any portions stipulated hereunder which are not stipulated in the new contract shall continue to take effect.

 

4



 

13.04 The two parties hereto may set up supplemental agreements after mutual consultation for any matters not covered hereunder , and the supplemental agreements shall carry the same legal force as the contract herein. Both parties agree to settle disputes arising from matters not covered hereunder in accordance with state, provincial and municipal laws and regulations.

 

 

Party A

Party B

 

 

Nanjing Xingang Hi-Tech

Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.

Company Limited

 

 

 

[Seal] Nanjing Xingang Hi-Tech

[Seal] Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.

Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

Legal Representative:

 

Legal Representative:

 

 

[Signature] Zhang Yongfeng

 

 

 

Authorized Representative:

 

Authorized Representative:

 

 

 

[Signature] [illegible]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date Signed: December 31, 2010

 

 

Location: Nanjing China

 

5



 

 



 

Supplemental Agreement

 

Both parties of the agreement hereunder:

 

Party A: Nanjing Xingang Hi-Tech Company Limited (hereinafter referred to as Party A)

Party B: Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as Party B)

 

For the purpose of satisfying the requirements with respect to the industrial layout and planning of the Development Zone and following its overall management and arrangements, after thorough consultation Party A and Party B are hereby entering into the following supplemental agreement regarding the transfer and assignment of the right to the use of the state-owned land located in the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone, Title No. B-9-3:

 

Article I: Actual Transfer Price of Land

 

1.01 The transfer price for the right to the use of the land located in the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone, B-9-3, is adjusted to: RMB 192 (in traditional Chinese: RMB one hundred ninety-two) per square meter. The total transfer price is thus RMB 9,580,224 (in traditional Chinese: RMB nine million five hundred eighty thousand two hundred twenty-four) (the final amount shall be calculated on the basis of the area as specified in the Land Certificate).

 

1.02 Party B shall make a one-time payment to Party A for the land transfer in the amount of RMB 9,580,224 (in traditional Chinese: RMB nine million five hundred eighty thousand two hundred twenty-four) within 30 days upon the signing of this agreement, of which RMB 1,916,000 (in traditional Chinese: RMB one million nine hundred sixteen thousand) shall also serve as the security deposit for the execution of the agreement herein.

 

1.03 Upon completion of the aforementioned payment, Party B shall apply for the State-owned Land Use Right Certificate from the Nanjing Municipal Bureau of State-owned Land and Resources.

 

Article II: Transfer, Lease and Collateral of the Land

 

2.01 Lawful operations carried out by Party B on the land herein are protected by law. Upon receiving the “State-owned Land Use Right Certificate,” Party B is entitled to transfer and lease the land or use it as collateral in accordance with the law. However, should Party B transfer or lease the land herein, either partially or in its entirety, it shall do so as stipulated by the Administrative Committee of the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone.

 

2.02 Party B shall observe the following requirements if it transfers the right to the use of the land herein for the remaining term:

 

1. Party B must have possessed the State-owned Land Use Right Certificate for more than five years.

 

2. Party B shall obtain approval documents for the project transfer as well as the written comments from the Administration Commission of the Development Zone.

 

1



 

3. Party B must have completed more than 25% of the total development investment (excluding the land transfer price).

 

Article III: Confidentiality

 

3.01 Once the supplemental agreement herein is signed, both parties shall abide by the confidentiality agreement and shall not disclose any information related to the supplemental agreement to any third party for any reason whatsoever.

 

3.02 Each of the parties hereto shall ensure that its respective employees, managers, management executives and other relevant personnel follow this article.

 

 

Party A: Nanjing Xingang Hi-Tech

Party B:

Amphastar Nanjing

Company Limited

 

Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.

 

[Seal] Nanjing Xingang Hi-Tech Co., Ltd.

[Seal] Amphastar Nanjing

Designated Seal for Contracts (1)

Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.

 

 

Legal Representative:

 

Legal Representative:

 

 

[Signature] Zhang Yongfeng

 

 

 

Authorized Representative:

 

Authorized Representative:

[Signature] [illegible]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date signed: Dec. 31, 2010

 

 

Location: Nanjing China

 

2


 

Explanation of Difference in Compensation for the Land

 

The following are the primary reasons as to why the actual amount compensated for the land that we purchased differed by a total of RMB 194,541.21 from the originally calculated price of RMB 3,774,585.21:

 

1.               We calculated the compensatory amount required for the land coded B-8-1 to be 9 * the actual amount paid / 50, namely 9 * 9,260,755.2 / 50 = RMB 1,666,935.93. After communicating with the Management Committee, they agreed to compensate our company a total of RMB 1,664,000 for the land coded B-8-1, which amounts to a difference in compensation of RMB 2,935.93.

 

2.               We calculated the compensatory amount for the land coded B-9-3 to be 11 * contract amount / 50, namely 11 * 9,580,224 / 50 = RMB 2,107,649.28. After communicating with the Management Committee, they agreed to compensate our company a total of 10 * contract amount / 50 for the land coded B-9-3, namely 10 * 9,580,224 / 50 = RMB 1,916,044. The means of compensation for this land was to adjust the original land purchase price of RMB 192 per square meter to RMB 153.6 (192 / 50 *4). Thus the total land purchase price went from RMB 9,580,224 to RMB 7,664,180, which amounts to a difference in compensation of RMB 191,605.28.

 

Analysis of primary reasons for the [price] difference : When calculating [the price] for the land coded B-9-3, we determined the difference in the lifespan to be 11 years, as the actual lifespan is from December 2010 to February 2050. The Management Committee followed its convention of performing calculations on only an annual basis; hence, the difference [in the lifespan] was determined to be 10 years. Adding to that the amount of compensation taken for the land coded B-8-1 has resulted in a final difference in compensation of RMB 194,541.21.

 

Explained By:

[Signature] Hu Zhendong

 

 

 

 

Date:

June 5, 2012

 

 



 

Supplemental Agreement

 

Both parties of the agreement hereunder:

 

Party A : Nanjing Xingang Hi-Tech Company Limited (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”)

Party B : Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Party B”)

 

On December 29, 2009, Party A and Party B signed a “Transfer Contract for the Right to the Use of State-owned Land (NKTZHZ [2009] No.012)” with respect to the land coded B-8-1 located in the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone; on December 31, 2010, Party A and Party B signed a “Transfer Contract for the Right to the Use of State-owned Land (NKTZHZ [2010] No.016)” as well as a “Supplemental Agreement” with respect to the land coded B-9-3 located in the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone. Due to the fact that the land coded B-8-1 and the land coded B-9-3 only have a lifespan of 41 years and 40 years, respectively, Party A shall provide reasonable compensation to Party B for the two parcels of land which have less than 50 years of land use rights. After thorough consultation, Party A and Party B are hereby entering into the following agreement with respect to the transfer and assignment of the right to the use of the state-owned land in the land parcels B-8-1 and B-9-3:

 

Article I: Actual Transfer Price of Land

 

1.1 The transfer price for the right to the use of the land coded B-8-1 is adjusted to: RMB 157.70 (in traditional Chinese: RMB one hundred fifty-seven and seventy fen) per square meter. The total transfer price is thus RMB 7,596,750 (in traditional Chinese: RMB seven million five hundred ninety-six thousand seven hundred fifty), which differs from the actual amount paid by Party B when the land B-8-1 was assigned by a total of RMB 1,664,000 (in traditional Chinese: RMB one million six hundred sixty-four thousand). The balance shall serve as a reasonable means of compensation from Party A to Party B to discount the transfer price for the right to the use of the land coded B-9-3.

 

1.2 The transfer price for the right to the use of the land coded B-9-3 is adjusted to: RMB 153.60 (in traditional Chinese: RMB one hundred fifty-three and sixty fen) per square meter. The total transfer price is thus RMB 7,664,180 (in traditional Chinese: RMB seven million six hundred sixty-four thousand one hundred eighty) (the final amount shall be calculated on the basis of the area as specified in the Land Certificate). The compensatory price of the land coded

 

1



 

B-8-1 in the amount of RMB 1,664,000 (in traditional Chinese: RMB one million six hundred sixty-four thousand) shall be deducted from the total transfer price; thus the total payable by Party B for the transfer of the right to the use of the land coded B-9-3 is RMB 6,000,180 (in traditional Chinese: RMB six million one hundred eighty).

 

1.3 Party B shall make a one-time payment to Party A for the land transfer in the amount of RMB 6,000,180 (in traditional Chinese: RMB six million one hundred eighty) within 30 days upon the signing of this agreement.

 

1.4 Upon completion of the aforementioned payment, Party B shall apply for the State-owned Land Use Right Certificate from the Nanjing Municipal Bureau of State-owned Land and Resources.

 

Article II: Development and Utilization of the Land

 

2.1 Party B agrees to commence construction before November 1, 2012. Should it fail to commence construction as scheduled, it shall obtain approval from the Management Committee of the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone, and submit an application to the Management Committee 30 days in advance. If any delay to the construction is incurred due to any fault on the Assignee’s side, the term of delay may not exceed one year. If Party B follows the rules and submits the application for extension, the start date for construction shall be extended accordingly.

 

2.2 Party B agrees to complete the entire construction project before May 1, 2014 and meet the requirements for inspection and acceptance. Should it fail to complete the construction in a timely manner, it shall obtain approval from the Management Committee of the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone, and submit an application to the Management Committee 30 days in advance. The extension may not exceed one year. If the start of construction is extended by the Management Committee of the Development Zone, the completion deadline of the construction shall be extended accordingly.

 

Article III: Transfer, Lease and Collateral of the Land

 

3.1 Lawful operations carried out by Party B on the land herein are protected by law. Upon receiving the “State-owned Land Use Right Certificate,” Party B is entitled to transfer and lease the land or use it as collateral in accordance with the law. However, should Party B transfer or lease the land herein, either partially or in its entirety, it shall do so as stipulated by the Management Committee of the Nanjing Economic and Technological Development Zone.

 

3.2 Party B shall observe the following requirements if it transfers the right to the use of the land herein for the remaining term:

 

1. Party B must have possessed the State-owned Land Use Right Certificate for more than five years.

 

2. Party B shall obtain approval documents for the project transfer as well as the written comments from the Management Committee of the Development Zone.

 

2



 

3. Party B must have completed more than 25% of the total development investment (excluding the Land Transfer Price).

 

Article IV: Confidentiality

 

4.1 Once the supplemental agreement herein is signed, both parties shall abide by the confidentiality agreement and shall not disclose any information related to the supplemental agreement to any third party for any reason whatsoever.

 

4.2 Each of the parties hereto shall ensure that its respective employees, managers, management executives and other relevant personnel follow this article.

 

Article V: Miscellaneous Stipulations

 

5.1 The supplemental agreement herein shall take effect once it is signed and shall govern in the event of conflict with the original contract or its supplementary agreement.

 

 

Party A:

Party B:

Nanjing Xingang Hi-Tech Company Limited

Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

 

[Seal] Nanjing Xingang Hi-Tech Co., Ltd.,

[Seal] Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals

Designated Seal for Contracts (1)

Co., Ltd. Designated Seal for Contracts

 

 

Legal Representative:

Legal Representative:

 

[Signature] Zhang Yongfeng

 

 

Authorized Representative:

Authorized Representative:

 

 

 

 

 

Date Signed: May 23, 2012

 

Location: Nanjing China

 

3




Exhibit 10.16

 

LONG-TERM SUPPLY AGREEMENT

 

This Supply Agreement (this “Agreement”) dated the 30th of November, 2008, is by and between Qingdao Jiulong Biopharmaceutical Co., Ltd. located at Qingdao Jiulong Industrial Area, Jiaozhou, Qingdao, Shandong, P.R. China, 266319 (the “Supplier”) and International Medication Systems, Ltd. located at 1886 Santa Anita Avenue, South El Monte, California 91733 (the “Buyer”).

 

Whereas Buyer is a company engaged in the manufacture, marketing and sale of pharmaceutical products,

 

Whereas Supplier manufactures bulk raw material, including porcine-derived Heparin Sodium (the “Product”) for the pharmaceutical industry,

 

Whereas Buyer desires to buy quantities of the Product from Supplier, and Supplier desires to sell quantities of the Product to Buyer.

 

Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter provided for, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.               Basic Agreement - Supplier agrees to manufacture and sell the Product to Buyer during the term of this Agreement and Buyer agrees to purchase the Product from Supplier during the term of this Agreement upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

2.               Specifications, DMF and Manufacturing Methods and Quality — The Product means the bulk material meeting the specifications provided in Appendix-1 hereto (the “Specifications”). The Specifications are based on the updated USP monograph and/or the FDA requests. The Supplier represents, warrants, and covenants that the Product supplied to IMS shall at all times meet Buyer’s expected quality and the Specifications and be tested by the methods listed in Appendix-1 for each testing item. Drug Master File (DMF) filed with US FDA is specific for the Product of Supplier.

 

In the event that any health administration or governmental authority in any country requests additional information from the Buyer concerning the Product, Supplier shall promptly provide such information to the respective administration or Buyer. For the term of this Agreement, Supplier shall not change any Specification or any manufacturing methods that will impact the DMF or site of manufacture for the Product, without Buyer’s prior written consent to any such changes. The parties hereby acknowledge that the Product, covered by DMF, and supplied by Supplier to IMS is utilized as the starring material of the API of low molecular weight heparin, which will be used for commercial purposes in accordance with U.S. FDA approval (“Buyer’s Commercial Use”). When required by Buyer, and/or the FDA, Supplier agrees to change the Specifications by executing a written amendment to this Agreement.

 

The site of manufacture for the Product supplied hereunder shall be the Supplier’s facility in Jiulong Industrial Area Shandong P.R. China (“QJBC”). Supplier represents, warrants and covenants that its manufacturing facility is and shall always be in full compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices (“cGMP”) as promulgated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and the International Committee on Harmonization (ICH) Guidance for Industry Q7A. Supplier also agrees to store samples, batch records and other documentation pertaining to the manufacturing, testing and release of the Product as required by applicable law, regulation (including cGMP), or industry practice.

 

3.               Price and Delivery Terms- The price for the Product, inclusive of delivery by air to Buyer (the “Purchase Price”) shall be assigned by purchase order (“Purchase Order” or “PO”). An example of a Purchase Order is set forth in Appendix-3. The delivery terms shall be at the Los Angeles port of entry, and the Product shall be preceded or accompanied by a quality control report signed by the head of quality unit for Supplier.

 

The Purchase Price shall be fixed for [***] months from the date hereof (“Initial Price Period”). Thereafter during the term of this Agreement, the Purchase Price shall be negotiated quarterly in a good faith and timely manner between Supplier and Buyer. Price increases shall be limited to a maximum of [***] percent [***] per year and only occur as a result of an increase in Supplier’s labor, starting materials, or processing costs exceeding [***] percent [***] of such respective cost, in the prior negotiated quarter, if applicable. Supplier will provide to Buyer adequate written evidence of such increases which is satisfactory to Buyer.

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1



 

If the price of crude heparin increases by greater than [***] percent [***] for at least a [***] consecutive month period (as compared to an average of the price of crude heparin during the previous [***] consecutive months) after the Initial Price Period, then Supplier may negotiate for an increase in the Purchase Price by the pro rata amount of such increase of crude heparin. Any negotiated increase shall be temporary, and the Purchase Price shall be proportionately reduced (based on the negotiated increase) should the price of crude heparin decline below such negotiated increase (based on a [***] average).

 

During the negotiating period, the price shall remain fixed and Supplier shall continue to sell the Product at the Purchase Price. If the Buyer does not agree to any change in the Purchase Price, the Buyer may immediately terminate this Agreement in Buyer’s sole discretion.

 

The Buyer will create a line of credit (“L/C”) arrangement with a mutually agreed to financial institution that will be used to make payments required hereunder to the Supplier (the “Bank”). The amount to be funded under the L/C will be based on the number of Product lots that are acceptable for shipping.

 

At Supplier’s sole expense, Supplier shall provide the Buyer with [***] samples for every Product lot (the “Sample”) with a Notice of Amount Available (“NAA”) for Buyer, prior to shipping of the entire lot of the Product (the “Batch”). The Buyer shall make every reasonable effort to test the Sample as quickly as possible (typically within [***] days). After testing, Buyer will either reject the lot, due to failure to meet preliminary specifications, or notify Supplier to ship the lot for formal testing.

 

If the sample is acceptable in accordance with the terms and conditions hereunder, a shipping notice will be issued by the Buyer and the L/C will be funded by the Buyer in the amount determined by mutually agreed unit price ($ per Mega) times the lot size (in Mega) shipped..

 

The Buyer will provide to Supplier written notice when the following has occurred; (1) the lot is exported by the supplier and received by the Buyer; and (ii) the formal full quality tests for the lot, performed within [***] weeks By Buyer, meet all expected quality and specification for the Product.

 

The Supplier may draw upon the L/C for payment when Supplier submits to the Bank a written notice prepared by the Buyer expressly stating that funds or a portion of the funds are to be released from the L/C (the “Written Notice”). The Written Notice will include the dollar amount to be released to Supplier along with a description of the product shipped.

 

In the event that the lot fails to meet the full quality tests referenced hereunder, the lot will be returned to the Supplier at Supplier’s sole cost and expense. Under such a circumstance, Buyer shall have the sole discretion to determine whether the funds available in the L/C for this lot will be available to fund other lots or returned to Buyer.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event that any OSCS peak is observable in any Product lots, such Product will be destroyed in the United States at Supplier’s sole cost and expense in accordance with the current U.S. FDA policy. The parties hereby agree that Buyer shall have no financial responsibility for any Product lots that have an observable OSCS peak. The funds in the L/C for these lots with an observable OSCS peak will be assigned to other lots or returned back to Buyer, at the Buyer’s sole discretion.

 

In the event that the actual received amount of the lot is different from that on the NAA, the difference will be added in or deducted from the L/C payment for the next lot, and a notice will be sent, by mail, fax or e-mail, to the Supplier

 

4.               Warranty and Inability to Supply - The Product shall meet the Specifications and expected quality set forth in Appendix-1 for the entire shelf-life of the Product. In the event that Supplier is unable to meet the orders set forth in a PO or is only able to meet partial orders, Buyer shall be free to claim monetary damages from Supplier for such non-performance, including loss of revenue resulting from an inability to obtain the Product. In such cases, Supplier shall make every best effort to provide a sufficient quantity of Product in an expedited manner, Similarly, Buyer shall have the right to reject defective Product that it has received from Supplier, and Supplier shall replace the defective Product as set forth above. The defective Product shall be returned to Supplier at the sole expense of Supplier. In any situation, including a force majeure event, Supplier will give first priority to Buyer’s PO prior to supplying the Product to any of Supplier’s other customers.

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2



 

5.               Right of Inspection - Buyer shall have the right to inspect Supplier’s facilities. The Supplier represents, warrants, and covenants that QJBC will follow all applicable laws, regulations, rules, ordinances and codes, including but not limited to cGMP regulations, which are required by both the SDA and U.S. FDA for the manufacturing of the Product.

 

The Supplier further represents, warrants and covenants that Supplier may be audited by IMS or its representatives periodically during reasonable business hours; provided that Buyer provides Supplier with prior written notice at least five (5) days prior to the requested audit. Supplier shall provide all necessary conveniences to accommodate such audits.

 

The Supplier further represents, warrants and covenants that all documents related to production, quality assurance, laboratory analysis, storage records, shipping records and any other documents required by cGMP for the Product manufactured for the Buyer by the Supplier and its predecessor, Qingdao Kangyuan Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd, must be maintain for at least fifteen (15) years.

 

6.               Force Majeure - A party shall not be held liable to the other for failure to perform or fulfill an obligation required of the party to the extent such is prevented by force majeure including, but not limited to, acts of God, fire, industrial disputes, technical problems or disturbances, natural disasters, wars declared or undeclared, civil strike, embargo, lack of failure of transport facilities, currency restrictions, or events caused by legislation, regulations, or orders by any government or governmental agency or by any other supervening circumstances beyond the reasonable control of either party; provided, however, that the force majeure is limited to a period of three (3) months. If the force majeure event continues beyond three (3) months, then either party may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the other.

 

7.               Confidentiality - Supplier represents, warrants and covenants to use Buyer’s Confidential Information (defined below) only for the purpose of manufacturing and selling the Product to Buyer. Buyer undertakes to use all information named hereunder and received from or through Supplier, and in particular during any inspections pursuant to the provisions of Article 6 of this Agreement, only for the purpose of purchasing the Product from Supplier or for manufacturing any products containing the Product. The parties hereto guarantee to treat as confidential all documents, details, information and experience of a proprietary nature to the other party, especially concerning know-how, knowledge, information, business operations, agreements, processes and formulas that has come to the knowledge of the party at any stage in connection with this Agreement. The phrase “Buyer’s Confidential Information” shall mean all confidential and proprietary information, including, but not limited to, all of Buyer’s trade secrets, data, know-how, formulas, designs, drawings, photographs, documentation, forms of software or electronic media, equipment, processes, ideas, methods, concepts, facilities, construction plans and specifications, research, development, and business and financial information. At Buyer’s request, all tangible Buyer’s Confidential Information possessed by Supplier, including, but not limited to, all copies, translations, interpretations and adaptations thereof must be returned immediately to Buyer. In the event Supplier becomes legally compelled to disclose any of Buyer’s Confidential Information, Supplier shall provide the Buyer with written notice thereof, in order to provide Buyer an opportunity to obtain a protective order or other appropriate remedy, and shall obtain reliable assurances that such information will be accorded confidential treatment.

 

8.               Non-Infringement and Indemnity - Supplier represents and warrants that its process for manufacturing the Product doss not infringe the intellectual property of any third party and hereby agrees to fully indemnify Buyer against any liability, damage, loss, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) for any such infringement. Upon filing of any such claim or suit, Buyer shall immediately notify Supplier and shall permit Supplier, at its sole cost, to handle and control such claim or suit. Buyer shall have the right to participate in the defense of such claim or suit at its own expense. Both Buyer and Supplier shall each maintain a comprehensive general liability insurance policy providing sufficient extensive coverage for personal injury, bodily injury, property damage, or such other coverage as is usual and customary in the pharmaceutical industry to procure in the case of activities to be carried out by the respective party because of and under this Agreement.

 

9.               Term - This Agreement shall become effective on the date first set forth above, and shall continue thereafter for five (5) years. Thereafter, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for successive two-year periods unless either party hereto gives written notice to the other party at the respective address set forth herein of its intentions not to extend the term, said notice to be given at least one (1) month prior to expiry of the then current term.

 

10.         Termination for Cause - Buyer shall have the right in its sole discretion to immediately terminate this Agreement by written notice to Supplier in the event that: a) Supplier should breach or fail to observe or perform any term or condition of this Agreement and such breach or default is not cured and remedied in full within sixty (60) days after written notice thereof is given to Supplier; b) Supplier by voluntary of involuntary action goes into liquidation or receivership; or dissolves or files a petition for bankruptcy or reorganization or for suspension of payments or is adjudicated as bankrupt, becomes insolvent or assigns or makes

 

3



 

any composition of its assets for the benefit of creditors; c) Buyer determines in good faith that there are reasonable scientific or commercial reasons to stop the supply of the Product by Supplier. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Supplier shall have the right in its discretion to immediately terminate this Agreement by written notice to Buyer in the event that: a) Buyer should breach or fail to observe or perform any term or condition of this Agreement, and such breach or default is not cured and remedied in full within sixty (60) days after written notice thereof is given to Buyer; or b) Buyer by voluntary or involuntary action goes into liquidation or receivership; or dissolves or files a petition for bankruptcy or reorganization or for suspension of payments or is adjudicated as bankrupt, becomes insolvent or assigns or makes any composition of its assets for the benefit of creditors.

 

The parties hereby agree that any termination by Buyer due to a breach by Supplier, shall not release Supplier from its obligation and liabilities under this Agreement

 

11.         Severability - In the event that individual provisions of this Agreement become wholly or partially invalid, the effectiveness of the remaining rulings shall not be affected. The contracting parties undertake to replace an invalid ruling by a valid one which most closely corresponds with the economic intention of the invalid ruling.

 

12.         Exclusivity - Supplier shall sell the Product exclusively to Buyer in the United States. Buyer agrees to purchase the Product from Supplier unless:

 

(1) The Product cannot meet the Specifications or the expected quality, which is attached in Appendix-1 and is agreed to by the parties, and such failure to achieve the Specifications or the expected quality set forth in Appendix-1 occurs frequently;

 

(2) The Supplier fails to provide Buyer with sufficient quantity of the Product to meet Buyer’s Commercial Use;

 

(3) The price of the Product is 10% greater than the price of heparin sodium that is commercially available from any other supplier, or

 

(4) A material violation of cGMP is caused by any sites of the Supplier.

 

13.          Most Favorable Pricing - Supplier represents, warrants and covenants that the Purchase Price or negotiated increase will not be less favorable than those prices charged by Supplier to any other North American customer under similar terms, purchasing equal or lesser quantities of the same or similar Product during the term. If lower prices are made available by Supplier to any other North American customer under similar terms, Supplier must promptly notify Buyer in writing and make those lower prices available to Buyer. The lower prices then will apply to all current and subsequent POs.

 

14.          Notice - All notices or other communication permitted or required hereunder shall be sufficiently given if sent by registered mail, postage prepaid, or by telefax or by e-mail Any such notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be deemed to have given as of the date mailed or telefaxed as evidenced by the postmark on the envelope or the official notice of time and date on a telefax, or by e-mail.

 

15.         Assignment and Subcontract - This Agreement or the rights and duties hereunder may be transferred, assigned, pledged or delegated by the Buyer to an affiliate without the prior written consent of the Supplier. Except as provided under this Agreement, Supplier may not assign or subcontract any of it obligations to manufacture and supply the Product to Buyer, in whole or in part, without Buyer’s prior written consent, which may be withheld at Buyer’s sole discretion.

 

16.        Governing Law and Dispute Resolution - Article 2 of the California Uniform Commercial Code (“UCC”) is incorporated herein and is intended to supplement this Agreement and any interpretation of it and any PO. In the event of a conflict between the UCC and any term hereunder, the term hereunder will control the parties’ rights and obligations. This Agreement and any PO shall be governed entirely by the laws of the State of California, U.S.A. The parties shall strive to settle any disputes amicably between themselves. Any controversy or claim arising under, out of, in connection with, or relating to this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably shall be resolved by arbitration in Los Angeles, California, before a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and Supplier hereby agrees not to assert forum non convenience with respect to arbitration in Los Angeles.

 

17.         Compliance with Laws And Regulations — Supplier represents, warrants and covenants that Supplier shall at all times comply with all applicable federal, state or local laws, codes, ordinances, regulations, rules, standards, requirements or orders.

 

18.         Publicity - Supplier may not use the names of Buyer, its affiliates or products or any signs, markings or symbols from which a connection to Buyer may, in Buyer’s sole judgment, be reasonably inferred or implied, in any manner whatsoever without Buyer’s prior written approval. Buyer may withhold approval at Buyer’s sole discretion.

 

19.         Waiver - Waiver of any default or series of defaults by Buyer does not constitute a permanent waiver of any of Buyer’s rights or entitlements and does not bar enforcement by Buyer of any provision contained in this Agreement or any PO.

 

4



 

20.         Remedies Cumulative - Any right of cancellation, termination or other remedy arising under this Agreement or conferred by applicable law, including the remedies of specific performance and cover, are cumulative and are not exclusive, unless otherwise specifically limited or excluded within this Agreement.

 

21.         Survival - Any provisions set forth in this Agreement related to insurance, indemnity, confidential information, publicity, assignment, governing law, records, audits, warranties or representations survive the completion of performance, cancellation or termination of this Agreement for a period of at least five (5) years.

 

22.         Entire Agreement - This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. No amendment or alteration of this Agreement shall be valid unless agreed upon by both parties in writing. The Appendices to this Agreement shall be considered an integral part thereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF both parties have caused this Agreement to be signed by their respective duly authorized officers or representatives as set forth below.

 

Qingdao Jiulong Biopharmaceutical Co. Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wei Ru Wang

 

 

 

 

 

Wei Ru Wang

 

 

 

 

Its:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

International Medication Systems, Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen Campbell

 

 

 

 

 

Stephen Campbell, Esq.

 

 

 

 

Its:

Senior Vice President of Regulatory Affairs

 

 

5



 

APPENDIX-1

 

[***]

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

6



 

CERTIFICATE OF ANALYSIS

 

[***]

 


Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. The copy filed herewith omits the information subject to the confidentiality request. Omissions are designated as [***]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

7



 

Appendix-3 PO sample

 

Heparin Sales Contract

 

Supplier:

 

Qingdao Jiulong Biochemical Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. (QJBC)

 

 

 

 

 

Jiulong Industry Park Jiaozhou Qingdao Shandong P.R. China

 

 

 

Buyer:

 

International Medication Systems, Limited (IMS)

 

 

 

 

 

1886 Santa Anita Ave. South, El Monte California 91733 USA

 

Items:

 

1. This contract is subject to the Long-Term Supply Agreement signed by both parties.

 

2. Price:          USD per USP Mega,          lots received, Price is effective for          months. (Number of lots is determined by number of lots actually received and accepted by the Buyer.) The weight per lot is approximately 50 kg.

 

3. Manufacturer: Supplier warrants that all lots of product provided are manufactured by QJBC.

 

4. Specifications: In accordance with the Long-Term Supply Agreement

 

5. This P.O. orders          lots.

 

6. P.O. #:          (Assigned by IMS)

 

Supplier:

Buyer:

 

 

Date:

Date:

 

8




Exhibit 10.17

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

2014 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

1.                                       PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE

 

The purpose of the Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to provide employees of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and certain of its subsidiaries described in Section 4 (individually a “ Participating Employer ” and collectively the “ Participating Employers ”) with a strong incentive for individual creativity and contribution to ensure the future growth of the Participating Employers by enabling such employees to acquire shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Stock ”), in the manner contemplated by the Plan. Rights to purchase Stock offered pursuant to the Plan are a matter of separate inducement and not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for the services of any employee. The Plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (including all valid and binding governmental regulations, court decisions and other regulatory and judicial authority issued or rendered thereunder) (the “ Code ”), and shall be interpreted accordingly. The Plan shall become effective as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), but no rights to purchase shares shall be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

2.                                       AMOUNT OF STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN; PAYMENT FOR SHARES

 

Subject to adjustment as provided herein, the total number of shares of Stock that may be issued pursuant to rights of purchase granted under the Plan shall not exceed 2,000,000 shares of authorized Stock. Such shares may be: (i) treasury shares, including shares acquired by the Company in open market transactions; (ii) authorized but unissued shares, and/or (iii) shares acquired by the third party administrator of the Plan (or its delegate) on the open market. If a right of purchase under the Plan expires or is terminated unexercised for any reason, the shares as to which such right so expired or terminated again may be made subject to a right of purchase under the Plan.

 

3.                                       ADMINISTRATION

 

(a)                                  General .  The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Board or, in the absence of a Compensation Committee or in the event the Compensation Committee is not properly constituted, by the Board itself (in which case, references herein to the “Committee” include the Board).  The Committee shall administer the Plan all as provided herein. The Committee shall hold meetings at such times and places as each may determine and may take action by unanimous written consent or by means of a meeting held by conference telephone call or similar communications equipment pursuant to which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. The Committee may request advice or assistance or employ such other persons as each deems necessary for proper administration of the Plan.

 



 

(b)                                  Delegation .  To the extent necessary or appropriate, the Committee may delegate any of its duties or responsibilities as they pertain to a Participating Employer to such Participating Employer. The Committee or any Participating Employer with the consent of the Committee may appoint or engage any person or persons as a third party administrator to perform ministerial functions pertaining to the issuance, accounting, recordkeeping, forfeiture, exercise, communication, transfer, or any other functions or activities necessary or appropriate to administer and operate the Plan (the “ plan administrator ”).

 

(c)                                   Other .  Subject to the express provisions of the Plan and the requirements of applicable law, the Committee shall have authority, in its discretion, to determine when each offering hereunder of rights to purchase shares (hereinafter “ offering ”) shall be made, the duration of each offering, the dates on which the purchase period for each offering shall begin and end, the total number of shares subject to each offering, the purchase price of shares subject to each offering and the exclusion of any employees pursuant to Section 4. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee has authority (a) to construe offerings, the Plan and the respective rights to purchase shares, (b) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan and (c) to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for administering the Plan. The determination of the Committee with respect to matters referred to in this Section 3 as within its province shall be conclusive.

 

4.                                       ELIGIBILITY

 

No right to purchase shares shall be granted hereunder to a person who is not an employee of the Company or a subsidiary corporation, now existing or hereafter formed or acquired. As used in the Plan, the terns “ parent corporation ” and “ subsidiary corporation ” shall have the meanings respectively given to such terms in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code ( i.e. , generally, corporations that, in an unbroken chain of corporations including the Company, are at least 50%-related to the Company based on total combined voting power). Each offering shall be made to all “ eligible employees ” of the Company and to all eligible employees of any of its subsidiary corporations to which participation in the Plan is extended by the Committee or its delegate from time to time in its discretion. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or Officers, the following classes of employees shall be excluded from participation in an offering under the Plan: (i) employees who have been employed less than two years; (ii) employees whose customary employment is 20 hours or less per week; and (iii) employees whose customary employment is for not more than 5 months in any calendar year. In addition, the following groups of employees shall be excluded from participation in an offering: (i) in the discretion of the Committee, as specified in the terms of any offering, highly compensated employees within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code; and (ii) any employee who, immediately after the grant of a right to purchase stock pursuant to an offering, owns stock

 

2



 

possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any subsidiary or parent corporation of the Company (in determining stock ownership of an individual, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied; shares that the employee may purchase under outstanding rights of purchase and options shall be treated as stock owned by him; and the Committee may rely on representations of fact made to it by the employee and believed by them to be true).

 

5.                                       OFFERINGS

 

(a)                                  Offering Period .  The Committee may make grants to all eligible employees of the Participating Employers of rights to purchase shares under the terms hereinafter set forth. Unless otherwise provided by the express provisions of the Plan, the terms and conditions of each offering shall state its effective date (the “ Offering Date ”), shall define the duration of such offering and the purchase period thereunder (the last trading day of which is referred to herein as the “ Purchase Date ”), shall specify the number of shares that may be purchased thereunder, shall specify the purchase price for such shares and shall specify if any employees are excluded pursuant to Section 4. During the purchase period specified in the terms of an offering, payroll deductions shall be made from such employee’s Eligible Compensation pursuant to Sections 6, 7 and 8. Any stated purchase period shall end no later than 27 months from the effective date of any offering hereunder.

 

(b)                                  Eligible Compensation .  The measure of an employee’s participation in an offering shall be such employee’s Eligible Compensation.   For purposes of the Plan “ Eligible Compensation ” means and refers to an eligible employee’s cash compensation paid through a Participating Employer’s payroll system for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment. “Eligible Compensation” shall be limited to amounts received by the eligible employee during the period he or she is participating in the Plan and includes salary, wages and other incentive payments, amounts contributed by the eligible employee to any benefit plan maintained by a Participating Employer (including any 401(k) plan, 125 plan, or any other deferred compensation plan), overtime pay, commissions, draws against commissions, shift premiums, sick pay, vacation pay, holiday pay, and shutdown pay, except to the extent that the exclusion of any such item (or a sub-set of any such item) is specifically directed by the Committee for all eligible employees. “Eligible Compensation” does not include any remuneration paid in a form other than cash, fringe benefits (including car allowances and relocation payments), employee discounts, expense reimbursement or allowances, long-term disability payments, workmen’s compensation payments, welfare benefits, and any contributions that a Participating Employer makes to any benefit plan (including any 401(k) plan or any other welfare or retirement plan).

 

6.                                       PARTICIPATIO N

 

An eligible employee may participate in an offering by enrolling (or, if the eligible employee previously discontinued participation in the Plan pursuant to Section 8, by re-enrolling) through the internet website of the plan administrator prior to the Offering Date

 

3



 

or, if the website is unavailable, by completing a payroll deduction authorization form and forwarding it to the plan administrator during the enrollment period prior to the Offering Date. The employee must authorize a regular payroll deduction from the employee’s Eligible Compensation. An employee shall be considered a “ Participant ” in the Plan as of the Offering Date immediately following his or her enrollment or re-enrollment in the manner specified above and shall continue as a Participant until the earlier to occur of (i) the first date of the payroll period immediately following the date on which the Participant properly registers a discontinuance to the payroll deduction authorization information then on file with the Committee, the Participating Employer or plan administrator, or as soon as administratively practicable after the first day of such payroll period, or (ii) the date on which the Participant is no longer an eligible employee.

 

7.                                       DEDUCTIONS OR PAYMENTS

 

The Committee, or its designee, shall maintain a payroll deduction account for each Participant. With respect to any offering made under the Plan, a Participant may authorize a payroll deduction of any whole percentage up to a maximum of 10% of the Participant’s Eligible Compensation he/she receives during the purchase period specified in an offering. Interest shall not be accrued, payable or credited under this Plan on any amount in the payroll deduction or other Plan account.

 

8.                                       DEDUCTION OR PAYMENT CHANGES

 

A Participant may change or discontinue payroll deductions through the plan administrator’s website or, if the website is unavailable, by completing a new payroll deduction authorization form and forwarding it to the plan administrator. Any change shall become effective on the first Offering Date after the Participant properly registers the change of the payroll deduction authorization information then on file with the plan administrator, while any discontinuance shall become effective on the first day of the payroll period immediately following the date on which the Participant properly registers the discontinuance of such information, or as soon as administratively practicable after the first day of such payroll period. The Committee may establish limits on the number of times a Participant may be entitled to change or discontinue payroll deductions. Unless otherwise permitted by a third party plan administrator’s procedures, if a Participant discontinues payroll deductions for an offering under the Plan, the Participant shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the offering pursuant to Section 9 below.

 

9.                                       WITHDRAWAL OF FUNDS

 

A Participant may at any time and for any reason withdraw the entire cash balance then accumulated in such Participant’s payroll deduction account and thereby withdraw from participating in an offering. Upon withdrawal of the cash balance in a payroll deduction or other account, such Participant shall cease to be eligible to participate in the offering pursuant to which the withdrawn funds were withheld or received. Partial withdrawals shall not be permitted. Any cash balance withdrawn in accordance with this Section 9 may not be transferred to any payroll deduction or other account maintained for the employee pursuant to another offering, whether under the Plan or under another such plan.

 

4



 

10.                                RIGHT OF PURCHASE — OPTION FOR A MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES

 

The right of a Participant to purchase stock pursuant to an offering under the Plan shall be an “option” (and an offering shall be the “grant” of such option, with the Offering Date being the “grant date” of the option) to purchase no more than 5,000 shares (or such lower amount as otherwise provided under the Plan) during a purchase period.

 

11.                                MAXIMUM ALLOTMENT OF RIGHTS OF PURCHASE

 

Any right to purchase shares under the Plan shall be subject to the limitations of Section 423(b)(8) of the Code (generally limiting accrual of the right of any employee to purchase shares under all employee stock purchase plans of the Company and any subsidiary or parent corporation, qualified under Section 423 of the Code, to an annual rate of $25,000 in fair market value on the Offering Date).

 

12.                                PURCHASE PRICE

 

The purchase price for each share under each right of purchase granted pursuant to an offering shall be as established by the Committee and communicated in the offering consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, and shall not be less than an amount equal to the lower of (i) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the Offering Date or (ii) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the Purchase Date.  For purposes of the Plan, “ Fair Market Value ” of a share of Stock as of a particular date means (1) if the Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing or last price of the Stock on the composite tape or other comparable reporting system for the applicable date, or if the applicable date is not a trading day, the trading day immediately preceding the applicable date, or (2) if the shares of Stock are not then listed on a national securities ex-change, or the value of such shares is not otherwise determinable, such value as deter-mined by the Board in good faith in its sole discretion.

 

13.                                METHOD OF PAYMENT

 

As of each Purchase Date, the payroll deduction account of each Participant for an offering period shall be totaled. On such Purchase Date such Participant shall purchase without any further action, the maximum number of whole and fractional shares of Stock (subject to the limitations provided in Sections 10 and 11) possible at a per share purchase price equal to the amount determined under Section 12, together with any fees or charges associated with such purchase, except as otherwise prohibited by law, that can be purchased with the funds in such Participant’s payroll deduction account. The Participant’s payroll deduction or other account shall be charged for the amount of the purchase and

 

5



 

shares shall be issued for the benefit of the Participant as soon thereafter as practicable for the shares so purchased, which shares may be issued in nominee name. Except as otherwise prohibited by law, all funds in payroll deduction accounts may be used by the Company for its general corporate purposes as the Board shall determine. However, any funds that remain in a Participant’s payroll deduction account after applying the limitations of Sections 10 and 11 shall be returned to the Participant.

 

14.                                RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER

 

Stock purchased under the Plan may be issued in either certificate or book entry form as determined by the Committee.  A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by a right of purchase until such Stock is issued to the benefit of such Participant, which Stock may be issued in nominee name.  No adjustment will be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash or in other property) or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such Stock is issued, except as provided in Section 16.

 

15.                                RIGHTS NOT TRANSFERABLE

 

Rights to purchase shares under the Plan are not transferable by a Participant and may be exercised only by such Participant during such Participant’s lifetime.

 

16.                                ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES

 

If any change is made in the number, class or rights of shares subject to the Plan or subject to any offering under the Plan (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, split-up, combination of shares, exchange of shares, issuance of rights to subscribe or other change in capital structure), appropriate adjustments shall be made as to the maximum number of shares subject to the Plan and the number of shares and price per share subject to outstanding rights of purchase as shall be equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of such rights; provided, however, that any such adjustment shall comply with the rules of Section 424(a) of the Code if the transaction is one described in said Section 424(a); provided, further that in no event shall any adjustment be made that would render any offering other than an offering pursuant to an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.

 

17.                                RETIREMENT, TERMINATION AND DEATH

 

In the event of a Participant’s retirement or termination of employment, the amount in the Participant’s payroll deduction or other Plan account shall be refunded to such Participant and the shares of Stock held for such Participant’s benefit by the Plan shall upon request be issued to such Participant, and in the event of such Participant’s death, such amount and Stock shall be paid and issued to such Participant’s estate or as otherwise provided under applicable law.

 

6



 

18.                                AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

 

This Plan may be amended at any time by the Committee, subject to the approval of the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by Section 423 of the Code, applicable law, or stock exchange listing standards.

 

19.                                TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

The Plan and all rights of employees hereunder shall terminate: (i) on the investment date that participating employees become entitled to purchase a number of shares greater than the number of shares that remain available for purchase under the Plan; or (ii) in the discretion of the Committee, upon the completion of any purchase period. In the event that the Plan terminates under circumstances described in (i) above, shares remaining available for purchase under the Plan as of the termination date shall be issued to Participants on a pro rata basis. Any cash balances remaining in Participants’ payroll deduction and other Plan accounts upon termination of the Plan shall be refunded as soon thereafter as practicable. The powers of the Committee provided by Section 3 to construe and administer any right to purchase shares granted prior to the termination of the Plan shall nevertheless continue after such termination.

 

20.                                LISTING OF SHARES AND RELATED MATTERS

 

If at any time the Committee shall determine, based on opinion of counsel, that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares covered by the Plan upon any national securities exchange or under any state or Federal or foreign law or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the sale or purchase of shares under the Plan, no shares will be sold, issued or delivered unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained, or otherwise provided for, free of any conditions not acceptable to counsel.

 

21.                                THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES

 

None of the provisions of the Plan shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of a Participant. A Participant may not create a lien on any portion of the cash balance accumulated in such Participant’s payroll deduction or other Plan account or on any shares covered by a right to purchase before a stock certificate for such shares is issued for such Participant’s benefit.

 

22.                                GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

The Plan shall neither impose any obligation on The Company or on any subsidiary corporation to continue the employment of any Participant or eligible employee, nor impose any obligation on any Participant to remain in the employ of the Company or of any subsidiary corporation. For purposes of the Plan, an employment relationship shall be

 

7



 

deemed to exist between an individual and a corporation if, at the time of the determination, the individual was an “employee” of such corporation within the meaning of Section 423(a)(2) of the Code and the regulations and rulings interpreting such Section. For purposes of the Plan, the transfer of an employee from employment with the Company to employment with a subsidiary of the Company, or vice versa, shall not be deemed a termination of employment of the employee. Subject to the specific terms of the Plan, all employees granted rights to purchase shares hereunder shall have the same rights and privileges.

 

23.                                GOVERNING LAW

 

Except where jurisdiction is exclusive to the federal courts or except as governed by federal law, the Plan and rights to purchase shares that may be granted hereunder shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

8




Exhibit 10.18

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

(LONG FORM)

 

AMONG

 

DIOSYNTH FRANCE

 

(AS SELLER)

 

AMPHASTAR FRANCE PHARMACEUTICALS SAS

 

(AS BUYER)

 

AND

 

SCHERING-PLOUGH

 

April 30, 2014

 



 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

(LONG FORM)

 

THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT is dated as of this 30th day of April, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”),

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

1.                                       DIOSYNTH FRANCE, a société par actions simplifiée , organized under the laws of France with a share capital of EUR 650,000 having its registered office located Saint Charles, Eragny-Sur-Epte (60590), France, registered with the Registry of Commerce and Companies of Beauvais under number 712 022 466;

 

represented by Mr. Franck Vitali in his capacity of President, duly empowered for the purpose thereof;

 

hereafter referred to as the “ Seller

 

ON THE FIRST PART

 

AND

 

2.                                       AMPHASTAR FRANCE PHARMACEUTICALS SAS , a société par actions simplifiée , organized under the laws of France, with a share capital of EUR 10,000, having its registered office located 3 rue du Colonel Moll, Paris (75017), France, registered with the Registry of Commerce and Companies of Paris, under number 801 531 427;

 

represented by Mr. Ying Luo in his capacity of President, duly empowered for the purpose thereof;

 

hereafter referred to as the “ Buyer”

 

ON THE SECOND PART

 

AND

 

3.                                       solely for purposes of Article X , SCHERING-PLOUGH , a société par actions simplifiée , organized under the laws of France with a share capital of EUR 119,437,619, having its registered office located 34, avenue Leonard de Vinci, Courbevoie (92400), France, registered with the Registry of Commerce and Companies of Nanterre under the number 542 041 363

 

represented by Mr. Pascal Blaise in his capacity of President, duly empowered for the purpose thereof;

 

hereafter referred to as Schering-Plough

 

2



 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Seller is engaged inter alia in the business of manufacturing of active pharmaceutical ingredients (the “ DF Manufacturing Business ”).

 

B.                                     Seller operates the DF Manufacturing Business in France, at the plant located in Eragny-Sur-Epte. The premises and the plant where the DF Manufacturing Business is operated (together the “ SP Facility ”) are owned by Schering-Plough, which is an Affiliate of Seller.

 

C .                                     Seller desires to sell, transfer and assign to Buyer, and Buyer desires to purchase from Seller, all right, title and interest of Seller in and to certain of the assets held in connection with the DF Manufacturing Business as a going concern ( fonds de commerce ), subject to Buyer assumption of the Assumed Liabilities, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations and warranties herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

 

The following terms, as used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings set forth in this Section:

 

Acquired Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

 

Adjustment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 .

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person: (i) any corporation or business entity fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting stock or voting equity interests of which are owned directly or indirectly by such Person; or (ii) any corporation or business entity which directly or indirectly owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting stock or voting equity interests of such Person; or (iii) any corporation or business entity directly or indirectly controlling or under control of a corporation or business entity as described in (i) or (ii).

 

Agreement ” means this asset purchase agreement.

 

ACF RHI ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A

 

API ” means any unprocessed active pharmaceutical ingredient, including each of those listed on Exhibit A .

 

API Business ” means the API manufacturing business operated by Seller on the SP Facility.

 

3



 

Applicable Law ” means, with respect to any Person, any current federal, state or local statute, law, common law, ordinance, rule, administrative interpretation, regulation, order, writ, injunction, directive, judgment, decree or other requirement of any Governmental Authority applicable to such Person, or any of its respective properties, assets, managers, partners, officers, directors, employees, consultants or agents (in connection with such manager’s, partner’s, officer’s, director’s, employee’s, consultant’s or agent’s activities on behalf of such Person).

 

Assumed Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 .

 

BTG ” means Bio-Technology General Corp., which was acquired by Ferring Pharmaceuticals, from whom Seller or its Affiliates licenses the technology for the production of RHI.

 

BTG Know-How ” means the technology licensed from BTG for production of RHI as specified in the IB Technology Transfer Agreement.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in Paris (France) are authorized or required to be closed for regular banking business.

 

Buyer Parent Guarantee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.(r) .

 

Cap ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3.(b) .

 

“Carrying Cost ” means, with respect to any item of RMWIP or Porcine RM, the cost to procure each component of such item, as well as the cost incurred to date in manufacturing such item, all as reflected in the financial records of Seller as of the Closing Date.

 

Claim Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7.(a) .

 

Clientele ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.(a) .

 

Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 .

 

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 .

 

Closing Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.(b) .

 

Confidentiality Agreement means that certain agreement of confidentiality dated October 15, 2013 by and between Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. and Buyer.

 

Count ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.(a) .

 

Deductible ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3(a ).

 

Deed of Sale ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 .

 

DF Manufacturing Business ” has the meaning set forth in Recital A (including the API Business)

 

4



 

Disputed Items ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.(c) .

 

Dutch Asset Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.(i) .

 

Employees ” means those individuals who are employed by Seller and assigned wholly or mainly to the DF manufacturing Business on the day prior to the Closing Date.

 

Environmental Laws ” means all Applicable Laws relating to the protection of the environment, and/or human health and workplace safety, including all requirements pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, controlling, investigating or remediating emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Substances into the air, surface water, ground water or land, or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Substances, and any other analogous present or future federal, state or local statutes or laws, and any regulations promulgated pursuant to any of the foregoing now or at any time hereafter in effect.

 

Excluded Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .

 

Excluded Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4 .

 

Exhibits ” means the exhibits of this Agreement (including the CD Rom described under Section 5.12 )

 

Finished Goods ” means RHI (in the final finished form ready for distribution and sale).

 

Governmental Authority ” means any foreign, domestic, federal, territorial, state or local governmental authority, quasi-governmental authority, instrumentality, court, government or self-regulatory organization, tribunal or organization or any regulatory, administrative or other agency, or any political or other subdivision, department or branch of any of the foregoing.

 

Hazardous Substance ” means (i) any substance included within the definition of “liquid industrial waste,” “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials,” “toxic substances,” “hazardous waste,” “air pollutants” or “hazardous air pollutants” in any regulations promulgated pursuant to any Environmental Law, and the decomposition or degradation products thereof; and (ii) any substance listed as a hazardous substance in any Applicable Law.

 

IB Supply Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.(c) .

 

IB Technology Transfer Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.(d) .

 

“Included Inventory” shall mean all RMWIP, Finished Goods, Porcine RM and Porcine Insulin API used in, or produced by, the DF Manufacturing Business located at the SP Facility on the Closing Date.

 

Included Inventory Excess ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.(e) .

 

5



 

Included Inventory Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 .

 

Included Inventory Shortfall ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.(e) .

 

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7.(a) .

 

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7.(a) .

 

Final Purchase Price ” means the Initial Purchase Price minus the Included Inventory Shortfall or plus the Included Inventory Excess as the case may be.

 

Knowledge of Seller ” means the actual knowledge of any of the individuals identified either under their name or title in Schedule A1 .

 

Liability Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.(j) .

 

Lien ” means with respect to any asset: any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment for security purposes, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, or priority or other security agreement.

 

Losses ” mean any and all losses, liabilities, judgments, assessments, damages, obligations, penalties (including, without limitation, governmental penalties), obligations, awards, fines, interest, claims (including third party claims), costs and expenses whatsoever (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’, consultants’ and other professional fees and disbursements).

 

LOU ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.(q) .

 

Neutral Auditor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.(c) .

 

Parties ” means collectively Seller and Buyer and individually Seller or Buyer;

 

Patent License Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.(e) .

 

Permits ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.(d) .

 

Permitted Liens ” means (i) any statutory Liens for Taxes that are not yet due and payable; (ii) any statutory Liens of employees and laborers for current wages not yet due ; (iii) any other items disclosed by Seller to Buyer and attached hereto as Schedule D ; (iv) any exceptions caused by Buyer, its agents, representatives or employees; and (v) such other exceptions as the title company shall commit to insure over, without any additional cost to Buyer, whether such insurance is made available in consideration of payment, bonding, indemnity of Seller or otherwise.

 

Person ” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust, estate or other entity or organization including a Governmental Authority.

 

Porcine Insulin API ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A

 

6



 

Porcine Insulin for Biotech Supply Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.(l) .

 

Porcine Substance Supply Agreement has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.(b) .

 

“Porcine RM” means, with respect to the DF Manufacturing Business, all raw materials used in the production of Porcine Insulin API that are located at the SP Facility on the Closing Date.

 

Product ” means RHI API, SHIRR API, and/or Porcine Insulin API.

 

Required Consents ” means any approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or registration, declaration, or filing with, any Person necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by Seller and Buyer of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any approval to be obtained by Buyer from any Governmental Authority pursuant to this Agreement, such as transfer of Permits).

 

“Retained Law Suits” shall mean the litigation matters set forth on Schedule B .

 

RHI ” means recombinant human insulin.

 

RHI API ” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A .

 

“RMWIP” means, with respect to the DF Manufacturing Business, all raw materials used in the production of Finished Goods and all work-in-progress with respect to the production of Finished Goods, in each case which are located at the SP Facility on the Closing Date.

 

Seller Parent Guarantee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.(k) .

 

SHIRR ” means synthetic human insulin recombinant (RHI manufactured using recombinant enzymes).

 

Short Form ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 .

 

SP Facility ” has the meaning set forth in Recital B .

 

Stability Testing Services Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.(k) .

 

Survival Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 .

 

Tangible Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.(c) .

 

Tax Returns ” means all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns, declarations, statements, reports, schedules, forms and information returns and any amendments thereto relating to Taxes.

 

7



 

Taxes ” means all federal, state, local and foreign taxes, and other assessments of a similar nature (whether imposed directly or through withholding), social security contributions, transfer taxes, value added taxes, levies, including any interest, additions to tax, or penalties applicable thereto.

 

Taxing Authority ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.(a) .

 

Temporary Employees Letter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.(r) .

 

Third Party Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6.(a) .

 

Transaction ” means the sale of the Acquired Assets on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

Transaction Documents ” (individually, a “ Transaction Document ”) means this Agreement, the Short Form, all the documents listed under Section 4.3.(b)  to Section 4.3.(q) , the Buyer Parent Guarantee, the Deed of Sale.

 

“Transferred Employees” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.(b) .

 

“Transferred Employee Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.(d) .

 

Transition Services Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.(g) .

 

“TTA” means the Technology Transfer Agreement between Diosynth B.V. and BTG, dated January 6, 1999 (as amended on August 1, 2002 and December 21, 2011), that is listed on Schedule A.1 of the Dutch Asset Purchase Agreement.

 

TTA Assignment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.(f) .

 

8



 

ARTICLE II
PURCHASE AND SALE; ASSUMED LIABILITIES

 

Section 2.1.        Acquired Assets .  At Closing, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, Seller shall sell, transfer, convey and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase, accept, acquire and assume all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the following assets in connection with the DF Manufacturing Business (referred to as the “ Acquired Assets ”), with a view for Buyer to carry on the DF Manufacturing Business as from the date hereof as a going concern ( fonds de commerce ) in succession to Seller:

 

(a)          The clientele, present and future, of the DF Manufacturing Business, the right for Buyer to trade and represent itself as carrying on the DF Manufacturing Business (the “ Clientele ”), it being agreed that the Clientele transferred pursuant to this Agreement is that existing as at the date hereof;

 

(b)          The tangible personal property as set forth in Schedule 2.1.(b) , and all other tangible personal property located on the SP Facility at the Closing Date (collectively, the “ Tangible Assets ”);

 

(c)           The environmental permits, licenses and other governmental approvals exclusively with respect to the DF Manufacturing Business as set forth on Schedule 2.1.(c)   (collectively, the “ Permits ”), to the extent such Permits are assignable to Buyer;

 

(d)          All Included Inventory set forth in Schedule 2.1.(d) ;

 

(e)           The computer systems, intellectual property, and records listed in Schedule 2.1.(e) ;

 

(f)            The documents relating to the DF Manufacturing Business listed in Schedule 2.1.(f) ; and

 

(g)           The prepaid expenses, advance payments, deposits, surety accounts and other similar assets attributable to the operation of the DF Manufacturing Business prior to the Closing Date and paid by the DF Manufacturing Business’ customers prior to the Closing Date (the “ Prepaids ”). A list of the Prepaids is attached hereto as Schedule 2.1.(g) .

 

Section 2.2.        Excluded Assets .  All of Seller’s assets not included in the Acquired Assets shall not be sold or transferred to Buyer, but shall be retained by Seller (collectively, the “ Excluded Assets ”).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the Excluded Assets shall include, without limitation, the following assets of Seller:

 

(a)          All cash, cash equivalents and bank accounts of Seller;

 

9



 

(b)          All accounts receivable, notes receivable and all other receivables of Seller relating to the DF Manufacturing Business on or before the Closing Date and all accounts receivable, notes receivable and all other receivables of Seller not related to the DF Manufacturing Business;

 

(c)           All Seller’s inventory other than the Included Inventory;

 

(d)          Any asset owned by Seller which is not used by Seller exclusively in the conduct of the DF Manufacturing Business or which is not located at the SP Facility on the Closing Date;

 

(e)           Any retained samples and stability testing samples located at the SP Facility on the Closing Date;

 

(f)            All prepaid income or other Taxes of Seller and any income or other Tax refunds to which Seller may be or may become entitled for all periods prior to the Closing Date;

 

(g)           All surety bonds and all payments or prepayments made with respect to (or certificates of deposit, letters of credit and other assets posted by Seller to secure) surety bonds, financial security obligations or otherwise, including without limitation pursuant to the Permits;

 

(h)          All claims and causes of action of Seller arising prior to the Closing Date against third parties and all payments or other sums or amounts payable or which may become payable with respect thereto;

 

(i)              All of Seller’s insurance policies including, without limitation, policies for health, general liability and property insurance, and any and all premium refunds and claims with respect to such refunds and all payments, proceeds and other amounts due or payable, or hereafter becoming due and payable, thereunder;

 

(j)             All records relating to the organization, maintenance, existence and good standing of Seller as a corporation, namely Seller’s (i) corporate charter, (ii) qualifications to conduct business as a foreign corporation, (iii) taxpayer and other identification numbers, (iv) minute books, (v) stock records, (vi) tax records, and (vii) corporate seals;

 

(k)          All of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the names “Merck & Co., Inc.” and “Merck,” and the name of each Affiliate and subsidiary of Merck and Co., Inc., including (without limitation) the names “ Schering ”, “ Schering-Plough ”, “ Merck Sharp & Dohme ”, “ MSD ” and “ Diosynth ”, and in each case, all variations thereof, and all trademarks, trade names and logos incorporating any such names or any variation thereof, and all rights and interests of Seller in and to all other trademarks, trade names, service marks and logos used or owned by Seller or any of its Affiliates;

 

(l)              All of Seller’s computer systems, intellectual property, records, and know-how except for the items listed on Schedule 2.1.(e) . For the sake of clarity, the Parties acknowledge that Buyer shall be authorized to use certain of Seller’s computer systems, intellectual property, records, and know-how in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Transition Services Agreement;

 

10


 

(m)      All cash positions, cash equivalents, bonds, letters of credit, guarantees or other similar types of collateral posted by Seller in connection with the Acquired Assets, DF Manufacturing Business, including without limitation, with respect to the Permits;

 

(n)          The prepaid expenses, advance payments, deposits, surety accounts and other similar assets not attributable to the operation of the DF Manufacturing Business ;

 

(o)          All of Seller’s assets that are not expressly included in the Acquired Assets, including without limitation, assets relating to businesses of Seller other than the DF Manufacturing Business.

 

Section 2.3.                          Assumed Liabilities .  At Closing, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, Buyer shall assume all obligations and liabilities of Seller (other than the Excluded Liabilities), whether known or unknown, fixed, contingent or otherwise, to the extent such liabilities arise out of or relate to the Acquired Assets and the DF Manufacturing Business (collectively the “ Assumed Liabilities ”), which include, without limitation, the following:

 

(a)          All payables relating to items furnished and work or services performed after the Closing Date;

 

(b)          All future obligations (as from the Closing Date) and liabilities of Seller under any assigned Permits;

 

(c)           All environmental obligations arising before, on or after the Closing Date;

 

(d)          All obligations to Transferred Employees to the extent provided in Section 7.4 hereof;

 

(e)           All obligations and liabilities for Transferred Employees with respect to workers’ compensation claims arising from injuries or personal injuries occurring on and after the Closing Date;

 

(f)            All obligations and liabilities for all ad valorem property Taxes assessed on the Acquired Assets which are due and payable for periods after the Closing Date, but subject to the apportion provisions of Section 3.4 hereof; and

 

(g)           Any liability which is expressly assumed by Buyer under this Agreement.

 

11



 

Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement (and in particular Article IX - Survival and Indemnification ), Buyer undertakes to Seller and Seller’s Affiliate that, with effect from the Closing Date, it will properly perform, assume, pay and discharge when due, indemnify and keep indemnified Seller and Seller’s Affiliates against any cost (including legal costs), claim, loss or liability suffered or incurred under or in respect of, all Assumed Liabilities.

 

Section 2.4.                          Excluded Liabilities .  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.3 , Buyer shall not assume, and the term “Assumed Liabilities” shall not include, any and all Excluded Liabilities.  For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Excluded Liabilities ” shall mean any and all liabilities or obligations of Seller relating to or arising out of the following :

 

(a)          All obligations and liabilities relating to or arising out of the Excluded Assets;

 

(b)          All liabilities relating to or arising out of the products of the DF Manufacturing Business to the extent manufactured and sold prior to the Closing or relating to finished goods not transferred to Buyer as part of the Closing;

 

(c)           The Retained Law Suits;

 

(d)          all obligations, liabilities and expenses relating to or arising out of any claim, lawsuit or other proceeding by current or former employees of Seller employed by Buyer to the extent that such claim, lawsuit or other proceeding is premised upon alleged or actual liabilities or obligations accrued or were incurred prior to the Closing Date or that are based upon or arise from any alleged or actual action or inaction or violation of any law by Seller to the extent prior to the Closing Date.  It is agreed that Seller and Buyer shall reasonably cooperate with each other in the exchange of information and documents and the provision of witnesses reasonably necessary for the defense of any such proceedings;

 

(e)           all obligations and liabilities of Seller to provide unemployment compensation benefits to employees or former employees of Seller on lay-off status immediately prior to the Closing Date or not employed by Seller immediately prior to the Closing Date for any reason and who are otherwise eligible to receive such benefits; and

 

(f)            any other debt, obligation or liability of Seller which by the express terms of this Agreement or by-laws are to be retained by Seller.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement (and in particular Article IX - Survival and Indemnification ), Seller undertakes to Buyer that, with effect from the Closing Date, it will properly perform, assume, pay and discharge when due, indemnify and keep indemnified Buyer against any cost (including legal costs), claim, loss or liability suffered or incurred under or in respect of, all Excluded Liabilities.

 

Section 2.5.                          Limitations on Assignability .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any of the Acquired Assets are not assignable without the consent of any other Person, neither this Agreement nor any of the instruments or documents executed and delivered in connection herewith or contemplated hereby shall constitute an assignment or assumption thereof, or attempted assignment or attempted

 

12



 

assumption thereof, if such assignment or attempted assignment, or assumption or attempted assumption, would constitute a breach thereof.  If, prior to the Closing, Seller has not obtained a consent or approval necessary for the assignment and assumption of any of the Acquired Assets, then Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consents and approvals after the Closing.  If any such consent or approval is not obtained, Seller shall cooperate, at no cost to Seller, in any reasonable arrangement requested by Buyer to provide to Buyer the benefits thereof; additionally Buyer shall cooperate with Seller in any reasonable arrangement necessary for Buyer to assume and perform the executory obligations with respect thereto.

 

Section 2.6.                          Sale of Going Concern ( Cession de Fonds de Commerce ) For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties acknowledge that the Acquired Assets and Assumed Liabilities are sold, transferred, assigned, delivered and bought as a “ fonds de commerce ”; provided that such “ fonds de commerce ” does not include (i) the Excluded Assets and (ii) the Excluded Liabilities.

 

Section 2.7.                          Right Back .  As of the Closing Date, Buyer shall grant to Seller, and its Affiliates, the right to use and reference the Acquired Assets, to the extent necessary for Seller and/or any of its Affiliates to fulfill its obligations under any of the Transaction Documents.

 

ARTICLE III
PURCHASE PRICE

 

Section 3.1.                          Purchase Price .

 

(a)          The aggregate purchase price for the Acquired Assets shall be an amount equal to:

 

(i)                                      EUR 2,758,000 with respect to all of the Acquired Assets other than the Included Inventory; plus

 

(ii)                                   the amount, expressed in Euros, for the sale of the RMWIP to be transferred to Buyer at Closing in accordance with Schedule 3.1.(ii) ;

 

(iii)                                the amount, expressed in Euros, for the sale of the Finished Goods to be transferred to Buyer at Closing in accordance with Schedule 3.1.(ii) ;

 

(iv)                               the amount, expressed in Euros, for the sale of the Porcine RM and Porcine Insulin API to be transferred to Buyer at Closing in accordance with Schedule 3.1.(ii) ;

 

(the amount resulting from the sum of clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above is hereafter referred to as the “ Initial Purchase Price ” and the amount resulting from the sum of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) above is hereafter referred to as the “ Included Inventory Price ”).

 

13



 

Section 3.2.                          Included Inventory Price and Closing Statement.

 

(a)          Prior to the Closing Date, Seller and Buyer shall conduct a count of the Included Inventory (the “ Count ”) and shall prepare and deliver on the basis of the results of the Count, a statement of the Included Inventory setting forth their joint and agreed calculation of the value of the Included Inventory at of the Closing Date and the related Included Inventory Price.

 

(b)          At the latest ten (10) Business Days after the Closing Date, the Parties shall jointly conduct a final count of the Included Inventory in order to issue a revised statement of the Included Inventory (the “ Closing Statement ”) having for purpose to set forth any changes that may have occurred with respect to the volume of the Inventory between the date of the Count and the Closing Date.

 

(c)           If at the end of the ten (10) Business Day period mentioned above, certain amounts or items remain in dispute and therefore the Parties are unable to reach an agreement with respect to the Closing Statement, then such amounts or items (the “ Disputed Items ”) shall be submitted to PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) (the “ Neutral Auditor ”) to determine the correct amount of the Included Inventory as of the Closing Date as an arbitrator.

 

(d)          The Neutral Auditor shall decide only on the Disputed Items. The Neutral Auditor shall give Seller and Buyer adequate opportunity to present their views in writing and at a hearing or hearings to be held in the presence of Seller and Buyer and their advisors. The final decision of the Neutral Auditor must not fall beyond or outside of the position taken by the Parties. The Neutral Auditor shall give reasons for its decision and on all specific line items which are in dispute between Seller and Buyer. The Neutral Auditor statement shall be set forth in a written statement delivered to the Parties and, absent manifest error, shall be final, binding and conclusive. The costs and expenses incurred by the Neutral Auditor shall be divided among Seller and Buyer on an equal basis.

 

(e)           If the Closing Statement (as agreed upon between the Parties or determined by the Neutral Auditor with respect to the Disputed Items) is less than the Included Inventory Price, then the Included Inventory Price will be adjusted downward by the Euro amount of the difference between the Included Inventory Price and the Closing Statement (the “ Included Inventory Shortfall ”).

 

(f)            If the Closing Statement (as agreed upon between the Parties or determined by the Neutral Auditor with respect to the Disputed Items) is higher than the Included Inventory Price, then the Included Inventory Price will be adjusted upward by the Euro amount of the difference between the Closing Statement and the Included Inventory Price (the “ Included Inventory Excess ”).

 

Section 3.3.                          Payment of the Purchase Price .

 

(a)          At Closing, subject to Section 3.7.(c) , Buyer shall pay to Seller the Initial Purchase Price up to EUR 14,858,000 (the “ First Installment ”) by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with wire instructions delivered by Seller to Buyer at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

 

14



 

(b)          On December 21, 2014, Buyer shall pay to Seller the balance between the Final Purchase Price and the First Installment by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with wire instructions delivered by Seller to Buyer at least two Business Days prior to December 22, 2014.

 

(c)         In accordance with Article 1837 of the French Tax Code ( Code Général des Impôts ), Seller and Buyer represent that the Purchase Price (subject to the adjustment process set out in Section 3.2 ) is the whole price to be paid by Buyer in consideration for the Acquired Assets.

 

Section 3.4.                          Allocation .  The Short Form (as defined in Section 4.2 ) shall set forth the allocation of the Purchase Price and the amount of the Assumed Liabilities among the various components of the Acquired Assets for tax purposes.

 

Section 3.5.                          VAT on Acquired Assets . The Parties acknowledge that the sale and transfer of the Acquired Assets contemplated by this Agreement constitutes a sale of an universality of goods and is therefore not subject to Value Added Tax (“ VAT ”) in accordance with Article 257 bis of the French Tax Code and the French administrative guidelines issued by the French tax authorities on 1 October 2012 (BOI-TVA-CHAMP-10-10-50-10). The Parties shall comply with all regulations and procedures required to ensure application of Article 257 bis of the French Tax Code to the sale of the Acquired Assets. Without prejudice to the foregoing, in the event that such provision would be held not to apply to any Acquired Asset, the Buyer shall pay to the Seller or its successor an amount equal to the value added tax charged on the sale of that Acquired Asset, together with any interest and penalties which may be due, against delivery to it of a value added tax invoice by the Seller.

 

Section 3.6.                          Closing Costs .  Buyer shall be responsible for (i) all documentary, stamp, intangible and other transfer Taxes and registration fees in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) all state, city, county, municipal and other governmental recording and filing fees and charges in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, (iii) all premiums, charges and fees of any title company in connection with the title examination and insurance policies to be obtained by Buyer, including affirmative endorsements, survey costs and sales taxes payable on the transfer of the Acquired Assets and all costs and expenses of any financing of Buyer’s acquisition of the Acquired Assets (including, without limitation, all intangible taxes, documentary stamp taxes and recording fees due on any mortgage note, mortgage or other financing document).  The obligations of the Parties under this Section 3.6 shall each survive Closing.

 

Section 3.7.                          Apportionments .

 

(a)          All real property taxes, personal property taxes, business taxes or ad valorem obligations and similar recurring taxes and fees, including without limitations, French taxes foncières and contribution économique territoriale on the Acquired Assets for taxable periods beginning on or before, and ending after, the Closing Date, shall be prorated between Buyer and Seller as 12:01 AM on the Closing Date on a daily basis irrespective of whether the taxpayer is Seller or Buyer according to Applicable Law.  Seller shall be responsible for all such Taxes and fees on the Acquired Assets accruing under such daily

 

15



 

proration methodology during any period up to the Closing Date.  Buyer shall be responsible for all such Taxes and fees with respect to the Acquired Assets accruing under such daily proration methodology during any period beginning on the Closing Date.  With respect to Taxes described in this Section 3.7.(a) , Seller shall timely file all Tax Returns due before the Closing Date with respect to such Taxes and Buyer shall prepare and timely file all Tax Returns due after the Closing Date with respect to such Taxes.  If one Party remits to the appropriate Taxing Authority payment for Taxes, which are subject to proration under this Section 3.7.(a)  and such payment includes the other Party’s share of such Taxes, such other Party shall promptly reimburse the remitting Party for its share of such Taxes.  For all purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Taxing Authority ” shall mean any national, state, provincial, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

 

(b)          To the extent applicable, utilities, rents and other income and expenses of the Acquired Assets shall be apportioned as of 12:01 AM on the Closing Date. If any of the foregoing cannot be apportioned at the Closing because of the unavailability of the amounts which are to be apportioned, such items shall be apportioned on the basis of a good faith estimate by the Parties and reconciled as soon as practicable after such Closing Date but, in any event, no later than six (6) months after such Closing Date.  If any refunds of utilities, rents and other income and expenses of the Acquired Assets described in this Section 3.7.(b)  shall be made after such Closing, the same shall be held in trust by Seller or Buyer, as the case may be, and shall first be applied to the unreimbursed costs incurred in obtaining the same, and the balance, if any, shall be paid first to Seller (for the period prior to such Closing Date) and second to Buyer (for the period commencing with such Closing Date). No insurance policies of Seller are to be transferred to Buyer and no apportionment of the premiums therefore shall be made.

 

(c)           All of the obligations, charges and claims of any nature whatsoever concerning the Transferred Employees and, notably, the amounts payable for paid holiday leave and days acquired pursuant to the reduction in working time ( RTT ), shall be borne (i) by Buyer if said obligations, charges and claims derived from Buyer’s employment of the Transferred Employees on or subsequent to the Closing Date or (ii) by Seller if said obligations, charges and claims derived from Seller’s employment of the Transferred Employees prior to the Closing Date. To this end, Seller undertakes to transfer to Buyer on Closing Date any amount payable to the Transferred Employees for the period prior to the Closing Date, including the amounts payable for paid holiday leave, retirement indemnities ( IFC ), individual training rights ( DIF ), proportional quota of 13th month, provisions for R.T.T., and deferred variable remuneration. In order to simplify the funds transfers at Closing, such amount payable to the Transferred Employees shall be deducted from the First Installment to be made by Buyer at Closing, and such amount shall equal the sum of the amounts correlating to the human resources (HR) provisions attached as Schedule 3.7.(c) .

 

16



 

ARTICLE IV
CLOSING

 

Section 4.1.                          Closing .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the closing (the “ Closing ”) of the transactions contemplated hereby shall take place at the offices of MSD France, , 34, avenue Léonard de Vinci — 92400 Courbevoie - FRANCE, at 10:00 a.m. time on April 30, 2014 at 10.00 am (Paris time) provided that all conditions set forth in Article VIII (other than conditions to be performed at the Closing) have either been satisfied or waived, or such other time and place as Seller and Buyer shall mutually agree.  The date upon which the Closing shall occur is herein called the “ Closing Date. ”  For all purposes under the Agreement, the Closing shall be effective as of 12:01 AM on the Closing Date.

 

Section 4.2.                          Short Form Execution .  The Parties have agreed to implement this Agreement with respect to the DF Manufacturing Business by way of a sale of a going concern ( cession de fonds de commerce ) pursuant to Articles L. 141-1 et seq. of the French Commercial Code and in accordance with the terms and conditions herein.  Such asset transfer agreement (the “ Short Form ”) shall therefore qualify under French law as an “ acte de cession de fonds de commerce ”.  Accordingly, at Closing, the Parties shall execute the Short Form in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

Section 4.3.                          Closing Deliveries by Seller .  At the Closing, Seller shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Buyer:

 

(a)          The certificates, consents and other documents required to be obtained or delivered pursuant to Article VIII ;

 

(b)          A porcine substance supply agreement between Seller Affiliate (Intervet International B.V.) and Buyer in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Porcine Substance Supply Agreement ”), duly executed by Seller Affiliate;

 

(c)           A IB supply agreement between Seller Affiliate (Merck Sharp & Dohme B.V.) and Buyer in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ IB Supply Agreement ”), duly executed by Seller Affiliate;

 

(d)          A IB technology transfer agreement between Seller Affiliates ((Merck Sharp & Dohme B.V. and N.V. Organon) and Buyer in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “ IB Technology Transfer Agreement ”), duly executed by Seller Affiliate;

 

(e)           A patent license agreement between Seller Affiliate (Merck Sharp & Dohme B.V.) and Buyer in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “ Patent License Agreement ”), duly executed by Seller Affiliate;

 

(f)            A TTA assignment agreement between Seller Affiliates (Merck Sharp & Dohme B.V. and N.V. Organon) and Buyer in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (the “ TTA Assignment ”), duly executed by Seller Affiliate;

 

(g)           A transition services agreement between Financière MSD (Parent Seller) and Buyer in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “ Transition Services Agreement ”), duly executed by Seller;

 

17



 

(h)          An executed copy of the Dutch asset purchase agreement entered into between Seller Affiliates (Merck Sharp & Dohme B.V. and N.V. Organon) and Buyer in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (the “ Dutch Asset Purchase Agreement ”);

 

(i)              A liability agreement between Buyer, SP, Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp., Merck Sharp & Dohme B.V, N.V. Organon, Financière MS, Intervet International B.V. and Buyer and Amphastar Pharmaceuticals Inc. substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit J (the “ Liability Agreement ”), duly executed by Seller;

 

(j)             A stability testing services agreement between Seller Affiliate (N.V. Organon) and Buyer in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit K (the “ Stability Testing Services Agreement ”), duly executed by Seller;

 

(k)          A Seller parent guarantee in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit L (the “ Seller Parent Guarantee ”), duly executed;

 

(l)              A porcine insulin for biotech supply agreement between Seller Affiliate (N.V. Organon) and Buyer in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit M (the “ Porcine Insulin for Biotech Supply Agreement ”), duly executed;

 

(m)      A IB quality agreement between Seller Affiliate (Merck Sharp & Dohme B.V.) and Buyer in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit N , (the “ IB Quality Agreement ”), duly executed;

 

(n)          A PI quality agreement between Seller Affiliate (Intervet International B.V.) and Buyer in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit O , (the “ PI Quality Agreement ”), duly executed;

 

(o)          the mutual confidentiality agreements between Seller Affiliates and Buyer in substantially the forms attached hereto as Exhibit P , (together the “ CDAs ”), duly executed;

 

(p)          the letter of understanding between Buyer and Seller, related to the transitional services agreement for EHS remediation works, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit Q (the “ LOU ”), duly executed;

 

(q)          the letter related to Seller’s temporary employees between Buyer and Seller, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit R (the “ Temporary Employees Letter ”), duly executed;

 

(r)             Such other documents, certificates, agreements and other writings as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

18



 

Section 4.4.                          Closing Deliveries by Buyer .  At the Closing, Buyer shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Seller:

 

(a)          The Initial Purchase Price in accordance with Section 3.3.(a) ;

 

(b)          The certificates, consents and other documents required to be obtained or delivered pursuant to Article VIII ;

 

(c)           The Porcine Substance Supply Agreement, duly executed by Buyer;

 

(d)          The IB Supply Agreement, duly executed by Buyer;

 

(e)           The IB Technology Transfer Agreement, duly executed by Buyer;

 

(f)            The Patent License Agreement duly executed by Buyer;

 

(g)           The TTA Assignment duly executed by Buyer;

 

(h)          The Transition Services Agreement, duly executed by Buyer;

 

(i)              The Dutch Asset Purchase Agreement duly executed by Buyer;

 

(j)             The Liability Agreement duly executed by Buyer and Amphastar Pharmaceuticals Inc. ;

 

(k)          The Stability Testing Services Agreement duly executed by Buyer,

 

(l)              The Porcine Insulin for Biotech Supply Agreement duly executed by Buyer,

 

(m)      The IB Quality Agreement duly executed by Buyer,

 

(n)          The PI Quality Agreement duly executed by Buyer,

 

(o)          The CDAs duly executed by Buyer,

 

(p)          The PI Supply Agreement,

 

(q)          The LOU,

 

(r)             A Buyer Parent guarantee letter in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit S , duly executed by Buyer Parent to secure the performance of Buyer’s or/and Buyer’s Affiliate’s obligations as set forth in the Transaction Documents (other than this Agreement) (the “ Buyer Parent Guarantee ”).

 

(s)            Such other documents, certificates, agreements and other writings as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

19



 

Section 4.5.                          Documents to be executed by Seller, Seller’s Affiliate and Buyer at Closing.

 

(a)          The Short Form duly executed by Seller and Buyer;

 

(b)          The Deed of Sale duly executed by Schering Plough and Buyer.

 

ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

 

Seller represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:

 

Section 5.1.                          Organization :  Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of France. Seller is duly qualified to do business in France as now being conducted and has all the requisite power and authority to own, lease and use the Acquired Assets.

 

Section 5.2.                          Authorization :  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other Transaction Documents by Seller and consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Seller, and no other corporate action is necessary to authorize this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller.  This Agreement constitutes, and all other Transaction Documents when executed and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof will constitute, the valid and binding obligations of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with their terms except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting creditor’s rights generally, or general principles of equity.

 

Section 5.3.                          No Conflict .  Seller has the full right, power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and all other Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution and delivery by Seller of this Agreement and all other Transaction Documents and the consummation and performance of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not: (a) conflict with or violate the By-Laws of Seller; (b) result in the creation of any Lien on any of the Acquired Assets other than the Permitted Liens; or (c) conflict with or violate any Applicable Law.

 

Section 5.4.                          Personal Property :  Seller has good, valid and enforceable title to, or holds by valid and existing lease or license, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, the Tangible Assets.  Seller has not received any Notice (that remains outstanding) that its title to the Tangible Assets has been challenged, contested or subject to condemnation, lawsuits or governmental actions.

 

Section 5.5.                          Litigation :  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.5 , Seller has not received any written notice (that remains outstanding) of any actions, suits, or other legal proceedings pending against the DF Manufacturing Business or the Acquired Assets to which Seller is a Party.

 

20


 

Section 5.6.                          Information .  Within the context of the Transaction, Seller has not intentionally hidden to Buyer any material and significant information in its possession that, if they have been disclosed to Buyer, would have led the later not to execute this Agreement. The copy of the information provided by Seller to Buyer as of the Effective Date is set forth in the CD Rom mentioned under Section 5.10.(1) .

 

Section 5.7.                          Permits and Compliance with Permits :  The Permits, as listed on Schedule 2.1.(c) , are those that Seller has used to run the DF Manufacturing Business during the twelve (12) month period prior to the date hereof. To the Knowledge of Seller, those Permits are in full force and except as set forth on Schedule 5.7.(b) , no written notice (that remains outstanding) has been received by Seller that any of the Permits has been be or may revoked or not renewed when due. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.7.(b) , Seller has not received any written notice (that remains outstanding) of any non-compliance under any of the Permits.

 

Section 5.8.                          Environmental Matters .

 

(a)          Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.8.(a) , Seller has not received, on or after the Effective Date, any written notice (that remains outstanding) of violation of any applicable Environmental Law with respect to any of the DF Manufacturing Business or the Acquired Assets that remain outstanding.

 

(b)          Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.8.(b) , to the Knowledge of Seller, there are no Liens or any special orders or consent decrees of any nature whatsoever arising under or pursuant to any Environmental Law with respect to or affecting any of the DF Manufacturing Business or the Acquired Assets.

 

(c)           Buyer acknowledges that, in addition to Seller’s representations and warranties set forth in Article V of the Agreement, Buyer has entered into this Agreement with the intention of making and relying upon its own investigation or that of third parties with respect to the environmental and legal condition of the DF Manufacturing Business.  Buyer further acknowledges that it has not received from or on behalf of Seller any accounting, tax, legal, architectural, engineering, property management or other advice with respect to the Transaction and is relying solely upon the advice of third party accounting, tax, legal, architectural, engineering, property and operations management and other advisors.  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, Buyer shall purchase the DF Manufacturing Business in its “AS IS” condition and “WITH ALL FAULTS” on the Closing Date and without any other representations and warranties (express, implied or assumed), except those set forth in Article V of the Agreement. The provision of this Section 5.8.(c)  shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the Closing.

 

(d)          Seller has supplied to Buyer a copy of all environmental reports in its possession related to the DF Manufacturing Business and such other environmental information related to same that Seller has available in Schedule 5.8.(a)   and 5.8.(b)   and Buyer acknowledges that it is aware of its contents.

 

21



 

(e)           Seller has not received written notice (that remains outstanding) pertaining to any prohibitions, injunctions, restrictions or limitations of any nature whatsoever on the free use or disposal of the Acquired Assets arising from their environmental situation.

 

(f)            Except as provided in this Section 5.8, Seller is providing no other representations or warranties in respect to environmental matters.

 

Section 5.9.                          Brokers .  Seller has not incurred any liability for any finders’ or brokerage fees or commissions in connection with this Agreement.

 

Section 5.10.                   Qualification . Buyer acknowledges that all representations and warranties of Seller set forth in this Article V are qualified by:

 

(1) all materials that were made available to Buyer in the CD Rom which has been duly remitted to Buyer as of the Effective Date as acknowledged by Buyer for the purpose hereof,

 

(2) matters actually known by the individuals named in Schedule A2 ; and

 

(3) matters of public record.

 

Section 5.11.                   Consents . Subject to Section 7.10 , no consent are needed that have not already been obtained with any Governmental Authority or other Person in connection with Seller’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or Seller’s consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby

 

ARTICLE VI
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

 

Buyer represents and warrants to Seller as follows:

 

Section 6.1.                          Organization .  Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation.  Buyer is duly qualified to do business in all jurisdictions in which it owns assets or properties or transacts business, including in France.  Buyer has the requisite power and authority to own, lease and use its properties and to conduct its business as now being conducted.

 

Section 6.2.                          Authorization .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Buyer and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Buyer and no other corporate action on the part of Buyer is necessary to authorize this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Buyer.  This Agreement constitutes and all other Transaction Documents when executed and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof will constitute the valid and binding obligation of Buyer enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity.

 

22



 

Section 6.3.                          No Conflict .  Buyer has the full right, power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and all other Transaction Documents, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution and delivery by Buyer of this Agreement and all other Transaction Documents and the consummation and performance of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not: (a) conflict with or violate any of the organizational documents of Buyer; (b) result in any breach or violation of, or constitute a default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any agreement or contract of Buyer; or (c) conflict with or violate any Applicable Law.

 

Section 6.4.                          Litigation .  There are no actions, suits, or other legal proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of Buyer, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority against or related to Buyer or that would prevent Buyer from consummating the transactions contemplated hereby at the Closing.

 

Section 6.5.                 Consents .  Subject to Section 7.10 , no consent are needed that have not already been obtained with any Governmental Authority or other Person in connection with Buyer’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or Buyer’s consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby

 

Section 6.6.                          Brokers .  Buyer has not incurred any liability for any finders’ or brokerage fees or commissions in connection with this Agreement.

 

Section 6.7.                          Permits .  There exists no condition of or act or action involving Buyer, either directly or indirectly, that shall or might materially negatively impact on Buyer’s ability to timely obtain, as appropriate, the transfers or re-issuances of the Permits, as may be required.

 

Section 6.8.                          Condition of Business .  Buyer represents and warrants, and acknowledges and agrees, that neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates nor any other Person has made any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding Seller, the DF Manufacturing Business, the SP Facility or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Transaction Documents unless expressly set forth in this Agreement, and none of Seller, any of its Affiliates or any other Person will have or be subject to any liability to Buyer or any other Person resulting from the distribution to Buyer or its representatives or Buyer’s use of, any such information, including any confidential memoranda distributed on behalf of Seller relating to the DF Manufacturing Business and the SP Facility.  Buyer acknowledges that it has conducted to its satisfaction, its own independent investigation of the DF Manufacturing Business and the SP Facility and, in making the determination to proceed with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Buyer has relied on the results of its own independent investigation and the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement.

 

23



 

ARTICLE VII
CERTAIN COVENANTS AND OTHER MATTERS

 

Section 7.1.                          Examinations and Investigations .  Buyer acknowledges that it has conducted a reasonable due diligence investigation, for a transaction of this nature, including without limitation, all examination of the materials provided by Seller and on site examination of the Acquired Assets and DF Manufacturing Business and SP Facility as desired by Buyer.  Prior to the Closing, Seller shall continue to cooperate with Buyer and with its employees and upon reasonable request by Buyer, shall continue to grant to Buyer reasonable access to the Acquired Assets and the DF Manufacturing Business, subject to the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality Agreement. Prior to the Closing Date and with the prior consent of Seller (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned), Buyer shall be authorized to conduct any environmental testing or study on the SP Facility site where the DF Manufacturing Business is operated so as to complete the Transaction.

 

Section 7.2.                          Consents and Approvals .  Seller and Buyer shall use their respective reasonable commercial efforts to obtain all Required Consents.  Each Party shall bear its own costs and expenses associated with obtaining Required Consents.

 

Section 7.3.                          Publicity and Corporate Name .

 

(a)          Buyer and Seller agree not to advertise or otherwise make known to others any information regarding this Agreement, any of the Transaction Agreements, or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)          Buyer acknowledges that, from and after the Closing Date, Seller and its Affiliates shall have the absolute and exclusive proprietary right to all names, marks, trade names and trademarks incorporating “ Merck & Co., Inc. ” and “ Merck ”, and the name of each subsidiary of Merck and Co., Inc., including (without limitation) the names “ Schering ,” “ Schering-Plough ,” “ Merck Sharp & Dohme ”, “ Diosynth ” and “ MSD ,” in each case, by itself or in combination with any other name, including, without limitation, the corporate design logo associated with Seller or any of its Affiliates, and that none of the rights thereto or goodwill represented thereby or pertaining thereto are being transferred hereby or in connection herewith.  Buyer agrees that it will not, nor will it permit any of its Affiliates to, use any such name, phrase or logo or the corporate design logo of Seller or any of its Affiliates in or on any of their literature, sales materials or products or otherwise in connection with the sale of any products or service.  Buyer further agrees not to use or reference in any advertising, press release, interview, presentation to prospective clients, article, promotional material or other communication any “ Merck ” company or representative name, endorsement, direct or indirect quote, code, drawing, logo, trademark, specification or picture, without the prior written consent of Seller, which consent may be withheld in Seller’s discretion.

 

(c)           Except as to information that may be disseminated in the joint public announcement contemplated in paragraph 9 of the Parties’ letter of understanding dated December 23, 2013, or as may otherwise be required by Applicable Law, Buyer shall not, and shall not permit its Affiliates to, make any public announcement in respect of this

 

24



 

Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior written consent of Seller, which consent may be withheld in Seller’s discretion, and Seller shall not, and shall not permit its Affiliates to make any public announcement in respect of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior written consent of Buyer, which consent may be withheld in Buyer’s discretion.

 

Section 7.4.                          Employee Matters .

 

(a)          Seller has informed and consulted with its Works Council on the proposed Transaction, and with any other employees’ representative bodies to the extent required by French law, and such Works Council has completed their review and rendered their opinions.

 

(b)          Seller and Buyer acknowledge and agree that in accordance with article L.1224-1 of the French Labor Code, all employments contracts of the Employees that are assigned wholly or mainly to the DF Manufacturing Business on the Closing Date, shall, on the Closing Date be automatically transferred to Buyer with effect on the Closing Date with seniority accrued with Seller (the “ Transferred Employees ”).

 

(c)           Seller shall bear 100% of the costs relating to and shall indemnify and hold Buyer harmless from and against any and all claims (i) from any Employee who should be listed in Schedule 7.4.(a)   but is not so listed, (ii) from any employee or former employee of Seller or of Schering-Plough who would claim to be an employee who should have been transferred to Buyer, and (iii) from the Transferred Employees to the extent arising out of or related to any action, suit or proceeding initiated by any Transferred Employees, in any event for any claims arising out of their employment by Seller up to the Closing Date. Seller represents that all the Transferred Employees are listed on Schedule 7.4.(a) . Seller represents to Buyer that Schedule B contains a complete list of pending lawsuits or claims with employees or former employees of Seller.

 

(d)          Buyer shall bear 100% of the costs (the “ Transferred Employee Liabilities ”) relating to, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Seller and Seller’ Affiliates from and against, (i) any claims made by any Transferred Employee for any statutory or legal severance or separation benefits and any other legally mandated payment obligations (including any compensation payable during a mandatory termination notice period and any payments pursuant to a judgment of a court having jurisdiction over the parties), in each case, arising out of or in connection with the failure of Buyer to continue the employment of any Transferred Employee in accordance with Section 7.4 of this Agreement, (ii) any claims arising out of employment relationship of any Transferred Employee with Buyer after the Closing Date and (iii) all rights of Transferred Employees and obligations to Transferred Employees arising as from the Closing Date, that fall upon Buyer as employer, including without limitation wages, bonuses, statutory contributions, national insurance contributions and all other employment costs, retirement indemnities, paid vacation and working time reduction days (“ RTT ”) whether accrued prior to or as from the Closing Date.

 

25



 

(e)           After the Closing Date, Buyer shall provide Transferred Employees with the benefit of the collective bargaining agreement of Pharmaceutical Industry, welfare benefits, car policy, vacation policy and travel policy in force within Seller as provided in Schedule 7.4.(b) , in accordance with French law.

 

(f)            The provisions of this Section 7.4 are solely for the benefit of the respective Parties to this Agreement and nothing in this Agreement or this Section, express or implied, shall confer upon any Transferred Employee, or legal representative or beneficiary thereof, any rights or remedies, including any right to employment or continued employment for any specified period, or compensation or benefits of any nature or kind whatsoever under this Agreement.

 

(g)           Seller and Buyer shall cooperate in the defense of any action, suit or proceedings.

 

(h)          From the Effective Date until the Closing Date, Buyer shall not communicate with any of the Transferred Employees without the prior written consent of Seller.

 

(i)              After the Closing Date, the Parties shall each provide the other on a continuing basis at no cost to the other such information regarding Transferred Employees as the other shall reasonably request.

 

(j)             The Parties will cooperate with one another so as to effect the transition of Transferred Employees in an orderly fashion.

 

Section 7.5.                          Supplements to Schedules .  From time to time prior to the Closing, Seller will deliver to Buyer in writing any information which, if existing, occurring or known at the Effective Date, would have been required to be set forth or described in any Schedule or which is necessary to correct any information in any Schedule which has been rendered inaccurate.

 

Section 7.6.                          Discovery of Facts .  If in the course of its investigation, Buyer acquires actual knowledge of any fact, law or circumstance which would be required to be disclosed by Seller to avoid a breach of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, then Buyer shall disclose such fact, law or circumstance to Seller.

 

Section 7.7.                          Expenses .  Each of the Parties shall be responsible for and shall pay all expenses incurred by such Party in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, and without limitation, all legal fees and expenses incident to the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.8.                          Preemption Right . By email dated March 4, 2014, the relevant local authority ( mairie d’Eragny-sur-Epte ) informed Seller that the DF Manufacturing Business was not situated in a périmètre de sauvegarde du commerce et de l’artisanat de proximité pursuant to article L. 214-1 of the French Urbanism Code.

 

26



 

Section 7.9.                          Effect of Closing . By its election to close, each Party shall be deemed to have acknowledged the full performance by the other Party of every agreement and obligation of the other Party contained herein which is to be performed on or before the Closing, unless specified otherwise herein.

 

Section 7.10.                   Permit Matters.

 

(a)          Prior to Closing, Buyer and Seller, as the case may be, shall make application for the transfer or issuance of those Permits that are listed on Schedule 7.10 . Buyer shall provide Seller with copies of the applications.  As soon as reasonably practicable after the Closing Date, Buyer shall provide Seller with copies of the bonds or other security (collectively, “Permit Security”) as may be necessary for the transfer of the Permits or the issuance of new permits or licenses.  Buyer shall furnish the required Permit Security and cause the release to Seller of any and all security posted by Seller in connection with the Permits not later than 6 months after the Closing Date.  Seller and Buyer acknowledge and agree that it is the intention of the Parties that as soon as reasonably practicable after the Closing, Buyer and not Seller is to provide all Permit Security so that security is no longer required of Seller

 

(b)          Seller acknowledges Buyer may operate after Closing on an interim basis until 6 months after the Closing Date pending issuance to Buyer of new Permits with respect to Seller Permits that are non-assignable to Buyer and transfer to Buyer of assignable Seller Permits.  Buyer shall indemnify and defend Seller and hold Seller harmless from and against all Losses that are incurred or suffered by Seller in connection with or resulting from Buyer’s operations. Buyer has submitted or will submit all necessary applications to the appropriate Governmental Authorities prior to Closing.

 

Section 7.11.                   Conduct of DF Manufacturing Business between the Effective Date and the Closing Date.

 

(a)          Except (i) as otherwise contemplated by the Transaction Documents, (ii) as required by applicable law, or (iii) with the prior consent of Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned), Seller shall from the Effective Date until the Closing Date, conduct the DF Manufacturing Business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its assets, maintain its ongoing relationships with its clients, providers and any other person having business relationship with the DF Manufacturing Business.

 

(b)          Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except (i) as otherwise contemplated by the Transaction Documents, (ii) as required by applicable law, or (iii) with the prior consent of Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld delayed, or conditioned), from the Effective Date until the Closing Date, Seller shall not, in connection with the DF Manufacturing Business:

 

· amend any of the employment contracts of the DF Manufacturing Business employees (otherwise than to effect compulsory salary increases and to incorporate amendments imposed by law or a collective bargaining agreement);

 

27



 

· amend, terminate or conclude any significant contract (exceeding more than EUR 50,000 annual contract value);

 

· implement any investment or divesture decision of more than EUR 50,000 before tax.

 

(c)           Between the Effective Date and the Closing Date, subject to applicable laws relating to the exchange of information, Seller shall grant to Buyer, its employees, counsel, and other representatives access during normal business hours, upon prior reasonable written request, to the SP Facility and Acquired Assets as Buyer shall from time to time reasonably request, provided however that any such investigation shall be conducted in such a manner as not to interfere with the operation of the DF Manufacturing Business or any other business of Seller.

 

ARTICLE VIII
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE CLOSING

 

Section 8.1.                          Obligation of Seller to Close .  The obligation of Seller to proceed with the Closing under this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction on or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions, each of which may be waived in writing by Seller:

 

(a)          Accuracy of Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Effective Date and as of the Closing Date and are deemed automatically repeated as of the Closing Date subject to Section 7.6 .

 

(b)          Performance of Obligations .  Buyer shall have performed and complied with all of the material terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement to be performed and complied with by Buyer prior to or at Closing.

 

(c)           Required Consents .  All Required Consents shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect as of the Closing Date.

 

(d)          No Court Order .  No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, stay, cease and desist order or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or any competent Governmental Authority prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be in effect.

 

(e)           Closing Certificate .  Buyer shall have delivered to Seller a certificate signed by an authorized officer of Buyer stating that, as of the Closing Date, the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1.(a)  and 8.1.(b)  have been satisfied.

 

(f)            Other .  All documents and other items required to be delivered by Buyer under Section 4.4 shall have been delivered.

 

Section 8.2.                          Obligation of Buyer to Close .  The obligation of Buyer to proceed with the Closing under this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction on or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions, each of which may be waived in writing by Buyer:

 

28



 

(a)          Accuracy of Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date and shall be deemed automatically repeated at Closing in accordance with Section 7.5 .

 

(b)          Performance of Obligations .  Seller shall have performed and complied with all of the material terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement to be performed and complied with by Seller prior to or at Closing.

 

(c)           Required Consents .  All Required Consents shall have been obtained and shall be in full force and effect as of the Closing Date.

 

(d)          No Court Order .  No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction, stay, cease and desist order or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or any competent Governmental Authority prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be in effect.

 

(e)           Closing Certificate .  Seller shall have delivered to Buyer a certificate signed by an authorized officer of Seller stating that, as of the Closing Date, the conditions set forth in Sections 8.2.(a)  and 8.2.(b)  have been satisfied.

 

(f)            Permits .  Seller shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to Buyer all documentation necessary or appropriate to convey all rights under all Permits, to the extent such Permits are assignable to Buyer.

 

(g)           Other .  All documents and other items required to be delivered by Seller under Section 4.3 shall have been delivered.

 

Section 8.3.                 Execution of the Deed of Sale at Closing . The obligation of the Parties to proceed with the Closing under this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction on Closing of the execution of the Deed of Sale.

 

Section 8.4.                          Time Limit.   Seller and Buyer shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the fulfillment of all of the conditions to their respective obligations to consummate the transactions as set forth in Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3 at the earliest practicable date and no later than six (6) months after the Effective Date.  At the end of this six month period, the Parties shall be authorized to terminate the Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article XII .

 

Section 8.5.                          Frustration of Closing Conditions.   No Party may rely on the failure of any condition set forth in Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 8. 3 as the case may be, if such failure was caused by such Party’s failure to comply with any provisions of this Agreement.

 

29



 

ARTICLE IX
SURVIVAL AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 9.1.                          Survival of Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties made by the Parties in this Agreement shall survive through the first anniversary of the Closing Date (the “ Survival Date ”) so that any claims for indemnification with respect to representations and warranties must be made by delivery of a Claim Notice (as hereinafter defined) by the Indemnified Party to the Indemnifying Party on or before the Survival Date.

 

Section 9.2.                          General Indemnification .

 

(a)          For a period of one (1) year as from the Closing Date, Seller with respect to items (i) and (ii) below and Schering-Plough with respect to item (iii) below, shall indemnify and defend Buyer from and against all Losses that are incurred or suffered by Buyer in connection with or resulting from:

 

(i)                    any breach of any representation or warranty (as may be updated under the terms and conditions set forth in Section 7.6 ) made by Seller in this Agreement having its origin prior to the Closing; and

 

(ii)                 any Seller’s failure to perform its obligations under any covenant made by Seller in this Agreement, whether such covenant requires performance prior to or after the Closing,

 

(iii)                                any Schering-Plough’s failure to perform its obligations under any prior Closing covenant made by Schering-Plough in the Deed of Sale.

 

Buyer shall take and shall cause its Affiliates to take all reasonable steps to mitigate any Loss upon becoming aware of any event which would reasonably be expected to, or does, give rise thereto.

 

(b)          For a period of one (1) year as from the Closing Date, Buyer shall indemnify and defend Seller and shall hold Seller harmless from and against all Losses that are incurred or suffered by Seller in connection with or resulting from:

 

(i)                                      any breach of any representation or warranty made by Buyer in this Agreement having its origin prior to the Closing;

 

(ii)                                   any failure to perform its obligations under any covenant made by Buyer in this Agreement, whether such covenant requires performance prior to or after the Closing, provided that no time limitation nor limitations on liability shall apply to the Buyer’s covenants described in Section 3.3  ( Payment of the Purchase Price ), Section 3.5 ( VAT on Acquired Assets ), Section 3.6 ( Closing Costs ), Section 3.7 ( Apportionments ), Section 7.3.(b)  ( Corporate Name ), Section 7.4  ( Employee Matters ) and Section 11.2 ( Change in the operator ).

 

Seller shall take and shall cause its Affiliates to take all reasonable steps to mitigate any Loss upon becoming aware of any event which would reasonably be expected to, or does, give rise thereto.

 

30


 

Section 9.3.                          Limitations on Liability .

 

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 9.3.(b)  below and the provisions of the Liability Agreement, Seller shall not be liable under Section 9.2.(a)  hereof unless claims for indemnification against Seller thereunder exceed the aggregate EUR 500,000 Euros (the “ Deductible ”), at which point Buyer shall be entitled to indemnification for Losses exceeding such Deductible.

 

(b) In no event Seller shall be liable pursuant to Section 9.2.(a)  of this Agreement for aggregate Losses in excess of EUR 2,000,000 (the “ Cap ”).

 

(c) The Deductible and the Cap shall not be applicable in case of fraud ( fraude ) or willful misconduct ( dol ) of Seller.

 

(d) Without creating any joint and several liability between Seller and Schering-Plough, the Deductible and the Cap shall apply on an aggregate basis with respect to any claims made by Buyer under Section 9.2.(a)  of this Agreement.  As a result, Buyer acknowledges that in no event shall Seller or Schering-Plough be held liable vis-a-vis Buyer pursuant to Section 9.2.(a)  of this Agreement or the Deed of Sale for aggregate Losses in excess of EUR 2,000,000.

 

(e) Buyer acknowledges and agrees that Seller shall not have any liability under any provision of this Agreement for any Loss to the extent that such Loss relates to action taken by Buyer, its Affiliate or any other Person (other than Buyer in breach of this Agreement) after the Closing Date.

 

Section 9.4.                          Exceptions to Limitations on Liability .  Anything contained in the Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Seller shall indemnify and defend Buyer from and against all Losses that are incurred or suffered by Buyer in connection with, or resulting from, Excluded Liabilities, and liabilities or breach of representations set forth in Sections 7.4(a) , and 7.4.(c) , for which neither the one (1) year time limitation of Section 9.2(a)  or the Cap of Article IX shall apply.

 

Section 9.5.                          Absence of Escrow Account .  The Parties acknowledge and agree that each of the Parties has been duly advised by its advisors of the risks and consequences of paying the Initial Purchase Price at Closing prior to the end of the period during which the creditors of the DF Manufacturing Business are notified of the sale of the DF Manufacturing Business. The Parties further acknowledge and agree that Seller hereby undertakes to indemnify Buyer in accordance with the provisions of this Article IX , for all costs and expenses in the event any creditor seeks full and immediate repayment of their claims, pursuant to article L.141-14 et seq. of the French Commercial Code and article 1684 of the French Tax Code, to the extent any such claims do not constitute Assumed Liabilities.

 

Section 9.6.                          Remedies .  Each of Buyer and Seller acknowledges and agrees that the indemnification provisions in this Agreement shall be the exclusive remedies of Seller and Buyer with respect to claims for Losses or otherwise, in connection with, arising out of or resulting from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

31



 

Section 9.7.                          Indemnification Procedures .

 

(a)          In the event the facts giving rise to the claim for indemnification under this Article IX shall involve any action, or threatened claim or demand by any third party (a “ Third Party Claim ”), the indemnified Party (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall, promptly after obtaining knowledge of such Third Party Claim or demand giving rise to the claim for indemnification, send written notice of intent to seek indemnity, describing such action or claim in reasonable detail (a “ Claim Notice ”) to the indemnifying Party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”).  The Indemnifying Party may at its option assume the defense of the Third Party Claim with counsel of its choice approved by the Indemnified Party (which approval may not be unreasonably withheld).

 

(b)          Whenever the Indemnifying Party elects to defend any Third Party Claim hereunder, the Indemnified Party may elect, by notice in writing to the Indemnifying Party, to continue to participate through its own counsel, at its expense, but the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to control the defense of the Third Party Claim.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement, the Party controlling the defense of the Third Party Claim shall not settle any such claim without the written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  The Indemnified Party shall cooperate fully with the Indemnifying Party, and offer such assistance, personnel, witnesses and materials as are reasonably needed, in order to ensure the proper and adequate defense of any Third Party Claim.

 

ARTICLE X
SALE OF THE SP FACILITY

 

(a)          Sale of the SP Facility . Within the context of the sale of the DF Manufacturing Business, Schering-Plough desires to sell, transfer and assign to Buyer, and Buyer desires to purchase from Schering-Plough all right, title and interest of Schering-Plough in and to (i) the real property and (ii) assets comprising the SP Facility.

 

Section 10.2.                           Deed of Sale . At Closing, Schering-Plough and Buyer shall execute a notarial deed of sale (the “ Deed of Sale ”) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit T , in order for Schering-Plough to sell, transfer, convey and deliver to Buyer, and in order for Buyer to purchase, accept, acquire and assume the full ownership ( pleine propriété ) of all of Schering-Plough’s right, title and interest in and to all of the real property and assets comprised in the SP Facility.

 

Section 10.3.                           SP Facility Purchase Price . The aggregate purchase price for the SP Facility shall be an amount equal EUR 762,000 to be paid by Buyer in accordance with the provisions of the Deed of Sale.

 

Section 10.4.                           Environmental Obligations Related to SP Facility . At Closing, Buyer shall assume all environmental obligations and liabilities of Buyer and/or Schering-Plough, whether known or unknown, fixed, contingent or otherwise, related to the SP Facility or the DF Manufacturing Business and arising before, on or after the Closing Date. The provisions of Section 9.7 shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Section 10.4 .

 

32



 

Section 10.5.                           Subject to Section 10.4 above, it is expressly agreed between the Parties that in case of discrepancy between this Agreement and the Deed of Sale, the Deed of Sale shall prevail.

 

ARTICLE XI
POST CLOSING COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

 

Section 11.1.                   Further Assurances .  Buyer and Seller will cooperate upon and after the Closing Date in effecting the orderly transfer of the Acquired Assets and the Assumed Liabilities from Seller to Buyer.  In addition, after the Closing Date, at the request of either Party, the other Party shall execute and deliver from time to time such further instruments of assignment, assumption, conveyance and transfer and shall take such other actions as may reasonably be required to convey and deliver more effectively to Buyer the Acquired Assets and the Assumed Liabilities or to confirm and perfect Buyer’s title to the Acquired Assets, and otherwise to accomplish the orderly transfer of ownership of the Acquired Assets to Buyer as contemplated by this Agreement.  In addition, Buyer agrees that it shall, upon and after the Closing Date, make available to Seller, knowledgeable employees, information, site inspections and documents to the extent Seller shall deem necessary for the investigation or defense of any Excluded Liabilities, for the preparation of Seller’s tax returns and financial statements and for any other reasonable purpose.  Seller shall have the right to make and retain copies of any records delivered hereunder, and Buyer shall retain such records for a period of at least six (6) years after the Closing Date.

 

Section 11.2.                   Change in the operator . As soon as reasonably practicable following Closing and no later than one (1) month after the Closing Date, Buyer shall procure that relevant formalities be carried out with the competent DRIRE ( Direction Régionale de l’Industrie, de la Recherche et de l’Environnement ) to the extent required by Article R.512-68 of the French Environmental Code as a result of the change in the operator of the DF Manufacturing Business; it being agreed that Buyer shall forthwith procure the provision to Seller of evidence that such formalities have been duly and fully carried out.

 

Section 11.3.                   Stability Testing Services Agreement . Buyer undertakes not to remove the retained samples and stability testing samples located at the SP Facility as long as the Stability Testing Services Agreement is in effect.

 

Section 11.4.          Post-Closing License . In the event that either of the Parties becomes aware that there exists as of the Closing Date, a Seller (or Seller’s Affiliate) patent covering the DF Manufacturing Business or a component thereof as that business exists on the Closing Date such that Buyer’s operation of said business constitutes an infringement or misappropriation of such patent, then Buyer may request a license therefor and if such license is reasonably necessary for Buyer’s continued operation of said business, the Parties shall reasonably and in good faith negotiate a royalty free license.

 

33



 

Section 11.5.                   Non solicitation .   Unless otherwise agreed in writing, for a period of three (3) years after the Closing Date, Seller will not offer employment to any Transferred Employees. This restriction shall not apply to (i) unsolicited inquires made by a Transferred Employee to Seller, (ii) inquiries received from a Transferred Employee as the result of a general notice or advertisement placed by Seller or (iii) inquiries resulting from an employment search firm utilized by a Transferred Employee.

 

ARTICLE XII
TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

 

Section 12.1.                           Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing by:

 

(i)                                      The mutual written agreement of Buyer and Seller;

 

(ii)                                   Buyer, in case of breach from Seller of any of its material representation or warranty as provided in this Agreement or any of its material covenant or obligation as provided in this Agreement, which is not cured within six (6) months following receipt by Seller of Buyer’s written notice of such breach;

 

(iii)                                Seller, in case of breach from Buyer of any of its material representation or warranty as provided in this Agreement or any of its material covenant or obligation as provided in this Agreement, which is not cured within six (6) months following receipt by Buyer of Seller’s written notice of such breach;

 

(iv)                               Either Buyer or Seller if the Closing shall not have been consummated six (6) months after the Effective Date; provided, however, that neither Seller nor Buyer may terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 12.1.(iv)  if the Closing shall not have been consummated within such time period by reason of the default by such Party.

 

Section 12.2.                           Effect of Termination.   In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.1 , this Agreement forthwith shall become void and of no further force or effect, and except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, no Party hereto shall have any liability or obligation hereunder, except that any such termination shall not affect the provisions of Section 3.6 ( Closing Costs ), Section 7.3 ( Publicity and Corporate Name ), Section 7.7 ( Expenses ), Section 13.4 ( Entire Agreement ), or Section 13.5 ( Governing Law; Jurisdiction ) which shall survive any such termination.  If Buyer or Seller terminates this Agreement in accordance with Section 12.1, neither Party (nor any of its Affiliates) shall have any claim of any nature against the other Party (or any of its Affiliates) under this Agreement (except under any of the Surviving Provisions).  Nothing in this Section 12.2 shall relieve Seller or Buyer of any liability for a breach of any of its covenants or agreements or willful breach of its representations and warranties contained in this Agreement prior to the date of termination.  The damages recoverable by the non-breaching party shall include all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred by such Party in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 12.3.                           Procedure Upon Termination . In the event of termination by Buyer and/or Seller pursuant to Section 12.1 hereof, written notice shall forthwith be given to the other Party, and this Agreement shall terminate, and the purchase of the Acquired Assets hereunder shall be abandoned, without further action by Buyer or Seller.

 

34



 

ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.1.                   Notices .  Any notice or other communications to Seller or Buyer hereunder shall be deemed given upon receipt if delivered personally, sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by an nationally recognized overnight courier to the Parties hereto at the following addresses or at such other address as may be specified by like notice by any of the Parties hereto:

 

To Seller:

 

Merck & Co., Inc .
One Merck Drive
Whitehouse Station, NJ   08889-0100
Facsimile:908.423.2892
Attention : Ken Marran

 

with required copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Vance G. Camisa, Esquire
Senior Counsel

Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp.

Two Merck Drive

Whitehouse Station, NJ  08889-0200
Telephone:  908.423.3945
Facsimile:908.423.2892

 

and

 

To Buyer:

 

Amphastar France Pharmaceuticals S.A.S
Usine Saint-Charles
60590 Eragny sur Epte
France
Attention : Director: Plant Management
Facsimile: +33 (0)2 32 27 19 48

 

With a required copy to

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
11570 Sixth St.
Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730
Attention : Head of Legal/General Counsel
Attention : Head of Corporate Administration Center
Telephone: 909-980-9484

 

35



 

First paragraph of Section 13.1 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the copies to be addressed in connection with the Agreement.

 

Section 13.2.                   Amendment; Waiver .  Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment by the partners or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective.  No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

Section 13.3.                   Successors; Assignment .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  No Party to this Agreement may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party hereto.

 

Section 13.4.                   Entire Agreement .  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement (including all Schedules and Exhibits referred to herein, which are hereby incorporated by reference) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, oral or written between Parties, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Confidentiality Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as a separate agreement and shall govern this Agreement.  For avoidance of doubt, the Confidentiality Agreement shall survive Closing under this Agreement

 

Section 13.5.                   Governing Law and Jurisdiction .  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of France.  Buyer and Seller hereby agree and consent to be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Commercial Court of Paris. Each Party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) any objection that it may now or hereafter have to laying venue of any suit, action or proceeding brought in such courts, and (ii) any claim that any suit, action or proceeding brought in such courts has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

Section 13.6.                   Headings .  The heading references herein and in the table of contents hereto are for convenience purposes only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement, and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

Section 13.7.                   Severability .  This Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof.

 

36



 

Section 13.8.                   No Third Party Beneficiaries .  No person other than Buyer or Seller shall have any rights, benefits or obligations under this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

 

Section 13.9.                   Cumulative Remedies .  Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

*                                          *                                          *

 

37



 

[SIGNATURE PAGE 1]

 

The Parties have caused this Agreement to be signed and delivered by their respective authorized officers, effective as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

DIOSYNTH FRANCE

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Franck Vitali

 

 

 

 

Name:

Franck Vitali

 

 

 

 

Title:

Président

 

 

 

 

 

AMPHASTAR FRANCE PHARMACEUTICAL SAS

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ying Luo

 

 

 

 

Name:

Ying Luo

 

 

 

 

Title:

Président

 

38



 

[SIGNATURE PAGE 2]

 

 

 

SCHERING-PLOUGH

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pascal Blaise

 

 

 

 

Name:

Pascal Blaise

 

 

 

 

Title:

Président

 

39



 

EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

EXHIBITS

 

- EXHIBIT A

 

Technical Definitions

- EXHIBIT B

 

Short Form (without exhibits/schedules)

- EXHIBIT C

 

Porcine Substance Supply Agreement (without exhibits/schedules)

- EXHIBIT D

 

IB Supply Agreement (without exhibits/schedules)

- EXHIBIT E

 

IB Technology Transfer Agreement (without exhibits/schedules)

- EXHIBIT F

 

Patent License Agreement (without exhibits/schedules)

- EXHIBIT G

 

TTA Assignment (without exhibits/schedules)

- EXHIBIT H

 

Transition Services Agreement (without exhibits/schedules)

- EXHIBIT I

 

Dutch Asset Purchase Agreement (without exhibits/schedules)

- EXHIBIT J

 

Liability Agreement (without exhibits/schedules)

- EXHIBIT K

 

Stability Testing Services Agreement (without exhibits/schedules)

- EXHIBIT L

 

Seller Parent Guarantee (without exhibits/schedules)

- EXHIBIT M

 

Porcine Insulin for Biotech Supply Agreement (without exhibits/schedules)

- EXHIBIT N

 

IB Quality Agreement (without exhibits/schedules)

- EXHIBIT O

 

PI Quality Agreement (without exhibits/schedules)

- EXHIBIT P

 

CDAs (without exhibits/schedules)

- EXHIBIT Q

 

LOU

- EXHIBIT R

 

Temporary Employees Letter

- EXHIBIT S

 

Buyer Parent Guarantee (without exhibits/schedules)

- EXHIBIT T

 

Deed of Sale (without exhibits/schedules)

 

SCHEDULES

 

- SCHEDULE A1.

 

Knowledge of Seller

- SCHEDULE A2

 

Knowledge of Buyer

- SCHEDULE B.

 

Retained Law Suits

- SCHEDULE D.

 

Permitted Liens

- SCHEDULE 2.1.(b)

 

Tangible Assets

- SCHEDULE 2.1.(c)

 

Permits transferred pursuant to the Agreement to the extent possible

- SCHEDULE 2.1.(d)

 

Included Inventory

- SCHEDULE 2.1.(e)

 

Computer systems and records

- SCHEDULE 2.1.(f)

 

Documents relating to the DF Manufacturing Business

- SCHEDULE 2.1.(g)

 

Prepaids

- SCHEDULE 3.1.(ii)

 

Purchase price of each component of the Included Inventory

- SCHEDULE 3.7.(c)

 

HR Provisions

- SCHEDULE 5.5

 

Litigation

- SCHEDULE 5.7.(b)

 

Non-Compliance under Permits

- SCHEDULE 5.8.(a)

 

Environmental Matters

- SCHEDULE 5.8.(b)

 

Environmental Liens

- SCHEDULE 7.4.(a)

 

List of Transferred Employees and applicable Seller’s Benefit Plans

- SCHEDULE 7.4.(b)

 

Applicable Seller’s Benefit Plans

- SCHEDULE 7.10

 

Application for Permit Transfers

 

40




Exhibit 10.19

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of April 22, 2014, is entered into between CATHAY BANK, a California banking corporation (“Lender”), on the one hand, and AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), on the other hand, with reference to the following facts:

 

R E C I T A L S

 

A.                                     Borrower owns one hundred percent (100%) of the authorized and issued shares of stock in Amphastar France Pharmaceuticals, a société par actions simplifiée, organized under the laws of France (“Amphastar France”).

 

B.                                     Amphastar France has entered into or will be entering into, among other things, that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated April 30, 2014 (together with any and all agreements, assignments, deeds of sale, and/or other documents or instruments to be executed and/or delivered in connection therewith, collectively, the “Asset Purchase Agreement”), with Diosynth France, a société anonyme à Directoire et Conseil de Surveillance (Management Committee and Supervisory Board), organized under the laws of France (“Seller”), as “Seller”, and Schering-Plough, a société par actions simplifiée, organized under the laws of France (“Schering-Plough”), pursuant to which, among other things, Amphastar France will acquire Seller’s business consisting of the manufacturing of active pharmaceutical ingredients (the “DF Manufacturing Business”) in a manufacturing facility located in Eragny-Sur-Epte, France (the “SP Facility”), including, without limitation, certain personal property of Seller, and certain real property of Schering-Plough upon which the SP Facility is located, and the SP Facility, all as more particularly set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement (collectively, the “DF/SP Assets”)

 

C.                                     Borrower has requested that Lender provide it with a term loan in the principal amount of Twenty-One Million Nine Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($21,900,000.00) (the “Loan”) to fund, in part, Borrower’s loan to Amphastar France, the proceeds of which shall be used by Amphastar France to finance, in part, its acquisition of the DF/SP Assets in accordance with the Asset Purchase Agreement.

 

D.                                     Lender has agreed to provide Borrower with the requested term loan on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

E.                                      The obligations of Borrower to Lender under this Agreement shall be secured by, among other things, a lien and security interest in and to all of the Collateral (as herein defined) now or hereafter owned by Borrower.

 

1



 

NOW, THEREFORE, Lender and Borrower hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.         Definitions

 

1.1                                Definitions .

 

“Account Debtor” means any Person who is or who may become obligated under, with respect to, or on account of, an Account, chattel paper, or a General Intangible.

 

“Accounts” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Security Agreement.

 

“Affiliate” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of stock, by contract or otherwise; provided, however, that, in any event: (a) any Person which owns directly or indirectly 50% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other members of the governing body of a Person or 50% or more of the partnership or other ownership interests of a Person (other than as a limited partner of such Person) shall be deemed to control such Person, (b) each director (or comparable manager) of a Person shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of such Person, and (c) each partnership or joint venture in which a Person is a partner or joint venturer shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of such Person.

 

“Amphastar France” is defined in the Recitals, above.

 

“Asset Purchase Agreement” is defined in the Recitals, above.

 

“Assignment of Deposit Account Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7 of this Agreement.

 

“Books” means Borrower’s now owned or hereafter acquired books and records, including, without limitation, all of its records indicating, summarizing or evidencing its assets, liabilities, business operations and financial condition.

 

“Borrower” is defined in the preamble.

 

“Borrower’s French Counsel” is defined in Section 3.2(b), below.

 

“Borrower’s Primary Operating Account” means Borrower’s demand deposit account with Lender, Account No. 11041633, into which substantially all of Borrower’s receipts from its operations are deposited and from which substantially all of Borrower’s disbursements for its operations are made.

 

“Business Day “means any day other than Saturday or Sunday on which Lender is open for business in Los Angeles, California.

 

“Closing Date” means the date upon which Loan Closing occurs.

 

2



 

“Code” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time.

 

“Collateral” shall mean and include any and all real and personal property of Borrower or any other Person now or hereafter granted to Lender, or in which Lender may be given a security interest or lien, as security or collateral for Borrower’s Obligations to Lender in connection with the Loan, including, without limitation, any real or personal property described in the Security Agreement, the Stock Pledge Agreements, and any other security agreement, pledge agreement or other agreement, instrument and/or document executed and/or delivered to Lender, to secure the Loan, together with all products and proceeds of all of the foregoing.

 

“Current Assets” shall mean, at any date, the current assets of Borrower determined as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Current Liabilities” shall mean, at any date, the current liabilities of Borrower determined as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Current Ratio” shall mean the ratio of Current Assets over Current Liabilities.

 

“Debt Service” means the current portion of long-term debt (including, without limitation, all scheduled payments of principal and interest payable by Borrower to Lender under the Note), for the period measured.

 

“Default” means any event or circumstance which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time (or both) would become an Event of Default.

 

“Depository Bank” is defined in Section 3.2(c), below.

 

“DF/SP Assets” is defined in the Recitals, above.

 

“DF Manufacturing Business” is defined in the Recitals, above.

 

“EBITDA” means earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (excluding extraordinary loss or gain).

 

“Environmental Laws” means all environmental, land use, zoning, and chemical use statutes, ordinances, and codes of the United States of America, any state of the United States of America, and any locality thereof, relating to the protection of the environment and/or governing the use, storage, treatment, generation, transportation, processing, handling, production or disposal of Hazardous Materials and the rules, regulations, policies, guidelines, interpretations, decisions, orders and directives of federal, sate and local governmental agencies and authorities with respect thereto.

 

“Equipment” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Security Agreement.

 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor statute thereto.

 

3



 

“Event of Default” is defined in Section 11.

 

“Extension of Credit” means the making of the Loan.

 

“Financial Statements” means balance sheets, income statements, reconciliations of capital structure, statements of sources and applications of funds, and income tax returns, all prepared in accordance with GAAP or other comprehensive basis of accounting approved by Lender, consistently applied.

 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means (i) EBITDA, minus (ii) taxes, and minus (iii) cash capital; divided by Debt Service.

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect from time to time, applied on a consistent basis both as to classification of items and amounts.

 

“General Intangibles” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Security Agreement.

 

“Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, local, or other governmental or administrative body, instrumentality, department, or agency or any court, tribunal, administrative hearing body, arbitration panel, commission, or other similar dispute- resolving panel or body.

 

“Guarantor” means Armstrong Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

“Guaranty” means that certain Continuing Guaranty of even date herewith, duly executed by Guarantor, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteeing payment and performance of Borrower’s obligations to Lender in connection with the Loan, as such agreement or agreements are originally executed and as such agreement or agreements may from time to time be reaffirmed, supplemented, modified or amended.

 

“Hazardous Materials” means, without limitation, any flammable explosive, radon, radioactive materials, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, hazardous or toxic substances or related materials as defined in the Compensation Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq.), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended (49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq.), or any other applicable Environmental Law and in the regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

 

“Indebtedness” means all obligations that in accordance with GAAP should be classified as liabilities upon a balance sheet or to which reference should be made by footnotes thereto.

 

“Intangible Assets” means assets that in accordance with GAAP are properly classifiable as intangible assets, including, but not limited to, goodwill, franchises, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, certain prepaid expenses, and accounts/notes receivable from officers, employees, and Affiliates of Borrower.

 

4



 

“Inventory” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Security Agreement.

 

“Lender” is defined in the preamble.

 

“Loan” is defined in the Recitals, above.

 

“Loan Closing” shall mean the Extension of Credit upon Borrower’s fulfillment and satisfaction of any and all conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement.

 

“Loan Closing Costs” shall mean all title insurance premiums and recording charges, tax service contract fees, and all out-of-pocket fees and costs incurred by Lender in connection with the appraisal, inspection, assessment, evaluation, insuring, and testing of the Collateral, and all fees and costs incurred by Lender in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the Loan Documents, including attorneys’ fees, and closing of the Loan as herein provided, including, but without limitation, the Loan Fee.

 

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Security Agreement, the Stock Pledge Agreements, the Negative Pledge Agreement, and any and all financing statements and other documents, instruments and agreements executed and delivered from time to time in connection with the Loan and this Agreement.

 

“Loan Fee” shall mean the sum of $100,000.00, payable by Borrower to Lender for the granting of the Loan.

 

“Lock Box” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of this Agreement.

 

“Lockbox Agreement” means that certain Cathay Bank Lockbox Service Agreement dated April 23, 2007, by and between Borrower and Lender, together with any and all amendments or modifications thereto, and any replacements or substitutions thereof.

 

“Material Adverse Effect” means any change or changes or effect or effects that individually or in the aggregate are or are likely to be materially adverse to (i) the assets, business, operations, income, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower, taken as a whole, (ii) the Loan, (iii) the ability of Borrower to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party, or (iv) the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents.

 

“Maturity Date” means April 22, 2019.

 

“Minimum Balance” is defined in Section 9.2(a)(iv), below.

 

“Negative Pledge Agreement” means, individually and collectively, (i) that certain Negative Pledge Agreement of even date herewith, in form and content satisfactory to Lender, in its sole opinion and judgment, as the same may from time to time be reaffirmed, supplemented, modified or amended, and (ii)  Convention De Surete Negative, in form and content satisfactory to Lender, in its sole opinion and judgment, as the same may from time to time be reaffirmed, supplemented, modified or amended; in each case, executed by Amphastar France and such other Persons as Lender shall require, in its sole discretion, pursuant to which, among other things, Amphastar France will agree not to grant any lien upon, or otherwise mortgage, hypothecate, or encumber any of its assets, for so long as all or any portion of the Loan remains outstanding.

 

5



 

“Negotiable Collateral” means all of Borrower’s now owned and hereafter acquired right, title, and interest with respect to letters of credit, letter of credit rights, instruments, promissory notes, drafts, documents, and chattel paper (including electronic chattel paper and tangible chattel paper), and any and all supporting obligations in respect thereof.

 

“Note” means that certain Promissory Note in the principal sum of $21,900,000.00, of even date herewith executed by Borrower in favor of Lender in connection with the Loan, together with any and all amendments thereto, and any and all modifications, renewals, substitutions and/or replacements thereof.

 

“Obligations” means all present and future obligations (monetary or otherwise) of Borrower to Lender however and whenever arising, whether arising under or in connection with this Agreement, the Note and each other Loan Document, or otherwise.

 

“OFAC” shall mean the United States Department of the Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control.

 

“OFAC Prohibited Person” shall mean a country, territory, individual or person (i) listed on, included within or associated with any of the countries, territories, individuals or entities referred to on The Office of Foreign Assets Control’s List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or any other prohibited person lists maintained by governmental authorities, or otherwise included within or associated with any of the countries, territories, individuals or entities referred to in or prohibited by OFAC or any other Anti-Money Laundering Laws, or (ii) which is obligated or has any interest to pay, donate, transfer or otherwise assign any property, money, goods, services, or other benefits from the property directly or indirectly, to any countries, territories, individuals or entities on or associated with anyone on such list or in such laws.

 

“Ordinary Course of Business” means, in respect of any transaction involving Borrower, the ordinary course of Borrower’s business as conducted by Borrower in accordance with past practice and undertaken by Borrower in good faith and not for purposes of evading any covenant or restriction in any Loan Document.

 

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm, association, trust, government, governmental agency or any other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

 

“Revolving Facility Loan Agreement” means the Revolving Loan and Security Agreement dated April 10, 2012, executed by Borrower and Lender, described in Schedule A attached hereto.

 

“Security Agreement” means that certain Commercial Security Agreement of even date herewith, executed by Borrower to and in favor of Lender, securing, among other things, this Agreement, the Note, and any and all other Loan Documents, together with any and all amendments, modifications, substitutions and/or renewals thereof.

 

6



 

“Schering-Plough” is defined in the Recitals, above.

 

“Seller” is defined in the Recitals, above.

 

“Seller Parent” is defined in the Recitals, above.

 

“SP Facility” is defined in the Recitals, above.

 

“Stock Pledge Agreements” shall mean, individually and collectively, (i) that certain Stock Pledge Agreement, Stock Power of Attorney, and Stock Transfer, all of even date herewith, and all in form and content satisfactory to Lender, in its sole opinion and judgment, as the same may from time to time be reaffirmed, supplemented, modified or amended, and (ii) that certain (x)  Convention de Nantissement de Titres Financiers, (y) Attestation de Nantissement de Compte de Titres Financiers, and (z)  Declaration de Nantissement de Compte de Titres Financiers, all of even date herewith, and all in form and content satisfactory to Lender, in its sole opinion and judgment, as the same may from time to time be reaffirmed, supplemented, modified or amended; in each case, executed by Borrower and such other Persons as Lender shall require, in its sole discretion, pursuant to which, among other things, Borrower will pledge to Lender, as security for its obligations to Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding shares of stock in Amphastar France.

 

“Subordinated Liabilities” means liabilities subordinated to the Borrower’s obligations to Lender in a manner acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion.

 

“Subsidiary” or “Subsidiaries” means any corporation, limited liability company, or limited partnership, that is wholly owned and controlled by Borrower.

 

“Tangible Net Worth” shall mean the value of total assets (including leaseholds and leasehold improvements and reserves against assets but excluding goodwill, patents, trademarks, trade names, organization expense, unamortized debt discount and expense, capitalized or deferred research and development costs, deferred marketing expenses, and other like intangibles, and monies due from affiliates, officers, directors, employees, shareholders, members or managers) less Total Liabilities, including, but not limited to, accrued and deferred income taxes, but excluding the non-current portion of Subordinated Liabilities.

 

“Total Liabilities” means the sum of Current Liabilities plus long term liabilities.

 

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of California.

 

7


 

1.2                                Accounting Terms .  All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be constituted in accordance with GAAP. When used herein, the term “Financial Statements” shall include the notes and schedules thereto, if applicable.

 

1.3                                Code .  Any terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Code shall be construed and defined as set forth in the Code unless otherwise defined herein.

 

1.4                                Construction .  Unless the context of this Agreement or any other Loan Document clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the term “including” is not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented buy the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement or any other Loan Document refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alternations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto, and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein).  Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns.  Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in the other Loan Documents shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein.

 

1.5                                Schedules and Exhibits .  All of the schedules and exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.

 

SECTION 2.         The Loan.

 

2.1                                Loan .  Lender agrees to provide a term loan to Borrower on the Closing Date in the amount of Twenty-One Million Nine Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($21,900,000.00). The Loan shall be disbursed by Lender to Borrower in one advance on the Closing Date, subject to Borrower’s satisfaction of each and every condition precedent hereto set forth in Section 3, below, as determined by Lender, in its sole discretion.

 

2.2                                Loan Purpose .  The Loan proceeds disbursed shall be used by Borrower solely for (i) financing, in part, Borrower’s loan to Amphastar France, the proceeds of which shall be used by Amphastar France to finance its acquisition of the DF/SP Assets, (ii) paying, on the Closing Date, the Loan Fee and all other Loan Closing Costs, and (iii) paying, at or after the Closing Date, such fees, costs and other amounts as Lender shall, in Lender’s sole and absolute discretion, approve in writing, but only to the extent of the Loan proceeds. Borrower shall be responsible for paying any of the foregoing from its own funds in the event the Loan Proceeds are insufficient to do so.

 

8



 

2.3                                Loan Term .  The term of the Loan will commence on the date of Loan Closing and the Loan will mature upon the Maturity Date, subject to acceleration or adjustment as provided in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

SECTION 3.         Conditions Precedent.

 

3.1                                Conditions Precedent .  The obligation of Lender to make the Loan and/or to disburse any of the proceeds of the Loan is subject to Borrower’s fulfillment and satisfaction, as determined by Lender and/or its counsel, in its or their sole and absolute discretion, of each of the following conditions, which must be satisfied by Borrower and/or waived in writing by Lender on or before April 25, 2014:

 

(a)                                  Borrower shall have paid to Lender the Loan Fee.

 

(b)                                  Execution and delivery to Lender of the Note by Borrower.

 

(c)                                   Execution and delivery to Lender of the Security Agreement by Borrower.

 

(d)                                  Execution and delivery to Lender of the Stock Pledge Agreements by Borrower, and such other Persons as Lender may require, in its sole discretion, and delivery by Borrower to Lender of the original Stock Ledger (as defined in the Stock Pledge Agreements) evidencing the shares of stock pledged to Lender pursuant to the Stock Pledge Agreements. If required by Lender, the Stock Pledge Agreements shall be recorded and/or filed, at Borrower’s sole expense, in the appropriate governmental office in France.

 

(e)                                   Execution and delivery to Lender of the Negative Pledge Agreement by Amphastar France.

 

(f)                                    Execution and delivery to Lender of the Guaranty by Guarantor.

 

(g)                                   Execution and delivery to Lender of the Assignment of Deposit Account Agreement by Borrower.

 

(h)                                  The Lockbox Agreement shall be in full force and effect.

 

(i)                                      All corporate and other proceedings taken or to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and all documents incident thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender and its counsel, and Lender and its counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as they may reasonably request.

 

9



 

(j)                                     Borrower shall have executed and delivered to Lender, or shall have caused to be executed and delivered to Lender, any and all Loan Documents not specifically described above.

 

(k)                                  The representations and warranties contained this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct, on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Closing Date. Borrower shall have performed all material agreements on their part required to be performed under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(l)                                      Since the delivery of Borrower’s and Guarantor’s Financial Statements, no change or changes or event or events shall have occurred which, in the opinion of Lender, constitutes or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(m)                              All necessary consents, approvals and authorizations of, and declarations, registrations and filings with, governmental bodies and nongovernmental Persons required in order to consummate the Loan shall have been obtained or made and shall be in full force and effect.

 

(n)                                  There shall not be pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened, any action, suit, proceeding, governmental investigation or arbitration against or affecting Borrower, or any of its assets or properties, which Lender believes is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. No order of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority shall be in effect which Lender believes constitutes or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(o)                                  On or prior to the Closing Date, Lender shall have received a duly executed authorization from Borrower, allowing Lender to file UCC financing statements identifying Borrower as “debtor” and Lender as “secured party” and containing an adequate description of all Collateral in which a security interest may be properly perfected under the UCC, which financing statements shall have been filed in all places deemed necessary or desirable by Lender in order to perfect the security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement. In addition, Lender shall have received such assignments, endorsements or other interests as may be necessary to perfect Lender’s security interest in any Collateral.

 

(p)                                  Lender shall have received, from each of Borrower, Guarantor and Amphastar France, (i) true and correct copies of its Articles of Incorporation, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authority providing such certifications for its jurisdiction of formation; (ii) true and correct copies of its Bylaws; and (iii) if required by Lender, a current good standing certificate.

 

(q)                                  Lender shall have received certified resolutions of the Board of Directors of Borrower, Guarantor and Amphastar France, with respect to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with a certificate identifying each such Person’s incumbent officers and setting for the specimen signatures of such officers.

 

10



 

(r)                                     Lender shall have received evidence of policies or certificates of insurance satisfactory to Lender, demonstrating that Borrower has obtained insurance as required by this Agreement and the Loan Documents and Lender shall have received a “Lender’s Loss Payable Endorsement” indicating Lender as loss payee with respect to such insurance, and if required by Lender, Lender shall be named as an additional insured, where applicable.

 

(s)                                    Such additional assignments, agreements, landlord waivers, certificates, reports, approvals, instruments, documents, financing statements, and consents, as Lender may request.

 

3.2                                Post-Closing Covenants and Deliveries .  Within the period of time stated below, the following shall have occurred and/or Borrower shall have executed and delivered, or caused to be executed and delivered, to Lender, the following, each in form and content acceptable to Lender, in its sole discretion, and suitable for filing and/or recording, as applicable:

 

(a)                                  Within five (5) calendar days of Loan Closing, Borrower shall furnish to Lender a true, correct and complete copy of the fully executed Asset Purchase Agreement, together with any and all exhibits and schedules thereto, any and all conditions to the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein shall have been satisfied in full by Amphastar France, Seller, and Schering-Plough, and Amphastar France shall have acquired the DF/SP Assets.

 

(b)                                  Within thirty (30) calendar days of Loan Closing, Borrower shall furnish to Lender a written opinion of K & L Gates LLP (“Borrower’s French Counsel”), pursuant to which, among other things, Borrower’s French Counsel shall give its opinion that any and all Stock Pledge Agreements and the Negative Pledge Agreement, each to the extent governed by French law, have been duly executed, and are enforceable under French law in accordance with their respective terms, and that Lender’s security interests in the shares of stock in Amphastar France are validly existing, enforceable, and subject to no other liens or encumbrances.

 

(c)                                   Within thirty (30) calendar days of Loan Closing, at Borrower’s expense, (i) the Negative Pledge Agreement shall have been recorded in the appropriate real property registry for the jurisdiction in which the SP Facility is located, and (ii) Borrower, Amphastar France, and the depository bank at which Amphastar France maintains or will maintain its Compte Numérairé (as such term is defined in the Stock Pledge Agreements) (“Depository Bank”), shall have executed and delivered to Lender an irrevocable instruction letter and agreement pursuant to which, among other things, Depository Bank shall acknowledge Lender’s security interests in the Compte Numéraire pursuant to the Stock Pledge Agreements, and Depository Bank will agree to abide by instructions given by Lender with respect thereto.

 

11



 

SECTION 4.         Fees.

 

4.1                                Loan Fee .  The Loan Fee shall be paid by Borrower to Lender on the Closing Date from the Loan proceeds, and will be in addition to all other fees mentioned in this Agreement. The Loan Fee shall be deemed fully earned and non-refundable when paid, whether or not any other Loan proceeds are disbursed at any time.

 

4.2                                Attorneys’ Fees .  Borrower shall reimburse Lender on the Closing Date for its actual fees and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation and documentation of the Loan and the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees).

 

SECTION 5.         Security Interest

 

5.1                                Reaffirmation and Acknowledgement of Security Interest .  Payment and performance of Borrower’s Obligations to Lender under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents is and shall be secured by the Security Agreement. Borrower hereby reaffirms, acknowledges and agrees that Lender has and shall continue to have a valid, perfected, and enforceable first-priority security interest in and to the Collateral.

 

5.2                                Negotiable Collateral .  In the event that any Collateral, including proceeds, is evidenced by or consists of Negotiable Collateral, and if and to the extent that perfection of priority of Lender’s security interest is dependent on or enhanced by possession, Borrower, immediately upon the request of Lender, shall endorse and deliver physical possession of such Negotiable Collateral to Lender.

 

5.3                                Collection of Accounts, General Intangibles, and Negotiable Collateral .  At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Lender or Lender’s designee may (a) notify Account Debtors of Borrower that the Accounts, chattel paper, or General Intangibles have been assigned to Lender or that Lender has a security interest therein, or (b) collect the Accounts, chattel paper, or General Intangibles directly and charge the collection costs and expenses to the Loan Account. Borrower agrees that it will hold in trust for Lender, as Lender’s trustee, any collections that it receives and immediately will deliver said collections to Lender in their original form as received by Borrower.

 

5.4                                Authorization to File Financing Statements; Delivery of Additional Documentation Required .  Borrower authorizes Lender to file, from time to time, one or more financing statements with respect to the Collateral (including, without limitation, any financing statement that indicates the Collateral as “all assets” or “all personal property” of Borrower, or words to similar effect), and ratifies any action taken by Lender prior to the date hereof to effect or perfect a lien on any Collateral. At any time upon the request of Lender, Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender any and all financing statements, original financing statements in lieu of continuation statements, fixture filings, security agreements, pledges, assignments, endorsements of certificates of title, and all other documents (the “Additional Documents”) that Lender may request in its sole discretion, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, to perfect and continue perfected or better perfect Lender’s security interest in the Collateral (whether now owned or hereafter arising or acquired), and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated hereby and under the other Loan Documents. To the maximum

 

12



 

extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower authorizes Lender to execute any such Additional Documents in Borrower’s name and authorizes Lender to file such executed Additional Documents in any appropriate filing office. In addition, on such periodic basis as Lender shall require, Borrower shall (a) provide Lender with a report of all material new patentable, copyrightable, or trademarkable materials acquired or generated by Borrower during the prior period, (b) cause all material patents, copyrights, and trademarks acquired or generated by Borrower that are not already the subject of a registration with the appropriate filing office (or an application therefor diligently prosecuted) to be registered with such appropriate filing office in a manner sufficient to impart constructive notice of Borrower’s ownership thereof, and (c) cause to be prepared, executed, and delivered to Lender supplemental schedules to the applicable Loan Documents to identify such material patents, copyrights, and trademarks as being subject to the security interests created thereunder.

 

5.5                                Right to Inspect .  Lender and its officers, employees, or agents shall have the right, from time to time hereafter to inspect the Books and to check, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, quality, value, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral.

 

5.6                                Lock Box .  Borrower has heretofore executed and delivered to Lender the Lockbox Agreement, establishing the lock box more particularly described therein (the “Lock Box”), and Borrower shall cause all payments from Account Debtors under the Accounts to be paid into said Lock Box. In addition, prior to or concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Borrower shall notify all Account Debtors to make all such payments under their respective Accounts to the Lock Box. Borrower acknowledges that Lender shall have exclusive access to the Lock Box (and Borrower shall not have any access) for the purpose of, among other things, collecting all checks and other items payable to Borrower under each Account, negotiating and depositing said checks and items into Borrower’s Primary Operating Account, and applying the proceeds of said checks and items for the purpose of satisfying any and all of Borrower’s Obligations under this Agreement in the Event of Default. Borrower agrees to execute and deliver such documents, authorizations and powers of attorney reasonably requested by Lender in connection with such Lock Box.

 

5.7                                Assignment of Deposit Account Agreement .  Borrower has heretofore opened and is presently maintaining with Lender the Borrower’s Primary Operating Account. Prior to or concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender the Assignment of Deposit Account Agreement, which shall assign Borrower’s Primary Operating Account to Lender as security for the Obligations. Borrower shall deposit or cause to be deposited into Borrower’s Primary Operating Account, all sums collected from any Account Debtors under their respective Accounts. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, (a) Borrower shall have no further right to access, utilize or withdraw all or any portion of the funds in Borrower’s Primary Operating Account, and (b) Lender may withdraw from Borrower’s Primary Operating Account to pay any amounts due and unpaid, in Lender’s sole and absolute opinion and judgment, without further authorization on the part of Borrower. Notwithstanding the existence of Borrower’s Primary Operating Account, Borrower shall be responsible to pay any sums due under the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents from sources other than Borrower’s Primary Operating Account regardless of whether Borrower’s Primary Operating Account has been disbursed in its entirety or an Event of Default has occurred.

 

13



 

SECTION 6.         Power of Attorney.

 

Borrower hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Lender and any agent or representative thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Borrower and in the name of such Borrower or in its own name, from time to time in Lender’s sole discretion, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby give Lender the power and right, on behalf of Borrower, without notice to or assent by Borrower to do the following upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default hereunder, as determined by Lender in its sole discretion: (i) to ask, demand, collect, receive and give acquittances and receipts for any and all moneys due and to become due under any Collateral and, in the name of Borrower or its own name or otherwise, to take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Collateral and to file any claim or to take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by Lender for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Collateral whenever payable; (ii) to direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due, and to become due thereunder, directly to Lender or as Lender shall direct; (iii) to receive payment of and receipt for any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due, and to become due at any time, in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; and (iv) generally to sell, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though Lender were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at Lender’s option and Borrower’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which Lender reasonably deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and Lender’s lien therein, in order to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as Borrower might do. Borrower hereby ratifies, to the extent permitted by law, all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. The power of attorney granted pursuant to this Section 6 is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until the Obligations are indefeasibly paid in full.

 

SECTION 7.         Representations and Warranties.   Borrower hereby makes the following representations and warranties to Lender:

 

(a)                                  Borrower is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and is duly qualified to do business in each additional jurisdiction where the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect, and has all requisite power and authority to own its assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted and as proposed to be conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party.

 

14



 

(b)                                  The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower, Guarantor and Amphastar France of the Loan Documents to which it is or they are a party are within its or their powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action by or on behalf of Borrower, Guarantor and Amphastar France. Each Loan Document to which Borrower, Guarantor and Amphastar France is or are a party has been duly executed and delivered by it or them, and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, Guarantor and Amphastar France, as applicable, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, or the availability of equitable remedies.

 

(c)                                   The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower, Guarantor and Amphastar France, of the Loan Documents to which it is or they are a party, and the Asset Purchase Agreement by Borrower and Amphastar France, (i) have been duly authorized by all requisite action; (ii) do not require governmental approval; (iii) will not result (with or without notice and/or the passage of time) in any conflict with or breach or violation of or default under, any provision of law, the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other governing document of Borrower, Guarantor and/or Amphastar France, any provision of any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which Borrower, Guarantor and/or Amphastar France, or by which it or they, or any of its or their properties or assets, are bound; and (iv) will not result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of Borrower, Guarantor and/or Amphastar France, except as may be permitted by the Loan Documents.

 

(d)                                  The Financial Statements of Borrower and Guarantor, as provided to Lender in connection with Borrower’s application for the Loan, fairly present the financial condition of Borrower as of the date thereof.

 

(e)                                   There is not pending or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, threatened, any litigation, proceeding or governmental investigation to which Borrower, Guarantor and/or Amphastar France is or are a party or to which any of its or their assets is subject which could have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)                                    No part of the proceeds of the Loan will be used directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 207), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities under such circumstances as to involve Borrower in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220). As used in this Section, the term “purpose of buying or carrying” has the meaning assigned thereto in the aforesaid Regulation U.

 

(g)                                   Borrower is not an “investment company” or a “person directly or indirectly controlled by or acting on behalf of an investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or a “holding company”, or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company”.

 

15


 

(h)                                  The principal place of business and the chief executive offices of Borrower are located at 11570 6 th  Street, Rancho Cucamonga, California 91730. The Books of Borrower are located at such address. The federal employee identification number of Borrower is 33-0702205.

 

(i)                                      Borrower is in possession of all material permits, licenses or other authorizations of governmental bodies required for the conduct of its business and the ownership of its properties (including all licenses and certificates of occupancy which are material to the ownership or operation of any real property) has been obtained and are usable by it, and its businesses is being conducted in accordance with the material requirements of such permits, licenses or other authorizations of governmental bodies subject to such exceptions as would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(j)                                     Borrower’s property is free from contamination from Hazardous Materials and each of them is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws subject to such exceptions as would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(k)                                  Borrower is in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations with respect to employment and labor practices and employee benefits subject to such exceptions as would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(l)                                      Lender’s liens in the Collateral are validly created, perfected and constitute not lower than first priority liens on the Collateral.

 

(m)                              Borrower does not maintain or contribute to any Defined Benefit Pension Plan under ERISA.

 

(n)                                  Borrower is solvent, able to pay its debts as they mature, and the realizable value of its assets exceed its liabilities.

 

(o)                                  Since December 31, 2007, there has occurred no material adverse change in the business, properties, financial condition or prospects of Borrower.

 

(p)                                  All factual information (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of Borrower in writing to Lender (including all information contained in the other Loan Documents) for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or any transaction contemplated herein or therein is, and all other such factual information (taken as a whole) hereafter furnished by or on behalf of Borrower in writing to Lender will be, true and accurate, in all material respects, on the date as of which such information is provided to Lender, and shall not (taken as a whole) be misleading in any material respect at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information was provided.

 

16



 

(q)                                  The Asset Purchase Agreement is valid and in full force and effect, and no event of default, or any event the occurrence of which with the giving of notice or passage of time would constitute an event of default, has occurred and/or is existing thereunder. On the Closing Date, Amphastar France will have acquired and will be the sole owner of the DF/SP Assets, and each of them, free and clear of any and all liens or encumbrances.

 

(r)                                     As of the Closing Date, the shares of stock in Amphastar France pledged to Lender as security for Borrower’s Obligations in connection with the Loan constitute sixty-five percent (65.00%) of any and all authorized and issued shares of stock in Amphastar France, and, as of the Closing Date, there is no debt issued or incurred by Amphastar France that is convertible to stock in Amphastar France.

 

SECTION 8.         Financial Reporting.

 

Borrower promises and agrees, during the term of this Agreement and until full payment of all Borrower’s Obligations hereunder, to deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender in form and detail satisfactory to Lender:

 

(a)                                  No later than ninety (90) days following the end of each calendar quarter, commencing with the calendar quarter ending March 31, 2014, quarterly financial statements of Borrower, prepared by Borrower, and a financial result review report prepared by an independent certified public accountant acceptable to Lender.

 

(b)                                  As soon as available, and in no event later than one hundred and fifty (150) days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, annual consolidated financial statements of Borrower prepared and audited by an independent certified public accountant acceptable to Lender.

 

(c)                                   As soon as available, and in no event later than one hundred and fifty (150) days after the end of Amphastar France’s fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, annual financial statements of Amphastar France, prepared and audited by an independent certified public accountant acceptable to Lender.

 

(d)                                  Commencing with the 2013 tax year, as soon as available, and in no event later than fifteen (15) days after filing, true and correct copies of Borrower’s Federal income tax returns (including all schedules and attachments thereto), and copies of any filing extensions.

 

(e)                                   Promptly upon Lender’s request, such other books, records, statements, lists of property and accounts, budgets, forecasts or reports as to Borrower, Amphastar France, and/or Guarantor, as Lender may reasonably request.

 

17



 

SECTION 9.         Affirmative Covenants.

 

9.1                                Until all Obligations are paid in full, Borrower covenants and agrees to do the following:

 

(a)                                  Promptly inform Lender of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default or of any event which could have a Materially Adverse Effect upon either Borrower’s business, properties, financial condition or ability to comply with its Obligations to Lender, including without limitation its ability to pay the Obligations;

 

(b)                                  Furnish such other information regarding Borrower, Amphastar France, Guarantor, and any Subsidiaries and Affiliates, as Lender may reasonably request;

 

(c)                                   Keep in full force and effect its corporate existence in good standing, continue to conduct and operate its business substantially as presently conducted and operated and maintain and protect all material franchises and material trade names and preserve all the remainder of its material property used or useful in the conduct of their business and keep the same in good repair and condition;

 

(d)                                  Maintain a standard and modern system of accounting in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with ledger and account cards and/or computer tapes and computer disks, computer printouts and computer records pertaining to the Collateral which contain information as may from time to time be requested by Lender, not modify or change its method of accounting without the written consent of Lender first obtained. Borrower will permit Lender and any of its employees, officers, or agents, upon demand, during the applicable Borrower’s usual business hours, or the usual business hours of any third person having control thereof, to have access to and examine all of Borrower’s records relating to the Collateral, the applicable Borrower’s financial condition and the results of the applicable Borrower’s operations and in connection therewith and permit Lender or any of its agents, employees, or officer to copy and make extracts therefrom, should Lender determine in its sole discretion that there are changes in the applicable Borrower’s financial condition that may indicate a deterioration;

 

(e)                                   Maintain the principal place of business or chief executive office at the address set forth in Sections 7(h), above, unless Borrower shall have given Lender 30 days’ prior written notice of any change thereof;

 

(f)                                    Maintain Borrower’s Primary Operating Account with Lender. Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower agrees that its primary depository banking relationship shall be with Lender and Borrower shall cause all business revenues and other funds of Borrower to be channeled through Borrower’s Primary Operating Account maintained with Lender;

 

(g)                                   At Borrower’s own cost and expense in amounts and with carriers acceptable to Lender, Borrower shall (i) keep all it insurable properties and properties in which Borrower has an interest insured against the hazards of fire, sprinkler leakage, those hazards covered by extended coverage insurance and such other hazards, and for such amounts, as is customary in the case of companies engaged in businesses similar to Borrower’s including, without limitation, business interruption insurance; (ii) maintain a bond in such amounts as is customary in the case of companies engaged in business similar to Borrower’s insuring against larceny, embezzlement or other criminal

 

18



 

misappropriation of insured’s officers and employees who may either singly or jointly with others at any time have access to the assets or funds of Borrower either directly or through authority to draw upon such funds or to direct generally the disposition of such assets; (iii) maintain public and product liability insurance against claims for personal injury, death or property damage suffered by others, and with respect to product liability insurance policies of Borrower, such policies shall provide insurance coverage in the amount of $2,000,000.00 per occurrence and $5,000,000.00 in the aggregate; (iv) maintain all such workers’ compensation or similar insurance as may be required under the laws of any state or jurisdiction in which Borrower is engaged in business; (v) furnish Lender with (A) copies of all policies and evidence of the maintenance of such policies by the renewal thereof at least thirty (30) days before any expiration date, and (B) appropriate loss payable endorsements in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, naming Lender as loss payee as its interests may appear with respect to all insurance coverage referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, and providing (1) that all proceeds thereunder shall be payable to Lender, (2) no such insurance shall be affected by any act or neglect of the insured or owner of the property described in such policy, and (3) that such policy and loss payable clauses may not be canceled, amended or terminated unless at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice is given to Lender. In the event of any loss thereunder, the carriers named therein hereby are directed by Lender and Borrower to make payment for such loss to Lender and not to Borrower and Lender jointly. If any insurance losses are paid by check draft or other instrument payable to Borrower and Lender jointly, Lender may endorse Borrower’s name thereon and do such other things as Lender may deem advisable to reduce the same to cash. Lender is hereby authorized to adjust and compromise claims under insurance coverage referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above. All loss recoveries received by Lender upon any such insurance may be applied to the Obligations, in such order as Lender in its reasonable discretion shall determine. Any surplus shall be paid by Lender to Borrower or applied as may be otherwise required by law. Any deficiency thereon shall be paid by Borrower to Lender on demand. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as hereinabove provided, or to keep the same in force, Lender, if Lender so elects and upon notice to Borrower, may obtain such insurance and pay the premium therefor for Borrower’s account, and charge Borrower’s account therefor and such expenses so paid shall be part of the Obligation;

 

(h)                                  Borrower shall not possess or cause to be located any Hazardous Materials on, in or under any real or personal property now or at any time hereafter owned, occupied or operated by Borrower which in any manner violate any Environmental Law, and which violation would have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower.

 

(i)                                      Except as otherwise permitted by Lender in writing, Borrower will confine its business operations to the pharmaceutical business and shall comply with all laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees, determinations or otherwise presently in effect and having application to Borrower and its business.

 

(j)                                     Notify Lender within ten (10) days of service upon the Borrower or the filing by the Borrower of any legal action involving a claim in excess of $10,000,000.00.

 

19



 

(k)                                  Observe and/or perform, or cause Amphastar France to observe and/or perform, in a diligent and timely manner, each and every agreement, term, condition, covenant, and/or other obligation of Borrower and/or Amphastar France, as Borrower and/or Amphastar France may be required to observe and/or perform, under and in respect of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

 

(l)                                      Borrower shall not cause or permit Amphastar France or its board of directors to authorize or issue any additional shares of stock (or debt convertible to shares of stock in Amphastar France), nor to amend the bylaws of Amphastar France to dilute or minimize, in any way, the rights, privileges and/or benefits of any person holding the stock pledged to Lender pursuant to the Stock Pledge Agreements; provided, however , Borrower may cause or permit Amphastar France or its board of directors to authorize or issue additional shares of stock, so long as (i) Borrower delivers written notice to Lender at least thirty (30) calendar days prior to Amphastar France issuing any additional shares of stock in Amphastar France of its intention to do so, (ii) no Event of Default exists under this Agreement, (iii) Borrower remains the owner and holder of one hundred percent (100%) of the authorized and issued shares of stock in Amphastar France, and (iv) Lender has and shall have pledged to it, for so long as all or any portion of the Obligations remain outstanding, no less than sixty-five percent (65.00%) of any and all authorized and issued shares of stock in Amphastar France, and if required by Lender, Borrower shall execute and cause such other Persons as Lender may require to execute, and deliver to Lender, such additional documents, agreements, and/or instruments, in form and content satisfactory to Lender, in its sole discretion, to effect, evidence and/or confirm the foregoing.

 

9.2                                Financial Covenants .

 

(a)                                  Borrower’s Financial Covenants on a Consolidated Basis .

 

(i)                                      Minimum Tangible Net Worth .  On a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, Borrower shall maintain at all times a minimum Tangible Net Worth of not less than One Hundred Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($125,000,000.00), which shall be measured as of the end of each calendar quarter by Lender.

 

(ii)                                   Debt to Tangible Net Worth Ratio .  On a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, Borrower shall maintain at all times a ratio of Total Liabilities to Tangible Net Worth of not more than 1.25 to 1.00, which shall be measured as of the end of each calendar quarter by Lender.

 

(iii)                                Minimum Current Ratio .  On a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, Borrower shall maintain at all times a minimum Current Ratio of not less than 1.20 to 1.00, which shall be measured as of the end of each calendar quarter by Lender.

 

20



 

(iv)                               Minimum Deposit Balance .  On a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, Borrower shall maintain in one or more deposit accounts with Lender an average daily balance, on a year-to-date basis, of not less than $5,000,000.00 (“Minimum Balance”), which shall be measured by Lender on a quarterly basis (i.e., each March 31, June 30 September 30, and December 31, during the term of the Loan), for the period of time between January 1 of the then current calendar year, and the date of measurement.

 

(b)                                  Borrower’s Financial Covenants .

 

(i)                                      Profitability .  Borrower shall maintain at all times minimum profitability of not less than One Dollar ($1.00), which shall be measured annually by Lender.

 

(ii)                                   Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .  Maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio in excess of 1.20 to 1, which shall be measured annually by Lender.

 

(c)                                   Borrower shall not, at any time during the term of the Loan, grant a security interest in or permit a lien, claim or encumbrance upon any of the Collateral to any Person other than Lender (unless approved, including without limitation as to the amount of the obligations secured thereby, in writing in advance by Lender);

 

(d)                                  Borrower shall not, at any time during the term of the Loan, permit any levy, attachment or restraint to be made affecting any single asset or combination of assets of Borrower with value in excess of $500,000.00, in the aggregate;

 

(e)                                   Borrower shall not, at any time during the term of the Loan, permit any judicial officer or assignee to be appointed or to take possession of any of the assets of Borrower;

 

(f)                                    Borrower shall not, at any time during the term of the Loan, change its name, business or financial structure or corporate identity or add any new fictitious name in each case without giving prior written notice thereof and taking such steps as may be necessary to preserve and continue Lender’s security interests prior to effecting such change, or liquidate, merge or consolidate with or into any other business organization;

 

(g)                                   Borrower shall not, at any time during the term of the Loan, move or relocate any Collateral except in the Ordinary Course of Business, and in any case only to the extent that Lender’s security interest is unimpaired;

 

(h)                                  Borrower shall not, at any time during the term of the Loan, acquire any other Person;

 

(i)                                      Borrower shall not, at any time during the term of the Loan, enter into any transaction not in the Ordinary Course of Business, except that Borrower may engage in a transaction or transactions outside the Ordinary Course of Business so long as the amount or value of such transaction to either party thereto does not exceed $500,000.00, for any single transaction, or in the aggregate with any and all other transactions outside the Ordinary Course of Business during the term of the Loan;

 

21



 

(j)                                     Borrower shall not, at any time during the term of the Loan, engage in any business outside of the pharmaceutical industry;

 

(k)                                  Borrower shall not, at any time during the term of the Loan, incur any debt other than the Obligations, trade payables incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business and outstanding debt disclosed on Schedule A hereto;

 

(l)                                      Borrower shall not, at any time during the term of the Loan, make loans, advances, distributions, dividends or extensions of credit to any Person, including, but not limited to, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, employees and any and all Affiliates, except for (i) the loan to Amphastar France contemplated by this Agreement to finance Amphastar France’s acquisition of the DF/SP Assets, (ii) credit extended in the Ordinary Course of Business as conducted by Borrower in accordance with past practices and undertaken by Borrower in good faith and not for the purposes of evading the intent of this covenant or any other covenant or restriction of the Loan, and (iii) loans, advances, distributions, dividends or extensions of credit which do not, in the aggregate, exceed $500,000.00;

 

(m)                              Except for its guaranty of Amphastar France’s obligations under the Asset Purchase Agreement, Borrower shall not, at any time during the term of the Loan, guaranty or otherwise, directly or indirectly, in any way be or become responsible for obligations of any other Person, whether by agreement to purchase the indebtedness of any other Person, agreement for the furnishing of funds to any other Person through the furnishing of goods, supplies or services, by way of stock purchase, capital contribution, advance or loan, for the purpose of paying and discharging (or causing the payment or discharge of) the indebtedness of any other Person, or otherwise, except for the endorsement of negotiable instruments in the Ordinary Course of Business for deposit or collection;

 

(n)                                  Borrower shall not, at any time during the term of the Loan, (i) sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets, except for (x) the sale of the inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business, (y) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of Borrower’s Equipment in the Ordinary Course of Business, and/or (z) cash, in the Ordinary Course of Business, (ii) acquire all or substantially all of the properties or assets of any other Person, without giving at least ten (10) calendar days’ prior written notice of such acquisition to Lender, (iii) enter into any reorganization or recapitalization, (iv) reclassify its capital stock, or (v) enter into any sale-lease back transaction;

 

(o)                                  Borrower shall not, at any time during the term of the Loan, purchase or hold beneficially any stock or other securities of, or make any investment or acquire any interest whatsoever in, any other Person, except for Borrower’s ownership of stock in the Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, Guarantor and Amphastar France), without giving at least ten (10) calendar days’ prior written notice to Lender of such purchase, investment or acquisition.

 

(p)                                  Borrower shall not, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, make dividends, distributions or advances of any kind, or otherwise give value to, or make investments or capital contributions in or to, any other Person without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

22



 

(q)                                  Borrower shall not, at any time during the term of the Loan, allow any fact, condition or event to occur or exist with respect to any employee, pension or profit sharing plan established or maintained by it which might constitute grounds for termination of any such plan or for the court appointment of a trustee to administer any such plan.

 

(r)                                     Borrower shall not, at any time during the term of the Loan, sell, contract for sale, transfer, convey, assign, lease or sublet any asset in the Ordinary Course of Business which violates any provision of law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, induction, decree, determination or otherwise presently in effect and having application to Borrower.

 

SECTION 10.       Events of Default.  An “Event of Default” shall mean, for all purposes under the Loan Documents, any one or more of the following:

 

(a)                                  If Borrower (i) fails to pay all or any portion of the Obligations (whether of principal, interest, taxes, reimbursement of Lender expenses or otherwise) when due (whether as scheduled, by acceleration or otherwise) or (ii) fails or neglects to perform, keep or observe any term, provision, condition, covenant, agreement, warranty or representation contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other present or future agreement between Borrower, Guarantor, and/or Amphastar France, and Lender, and such failure continues for more than thirty (30) days after Lender sends written notice of such failure to Borrower;

 

(b)                                  If any representation, statement, report or certificate made or delivered by Borrower, Guarantor, and/or Amphastar France, or any of its or their officers, employees or agents to Lender is not true and correct in all material respects;

 

(c)                                   If there is a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of all or any portion of the Obligations. including without limitation the Loan, or a material impairment of the Collateral or of Lender’s security interest therein;

 

(d)                                  If all or any of the assets of Borrower, Guarantor or Amphastar France become subject to a writ or distress warrant, or are levied upon, or come into the possession of any judicial officer or assignee and the same are not released, discharged or bonded against within ten (10) days;

 

(e)                                   If any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceeding is filed or commenced by or against Borrower, Guarantor, and/or Amphastar France, for its or their reorganization, dissolution or liquidation but which if commenced against Borrower, Guarantor, and/or Amphastar France, is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of filing;

 

(f)                                    If Borrower is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs;

 

23


 

(g)                                   If Borrower for whatever reason is unable to conduct its Ordinary Course of Business for a period of fourteen (14) consecutive Business Days;

 

(h)                                  If a notice of lien, levy or assessment is filed of record with respect to any or all of the assets of Borrower, Guarantor and/or Amphastar France, or any of them, by any Governmental Authority, or if any taxes or debts owing at any time hereafter to any one or more of such entities becomes a lien, whether choate or otherwise, upon any or all of Borrower’s, Guarantor’s or Amphastar France’s assets, and the same is not paid on the payment date thereof, unless the same is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, execution is stayed during such proceedings and Borrower, Guarantor, and/or Amphastar France, as the case may be, has taken appropriate reserves therefore in accordance with GAAP;

 

(i)                                      If any judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any or all or any of the assets of Borrower, Guarantor, and/or Amphastar France, and the same is not satisfied. dismissed or bonded against within thirty (30) days thereafter;

 

(j)                                     If there is a Default by Guarantor or Amphastar France under any of the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the Guaranty and/or the Negative Pledge Agreement);

 

(k)                                  If Borrower, Guarantor, or Amphastar France, or any of them, permits a default in any material agreement to which it is or they are a party with third parties so as to result in an acceleration of the maturity of Borrower’s, Guarantor’s, or Amphastar France’s indebtedness to others, whether under any indenture, agreement or otherwise, and such indebtedness is not reinstated or indefeasibly repaid in full within thirty (30) days after Lender sends written notice of the same to Borrower;

 

(1)                                  If Borrower makes any payment on account of indebtedness which has been subordinated to its Obligations to Lender;

 

(m)                              If there is a default in, or failure of observance or performance by Borrower or Guarantor of any term, covenant, agreement, or condition set forth in the Revolving Facility Loan Agreement, or any other instruments, guarantees, agreements, security agreements, and/or any other documents executed in connection with the Revolving Facility Loan Agreement, and such failure continues for more than thirty (30) days after Lender sends written notice of such failure to Borrower; or

 

(n)                                  If there is a default in, or failure of observance or performance by Borrower and/or Amphastar France, or either of them, of, any term, covenant, agreement, or condition set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement, and such failure continues for more than thirty (30) days after Lender sends written notice of such failure to Borrower; or the Asset Purchase Agreement (or any related assignment, transfer agreement, licensing agreement, supply agreement, or other agreement including within the definition of “Asset Purchase Agreement” hereunder) is terminated, without Lender’s prior written consent.

 

24



 

(o)                                  Borrower, Guarantor, and Amphastar France, or any of them, shall have changed their management or ownership, in any way, without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

SECTION 11.       Lender’s Rights and Remedies.

 

11.1                         Rights and Remedies .  Upon the occurrence, and during the continuation, of an Event of Default, Lender (at its election but without notice of its election and without demand) may do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

 

(a)                                  Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable;

 

(b)                                  Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement, under any of the Loan Documents, or under any other agreement between Borrower and Lender;

 

(c)                                   Terminate this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents as to any future liability or obligation of Lender, but without affecting any of the Lender’s liens in the Collateral and without affecting the Obligations;

 

(d)                                  Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts and upon terms which Lender considers advisable, and in such cases, Lender will credit the Obligations with only the net amounts received by Lender in payment of such disputed Accounts after deducting all of Lender’s fees and costs, including attorney’s fees, incurred or expended in connection therewith;

 

(e)                                   Cause Borrower to hold all returned Inventory in trust for Lender, segregate all returned Inventory from all other assets of Borrower or in Borrower’s possession and conspicuously label said returned Inventory as the property of Lender;

 

(f)                                    Without notice to or demand upon Borrower, make such payments and do such acts as Lender considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interests in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Lender so requires, and to make the Collateral available to Lender at a place that Lender may designate. Borrower authorizes Lender to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any lien that in Lender’s determination appears to conflict with Lender’s security interests in the Collateral and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith and to charge Borrower therefor. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned or leased premises, Borrower hereby grants Lender a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Lender’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

 

25



 

(g)                                   Without notice to Borrower (such notice being expressly waived), and without constituting a retention of any Collateral in satisfaction of an obligation (within the meaning of the Code), set off and apply to the Obligations any and all (i) balances and deposits of Borrower held by Lender, or (ii) indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower held by Lender;

 

(h)                                  Hold, as cash collateral, any and all balances and deposits of Borrower held by Lender to secure the full and final repayment of all of the Obligations;

 

(i)                                      Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Borrower hereby grants to Lender a license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Lender’s benefit;

 

(j)                                     Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Lender determines is commercially reasonable. It is not necessary that the Collateral be present at any such sale;

 

(k)                                  Lender shall give notice of the disposition of the Collateral as follows:

 

(i)                                      Lender shall give Borrower a notice in writing of the time and place of public sale, or, if the sale is a private sale or some other disposition other than a public sale is to be made of the Collateral, then the time on or after which the private sale or other disposition is to be made; and

 

(ii)                                   The notice shall be personally delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to Borrower as provided in Section 13, at least 10 days before the earliest time of disposition set forth in the notice; no notice needs to be given prior to the disposition of any portion of the Collateral that is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or that is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market;

 

(l)                                      Lender may credit bid and purchase at any public sale;

 

(m)                              Lender may seek the appointment of a receiver or keeper to take possession of all or any portion of the Collateral or to operate same and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, may seek the appointment of such a receiver without the requirement of prior notice or a hearing;

 

(n)                                  Lender shall have all other rights and remedies available at law or in equity or pursuant to any other Loan Document; and

 

26



 

(o)                                  Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower. Any excess will be returned, without interest and subject to the rights of third Persons, by Lender to Borrower.

 

11.2                         Remedies Cumulative .  The rights and remedies of Lender under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Lender shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Lender of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Lender of any Event of Default shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Lender shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it.

 

SECTION 12.       Survival of Covenants, Agreements, Representations and Warranties.   All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties (a) previously made (except as specifically subsequently modified); (b) made in connection herewith or with the Note and/or the Loan Documents and/or any document contemplated hereby; or (c) executed hereafter (unless such document expressly states that this Agreement does not apply thereto) shall survive the borrowing hereunder and thereunder and the repayment in full of the Note and/or the Loan Documents and any amendments, renewals or extensions thereof and shall be deemed to have been relied upon by Lender. All statements contained in any certificate or other document delivered to Lender at any time by or on behalf of Borrower shall constitute representations and warranties by Borrower.

 

SECTION 13.       Notices.   All communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail or sent by facsimile (with such facsimile to be confirmed promptly in writing sent by first class mail), sent (i) if to Lender, to:

 

CATHAY BANK

9650 Flair Drive

El Monte, California 91731

Attn: Ken Chan, Vice President

Facsimile No. (626) 279-3709

 

or to such other address or facsimile number as Lender may have designated to Borrower in writing; and (ii) if to Borrower, to:

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

11570 Sixth Street

Rancho Cucamonga, California 91730

Attention: Executive Office

With a copy to: Legal Department

Facsimile No. (909) 980-8296

 

or to such other address or addresses or facsimile number or numbers as Borrower may most recently have designated in writing to Lender by such notice.  All such communications shall be deemed to have been given or made when so delivered by hand or sent by or facsimile, or three (3) Business Days after being so mailed.

 

27



 

SECTION 14.       Miscellaneous.   The parties agree to the following miscellaneous terms:

 

(a)                                  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be governed by California law, without regard for the effect of conflict of laws.

 

(b)                                  Borrower agrees that it will pay all out of pocket costs and expenses of Lender and expenses (including, without limitation, Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs and/or fees, transfer charges and costs of Lender’s in-house counsel) in connection with the preparation and of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and waiver, amendment or modification of any thereof, and the enforcement by Lender of any of its rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder, including, but not limited to, any and all appeals and any bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding and whether or not suit is filed.

 

(c)                                   This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that Borrower shall not assign or transfer its right or obligations under this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

(d)                                  Borrower acknowledges that Lender may provide information regarding Borrower and the Loan to Lender’s Affiliates and service providers.

 

(e)                                   This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(f)                                    Any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such provision and such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or such Loan Document or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

(g)                                   Lender reserves the right to sell the Loan and/or a participation interest and/or interests in the Loan. Borrower agrees that any information, Financial Statements and documents furnished to Lender may be furnished by Lender to any prospective participant or purchaser. Upon request by Lender, Borrower shall promptly deliver to any respective purchaser for said Loan and/or a participation interest in said Loan a written statement confirming the outstanding principal balance of said Loan and the non-existence of any uncured default by Lender and/or Borrower under any Loan Documents, which statement shall be accompanied by current Financial Statements of Borrower.

 

28



 

(h)                                  This Agreement is an integrated agreement and supersedes all prior negotiations and agreements regarding the subject matter hereof. Any amendments hereto shall be in writing and be signed by all parties hereto.

 

(i)                                      Lender’s consent to or approval of any act by Borrower requiring further consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Lender’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act. Lender’s acceptance of a late performance of any obligation shall not constitute a waiver by Lender of the right to require prompt performance of all further obligations, Lender’s acceptance of any performance following the sending or filing of any notice of default shall not constitute a waiver of Lender’s right to proceed with the exercise of its remedies for any unfulfilled obligations; and Lender’s acceptance of any partial performance shall not constitute a waiver by Lender of any rights relating to the unfulfilled portion of the applicable obligation.

 

(j)                                     The provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assignees; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this Agreement shall be personal to Borrower and no assignment by Borrower of any of its rights under this Agreement is permitted and no such assignment shall be binding upon Lender or of any effect unless the prior written consent of Lender to such assignment has first been procured.

 

(k)                                  If Borrower shall fail to perform any obligation hereunder that requires the payment of money, Lender may perform such obligation without notice to Borrower, and any sums expended by Lender pursuant to this subsection shall be deemed to be disbursements under the Note and shall bear interest until repaid at the Default Rate (as defined in the Note).

 

(l)                                      The terms of this Agreement and the Loan Documents supersede any inconsistent terms of Lender’s loan commitment to Borrower, if any; provided, that all obligations of Borrower under the commitment to pay any fees to Lender or any costs and expenses relating to the Loan or the commitment shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the Loan Documents. The terms of this Agreement supersede any inconsistent terms of any of the Loan Documents.

 

(m)                              If there is an Event of Default, and if reasonably required by Lender, Lender may hire such third-party consultants as it deems reasonably necessary, the costs of which shall be paid by Borrower.

 

(n)                                  This Agreement is made for the sole protection and benefit of Lender and Borrower and their successors and assigns. No trust fund is created by this Agreement and no other persons or entities will have any right of action under this Agreement or any right to the funds under the Loan Documents.

 

(o)                                  Nothing herein shall be construed to constitute Lender and Borrower a partnership or joint venture, or Lender an agent of Borrower, it being agreed that the sole relationship between Lender and Borrower shall be that of lender and borrower.

 

29



 

(p)                                  All cure periods provided for herein or in the Loan Documents, shall run concurrently with any statutory cure periods.

 

SECTION 15.       Indemnity; Waivers.

 

15.1                         Demand; Protest .  Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees at any time held by Lender on which Borrower may in any way be liable.

 

15.2                         Lender’s Liability for Collateral .  Borrower hereby agrees that: (a) Lender shall not in any way or manner be liable or responsible for: (i) the safekeeping of the Collateral, (ii) any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner or fashion from any cause, (iii) any diminution in the value thereof, or (iv) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency, or other Person, and (b) all risk of loss, damage, or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

 

15.3                         Indemnification .  Borrower shall pay, indemnify, defend, and hold Lender and each of its respective officers, directors, employees, agents, and attorneys-in-fact (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless (to the fullest extent permitted by law) from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, investigations, proceedings, and damages, and all attorneys’ fees and disbursements and other costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith (as and when they are incurred and irrespective of whether suit is brought), at any time asserted against, imposed upon, or incurred by any of them (a) in connection with or as a result of or related to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance, or administration of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. (b) with respect to any investigation, litigation, or proceeding related to this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or the use of the proceeds of the credit provided hereunder (irrespective of whether any Indemnified Person is a party thereto), or any act, omission, event, or circumstance in. any manner related thereto, and (c) in connection with or as a result of Lender’s foreclosure upon, ownership and/or realization of the value of the Collateral following an Event of Default by Borrower hereunder, and any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, investigations, proceedings, and/or damages (including, without limitation, consequently, punitive or special damages) that may be incurred by Lender as a result of any consumer claims emanating or arising from the sale, marketing and/or distribution of any product by Borrower, whether based on contract or tort, and whether under a theory of strict liability, breach of any warranty, or otherwise (all the foregoing, collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”).

 

This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of the Obligations. If any Indemnified Person makes any payment to any other Indemnified Person with respect to an Indemnified Liability as to which Borrower was required to indemnify the Indemnified Person receiving such payment, the Indemnified Person making such payment is entitled to be indemnified and reimbursed by Borrower with respect thereto.

 

30


 

SECTION 16.       USA Patriot Act Notice.  Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account or obtains a loan. The Lender will ask for the Borrower’s legal name, address, tax ID number or social security number and other identifying information. The Lender may also ask for additional information or documentation or take other actions reasonably necessary to verify the identity of the Borrower, guarantors or other related persons.

 

SECTION 17.       WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY; JUDICIAL REFERENCE IN THE EVENT OF JURY TRIAL WAIVER UNENFORCEABILITY .   EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION (1) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, OR (2) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING TO THE CONTRARY, IN THE EVENT THAT THE JURY TRIAL WAIVER CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL BE HELD OR DEEMED TO BE UNENFORCEABLE, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY EXPRESSLY AGREES TO SUBMIT TO JUDICIAL REFERENCE ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING HEREUNDER FOR WHICH A JURY TRIAL WOULD OTHERWISE BE APPLICABLE OR AVAILABLE. PURSUANT TO SUCH JUDICIAL REFERENCE, THE PARTIES AGREE TO THE APPOINTMENT OF A SINGLE REFEREE AND SHALL USE THEIR BEST EFFORTS TO AGREE ON THE SELECTION OF A REFEREE. IF THE PARTIES ARE UNABLE TO AGREE ON A SINGLE REFEREE, A REFEREE SHALL BE APPOINTED BY THE COURT TO HEAR ANY DISPUTES HEREUNDER IN LIEU OF ANY SUCH JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE APPOINTED REFEREE SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO DECIDE ALL ISSUES IN THE APPLICABLE ACTION OR PROCEEDING, WHETHER OF FACT OR LAW, AND SHALL REPORT A STATEMENT OF DECISION THEREON; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY MATTERS WHICH WOULD NOT OTHERWISE BE THE SUBJECT OF A JURY TRIAL WILL BE UNAFFECTED BY THIS WAIVER AND THE AGREEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN. THE

 

31



 

PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS CONTAINED HEREIN HAVE BEEN FAIRLY NEGOTIATED ON AN ARM’S-LENGTH BASIS, WITH BOTH SIDES AGREEING TO THE SAME KNOWINGLY AND BEING AFFORDED THE OPPORTUNITY TO HAVE THEIR RESPECTIVE LEGAL COUNSEL CONSENT TO THE MATTERS CONTAINED HEREIN. ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY AND THE AGREEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF JUDICIAL REFERENCE IN THE EVENT OF THE INVALIDITY OF SUCH JURY TRIAL WAIVER.

 

 

 

/s/ JS

 

/s/ KC

 

 

Borrower’s Initials

 

Lender’s Initials

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

32



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Loan Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason Shandell

 

Name:

Jason Shandell

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

 

 

CATHAY BANK,

 

a California banking corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kenneth Chan

 

Name:

Kenneth Chan

 

Title:

Vice President

 

33



 

SCHEDULE A
OUTSTANDING DEBTS

 

1.                                       A revolving line of credit in the maximum principal amount of $20,000,000.00, evidenced by, inter   alia , that certain Revolving Loan and Security Agreement dated April 10, 2012, executed by Borrower and Lender.

 

34




Exhibit 10.20

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$21,900,000.00

EL MONTE, CALIFORNIA

April 22, 2014

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), promises to pay to CATHAY BANK, a California banking corporation, or its order (“Lender”), at its office located at 9650 Flair Drive, El Monte, California 91731, or at such other place as the holder hereof may designate, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal sum of Twenty-One Million Nine Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($21,900,000.00), or so much thereof as shall have been advanced and is outstanding together with interest, on the outstanding principal balance, until paid in full in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions as hereinafter set forth in this Promissory Note (this “Note”).

 

LOAN AGREEMENT .  This Note is the “Note” as defined in that certain Loan Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) of even date herewith, entered into by and between Borrower and Lender, as it may be amended from time to time, and is subject to all of the terms and conditions thereof. All terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Note and the Loan Agreement, the terms of this Note shall prevail.

 

INTEREST RATE .  Interest on the outstanding principal balance of this Note shall accrue at the greater of (i) four percent (4.00%) per annum, or (ii) “The Wall Street Journal Prime Rate,” as the rate may change from time to time (the “Note Rate”). The Note Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the actual days elapsed over a three hundred sixty (360) day year, which calculation method results in a higher effective interest rate than the interest rate set forth herein.

 

The Wall Street Journal Prime Rate is and shall mean the variable rate of interest, on a per annum basis, which is announced and/or published in the Money Rates section of The Wall Street Journal , from time to time as its prime rate. The Note Rate shall be redetermined whenever The Wall Street Journal Prime Rate changes. Borrower understands and acknowledges that The Wall Street Journal Prime Rate is one of Lender’s base rates and only serves as a basis upon which effective rates of interest are calculated for loans making reference thereto and may not be the lowest of Lender’s base rates. If The Wall Street Journal Prime Rate becomes unavailable during the term of this Note, Lender may designate a substitute index after notice to Borrower.

 

PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST PAYMENTS .  Commencing on June 1, 2014, and continuing on the same day of each and every calendar month thereafter until the Maturity Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender a monthly installment payment of principal and interest in an amount equal to the then outstanding principal balance under this Note amortized over a one hundred twenty (120) month period commencing from the date of this Note (“Amortization Period”), with interest at the Note Rate then in effect under this Note. Each time there is a change in the Note Rate, the amount of the monthly payment of principal and interest shall be reamortized and adjusted to an amount which will result in the full payment of the then outstanding balance of this Note, at the Note Rate as so adjusted, upon the expiration of the Amortization Period.

 

1



 

Upon the Maturity Date, the entire unpaid obligation outstanding under this Note, the Loan Agreement, and any other Loan Documents shall become due and payable in full.

 

All payments due hereunder, including payments of principal and interest, shall be made to Lender in United States Dollars and shall be in the form of immediately available funds acceptable to the holder of this Note.

 

MATURITY DATE .  On April 22, 2019 (“Maturity Date”), the entire unpaid principal balance, and all unpaid accrued interest thereon, shall be due and payable without demand or notice. In the event that Borrower does not pay this Note in full on the Maturity Date then, as of the Maturity Date and thereafter until paid in full, the interest accruing on the outstanding principal balance hereunder shall be computed, calculated and accrued on a daily basis at the Default Rate (as hereinafter defined).

 

UNPAID INTEREST, CHARGES AND COSTS .  Interest, late charges, costs or expenses that are not received by Lender within ten (10) calendar days from the date such interest, late charges, costs, or expenses become due, shall, at the sole discretion of Lender, be added to the principal balance and shall from the date due bear interest at the Default Rate.

 

HOLIDAY .  Whenever any payment to be made under this Note shall be due on a day other than a Business Day, including Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays generally recognized by banks doing business in California, then the due date for such payment shall be automatically extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such cases be included in the computation of the interest portion of any payment due hereunder.

 

NO OFFSETS OR DEDUCTIONS .   All payments under this Note shall be made by Borrower without any offset, decrease, reduction or deduction of any kind or nature whatsoever, including, but not limited to, any decrease, reduction or deduction for, or on account of, any offset, present or future taxes, present or future reserves, imposts or duties of any kind or nature, that are imposed or levied by or on behalf of any government or taxing agency, body or authority by or for any municipality, state or country. If at any time, present or future, Lender shall be compelled by any law, rule, regulation or any other such requirement which on its face or by its application requires or establishes reserves, or payment, deduction or withholding of taxes, imposts or duties to act such that it causes or results in a decrease, reduction or deduction (as described above) in payment received by Lender, then Borrower shall pay to Lender such additional amounts, as Lender shall deem necessary and appropriate, such that every payment received under this Note, after such decrease, reserve, reduction, deduction, payment or required withholding, shall not be reduced in any manner whatsoever.

 

DEFAULT .  An Event of Default under the Loan Agreement shall constitute a default under this Note (hereinafter “Event of Default”).

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, Lender may, in its sole and absolute discretion, declare the entire unpaid principal balance, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and all other amounts and payments due hereunder, immediately due and payable, without notice or demand.

 

2



 

DEFAULT RATE .   From and after the occurrence of any Event of Default in this Note whether by non-payment, maturity, acceleration, non-performance or otherwise, and until such Event of Default has been cured, all outstanding amounts under this Note (including, but not limited to, interest, costs and late charges) shall bear interest at a per annum rate (“Default Rate”) equal to five percent (5%) over the Note Rate.

 

PREPAYMENT .  Borrower shall have the right at any time following five (5) calendar days prior written notice to Lender to prepay any portion of the principal amount without premium or penalty. Any such prepayment shall not result in a reamortization, deferral, postponement, suspension or waiver of any and all other payments due under this Note.

 

LATE CHARGES .  Time is of the essence for all payments and other obligations due under this Note. Borrower acknowledges that if any payment required under this Note is not received by Lender within ten (10) calendar days after the same becomes due and payable, Lender will incur extra administrative expenses (i.e., in addition to expenses incident to receipt of timely payment) and the loss of the use of funds in connection with the delinquency in payment. Because the actual damages suffered by Lender by reason of such administrative expenses and loss of the use of funds would be impracticable or extremely difficult to ascertain, Borrower agrees that an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of the delinquent payment shall be the amount of damages which Lender is entitled to receive upon Borrower’s failure to make a payment of principal or interest when due, in compensation therefor. Therefore, Borrower shall, in such event, without further demand or notice, pay to Lender, as Lender’s monetary recovery for such extra administrative expenses and loss of use of funds, liquidated damages in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of the delinquent payment. The provisions of this paragraph are intended to govern only the determination of damages in the event of a breach in the performance of Borrower to make timely payments hereunder. Nothing in this Note shall be construed as in any way giving Borrower the right, express or implied, to fail to make timely payments hereunder, whether upon payment of such damages or otherwise. The right of Lender to receive payment of such liquidated and actual damages, and receipt thereof, are without prejudice to the right of Lender to collect such delinquent payments and any other amounts provided to be paid hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents, or to declare a default hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents.

 

SECURITY AND ACCELERATION .  This Note is secured by, among other things, the Security Agreement. The Security Agreement contains, among other provisions, a provision for the immediate acceleration of this Note upon the occurrence of any Default hereunder, any event of default under the Security Agreement, or upon any sale, transfer, conveyance, encumbrance and/or alienation of Borrower’s right, title or interest (or any portion thereof) in the Collateral described in the Security Agreement, except as expressly permitted therein. Reference is made to the Security Agreement for the specific provisions thereof.

 

3



 

COST AND EXPENSES .  Borrower hereby agrees to pay any and all costs or expenses paid or incurred by Lender by reason of, as a result of, or in connection with this Note, the Security Agreement, and/or the other Loan Documents, including, but not limited to, any and all attorneys’ fees and related costs whether such costs or expenses are paid or incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Note, and the Loan Documents, or any of them, the protection or preservation of the Collateral or any other rights, remedies or interests of Lender, whether or not suit is filed. Borrower’s agreement to pay any and all such costs and expenses includes, but is not limited to, costs and expenses incurred in or in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding, in enforcing any judgment obtained by Lender and in connection with any and all appeals therefrom, and in connection with the monitoring of any bankruptcy proceeding and its effect on Lender’s rights and claims for recovery of the amounts due hereunder, any proceeding concerning relief from the automatic stay, use of cash collateral, approval of a disclosure statement or confirmation of, or objections to confirmation of, any plan of reorganization. All such costs and expenses are immediately due and payable to Lender by Borrower whether or not demand therefor is made by Lender.

 

WAIVERS .   Borrower hereby waives grace, diligence, presentment, demand, notice of demand, dishonor, notice of dishonor, protest, notice of protest, any and all exemption rights against the indebtedness evidenced by this Note and the right to plead any statute of limitations as a defense to the repayment of all or any portion of this Note, and interest thereon, to the fullest extent allowed by law, and all compensation of cross-demands pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 431.70. No delay, omission or failure on the part of Lender in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or remedy or any other right or remedy of Lender.

 

MAXIMUM LEGAL RATE .  This Note is subject to the express condition that at no time shall Borrower be obligated, or required, to pay interest on the principal balance at a rate which could subject Lender to either civil or criminal liability as a result of such rate being in excess of the maximum rate which Lender is permitted to charge. If, by the terms of this Note, Borrower is, at any time, required or obligated to pay interest on the principal balance at a rate in excess of such maximum rate, then the rate of interest under this Note shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to such maximum rate and interest payable hereunder shall be computed at such maximum rate and any portion of all prior interest payments in excess of such maximum rate shall be applied, or shall retroactively be deemed to have been payments made, in reduction of the principal balance, as the case may be.

 

AMENDMENT; GOVERNING LAW .  This Note may be amended, changed, modified, terminated or canceled only by a written agreement signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought for any such action. This Note shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of California.

 

AUTHORITY .  Borrower, and each person executing this Note on Borrower’s behalf, hereby represents and warrants to Lender that, by its execution below, Borrower has the full power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Note and that the indebtedness evidenced hereby constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Borrower without exception or limitation. In the event that this Note is executed by more than one person or entity, the liability hereunder shall be joint and several. Any married person who is obligated on this Note, directly or indirectly, agrees that recourse may be had to such person’s separate property in addition to any and all community property of such person.

 

4



 

USA PATRIOT ACT NOTICE .  Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account or obtains a loan. The Lender will ask for the Borrower’s legal name, address, tax ID number or social security number and other identifying information. The Lender may also ask for additional information or documentation or take other actions reasonably necessary to verify the identity of the Borrower, guarantors or other related persons.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has executed this Note as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

AMPHASTAR PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason Shandell

 

Name:

Jason Shandell

 

Title:

President

 

 

6




Exhibit 10.21

 

Employment Agreement

 

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 19, 2014 between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Jack Zhang (the “ Executive ”).

 

1.                                       BACKGROUND

 

1.1                                The Company is a specialty pharmaceutical company.  The Company desires to employ the Executive, and the Executive desires to accept employment, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below.  Other defined terms have the meanings set forth in the provisions of this Agreement in which they are used.

 

2.1                                Board means Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.2                                Cause means (i) the continued willful failure by Executive to substantially perform his duties with the Company, (ii) the willful engaging by Executive in misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or (iii) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement; provided, that with respect to any breach that is curable by Executive, as determined by the Board in good faith, the Company has provided Executive written notice of the material breach and Executive has not cured such breach, as determined by the Board in good faith, within fifteen (15) days following the date the Company provides such notice.

 

2.3                                Change of Control is defined in Section 10.2.

 

2.4                                COBRA means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, as the same may be amended from time to time, or any successor statute, together with any applicable regulations in effect at the time in question.

 

2.5                                Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.6                                Company Group means the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

2.7                                Company Business is intentionally defined broadly in view of the Executive’s senior position with the Company and access to Confidential Information related to the Company Group’s business and business preparations; it means (1) any business engaged in by the Company Group during the Executive’s Employment and (a) in which the Executive materially participated, or (b) concerning which the Executive had access to Confidential Information, or (2) any other business as to which the Company Group has made demonstrable preparation to engage in during such Employment and (i) in which preparation the Executive materially participated, or (ii) concerning which preparation the Executive had access to Confidential Information.

 



 

2.8                                Confidential Information means information about the Company Group or its suppliers, clients, customers or other parties with which it has business relationships (such as bottlers and distributors) that was learned by Executive in the course of his employment by the Company, including (without limitation) any proprietary knowledge (including business processes and methods), trade secrets, data, formulae, information and supplier, client, customer, bottler and distributor lists and all papers, resumes, and records (including computer records) of the documents containing such information, but excludes information which the Executive can show: (i) was in the Executive’s possession or within the Executive’s knowledge before the Employment; or (ii) is or becomes generally known to persons who could take economic advantage of it, other than officers, directors, and employees of the Company Group, without breach of an obligation to the Company; or (iii) the Executive obtained from a party having the right to disclose it without violation of an obligation to the Company; or (iv) is required to be disclosed pursuant to legal process (e.g., a subpoena), provided that the Executive notifies the Company immediately upon receiving or becoming aware of the legal process in question.

 

2.9                                Effective Date is defined in Section 5.1.

 

2.10                         Employment means the Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

2.11                         Good Reason means: (a) a material reduction (without Executive’s express written consent) in Executive’s duties or responsibilities; (b) the requirement that Executive relocate to an employment location that is more than 50 miles from his employment location on the Effective Date; or (c) the Company’s material breach (without Executive’s express written consent) of this Agreement; provided, that Executive has provided the Company written notice of the material breach and the Company has not cured such breach within fifteen (15) days following the date Executive provides such notice.

 

2.12                         Position means the area of responsibility so identified as CEO of Company.  If the Company in its sole discretion increases the Executive’s area of responsibility, then such increased area of responsibility shall be deemed the Position for all purposes hereunder.

 

2.13                         Resign for Good Reason or Resignation for Good Reason means that all of the following occur:

 

(a)                                  the Executive notifies the Company in writing, in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement, of the occurrence of one or more events constituting Good Reason hereunder;

 

(b)                                  the Company fails to revoke, rescind, cancel, or cure the event (or if more than one, all such events) that was the subject of the notification under subparagraph (a) within thirty (30) days after such notice; and

 

2



 

(c)                                   within ten (10) business days after the end of the thirty-day period described in subparagraph (b), the Executive delivers to the Company a notice of resignation in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.14                         Senior Executives means those officers of the Company who are designated executive officers from time to time.

 

2.15                         Termination Date means the effective date of the Executive’s termination of Employment with the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, whether a termination of Employment has occurred shall be determined consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Company’s administrative policies.

 

2.16                         Tribunal means a court or other body of competent jurisdiction that is deciding a matter relating to this Agreement.

 

3.                                       EMPLOYMENT

 

3.1                                Position .  Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to serve the Company, at the office and in the Position referred to in Section 2.12.

 

(a)                                  The Executive will (i) devote his full professional time, attention, and energies to the business of the Company and will diligently and to the best of his ability perform all duties incident to his Employment hereunder; (ii) use his best efforts to promote the interests and goodwill of the Company; and (iii) perform such other duties commensurate with the Position as the Board may from time-to-time assign to the Executive.

 

(b)                                  The Executive shall obtain the written consent of the Board prior to serving on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees.  This Section 3.1 shall not be construed as preventing the Executive from serving on the corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees on which he currently serves and which have been previously disclosed to the Company in writing; provided that in no event shall any such service or business activity require the provision of substantial services by the Executive to the operations or the affairs of such businesses or enterprises such that the provision thereof would interfere in any respect with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

3.2                                Office Space, Equipment, etc .  The Company shall provide the Executive with office space, related facilities, equipment, and support personnel that are commensurate with the Position.

 

3.3                                Expense Reimbursement .  The Company will timely reimburse the Executive for reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the Employment in accordance with the Company’s then-current policies no later than thirty (30) days following the submission of such expense(s).

 

3



 

4.                                       COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS DURING EMPLOYMENT .  During the Employment, the Company shall provide compensation and benefits to the Executive as follows.

 

4.1                                Salary .  In consideration of the services to be rendered by Executive pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Employee a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) as established by or pursuant to authority granted by the Board.  Executive’s initial Base Salary shall be the base salary, as of the Effective Date, the initial Base Salary is $850,000 as of the Effective Date.  The Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by or pursuant to authority granted by the Board in connection with its annual review of executive compensation to determine if such Base Salary should be adjusted so as to be consistent with independent third party peer group survey data for the following year in recognition of services to the Company.  The increase in Base Salary shall be determined by survey.  The Base Salary shall be payable at such intervals in conformity with the Company’s prevailing practice as such practice shall be established or modified from time to time.

 

4.2                                Bonuses; Additional Compensation .  Executive will be eligible to receive bonuses and awards of equity and non-equity compensation and to participate in annual and long-term compensation plans of the Company in accordance with any plan or decision that the Board, or any committee or other person authorized by the Board, may in its sole discretion determine from time to time.  The target annual bonus for Executive as of the Effective Date, expressed as a percentage of Base Salary, is 87% of Base Salary.

 

4.3                                Other Benefits .  During the period of employment under this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all other benefits of employment generally available to other Senior Executives and those benefits for which such persons are or shall become eligible, when and as the Executive becomes eligible therefore.

 

5.                                       TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

5.1                                Term of Agreement .  The term of the Employment shall commence on the date of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock (the “ Effective Date ”) and continue to the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Original Term ”) and renew automatically for successive one-year terms (each, a “ Renewal Term ”) unless notice of non-renewal is given by either party to the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term (the “ Expiration Date ”); provided that the Employment may also be terminated prior to such Expiration Date (i) by the Executive for any reason (i.e., with or without Good Reason), (ii) by the Company for any reason (i.e., with or without Cause) or (iii) due to the Disability or death of the Executive.

 

4



 

5.2                                Termination in the Event of Disability .  In the event of the incapacity of the Executive, by reason of mental or physical disability to perform his material duties hereunder, for a period of 120 consecutive days or 180 non-consecutive days during any twelve (12) month period, as reasonably determined by the Board or as certified by a qualified physician selected by the Board (collectively, “ Disability ”), the Company may terminate the Executive’s Employment effective upon written notice to the Executive.

 

5.3                                Notice of Resignation; Waiver of Notice Period .  If the Executive resigns from the Company, the Executive will give the Company at least four (4) weeks’ prior notice of resignation.  The Company may in its discretion waive any notice period stated in the Executive’s notice of resignation, in which case the Termination Date of the Employment will be the date of such waiver.

 

5.4                                No Termination of Agreement Per Se .  Termination of the Employment will not terminate this Agreement per se; to the extent that either party has any right under applicable law to terminate this Agreement, any such termination of this Agreement shall be deemed solely to be a termination of the Employment without affecting any other right or obligation hereunder except as provided herein in connection with termination of the Employment.

 

5.5                                Payments Following Termination .

 

(a)                                  If the Employment is terminated for any reason, either by the Company or by the Executive’s resignation, then the Company shall pay the Executive the following amounts as part of the Company’s next regular payroll cycle but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the Termination Date, to the extent that the same have not already been paid;

 

(i)                                      any and all Base Salary and vacation pay earned through the Termination Date; and

 

(ii)                                   any reimbursable expenses properly reported by the Executive.

 

(b)                                  Unless the Executive resigns without Good Reason or the Employment is terminated for Cause, then the Company shall pay (i) any applicable prorated annual bonus, based on actual performance for the year of termination as determined by the Board in its discretion when making bonus determinations for other Senior Executives and payable at such time as annual bonuses are otherwise determined for other Senior Executives and (ii) any accrued but unpaid annual bonus for the fiscal year immediately preceding the year of termination.

 

5



 

6.                                       SEVERANCE BENEFITS UPON CERTAIN TERMINATIONS

 

6.1                                Severance Payment .  If (1) the Company does not renew the Agreement at the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term, (2) the Employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or (3) the Executive resigns for Good Reason, then:

 

(a)                                  The Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of (A) the highest Base annual Salary in effect (i) during the 12 months immediately prior to the Termination Date or (ii) during the Employment, if the Employment has lasted less than 12 months plus (B) the average annual bonus earned by the Executive for the most recent three (3) fiscal years ending prior to the Termination Date or the base salary for the remainder of the contract whichever is greater, such amount to be paid in cash or immediately-available funds in a lump sum on the 30 th  day following the Termination Date.

 

(b)                                  As a condition to making any such severance payment, the payments for insurance and related benefits under Section 6.2 below and the special equity vesting under Section 6.3 below, the Company will require the Executive or his legal representative(s) to first execute a release in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, which contains a full release of all claims against the Company and certain other provisions, including but not limited to a reaffirmation of the covenants in Sections 8, 9.1 and 9.2.

 

6.2                                Payments for Insurance and Related Benefits .  If (1) the Company does not renew the Agreement at the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term, (2) the Employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or (3) the Executive resigns for Good Reason then the Company shall, for a period of 12 months or the remainder of the contract, whichever is greater commencing on the date of termination of Executive’s employment, pay such health insurance premiums as may be necessary to allow Executive, Executive’s spouse and dependents to continue to receive health insurance coverage substantially similar to the coverage they received prior to the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

6.3                                Equity Vesting .  If (1) the Company does not renew the Agreement at the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term, (2) the Employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or (3) the Executive resigns for Good Reason, then the Executive shall vest upon such termination of Employment in any restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards granted by the Company. The provisions of this Section 6.3 shall control except to the extent that the provisions of the applicable restricted stock, stock option or other equity award are more favorable. Any post-employment exercise period for vested stock options shall continue to be governed by the terms of the applicable equity compensation plan and award agreement.

 

6



 

6.4                                D&O Insurance and Indemnification .  Through at least the sixth anniversary of the Termination Date, the Company shall maintain coverage for the Executive as a named insured on all directors’ and officers’ insurance maintained by the Company for the benefit of its directors and officers on at least the same basis as all other covered individuals and provide the Executive with at least the same corporate indemnification as it provides to other Senior Executives.

 

6.5                                No Other Severance Benefits .  Other than as described above in Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3 and as described below in Section 10, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payment, benefit, damages, award or compensation in connection with termination of the Employment, by either the Company or the Executive, except as may be expressly provided in another written agreement, if any, approved by the Board and executed by the Executive and the Company.  Neither the Executive nor the Company is obligated to enter into any such other written agreement.

 

6.6                                No Waiver of ERISA-Related Rights .  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to be a waiver by the Executive of any benefits accrued for or due to the Executive under any employee benefit plan (as such term is defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) maintained by the Company, if any, except that the Executive shall not be entitled to any severance benefits pursuant to any severance plan or program of the Company other than as provided herein.

 

6.7                                Mitigation Not Required .  The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit which is to be paid or provided by the Company pursuant to this Section 6.  Any remuneration received by the Executive from a third party following termination of the Employment shall not apply to reduce the Company’s obligations to make payments or provide benefits hereunder.

 

7.                                       TAX WITHHOLDING .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may withhold from amounts payable under this Agreement, or under any other agreement between the Executive and the Company, all federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required to be withheld by applicable laws or regulations.

 

8.                                       CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

8.1                                Executive acknowledges that in the course of his employment by the Company, the Company has provided him and will continue to provide him, prior to any termination hereof, with certain Confidential Information and knowledge concerning the operations of the Company Group which the Company desires to protect.  This Confidential Information shall include, but is not limited to:

 

(a)                                  terms and conditions of and the identity of the parties to the Company Group’s agreements with its suppliers, clients, customers or other parties with which it has business relationships (such as bottlers and distributors), including but not limited to price information;

 

7



 

(b)                                  management systems, policies or procedures, including the contents of related forms and manuals;

 

(c)                                   professional advice rendered or taken by the Company Group;

 

(d)                                  the Company Group’s own financial data, business and management information, processes, methods, strategies and plans and internal practices and procedures, including but not limited to internal financial records, statements and information, cost reports or other financial information;

 

(e)                                   proprietary software, systems and technology-related methodologies of the Company Group and their clients;

 

(f)                                    salary, bonus and other personnel information relating to the Company Group’s personnel;

 

(g)                                   the Company Group’s business and management development plans, including but not limited to proposed or actual plans regarding acquisitions (including the identity of any acquisition contacts), divestitures, asset sales, and mergers;

 

(h)                                  decisions and deliberations of the Company Group’s committees or boards; and

 

(i)                                      litigation, disputes, or investigations to which the Company Group may be party and legal advice provided to Executive on behalf of the Company Group in the course of Executive’s employment.

 

8.2                                Executive understands that such information is confidential, and he agrees not to reveal such information to anyone outside the Company so long as the confidential or secret nature of such information shall continue.  Executive further agrees that he will at no time use such information in competing with all or any portion of the Company.  At such time as Executive shall cease to be employed by the Company, he will surrender to the Company all papers, documents, writing and other property produced by him or coming into his possession by or through his employment and relating to the information referred to in this paragraph, and the Executive agrees that all such materials will at all times remain the property of the Company.

 

9.                                       NONSOLICITATION COVENANT

 

9.1                                Nonsolicitation .  Executive agrees that he shall not directly or indirectly during Executive’s Employment and for one (1) year after termination of Employment, either alone or through or in conjunction with any other person or entity employ, solicit, induce, or recruit, any person employed by any member of the Company Group at any time within the one (1) year period immediately preceding such employment, solicitation, inducement or recruitment.

 

8



 

9.2                                For the purposes of this Agreement, “potential customer” or “potential client” shall be defined as those entities for which Executive has had access to Confidential Information during his Employment, and “customer” or “client” shall be defined as those entities with which any member of the Company Group has conducted any business during the twelve (12) month period prior to termination of the Employment.  For the purposes of this Agreement, “product” shall mean any product sold by any member of the Company Group at any time within the one (1) year period preceding termination of Executive’s Employment and “services” shall mean activities performed by any member of the Company Group at any time within the one (1) year period preceding termination of Executive’s Employment.

 

9.3                                Executive acknowledges and agrees that the restrictive covenants contained herein are reasonable in time, territory and scope, and in all other respects.  If a Tribunal determines that any of the restrictions set forth in this Section 9 are unreasonably broad or otherwise unenforceable under applicable law, then (i) such determination shall be binding only within the geographical jurisdiction of the Tribunal, and (ii) the restriction will not be terminated or rendered unenforceable, but instead will be blue penciled or reformed (solely for enforcement within the geographic jurisdiction of the Tribunal) to the minimum extent required to render it enforceable.

 

10.                                CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

10.1                         Special Severance Benefits .

 

(a)                                  If, during the specific time periods listed in subparagraph (b), the Employment is terminated by any of the specific events listed there, then the Executive will be entitled to the following benefits:

 

(i)                                      The Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of (A) the highest Base Salary in effect (i) during the 12 months immediately prior to the Termination Date or (ii) during the Employment, if the Employment has lasted less than 12 months plus (B) the average annual bonus earned by the Executive for the most recent three (3) fiscal years ending prior to the Termination Date, such amount to be paid in cash or immediately-available funds in a lump sum on the 60 th  day following the Termination Date.

 

(ii)                                   The payments for insurance and other benefits set forth in Section 6.2 shall be extended by an additional 12 months.

 

9



 

(iii)                                The amounts payable under subparagraphs (i) and (ii) are in addition to any severance payments due to Executive under the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 as a result of such termination of Employment.

 

(b)                                  The specific termination events and time periods in which the Executive will be entitled to the special severance benefits under Section 10.1(a)(i) above are as follows:

 

(i)                                      the Executive’s Employment is terminated by the Company, for any reason other than Cause, at any time during the period beginning on the Change of Control date and ending on the date one year after the Change of Control date; or

 

(ii)                                   the Executive Resigns for Good Reason at any time during the period beginning on the Change of Control date and ending on the date one year after the Change of Control date.

 

(c)                                   In addition, all restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards granted by the Company that were unvested immediately prior to the Change of Control date shall become fully vested as of the Change of Control date.  The provisions of this Section 10.1(c) shall control except to the extent that the provisions of the applicable restricted stock, stock option or other equity award are more favorable.

 

(d)                                  As a condition to providing the Executive with the special severance benefits under Sections 10.1(a)(i) and (ii), the Company will require the Executive to first execute a release consistent with the requirements of Section 6.1(b).

 

10.2                         A Change of Control shall occur when:

 

(a)                                  Any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (a “ Person ”) becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); provided, however, that, for purposes of this Section, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control:  (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company, or (iv) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with Sections 10.2(c)(A), (B) and (C).

 

10


 

(b)                                  Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual was a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board;

 

(c)                                   There is consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (each, a “ Business Combination ”), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body), as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or

 

11



 

(d)                                  The stockholders of the Company approve a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company .

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that a payment hereunder is subject to the requirements of Section 409A, the Company will not be deemed to have undergone a Change of Control unless the Company is deemed to have undergone a “change in control event” pursuant to the definition of such term in Section 409A.

 

11.                                ADJUSTMENTS TO PAYMENTS

 

11.1                         Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to Executive or for Executive’s benefit (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) (the “ Payments ”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 (or any successor provisions) of the Code, or any interest or penalty is incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, is hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent that such reduction would result in Executive retaining a larger amount, on an after-tax basis (taking into account federal, state and local income taxes and the imposition of the Excise Tax), than if Executive received all of the Payments.  The Company shall reduce or eliminate the Payments, by first reducing or eliminating the portion of the Payments which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the determination.

 

11.2                         All determinations required to be made under this Section, including whether and when an adjustment to any Payments is required and, if applicable, which Payments are to be so adjusted, shall be made by an independent accounting firm selected by the Company from among the four (4) largest accounting firms in the United States or any nationally recognized financial planning and benefits consulting company (the “ Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and to Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company.  In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by Executive, it shall furnish Executive with a written opinion that failure to report the Excise Tax on Executive’s applicable federal income tax return would not result in the imposition of a negligence or similar penalty. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive.

 

12



 

12.                                COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code (hereinafter referred to as “ Section 409A ”). This Agreement shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Agreement to fail to satisfy Section 409A shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event any payment or benefit hereunder is determined to constitute nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, then to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A, such payment or benefit shall not be made, provided or commenced until six months after Executive’s Termination Date. Lump sum payments will be made, without interest, as soon as administratively practicable following the six-month delay. Any installments otherwise due during the six-month delay will be paid in a lump sum, without interest, as soon as administratively practicable following the six-month delay, and the remaining installments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule. For purposes of Section 409A, the right to a series of installment payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. Each separate payment in the series of separate payments shall be analyzed separately for purposes of determining whether such payment is subject to, or exempt from compliance with, the requirements of Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or additional taxes under Section 409A, amounts reimbursable to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred and the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to Executive) during any one year may not effect amounts reimbursable or provided in any subsequent year.

 

13.                                EMPLOYEE HANDBOOKS, ETC .  From time to time, the Company may, in its discretion, establish, maintain and distribute employee manuals or handbooks or personnel policy manuals, and officers or other representatives of the Company may make written or oral statements relating to personnel policies and procedures.  The Executive will adhere to and follow all rules, regulations, and policies of the Company set forth in such manuals, handbooks, or statements as they now exist or may later be amended or modified.  Such manuals, handbooks and statements do not constitute a part of this Agreement nor a separate contract, and shall not be deemed as amending this Agreement or as creating any binding obligation on the part of the Company, but are intended only for general guidance.

 

14.                                OTHER PROVISIONS

 

14.1                         This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon (i) the Company and its successors and assigns and (ii) the Executive and the Executive’s heirs and legal representatives, except that the Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement are of a personal nature and will not be assignable or delegable in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent.

 

13



 

14.2                         All notices and statements with respect to this Agreement must be in writing and shall be delivered by certified mail return receipt requested; hand delivery with written acknowledgment of receipt; or overnight courier with delivery-tracking capability.  Notices to the Company shall be addressed to the Company’s chief executive officer or chief financial or accounting officer at the Company’s then-current headquarters offices.  Notices to the Executive may be delivered to the Executive in person or to the Executive’s then-current home address as indicated on the Executive’s pay stubs or, if no address is so indicated, as set forth in the Company’s payroll records.  A party may change its address for notice by the giving of notice thereof in the manner hereinabove provided.

 

14.3                         If the Executive Resigns for Good Reason because of (i) the Company’s failure to pay the Executive on a timely basis the amounts to which he is entitled under this Agreement or (ii) any other breach of this Agreement by the Company, then the Company shall pay all amounts and damages to which the Executive may be entitled as a result of such failure or breach, including interest thereon at the maximum non-usurious rate and all reasonable legal fees and expenses and other costs incurred by the Executive to enforce the Executive’s rights hereunder and the Executive will be relieved of all obligations under Section 9 (noncompetition).

 

14.4                         This Agreement sets forth the entire present agreement of the parties concerning the subjects covered herein except for any equity incentive award agreements between the Company and the Executive.  There are no promises, understandings, representations, or warranties of any kind concerning those subjects except as expressly set forth herein or therein.

 

14.5                         Any modification of this Agreement must be in writing and signed upon the express consent of all parties. Any attempt to modify this Agreement, orally or in writing, not executed by all parties will be void.

 

14.6                         If any provision of this Agreement, or its application to anyone or under any circumstances, is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and will not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction.

 

14.7                         This Agreement will be governed and interpreted under the laws of the State of California.

 

14.8                         No failure on the part of any party to enforce any provisions of this Agreement will act as a waiver of the right to enforce that provision.

 

14.9                         Termination of the Employment, with or without Cause, will not affect the continued enforceability of this Agreement.

 

14.10                  Section headings are for convenience only and shall not define or limit the provisions of this Agreement.

 

14



 

14.11                  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which is an original. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce or account for any of the other counterparts.  A copy of this Agreement manually signed by one party and transmitted to the other party by FAX or in image form via email shall be deemed to have been executed and delivered by the signing party as though an original.  A photocopy of this Agreement shall be effective as an original for all purposes.

 

By signing this Agreement, the Executive acknowledges that the Executive (1) has read and understood the entire Agreement; (2) has received a copy of it; (3) has had the opportunity to ask questions and consult counsel or other advisors about its terms; and (4) agrees to be bound by it.

 

Executed and effective as of the Effective Date.

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason Shandell

 

/s/ Jack Zhang

Name:

Jason Shandell

 

Jack Zhang

Title:

President

 

CEO

 

15




Exhibit 10.22

 

Employment Agreement

 

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 19, 2014 between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Mary Luo (the “ Executive ”).

 

1.                                       BACKGROUND

 

1.1                                The Company is a specialty pharmaceutical company.  The Company desires to employ the Executive, and the Executive desires to accept employment, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below.  Other defined terms have the meanings set forth in the provisions of this Agreement in which they are used.

 

2.1                                Board means Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.2                                Cause means (i) the continued willful failure by Executive to substantially perform his duties with the Company, (ii) the willful engaging by Executive in misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or (iii) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement; provided, that with respect to any breach that is curable by Executive, as determined by the Board in good faith, the Company has provided Executive written notice of the material breach and Executive has not cured such breach, as determined by the Board in good faith, within fifteen (15) days following the date the Company provides such notice.

 

2.3                                Change of Control is defined in Section 10.2.

 

2.4                                COBRA means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, as the same may be amended from time to time, or any successor statute, together with any applicable regulations in effect at the time in question.

 

2.5                                Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.6                                Company Group means the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

2.7                                Company Business is intentionally defined broadly in view of the Executive’s senior position with the Company and access to Confidential Information related to the Company Group’s business and business preparations; it means (1) any business engaged in by the Company Group during the Executive’s Employment and (a) in which the Executive materially participated, or (b) concerning which the Executive had access to Confidential Information, or (2) any other business as to which the Company Group has made demonstrable preparation to engage in during such Employment and (i) in which preparation the Executive materially participated, or (ii) concerning which preparation the Executive had access to Confidential Information.

 



 

2.8                                Confidential Information means information about the Company Group or its suppliers, clients, customers or other parties with which it has business relationships (such as bottlers and distributors) that was learned by Executive in the course of his employment by the Company, including (without limitation) any proprietary knowledge (including business processes and methods), trade secrets, data, formulae, information and supplier, client, customer, bottler and distributor lists and all papers, resumes, and records (including computer records) of the documents containing such information, but excludes information which the Executive can show: (i) was in the Executive’s possession or within the Executive’s knowledge before the Employment; or (ii) is or becomes generally known to persons who could take economic advantage of it, other than officers, directors, and employees of the Company Group, without breach of an obligation to the Company; or (iii) the Executive obtained from a party having the right to disclose it without violation of an obligation to the Company; or (iv) is required to be disclosed pursuant to legal process (e.g., a subpoena), provided that the Executive notifies the Company immediately upon receiving or becoming aware of the legal process in question.

 

2.9                                Effective Date is defined in Section 5.1.

 

2.10                         Employment means the Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

2.11                         Good Reason means: (a) a material reduction (without Executive’s express written consent) in Executive’s duties or responsibilities; (b) the requirement that Executive relocate to an employment location that is more than 50 miles from his employment location on the Effective Date; or (c) the Company’s material breach (without Executive’s express written consent) of this Agreement; provided, that Executive has provided the Company written notice of the material breach and the Company has not cured such breach within fifteen (15) days following the date Executive provides such notice.

 

2.12                         Position means the area of responsibility so identified as COO of Company.  If the Company in its sole discretion increases the Executive’s area of responsibility, then such increased area of responsibility shall be deemed the Position for all purposes hereunder.

 

2.13                         Resign for Good Reason or Resignation for Good Reason means that all of the following occur:

 

(a)                                  the Executive notifies the Company in writing, in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement, of the occurrence of one or more events constituting Good Reason hereunder;

 

(b)                                  the Company fails to revoke, rescind, cancel, or cure the event (or if more than one, all such events) that was the subject of the notification under subparagraph (a) within thirty (30) days after such notice; and

 

2



 

(c)                                   within ten (10) business days after the end of the thirty-day period described in subparagraph (b), the Executive delivers to the Company a notice of resignation in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.14                         Senior Executives means those officers of the Company who are designated executive officers from time to time.

 

2.15                         Termination Date means the effective date of the Executive’s termination of Employment with the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, whether a termination of Employment has occurred shall be determined consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Company’s administrative policies.

 

2.16                         Tribunal means a court or other body of competent jurisdiction that is deciding a matter relating to this Agreement.

 

3.                                       EMPLOYMENT

 

3.1                                Position .  Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to serve the Company, at the office and in the Position referred to in Section 2.12.

 

(a)                                  The Executive will (i) devote his full professional time, attention, and energies to the business of the Company and will diligently and to the best of his ability perform all duties incident to his Employment hereunder; (ii) use his best efforts to promote the interests and goodwill of the Company; and (iii) perform such other duties commensurate with the Position as the Board may from time-to-time assign to the Executive.

 

(b)                                  The Executive shall obtain the written consent of the Board prior to serving on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees.  This Section 3.1 shall not be construed as preventing the Executive from serving on the corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees on which he currently serves and which have been previously disclosed to the Company in writing; provided that in no event shall any such service or business activity require the provision of substantial services by the Executive to the operations or the affairs of such businesses or enterprises such that the provision thereof would interfere in any respect with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

3.2                                Office Space, Equipment, etc .  The Company shall provide the Executive with office space, related facilities, equipment, and support personnel that are commensurate with the Position.

 

3.3                                Expense Reimbursement .  The Company will timely reimburse the Executive for reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the Employment in accordance with the Company’s then-current policies no later than thirty (30) days following the submission of such expense(s).

 

3



 

4.                                       COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS DURING EMPLOYMENT .  During the Employment, the Company shall provide compensation and benefits to the Executive as follows.

 

4.1                                Salary .  In consideration of the services to be rendered by Executive pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Employee a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) as established by or pursuant to authority granted by the Board.  Executive’s initial Base Salary shall be the base salary, as of the Effective Date, the initial Base Salary is $668,000 as of the Effective Date.  The Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by or pursuant to authority granted by the Board in connection with its annual review of executive compensation to determine if such Base Salary should be adjusted so as to be consistent with independent third party peer group survey data for the following year in recognition of services to the Company.  The increase in Base Salary shall be determined by survey.  The Base Salary shall be payable at such intervals in conformity with the Company’s prevailing practice as such practice shall be established or modified from time to time.

 

4.2                                Bonuses; Additional Compensation .  Executive will be eligible to receive bonuses and awards of equity and non-equity compensation and to participate in annual and long-term compensation plans of the Company in accordance with any plan or decision that the Board, or any committee or other person authorized by the Board, may in its sole discretion determine from time to time.  The target annual bonus for Executive as of the Effective Date, expressed as a percentage of Base Salary, is 83% of Base Salary.

 

4.3                                Other Benefits .  During the period of employment under this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all other benefits of employment generally available to other Senior Executives and those benefits for which such persons are or shall become eligible, when and as the Executive becomes eligible therefore.

 

5.                                       TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

5.1                                Term of Agreement .  The term of the Employment shall commence on the date of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock (the “ Effective Date ”) and continue to the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Original Term ”) and renew automatically for successive one-year terms (each, a “ Renewal Term ”) unless notice of non-renewal is given by either party to the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term (the “ Expiration Date ”); provided that the Employment may also be terminated prior to such Expiration Date (i) by the Executive for any reason (i.e., with or without Good Reason), (ii) by the Company for any reason (i.e., with or without Cause) or (iii) due to the Disability or death of the Executive.

 

4



 

5.2                                Termination in the Event of Disability .  In the event of the incapacity of the Executive, by reason of mental or physical disability to perform his material duties hereunder, for a period of 120 consecutive days or 180 non-consecutive days during any twelve (12) month period, as reasonably determined by the Board or as certified by a qualified physician selected by the Board (collectively, “ Disability ”), the Company may terminate the Executive’s Employment effective upon written notice to the Executive.

 

5.3                                Notice of Resignation; Waiver of Notice Period .  If the Executive resigns from the Company, the Executive will give the Company at least four (4) weeks’ prior notice of resignation.  The Company may in its discretion waive any notice period stated in the Executive’s notice of resignation, in which case the Termination Date of the Employment will be the date of such waiver.

 

5.4                                No Termination of Agreement Per Se .  Termination of the Employment will not terminate this Agreement per se; to the extent that either party has any right under applicable law to terminate this Agreement, any such termination of this Agreement shall be deemed solely to be a termination of the Employment without affecting any other right or obligation hereunder except as provided herein in connection with termination of the Employment.

 

5.5                                Payments Following Termination .

 

(a)                                  If the Employment is terminated for any reason, either by the Company or by the Executive’s resignation, then the Company shall pay the Executive the following amounts as part of the Company’s next regular payroll cycle but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the Termination Date, to the extent that the same have not already been paid;

 

(i)                                      any and all Base Salary and vacation pay earned through the Termination Date; and

 

(ii)                                   any reimbursable expenses properly reported by the Executive.

 

(b)                                  Unless the Executive resigns without Good Reason or the Employment is terminated for Cause, then the Company shall pay (i) any applicable prorated annual bonus, based on actual performance for the year of termination as determined by the Board in its discretion when making bonus determinations for other Senior Executives and payable at such time as annual bonuses are otherwise determined for other Senior Executives and (ii) any accrued but unpaid annual bonus for the fiscal year immediately preceding the year of termination.

 

5



 

6.                                       SEVERANCE BENEFITS UPON CERTAIN TERMINATIONS

 

6.1                                Severance Payment .  If (1) the Company does not renew the Agreement at the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term, (2) the Employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or (3) the Executive resigns for Good Reason, then:

 

(a)                                  The Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of (A) the highest Base annual Salary in effect (i) during the 12 months immediately prior to the Termination Date or (ii) during the Employment, if the Employment has lasted less than 12 months plus (B) the average annual bonus earned by the Executive for the most recent three (3) fiscal years ending prior to the Termination Date or the base salary for the remainder of the contract whichever is greater, such amount to be paid in cash or immediately-available funds in a lump sum on the 30 th  day following the Termination Date.

 

(b)                                  As a condition to making any such severance payment, the payments for insurance and related benefits under Section 6.2 below and the special equity vesting under Section 6.3 below, the Company will require the Executive or his legal representative(s) to first execute a release in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, which contains a full release of all claims against the Company and certain other provisions, including but not limited to a reaffirmation of the covenants in Sections 8, 9.1 and 9.2.

 

6.2                                Payments for Insurance and Related Benefits .  If (1) the Company does not renew the Agreement at the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term, (2) the Employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or (3) the Executive resigns for Good Reason then the Company shall, for a period of 12 months or the remainder of the contract, whichever is greater commencing on the date of termination of Executive’s employment, pay such health insurance premiums as may be necessary to allow Executive, Executive’s spouse and dependents to continue to receive health insurance coverage substantially similar to the coverage they received prior to the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

6.3                                Equity Vesting .  If (1) the Company does not renew the Agreement at the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term, (2) the Employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or (3) the Executive resigns for Good Reason, then the Executive shall vest upon such termination of Employment in any restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards granted by the Company. The provisions of this Section 6.3 shall control except to the extent that the provisions of the applicable restricted stock, stock option or other equity award are more favorable. Any post-employment exercise period for vested stock options shall continue to be governed by the terms of the applicable equity compensation plan and award agreement.

 

6



 

6.4                                D&O Insurance and Indemnification .  Through at least the sixth anniversary of the Termination Date, the Company shall maintain coverage for the Executive as a named insured on all directors’ and officers’ insurance maintained by the Company for the benefit of its directors and officers on at least the same basis as all other covered individuals and provide the Executive with at least the same corporate indemnification as it provides to other Senior Executives.

 

6.5                                No Other Severance Benefits .  Other than as described above in Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3 and as described below in Section 10, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payment, benefit, damages, award or compensation in connection with termination of the Employment, by either the Company or the Executive, except as may be expressly provided in another written agreement, if any, approved by the Board and executed by the Executive and the Company.  Neither the Executive nor the Company is obligated to enter into any such other written agreement.

 

6.6                                No Waiver of ERISA-Related Rights .  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to be a waiver by the Executive of any benefits accrued for or due to the Executive under any employee benefit plan (as such term is defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) maintained by the Company, if any, except that the Executive shall not be entitled to any severance benefits pursuant to any severance plan or program of the Company other than as provided herein.

 

6.7                                Mitigation Not Required .  The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit which is to be paid or provided by the Company pursuant to this Section 6.  Any remuneration received by the Executive from a third party following termination of the Employment shall not apply to reduce the Company’s obligations to make payments or provide benefits hereunder.

 

7.                                       TAX WITHHOLDING .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may withhold from amounts payable under this Agreement, or under any other agreement between the Executive and the Company, all federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required to be withheld by applicable laws or regulations.

 

8.                                       CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

8.1                                Executive acknowledges that in the course of his employment by the Company, the Company has provided him and will continue to provide him, prior to any termination hereof, with certain Confidential Information and knowledge concerning the operations of the Company Group which the Company desires to protect.  This Confidential Information shall include, but is not limited to:

 

(a)                                  terms and conditions of and the identity of the parties to the Company Group’s agreements with its suppliers, clients, customers or other parties with which it has business relationships (such as bottlers and distributors), including but not limited to price information;

 

7



 

(b)                                  management systems, policies or procedures, including the contents of related forms and manuals;

 

(c)                                   professional advice rendered or taken by the Company Group;

 

(d)                                  the Company Group’s own financial data, business and management information, processes, methods, strategies and plans and internal practices and procedures, including but not limited to internal financial records, statements and information, cost reports or other financial information;

 

(e)                                   proprietary software, systems and technology-related methodologies of the Company Group and their clients;

 

(f)                                    salary, bonus and other personnel information relating to the Company Group’s personnel;

 

(g)                                   the Company Group’s business and management development plans, including but not limited to proposed or actual plans regarding acquisitions (including the identity of any acquisition contacts), divestitures, asset sales, and mergers;

 

(h)                                  decisions and deliberations of the Company Group’s committees or boards; and

 

(i)                                      litigation, disputes, or investigations to which the Company Group may be party and legal advice provided to Executive on behalf of the Company Group in the course of Executive’s employment.

 

8.2                                Executive understands that such information is confidential, and he agrees not to reveal such information to anyone outside the Company so long as the confidential or secret nature of such information shall continue.  Executive further agrees that he will at no time use such information in competing with all or any portion of the Company.  At such time as Executive shall cease to be employed by the Company, he will surrender to the Company all papers, documents, writing and other property produced by him or coming into his possession by or through his employment and relating to the information referred to in this paragraph, and the Executive agrees that all such materials will at all times remain the property of the Company.

 

9.                                       NONSOLICITATION COVENANT

 

9.1                                Nonsolicitation .  Executive agrees that he shall not directly or indirectly during Executive’s Employment and for one (1) year after termination of Employment, either alone or through or in conjunction with any other person or entity employ, solicit, induce, or recruit, any person employed by any member of the Company Group at any time within the one (1) year period immediately preceding such employment, solicitation, inducement or recruitment.

 

8



 

9.2                                For the purposes of this Agreement, “potential customer” or “potential client” shall be defined as those entities for which Executive has had access to Confidential Information during his Employment, and “customer” or “client” shall be defined as those entities with which any member of the Company Group has conducted any business during the twelve (12) month period prior to termination of the Employment.  For the purposes of this Agreement, “product” shall mean any product sold by any member of the Company Group at any time within the one (1) year period preceding termination of Executive’s Employment and “services” shall mean activities performed by any member of the Company Group at any time within the one (1) year period preceding termination of Executive’s Employment.

 

9.3                                Executive acknowledges and agrees that the restrictive covenants contained herein are reasonable in time, territory and scope, and in all other respects.  If a Tribunal determines that any of the restrictions set forth in this Section 9 are unreasonably broad or otherwise unenforceable under applicable law, then (i) such determination shall be binding only within the geographical jurisdiction of the Tribunal, and (ii) the restriction will not be terminated or rendered unenforceable, but instead will be blue penciled or reformed (solely for enforcement within the geographic jurisdiction of the Tribunal) to the minimum extent required to render it enforceable.

 

10.                                CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

10.1                         Special Severance Benefits .

 

(a)                                  If, during the specific time periods listed in subparagraph (b), the Employment is terminated by any of the specific events listed there, then the Executive will be entitled to the following benefits:

 

(i)                                      The Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of (A) the highest Base Salary in effect (i) during the 12 months immediately prior to the Termination Date or (ii) during the Employment, if the Employment has lasted less than 12 months plus (B) the average annual bonus earned by the Executive for the most recent three (3) fiscal years ending prior to the Termination Date, such amount to be paid in cash or immediately-available funds in a lump sum on the 60 th  day following the Termination Date.

 

(ii)                                   The payments for insurance and other benefits set forth in Section 6.2 shall be extended by an additional 12 months.

 

9



 

(iii)                                The amounts payable under subparagraphs (i) and (ii) are in addition to any severance payments due to Executive under the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 as a result of such termination of Employment.

 

(b)                                  The specific termination events and time periods in which the Executive will be entitled to the special severance benefits under Section 10.1(a)(i) above are as follows:

 

(i)                                      the Executive’s Employment is terminated by the Company, for any reason other than Cause, at any time during the period beginning on the Change of Control date and ending on the date one year after the Change of Control date; or

 

(ii)                                   the Executive Resigns for Good Reason at any time during the period beginning on the Change of Control date and ending on the date one year after the Change of Control date.

 

(c)                                   In addition, all restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards granted by the Company that were unvested immediately prior to the Change of Control date shall become fully vested as of the Change of Control date.  The provisions of this Section 10.1(c) shall control except to the extent that the provisions of the applicable restricted stock, stock option or other equity award are more favorable.

 

(d)                                  As a condition to providing the Executive with the special severance benefits under Sections 10.1(a)(i) and (ii), the Company will require the Executive to first execute a release consistent with the requirements of Section 6.1(b).

 

10.2                         A Change of Control shall occur when:

 

(a)                                  Any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (a “ Person ”) becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); provided, however, that, for purposes of this Section, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control:  (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company, or (iv) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with Sections 10.2(c)(A), (B) and (C).

 

10


 

(b)                                  Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual was a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board;

 

(c)                                   There is consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (each, a “ Business Combination ”), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body), as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or

 

11



 

(d)                                  The stockholders of the Company approve a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company .

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that a payment hereunder is subject to the requirements of Section 409A, the Company will not be deemed to have undergone a Change of Control unless the Company is deemed to have undergone a “change in control event” pursuant to the definition of such term in Section 409A.

 

11.                                ADJUSTMENTS TO PAYMENTS

 

11.1                         Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to Executive or for Executive’s benefit (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) (the “ Payments ”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 (or any successor provisions) of the Code, or any interest or penalty is incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, is hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent that such reduction would result in Executive retaining a larger amount, on an after-tax basis (taking into account federal, state and local income taxes and the imposition of the Excise Tax), than if Executive received all of the Payments.  The Company shall reduce or eliminate the Payments, by first reducing or eliminating the portion of the Payments which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the determination.

 

11.2                         All determinations required to be made under this Section, including whether and when an adjustment to any Payments is required and, if applicable, which Payments are to be so adjusted, shall be made by an independent accounting firm selected by the Company from among the four (4) largest accounting firms in the United States or any nationally recognized financial planning and benefits consulting company (the “ Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and to Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company.  In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by Executive, it shall furnish Executive with a written opinion that failure to report the Excise Tax on Executive’s applicable federal income tax return would not result in the imposition of a negligence or similar penalty. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive.

 

12



 

12.                                COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code (hereinafter referred to as “ Section 409A ”). This Agreement shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Agreement to fail to satisfy Section 409A shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event any payment or benefit hereunder is determined to constitute nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, then to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A, such payment or benefit shall not be made, provided or commenced until six months after Executive’s Termination Date. Lump sum payments will be made, without interest, as soon as administratively practicable following the six-month delay. Any installments otherwise due during the six-month delay will be paid in a lump sum, without interest, as soon as administratively practicable following the six-month delay, and the remaining installments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule. For purposes of Section 409A, the right to a series of installment payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. Each separate payment in the series of separate payments shall be analyzed separately for purposes of determining whether such payment is subject to, or exempt from compliance with, the requirements of Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or additional taxes under Section 409A, amounts reimbursable to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred and the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to Executive) during any one year may not effect amounts reimbursable or provided in any subsequent year.

 

13.                                EMPLOYEE HANDBOOKS, ETC .  From time to time, the Company may, in its discretion, establish, maintain and distribute employee manuals or handbooks or personnel policy manuals, and officers or other representatives of the Company may make written or oral statements relating to personnel policies and procedures.  The Executive will adhere to and follow all rules, regulations, and policies of the Company set forth in such manuals, handbooks, or statements as they now exist or may later be amended or modified.  Such manuals, handbooks and statements do not constitute a part of this Agreement nor a separate contract, and shall not be deemed as amending this Agreement or as creating any binding obligation on the part of the Company, but are intended only for general guidance.

 

14.                                OTHER PROVISIONS

 

14.1                         This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon (i) the Company and its successors and assigns and (ii) the Executive and the Executive’s heirs and legal representatives, except that the Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement are of a personal nature and will not be assignable or delegable in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent.

 

13



 

14.2                         All notices and statements with respect to this Agreement must be in writing and shall be delivered by certified mail return receipt requested; hand delivery with written acknowledgment of receipt; or overnight courier with delivery-tracking capability.  Notices to the Company shall be addressed to the Company’s chief executive officer or chief financial or accounting officer at the Company’s then-current headquarters offices.  Notices to the Executive may be delivered to the Executive in person or to the Executive’s then-current home address as indicated on the Executive’s pay stubs or, if no address is so indicated, as set forth in the Company’s payroll records.  A party may change its address for notice by the giving of notice thereof in the manner hereinabove provided.

 

14.3                         If the Executive Resigns for Good Reason because of (i) the Company’s failure to pay the Executive on a timely basis the amounts to which he is entitled under this Agreement or (ii) any other breach of this Agreement by the Company, then the Company shall pay all amounts and damages to which the Executive may be entitled as a result of such failure or breach, including interest thereon at the maximum non-usurious rate and all reasonable legal fees and expenses and other costs incurred by the Executive to enforce the Executive’s rights hereunder and the Executive will be relieved of all obligations under Section 9 (noncompetition).

 

14.4                         This Agreement sets forth the entire present agreement of the parties concerning the subjects covered herein except for any equity incentive award agreements between the Company and the Executive.  There are no promises, understandings, representations, or warranties of any kind concerning those subjects except as expressly set forth herein or therein.

 

14.5                         Any modification of this Agreement must be in writing and signed upon the express consent of all parties. Any attempt to modify this Agreement, orally or in writing, not executed by all parties will be void.

 

14.6                         If any provision of this Agreement, or its application to anyone or under any circumstances, is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and will not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction.

 

14.7                         This Agreement will be governed and interpreted under the laws of the State of California.

 

14.8                         No failure on the part of any party to enforce any provisions of this Agreement will act as a waiver of the right to enforce that provision.

 

14.9                         Termination of the Employment, with or without Cause, will not affect the continued enforceability of this Agreement.

 

14.10                  Section headings are for convenience only and shall not define or limit the provisions of this Agreement.

 

14



 

14.11                  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which is an original. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce or account for any of the other counterparts.  A copy of this Agreement manually signed by one party and transmitted to the other party by FAX or in image form via email shall be deemed to have been executed and delivered by the signing party as though an original.  A photocopy of this Agreement shall be effective as an original for all purposes.

 

By signing this Agreement, the Executive acknowledges that the Executive (1) has read and understood the entire Agreement; (2) has received a copy of it; (3) has had the opportunity to ask questions and consult counsel or other advisors about its terms; and (4) agrees to be bound by it.

 

Executed and effective as of the Effective Date.

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason Shandell

 

/s/ Mary Luo

Name:

Jason Shandell

 

Mary Luo

Title:

President

 

COO

 

15




Exhibit 10.23

 

Employment Agreement

 

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 19, 2014 between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Jason Shandell (the “ Executive ”).

 

1.                                       BACKGROUND

 

1.1                                The Company is a specialty pharmaceutical company.  The Company desires to employ the Executive, and the Executive desires to accept employment, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below.  Other defined terms have the meanings set forth in the provisions of this Agreement in which they are used.

 

2.1                                Board means Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.2                                Cause means (i) the continued willful failure by Executive to substantially perform his duties with the Company, (ii) the willful engaging by Executive in misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or (iii) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement; provided, that with respect to any breach that is curable by Executive, as determined by the Board in good faith, the Company has provided Executive written notice of the material breach and Executive has not cured such breach, as determined by the Board in good faith, within fifteen (15) days following the date the Company provides such notice.

 

2.3                                Change of Control is defined in Section 10.2.

 

2.4                                COBRA means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, as the same may be amended from time to time, or any successor statute, together with any applicable regulations in effect at the time in question.

 

2.5                                Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.6                                Company Group means the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

2.7                                Company Business is intentionally defined broadly in view of the Executive’s senior position with the Company and access to Confidential Information related to the Company Group’s business and business preparations; it means (1) any business engaged in by the Company Group during the Executive’s Employment and (a) in which the Executive materially participated, or (b) concerning which the Executive had access to Confidential Information, or (2) any other business as to which the Company Group has made demonstrable preparation to engage in during such Employment and (i) in which preparation the Executive materially participated, or (ii) concerning which preparation the Executive had access to Confidential Information.

 



 

2.8                                Confidential Information means information about the Company Group or its suppliers, clients, customers or other parties with which it has business relationships (such as bottlers and distributors) that was learned by Executive in the course of his employment by the Company, including (without limitation) any proprietary knowledge (including business processes and methods), trade secrets, data, formulae, information and supplier, client, customer, bottler and distributor lists and all papers, resumes, and records (including computer records) of the documents containing such information, but excludes information which the Executive can show: (i) was in the Executive’s possession or within the Executive’s knowledge before the Employment; or (ii) is or becomes generally known to persons who could take economic advantage of it, other than officers, directors, and employees of the Company Group, without breach of an obligation to the Company; or (iii) the Executive obtained from a party having the right to disclose it without violation of an obligation to the Company; or (iv) is required to be disclosed pursuant to legal process (e.g., a subpoena), provided that the Executive notifies the Company immediately upon receiving or becoming aware of the legal process in question.

 

2.9                                Effective Date is defined in Section 5.1.

 

2.10                         Employment means the Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

2.11                         Good Reason means: (a) a material reduction (without Executive’s express written consent) in Executive’s duties or responsibilities; (b) the requirement that Executive relocate to an employment location that is more than 50 miles from his employment location on the Effective Date; or (c) the Company’s material breach (without Executive’s express written consent) of this Agreement; provided, that Executive has provided the Company written notice of the material breach and the Company has not cured such breach within fifteen (15) days following the date Executive provides such notice.

 

2.12                         Position means the area of responsibility so identified as President of Company.  If the Company in its sole discretion increases the Executive’s area of responsibility, then such increased area of responsibility shall be deemed the Position for all purposes hereunder.

 

2.13                         Resign for Good Reason or Resignation for Good Reason means that all of the following occur:

 

(a)                                  the Executive notifies the Company in writing, in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement, of the occurrence of one or more events constituting Good Reason hereunder;

 

(b)                                  the Company fails to revoke, rescind, cancel, or cure the event (or if more than one, all such events) that was the subject of the notification under subparagraph (a) within thirty (30) days after such notice; and

 

2



 

(c)                                   within ten (10) business days after the end of the thirty-day period described in subparagraph (b), the Executive delivers to the Company a notice of resignation in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.14                         Senior Executives means those officers of the Company who are designated executive officers from time to time.

 

2.15                         Termination Date means the effective date of the Executive’s termination of Employment with the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, whether a termination of Employment has occurred shall be determined consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Company’s administrative policies.

 

2.16                         Tribunal means a court or other body of competent jurisdiction that is deciding a matter relating to this Agreement.

 

3.                                       EMPLOYMENT

 

3.1                                Position .  Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to serve the Company, at the office and in the Position referred to in Section 2.12.

 

(a)                                  The Executive will (i) devote his full professional time, attention, and energies to the business of the Company and will diligently and to the best of his ability perform all duties incident to his Employment hereunder; (ii) use his best efforts to promote the interests and goodwill of the Company; and (iii) perform such other duties commensurate with the Position as the Board may from time-to-time assign to the Executive.

 

(b)                                  The Executive shall obtain the written consent of the Board prior to serving on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees.  This Section 3.1 shall not be construed as preventing the Executive from serving on the corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees on which he currently serves and which have been previously disclosed to the Company in writing; provided that in no event shall any such service or business activity require the provision of substantial services by the Executive to the operations or the affairs of such businesses or enterprises such that the provision thereof would interfere in any respect with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

3.2                                Office Space, Equipment, etc .  The Company shall provide the Executive with office space, related facilities, equipment, and support personnel that are commensurate with the Position.

 

3.3                                Expense Reimbursement .  The Company will timely reimburse the Executive for reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the Employment in accordance with the Company’s then-current policies no later than thirty (30) days following the submission of such expense(s).

 

3



 

4.                                       COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS DURING EMPLOYMENT .  During the Employment, the Company shall provide compensation and benefits to the Executive as follows.

 

4.1                                Salary .  In consideration of the services to be rendered by Executive pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Employee a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) as established by or pursuant to authority granted by the Board.  Executive’s initial Base Salary shall be the base salary, as of the Effective Date, the initial Base Salary is $525,000 as of the Effective Date.  The Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by or pursuant to authority granted by the Board in connection with its annual review of executive compensation to determine if such Base Salary should be adjusted so as to be consistent with independent third party peer group survey data for the following year in recognition of services to the Company.  The increase in Base Salary shall be determined by survey.  The Base Salary shall be payable at such intervals in conformity with the Company’s prevailing practice as such practice shall be established or modified from time to time.

 

4.2                                Bonuses; Additional Compensation .  Executive will be eligible to receive bonuses and awards of equity and non-equity compensation and to participate in annual and long-term compensation plans of the Company in accordance with any plan or decision that the Board, or any committee or other person authorized by the Board, may in its sole discretion determine from time to time.  The target annual bonus for Executive as of the Effective Date, expressed as a percentage of Base Salary, is 83% of Base Salary.

 

4.3                                Other Benefits .  During the period of employment under this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all other benefits of employment generally available to other Senior Executives and those benefits for which such persons are or shall become eligible, when and as the Executive becomes eligible therefore.

 

5.                                       TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

5.1                                Term of Agreement .  The term of the Employment shall commence on the date of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock (the “ Effective Date ”) and continue to the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Original Term ”) and renew automatically for successive one-year terms (each, a “ Renewal Term ”) unless notice of non-renewal is given by either party to the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term (the “ Expiration Date ”); provided that the Employment may also be terminated prior to such Expiration Date (i) by the Executive for any reason (i.e., with or without Good Reason), (ii) by the Company for any reason (i.e., with or without Cause) or (iii) due to the Disability or death of the Executive.

 

4



 

5.2                                Termination in the Event of Disability .  In the event of the incapacity of the Executive, by reason of mental or physical disability to perform his material duties hereunder, for a period of 120 consecutive days or 180 non-consecutive days during any twelve (12) month period, as reasonably determined by the Board or as certified by a qualified physician selected by the Board (collectively, “ Disability ”), the Company may terminate the Executive’s Employment effective upon written notice to the Executive.

 

5.3                                Notice of Resignation; Waiver of Notice Period .  If the Executive resigns from the Company, the Executive will give the Company at least four (4) weeks’ prior notice of resignation.  The Company may in its discretion waive any notice period stated in the Executive’s notice of resignation, in which case the Termination Date of the Employment will be the date of such waiver.

 

5.4                                No Termination of Agreement Per Se .  Termination of the Employment will not terminate this Agreement per se; to the extent that either party has any right under applicable law to terminate this Agreement, any such termination of this Agreement shall be deemed solely to be a termination of the Employment without affecting any other right or obligation hereunder except as provided herein in connection with termination of the Employment.

 

5.5                                Payments Following Termination .

 

(a)                                  If the Employment is terminated for any reason, either by the Company or by the Executive’s resignation, then the Company shall pay the Executive the following amounts as part of the Company’s next regular payroll cycle but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the Termination Date, to the extent that the same have not already been paid;

 

(i)                                      any and all Base Salary and vacation pay earned through the Termination Date; and

 

(ii)                                   any reimbursable expenses properly reported by the Executive.

 

(b)                                  Unless the Executive resigns without Good Reason or the Employment is terminated for Cause, then the Company shall pay (i) any applicable prorated annual bonus, based on actual performance for the year of termination as determined by the Board in its discretion when making bonus determinations for other Senior Executives and payable at such time as annual bonuses are otherwise determined for other Senior Executives and (ii) any accrued but unpaid annual bonus for the fiscal year immediately preceding the year of termination.

 

5



 

6.                                       SEVERANCE BENEFITS UPON CERTAIN TERMINATIONS

 

6.1                                Severance Payment .  If (1) the Company does not renew the Agreement at the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term, (2) the Employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or (3) the Executive resigns for Good Reason, then:

 

 

(a)                                  The Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of (A) the highest Base annual Salary in effect (i) during the 12 months immediately prior to the Termination Date or (ii) during the Employment, if the Employment has lasted less than 12 months plus (B) the average annual bonus earned by the Executive for the most recent three (3) fiscal years ending prior to the Termination Date or the base salary for the remainder of the contract whichever is greater, such amount to be paid in cash or immediately-available funds in a lump sum on the 30 th  day following the Termination Date.

 

(b)                                  As a condition to making any such severance payment, the payments for insurance and related benefits under Section 6.2 below and the special equity vesting under Section 6.3 below, the Company will require the Executive or his legal representative(s) to first execute a release in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, which contains a full release of all claims against the Company and certain other provisions, including but not limited to a reaffirmation of the covenants in Sections 8, 9.1 and 9.2.

 

6.2                                Payments for Insurance and Related Benefits .  If (1) the Company does not renew the Agreement at the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term, (2) the Employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or (3) the Executive resigns for Good Reason then the Company shall, for a period of 12 months or the remainder of the contract, whichever is greater commencing on the date of termination of Executive’s employment, pay such health insurance premiums as may be necessary to allow Executive, Executive’s spouse and dependents to continue to receive health insurance coverage substantially similar to the coverage they received prior to the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

6.3                                Equity Vesting .  If (1) the Company does not renew the Agreement at the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term, (2) the Employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or (3) the Executive resigns for Good Reason, then the Executive shall vest upon such termination of Employment in any restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards granted by the Company. The provisions of this Section 6.3 shall control except to the extent that the provisions of the applicable restricted stock, stock option or other equity award are more favorable. Any post-employment exercise period for vested stock options shall continue to be governed by the terms of the applicable equity compensation plan and award agreement.

 

6



 

6.4                                D&O Insurance and Indemnification .  Through at least the sixth anniversary of the Termination Date, the Company shall maintain coverage for the Executive as a named insured on all directors’ and officers’ insurance maintained by the Company for the benefit of its directors and officers on at least the same basis as all other covered individuals and provide the Executive with at least the same corporate indemnification as it provides to other Senior Executives.

 

6.5                                No Other Severance Benefits .  Other than as described above in Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3 and as described below in Section 10, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payment, benefit, damages, award or compensation in connection with termination of the Employment, by either the Company or the Executive, except as may be expressly provided in another written agreement, if any, approved by the Board and executed by the Executive and the Company.  Neither the Executive nor the Company is obligated to enter into any such other written agreement.

 

6.6                                No Waiver of ERISA-Related Rights .  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to be a waiver by the Executive of any benefits accrued for or due to the Executive under any employee benefit plan (as such term is defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) maintained by the Company, if any, except that the Executive shall not be entitled to any severance benefits pursuant to any severance plan or program of the Company other than as provided herein.

 

6.7                                Mitigation Not Required .  The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit which is to be paid or provided by the Company pursuant to this Section 6.  Any remuneration received by the Executive from a third party following termination of the Employment shall not apply to reduce the Company’s obligations to make payments or provide benefits hereunder.

 

7.                                       TAX WITHHOLDING .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may withhold from amounts payable under this Agreement, or under any other agreement between the Executive and the Company, all federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required to be withheld by applicable laws or regulations.

 

8.                                       CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

8.1                                Executive acknowledges that in the course of his employment by the Company, the Company has provided him and will continue to provide him, prior to any termination hereof, with certain Confidential Information and knowledge concerning the operations of the Company Group which the Company desires to protect.  This Confidential Information shall include, but is not limited to:

 

(a)                                  terms and conditions of and the identity of the parties to the Company Group’s agreements with its suppliers, clients, customers or other parties with which it has business relationships (such as bottlers and distributors), including but not limited to price information;

 

7



 

(b)                                  management systems, policies or procedures, including the contents of related forms and manuals;

 

(c)                                   professional advice rendered or taken by the Company Group;

 

(d)                                  the Company Group’s own financial data, business and management information, processes, methods, strategies and plans and internal practices and procedures, including but not limited to internal financial records, statements and information, cost reports or other financial information;

 

(e)                                   proprietary software, systems and technology-related methodologies of the Company Group and their clients;

 

(f)                                    salary, bonus and other personnel information relating to the Company Group’s personnel;

 

(g)                                   the Company Group’s business and management development plans, including but not limited to proposed or actual plans regarding acquisitions (including the identity of any acquisition contacts), divestitures, asset sales, and mergers;

 

(h)                                  decisions and deliberations of the Company Group’s committees or boards; and

 

(i)                                      litigation, disputes, or investigations to which the Company Group may be party and legal advice provided to Executive on behalf of the Company Group in the course of Executive’s employment.

 

8.2                                Executive understands that such information is confidential, and he agrees not to reveal such information to anyone outside the Company so long as the confidential or secret nature of such information shall continue.  Executive further agrees that he will at no time use such information in competing with all or any portion of the Company.  At such time as Executive shall cease to be employed by the Company, he will surrender to the Company all papers, documents, writing and other property produced by him or coming into his possession by or through his employment and relating to the information referred to in this paragraph, and the Executive agrees that all such materials will at all times remain the property of the Company.

 

9.                                       NONSOLICITATION COVENANT

 

9.1                                Nonsolicitation .  Executive agrees that he shall not directly or indirectly during Executive’s Employment and for one (1) year after termination of Employment, either alone or through or in conjunction with any other person or entity employ, solicit, induce, or recruit, any person employed by any member of the Company Group at any time within the one (1) year period immediately preceding such employment, solicitation, inducement or recruitment.

 

8



 

9.2                                For the purposes of this Agreement, “potential customer” or “potential client” shall be defined as those entities for which Executive has had access to Confidential Information during his Employment, and “customer” or “client” shall be defined as those entities with which any member of the Company Group has conducted any business during the twelve (12) month period prior to termination of the Employment.  For the purposes of this Agreement, “product” shall mean any product sold by any member of the Company Group at any time within the one (1) year period preceding termination of Executive’s Employment and “services” shall mean activities performed by any member of the Company Group at any time within the one (1) year period preceding termination of Executive’s Employment.

 

9.3                                Executive acknowledges and agrees that the restrictive covenants contained herein are reasonable in time, territory and scope, and in all other respects.  If a Tribunal determines that any of the restrictions set forth in this Section 9 are unreasonably broad or otherwise unenforceable under applicable law, then (i) such determination shall be binding only within the geographical jurisdiction of the Tribunal, and (ii) the restriction will not be terminated or rendered unenforceable, but instead will be blue penciled or reformed (solely for enforcement within the geographic jurisdiction of the Tribunal) to the minimum extent required to render it enforceable.

 

10.                                CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

10.1                         Special Severance Benefits .

 

(a)                                  If, during the specific time periods listed in subparagraph (b), the Employment is terminated by any of the specific events listed there, then the Executive will be entitled to the following benefits:

 

(i)                                      The Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of (A) the highest Base Salary in effect (i) during the 12 months immediately prior to the Termination Date or (ii) during the Employment, if the Employment has lasted less than 12 months plus (B) the average annual bonus earned by the Executive for the most recent three (3) fiscal years ending prior to the Termination Date, such amount to be paid in cash or immediately-available funds in a lump sum on the 60 th  day following the Termination Date.

 

(ii)                                   The payments for insurance and other benefits set forth in Section 6.2 shall be extended by an additional 12 months.

 

9



 

(iii)                                The amounts payable under subparagraphs (i) and (ii) are in addition to any severance payments due to Executive under the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 as a result of such termination of Employment.

 

(b)                                  The specific termination events and time periods in which the Executive will be entitled to the special severance benefits under Section 10.1(a)(i) above are as follows:

 

(i)                                      the Executive’s Employment is terminated by the Company, for any reason other than Cause, at any time during the period beginning on the Change of Control date and ending on the date one year after the Change of Control date; or

 

(ii)                                   the Executive Resigns for Good Reason at any time during the period beginning on the Change of Control date and ending on the date one year after the Change of Control date.

 

(c)                                   In addition, all restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards granted by the Company that were unvested immediately prior to the Change of Control date shall become fully vested as of the Change of Control date.  The provisions of this Section 10.1(c) shall control except to the extent that the provisions of the applicable restricted stock, stock option or other equity award are more favorable.

 

(d)                                  As a condition to providing the Executive with the special severance benefits under Sections 10.1(a)(i) and (ii), the Company will require the Executive to first execute a release consistent with the requirements of Section 6.1(b).

 

10.2                         A Change of Control shall occur when:

 

(a)                                  Any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (a “ Person ”) becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); provided, however, that, for purposes of this Section, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control:  (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company, or (iv) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with Sections 10.2(c)(A), (B) and (C).

 

10


 

(b)                                  Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual was a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board;

 

(c)                                   There is consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (each, a “ Business Combination ”), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body), as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or

 

11



 

(d)                                  The stockholders of the Company approve a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company .

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that a payment hereunder is subject to the requirements of Section 409A, the Company will not be deemed to have undergone a Change of Control unless the Company is deemed to have undergone a “change in control event” pursuant to the definition of such term in Section 409A.

 

11.                                ADJUSTMENTS TO PAYMENTS

 

11.1                         Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to Executive or for Executive’s benefit (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) (the “ Payments ”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 (or any successor provisions) of the Code, or any interest or penalty is incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, is hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent that such reduction would result in Executive retaining a larger amount, on an after-tax basis (taking into account federal, state and local income taxes and the imposition of the Excise Tax), than if Executive received all of the Payments.  The Company shall reduce or eliminate the Payments, by first reducing or eliminating the portion of the Payments which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the determination.

 

11.2                         All determinations required to be made under this Section, including whether and when an adjustment to any Payments is required and, if applicable, which Payments are to be so adjusted, shall be made by an independent accounting firm selected by the Company from among the four (4) largest accounting firms in the United States or any nationally recognized financial planning and benefits consulting company (the “ Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and to Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company.  In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by Executive, it shall furnish Executive with a written opinion that failure to report the Excise Tax on Executive’s applicable federal income tax return would not result in the imposition of a negligence or similar penalty. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive.

 

12



 

12.                                COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code (hereinafter referred to as “ Section 409A ”). This Agreement shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Agreement to fail to satisfy Section 409A shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event any payment or benefit hereunder is determined to constitute nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, then to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A, such payment or benefit shall not be made, provided or commenced until six months after Executive’s Termination Date. Lump sum payments will be made, without interest, as soon as administratively practicable following the six-month delay. Any installments otherwise due during the six-month delay will be paid in a lump sum, without interest, as soon as administratively practicable following the six-month delay, and the remaining installments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule. For purposes of Section 409A, the right to a series of installment payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. Each separate payment in the series of separate payments shall be analyzed separately for purposes of determining whether such payment is subject to, or exempt from compliance with, the requirements of Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or additional taxes under Section 409A, amounts reimbursable to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred and the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to Executive) during any one year may not effect amounts reimbursable or provided in any subsequent year.

 

13.                                EMPLOYEE HANDBOOKS, ETC .  From time to time, the Company may, in its discretion, establish, maintain and distribute employee manuals or handbooks or personnel policy manuals, and officers or other representatives of the Company may make written or oral statements relating to personnel policies and procedures.  The Executive will adhere to and follow all rules, regulations, and policies of the Company set forth in such manuals, handbooks, or statements as they now exist or may later be amended or modified.  Such manuals, handbooks and statements do not constitute a part of this Agreement nor a separate contract, and shall not be deemed as amending this Agreement or as creating any binding obligation on the part of the Company, but are intended only for general guidance.

 

14.                                OTHER PROVISIONS

 

14.1                         This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon (i) the Company and its successors and assigns and (ii) the Executive and the Executive’s heirs and legal representatives, except that the Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement are of a personal nature and will not be assignable or delegable in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent.

 

13



 

14.2                         All notices and statements with respect to this Agreement must be in writing and shall be delivered by certified mail return receipt requested; hand delivery with written acknowledgment of receipt; or overnight courier with delivery-tracking capability.  Notices to the Company shall be addressed to the Company’s chief executive officer or chief financial or accounting officer at the Company’s then-current headquarters offices.  Notices to the Executive may be delivered to the Executive in person or to the Executive’s then-current home address as indicated on the Executive’s pay stubs or, if no address is so indicated, as set forth in the Company’s payroll records.  A party may change its address for notice by the giving of notice thereof in the manner hereinabove provided.

 

14.3                         If the Executive Resigns for Good Reason because of (i) the Company’s failure to pay the Executive on a timely basis the amounts to which he is entitled under this Agreement or (ii) any other breach of this Agreement by the Company, then the Company shall pay all amounts and damages to which the Executive may be entitled as a result of such failure or breach, including interest thereon at the maximum non-usurious rate and all reasonable legal fees and expenses and other costs incurred by the Executive to enforce the Executive’s rights hereunder and the Executive will be relieved of all obligations under Section 9 (noncompetition).

 

14.4                         This Agreement sets forth the entire present agreement of the parties concerning the subjects covered herein except for any equity incentive award agreements between the Company and the Executive.  There are no promises, understandings, representations, or warranties of any kind concerning those subjects except as expressly set forth herein or therein.

 

14.5                         Any modification of this Agreement must be in writing and signed upon the express consent of all parties. Any attempt to modify this Agreement, orally or in writing, not executed by all parties will be void.

 

14.6                         If any provision of this Agreement, or its application to anyone or under any circumstances, is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and will not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction.

 

14.7                         This Agreement will be governed and interpreted under the laws of the State of California.

 

14.8                         No failure on the part of any party to enforce any provisions of this Agreement will act as a waiver of the right to enforce that provision.

 

14.9                         Termination of the Employment, with or without Cause, will not affect the continued enforceability of this Agreement.

 

14.10                  Section headings are for convenience only and shall not define or limit the provisions of this Agreement.

 

14



 

14.11                  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which is an original. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce or account for any of the other counterparts.  A copy of this Agreement manually signed by one party and transmitted to the other party by FAX or in image form via email shall be deemed to have been executed and delivered by the signing party as though an original.  A photocopy of this Agreement shall be effective as an original for all purposes.

 

By signing this Agreement, the Executive acknowledges that the Executive (1) has read and understood the entire Agreement; (2) has received a copy of it; (3) has had the opportunity to ask questions and consult counsel or other advisors about its terms; and (4) agrees to be bound by it.

 

Executed and effective as of the Effective Date.

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jack Zhang

 

/s/ Jason Shandell

Name:

Jack Zhang

 

Jason Shandell

Title:

CEO

 

President

 

15




Exhibit 10.24

 

Employment Agreement

 

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 19, 2014 between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Marilyn Purchase (the “ Executive ”).

 

1.                                       BACKGROUND

 

1.1                                The Company is a specialty pharmaceutical company.  The Company desires to employ the Executive, and the Executive desires to accept employment, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below.  Other defined terms have the meanings set forth in the provisions of this Agreement in which they are used.

 

2.1                                Board means Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.2                                Cause means (i) the continued willful failure by Executive to substantially perform his duties with the Company, (ii) the willful engaging by Executive in misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or (iii) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement; provided, that with respect to any breach that is curable by Executive, as determined by the Board in good faith, the Company has provided Executive written notice of the material breach and Executive has not cured such breach, as determined by the Board in good faith, within fifteen (15) days following the date the Company provides such notice.

 

2.3                                Change of Control is defined in Section 10.2.

 

2.4                                COBRA means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, as the same may be amended from time to time, or any successor statute, together with any applicable regulations in effect at the time in question.

 

2.5                                Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.6                                Company Group means the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

2.7                                Company Business is intentionally defined broadly in view of the Executive’s senior position with the Company and access to Confidential Information related to the Company Group’s business and business preparations; it means (1) any business engaged in by the Company Group during the Executive’s Employment and (a) in which the Executive materially participated, or (b) concerning which the Executive had access to Confidential Information, or (2) any other business as to which the Company Group has made demonstrable preparation to engage in during such Employment and (i) in which preparation the Executive materially participated, or (ii) concerning which preparation the Executive had access to Confidential Information.

 



 

2.8                                Confidential Information means information about the Company Group or its suppliers, clients, customers or other parties with which it has business relationships (such as bottlers and distributors) that was learned by Executive in the course of his employment by the Company, including (without limitation) any proprietary knowledge (including business processes and methods), trade secrets, data, formulae, information and supplier, client, customer, bottler and distributor lists and all papers, resumes, and records (including computer records) of the documents containing such information, but excludes information which the Executive can show: (i) was in the Executive’s possession or within the Executive’s knowledge before the Employment; or (ii) is or becomes generally known to persons who could take economic advantage of it, other than officers, directors, and employees of the Company Group, without breach of an obligation to the Company; or (iii) the Executive obtained from a party having the right to disclose it without violation of an obligation to the Company; or (iv) is required to be disclosed pursuant to legal process (e.g., a subpoena), provided that the Executive notifies the Company immediately upon receiving or becoming aware of the legal process in question.

 

2.9                                Effective Date is defined in Section 5.1.

 

2.10                         Employment means the Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

2.11                         Good Reason means: (a) a material reduction (without Executive’s express written consent) in Executive’s duties or responsibilities; (b) the requirement that Executive relocate to an employment location that is more than 50 miles from his employment location on the Effective Date; or (c) the Company’s material breach (without Executive’s express written consent) of this Agreement; provided, that Executive has provided the Company written notice of the material breach and the Company has not cured such breach within fifteen (15) days following the date Executive provides such notice.

 

2.12                         Position means the area of responsibility so identified as Executive Vice President of Operations of Company.  If the Company in its sole discretion increases the Executive’s area of responsibility, then such increased area of responsibility shall be deemed the Position for all purposes hereunder.

 

2.13                         Resign for Good Reason or Resignation for Good Reason means that all of the following occur:

 

(a)                                  the Executive notifies the Company in writing, in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement, of the occurrence of one or more events constituting Good Reason hereunder;

 

(b)                                  the Company fails to revoke, rescind, cancel, or cure the event (or if more than one, all such events) that was the subject of the notification under subparagraph (a) within thirty (30) days after such notice; and

 

2



 

(c)                                   within ten (10) business days after the end of the thirty-day period described in subparagraph (b), the Executive delivers to the Company a notice of resignation in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.14                         Senior Executives means those officers of the Company who are designated executive officers from time to time.

 

2.15                         Termination Date means the effective date of the Executive’s termination of Employment with the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, whether a termination of Employment has occurred shall be determined consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Company’s administrative policies.

 

2.16                         Tribunal means a court or other body of competent jurisdiction that is deciding a matter relating to this Agreement.

 

3.                                       EMPLOYMENT

 

3.1                                Position .  Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to serve the Company, at the office and in the Position referred to in Section 2.12.

 

(a)                                  The Executive will (i) devote his full professional time, attention, and energies to the business of the Company and will diligently and to the best of his ability perform all duties incident to his Employment hereunder; (ii) use his best efforts to promote the interests and goodwill of the Company; and (iii) perform such other duties commensurate with the Position as the Board may from time-to-time assign to the Executive.

 

(b)                                  The Executive shall obtain the written consent of the Board prior to serving on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees.  This Section 3.1 shall not be construed as preventing the Executive from serving on the corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees on which he currently serves and which have been previously disclosed to the Company in writing; provided that in no event shall any such service or business activity require the provision of substantial services by the Executive to the operations or the affairs of such businesses or enterprises such that the provision thereof would interfere in any respect with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

3.2                                Office Space, Equipment, etc .  The Company shall provide the Executive with office space, related facilities, equipment, and support personnel that are commensurate with the Position.

 

3.3                                Expense Reimbursement .  The Company will timely reimburse the Executive for reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the Employment in accordance with the Company’s then-current policies no later than thirty (30) days following the submission of such expense(s).

 

3



 

4.                                       COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS DURING EMPLOYMENT .  During the Employment, the Company shall provide compensation and benefits to the Executive as follows.

 

4.1                                Salary .  In consideration of the services to be rendered by Executive pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Employee a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) as established by or pursuant to authority granted by the Board.  Executive’s initial Base Salary shall be the base salary, as of the Effective Date, the initial Base Salary is $472,000 as of the Effective Date.  The Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by or pursuant to authority granted by the Board in connection with its annual review of executive compensation to determine if such Base Salary should be adjusted so as to be consistent with independent third party peer group survey data for the following year in recognition of services to the Company.  The increase in Base Salary shall be determined by survey.  The Base Salary shall be payable at such intervals in conformity with the Company’s prevailing practice as such practice shall be established or modified from time to time.

 

4.2                                Bonuses; Additional Compensation .  Executive will be eligible to receive bonuses and awards of equity and non-equity compensation and to participate in annual and long-term compensation plans of the Company in accordance with any plan or decision that the Board, or any committee or other person authorized by the Board, may in its sole discretion determine from time to time.  The target annual bonus for Executive as of the Effective Date, expressed as a percentage of Base Salary, is 55% of Base Salary.

 

4.3                                Other Benefits .  During the period of employment under this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all other benefits of employment generally available to other Senior Executives and those benefits for which such persons are or shall become eligible, when and as the Executive becomes eligible therefore.

 

5.                                       TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

5.1                                Term of Agreement .  The term of the Employment shall commence on the date of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock (the “ Effective Date ”) and continue to the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Original Term ”) and renew automatically for successive one-year terms (each, a “ Renewal Term ”) unless notice of non-renewal is given by either party to the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term (the “ Expiration Date ”); provided that the Employment may also be terminated prior to such Expiration Date (i) by the Executive for any reason (i.e., with or without Good Reason), (ii) by the Company for any reason (i.e., with or without Cause) or (iii) due to the Disability or death of the Executive.

 

4



 

5.2                                Termination in the Event of Disability .  In the event of the incapacity of the Executive, by reason of mental or physical disability to perform his material duties hereunder, for a period of 120 consecutive days or 180 non-consecutive days during any twelve (12) month period, as reasonably determined by the Board or as certified by a qualified physician selected by the Board (collectively, “ Disability ”), the Company may terminate the Executive’s Employment effective upon written notice to the Executive.

 

5.3                                Notice of Resignation; Waiver of Notice Period .  If the Executive resigns from the Company, the Executive will give the Company at least four (4) weeks’ prior notice of resignation.  The Company may in its discretion waive any notice period stated in the Executive’s notice of resignation, in which case the Termination Date of the Employment will be the date of such waiver.

 

5.4                                No Termination of Agreement Per Se .  Termination of the Employment will not terminate this Agreement per se; to the extent that either party has any right under applicable law to terminate this Agreement, any such termination of this Agreement shall be deemed solely to be a termination of the Employment without affecting any other right or obligation hereunder except as provided herein in connection with termination of the Employment.

 

5.5                                Payments Following Termination .

 

(a)                                  If the Employment is terminated for any reason, either by the Company or by the Executive’s resignation, then the Company shall pay the Executive the following amounts as part of the Company’s next regular payroll cycle but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the Termination Date, to the extent that the same have not already been paid;

 

(i)                                      any and all Base Salary and vacation pay earned through the Termination Date; and

 

(ii)                                   any reimbursable expenses properly reported by the Executive.

 

(b)                                  Unless the Executive resigns without Good Reason or the Employment is terminated for Cause, then the Company shall pay (i) any applicable prorated annual bonus, based on actual performance for the year of termination as determined by the Board in its discretion when making bonus determinations for other Senior Executives and payable at such time as annual bonuses are otherwise determined for other Senior Executives and (ii) any accrued but unpaid annual bonus for the fiscal year immediately preceding the year of termination.

 

5



 

6.                                       SEVERANCE BENEFITS UPON CERTAIN TERMINATIONS

 

6.1                                Severance Payment .  If (1) the Company does not renew the Agreement at the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term, (2) the Employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or (3) the Executive resigns for Good Reason, then:

 

 

(a)                                  The Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of (A) the highest Base annual Salary in effect (i) during the 12 months immediately prior to the Termination Date or (ii) during the Employment, if the Employment has lasted less than 12 months plus (B) the average annual bonus earned by the Executive for the most recent three (3) fiscal years ending prior to the Termination Date or the base salary for the remainder of the contract whichever is greater, such amount to be paid in cash or immediately-available funds in a lump sum on the 30 th  day following the Termination Date.

 

(b)                                  As a condition to making any such severance payment, the payments for insurance and related benefits under Section 6.2 below and the special equity vesting under Section 6.3 below, the Company will require the Executive or his legal representative(s) to first execute a release in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, which contains a full release of all claims against the Company and certain other provisions, including but not limited to a reaffirmation of the covenants in Sections 8, 9.1 and 9.2.

 

6.2                                Payments for Insurance and Related Benefits .  If (1) the Company does not renew the Agreement at the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term, (2) the Employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or (3) the Executive resigns for Good Reason then the Company shall, for a period of 12 months or the remainder of the contract, whichever is greater commencing on the date of termination of Executive’s employment, pay such health insurance premiums as may be necessary to allow Executive, Executive’s spouse and dependents to continue to receive health insurance coverage substantially similar to the coverage they received prior to the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

6.3                                Equity Vesting .  If (1) the Company does not renew the Agreement at the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term, (2) the Employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or (3) the Executive resigns for Good Reason, then the Executive shall vest upon such termination of Employment in any restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards granted by the Company. The provisions of this Section 6.3 shall control except to the extent that the provisions of the applicable restricted stock, stock option or other equity award are more favorable. Any post-employment exercise period for vested stock options shall continue to be governed by the terms of the applicable equity compensation plan and award agreement.

 

6



 

6.4                                D&O Insurance and Indemnification .  Through at least the sixth anniversary of the Termination Date, the Company shall maintain coverage for the Executive as a named insured on all directors’ and officers’ insurance maintained by the Company for the benefit of its directors and officers on at least the same basis as all other covered individuals and provide the Executive with at least the same corporate indemnification as it provides to other Senior Executives.

 

6.5                                No Other Severance Benefits .  Other than as described above in Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3 and as described below in Section 10, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payment, benefit, damages, award or compensation in connection with termination of the Employment, by either the Company or the Executive, except as may be expressly provided in another written agreement, if any, approved by the Board and executed by the Executive and the Company.  Neither the Executive nor the Company is obligated to enter into any such other written agreement.

 

6.6                                No Waiver of ERISA-Related Rights .  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to be a waiver by the Executive of any benefits accrued for or due to the Executive under any employee benefit plan (as such term is defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) maintained by the Company, if any, except that the Executive shall not be entitled to any severance benefits pursuant to any severance plan or program of the Company other than as provided herein.

 

6.7                                Mitigation Not Required .  The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit which is to be paid or provided by the Company pursuant to this Section 6.  Any remuneration received by the Executive from a third party following termination of the Employment shall not apply to reduce the Company’s obligations to make payments or provide benefits hereunder.

 

7.                                       TAX WITHHOLDING .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may withhold from amounts payable under this Agreement, or under any other agreement between the Executive and the Company, all federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required to be withheld by applicable laws or regulations.

 

8.                                       CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

8.1                                Executive acknowledges that in the course of his employment by the Company, the Company has provided him and will continue to provide him, prior to any termination hereof, with certain Confidential Information and knowledge concerning the operations of the Company Group which the Company desires to protect.  This Confidential Information shall include, but is not limited to:

 

(a)                                  terms and conditions of and the identity of the parties to the Company Group’s agreements with its suppliers, clients, customers or other parties with which it has business relationships (such as bottlers and distributors), including but not limited to price information;

 

7



 

(b)                                  management systems, policies or procedures, including the contents of related forms and manuals;

 

(c)                                   professional advice rendered or taken by the Company Group;

 

(d)                                  the Company Group’s own financial data, business and management information, processes, methods, strategies and plans and internal practices and procedures, including but not limited to internal financial records, statements and information, cost reports or other financial information;

 

(e)                                   proprietary software, systems and technology-related methodologies of the Company Group and their clients;

 

(f)                                    salary, bonus and other personnel information relating to the Company Group’s personnel;

 

(g)                                   the Company Group’s business and management development plans, including but not limited to proposed or actual plans regarding acquisitions (including the identity of any acquisition contacts), divestitures, asset sales, and mergers;

 

(h)                                  decisions and deliberations of the Company Group’s committees or boards; and

 

(i)                                      litigation, disputes, or investigations to which the Company Group may be party and legal advice provided to Executive on behalf of the Company Group in the course of Executive’s employment.

 

8.2                                Executive understands that such information is confidential, and he agrees not to reveal such information to anyone outside the Company so long as the confidential or secret nature of such information shall continue.  Executive further agrees that he will at no time use such information in competing with all or any portion of the Company.  At such time as Executive shall cease to be employed by the Company, he will surrender to the Company all papers, documents, writing and other property produced by him or coming into his possession by or through his employment and relating to the information referred to in this paragraph, and the Executive agrees that all such materials will at all times remain the property of the Company.

 

9.                                       NONSOLICITATION COVENANT

 

9.1                                Nonsolicitation .  Executive agrees that he shall not directly or indirectly during Executive’s Employment and for one (1) year after termination of Employment, either alone or through or in conjunction with any other person or entity employ, solicit, induce, or recruit, any person employed by any member of the Company Group at any time within the one (1) year period immediately preceding such employment, solicitation, inducement or recruitment.

 

8



 

9.2                                For the purposes of this Agreement, “potential customer” or “potential client” shall be defined as those entities for which Executive has had access to Confidential Information during his Employment, and “customer” or “client” shall be defined as those entities with which any member of the Company Group has conducted any business during the twelve (12) month period prior to termination of the Employment.  For the purposes of this Agreement, “product” shall mean any product sold by any member of the Company Group at any time within the one (1) year period preceding termination of Executive’s Employment and “services” shall mean activities performed by any member of the Company Group at any time within the one (1) year period preceding termination of Executive’s Employment.

 

9.3                                Executive acknowledges and agrees that the restrictive covenants contained herein are reasonable in time, territory and scope, and in all other respects.  If a Tribunal determines that any of the restrictions set forth in this Section 9 are unreasonably broad or otherwise unenforceable under applicable law, then (i) such determination shall be binding only within the geographical jurisdiction of the Tribunal, and (ii) the restriction will not be terminated or rendered unenforceable, but instead will be blue penciled or reformed (solely for enforcement within the geographic jurisdiction of the Tribunal) to the minimum extent required to render it enforceable.

 

10.                                CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

10.1                         Special Severance Benefits .

 

(a)                                  If, during the specific time periods listed in subparagraph (b), the Employment is terminated by any of the specific events listed there, then the Executive will be entitled to the following benefits:

 

(i)                                      The Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of (A) the highest Base Salary in effect (i) during the 12 months immediately prior to the Termination Date or (ii) during the Employment, if the Employment has lasted less than 12 months plus (B) the average annual bonus earned by the Executive for the most recent three (3) fiscal years ending prior to the Termination Date, such amount to be paid in cash or immediately-available funds in a lump sum on the 60 th  day following the Termination Date.

 

(ii)                                   The payments for insurance and other benefits set forth in Section 6.2 shall be extended by an additional 12 months.

 

9



 

(iii)                                The amounts payable under subparagraphs (i) and (ii) are in addition to any severance payments due to Executive under the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 as a result of such termination of Employment.

 

(b)                                  The specific termination events and time periods in which the Executive will be entitled to the special severance benefits under Section 10.1(a)(i) above are as follows:

 

(i)                                      the Executive’s Employment is terminated by the Company, for any reason other than Cause, at any time during the period beginning on the Change of Control date and ending on the date one year after the Change of Control date; or

 

(ii)                                   the Executive Resigns for Good Reason at any time during the period beginning on the Change of Control date and ending on the date one year after the Change of Control date.

 

(c)                                   In addition, all restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards granted by the Company that were unvested immediately prior to the Change of Control date shall become fully vested as of the Change of Control date.  The provisions of this Section 10.1(c) shall control except to the extent that the provisions of the applicable restricted stock, stock option or other equity award are more favorable.

 

(d)                                  As a condition to providing the Executive with the special severance benefits under Sections 10.1(a)(i) and (ii), the Company will require the Executive to first execute a release consistent with the requirements of Section 6.1(b).

 

10.2                         A Change of Control shall occur when:

 

(a)                                  Any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (a “ Person ”) becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); provided, however, that, for purposes of this Section, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control:  (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company, or (iv) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with Sections 10.2(c)(A), (B) and (C).

 

10


 

(b)                                  Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual was a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board;

 

(c)                                   There is consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (each, a “ Business Combination ”), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body), as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or

 

11



 

(d)                                  The stockholders of the Company approve a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company .

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that a payment hereunder is subject to the requirements of Section 409A, the Company will not be deemed to have undergone a Change of Control unless the Company is deemed to have undergone a “change in control event” pursuant to the definition of such term in Section 409A.

 

11.                                ADJUSTMENTS TO PAYMENTS

 

11.1                         Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to Executive or for Executive’s benefit (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) (the “ Payments ”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 (or any successor provisions) of the Code, or any interest or penalty is incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, is hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent that such reduction would result in Executive retaining a larger amount, on an after-tax basis (taking into account federal, state and local income taxes and the imposition of the Excise Tax), than if Executive received all of the Payments.  The Company shall reduce or eliminate the Payments, by first reducing or eliminating the portion of the Payments which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the determination.

 

11.2                         All determinations required to be made under this Section, including whether and when an adjustment to any Payments is required and, if applicable, which Payments are to be so adjusted, shall be made by an independent accounting firm selected by the Company from among the four (4) largest accounting firms in the United States or any nationally recognized financial planning and benefits consulting company (the “ Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and to Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company.  In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by Executive, it shall furnish Executive with a written opinion that failure to report the Excise Tax on Executive’s applicable federal income tax return would not result in the imposition of a negligence or similar penalty. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive.

 

12



 

12.                                COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code (hereinafter referred to as “ Section 409A ”). This Agreement shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Agreement to fail to satisfy Section 409A shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event any payment or benefit hereunder is determined to constitute nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, then to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A, such payment or benefit shall not be made, provided or commenced until six months after Executive’s Termination Date. Lump sum payments will be made, without interest, as soon as administratively practicable following the six-month delay. Any installments otherwise due during the six-month delay will be paid in a lump sum, without interest, as soon as administratively practicable following the six-month delay, and the remaining installments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule. For purposes of Section 409A, the right to a series of installment payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. Each separate payment in the series of separate payments shall be analyzed separately for purposes of determining whether such payment is subject to, or exempt from compliance with, the requirements of Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or additional taxes under Section 409A, amounts reimbursable to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred and the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to Executive) during any one year may not effect amounts reimbursable or provided in any subsequent year.

 

13.                                EMPLOYEE HANDBOOKS, ETC .  From time to time, the Company may, in its discretion, establish, maintain and distribute employee manuals or handbooks or personnel policy manuals, and officers or other representatives of the Company may make written or oral statements relating to personnel policies and procedures.  The Executive will adhere to and follow all rules, regulations, and policies of the Company set forth in such manuals, handbooks, or statements as they now exist or may later be amended or modified.  Such manuals, handbooks and statements do not constitute a part of this Agreement nor a separate contract, and shall not be deemed as amending this Agreement or as creating any binding obligation on the part of the Company, but are intended only for general guidance.

 

14.                                OTHER PROVISIONS

 

14.1                         This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon (i) the Company and its successors and assigns and (ii) the Executive and the Executive’s heirs and legal representatives, except that the Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement are of a personal nature and will not be assignable or delegable in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent.

 

13



 

14.2                         All notices and statements with respect to this Agreement must be in writing and shall be delivered by certified mail return receipt requested; hand delivery with written acknowledgment of receipt; or overnight courier with delivery-tracking capability.  Notices to the Company shall be addressed to the Company’s chief executive officer or chief financial or accounting officer at the Company’s then-current headquarters offices.  Notices to the Executive may be delivered to the Executive in person or to the Executive’s then-current home address as indicated on the Executive’s pay stubs or, if no address is so indicated, as set forth in the Company’s payroll records.  A party may change its address for notice by the giving of notice thereof in the manner hereinabove provided.

 

14.3                         If the Executive Resigns for Good Reason because of (i) the Company’s failure to pay the Executive on a timely basis the amounts to which he is entitled under this Agreement or (ii) any other breach of this Agreement by the Company, then the Company shall pay all amounts and damages to which the Executive may be entitled as a result of such failure or breach, including interest thereon at the maximum non-usurious rate and all reasonable legal fees and expenses and other costs incurred by the Executive to enforce the Executive’s rights hereunder and the Executive will be relieved of all obligations under Section 9 (noncompetition).

 

14.4                         This Agreement sets forth the entire present agreement of the parties concerning the subjects covered herein except for any equity incentive award agreements between the Company and the Executive.  There are no promises, understandings, representations, or warranties of any kind concerning those subjects except as expressly set forth herein or therein.

 

14.5                         Any modification of this Agreement must be in writing and signed upon the express consent of all parties. Any attempt to modify this Agreement, orally or in writing, not executed by all parties will be void.

 

14.6                         If any provision of this Agreement, or its application to anyone or under any circumstances, is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and will not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction.

 

14.7                         This Agreement will be governed and interpreted under the laws of the State of California.

 

14.8                         No failure on the part of any party to enforce any provisions of this Agreement will act as a waiver of the right to enforce that provision.

 

14.9                         Termination of the Employment, with or without Cause, will not affect the continued enforceability of this Agreement.

 

14.10                  Section headings are for convenience only and shall not define or limit the provisions of this Agreement.

 

14



 

14.11                  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which is an original. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce or account for any of the other counterparts.  A copy of this Agreement manually signed by one party and transmitted to the other party by FAX or in image form via email shall be deemed to have been executed and delivered by the signing party as though an original.  A photocopy of this Agreement shall be effective as an original for all purposes.

 

By signing this Agreement, the Executive acknowledges that the Executive (1) has read and understood the entire Agreement; (2) has received a copy of it; (3) has had the opportunity to ask questions and consult counsel or other advisors about its terms; and (4) agrees to be bound by it.

 

Executed and effective as of the Effective Date.

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason Shandell

 

/s/ Marilyn Purchase

Name:

Jason Shandell

 

Marilyn Purchase

Title:

President

 

Executive Vice President of Operations

 

15




Exhibit 10.25

 

Employment Agreement

 

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of March 11, 2014 between Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Bill Peters (the “ Executive ”).

 

1.                                       BACKGROUND

 

1.1                                The Company is a specialty pharmaceutical company.  The Company desires to employ the Executive, and the Executive desires to accept employment, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below.  Other defined terms have the meanings set forth in the provisions of this Agreement in which they are used.

 

2.1                                Board means Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.2                                Cause means (i) the continued willful failure by Executive to substantially perform his duties with the Company, (ii) the willful engaging by Executive in misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or (iii) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement; provided, that with respect to any breach that is curable by Executive, as determined by the Board in good faith, the Company has provided Executive written notice of the material breach and Executive has not cured such breach, as determined by the Board in good faith, within fifteen (15) days following the date the Company provides such notice.

 

2.3                                Change of Control is defined in Section 10.2.

 

2.4                                COBRA means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, as the same may be amended from time to time, or any successor statute, together with any applicable regulations in effect at the time in question.

 

2.5          Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.6           Company Group means the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

2.7                                Company Business is intentionally defined broadly in view of the Executive’s senior position with the Company and access to Confidential Information related to the Company Group’s business and business preparations; it means (1) any business engaged in by the Company Group during the Executive’s Employment and (a) in which the Executive materially participated, or (b) concerning which the Executive had access to Confidential Information, or (2) any other business as to which the Company Group has made demonstrable preparation to engage in during such Employment and (i) in which preparation the Executive materially participated, or (ii) concerning which preparation the Executive had access to Confidential Information.

 



 

2.8                                Confidential Information means information about the Company Group or its suppliers, clients, customers or other parties with which it has business relationships (such as bottlers and distributors) that was learned by Executive in the course of his employment by the Company, including (without limitation) any proprietary knowledge (including business processes and methods), trade secrets, data, formulae, information and supplier, client, customer, bottler and distributor lists and all papers, resumes, and records (including computer records) of the documents containing such information, but excludes information which the Executive can show: (i) was in the Executive’s possession or within the Executive’s knowledge before the Employment; or (ii) is or becomes generally known to persons who could take economic advantage of it, other than officers, directors, and employees of the Company Group, without breach of an obligation to the Company; or (iii) the Executive obtained from a party having the right to disclose it without violation of an obligation to the Company; or (iv) is required to be disclosed pursuant to legal process (e.g., a subpoena), provided that the Executive notifies the Company immediately upon receiving or becoming aware of the legal process in question.

 

2.9           Effective Date is defined in Section 5.1.

 

2.10         Employment means the Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

2.11                         Good Reason means: (a) a material reduction (without Executive’s express written consent) in Executive’s duties or responsibilities; (b) the requirement that Executive relocate to an employment location that is more than 50 miles from his employment location on the Effective Date; or (c) the Company’s material breach (without Executive’s express written consent) of this Agreement; provided, that Executive has provided the Company written notice of the material breach and the Company has not cured such breach within fifteen (15) days following the date Executive provides such notice.

 

2.12                         Position means the area of responsibility so identified on Exhibit A.  If the Company in its sole discretion increases the Executive’s area of responsibility, then such increased area of responsibility shall be deemed the Position for all purposes hereunder.

 

2.13                         Resign for Good Reason or Resignation for Good Reason means that all of the following occur:

 

(a)                                  the Executive notifies the Company in writing, in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement, of the occurrence of one or more events constituting Good Reason hereunder;

 

(b)                                  the Company fails to revoke, rescind, cancel, or cure the event (or if more than one, all such events) that was the subject of the notification under subparagraph (a) within thirty (30) days after such notice; and

 

2



 

(c)                                   within ten (10) business days after the end of the thirty-day period described in subparagraph (b), the Executive delivers to the Company a notice of resignation in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.14                         Senior Executives means those officers of the Company who are designated executive officers from time to time.

 

2.15                         Termination Date means the effective date of the Executive’s termination of Employment with the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, whether a termination of Employment has occurred shall be determined consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Company’s administrative policies.

 

2.16                         Tribunal means a court or other body of competent jurisdiction that is deciding a matter relating to this Agreement.

 

3.                                       EMPLOYMENT

 

3.1                                Position .  Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to serve the Company, at the office and in the Position referred to on Exhibit A.

 

(a)                                  The Executive will (i) devote his full professional time, attention, and energies to the business of the Company and will diligently and to the best of his ability perform all duties incident to his Employment hereunder; (ii) use his best efforts to promote the interests and goodwill of the Company; and (iii) perform such other duties commensurate with the Position as the Board may from time-to-time assign to the Executive.

 

(b)                                  The Executive shall obtain the written consent of the Board prior to serving on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees.  This Section 3.1 shall not be construed as preventing the Executive from serving on the corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees on which he currently serves and which have been previously disclosed to the Company in writing; provided that in no event shall any such service or business activity require the provision of substantial services by the Executive to the operations or the affairs of such businesses or enterprises such that the provision thereof would interfere in any respect with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

3.2                                Office Space, Equipment, etc .  The Company shall provide the Executive with office space, related facilities, equipment, and support personnel that are commensurate with the Position.

 

3.3                                Expense Reimbursement .  The Company will timely reimburse the Executive for reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the Employment in accordance with the Company’s then-current policies no later than thirty (30) days following the submission of such expense(s).

 

3



 

4.                                       COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS DURING EMPLOYMENT .  During the Employment, the Company shall provide compensation and benefits to the Executive as follows.

 

4.1                                Salary .  In consideration of the services to be rendered by Executive pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Employee a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) as established by or pursuant to authority granted by the Board.  Executive’s initial Base Salary shall be the base salary, as of the Effective Date, as set forth on Exhibit A.  The Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by or pursuant to authority granted by the Board in connection with its annual review of executive compensation to determine if such Base Salary should be increased by a minimum of 5% (but not decreased) for the following year in recognition of services to the Company.  The Base Salary shall be payable at such intervals in conformity with the Company’s prevailing practice as such practice shall be established or modified from time to time.

 

4.2                                Bonuses; Additional Compensation .  Executive will be eligible to receive bonuses and awards of equity and non-equity compensation and to participate in annual and long-term compensation plans of the Company in accordance with any plan or decision that the Board, or any committee or other person authorized by the Board, may in its sole discretion determine from time to time.  The target annual bonus for Executive as of the Effective Date, expressed as a percentage of Base Salary, is set forth on Exhibit A.

 

4.3                                Other Benefits .  During the period of employment under this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all other benefits of employment generally available to other Senior Executives and those benefits for which such persons are or shall become eligible, when and as the Executive becomes eligible therefore.

 

5.                                       TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

5.1                                Term of Agreement .  The term of the Employment shall commence on or around April 14, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) and continue to the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Original Term ”) and renew automatically for successive one-year terms (each, a “ Renewal Term ”) unless notice of non-renewal is given by either party to the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term (the “ Expiration Date ”); provided that the Employment may also be terminated prior to such Expiration Date (i) by the Executive for any reason (i.e., with or without Good Reason), (ii) by the Company for any reason (i.e., with or without Cause) or (iii) due to the Disability or death of the Executive.

 

5.2                                Termination in the Event of Disability .  In the event of the incapacity of the Executive, by reason of mental or physical disability to perform his material duties hereunder, for a period of 120 consecutive days or 180 non-consecutive days during any twelve (12) month period, as reasonably determined by the Board or as certified by a qualified physician selected by the Board (collectively, “ Disability ”), the Company may terminate the Executive’s Employment effective upon written notice to the Executive.

 

4



 

5.3                                Notice of Resignation; Waiver of Notice Period .  If the Executive resigns from the Company, the Executive will give the Company at least four (4) weeks’ prior notice of resignation.  The Company may in its discretion waive any notice period stated in the Executive’s notice of resignation, in which case the Termination Date of the Employment will be the date of such waiver.

 

5.4                                No Termination of Agreement Per Se .  Termination of the Employment will not terminate this Agreement per se; to the extent that either party has any right under applicable law to terminate this Agreement, any such termination of this Agreement shall be deemed solely to be a termination of the Employment without affecting any other right or obligation hereunder except as provided herein in connection with termination of the Employment.

 

5.5                                Payments Following Termination .

 

(a)                                  If the Employment is terminated for any reason, either by the Company or by the Executive’s resignation, then the Company shall pay the Executive the following amounts as part of the Company’s next regular payroll cycle but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the Termination Date, to the extent that the same have not already been paid;

 

(i)                                      any and all Base Salary and vacation pay earned through the Termination Date; and

 

(ii)                                   any reimbursable expenses properly reported by the Executive.

 

(b)                                  Unless the Executive resigns without Good Reason or the Employment is terminated for Cause, then the Company shall pay (i) any applicable prorated annual bonus, based on actual performance for the year of termination as determined by the Board in its discretion when making bonus determinations for other Senior Executives and payable at such time as annual bonuses are otherwise determined for other Senior Executives and (ii) any accrued but unpaid annual bonus for the fiscal year immediately preceding the year of termination.

 

6.                                       SEVERANCE BENEFITS UPON CERTAIN TERMINATIONS

 

6.1                                Severance Payment .  If (1) the Company does not renew the Agreement at the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term, (2) the Employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or (3) the Executive resigns for Good Reason, then:

 

5



 

(a)                                  The Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to two (2) times the sum of (A) the highest Base Salary in effect (i) during the 12 months immediately prior to the Termination Date or (ii) during the Employment, if the Employment has lasted less than 12 months plus (B) the average annual bonus earned by the Executive for the most recent two (2) fiscal years ending prior to the Termination Date or the base salary for the remainder of the contract whichever is greater, such amount to be paid in cash or immediately-available funds in a lump sum on the 30 th  day following the Termination Date.

 

(b)                                  As a condition to making any such severance payment, the payments for insurance and related benefits under Section 6.2 below and the special equity vesting under Section 6.3 below, the Company will require the Executive or his legal representative(s) to first execute a release in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, which contains a full release of all claims against the Company and certain other provisions, including but not limited to a reaffirmation of the covenants in Sections 8, 9.1 and 9.2.

 

6.2                                Payments for Insurance and Related Benefits .  If (1) the Company does not renew the Agreement at the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term, (2) the Employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or (3) the Executive resigns for Good Reason then the Company shall, for a period of 12 months or the remainder of the contract, whichever is greater commencing on the date of termination of Executive’s employment, pay such health insurance premiums as may be necessary to allow Executive, Executive’s spouse and dependents to continue to receive health insurance coverage substantially similar to the coverage they received prior to the date of termination of Executive’s employment.

 

6.3                                Equity Vesting .  If (1) the Company does not renew the Agreement at the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term, (2) the Employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or (3) the Executive resigns for Good Reason, then the Executive shall vest upon such termination of Employment in any restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards granted by the Company. The provisions of this Section 6.3 shall control except to the extent that the provisions of the applicable restricted stock, stock option or other equity award are more favorable. Any post-employment exercise period for vested stock options shall continue to be governed by the terms of the applicable equity compensation plan and award agreement.

 

6.4                                D&O Insurance and Indemnification .  Through at least the sixth anniversary of the Termination Date, the Company shall maintain coverage for the Executive as a named insured on all directors’ and officers’ insurance maintained by the Company for the benefit of its directors and officers on at least the same basis as all other covered individuals and provide the Executive with at least the same corporate indemnification as it provides to other Senior Executives.

 

6



 

6.5                                No Other Severance Benefits .  Other than as described above in Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3 and as described below in Section 10, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payment, benefit, damages, award or compensation in connection with termination of the Employment, by either the Company or the Executive, except as may be expressly provided in another written agreement, if any, approved by the Board and executed by the Executive and the Company.  Neither the Executive nor the Company is obligated to enter into any such other written agreement.

 

6.6                                No Waiver of ERISA-Related Rights .  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to be a waiver by the Executive of any benefits accrued for or due to the Executive under any employee benefit plan (as such term is defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) maintained by the Company, if any, except that the Executive shall not be entitled to any severance benefits pursuant to any severance plan or program of the Company other than as provided herein.

 

6.7                                Mitigation Not Required .  The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment or benefit which is to be paid or provided by the Company pursuant to this Section 6.  Any remuneration received by the Executive from a third party following termination of the Employment shall not apply to reduce the Company’s obligations to make payments or provide benefits hereunder.

 

7.                                       TAX WITHHOLDING .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may withhold from amounts payable under this Agreement, or under any other agreement between the Executive and the Company, all federal, state, local and foreign taxes that are required to be withheld by applicable laws or regulations.

 

8.                                       CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

8.1                                Executive acknowledges that in the course of his employment by the Company, the Company has provided him and will continue to provide him, prior to any termination hereof, with certain Confidential Information and knowledge concerning the operations of the Company Group which the Company desires to protect.  This Confidential Information shall include, but is not limited to:

 

(a)                                  terms and conditions of and the identity of the parties to the Company Group’s agreements with its suppliers, clients, customers or other parties with which it has business relationships (such as bottlers and distributors), including but not limited to price information;

 

(b)                                  management systems, policies or procedures, including the contents of related forms and manuals;

 

(c)                                   professional advice rendered or taken by the Company Group;

 

7


 

(d)                                  the Company Group’s own financial data, business and management information, processes, methods, strategies and plans and internal practices and procedures, including but not limited to internal financial records, statements and information, cost reports or other financial information;

 

(e)                                   proprietary software, systems and technology-related methodologies of the Company Group and their clients;

 

(f)                                    salary, bonus and other personnel information relating to the Company Group’s personnel;

 

(g)                                   the Company Group’s business and management development plans, including but not limited to proposed or actual plans regarding acquisitions (including the identity of any acquisition contacts), divestitures, asset sales, and mergers;

 

(h)                                  decisions and deliberations of the Company Group’s committees or boards; and

 

(i)                                      litigation, disputes, or investigations to which the Company Group may be party and legal advice provided to Executive on behalf of the Company Group in the course of Executive’s employment.

 

8.2                                Executive understands that such information is confidential, and he agrees not to reveal such information to anyone outside the Company so long as the confidential or secret nature of such information shall continue.  Executive further agrees that he will at no time use such information in competing with all or any portion of the Company.  At such time as Executive shall cease to be employed by the Company, he will surrender to the Company all papers, documents, writing and other property produced by him or coming into his possession by or through his employment and relating to the information referred to in this paragraph, and the Executive agrees that all such materials will at all times remain the property of the Company.

 

9.                                       NONSOLICITATION COVENANT

 

9.1                                Nonsolicitation .  Executive agrees that he shall not directly or indirectly during Executive’s Employment and for one (1) year after termination of Employment, either alone or through or in conjunction with any other person or entity employ, solicit, induce, or recruit, any person employed by any member of the Company Group at any time within the one (1) year period immediately preceding such employment, solicitation, inducement or recruitment.

 

8



 

9.2                                For the purposes of this Agreement, “potential customer” or “potential client” shall be defined as those entities for which Executive has had access to Confidential Information during his Employment, and “customer” or “client” shall be defined as those entities with which any member of the Company Group has conducted any business during the twelve (12) month period prior to termination of the Employment.  For the purposes of this Agreement, “product” shall mean any product sold by any member of the Company Group at any time within the one (1) year period preceding termination of Executive’s Employment and “services” shall mean activities performed by any member of the Company Group at any time within the one (1) year period preceding termination of Executive’s Employment.

 

9.3                                Executive acknowledges and agrees that the restrictive covenants contained herein are reasonable in time, territory and scope, and in all other respects.  If a Tribunal determines that any of the restrictions set forth in this Section 9 are unreasonably broad or otherwise unenforceable under applicable law, then (i) such determination shall be binding only within the geographical jurisdiction of the Tribunal, and (ii) the restriction will not be terminated or rendered unenforceable, but instead will be blue penciled or reformed (solely for enforcement within the geographic jurisdiction of the Tribunal) to the minimum extent required to render it enforceable.

 

10.                                CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

10.1                         Special Severance Benefits .

 

(a)                                  If, during the specific time periods listed in subparagraph (b), the Employment is terminated by any of the specific events listed there, then the Executive will be entitled to the following benefits:

 

(i)                                      The Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to two (2) times the sum of (A) the highest Base Salary in effect (i) during the 12 months immediately prior to the Termination Date or (ii) during the Employment, if the Employment has lasted less than 12 months plus (B) the average annual bonus earned by the Executive for the most recent two (2) fiscal years ending prior to the Termination Date, such amount to be paid in cash or immediately-available funds in a lump sum on the 60 th  day following the Termination Date.

 

(ii)                                   The payments for insurance and other benefits set forth in Section 6.2 shall be extended by an additional 12 months.

 

(iii)                                The amounts payable under subparagraphs (i) and (ii) are in addition to any severance payments due to Executive under the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 as a result of such termination of Employment.

 

(b)                                  The specific termination events and time periods in which the Executive will be entitled to the special severance benefits under Section 10.1(a)(i) above are as follows:

 

9



 

(i)                                      the Executive’s Employment is terminated by the Company, for any reason other than Cause, at any time during the period beginning on the Change of Control date and ending on the date one year after the Change of Control date; or

 

(ii)                                   the Executive Resigns for Good Reason at any time during the period beginning on the Change of Control date and ending on the date one year after the Change of Control date.

 

(c)                                   In addition, all restricted stock, stock option or other equity compensation awards granted by the Company that were unvested immediately prior to the Change of Control date shall become fully vested as of the Change of Control date.  The provisions of this Section 10.1(c) shall control except to the extent that the provisions of the applicable restricted stock, stock option or other equity award are more favorable.

 

(d)                                  As a condition to providing the Executive with the special severance benefits under Sections 10.1(a)(i) and (ii), the Company will require the Executive to first execute a release consistent with the requirements of Section 6.1(b).

 

10.2                         A Change of Control shall occur when:

 

(a)                                  Any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (a “ Person ”) becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); provided, however, that, for purposes of this Section, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control:  (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company, or (iv) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with Sections 10.2(c)(A), (B) and (C).

 

(b)                                  Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual was a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board;

 

10



 

(c)                                   There is consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (each, a “ Business Combination ”), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body), as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or

 

(d)                                  The stockholders of the Company approve a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company .

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that a payment hereunder is subject to the requirements of Section 409A, the Company will not be deemed to have undergone a Change of Control unless the Company is deemed to have undergone a “change in control event” pursuant to the definition of such term in Section 409A.

 

11



 

11.                                ADJUSTMENTS TO PAYMENTS

 

11.1                         Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to Executive or for Executive’s benefit (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) (the “ Payments ”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 (or any successor provisions) of the Code, or any interest or penalty is incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, is hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent that such reduction would result in Executive retaining a larger amount, on an after-tax basis (taking into account federal, state and local income taxes and the imposition of the Excise Tax), than if Executive received all of the Payments.  The Company shall reduce or eliminate the Payments, by first reducing or eliminating the portion of the Payments which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the determination.

 

11.2                         All determinations required to be made under this Section, including whether and when an adjustment to any Payments is required and, if applicable, which Payments are to be so adjusted, shall be made by an independent accounting firm selected by the Company from among the four (4) largest accounting firms in the United States or any nationally recognized financial planning and benefits consulting company (the “ Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and to Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company.  In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by Executive, it shall furnish Executive with a written opinion that failure to report the Excise Tax on Executive’s applicable federal income tax return would not result in the imposition of a negligence or similar penalty. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive.

 

12



 

12.                                COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code (hereinafter referred to as “ Section 409A ”). This Agreement shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause the Agreement to fail to satisfy Section 409A shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event any payment or benefit hereunder is determined to constitute nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, then to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A, such payment or benefit shall not be made, provided or commenced until six months after Executive’s Termination Date. Lump sum payments will be made, without interest, as soon as administratively practicable following the six-month delay. Any installments otherwise due during the six-month delay will be paid in a lump sum, without interest, as soon as administratively practicable following the six-month delay, and the remaining installments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule. For purposes of Section 409A, the right to a series of installment payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. Each separate payment in the series of separate payments shall be analyzed separately for purposes of determining whether such payment is subject to, or exempt from compliance with, the requirements of Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or additional taxes under Section 409A, amounts reimbursable to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred and the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to Executive) during any one year may not effect amounts reimbursable or provided in any subsequent year.

 

13.                                EMPLOYEE HANDBOOKS, ETC .  From time to time, the Company may, in its discretion, establish, maintain and distribute employee manuals or handbooks or personnel policy manuals, and officers or other representatives of the Company may make written or oral statements relating to personnel policies and procedures.  The Executive will adhere to and follow all rules, regulations, and policies of the Company set forth in such manuals, handbooks, or statements as they now exist or may later be amended or modified.  Such manuals, handbooks and statements do not constitute a part of this Agreement nor a separate contract, and shall not be deemed as amending this Agreement or as creating any binding obligation on the part of the Company, but are intended only for general guidance.

 

14.                                OTHER PROVISIONS

 

14.1                         This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon (i) the Company and its successors and assigns and (ii) the Executive and the Executive’s heirs and legal representatives, except that the Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement are of a personal nature and will not be assignable or delegable in whole or in part without the Company’s prior written consent.

 

14.2                         All notices and statements with respect to this Agreement must be in writing and shall be delivered by certified mail return receipt requested; hand delivery with written acknowledgment of receipt; or overnight courier with delivery-tracking capability.  Notices to the Company shall be addressed to the Company’s chief executive officer or chief financial or accounting officer at the Company’s then-current headquarters offices.  Notices to the Executive may be delivered to the Executive in person or to the Executive’s then-current home address as indicated on the Executive’s pay stubs or, if no address is so indicated, as set forth in the Company’s payroll records.  A party may change its address for notice by the giving of notice thereof in the manner hereinabove provided.

 

13



 

14.3                         If the Executive Resigns for Good Reason because of (i) the Company’s failure to pay the Executive on a timely basis the amounts to which he is entitled under this Agreement or (ii) any other breach of this Agreement by the Company, then the Company shall pay all amounts and damages to which the Executive may be entitled as a result of such failure or breach, including interest thereon at the maximum non-usurious rate and all reasonable legal fees and expenses and other costs incurred by the Executive to enforce the Executive’s rights hereunder and the Executive will be relieved of all obligations under Section 9 (noncompetition).

 

14.4                         This Agreement sets forth the entire present agreement of the parties concerning the subjects covered herein except for any equity incentive award agreements between the Company and the Executive.  There are no promises, understandings, representations, or warranties of any kind concerning those subjects except as expressly set forth herein or therein.

 

14.5                         Any modification of this Agreement must be in writing and signed upon the express consent of all parties. Any attempt to modify this Agreement, orally or in writing, not executed by all parties will be void.

 

14.6                         If any provision of this Agreement, or its application to anyone or under any circumstances, is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and will not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or application in any other jurisdiction.

 

14.7                         This Agreement will be governed and interpreted under the laws of the State of California.

 

14.8                         No failure on the part of any party to enforce any provisions of this Agreement will act as a waiver of the right to enforce that provision.

 

14.9                         Termination of the Employment, with or without Cause, will not affect the continued enforceability of this Agreement.

 

14.10                  Section headings are for convenience only and shall not define or limit the provisions of this Agreement.

 

14.11                  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which is an original. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce or account for any of the other counterparts.  A copy of this Agreement manually signed by one party and transmitted to the other party by FAX or in image form via email shall be deemed to have been executed and delivered by the signing party as though an original.  A photocopy of this Agreement shall be effective as an original for all purposes.

 

14



 

By signing this Agreement, the Executive acknowledges that the Executive (1) has read and understood the entire Agreement; (2) has received a copy of it; (3) has had the opportunity to ask questions and consult counsel or other advisors about its terms; and (4) agrees to be bound by it.

 

Executed and effective as of the Effective Date.

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

Executive

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason Shandell

 

/s/ Bill Peters

Name:

Jason Shandell

 

Bill Peters

Title:

President

 

3/11/14

 

3/11/14

 

 

 

15



 

Exhibit A

 

Office

 

Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Rancho Cucamonga, California

 

 

 

Position

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Base Salary

 

$450,000 per year

 

 

 

Target Annual Bonus

 

85% of Base Salary

 

 

 

Other Cash Compensation

 

8% of Base Salary

 

 

 

Long Term Equity Compensation (granted on start date)

 

$848,000

 

 

 

Annual Equity Compensation

 

110% of Base Salary(1)

 


(1)  This percentage represents a good faith estimate; actual equity compensation is set by the Board of Directors and is based on general, current peer group data.

 


 



Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name of Subsidary

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

Amphastar Laboratories, Inc.

 

Delaware

Armstrong Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

 

Delaware

International Medication Systems, Limited

 

Delaware

Amphastar Nanjing Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd.

 

China

Amphastar France Pharmaceuticals SAS

 

France

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 23.1


Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

              We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated April 3, 2014, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. dated May 20, 2014.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Los Angeles, California
May 20, 2014




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm